PROSPECTUS 2015-18
University Of Zimbabwe Information Department P. O Box MP 167 Mt Pleasant, Harare, Zimbabwe Tel: +263 04 303257 +263- 4-303211 Ext. 11334 Email:
[email protected] Website: www.uz.ac.zw
K
NO
WL
EDG E
DILIGENC E
EG IN T
T RI
Y
University Of Zimbabwe
Prospectus 2015-2018
i
Prospectus 2015-2018
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE MAIN CAMPUS Physical:
630ChurchillAvenue Mount Pleasant HARARE Zimbabwe
Postal:
UniversityofZimbabwe P O Box MP 167 Mount Pleasant HARARE Zimbabwe
TELEPHONE NUMBERS OFFICE HOURS NUMBERS: Main Campus: Administration Library
+263-4-303211-5 / +263-772128220-4
All Teaching Departments on the University site Non-Clinical Departments of Medicine
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES (CHS) Physical:
Parirenyatwa Hospital Mazowe Street HARARE Zimbabwe
Postal:
P O Box A 178 Avondale HARARE Zimbabwe
Teaching and Non Teaching Departments on the University Site : +263-4-303211 Anatomy Animal House Electron Microscopic Unit Pharmacy Physiology Teaching and Non Teaching Departments at Parirenyatwa Hospital Site: College of Health Sciences: +263-4-791631-9 / 707707 Dean's Office Anaesthesia and Critical Care Medicine Central African Journal of Medicine Chemical Pathology Clinical Pharmacology Community Medicine Computer Centre Dentistry Drug & Toxicology Information Service Electronic Workshop Haematology Health Professions Education Histopathology Immunology Institute of Continuing Health Education Medical Laboratory Sciences Medical Microbiology Medicine Multi-Media & Resource Centre Multi-disciplinaryTeachingLaboratory Nursing Science Obstetrics &Gynaecology Ophthalmology Paediatrics & Child Health Psychiatry Radiology Rehabilitation Surgery Department at Harare Hospital: ObstetricsandGynaecology
ii
+263-775426268
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE LAKE KARIBA RESEARCH STATION PostalAddress:
POBox48 KARIBA Zimbabwe
PhysicalAddress:
StandNo736/7 Powerline Road Kariba Zimbabwe
TelephoneNo.:
+263-61-2751/3035 (Director: +263-61-2981)
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE LIBRARY PostalAddress:
iii
POBoxMP45 Mount Pleasant HARARE Zimbabwe
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE MARONDERA COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES AND TECHNOLOGY (MCAST) PostalAddress:
POBox35 MARONDERA Zimbabwe
UNIVERSITY OFFICE HOURS The hours of business are: 08:00 hours to 12:45 hours (Monday to Friday) 14:00 hours to 16:30 hours (Monday to Thursday) 14:00 hours to 16:00 hours (Friday)
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS NAME/ORGANISATION 1. Emergency Control Centre
TELEPHONENUMBERS Direct Line+263-4-303216/ 303211 Ext 777
2.
Chief Emergency Controller (Chief Security Officer)
Office+263-4-333685 Cell+263-772601139
3.
Deputy Chief Emergency Controller
Office+263-4-303216/ 303211 Ext12041 Cell+263-772 253 595
4.
5.
UZSecurity Gates ÿ Churchill ÿ Library ÿ Visitors ÿ Langham Zimbabwe Republic Police ÿ Avondale
TELEPHONE NUMBERS ÿ HarareCentral
Reception:
+263-279-20239/20227/20240 +263-37-9522 6.
+263-4-303211 Ext 12047 Ext 12048 Ext 12042 Ext 12046
UZStaffClinic
DirectLine +263-4-336603 +263-4-336608 +263-4-336632 DirectLine +263-4-995 +263-4-777777 UZLine
+263-4-303211 Ext 11336
7.
UZStudentClinic
DirectLine UZ Line
+263-4-335148 +263-4-303211 Ext 21076/7
8.
UZHealthServices Sister in Charge Sr C. Matambanadzo ResidentNurse
DirectLine
+263-4-335148
ÿ Trauma Centre
ÿ Avenues Clinic ÿ St Anne'sHospital ÿ WestEndClinic
Cell+263-772 305 094 Cell+263-777501140
16.
Ambulance Se rvices ÿ Harare Municipality
9.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Radiation Officer: Dr Chanaiwa Works Department
Cell+263-772 938 088 Direct Line+263-4-303278 UZ Line +263-4-303211 Ext 21026 Chief Electrician: Mr C Chimbwanba: Cell +263-733 234 399 Chief Plumber: Mr S. Mhunduru: Cell +263-772 106 531 Registrar :
Mr S. Chevo
Direct Line+263-4-303284 UZ/Line +263-4-303211 Ext 11105
Dean of Students: Dr M Madambi
Senior Warden:
FireBrigade
Mr Sithole
Direct Line +263-4-333514 UZ Line +263-4-303211 Ext 21000 Cell +263-772 235 154 UZ Line+263-4-303211 Ext 21051 Direct Line+263-4-334025 Cell +263-772 946 645 DirectLine+263-4-993 +263-4-783981/4
Hospitals ÿ Parirenyatwa ÿ Harare Hospital
Direct Line+263-4-701553/ 701555 Direct Line+263-4-621100/1/3/55
Direct Line +263-4-700666/8 +263-4-707072 +263-4-705691 Direct Line+263-4-251180 / 89 DirectL ine+263-4-339933/6 Direct Line+263-4-251730/3
ÿ Mars ÿ EMRAS ÿ StJohns ÿ Rock Foundation ÿ NetStar
Direct Line+263-4-994 +263-4-783980 DirectLine+263-4-705905/ 771221 DirectLine+263-4-250011 +263-4-250012 / 797479 DirectLine+263-4-722649 +263-4-704870 Direct Line+263-4-301974 Direct Line+263-4-797558
17. ChildLine
DirectLine+263-4-252000
18. Poisoning Information Centre
Direct Line+263-4-790233 / 701555
19. Samaritans
DirectLine+263-4-722000
NOTE Before contacting any of the emergency service units, ensure that you are able to give precise and correct details to assist the emergency service. Inform the Emergency Control Centre (UZ Security) to have people available to give directions to the scene of the emergency incident. Be available on their arrival to give necessary information and assistance if so required. Take down the particulars (name & organization & registration of vehicle) of the person leading the emergency service team. Note time of arrival. Pass their details to the Emergency Control Centre.
1
Principal Officers of the University
University Council
Chancellor: His Excellency, Cde R.G. Mugabe, President of the Republic of Zimbabwe ;BA Fort Hare. BEd, BAdmin, S.A. BSc Econ, LLB, LLM, MSc Econ, London. Hon LLD. Ahmadu Bello, Morehouse, Zimbabwe, Edinburgh, St Augustine's (N. Carolina) Massachusetts, Moscow, Michigan State, Solusi. Hon DCivil Laws, Mauritius. Hon DPSc, Belgrade. Hon DLitt. Africa University. Hon DComm. Fort Hare. Hon D Tech. NUST. Hon BComm. MSU. Hon D Agric Science and Tech Chinhoyi. Hon D Agric. ZOU. Cert. of Hon Professor China University of Foreign Affairs
Chairman of Council: Vice Chancellor: Pro Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs: Pro Vice Chancellor, Business Development:
Vice Chancellor: Professor L.M. Nyagura, BSc (London) UK, MSc (UNISA), RSA, PhD (SIU), USA
Pro Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs): Professor C. Dyanda, B.Ed (UZ) Zimbabwe, M.Ed (Howard, Washington DC), Ph.D, Erikson Institute, (Loyola University),Chicago
2
Pro Vice Chancellor (Business Development): Dr T Munyanyiwa, Msc (UZ) Zimbabwe, DM (Phoenix, USA) Registrar:
Mr S. Chevo, B. Admin (Hons) (UZ) Zimbabwe
Bursar
Mr V. Mugabe, BACC (UZ), B. Compt (UNISA), CA(Z)
Librarian
Mrs A.C. Chikonzo, Postgrad. Dip. (University of Botswana), Masters in Library Information Studies (University of Botswana)
Senior Proctor: Dr C. Manyeruke, HPA (UZ), MIR (UZ), PhD (UZ)
Dr W.T. Mbizvo Professor L. M. Nyagura Professor C. Dyanda Dr T. Munyanyiwa Mr A. Nduna Professor L. Madhuku Professor F. F. Zindi Ms A Paradzai Mrs N. Mukwehwa
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS The teaching and research activities of the University of Zimbabwe are the responsibility of the Senate as the academic authority of the University. The senate consists of all Deans, Deputy Deans, Professors, Associate Professors and Chairpersons of Departments, the Pro Vice Chancellors, the Librarian and members elected by the full time lecturing staff of each faculty. The president of the Students' Union is an ex officio member of Senate and there is provision for membership of five students elected by the Students' Union. Senate is presided over by the Vice Chancellor. Senate regulates the admission, the provision of programmes of study and the conduct of examinations. It recommends to the Chancellor the conferment of degrees and other awards to the University and it meets two or three times each semester.
STUDENT DISCIPLINE The University promotes high standards of communal life and ensures that these be established and maintained for the benefit of both present and future members of the University. A high level of personal integrity and a developed sense of responsibility are as important to the University as outstanding scholastic achievement. A proper concern for the reputation of the University and what it ought to stand for makes it incumbent upon its members to live decent and ordered lives both on and off the University site. When registering as a member of the University, a student is expected to read and understand rules of conduct and discipline. Every student is also expected to read, understand and adhere to the Student Charter. ACADEMIC CONDUCT AND RE-ADMISSION
The University of Zimbabwe has 10 faculties in the following areas: Students are required to attend lectures and can only be excused from Agriculture, Arts,Commerce, Law, Engineering, Education, Health Sciences, attendance during any part of semester on obtaining prior written Science, Social Studies and Veterinary Science. For each Faculty there is a Faculty Board consisting of the teaching staff of the subjects assigned to a Faculty . The Faculty Board elects one of its senior members as Chairman and spokesman on other University committees. He/she is the Dean of Faculty and he/she is assisted by similarly elected Deputy Dean. Faculty boards meet two to three times each semester.
permission from the Dean of their Faculty . Students must attend all classes (which include practical and oral classes , seminars, tutorials and examinations) required by departments for their approved programmes and must submit at the prescribed time all written work required by Departments. For this purpose, students are under the academic discipline of the Chairman of Department concerned.
Cutting across department and faculty boundaries is the University Library which provides the bibliographical basis for teaching and research throughout the University. The University Computer Centre and Communication Skills (in the Department of Linguistics) also provide services to all faculties.
The senate may recommend to the Vice-Chancellor that the privilege of attendance at the University be withdrawn from any student whose standard of work results at University examinations are considered by the senate to be so unsatisfactory as to warrant such action; provided that if the Senate is satisfied that the failure is not due to any lack of diligence it may recommend that a proportion of the student's fees be remitted. The Senate may refuse to readmit to the University any student whose work or conduct was unsatisfactory when he or she was previously at the University.
For individual counseling in academic, financial and personal matters, each student is assigned to a Student Adviser within his own Faculty, with whom he/she is encouraged to discuss his/her progress in the University and any problems which may arise. Other counseling services are available in the Student Affairs Division which is headed by the Dean of Students.
3
STUDENT AFFAIRS DIVISION
Students are encouraged to participate fully in residential life activities to enhance maximum human development.
The Division of Student Affairs is an administrative arm of the University that is strategically positioned to facilitate social, spiritual, physical and
The Student Affairs Division, through the Accommodation Office, is also
intellectual development of students. The Division provides a wide range of
responsible for the efficient allocation of accommodation to students in line
services that prepare students for both life on campus and life after
with the following University priority list:
graduation. Leadership and social skills development, financial aid and general student welfare form part of the core business of Student Affairs. The 1st Priority ultimate goal of the Division is to facilitate an environment that fosters all human potentials, ensuring competitiveness on the job market upon
*
First Year undergraduate studentswhose homes are out of Harare, students with disabilities, foreign students without relatives in
graduation from the University of Zimbabwe.
Harare, MBCHB Part IV & V and BVSc Part V stud ents. CADETSHIP OFFICE AND LIFE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT CENTRE Zimbabwean students facing challenges in raising their educational fees can access the government financial support (Cadetship Scheme) through the Cadetship Office. The University also has a Life Skills Development Centre which is responsible for the administration of a wide range of student clubs
4
2nd Priority *
Final Year Undergraduate students whose homes are out of Harare, MBCHB Part III and BVSc Part IV students.
3rd Priority
and associations on campus. Clubs and associations are designed to engender * Third Year Undergraduate students of four year programmes 4th Priority in students leadership, governance and entrepreneurial skills. Self-discovery, self-efficacy, confidence, gender sensitivity, environmentalism and self* Second Year Undergraduatestudents whose homes are out of Harare actualisation form part of the business of the Life Skills Centre. All students 5th Priority are encouraged to join a club of their choice. * Final Year students whose homes are in Harare. STUDENT RESIDENCE 6th Priority The demand for University accommodation is very high because the University has limited student residence. Students are reminded that accommodation is not a right but a privilege. Authorities have the right to withdraw this privilege should it be abused. Our philosophy of student residential services is that all programmes and activities carried out in residence must contribute to the holistic development of students. This is possible through partnering with stakeholders from industry and communities in social molding and life skills development seminars and workshops.
*
First Year Undergraduate students whose homes are in Harare.
7th Priority *
Postgraduate students whose homes are out of Harare.
In all, the University has twelve (12) halls of residence with a total carrying capacity of 4 200 students.
COUNSELLING AND ADVISORY SERVICES The University provides a network of counselling services coordinated by a Psychologist heading the Department of Counselling and Advisory Services. Their counselling focuses on personal social, economic, health career and graduate employment-related problems. The University also has Faculty Counsellors (Lecturers who are found in all the 10 faculties in the University); Disability Resource Centre (DRC) Staff (University staff members who offer specialist counseling and support services to students with disabilities); Student Health Services Staff (Sessional Doctors, Nurses, Psychiatrists and Clinical Psychologists offering counselling on health-related problems); Chaplaincy (team of ordained Pastors coordinated by the Senior Chaplain, trained to offer psycho-social counselling); Wardens (whose residences are next to the students' halls of residence and offer services to students round the clock) and Peer Counsellors (Student volunteers trained in basic Counseling and Advisory skills). The Department of Counselling and Advisory Services, in liaison with faculty offices, facilitates the following Career Guidance activities: ? Graduate Job Placement and Industrial Attachment ? Career Seminars ? CareerExhibitions
3.
4. 5. 6. 7.
STUDENT HEALTH S ERVICES The Student Health Service Department strives to satisfy the health needs and expectations of students. The Department's health services delivery strategies are Promotional, Preventive and Curative in nature. 1.
Sexuallytransmitted infections HIV AIDS prevention, management, OI-treatment and education. ? Alcohol, tobacco and drug use/abuse awareness, prevention and education. ? Stress management and suicide prevention strategies. ? Gender awareness, harassment, assault, rape, sex and sexuality awareness etc ? Family Planning methods. ? Importance of physical activities, fitness and relaxation. ? Production and distribution of information on all above topics and any other topical issues. ? Peer education program. ?
The role of the Chaplaincy is t o minister effectively to the needs of the University community and the society at large, through the provision of spiritual guidance, counselling, moral and material support to students and members of staff. The Chaplaincy's objectives are: Promotion of the Christian faith on Campus. Coordination of Christian activities on campus through liaison with all registered and active Christian groups on Campus.
HealthEducationand Promotion ?
CHAPLAINCY AND ECUMENICAL SERVICES
1. 2.
Provision of free counselling and advisory services for the University community. If you are feeling low, depressed, suicidal, extremely burdened with life, do not hesitate to visit the Chaplaincy. Organize f uneral and m emorial serv ices, an d weddings for members of the University Community. Visit and pray for the sick in hospitals, hostels and homes (Senior Chaplain). Mobilisation of financial and material resources for students in distress. Oversee the ac tivities of th e University of Zim babwe Choir.
2.
Prevention of illness among students ? Vaccinations
5
Awareness, information and guidance to students on communicable diseases e.g. cholera, typhoid, common diarrhoea, chicken pox, and the common cold ? Guidance to students on weather- related illnesses e.g. heat stroke
DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTRE
?
3.
CURATIVE SERVICES Privacy, confidentiality about their illnesses. Information on issues pertaining to their health status. ? Courtesy from health and auxiliary staff ? Respect of health staff by students.
?
The Disability Resource Centre (DRC) was introduced in 1987 to cater for students with disabilities. Its inauguration came about after a notable increase in the enrolment of visually impaired students in the Faculty of Arts. The DRC's mandate includes the provision of appropriate and friendly facilities and equipment, facilitating the admission of students with disabilities and debilitating medical conditions, guidance and counselling, among other functions.
?
4.
FREE HIV /AIDS counseling, testing, management (treatment) and post test support.
The Department has three technical sections, namely Braille Production (responsible for brailling and transcription), Audio Production (responsible for tape production of reading materials) and ICT (responsible for training of students in the use of computers and related technologies). SPORTS AND RECREATION
GENERAL INFORMATION CIMAS MEDICAL AID ? All undergraduate students are compelled to join the scheme.
6
?
A student becomes a member after filling in a Cimas Application Form during orientation week or at the clinic. ? After processing Cimas membership cards can then be collected from the clinic. ? It is important that students collect their membership cards, as production of a valid Cimas card and current students ID are prerequisite for medical attention at the clinic. NB Before Cimas cards are available students can be treated at the clinic upon production of a current students ID. Clinic Staff consists of: Chief Nursing Sister Part-Time Medical Practitioners (Doctors) ? Registered General Nurses ? Part-Time Psychologists and Psychiatrists ? Clinic support staff (Administrative, Nurse Aides and Cleaning Staff). ?
?
The Department of Sport and Recreation facilitates and coordinates sport and recreation on campus. The Department is committed to helping students, staff and the wider community to participate in sport and physical activity, helping to combine an active mind with an active body. It promotes healthy lifestyles through a wide range of sports activities and recreational programmes.
To effectively fulfill its mission, the Department of Sports and Recreation provides, within the scope of its resources, the following: Opportunities for a variety of cooperative and competitive activities that will contribute to physical fitness and wellness;
?
Equal access to modern sporting and recreational facilities and programs by all students;
?
A variety of programmes and activities including major areas of informal/drop-in recreation, intramural sports, sport clubs, outdoor recreation and fitness;
?
Coordination of the scheduling of events, promotion of activities and maintenance of sports and recreational facilities to maximize facility use to better serve the University community;
?
Development of a medium through which students can develop leadership, management, program planning and communication skills;
?
Extracurricular opportunities t hrough participation and leadership roles designed to enhance social, psychological and physiological development; and
?
Sports Code: Aerobics, Athletics, Basketball, Body Building, Chess; Cricket, Darts, Football, Handball, Hockey, Karate, Netball, Rugby, Squash, Swimming, Table Tennis,Taekwondo; Tennis, Volleyball.
?
STUDENTS' UNION The Student' Union exists to promote the general interests of students in the University and to provide one of the recognized channels of communication between students and the University authorities. Numerous clubs and societies of a sporting, cultural or social nature have been set up under the auspices of the Students' Union. The students' Union Building provides attractive recreational facilities, shop and cafeteria. Students are encouraged to read the following documents in order to get a full grasp of their rights and privileges: Student Charter, Students Union Constitution, Ordinance 30 and Academic Regulations.
7
UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE LIBRARIES
COLLECTION
The existing collection reflects a methodological acquisition of materials since the establishment of the various faculties. Journal literature makes up approximately 60% of the collection. Apart from having the largest collection To maintain the University of Zimbabwe Library as “The Leading Academic in the country, the UZ Library is the country's depository for all publications Library in the Country” from the United Nations and its various agencies, World bank, Food and Agricultural Organization, World Health Organization and regional bodies Mission like Southern African Development Community (SADC) and Common Market of Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA), to name a few. 95% of all Provide access to scholarly information resources required to meet the materials in the l ibrary are available online. learning, teaching and research needs of the University of Zimbabwe. ELECTRONICRESOURCES Values The UZ libraries website www.uz.ac.zw/library is the gateway to a wealth of ? Excellence resources. It provides immediate online access to thousands of full-text ? Integrity electronic journals, books and an Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) of ? Innovation books and journals in the libraries. The databases cut across all academic ? Respect for each other disciplines. The Library also subscribes to e-Brary, a database with 50,000 Vision
8
Team Work
?
Introduction
electronic books. It provides online access to comprehensive collections of ebooks covering a broad range of subject areas. e-brary includes books from 330 leading publishers such as Cambridge University Press, Oxford University Press, Sage, Springer, Taylor & Francis, and Wiley. For more information, visit http://site.ebrary.com/lib/uzlib.
UZ Libraries (UZLIB) is made up of the Main Library and eight (8) Branch Libraries housed in a number of locations convenient to the faculties. These are; College of Health Sciences, Education Graduate Library, Institute of UZ library is not only a net consumer of Internet information, but also Mining Research Library, Law Library, Map Library, Mpilo Library, School of provides access to its locally digitized intellectual output which includes UZ Social Work Library and Veterinary Scie nce Library. Institutional Repository (a digital collection of the university's research output) http://ir.uz.ac.zw, Electronic Theses and Dissertations and Past The UZLIB is very clear of its pivotal role in the university structure. The Examination Papers Databases. Library's mission statement is explicit in its acknowledgement of the role it is expected to play i.e. “Provide access to scholarly information resources SUBJECT LIBRARIANS required to meet the learning, teaching and research needs of the University of Zimbabwe”. UZLIB, as Centre of Pride and Excellence, strives to Getting to know your Subject Librarian can be a good step toward success in offer world class service as well as facilitate access to scholarly collections and your studies. More information can be accessed via information resources in order to fulfill its mission. http://www.uz.ac.zw/libra ry/staff/libra rians.html. Also checkout the website of the particular Library in your subject area.
SERVICES
programme is to impart searchskills to students and staff of the University of Zimbabwe so that they are able to recognize the need for information, identify The online services provided by the Library include the OPAC which can also potential sources, develop successful search strategies and successfully be accessed off campus via http://uzlibsys.uz.ac.zw/, electronic resources, access all sources of information including print, media, electronic, digital digital full-text collections, online past examination papers, University of and others. Zimbabwe Research Output which can be accessed via the Institutional Repository (IR ) http://ir.uz.ac.zw, and full text Electronic Theses and Inter-Library Loan Dissertations (ETDs). There is also a provision for authorized users to access these online services off campus through the UZ Library website at this Publications not held in the Library can be sources from other libraries address: through the Interlibrary Loan Service. More information on the service is available from the Reader Services Division. Binding Internet Services Binding services are offered at a fee. Users have to deposit the money at the Cashier's and only produce the receipt to the Library. Internet facilities are available in the Library to all current registered University of Zimbabwe staff and students from 08:00am to midnight on Circulation weekdays and from 08:00am to 16:00hrs during weekends. However, all registered users have remote access to Library electronic resources, thus All registered university students as well as permanent staff have access to access is avialable24/7. Library material and can borrow books as per Library loan rules. Loan rules for staff differ according to staff categories. More information is available from Multi -Media Centre the Librarian on duty at the Library Information Desk on extension 12017. The Library Multi-media Centre is made of three rooms. Library users can Information Literacy (IL) Training view academic materials on DVD (for example lectures and experiments) as well as viewing academic videos and presentations. The second room has a UZLIB has taken full advantage of the available Information and TV set connected to Digital Satellite Television (DSTV). The DSTV features Communication Technology (ICT) to enhance information dissemination News, Geography, Documentaries, History Channels among others. and information delivery. In the University of Zimbabwe (UZ) strategic plan, one of the key result areas isto produce information communication literate The Multi-media centre is also equipped with state of the art computers. graduates. Every graduate from UZ is required to pass at least one Some of the computers have web cameras that can be used for video compulsory course in Information and Communication Technology (ICT) chat/conference. The computers can also be used to view CD-ROMs. Users thus, ensuring that UZ graduates come out of university being computer are also able to stream academic videos on YouTube. Collaborative literate. discussions can also be done in the room to allow students to share experiences and ideas. In line with the above key result area, UZLIB embarked on Informati on Literacy (IL) training programme to equip Library users with skills to use ICTs to access, organize, evaluate and synthesize information from both print and electronic resources. The main goal of the Information Literacy Training
9
Photocopying
What is Jaws Professional
The Library outsources photocopying services. Photocopying services are available at a fee and photocopying is subject to copyright act.
JAWS stands for Job Access With Speech. JAWS Professional is a powerful accessibility solution and screen reading software that reads information on a screen using synthesized speech. It provides many useful commands that Reference Services make it easier to use programs, edit documents, and read web pages. JAWS is the world's most popular screen reader, developed for computer users whose Reference services are offered by professional Librarians during the day and vision loss prevents them from seeing screen content. JAWS reads aloud evenings. There is always a Librarian on duty at the Information Desk. For what's on the PC screen and gives the user a unique set of intelligent tools for more information on the Library services, please visit navigating and accesses web pages and all screen content http://www.uz.ac.zw/library/inner/rds.htm. JAWS is compatible with most frequently used workplace and classroom applications such as Microsoft Office Suite, Adobe Acrobat Reader, Internet Students with Special Needs Explorer, Fire Foxand many other applications. The Library supports users with visual disabilities using two Free & Open Source Software tools on public access terminals. Available is AccessApps – a suite of over 60 Open Source and freeware Windows applications which run from a USB stick. AccessApps provides a range of solutions to support writing, reading and planning as well as specific disabilities. For example, there are
10
programs to help change the background colour of the computer screen, or to help locate the cursor on the screen. Balabolka a free, open source, cross-platform text-to-speech tool is also available for users. It reads aloud text from the screen to aid people who have difficulties in reading, whether due to vision impairments or reading difficulties (including dyslexia). It reads aloud text from the computer's clipboard or from DOC, EPUB, FB2, HTML, ODT, PDF and RTF files. As well as reading aloud in 'real time', the on-screen text can be saved as an audio file in WAV, MP3, MP4, OGG or WMA formats. The acquisition Job Access With Speech (JAWS) comes as another step in enhancing library accessiblity to all users.
Access to the Special Needs Located in the Main Reserve Section of the Main Library, the Special Needs facility is accessible to all registered users with disabilities during the library operating hours. There is a team of library staff set in the Main Library to provide assistance to users with disabilities.
GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE 1.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. 1.2 The Senate reserves the right to alter, cancel, suspend or replace any of these regulations. 1.3 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by the student, except that where a student would not be able to complete a programme within the minimum period as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations that student will normally be required to change to the subsequent set of regulations. 1.4 There shall be academic regulations for each Faculty, which must be approved by the Senate before implementation. The Senate has the power to exempt a student from any of these regulations. 1.5 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the FacultyRegulations.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS In these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described: Academic year: means two complete semesters, as defined by these regulations, and the intervening vacation period. Such year to commence on the date set by the Senate for the commencement of the academic year for undergraduate degree programmes. The Senate may however, vary the date of commencement for an academic year in any programme of study. Assignment: means a written or practical exercise to be submitted by a student for assessment as a component of the continuous assessment requirements for a course as prescribed in the relevant programme regulations. Attachment: means a period of time during which a student is assigned to a suitable government, non-government, professional or other organisation, firm, other approved entity or to an individual for the purpose of gaining practical skills or experience. Core Course: means a compulsory course that must be passed in a given programme. Co-requisite: means a course which must be taken before or at the course same time as a specified course. Course Unit: means the unit of measure used to calculate the weighting given to a course in a specified programme
in such a manner that the total of t he weights of the courses in each semester shall be 60 course units. means a separately examinable component of a Subject. Credit: means the sum of the course units of the courses a student has passed in a specified programme. Dissertation: means a written report documenting and describing the research process, findings and analysis of the findings of a project. Levels of study: means the levels of study as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. Major Subject: means a subject so designated within the Faculty Regulations for a Programme. Minor Subject: means a subject so designated within the Faculty Regulations for aProgramme. Module: means a component of a course that may be assigned a weighting in course units but is not separately examinable. Plagiarism: means, the submission by a student of the work of another person as his/her own, or the unattributed incorporation of all or part of the work of another person, either deliberately or negligently, into a work being produced for academic assessment and/or examination. Practical Course: means a course in which a student is required to carry out practical exercises under supervision. Prerequisite: means a course that must be passed before the course specified course can be attempted. Programme: means a plan of study which, on successful completion, leads to the award of an undergraduate degree of the University. Project: means research, a clinical investigation, design, artistic or practical work undertaken by a student, either as a course or part of a course which may, depending on the academic regulations for the programme for which she or he is registered, be presented in the form of a dissertation or report, a script, musical or artistic composition or work, a model, a design, a visual or oral recording, in an appropriate digital or other electronic format, or in such form as may be designated in the regulations for a specific programme of study. Semester: means a specified period of time normally consisting of fifteen (15) weeks. Subject: means a field of study within a Programme. Course:
11
3.
12
PROGRAMMES 3.6 Each course shall be allocated a course code for use in computerized student records, such code shall be alpha/numeric: 3.1 The University offers undergraduate programmes for Bachelors, 3.6.1 alphabetical codes being used to identify programmes and Bachelors (Honours), Intercalated (Honours) and Law, Medical and subjects; Veterinary degrees. 3.6.2 numerical codes being used to identify the individual course 3.2 Bachelors Degree Programmes and the level of that course; 3.2.1 In a Bachelors degree programme a student shall register for 3.6.3 A schedule of courses and their codes shall be prepared and either TWO major subjects or ONE major subject and at least maintained by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). ONE minor subject in accordance with the provisions of the Faculty Regulations. 4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.2.2 Bachelors degree programmes offered by the University are 4.1 Normal Entry listed in Schedule A1. This schedule may be amended from 4.1.1 For normal entry a student must have time to time by the Senate. 4.1.1.1 satisfied the general requirements under Scheme A or 3.3 Bachelors Honours Degree Programmes Scheme B as prescribed below; 3.3.1 In a Bachelors [Honours] degree programme a student shall 4.1.1.2 satisfied the special requirements for entry into the register for at least ONE major subject in accordance with the particular Programme chosen; provisions of the Faculty Regulations. Where a faculty offers 4.1.1.3 passed English Language at Ordinary Level or the Use both Bachelor's Degree and Bachelor's (Honours) degree of English Language examination or an approved programmes, some of the courses in the Bachelor's equivalent as set by the University in a special test or (Honours) degree programme must be designated as by another approved institution. honours courses in a given subject and shall be taught and 4.1.2 Scheme A examined at a level requiring a greater breadth and depth of Passes in five subjects obtained at one or more of the knowledge and understanding than that expected of courses examinations, listed in \r 4.1.4 and \r 4.1.5, at the level or in the Bachelors Degree Programmes. standard indicated of which at least two must have been at 3.3.2 Bachelors (Honours) Degree programmes offered by the University are listed in Schedule A2. This schedule may be Advanced Level. 4.1.3 Scheme B amended from time to time by the Senate. Passes in four subjects at one or more of the examinations, 3.4 Intercalated (Honours) Degree Programmes listed in \r \h 4.1.4 and \r \h 4.1.5, of which at least three 3.4.1 In an Intercalated (Honours) Degree programme a student, must have been taken at Advanced Level. while registered for another programme, may interrupt that 4.1.4 Recognised Ordinary Level Examinations programme for a period prescribed in the relevant Faculty Regulations and register for an Intercalated (Honours) Zimbabwe School Examination Council (Zimsec) “O” Level Degree Programme. The prescribed period for such Ordinary Level of the Associated Examining Board's General programme will be at least one year and during that time the Certificate of Education; student will pursue advanced study in a subject. After Credit standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher School successful completion of the Intercalated (Honours) Degree Certificate; programme, the student will normally return and complete Ordinary Level of the University of London's General the mainstream programme of study. Certificate of Education; 3.4.2 Intercalated (Honours) Degree programmes offered by the Subsidiary standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher University are listed in Schedule A3. This schedule may be School Certificate; amended from time to time by the Senate. The Matriculation Certificate of the South African Joint 3.5 Law, Medical and Veterinary Degrees Matriculation Board (or approved equivalent). 3.5.1 A law, medical or veterinary degree programme shall be 4.1.5 Recognised Advanced Level Examinations designed so as to take into account the requirements for Zimbabwe School Examination Council (Zimsec) “A” Level recognition and registration within the relevant profession. Advanced Level of the Associated Examining Board's General 3.5.2 Law, medical and veterinary degree programmes offered by Certificate of Education; the University are listed in Schedule A4. This schedule may be Principal subject standard of the Cambridge Overseas Higher amended from time to time by the Senate. School Certificate;
Advanced Level of the University of London's General Certificate of Education. 4.1.6 General Subject Provisions In either Scheme A or Scheme B: no subject can be counted at both Ordinary Level and Advanced Level; and the subjects must have been chosen from the approved list in \r 4.1.7 and restrictions against the combination of overlapping subjects, as stipulated in \r 4.1.8, have been observed. 4.1.7 Approved subjects for admission purposes are: 4.1.7.1 Subjects offered by the Zimsec and/or the Associated Examining Board, and/or the Cambridge Local Examining Syndicate and/or the London General Certification of Education. These are listed in Schedule B1. 4.1.7.2 Other Subjects and other Examining Boards may be accepted by the Senate on the recommendation of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). These shall be added after approval to Schedule B1. 4.1.8 Restrictions against the Combination of Overlapping Subjects In the selection of subjects for the purpose of satisfying the general requirements under Scheme A or Scheme B, the restrictions against the combination of overlapping subjects must be observed. These restrictions are listed in Schedule B2. 4.1.9 Faculty Requirements There may be specific restrictions on the choice of Subjects under Scheme A or Scheme B in the General Requirements and/or additional requirements concerning admission to a particular programme of study and/or for Subjects/Courses within that programme. Such additional requirements shall be prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. 4.2 Special Entry 4.2.1 Persons may apply for Special Entry and for permission to proceed to a first degree with exemption from the whole or part of the normal entry requirements, the list of these special criteria are listed in Schedule C1. 4.2.2 A student who qualifies under this regulation for Special Entry may apply to the Senate to be exempted from certain courses and examinations. Such a student may be required to attend interviews and/or sit special tests at the University to determine his or her suitability for admission to the selected programme.
4.3 Mature Entry 4.3.1 This option is restricted to programmes in the Faculties of Arts, Commerce, Education, Law and Social Studies. 4.3.2 An applicant for mature entry must: 4.3.2.1 be at least 30 years of age on the first day of the academic year in which admission is sought; 4.3.2.2 not be eligible for entry under either the Normal or the Special Entry Regulations; 4.3.2.3 have passed at least five approved 'O' Level subjects including English Language or an approved equivalent; 4.3.2.4 have demonstrated potential suitability for University studies by virtue of his/her attainments and/or relevant work experience. 4.3.2.5 normally have completed his/her full-time school or college education at least five (5) years before the start of the academic year in which admission is sought. 4.3.3 An applicant who wishes to be considered under the Mature Entry provisions may be required to attend interviews and/or special tests at the University designed to assess their command of the English Language, numerate and reasoning ability and general suitability for admission to Bachelor's degree studies. 4.3.4 An applicant who has previously attended Mature Entry tests and/or interviews without success will not be considered for admission under this form of entry unless in the intervening period he/she has acquired relevant additional qualifications and/or experience. 4.4 Accreditation and transfer from another institution of higher learning. 4.4.1 A student from another recognised institution of higher learning may gain transfer or accreditation of credits on the recommendation of the relevant Department(s) and Dean(s) and the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 4.4.2 On so recomm ending adm ission un der \r 4.4, the Department(s) and Dean(s) shall determine 4.4.2.1 the courses in the given programme the student will be exempted; 4.4.2.2 courses for which the student must register; 4.4.2.3 how the degree for the particular student will be classified on successful completion of the programme.
13
4.4.3 Admission of a student under Regulation \r 4.4 shall require prior approval by the Academic Committee on behalf of the Senate. 4.5 Submission of Applications 4.5.1 Applications must be submitted on the official Admission form. 4.5.2 The closing dates for receipt of application forms shall be advertised in the Press. 4.5.3 Late applications may be considered upon payment of the prescribed late-application fee. 4.6 General Provisions 4.6.1 Prior to admission to a programme, a student must complete the registration formalities of the University. 4.6.2 A student may not register simultaneously for more than one Programme at the University without the permission of the Senate. 4.6.3 A student registered on a full-time programme at the University is deemed to be in full-time attendance at the University. 4.6.4 Registration will take place in accordance with the arrangements prescribed each year through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 4.6.5 Normally no student shall be admitted to a course more than two weeks after its commencement. An exception to this
14
regulation must have the written endorsement of the Chairperson(s) of the Department(s) and the Dean(s) of the Faculties concerned and will be subject to approval through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 4.6.6 A student's registration shall not be confirmed until he/she has fulfilled the requirements for the payment of fees. 4.6.7 The University reserves the right to cancel a student's registration in a given programme if fewer than five (5) students are registered for that Programme. 4.6.8 A student registered for a course is expected to attend all classes prescribed for that course. Where tutorials, seminars, fieldwork, vacation work, practical sessions and other activities are prescribed a student is required to attend and to complete all assignments set. 4.6.9 A student who enters or returns to the University late shall not be entitled to special tuition. Such a student shall be liable to pay the late registration fine, unless the Deputy Registrar (Academic) has given permission for such late registration. 4.6.10 A student who is unable to attend classes for valid reasons for longer than 72 hours must notify the appropriate Faculty Office of the facts as soon as possible and submit certification in support thereof. A medical certificate will only be accepted from a medical practitioner registered in accordance with the Health Professions Acts. Where possible a student should
seek permission from the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairperson(s) of Department(s) concerned prior to such absence. 5.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 5.1 A degree programme shall consist of a prescribed minimum number of course units to be taken at each of the specified levels of study in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. 5.2 The possible combination of courses within a programme shall be in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. A student's selection of courses shall be subject to approval by the Departmental Board(s) and the Dean(s) concerned. 5.3 Faculty Regulations may prescribe the criteria designating a major subject or a minor subject. 5.4 Detailed syllabus for courses will not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations, but shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for approval when a new course or programme is first introduced. Subsequent amendments to such syllabus shall be submitted to the appropriate Faculty Board(s) for approval. 5.5 Faculty Regulations shall stipulate the maximum number of course units per semester that a student may take in a given programme. 5.6 The minimum duration and the permissible maximum duration of each programme, whether full-time or part-time, shall be prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. Normally, a student who postpones completion of a programme shall not retain credit for the courses previously passed if the student fails to resume studies within a period of six consecutive semesters. 5.7 The maximum period of study of a degree programme is twice the normal duration commencing from the date of initial registration. A student who fails to complete the programme by the end of the maximum period shall be required to withdraw from the programme. 5.8 A student registered for courses with a total weight of forty or more course units in a semester shall be deemed to be a full-time student. A student registered for courses with a total weight of less than forty course units in a semester shall be deemed to be a part-time student. 5.9 At least one of the courses in a Bachelors (Honours) degree programme must be a project, which shall normally be taken in the final year of st udy. 5.10 A student registered for a Bachelor's (Honours) programme may take some approved courses from other programmes. For purposes of classifying the student's degree at least 60% of the final overall mark must be derived from honours courses.
6.
EXAMINATIONS 6.1 The end of course examination shall normally be at the end of the semester in which the teaching of the course is completed. 6.2 External Examiners will normally be appointed to moderate end of course examination question papers. If visiting, the external examiner shall moderate the examination marks in all courses taught in that semester. 6.3 All matters relating to the conduct of end of course examinations shall be the responsibility of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 6.4 To be admitted to an end of course examination, a student must be registered for that course and as a student of the University in accordance with these regulations. 6.5 The Examiners may require a student to attend a viva voce examination and/or write a special examination. 6.6 Where a project or dissertation is prescribed as a course in a programme, students shall be informed in advance of the deadline for submission of the project report. A student who fails to meet this deadline shall normally fail the project or dissertation unless the Academic Committee has granted prior permission for an extension of this deadline. In such cases, on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners, the student may be permitted to submit the project report or dissertation at a later date, normally within 3 months after publication of results. 6.7 Departmental Boards shall administer anti-plagiarism screening to
Items incorporated in the continuous assessment may include assignments, tests, essays, practicals, field work and projects. 7.4 In assessing course marks, the Departmental Panel of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners shall have regard to all special requirements as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. 7.5 If in a given course the Faculty Regulations require that a student passes each of the components separately and a student is unsuccessful in one or more of the components, the overall mark for the student for that course shall be 48% or the mark obtained, whichever is the lesser. 7.6 For a project undertaken by a team of two or more students, each member of the team shall be required to write an individual project report independently. The assessment of the project course shall be based solely on the individual student's report. 7.7 The following marking scheme and designations shall be adopted for all courses Markattained Grade 75% 100% 1 65% 74% 2.1 60% 64% 2.2 50% 59% 3 Below50%(Fail) F 7.8 The result of a course for each student shall be designated by an appropriate symbol from the following list: P means that the student has passed that course; F means that the student has failed that course; T means that, due to verified extenuating circumstances accepted by the Senate the student is allowed to sit a special examination in the course, in accordance with Regulation 9.9; R means that, having failed the course, the student must repeat the course or take another approved course in accordance with the Faculty Regulations; N means that the final decision on the course is still pending; U means that the student did not study the course for which he/she was registered and is therefore presumed to have withdrawn from the course; W means the student failed the course and has been required to withdraw from the University;
all submitted dissertations/theses using an anti-plagiarism software approved by Senate. Normally, only dissertations/theses exhibiting no evidence of plagiarism shall be marked. 6.8 A student who fails to attend a scheduled examination without a valid and verified reason shall be awarded a mark of zero for that examination. 6.9 Misconduct by a student during an examination may lead to disciplinary action against the student. 7.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 Unless approved otherwise by the Senate, a single overall mark shall be submitted for each course on a student's profile of marks as stipulated in \r 8.1.3.1. 7.2 Normally, assessment shall be based on continuous assessment and end of course examinations. Unless otherwise approved by Senate, continuous assessment will count for between 20% and 33% of the overall mark as determined at the beginning of the course by the examinersconcerned. 7.3 Each Department shall determine which items of coursework will be included in the continuous assessment and shall define the relative weighting assigned to each item of the coursework. Each Department shall inform the students of these details at the beginning of the course and shall maintain written records of each student's performance in these elements of continuous assessment.
8.
PROCESSING OF EXAM INATION RESULTS 8.1 Departmental Panel of Examiners 8.1.1 There shall be for every department a Departmental Panel of Examiners which shall consist of all full-time lecturing staff in that Department and the External Examiner(s). The Departmental Board may invite part-time lecturers and other persons involved in the teaching of the courses being examined.
15
16
8.1.2 The Chairperson of the Department is the Chief Examiner for 8.6 The Faculty Office shall keep proper records of all the mark all the examinations set by the Department and shall preside schedules considered by the Faculty Board of Examiners. over the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 9. DETERMINATION OF EXAMI NATION RESULTS 8.1.3 The Departmental Panel of Examiners shall: 9.1 The examination results of a student shall be determined in 8.1.3.1 agree for each course and for each student a mark accordance with the Scheme of Examination as prescribed in the expressed as a percentage for continuous assessment relevant Faculty Regulations. for the end of course examination and an overall mark 9.2 Each Scheme of Examination shall indicate the courses that must be combining the continuous assessment and the end of passed for a student to successfully complete the portion of the course examination mark; programme that is being examined. Additionally, each scheme of 8.1.3.2 recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners Examination shall indicate the maximum and minimum number of whether a student should pass or fail that course; applicable courses and course units and designate prerequisites 8.1.3.3 where course prizes are available for award make required per semester/academic year. recommendations for their award. 9.3 The overall result for each student will normally be any one of the 8.2 Processing of marks by Departments following: 8.2.1 After confirmation of the marks for each course at a meeting GRADUATE of the Departmental Panel of Examiners, it shall be the PASS: PROCEED responsibility of the Chairperson of the Department to INCOMPLETE: PROCEED ensure that the agreed marks for each course and each INCOMPLETE: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES student are entered into the University's central INCOMPLETE: PENDING examinations database. INCOMPLETE: WRITE EXAMINATION AS A FIRST ATTEMPT 8.2.2 Each Department shall submit to the Faculty Office duly INCOMPLETE: CLEAR OUTSTANDING COURSES signed hard copy schedules of the course marks indicating WITHDRAW the continuous assessment mark, the end of course PRESUMED WITHDRAWN examination mark and the overall mark. All such marks must DISCONTINUE be expressed as percentages. 9.4 GRADUATE means a student registered for a given programme has 8.2.3 Each Department shall keep appropriate records of all the fulfilled all the requirements for the award of the degree. marks processed. 9.5 PASS PROCEED means a student is eligible to register for further 8.3 Faculty Board of Examiners (to be redrafted) courses in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. 8.4 There shall be a Faculty Board of Examiners which shall consist of 9.6 INCOMPLETE: PROCEED means a student, having failed some the Dean and Deputy Dean of the Faculty, the Chairperson of each courses, is allowed to repeat the failed courses and may register for Department and the External Examiner(s) for the Department plus further courses in accordance with Faculty Regulations. 9.7 INCOMPLETE: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES means a normally one other academic member of the Department student is no allowed, in accordance with Faculty regulations, to nominated by the Departmental Panel from each Department register for higher level courses in the programme being involved in the Subjects for that examination. undertaken. 8.4.1 The Chairperson of the Board of Examiners shall normally be 9.8 INCOMPLETE: PENDING means that the profile of results for the the Dean of the Faculty who shall have a casting vote. student is incomplete and no final decision can be made at that point in time. 8.4.2 The Faculty Board of Examiners shall: 9.9 INCOMPLETE: WRITE EXAMINATION (S) AS FIRST ATTEMPT 8.4.2.1 consider the recommendations of the Departmental means that, for valid reasons supported by appropriate Panels of Examiners and recommend to Senate an documentary evidence, and as determined by the Senate, a student overall result for each student; failed to write or complete an examination at the scheduled time. In 8.4.2.2 Make recommendations to the Senate with regard to this case the student shall normally write the missed examination at the award of any prizes that may be available for the subsequent examination session. A student who fails to write students within each programme. the rescheduled examination shall repeat the course when next 8.5 After determining the results of all the students in accordance with offered. Application for first sitting must be made prior to Regulation 9 the Dean of the Faculty shall present the results to the publication of the results and must be made in accordance with the AcademicCommittee. requirements spelt out in Schedule D1.
9.10INCOMPLETE: CLEAR OUTSTANDING COURSES means that the student has not filled all the requirements to proceed to a subsequent Part of graduate and shall clear all the outstanding courses before proceeding to a subsequent Part of graduating. 9.11WITHDRAW means that a student will not be allowed to register for any course or programme at the University until after a period of four consecutive semesters has elapsed. This measure will normally be taken if a student at the end of an academic year of her/his programme, other than the first, has an accumulated credit of less than 60 times the number of academic years she or he has been registered for that programme. 9.12PRESUMED WITHDRAWNmeans that a student was registered for a given programme but has not attended any class sessions nor submitted any written work for assessment and has not presented himself/herself for the end of course examinations for the semester underconsideration. 9.13 Normally a student shall retain credit for all previously passed courses. 9.14 The final authority in the determination of the examination results rests with the Senate. 9.15DISCONTINUE means that a student may no longer be allowed to proceed with the programme in which he or she has failed to meet the prescribed requirements for the completion of level one of that
FirstDivision Upper Second Division Lower Second Division Third Division Fail
(1) (2.1) (2.2) (3) (F)
75%–100% 65%–74% 60%–64% 50%– 59% Below50%
10.3 The classification of the MBChB, BDS and BVSc degrees shall apply the following mark scheme: Distinction 75%–100% Honours 65%–74% Pass 50%–64% Fail Below50% and as prescribed in the relevant Faculty Regulations.
11. ACADEMIC OFFENCES 11.1 This regulation should be r ead in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe Regulations for the Conduct of Examinations and the Student Disciplinary Regulations. 11.2 With the exception of the application of the paragraph \r 11.5 .1 the procedures laid down for the conduct of Student Disciplinary Committee and Hearings shall be followed in relation to the determination of whether or not a student is gu il t y of an academic offence. programme, but such a student need not necessarily withdraw from 11.3 A student who: 11.3.1 plagiarises wholly or in part work submitted for assessment the University. He or she may apply for admission into a different and, or; programme and his or her application will be considered through 11.3.2 falsifies data or results in a practical course, in a practical the normal admission procedures. exercise in any course, in a dissertation or in a project and, or; 11.3.3 fabricates data or results in a practical course, or in practical In appropriate cases, a student may return credit for previously exercise or in any course, in a dissertation or in a project and, or; passed relevant courses. 11.3.4 presents as his or her own data or results the work of another person, except where the student and other person or If a student has discontinued from two programmes, he or she will person's were working as a team in accordance with the be required to withdraw from the University. relevant regulations or rules for that course; shall be guilty of an academic offence. 10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE 11.4 A student who: 10.1 The requirements for the award of a degree shall be stipulated in the 11.4.1 takes into a room or place where an examination, test or Faculty Regulations. The Faculty Regulations shall specify how the other form of assessment is taking place any books, notes, final overall mark for the programme shall be computed for the written or other work on any kind of material, any electronic purposes of classifying the degree. calculating, recording or playback device, any communicating and or sending and receiving device which is 10.2All Bachelors degrees, except the MBChB, BDS and BVSc degrees, not permitted to be taken into the examination room or place shall be classified in the following divisions, using the indicated in terms of the relevant regulations or examination designations and mark scheme: instructions issued for that course or programme;
17
18
University. Provided that: the Student Disciplinary Committee 11.4.2 annotates, embellishes, adapts any permitted books, notes, may recommend that a student found guilty of plagiarism, written work on any kind of material, any electronic falsification or fabrication of results may be permitted to calculating, recording or playback device, any resubmit such work, or submit a new piece of communicating and or sending and receiving device whether work for examination or assessment. Such recommendation his or her own property, or that of another or supplied by t he may direct that such new or resubmitted work shall receive a examining authority or body with written materials, mark of not more than 50%. programmes, information however recorded which are not 11.5.3 in relation to \r 11.4.1 to \r 11.4.5 dependent on the severity permitted to be used by such student in such examination, of the offence and whether it is a repeated offence, whether a test or assessment; repetition of the same offence or of a different offence, the 11.4.3 brings into the room or place where the examination, test or cancellation of his or her registration for that course, the assessment is taking place any answer book, whether blank rendering of a mark of zero for the course or a component of or otherwise, any writing, blotting or other paper or brings in that course, suspension or expulsion from the University. any material or materials not permitted in the examination in terms of the relevant regulations or examination instructions 11.6 A student who is charged with an academic offence, other than one issued for that course or programme; that may be disposed of in terms of \r 11.5.1, shall have his or her 11.4.4 communicates, attempts to communicate with any other results for the course or programme for which he or she is registe red person within, outside or beyond the room or place in which withheld until such time as the Student Disciplinary Committee an examination, test or assessment is taking place contrary to makes a determination on the charges or the charges are not the regulations or instructions issued for the conduct of that pursued. examination, test or assessment, for the purpose of obtaining assistance from or providing assistance to such other 12. POSTHUMOUS ANDAEGROTATPROVISIONS candidate in the completion of the examination, test or 12.1 Posthumous award of a degree assignment; 12.1.1 If a student who dies in his/her final year of study in a given 11.4.5 leaves the room or place where the examination, test or assessment is taking place and, contrary to the regulations undergraduate programme had completed a substantial component of that year's study, the relevant Departmental for such course or programme or instructions issued for such Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners examination, test or assessment, communicates with any may recommend to the Senate the award of the degree other person, consults any books, notes, written work on any posthumously provided that there is clear evidence that the kind of material, any electronic calculating, recording or student had demonstrated consistent progress prior to playback device, any communicating and or sending and his/her death. receiving device; shall be guilty of an academic offence. 11.5 A student who is guilty of an academic offence shall be liable to: 12.1.2 The overall result for a deceased student awarded a degree 11.5.1 in relation to \r 11.3.1 to \r11.3.4, an official warning, posthumously shall be POSTHUMOUS AWARD dependent on the severity of the offence, from the lecturer 12.2 Aegrotat award of a degree conducting the course and, or the Chairperson of 12.2.1 If a student in the final year of study in a programme, having Department and, or the Dean of the Faculty. Such warning or completed a substantial component of the programme, is warnings shall be noted for administrative purposes on the prevented by serious illness from completing the prescribed official record of the student's performance maintained by requirements for the award of the degree, the Departmental the University provided that: Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners 11.5.2 if the offence for which the student is charged under \r 11.3.1 may recommend the award of the degree provided that it is to \r 11.3.4 is believed by the lecturer to be an aggravated established by a medical certificate that the incapacitation is one, or it is determined that is a repeated academic offence, permanent or that the illness is terminal. whether a repetition of the same offence or of a different 12.2.2 The overall result for a student who qualifies for the aegrotat offence, the matter shall be referred to the Student award of the degree shall bePASS: AEGROTAT AWARD Disciplinary Committee and the student may be liable to the 12.3A degree awarded under the posthumous and aegrotat provisions cancellation of his or her registration for that course, the shall be without classification. rendering of a mark of zero for that component of the course or the whole course, suspension or expulsion from the
13. PUBLICATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 13.1The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be responsible for the publication of examination results as approved by the Academic Committee. 13.2Results lists shall be posted on University notice boards and at any other designated places and, in addition, the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall post to each student at his/her registered address a copy of the individual student's results. 13.3The examination results of a student who owes any outstanding monies to the University shall be withheld from publication. 13.4All lists of results released by the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be endorsed with the proviso “SUBJECT TO RATIFICATION BY THE SENATE”. 14. STUDENT APPEALS AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULTS 14.1 The Senate shall establish an Appeals Committee to consider student appeals against published results. 14.2Any student has a right to appeal against his/her results. 14.3A student who wishes to lodge an appeal against his/her published results must do so in writing to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) within 21 working days of the University after the publication of the examination results. 14.4Each appellant shall be levied a prescribed fee for the appeal. A schedule of the levies can be obtained from the Deputy Registrar (Academic). No appeal shall be considered until such levies have been paid. 14.5If an appeal is successful, the appellant shall be refunded the fees paid; otherwise the appellant forfeits the money. 14.6On appeal, the student must state clearly the grounds of the appeal. A medical practitioner registered in terms of the Health Professions Act must substantiate medical grounds in writing. Any other evidence that the candidate wishes to submit in support of his/her case must also be lodged with the written appeal. 14.7The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall obtain comments and recommendations from the relevant Faculty which, together with the appeals, may be referred to the Appeals Committee for consideration. 14.8The Appeals Committee will consider as legitimate grounds for appeal: 14.8.1 new evidence of mitigating circumstances (except mere lack of diligence or other fault on the part of the student) which was not previously available to the examiners; and 14.8.2 extenuating circumstances of a 'force majeure' nature which explain and are directly relevant to the student's unsatisfactory academic performance, such as serious illness or other disability or circumstances which he/she could not reasonably have been expected to have foreseen or avoided.
14.9 The Committee shall be empowered to hear an appellant orally and to seek all such information or evidence, as it may consider pertinent. No right to oral hearing is conferred upon an appellant and the University will not reimburse any expenses incurred by an appellant in making a personal appearance before the Committee. 14.10 The Committee shall make a decision in each case, as it deems appropriate. Its decision shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for noting. 14.11 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall notify in writing each appellant of the results of his/her appeal, which result shall be final. 15. ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT 15.1Each graduate of the University shall receive ONE copy of a formal transcript of his/her complete academic record at the University. 15.2A prescribed fee shall be charged for a duplicate (subsequent to the issue of the srcinal transcript) or for a transcript requested before completion of studies. 15.3An Academic Transcript of the University of Zimbabwe is issued without any alterations and carries a signed official stamp of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 16. AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE 16.1 The award of a degree Certificate of the University of Zimbabwe shall be subject to approval by the University Council. 16.2A student completing the requirements for such an award will be entitled to receive a formal certificate of the University, bearing the seal of the University and signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar, confirming the award. 16.3If, subsequent to the award of a degree to a student, it is discovered that there were gross irregularities and impropriety involved in the award, the University Council, on the recommendation of the Senate, reserves the right to withdraw the award and cancel the certificate.
19
SCHEDULE A: UNDEGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE UNIVERSITY A1: BACHELORS DEGREES Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Business Studies & Computer Science Bachelor of Science in Tourism& HospitalityManagement Bachelor of Education Bachelor of Adult Education Bachelor of Science Education Bachelor of Nursing Science Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Social Work A2:BACHELORS [HONOURS] PROGRAMMES Bachelor of Science Honours in Agriculture Bachelor of Science Honours in AgriculturalEngineering Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied EnvironmentalScience Bachelor of Arts Honours Bachelor of Accountancy Honours Bachelor of Business Studies Honours Bachelor of Laws Honours Bachelor of Science Engineering Honours Bachelor of Science Mining Engineering Honours
20
Bachelor of SurveyingHonours Bachelor of Medical LaboratorySciences Honours Bachelor of Nursing Science Honours Bachelor of Pharmacy Honours Bachelor of Science Honours in OccupationalTherapy Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy Bachelor of Science Honours Bachelor of Science Honours in Economics Bachelor of Science Honours in Administration Bachelor of Science Honours in Political Science Bachelor of Science Honours in Psychology Bachelor of Science Honours in Rural & Urban Bachelor of Science Honours in Sociology A3:INTERCALATED DEGREE PROGRAMMES Bachelor of Science (Intercalated)Honours in Anatomy Bachelor of Science (Intercalated)Honours in Human Physiology Bachelor of Science (Intercalated)Honours in Vet. Anatomy Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Vet. Physiology Bachelor of Science (Intercalated) Honours in Vet. Biochemistry A4: MEDICAL AND VETERINARY DEGREES Bachelor of Dental Surgery Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery Bachelor of VeterinaryScience
(BA Gen) (BBS & CT) (BSc THM) (Bed) (Bad Ed) (BSE) (BNSc) (BSc) (BSW)
(HAG) (HAE) (HAES) (BAH) (HAC) (HBS) (LLBS) (HEN) (BSc Mining) (HSV) (MLS Hons) (HNS) (HPM) (HOT) (HPT) (BSc Hons) (HEC) (HPA) (HPS) (HRUP) (HSO)
(BSc (Int) An) (BSc (Int) HP) (BSc (Int) VA) (BSc (Int) VP) (Int) VBC)
(BDS) (MBChB) (BVSc)
SCHEDULE B: LIST OF O-LEVEL AND A-LEVEL SUBJECTS O O&A A O O A O & A O&A O&A O&A O O & A O & A A A & O O O O O A A O O O & A O O&A O & A O&A O O O O O&A O&A O O O O O&A A A
-
EnglishLanguage LiteratureinEnglish EnglishLanguageandCommunicationSkills Religious Studies (Syllabus A) ReligiousStudies(SyllabusB) Divinity History Geography Sociology Economics Law French Ndebele Zulu Shona Mathematics (Non Calculator) Mathematics(Calculator) Additional Mathematics (Non Calculator) AdditionalMathematics(Calculator) FurtherMathematics Mathematics Statistics IntegratedScience Biology PhysicalScience Agriculture Physics Chemistry HumanandSocialBiology Woodwork Metalwork FashionandFabrics FoodandNutrition/FoodScience ComputerStudies/Computing BuildingStudies Technical Graphics Commerce CommercialStudies Accounting GeometricandMechanical/BuildingDrawing BusinessStudies
SCHEDULE B2: LIST OF SUBJECTS THAT CANNOT BE COUNTED AS SEPARATE SUBJECTS
Mathematics, Pure and Applied may not be counted with Mathematics Pure or Mathematics Applied. Physical Science cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, Physics-with ? Accounting cannot be counted with Accounts or Principles of Accounts or Chemistry or General Science. Commerce. ? Physics-with-Chemistry cannot be counted with Physics, Chemistry, ? Afrikaans cannot be counted with Dutch. ? Physical Science or General Science. ? Art cannot be counted with History of Art. ? Political Studies cannot be counted with Government Politics. ? Biology cannot be counted with Rural Biology, Zoology, Botany or General ? Social Science cannot be counted with Government Politics. Science. ? Zoology cannot be counted with Human Biology or Health Science. ? Bookkeeping cannot be counted with Principles of Accounts or Accounts Only one of the following may be counted: or Accounting. British Constitution ? British Constitution cannot be counted with Government and Politics or General Principles of English Law ConstitutionalLaw. Constitutional Law ? Chemistry cannot be counted with Physical Science, Physics with Chemistry or General Science. ? Computer Science cannot be counted with Computing Science or Computing Studies. SCHEDULE C1: ? Constitutional Law cannot be counted with Government and Politics. 4.6.11 a person who has obtained a degree of this or another ? Divinity cannot be counted with Religious Knowledge or Religious University; Studies. ? Dutch cannot be counted with Afrikaans. 4.6.12 a person who has obtained a degree of the Council for ? Economic Geography cannot be counted with Geography. ? ?
?
Economic Principles cannot be counted with Economics. Economics cannot be counted with Commerce or Economic Principles. ? Economics International cannot be counted with Public Affairs or Economics and Public Affairs. ? Elementary Mathematics cannot be counted with Mathematics. ? Elementary Physiology cannot be counted with Human Biology. ? Elements of Sociology cannot be counted with Sociology. ? Engineering Drawing cannot be counted with eTchnical Drawing. ? Environmental Studies cannot be counted with Geography. ? Further Mathematics cannot be counted with Pure Mathematics, Mathematics or Applied Mathematics. ? General Science cannot be counted with Physics, Physical Science, Physics with Chemistry, Biology, Zoology, Botany or Rural Botany. ? Geography cannot be counted with Economi c Geography. ? Geometrical and Mechanical drawing cannot be counted with Technical or Engineering Drawing. ? Government and Political Studies cannot be counted with Government and Politics. ? Health Science cannot be counted with Human Biology. ? History International cannot be counted with History or Ancient History. ? Human Biology cannot be counted with Zoology, Biology, Health Science. ?
National Academic Awards in the United Kingdom; 4.6.13 a person who has obtained a Certificate in Education of this University at an Associate College of the University; 4.6.13.1
a person who has obtained from a University or Institution of similar status, academic qualifications (other than degrees) acceptable to the Senate; 4.6.13.2 a person who has obtained an appropriate number of Subjects at an approved examination equivalent to the standard of the Ordinary Level of the Zimsec or the General Certificate of Education Examination and has subsequently passed an equivalent examination at a University acceptable to Senate; 4.6.13.3 a person who has obtained the Diploma in Social Work of this University through the School of Social Work in Harare.
21
GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE
SCHEDULE D1: CATEGORIES OF ACCEPTABLE CIRCUMSTANCES FOR GRANTING FIRST ATTEMPT EXAMINATIONS(S)
GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR MASTERS DEGREES BY COURSEWORK
The granting of a first attempt examination is at the discretion of the Senate. 1. Medical grounds A student may be granted a first attempt examination where he or she is suffering from a medical condition which precludes him or her from 1. writing a prescribed formal examination. Such first attempt examination will only be granted where a verifiable letter or verifiable medical records from a registered medical practitioner are provided in support of the application. The document or documents must: (a) provide details on the nature of the illness and how it would have adversely affected the student's capability to sit for the examination . (b) bear the date and signature of the medical practitioner in his or her own handwriting.
APPLICATIONOFTHESEREGULATIONS 1.1
1.2 1.3
Bereavement
22
1.4
A student may apply for a first attempt examination where, in the period immediately preceding an examination or examinations a close member of his or here immediate family had died. Granting of such a first attempt shall be dependent on the Senate determining that the death would have adversely affected the student's capacity to write the examination. Such application must be supported by either a death certificate or an affidavit from the police in the area where the death occurred, verifying the death. Normally, a student should seek prior permission from the Dean of the Faculty to attend to the death of the relative.
1.5
2
The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. The Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, cancel, suspend or replace any of these Regulations. The Senate has the power to exempt any student from any of the regulations. A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by the student. There shall be academic regulations for each Faculty which shall be subject to approval by the Senate and which shall include provisions for admission to Programmes, Subjects and Courses within the Faculty and schemes of examinations for these programmes. The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations.
DEFINITIONOFTERMS In these regulations, the following shall be used as described:
Force majeure - unforeseen circumstances:
Academic year:
A student may be granted a first attempt examination where he or she establishes to the satisfaction of the Senate that through no fault or error on their own part he or she was precluded from writing the examination. Such application must be supported by verifiable evidence of the occurrence of event or events and the effects of such events on the student's capacity to write the examination or examination.
An academic year of study shall comprise 52 weeks including approved periods of vacation. The commencement date of the academic year for a given postgraduate degree programme shall be set by the Senate. The academic year may be divided into two complete semesters.
Assignment:
means a written or practical exercise to be submitted by a student for assessment as a component of the continuous assessment requirements for a course as prescribed in the relevant programme regulations.
Attachment:
means a period of time during which a student is assigned to a suitable government, nongovernment, professional or other organisation, firm, other approved entity or to an individual for the purpose of gaining practical skills or experience.
Core Course:
means a compulsory course that must be passed in a given programme.
Co-requisite course: means a course which must be taken before or at the same time as a specified course. Course Unit:
Course:
means a separately examinable component of a programme.
Dissertation:
means a written report documenting and describing the research process, findings and analysis of the findings of a project.
Module:
means a component of a course that may be assigned a weighting in course units but is not separatelyexaminable means a defined portion of a Programme.
Part: Plagiarism:
Practical Course:
means, the submission by a student of the work of another person as his/her own, or the unattributed incorporation of all or part of the work of another person, either deliberately or negligently, into a work being produced for academic assessment and/or examination. means a course in which a student is required to carry out practical exercises under supervision.
Prerequisite course: means a course that must be passed before the specified course can be attempted. Programme: means a plan of study lasting over a specified period of time which leads to the award of a Masters degree of the University. Project:
Repeat:
means the unit of measure used to calculate the weighting given to a course in a specified programme in such a manner that the total of the weights of the courses in an academic year is 120 course units.
means research, a clinical investigation, design, artistic or practical work undertaken by a student, either as a course or part of a course
Semester: Subject: Withdraw:
3
which may, depending on the academic regulations for the programme for which she or he is registered, be presented in the form of a dissertation or report, a script, musical or artistic composition or work, a model, a design, a visual or oral recording, in an appropriate digital or other electronic format, or in such form as may be designated in the regulations for a specific programme of study. means the student may apply for re-admission into the same Programme and his/her application will be considered through the normal admission procedures. If a student is repeating a Course(s), he/she shall only be credited with the marks obtained during the 'repeat' examination. Nevertheless, where this is provided in the Faculty Regulations, a 'repeat' student may be exempted from re-examination in any Course(s) in which he/she previously passed, or may take another approved Course or other approved Courses instead of the Course(s) previously passed. means a specified period of time normally consisting of fifteen (15) weeks. means a field of study within a Programme offered by aDepartment. means that the student must withdraw from the University. This measure would normally be taken in respect of a student who failed either in two programmes or twice in one Part of one programme. Once 'withdrawn' the student may not apply again for admission until after a period of two years has elapsed.
PROGRAMMES 3.1 Taught Masters Degree programmes offered by the University are listed in Schedule A. 3.2 The current and updated Schedule A shall be kept in the office of the Deputy Registrar (Academic) and may be amended from time to time by the Senate.
23
4
24
ENTRYR EQUIREMENTS 4.1 4.1.1
Eligibility for Admission Normally, applicants must have obtained an appropriate Honours Degree.
4.1.2
Applicants with a general degree or approved equivalent qualification may be considered by Senate on the recommendation of the Department(s) and Dean(s) concerned. Normally, such applicants should also possess relevant experience and may be required to pass a qualifying examination set by the University prior to Senate deciding on their acceptability for admission.
4.2 4.2.1
Submission of Applications for admission Applications must be submitted on the official forms provided through the Deputy Registrar (Academic).
4.2.2
Application forms must be submitted by the closing dates as advertised through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). Late applications may be considered upon payment of prescribed late application fee.
4.3 4.3.1
GeneralProvisions Every student must satisfy the University that he/she has an adequate command of the English Language.
4.3.2
Prior to admission to any Programme, a student must complete the registration formalities of the University.
4.3.3
A student may not register simultaneously for more than one Programme at the University without the permission of Senate.
4.3.4
Registration will tak e place in acco rdance with the arrangements prescribed each year through the Deputy Registrar(Academic).
4.3.5
Normally, no student shall be admit ted to any Programme or any Course more than two weeks after its commencement. Any exception to this regulation must have the written endorsement of the Chairperson of the Department and the Dean concerned and will be subject to approval through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). A student's registration shall not be confi rmed until he/she has fulfilled the requirements for the payment of fees.
4.3.6
4.3.7
A student registered for a programme is expected to attend all classes prescribed for such programme. Where tutorials, seminars, fieldwork, vacation work and practical sessions are prescribed, a student is required to attend and to complete any assignments set.
4.3.8
A student who enters or returns to the University late shall not be entitled to special tuition. Such a student shall be liable to pay the late registration fine, unless the Deputy Registrar (Academic) has given permission for such late registration.
4.3.9
A student who is unable to attend classes for valid reasons for longer than 72 hours must notify the appropriate Faculty Office of the facts as soon as possible and submit certification in support thereof. A medical certificate will only be accepted from a medical practitioner registered in accordance with the Health Professions Act. Where possible a student should seek permission from the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairperson(s) of Department(s) concerned prior to such absence. 4.3.10 The University reserves the right to defer a student's registration in a given programme if fewer than five (5) students are registered for that Programme. 5
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 5.1
The duration of a Masters Programme by coursework shall be Either ONE academic year or 18 months or TWO acade mic years on a full-time basis; Or TWO or THREE or FOUR academic years on a part-time basis, as specified in the Faculty Regulations. Note: Other Masters Degrees in Medicine shall be an exception to this rule.
5.2
Normally, total number of course units in a Masters programme shall be a minimum of 120 and a maximum of 240 course units.
5.3
Normally, a student who postpones completion of a Mas ters programme shall not retain credit for the courses previously passed if the student fails to resume studies within a period of two years. The maximum period of study of a d egree programme is twice the normal duration commencing from the date of initial registration. A student who fails to complete the
5.4
programme by the end of the maximum period shall be required to withdraw from the programme. 5.5
A Masters programme may be divided into Parts. Faculty regulations shall specify the requirements for proceeding from one Part to the next.
5.6
The possible combination of courses within a programme shall be in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. A student's selection of courses shall be subject to approval by the Departmental Board(s) and the Dean(s) concerned.
5.7
For a given Masters programme, the courses and their weightings shall be included in the Faculty Regulations. Detailed syllabus for courses will not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations, but shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for approval when a new course or programme is first introduced. Subsequent amendments to such syllabus shall be submitted to the appropriate Faculty Board(s) for approval. Each course examined in a programme shall be allocated a course code for use in computerized student records, such code shall be alpha/numeric:
5.8
6
5.8.1 alphabetical codes being used to identify programmes and subjects; 5.8.2 numerical codes being used to identify the individual course and the level of that course; 5.8.3 A schedule of courses and their codes shall be prepared and maintained by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). A Masters Programme shall contain a taught component as well as a research component. The research component shall comprise between 30% and 40% of the entire programme. 5.10 The Departmental Board shall assign to each student undertaking a research project at least one member of staff as the supervisor. 5.11 Students shall be informed in advance of the deadline for submission of dissertations or project reports. Unless prior permission for an extension of this deadline has been granted by the Academic Committee, any candidate who fails to meet this submission deadline shall normally fail the dissertation or project. An application for extension shall only be considered by the Academic Committee if submitted at least one (1) month prior to the deadline. 5.9
7
EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Formal examinations in coursework shall be taken by students either midway through, or at the end of each Part of the degree Programme as determined by Senate and as prescribed in the FacultyRegulations. 6.2 External examiners shall normally be appointed to moderate all formal examinations (except supplementary examinations for which question papers may be referred to the External examiner). External Examiners will normally be appointed to moderate end of course examination question papers. If visiting, the external examiner shall moderate the examination marks in all courses taught in that academic year. 6.3 All matters relating to the conduct of formal examinations shall be t he responsibility of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 6.4 To be admitted to a formal course examination, a student must be registered for that course and as a student of the University in accordance with these regulations. In addition, the student must: have satisfactorily completed approved Courses of study at the University. 'Satisfactory completion' of Courses may require submission of written work, attendance at lectures, seminars, tutorials and other activities as stated in the Faculty Regulations. 6.5 Exclusion from a formal examination shall require the authority of Senate. 6.6 The Examiners may require a student to attend a viva voce examination and/or write a special examination. 6.7 A student who fails to attend a scheduled examination without a valid and verified reason shall be awarded a mark of zero for that examination. 6.8 Misconduct by a student during an examination may lead to disciplinary action against the student in accordance with the relevant rules of student conduct and discipline. ASSESSMENTOFCOURSES 7.1 Candidates shall b e assessed on the basis of their performance in both coursework and the research work components of the programme. 7.2 Coursework shall be ex amined by continuous assessment and by written and/or practical examinations. 7.3 Each department shall determine which items of coursework will be included in the continuous assessment and shall define relative weighting assigned to each item. Each department shall inform the students of these details at the beginning of the Course and shall maintain written records of each student's performance in these elements of coursework. Items incorporated in the continuous assessment may
25
7.6 7.7
7.8
7.9
26
7.10 7.11
D denotes Distinction; M denotes Merit; C denotes Credit, P denotes Pass F denotes fail as set out in table 7.10 S denotes supplementary. This means either that the student is allowed to resubmit the project or dissertation within a period as specified in the Faculty Regulations or that the student who fails but obtains a mark of at least 40% in the course or subject may be allowed a second attempt in the formal examination of that course or subject.
include assignments, tests, essays, projects and laboratory work. Research work shall be examined by a dissertation. Departmental Boards shall administer anti-plagiarism screening to all submitted dissertations/theses using an antiplagiarism software approved by Senate. Normally, only dissertations/theses exhibiting no evidence of plagiarism shall be marked. Candidates must sa tisfy th e examiners in bot h the coursework and the research work components. Normally, ass essment sha ll be ba sed on c ontinuous assessment and end of course examinations. Unless otherwise approved by Senate, continuous assessment will count for between 25% and 50% of the overall mark as determined at the beginning of the course by the examiners concerned. The weighting assigned to these components for assessment purposes shall normally be in the same proportion to the time assigned to these components in the Programme structure (Regulation 5.8 refers). A dissertation or project report submitted for examination shall normally be marked by the supervisor and one other examiner, apart from the external examiner.
7.4 7.5
The following marking scheme and designations shall be adopted for all courses and degree classification: The res ult of a cour se for ea ch studen t shall be designated by an appropriate symbol from the following list:
Table 7
MARK
GRADE (FOR COURSES)
DIVISION (FOR DEGREE CLASS)
D
PASS WITH DISTINCTION
70 – 79%
M
PASS WITH MERIT
60 – 69%
C
PASS WITH CREDIT
50 – 59%
P
PASS
BELOW 50%
F
FAIL
80 – 100%
8
R
means that, having failed the course, the student must repeat the course or take another approved course in accordance with the Faculty Regulations;
N
means that the final decision on the course is deferred;
U
means that the student did not study the course for which he/she was registered and is therefore presumed to have withdrawn from the course;
W
means that the student failed the course or programme and has been required to withdraw from the University.
T
Means that, due to verified extenuating circumstances accepted by the Senate the student is allowed to sit for a special examination in a course, in accordance with Regulation 9.2.6.
F
means failure in a course or project in the range indicated in 7.10 above.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 8.1 Examination results shall be processed by Departmental Panels of Examiners and Faculty Boards of Examiners. 8.2 A Departmental Panel of Examiners shall comprise all fulltime lecturing staff in that department, the External Examiner(s) and, where appropriate, determined by the Departmental panel, part-time lecturers and/or teaching assistants for the Courses concerned. 8.3 A Faculty Board of Examiners shall comprise the Dean and Deputy Dean of the Faculty and, from each Department involved in the programme(s) for that examination, the Chairman plus at least one other academic member of the Department nominated by the Departmental Panel of Examiners and the External Examiner, if visiting. 8.4 The Dean of the Faculty shall normally preside over the Faculty Board of Examiners and shall have a casting vote.
8.5 The Departmental Panel of Examiners shall: 8.5.1 Agree, for each candidate , marks in terms of percentages, for the continuous assessment, for the formal examinations and for the coursework component overall (combining the continuous assessment marks and the formal examination marks in Courses as required by the Faculty Regulations). It should also agree on a mark for the dissertation. Where all components of the Programme are under the Panel's jurisdiction it may also agree an overall mark, in terms of percentages, for the Part/Programme (combining marks for the coursework component and for the research component). 8.5.2 Recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners whether a candidate should pass or fail the relevant Course(s) taken. 8.5.3 Where Programme/Course prizes are available for award, make recommendations for the award of these prizes. 8.6 The Faculty Board of Examiners shall: 1.6.1 Consider the recomm endations of the Panels of Examiners and recommend to Senate an overall result for each candidate and any other conditions as it may deem appropriate; 1.6.2 Make recommendations to Senate with regard to the award of any prizes which may be available for candidates within the Programme. 1.6.3 In determining results, all Departmental Panels of Examiners and Faculty Boards of Examiners shall have regard to all special requirements as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations. 9
DETERMINATION OF THERESULTS 9.1 Results shall be dete rmined by Senate on re commendations from Faculty Boards of Examiners having considered recommendations from Departmental Panel of Examiners. 9.2 The result for each student will normally be any one of the following: PASS WITH DISTICTION PASS WITH MERIT PASS WITH CREDIT PASS PASS: PROCEED
INCOMPLETE: PROCEED INCOMPLETE: PENDING INCOMPLETE: WRITE SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS INCOMPLETE: WRITE EXAMINATION AS AFIRST ATTEMPT INCOMPLETE: CLEAR OUTSTANDING COURSES PRESUMED WITHDRAWN WITHDRAW DISCONTINUE 9.2.1 PASS WITH DISTINCTION or PASS WITH MERIT or PASS WITH CREDIT or PASS shall apply toa graduating student who has fulfilled all the requirements for the award of the degree according to the marking scheme in Regulation 7.8. 9.2.2 PASS: PROCEED means the student has fulfilled all the requirements to proceed to the subsequent Part, in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. 9.2.3 INCOMPLETE: PROCEED means that the student may proceed to the next Part carrying failed courses, in accordance with the Faculty Regulations. 9.2.4 INCOM PLET E: WRI TE SUPP LEME NTAR Y EXAMINATION(S) means that, in accordance with the General and Faculty regulations, the student is allowed to write supplementary examinations in the indicated failed courses. 9.2.5 INCOMPLETE: PENDING means that the profile of results for the student is incomplete and no final decision can be made at that point in time. 9.2.6 INCOMPLETE: WRIT E EXAMINA TION(S) AS FIRST ATTEMPT means that, for valid reasons supported by appropriate documentary evidence, and as determined by the Senate, a student failed to write or complete an examination at the scheduled time. In this case a special examination shall be set for the student. 9.2.7 INCOMPLETE: CLEAR OUTSTANDING COURSES means that the student has not filled all the requirements to proceed to a subsequent Part of graduate and shall clear all the outstanding courses before proceeding to a subsequent Part of graduating.
27
9.2.8
PRESUMED WITHDRAWN means that a student was registered for a given programme but has not attended any class sessions nor submitted any written work for assessment and has not presented himself/herself for the end of course examinations for the semester under consideration.
accordance with the requirements prescribed in the relevant Faculty Regulations. 9.4.2 Faculty Regulations shall indicate which courses must be passed before a candidate may be allowed to proceed to a subsequent Part of the Programme or portion thereof or to complete the requirements of the Programme. 9.4.3 Normally, a student shall not be allowed to proceed to the final Part of any Programme unless he/she has completed all the requirements for the first Part of that Programme as specified in Faculty Regulations. 9.4.4 A student who passes sufficiently well in one Part in aggregate may be permitted to proceed to a subsequent Part carrying a Course or Courses subject to the provisions in Faculty Regulations and to timetable feasibility.[see Reg 9.2.3]
9.2.9 WITHDRAW means that a student will not be allowed to register for any course or programme at the University until after a period of four consecutive semesters has elapsed. This measure will normally be taken if a st udent at the end of an academic year of her/his programme, other than the first, has an accumulated credit of less than 60 times the number of academic years she or he has been registered for that programme. 9.2.10DEFER means that a student was registered for a given programme but has not been able to write the final examination because of short term illness of circumstances beyond the control of the student, or was absent for some other compelling reason. 9.2.11 DISCONTINUE means that a student may no longer be
28
allowed to proceed with the programme in which he or she has failed to meet the prescribed requirements for the completion of level one of that programme, but such a student need not necessarily withdraw from the University. He or she may apply for admission into a different programme and his or her application will be considered through the normal admission procedures.
9.5 Failure to Satisfy the Examiners A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners in terms of the Faculty Regulations may be required by Senate to 'withdraw', or to 'repeat' or t o write 'supplementary examinations'. 9.6
SupplementaryExaminations 9.6.1 The Senate may allow a candi date to attempt a
9.6.2 9.6.3
In appropriate cases, a student may return credit for previously passed relevant courses.
9.6.4
If a student has discontinued from two programmes, he or she will be required to withdrawfrom theUniversity. 9.3 Faculty Regulations shall stipulate how decisions in 9.2 shall be implemented. 9.4 P r ov i s i o n s f or Pa s s i n g a n d / or P r o c e e d i n g i n a Programme: 9.4.1 A candidate shall be deemed to have passed a Programme or a Part thereof if he/she has satisfied the examiners in
9.6.5
supplementary examination to enable him/her to pass a Part of a Programme or to proceed to the next Part in terms of the Faculty Regulations. Normally, supplementary examinations shall be held approximately two months after the results have been released. To be eligible for a supplementary examination, a student must normally obtain a mark of at least 40% in the Course or Subject to be supplemented in the formal examinations for that Course. Normally supplementary examinations will not be awarded in more than half of the Courses for any one Part of a Programme. Where supplementary examinations have been allowed, the examiners will not incorporate continuous assessment in the determination of the final mark for the supplementaryexamination. A student who passes a supplementary examination should be awarded a mark of 50% and t he result recorded as : Pass
9.6.6 If a student is required to attempt a supplementary examination, this fact and the result obtained in the supplementary examinations of 'Pass' or 'Fail' shall be recorded on the official transcript of academic record.
9.7 Re-Presentation of Dissertation 9.7.1 On the recommendation of the Examiners, a student who fails the dissertation or project may be permitted to submit the dissertation or project at a later date, normally within three months of the srcinal submission deadline. 9.7.2 Where circumstances justify such action, the Board of Examiners may recommend to Senate that: either the candidate be permitted to re-present his/her dissertation in revised form, within three months of the decision of Senate in that regard; or the candidate be required to make editorial amendments to his/her dissertation before lodgement of the final bound copies of the dissertation. 9.8 Repeat of Dissertation 9.8.1 On the recommendation of examiners, a student who fails a dissertation may be allowed to apply to repeat the dissertation provided that he/she pursues a different topic. 9.9 Normally a student shall retain credit for all previously passed courses for a period of not more than twice the duration of the programme. 9.10 The final authority in the determination of the examination results rests with the Senate. 9.11 The correct and authentic record of the examination results of a student, as approved by the Academic Committee, shall be that which is kept by the office of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 10 AWARD OF THE DEGREE 10.1 The requirements for the award of a degree shall be stipulated in the Faculty Regulations. The Faculty Regulations shall specify how the final overall mark for the programme shall be computed for the purposes of classifying the degree. 10.2 The classification of the degree shall be in accordance with the marking scheme in Regulation 7.9. 11
ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES Academic offences and penalties as specified in the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes (Schedule B) shall equally apply to these Regulations.
12
POSTHUMOUSANDAEGROTATPROVISIONS 12.1 Posthumous award of a degree 12.1.1 If a student who dies in his/her final year of study in a given postgraduate programme had completed a substantial component of that year's study, the relevant Departmental Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners may recommend to the Senate the award of the degree posthumously provided that there is clear evidence that the student had demonstrated consistent progress prior to his/her death. 12.1.2 The overall result for a deceased stu dent awarded a degree posthumously shall be POSTHUMOUS AWARD 12.2 Aegrotat award of a degree 12.2.1 If a student in the final year of study in a programme, having completed a substantial component of the programme, is prevented by serious illness from completing the prescribed requirements for the award of the degree, the Departmental Panel(s) of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners may recommend the award of the degree provided that it is established by a medical certificate that the incapacitation is permanent or that the illness is terminal. 12.2.2 The overall result for a student who qualifies for the aegrotat award of the degree shall be PASS: AEGROTAT AWARD. 12.2.3 The aegrotat provisions shall not app ly to a candidate registered in a programme in the Faculty of Engineering or in the Faculty of Medicine or in the Faculty of Veterinary Science or registered for the M Sc (Clinical Psychology), (Occupational Psychology) degrees. 12.3 A degree awarded under the posthumous and aegrotat provisions shall be without classification.
29
13
14.8 The Appeals Committee will consider as legitimate grounds for appeal:
PUBLICATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 13.1 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be responsible for the publication of examination results as approved by the AcademicCommittee. 13.2 A student's results shall be posted on University of Zimbabwe website by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 13.3 The examination results of a studen t who owes any outstanding monies to the University shall be withheld from publication. 13.4 All lists of results released by the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be endorsed with the proviso “SUBJECT TO RATIFICATION BY THESENATE”.
14
STUDENT APPEALS AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULTS
14.2 Any student has a righ t to appeal again st his/her results. 14.3 A student who wishes to lodge an appeal aga inst his/her published results must do so in writing to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) within 21 working days of the University after the publication of the examination results. 14.4 Each appellant shall be levied a prescribed fee for the appeal. A schedule of the levies can be obtained from the Deputy Registrar (Academic). No appeal shall be considered until such levies have been paid. 14.5 If an appeal is successful, the appellant shall be refunded the fees paid; otherwise the appellant forfeits the money. 14.6 On appeal, the student must state clearly the grounds of the appeal. A medical practitioner registered in terms of the Health Professions Act must substantiate medical grounds in writing. Any other evidence that the candidate wishes to submit in support of his/her case must also be lodged with the written appeal. 14.7 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall obtain comments and recommendations from the relevant Faculty which, together with the appeals, may be referred to the Appeals Committee forconsideration.
new evidence of mitigat ing circumstances (except mere lack of diligence or other fault on the part of the student) which was not previously available to the examiners; and
14.8.2
extenuating circumstances of a 'force majeure' nature which explain and are directly relevant to the student's unsatisfactory academic performance, such as serious illness or other disability or circumstances which he/she could not reasonably have been expected to have foreseen or avoided.
14.9 The Committee shall be empowered to hear an appellant orally and to seek all such information or evidence, as it may consider pertinent. No right to oral hearing is conferred upon an appellant and the University will not reimburse any expenses incurred by an appellant in making a personal appearance before the Committee.
14.1 The Senate shall establish an Appeals Committee to consider student appeals against published results.
30
14.8.1
15
14.10
The Committee shall make a decision in each case, as it deems appropriate. Its decision shall be submitted to the Academic Committee for noting.
14.11
The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall notify in writing each appellant of the results of his/her appeal, which result shall be final.
ACADEMICT RANSCRIPT 15.1 Each graduate of the University shall receive ONE copy of a formal transcript of his/her complete academic record at the University. 15.2 A prescribed fee shall be charged for a duplicate (subsequent to the issue of the srcinal transcript) or for a transcript requested before completion of studies. 15.3 An Academic Transcript of the University of Zimbabwe is issued without any alterations and carries a signed official stamp of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).
16
AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE 16.1
The award of a degree Certificate of the University of Zimbabwe shall be subject to approval by the University Council.
16.2
A student completing the requirements for such an award will be entitled to receive a formal certificate of the University, bearing the seal of the University and signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar, confirming the award.
16.3
If, subsequent to the award of a degree to a student, it is discovered that there were gross irregularities and impropriety involved in the award, the University Council, on 3. the recommendation of the Senate, reserves the right to withdraw the award and cancel the certificate.
16.4 A duplicate certificate may be issued on the payment of a prescribed fee. 4.
CommunicationandMediaStudies English EnglishasaSecondLanguage Heritage Studies French LanguageforSpecificPurposes Religious Studies Philosophy WarandStrategicStudies Environmental Policy and Planning Theatre and Performance Applied Linguistics General Linguistics Faculty of Commerce Master of Science Degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management Master of Business Administration Degree MastersdegreeinStrategicMarketing MasterofAccountancydegree
(MCMS) (MEL) (MESL) (MAHS) (MFR) (MLSP) (MRS) (MPL) (MWAR) (MEPP) (MATP) (MAL) (MLG)
(Msc THM) (MBA) (MSM) (MACC)
Faculty of Education Master of Education Degree (M Ed) in the following subjects:
SCHEDULE A Adult Education
Curriculum and Arts Curriculum Studies Administration,Planning&PolicyStudies Educational Foundation Educational Psychology ScienceandMathematicsEducation Teacher Education Technical Education Master of Science Degree (M Sc) in EducationalPsychology
MASTERS DEGREES BY COURSEWORK OFFERED BY THE UNIVERSITY The following are Masters Degrees by coursework offered by the University: 1.
Faculty of Agriculture Master of Science Degree in AgriculturalEconomics Masterof ScienceDegree in Animal Science MasterofScienceDegreeinCropProtectio MasterofScienceDegreeinCropScience Master of Science Degree in Dairy Science and Technology
2.
(MSAE) (MAS) (MCP) (MRC) (MAV)
Faculty of Arts Master of Arts (MA) in the following Subjects: AfricanEconomicHistory African History AfricanLanguagesandLiterature Classics
(MEH) (MAFH) (MAFL) (MCL)
5.
(MEd AE)
(Med CA) (MEd CS) (MEdAPPS) (MEF) (MEP) (MESM) (METE) Msc TE) (MSc Epsych)
Faculty of Engineering Master of Science Degree in Communication Engineering MasterofScienceDegreeinHighwayEngineering Master of Science Degree in Integrated Water Resources Management Master of Science Degree in Land and Geographic Information Systems MasterofScienceDegreeinRenewableEnergy Master of Science Degree in Water Resources Engineering and Management Master of Science Degree in Minerals Production
(MCE) (MHE) (IWRM) (MLGIS) (MRE) (MWREM)
31
EngineeringandManagement (MPEM) Master of Science Degree in Manufacturing Systems and OperationsManagement (MSOM) Master of Science Degree in PowerEngineering (MPE) 6.
7.
FacultyofLaw Master of Laws Degree Masters in Women'sLaw
9.
Master of Science Veterinary Degrees (MSC) in the following Subjects: Veterinary Anatomy VeterinaryBiochemistry VeterinaryPhysiology VeterinaryEpidemiology SmallAnimalMedicine Ruminant Medicine TsetseandTrypanosomiasisControl Veterinary Pathology VeterinaryMicrobiology VeterinaryParasitology
(LLM) (MWL)
FacultyofScience Master of Science Degrees (MSc) in the following Subjects: AgriculturalMeteorology AnalyticalChemistry Applied Physics Biotechnology Chemistry Exploration Geology ExplorationGeophysics GeographyandEnvironmentalScience Mathematics Plant Physiology Statistics Tropical Entomology TropicalHydrobiologyandFisheries TropicalPhytopathology TropicalResourceEcology
32 8.
(MAGM) (MACH) (MAPH) (MBTC) (MCH) (MXGL) (MXPH) (MSGE) (MMT) (MPP) (MSTC) (MTE) (MTFH) (MTP) (MTRE)
Faculty of Veterinary Science
10.
(MVA) (MVB) (MVSCPY) (MVVE) (MVSCSAM) (MVCSRM) (MVTT) (MVVP) (MVVM) (MVVPS)
College of Health Sciences Master of Science Degree in the following Subjects: ClinicalEpidemiology ClinicalPharmacology Nursing Science Clinical Biochemistry Physiotherapy Biostatistics Medical Microbiology
(MCEMP) (MCPC) (MNS) (MBC) (MPT) (MBST) (MMB)
Master of Medicine Degree in the following Subjects:
General Medicine Anaesthetics Histopathology Facultyof SocialStudies Medicine Master of Science Degree (MSc) in the following subjects: MedicalMicrobiology Clinical Psychology (MCPSY) ObstetricsandGynaecology Economics (MEC) Ophthalmology RuralandUrbanPlanning (MRUP) Pathology InternationalRelations (MIR) Paediatrics Population Studies (MPOS) Psychiatry Public Administration (MPA) RadiologyandOncology Surgery Social Ecology (SOEC) Urological Surgery Social Work (MSW) TheMastersDegreeinClinicalBiochemistry SociologyandSocialAnthropology (MS&SA) TheMastersDegreeinClinicalPharmacy OccupationalPsychology (MOPS) TheMastersDegreeinPublicHealth Neurosurgery (MNSG) Radiotherapyand Oncology Urology (MUG)
[Mmed (Gen Med)] [MMed (Anaes)] [MMed (Hist)] [MMed (Med)] [MMed(MedMicro)] [MMed(O&G)] [MMed (Ophthal)] [MMed (Path)] [MMed (Paed)] [MMed (Psych)] [MMed(R&O)] [MMed (Sur)] [MMed (US)] (MCB) (MCP) (MPH) (MRO)
4.2 annotates, embellishes, adapts any permitted books, notes, written work on any kind of material, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, any communicating and or sending and receiving device whether his or her own property, or that of another or supplied by the examining authority or body with written materials, programmes, information however recorded which are not permitted to be used by such student in such examination, test or assessment;
Masters degrees in the following programmes: Dentistry (Orthodontics) (MDent) General Medicine (MDGM) Public Health (MPH) PublicHealth(HealthPromotion) (MPHHP) SCHEDULE B ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
4.3 brings into the room or place where the examination, test or assessment is taking place any answer book, whether blank or otherwise, any writing, blotting or other paper or brings in any material or materials not permitted in the examination in terms of the relevant regulations or examination instructions issued for that course or programme;
1. This regulation should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe Regulations for the Conduct of Examinations and the Student DisciplinaryRegulations. 2. With the exception of the application of the paragraph 5.1 the procedures laid down for the conduct of Student Disciplinary Committee and Hearings shall be followed in relation to the determination of whether or not a student is guilty of an academic offence.
4.4 communicates, attempts to communicate with any other person within, outside or beyond the room or place in which an examination, test or assessment is taking place contrary to the regulations or instructions issued for the conduct of that examination, test or assessment, for the purpose of obtaining assistance from or providing assistance to such other candidate in the completion of the
3. A student who: 3.1 plagiarises wholly or in part work submitted for assessment and/or; 3.2 falsifies data or results in a practical course, in a practical exercise in any course, in a dissertation or in a project and/ or;
examination, test or assignment; 4.5 leaves the room or place where the examination, test or assessment is taking place and, contrary to the regulations for such course or programme or instructions issued for such examination, test or assessment, communicates with any other person, consults any books, notes, written work on any kind of material, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, any communicating and or sending and receiving device; shall be guilty of an academic offence.
3.3 fabricates data or results in a practical course, or in practical exercise or in any course, in a dissertation or in a project and/or; 3.4 presents as his or her own data or results the work of another person, except where the student and other person or person's were working as a team in accordance with the relevant regulations or rules for that course shall be guilty of an academic offence. 4. A student who: 4.1 takes into a room or place where an examination, test or other form of assessment is taking place any books, notes, written or other work on any kind of material, any electronic calculating, recording or playback device, any communicating and or sending and receiving device which is not permitted to be taken into the examination room or place in terms of the relevant regulations or examination instructions issued for that course or programme;
5.
A student who is guilty of an academic offence shall be liable to: 5.1 in relation to 3.1 to 3.4, an official warning, dependent on the severity of the offence, from the lecturer conducting the course and, or the Chairperson of Department and, or the Dean of the Faculty. Such warning or warnings shall be noted for administrative purposes on the official record of the student's performance maintained by the University provided that: 5.2 if the offence for which the student is charged under 3.1 to 3.4 is believed by the lecturer to be an aggravated one, or it is determined that is a repeated academic offence, whether a repetition of the same offence or of a different offence, the matter shall be referred to the
33
Student Disciplinary Committee and the student may be liable to the cancellation of his or her registration for that course, the rendering of a mark of zero for that component of the course or the whole course, suspension or expulsion from the University. Provided that: the Student Disciplinary Committee may recommend that a student found guilty of plagiarism, falsification or fabrication of results may be permitted to resubmit such work, or submit a new piece of work for examination or assessment. Such recommendation may direct that such new or resubmitted work shall receive a mark of not more than 50%. 5.3 in relation to 4.1 to 4.5 dependent on the severity of the offence and whether it is a repeated offence, whether a repetition of the same offence or of a different offence, the cancellation of his or her registration for that course, the rendering of a mark of zero for the course or a component of that course, suspension or expulsion from the University. 6.
34
A student who is charged with an academic offence, other than one that may be disposed of in terms of 5.1, shall have his or her results for the course or programme for which he or she is registered withheld until
7.2
7.3
7.4 7.5
such time as the Student Disciplinary Committee makes a determination on the charges or the charges are not pursued. 7.6 The following has not been considered: 7. REGULATIONS FOR OCCASIONAL ENTRY (FOR NON-DEGREE STUDIES) 7.1 The following may apply for Occasional Entry (for non-degree studies only): 7.1.1 a person who, for the purpose of admission into a course or courses offered at undergraduate level, has passed 5 'O' Level subjects including English Language, or equivalent; OR 7.1.2 who, for the purpose of admission into a course or courses offered at Postgraduate level, holds an approved degree in the relevant areas; AND 7.1.3 who, in addition to the provisions of either 15.1.1 or 15.1.2, above, can prove to the satisfaction of the Academic Committee or Senate that the course or courses he/she proposes to study have a direct effect and purpose of enhancing his/her knowledge, appreciation of, performance of, or at his/her occupation, profession, or further studies undertaken elsewhere other than the University of Zimbabwe;
7.7
OR 7.1.4 a person who is a full-time registered student of a university other than the University of Zimbabwe and who, through an arrangement agreed upon by his/her University and the University of Zimbabwe, may take a course or courses in the University for credit or for improving his/her knowledge in the area in which he/she is registered in his/her University, for a period of one full academic year only. Other than the category of persons mentioned in 15.1.4 above, no person admitted as an Occasional Student may normally be registered for more than two-thirds of full time load of courses undertaken by a person registered as a full-time student in a relevant programme. Admission into a course or c ourses as an Occasional Student shall normally be for one full academic year only at a time, and overall up to a maximum of two-thirds the minimum number of years prescribed for the completion of the programme on a full-time basis. Occasional Students shall be required to pay fees as set from time to time in the Fees Ordinance. Applications must norm ally be subm itted on the offi cial Admissions form for Study for Non-Degree Purposes, and must be submitted to the Admissions Office by 30 September of the year preceding the year for which admission is sought. Late applications may be considered until 31 October upon receipt of a late application fee as set in the Fees ordinance from time to time. Other than the category of persons mentioned in 15.1.4, and those accepted to study courses offered in the Department of Accountancy for the purpose of writing the Final Qualifying Examination (FQE) of the Institute of Chartered Accountants (Zimbabwe), students registered for non-degree studies shall not be admitted into formal examinations of the University, and in all cases, no student registered for non-degree purposes shall receive accreditation of courses undertaken for the purpose of changing his/her registration status in the University. The admission of each applicant into the University as an occasional student shall be subject to availability of places and approval by the Academic Committee on behalf of Senate.
GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY (MPHIL) AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (DPHIL) DEGREES
Field of study/research: Plagiarism:
Programme: 1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. 1.2 The Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, cancel, suspend or replace any of these regulations. 1.3 The Senate has the power to exempt any student from any of the regulations. 1.4 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by the student.
Progress report:
Supervisor:
2. DEFINITION OF TERMS In these regulations, the following shall be used as described: Academic year:
Associate Supervisor:
Thesis:
Examiner:
means, for a postgraduate student registered on an M Phil or D Phil programme, the 12 months/52 weeks cycle, effective from the first day the student is registered on the programme. means an appropriately qualified academic/researcher appointed to assist in the supervision of a student, in particular in areas of his/her expertise. means a written report documenting and describing the research process, findings and analysis of a research project. It is submitted by a student in fulfilment for the award of a postgraduate degree means a person with the relevant
Research:
Title of thesis:
Viva voce
expertise appointed under these Regulations to examine a thesis submitted by a student. means a defined and recognized component of a subject within which the specific area chosen is contained. means the submission by a student of the work of another person as his/her own, or the unattributed incorporation of all or part of the work of another person, either deliberately or negligently, into a work being produced for academic assessment and/or examination means a plan of study lasting over a specified period of time which leads to the award of an MPhil/DPhil degree of the University. means a report written by the student and endorsed by the Supervisor cataloguing and explicating work done, achievements attained, against the plan of action in a research project for a degree programme. The report should also indicate stages to be undertaken in a given time frame. means an academic member of staff of the University or approved institution, appointed under these Regulations, with the responsibility of guiding a particular student with his/her research and monitoring progress thereof. means a careful study or investigation of a perceived problem or phenomenon leading to the discovery of new facts or information as well as an improved understanding of known facts or phenomenon. means a concise statement that describes the subject and topic of the research to be carried out and then reported in a thesis. means an examination conducted orally or in an interview format by the Faculty Board of Examiners in line with the relevant provision of the General
35
Academic Regulations, to evaluate the skill or knowledge of a candidate on his/her thesis through a set of questions or exercises. 3.
4.
PROGRAMMES 3.1 The University offers the following postgraduate degrees, carried out primarily through supervised research work: 3.1.1 the Master of Philosophy (M Phil) and 3.1.2 the Doctor of Philosophy (D Phil). These degrees are offered in all Faculties and Departments of the University. 3.2 The degrees may include an element of cou rsework not exceeding 25% of the total Programme. 3.3 Fields of study or research are determined by Senate on the recommendation of the Department and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee concerned. ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 4.1
36
Eligibility to Apply for Admission 4.1.1 An applicant must have passed English Language at Ordinary Level or approved equivalent. 4.1.2 Master of Philosophy Degree a) Normally, an applicant must have obtained an appropriate Honours Degree in the Upper Second or higher Division. b) An applicant who has obtained an appropriate Honours Degree in the Lower Second or Third Divisions may be considered provided that he/she has achieved First or Upper Second Class performance in their intended field of study. c) An applicant who has obtained a non-honours degree or approved equivalent qualification and has relevant experience may be considered by Senate on the recommendation of the Department and the Dean concerned. Such an applicant may be required to pass a qualifying examination set and organised by the Department concerned who shall inform Senate, through the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee of the results of the examination. The candidate must satisfy the examiners in the qualifying examination prior to Senate's deciding on their acceptability for admission.
4.1.3
Doctor of Philosophy Degree An applicant must have obtained an appropriate Masters Degree or have satisfied the requirements for transfer of registration from the MPhil Degree to the DPhil degree.
4.2 Submission of Application for Admission 4.2.1 An intending applicant should first discuss his/her proposed Programme with the Chairperson of the Department concerned, to establish in general terms, whether this is viable. 4.2.2 An application must be submitted on the official forms provided through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). The applicant must also submit, with these forms, a research project proposal, of between 300 and 1200 words in length, outlining the proposed study. 4.2.3 There are no deadlines for the submission of applications. 4.2.4 Acceptance/Rejection will be deter mined by Senate on the recommendations of the Departmental Board through the appropriate Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. 4.2.5 An applicant will be notified of the result of his/her application by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 4.2.6 A successful applicant should then proceed to registration. 4.3 Registration 4.3.1 Once the application has been accepted, the applicant must complete the necessary registration formalities, which include completion of the appropriate registration form obtainable from the office of the Deputy Registrar (Academic), payment to the Bursar's office of the required fees, submission to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) of proof of qualifications claimed in application and submission of a Research proposal within six months of initial registration on the programme. 4.3.2 If after six months of initial registration the student does not submit a Research Proposal of an acceptable standard, his/her registration on the Programme shall be cancelled forthwith. Registration will not be effective until the above formalities have been completed. In appropriate circumstances, retrospective registration may be allowed. 4.3.3 Except with the spe cial permission of Senate, a student may not register concurrently for more than one programme of study.
a) 4.3.4 A student may be in receipt of a grant, scholarship or fellowship from an restriction is placed by that body or person upon presentation of a thesis resulting from the student's work, or upon its deposit in the University Library for public reference.
b)
5.3
4.3.5 An applicant for the M Phil or D Phil degr ee of the University of Zimbabwe who intends to carry out the major part or the whole of the research at an approved Institution outside the University shall be eligible to apply for registration provided that: a) the institution at which the research is conducted is so located as to make practicable a genuine contact with the University and the facilities are suitable for the work proposed; and, b) except with the agreement of Senate, no restriction is placed by the authorities of the institution or laboratory concerned upon presentation of thesis resulting from the candidate's work, or upon its deposit in the University Library for public reference. 4.3.6 Each student must renew his/her registration annually and pay the fees as prescribed in the University's Fees Ordinance. Failure to do so may lead to deregistration from the programme. 5. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 5.1 Studies for the M Phil and D Phil degrees may be pursued on a fulltime or on a part-time basis. 5.2 Duration of Program mes 5.2.1 Master of Philosophy The normal duration of the M Phil Degree Programme shall be as follows: a) On a full-time basis - minimum: 2 years and maximum: 4 years; b) On a part-time basis - minimum: 3years and maximum 6 years. 5.2.2 Doctor of Philosophy Degree The normal duration of the D Phil Degree Programme shall be as follows:
5.4
On a full-time basis - minimum: 3 years and maximum: 5 years; On a part-time basis - minimum: 4 years and maximum 8 years.
Extension of Registration 5.3.1 If an extension of registration beyond the prescribed maximum period is required, the student must submit a written application through his/her Supervisor in the first instance at least 3 months prior to the expiry of the maximum period prescribed for the study. 5.3.2
The Dean of the Faculty concerned may grant an extension of up to 6 months if the Supervisor and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee so recommend.
5.3.3
Any further extension may be approved only with the authority of Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee.
5.3.4
A student granted such an extension may be required to transfer to Regulations current at the time of granting of the extension.
Programme of Study 5.4.1 Each student is required to pursue a prescribed programme of study under the direction of a Supervisor, who shall be a member of the academic staff of the University in the appropriate discipline. Normally, one or more Associate Supervisors, either from within or from outside the University, will be appointed. If the major part of the student's research programme is being conducted at an institution outside the University, an Associate Supervisor at the institution shall, where possible, be appointed. 5.4.2
The appointment of Supervisors shall be made by Senate on the recommendations of the appropriate Faculty Higher Degrees Committee.
5.4.3
A student may be required, as part of their Programme, to complete elements of coursework to enhance his/her research studies, provided that such coursework shall amount to not more than 25% of the minimum period allowed for the full Programme. The prescription of any coursework element shall require the approval of the Academic Committee on the
37
recommendation of the Departmental Board through the Higher Degrees Committee concerned. Where such coursework is prescribed, the Department concerned must ensure that the student is informed in writing of the precise requirements for satisfactory completion of the coursework and it shall maintain written records of each student's performance in such coursework for report in due course to the Board of Examiners. 5.4.4
38
If a student who is doing coursework as a component of the degree is unable to attend scheduled coursework sessions for health reasons or other reasons for longer than 72 hours, he/she must notify the appropriate Department through his/her Supervisor as soon as possible and where the absence is due to health reasons, submit a certification in support thereof by a medical practitioner registered in accordance with the Health Professions Act.
5.4.5
The Supervisor(s) shall submit a written report on each student's progress every 6 months to the appropriate Departmental Board and to the Faculty
5.4.6
The Department Chairperson shall submit the student's progress together with comments of the Supervisor(s) and the Departmental Board to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee, at least twice a year.
5.5
5.4.9
A full-time student may be engaged in teaching at the University, provided that the total demand made by teaching duties does not exceed six hours of work, in any week, including preparation and marking.
5.4.10
A student who is employed outside University, or a staff member employed in the University for more than 6 hours in any week, other than on the research programme for which he/she proposes to be registered, may normally be accepted for registration only on a part time basis.
5.4.11
If a student does not begin his/her studies for M Phil or D Phil within one calendar year from the date of approval of his/her application for registration, such approval shall lapse, and he/she must re-apply to the University if he/she still desires to proceed.
Transfer from M Phil to D Phil 5.5.1 A student registered for the M Phil degree may apply, after completion of not less than nine months, if his/her Supervisor so recommends, for endorsement by the Department and Faculty Higher Degrees
Higher Degrees Committee.
5.4.7
5.4.8
A student must maintain regular contact with the supervising Department and may be required to attend meeting sessions for certain periods at the University as directed by the Supervisor(s), and is required to present at least one seminar per academic year of his/her findings to a relevant academic audience approved by the Department. No break in the normal continuity of study will be permitted, except by permission of Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee.
Committee for permission to transfer his/her registration and to proceed to the DPhil. 5.5.2
The application must be accompanied by a written recommendation from the Supervisor and must be submitted through the Department and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee for approval by the AcademicCommittee.
5.5.3
The length of further study, if any, which he/she will be required to pursue for the D Phil shall be prescribed by the Department and approved by the Faculty Higher DegreesCommittee.
5.6 Title of Thesis 5.6.1 A student must submit, through his/her Supervisor to the Departmental Board and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee, the working title for his/her thesis for approval by Senate before final submission of the thesis forexamination.
5.6.2
After the final title has been approved, it may not be changed except with the approval of the Senate.
with the candidate's Supervisor(s), and include materials obtained or candidate's Supervisor(s), and include materials obtained or produced with technical or other assistance provided that t he candidate states clearly his/her personal share in the investigation and specifically acknowledges all such assistance. This statement is to be certified by his/her Supervisor and bound as part of the preface of the thesis. Work done jointly with persons other than the candidate's Supervisor(s) may be accepted as a thesis, or part of a thesis, in certain circumstances, provided the candidate's share is clearly certified.
6. PRESENTATION OF THESIS FOR EXAMINATION 6.1 Thesis 6.1.1 After completing the study, a student must submit a thesis which must comply with the following conditions: 6.1.1.1
The greater portion of the work submitted must have been done by the student after registration for the degree.
6.1.1.2
The presentation of the thesis must be of an acceptably high standard.
6.1.1.9
6.1.1.3
An acceptable MPhil thesis need not constitute an srcinal contribution to knowledge, but it must provide evidence that the candidate has mastered relevant research techniques, has shown scholarship, has developed a capacity for criticism of his/her own and other work, and has widened his/her knowledge and understanding of literature of his/herfield of study.
6.1.1.10 An abstract of the thesis, in single spacing form, not exceeding one page, is to be incorporated as part of the preface to this thesis.
6.1.1.4
The length of the thesis will normally be established in consultation with the Supervisor and the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee.
6.1.1.5
The thesis must be written in English, except in the case of students in a particular language discipline taught at the University, where such students may apply for permission to write a thesis in the medium of the particular language studied. In all cases where this procedure is followed, it shall be a requirement that the candidates give a summary of the thesis in English. Such summary must be between 300 and 500 words in length. In each case, a pre-requisite will be that a suitable External Examiner in that language can be found.
6.1.1.6
The literary form of the thesis must be satis factory.
6.1.1.7
The thesis must consist of the candidate's own account of his/her research.
6.1.1.8
The thesis may describe work done in conjunction
Work already published including that published in joint names may be included only if it forms an integral part of the thesis. A series of publications alone is not acceptable as a thesis.
6.1.2 A student will not be permitted to submit as his/her thesis, a thesis which has been submitted to another university. However a candidate shall not be precluded from incorporating work which he/she has already submitted for a degree in this or any other university, provided that he/she shall indicate on his/her form of entry to the examination and also in his/her thesis, any work which has been so incorporated. 6.1.3 The format of the thesis to be submitted for examination shall be as The body of the thesis to be printed in doublespacing form or reproduced there from; 6.1.3.1 Size of paper: International A4 (210mm x 297mm). 6.1.3.2 There must be a margin of 40mm on the left-hand side of the page (to allow for binding), a margin of 10mm on the right-hand side and a margin of 20mm at the top and at the bottom of the page. 6.1.3.3 There is no restriction placed on the drawing of maps. 6.1.4 A student may submit as subsidiary matter in support of his/her candidature, any publications or contributions to the advancement of his/her subject which he/she may have published independently or conjointly. In the event of a candidate submitting such subsidiary matter he/she will be
39
required to state fully his/her own share in any conjoint work. Where there is a substantial computing content in the thesis, a machine-readable copy of the source program shall be submitted together with the copies of the thesis. 6.2 Entry to examination and submission of thesis 6.2.1 A student must apply for entry to the examination on the appropriate form obtainable from the office of the Deputy Registrar(Academic). 6.2.2 The examination entry form must be endorsed a) by the Supervisor(s), who shall confirm in writing to the Chairperson of the Department and the Dean that the thesis is in a form suitable for submission for examination, and b) by the Chairman of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee who shall satisfy him/herself that, where items of coursework have been set, the candidate has satisfactorily completed these items. 6.2.3 The form must be returned to the Deputy Registrar (Academic), with the prescribed fee, upon submission of four copies of his/her dissertation in loose bound form within a suitable cover,in the format prescribed in Regulation 6.1.3. 6.2.4 A student must submit evidence of at least one article published in a refereed journal or book chapter from his/her MPhil research or at least two articles from his/her DPhil research, together with copies of the thesis to the Deputy Registrar(Academic). 6.2.5 Departm ental Boards shall administer anti-plagia rism screening to all submitted theses using an anti-plagiarism software approved by Senate. Normally, only theses exhibiting no evidence of plagiarism shall be marked.
40
7.
ASSESSMENTOFACANDIDATE 7.1 A student will be assessed principally on the merits of his/her thesis but, where elements of coursework have been prescribed, he/she must also satisfy the examiners that this has been satisfactorily completed. 7.2 Exclusion from such formal examination shall require the authority of Senate. 7.3 When a candidate is ready to submit his/her dissertation for examination, the Departmental Board shall recommend to Senate through the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee, the appointment of Examiners, at least one being an External Examiner and one or two being members of staff of the University who are specialists in the field of study concerned. 7.4 A member of staff who has been appointed as Supervisor for the thesis may not be appointed as one of these Examiners.
7.5
The Examiners shall assess the dissertation in detail and shall each submit a written report with his/her comments and recommendations to the Dean of the Faculty concerned. 7.6 A copy of detailed guidelines for the examination of theses shall be made available to both internal and external examiners. 7.7 On receipt of the reports of the Examiners, the Dean of the Faculty concerned shall refer these reports to the Board of Examiners. 8. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 8.1 The Board of Examiners 8.1.1 The Board of Examiners for an M Phil/D Phil degree shall be constituted as follows: 8.1.1.1
The Dea n (Pres iding) Deput y Dean of the Faculty (Presiding in the absence of the Dean) 8.1.1.2 The Chai rman of the Facu lty Higher Degrees Committee (if different from t h e Dean or Deputy Dean) 8.1.1.3 The Chairman of the Departmen t concerned 8.1.1.4 The Inter nal and Ext ernal Exam iners appointed in terms of Regulation 7.3. 8.1.1.5 Where appropriate, as determined by the Dean after consultation with the Chairman of the Department concerned, other suitably qualified members of the academic staff may also be assigned as members of the Board of Examiners. 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4
Normally, the External Examiner(s) will not be required to attend the meeting of the Board of Examiners. The quorum of the Board shall be the Chairperson of the Board plus three other members, one of whom must be one of the Examiners of the thesis. Normally, at least one of the Supervisors of the dissertation shall attend the Board of Examiners meeting but shall have no vote in the final decision of the Board.
8.2 The Boar d of Examiners shal l consider the writ ten reports of the Examiners appointed in terms of section 7.3.
8.3
The Board shall normally examine the candidate orally and may require further examination through written papers, or practical examination, or both, on the Subject of the thesis, and if they see fit, on topics relevant thereto. 8.4 For the purpose of the oral, practical or written examination held in connection with the thesis, the candidate will be required to present himself/herself at such place as the University may direct and upon such day or days as shall be notified to him/her, in writing, by the Faculty Administrator on behalf of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).
9.4.2 Such a student shall be permitted to resubmit the same thesis within a period of 12 months after publication of the result and shall be subjected to further oral or other examination. 9.4.3 A student who fails to re-submit his/her thesis within the stipulated 12 months shall be deemed to have failed. 9.5
9.
DETERMINATION OF THE RESULTS 9.1 The Board of Examiners shall meet to deliberate on the written reports of the Examiners and subject the student to an oral examination. 9.2 After the Board of Examiners has considered the written reports of the Examiners, the oral examination and any other examinations it deemed necessary, it shall recommend one of the following overall decisions: Pass Fail: Re-submit thesis Fail D Phil: Re-submit thesis for the M Phil degree
9.5.2 Such a student shall be allowed to rewrite the
Fail 9.3
Pass 9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
thesis inincorporating the usual format for the MPhil degree, all the corrections and amendments recommended by the Examiners and the Board of Examiners within a period of 12 months or less after publication of the result.
The overall decision Pass shall apply to a student who has satisfied the examiners and therefore merits the award of the D Phil or M Phil degree.
9.5.3 The Board of Examiners may, or may not, recommend that the student be subjected to another oral examination.
Such a student may be required to make editorial amendments to his/her thesis to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Board of Examiners, after consultation with the Chairman of the Department concerned before lodgement of the final bound copies of dissertation.
9.5.4 The resubmitted thesis must be to the satisfaction of Chairman of the Board of Examiners, after consultation with the Chairman of the Department concerned, before lodgement of the final bound copies of dissertation.
Normally the student shall be expected to su bmit the final corrected thesis within a period less than 6 months from the date of the examination. 9.6
9.4
Fail: Re-submit thesis 9.4.1 The overall decision Fail: Re-submit thesis shall apply to a student whose thesis, though adequate, requires some major revision.
Fail: D Phil Re-submit thesis for the M Phil degree 9.5.1 The overall decision Fail D Phil: Re-submit thesis for the M Phil degree shall apply to a D Phil student whose thesis, in the opinion of the Examiners and the Board of Examiners, does not justify a recommendation for the award of a D Phil Degree, nor for the resubmission of the thesis in a revised form for that degree but, at their discretion, recommend that the candidate be awarded an M Phil Degree.
Fail 9.6.1 The overall decision Fail shall apply to a student whose thesis fails to meet the required standard for the award of the degree and is in such a state that no amount of improvement to the thesis is deemed to be possible by the Board of Examiners.
41
9.6.2 Such a student may be allowed by Senate to reapply for re-registration, but on a completely new and different thesis topic. 9.7
42
Submission of Examination Reports to the Academic Committee 9.7.1 The Faculty O ffice shall su bmit to Academic Committee the following documents: 9.7.1.1 Minutes of the Faculty Board of Examiners meeting(s); 9.7.1.2 Repor ts of th e Inter nal and Externa l Examiners; 9.7.1.3 Corresp ondence from th e Dean an d Chairperson of Department, confirming that all the recommended corrections to the thesis have been done; and 9.7.1.4 Any other documents relevant to the examinationconcerned. 9.7.2 The Dean shall present to the Academic Committee the recommendations of the Board of Examiners.
10. LODGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE THESIS/DISSERTATION 10.1 After his/her thesis has been examined and amended in accordance with the direction of the Board of Examiners, the student shall have three copies bound in accordance with the following specifications: Art vellum or cloth; overcast; edges uncut; lettered boldly up the back in gold letters indicating DEGREE, DATE, NAME (letters should be between 5 mm and 10mm in size).
11. AWARD OF THE DEGREE The M Phil and D Phil degrees shall be awarded without classification. However, outstanding work shall be recognised. 12. ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES Academic offences and penalties, as specified in the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes (Schedule B), shall equally apply to these Regulations. 13. POSTHUMOUS AND AEGROTAT PROVISIONS 13.1
Posthumous award of a degree 13.1.1 If an M Phil or D Ph il student dies having completed a draft of the thesis to be presented for examination, the Department may request the Senate, through the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee, to set up a Panel of Assessors to examine the draft thesis. 13.1.1
If the request is acceded to, the Assessors' reports shall be considered by a relevant Faculty Board of Examiners which may recommend to the Senate the award of the degree posthumously.
13.1.1 The overall result for a deceased student awarded a degree posthumously shall be POSTHUMOUS AWARD. 13.2 Aegrotat award of a degree
10.2
The student shall lodge with the Deputy Registrar (Academic) three bound copies of the approved thesis together with an electronic copy of the thesis.
10.3
The Deputy Registrar (Academic) will return one copy of the thesis to the Department and deposit two copies and the electronic soft copy inthe University Library.
10.4
Unless Senate has agreed to the contrary, theLib rary copi es shall be open to the public for reference.
10.5
The official publication of the examination result of a student shall only take place after the student has complied with Regulations 10.1and 10.2 above.
13.2.1 If an M Phil or D Ph il student in the final year of study and having completed a draft of the thesis to be presented for examination, is prevented by serious illness from completing the rest of the examination process for the award of the degree, the Department may request the Senate through the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee to set up a Panel of Assessors to examine the draft thesis, provided that it is established by a medical certificate that the incapacitation is permanent or that the illness is terminal. 13.2.2 If the request is acceded to, the Assessors' reports shall be considered by an appropriate Faculty Board of Examiners, established for the purpose, with the approval of the Senate, which Board may recommend to the Senate the award of the degree, provided that the draft thesis meets the minimum standard required for the award of the degree.
13.2.3 The overall result for a studen t who qualifies for the aegrotat award of the degree shall be PASS: AEGROTAT 17. AWARD. 14. PUBLICATION OF EXAMINATION RESULT 14.1 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be responsible for the publication of examination result as approved by the Academic Committee. 14.2 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall post to the student, at his/her registered address, a copy of the individual student's result. 14.3 The examination result of a student who owes any outstanding monies to the University shall be withheld from publication.
AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE 17.1
The award of a degree Certificate of the University of Zimbabwe shall be subject to approval by the University Council.
17.2
A student completing the requirements for such an award will be entitled to receive a formal certificate of the University, bearing the seal of the University and signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar, confirming the award.
17.3
If, subsequent to the award of a degree to a student, it is discovered that there were gross irregularities and impropriety involved in the award, the University Council, on the recommendation of the Senate, reserves the right to withdraw the award and cancel the certificate.
14.4 The notice of the result released by the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall be endorsed with the proviso “SUBJECT TO RATIFICATION BY THESENATE”. 15. STUDENT APPEALS AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULTS Student Appeals against Published Results as specified in the General Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degree Programmes by Coursework shall equally apply to these Regulations. 16. ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT 16.1 Each graduate of the University shall receive ONE copy of an official transcript of his/her complete academic record at the University. 16.2 The postgraduate transcript shall include the following information: 16.2.1The examination results of taught courses taken by the student under Regulation 3.2; and the biannual status of the student's progress as reported under Regulation 5.4.5. 16.3 A prescribed fee shall be charged for a duplicate transcript (subsequent to the issue of the srcinal) or for a transcript requested before completion of studies. 16.4 An Academic Transcript of the University of Zimbabwe is issued without any alterations and carries a signed official stamp of the Deputy Registrar (Academic).
43
GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR HIGHER DOCTORAL DEGREES 1.
2.
44
APPLICATION OF THE SE REGULATIONS The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. The Senate reserves the right to alter, amend, cancel, suspend or replace any of these regulations. The Senate has the power to exempt any candidate from any of the regulations. DEFINITION OF TERMS In these regulations, the following terms shall be used as described:
Eligibility for the specific degrees: The following are intended as a general guide as to the appropriate degree for which the application should be submitted. However Senate shall have the right to determine the appropriate degree to be awarded to a candidate:
“graduate of this University”:
means a person who has been awarded a Bachelors or Masters or Doctoral degree of the University.
“published”:
means printed in a refereed periodical or journal, or as a pamphlet or as a
An applicant for the LLD degree would normally have conducted research and published in the field of Law or closely related disciplines. An applicant for the D Litt degree would normally have conducted research and published in the Humanities other than Law. Without derogating from the generality of the term Humanities, the D Litt degree would normally be awarded to successful applicants from disciplines such
book. means the University of Zimbabwe and its predecessors and shall include an associated or affiliated institution to this University.
as Arts, Education, Social Studies and Commerce. An applicant for the D Sc degree would normally have conducted and published in the Sciences. Without derogating from the generality of the term Sciences, the D Sc degree would normally be awarded to successful applicants from the disciplines in Science, Agricultural Science, Engineering, Health Sciences and Veterinary Science.
“this University”:
3.
An applicant must have published work of an exceptionally high standard such as would confer authoritative standing in the discipline in which the application is located and the particular field or fields of research on which the application is based. An applicant must be a graduate of this University or another university in the tenth or a subsequent year after the date of the award of the applicant's first degree or its equivalent. An applicant who is not a graduate of this University shall, in addition to being a graduate of another university, have been employed by this University for a period of not less than five years and have been engaged in research, relevant to the application, in association with this University.
HIGHER DOCTORAL DEGREES OFFERED BY THE UNIVERSITY The University of Zimbabwe awards the following higher doctorate 5. degrees: Doctor of Laws (LLD) Doctor of Literature/Letters (D Litt) Doctor of Science (D Sc) These degrees are the highest academic awards of the University of Zimbabwe and are only awarded to persons who have published work of an exceptionally high standard, which would earn them authoritative standing in the field of research that forms the basis of the application forconsideration.
4. ELIGIBILITY OF APPLICANT To be eligible an applicant must satisfy the following:
APPLICATION FOR CONSIDERATION An eligible applicant may make an application at any time for the appropriate Degree. Such an applicant shall submit with the application the following: A comprehensive curriculum vitae; An academic justification of the basis of their application; and The academic evidence substantiating their application for the appropriate degree. Such evidence shall consist of published works, containing srcinal contributions to the advancement of knowledge in the appropriate field or discipline. Where work is submitted that is not in the applicant's sole name, the applicant shall indicate the extent of his/her contribution in terms of initiation, direction and conduct of the work. An applicant shall indicate what part, if any, of the work including joint work submitted in support of the application has been submitted for the award of a degree in this or another university by the applicant or by a co-author.
The application shall be submitted to the office of the Deputy Registrar (Academic). A prescribed application fee shall be levied and must be paid on or before submission of the application. 6.
PROCESSINGOFT HEAP PLICATION Upon submitting the application the applicant shall be registered as a candidate for the award of the designated degree . Upon receipt of an application for the award of the degree, the application including all the supporting evidence shall be submitted to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee responsible for the discipline in which the application is based. Such Faculty Higher Degrees Committee shall, having made a preliminary consideration of the application, transmit it for consideration to an appropriate Department of the Faculty.
evidence with their reasons for declining to consider the application to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) for re-assignment to an appropriate Faculty and Department, provided that Senate may determine that the matter shall be considered by a particular Faculty and/or Department. 7.
REGISTRATION If the application is approved by Senate, the candidate shall be informed of the acceptance of the application for consideration for the appropriate degree and shall be registered.
8.
ASSESSMENT OF A CANDIDATE After registration, as prescribed in Section 7, as a candidate for the appropriate degree, the assessment of the evidence submitted by the candidate shall be made by six assessors at full Professor grade, appointed in accordance with Section 6 of these regulations, provided that at least four of the assessors shall be external assessors and, normally, at least one shall be an internal assessor. The assessors shall each submit a formal written report on the application and its merits to the Deputy Registrar (Academic). Such report shall contain a recommendation as to whether or not the candidate should be awarded the appropriate degree.
The Departmental Board of the Department charged by the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee to consider the application shall make recommendations as to the merits of the application to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee. The Departmental Board concerned shall submit with its recommendations, a list of persons it recommends as external and internal assessors. Upon receipt of the resolution of the Departmental Board the Faculty 9. Higher Degrees Committee shall consider the application and recommendations of the Departmental Board and shall make recommendations on the merits of the application and on the list of persons recommended as assessors. The Faculty Higher Degrees Committee may, at its discretion, make further recommendations on the list of assessors. The resolution of the Department, the Department's list of persons recommended as assessors, the recommendations of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee on the application and that Committee's recommendations on the list of assessors shall be transmitted via the Deputy Registrar (Academic) to the Senate. The Senate shall determine whether the application merits submission to assessors. Having determined that an application merits submission to assessors Senate shall appoint the assessors. In the event that the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee or the Departmental Board to which the matter is assigned do not consider that the application has been made to the appropriate Faculty or Department, they shall transmit the application and the supporting
DETERMINATION OF THE RESULT The Senate shall appoint a Board of Examiners, or delegate the responsibility to the Academic Committee, to consider the application in conjunction with the assessors' report. The Board of Examiners shall report to the Academic Committee its recommendations together with all the relevant documents availed to it. The Senate shall determine whether or not the candidate should be awarded a higher doctorate degree.
10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE A higher doctoral degree of the University of Zimbabwe shall be awarded without classification. 11. NOTIFICATION OF THE RESULT The Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall notify the candidate of the result of the application as decided by Senate. 12. APPEAL AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULT The decision of the Senate shall be final and no appeal against the published result shall be considered.
45
13. AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE The award of a degree Certificate of t he University of Zimbabwe shall be subject to approval by the University Council. A successful applicant for such an award will be entitled to receive a formal certificate of the University, bearing the seal of the University and signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar,confirming the award. If, subsequent to the award of a degree to a candidate, it is discovered that there were gross irregularities and impropriety involved in the award the University Council, on the recommendation of the Senate, reserves the right to withdraw the award and cancel the certificate. A duplicate certificate may be issued upon the payment of a prescribed fee.
46
4.2 AdditionalEntry Requirements 4.2.1 Ordinary Level passes: English Language Mathematics and one Science subject incorporating Biology and Chemistry for all the eight subjects in the degree programme. 4.2.2 Advanced Level pass in Biology (except for Agricultural Engineering where A Level pass in Mathematics is required) in addition to the requirements noted below for the different subjects: Agricultural Economics Mathematics and one subject from Economics, Geography, Chemistry or Physics Soil Science Chemistry a nd one s ubject f rom Mathematics, Economics, Geography or Physics Animal Science Two sub je ct s from Che mist ry, Mathematics, Geography, Physics or Economics Agricultural Extension Two subject s from Chemist ry, Mathematics, Education, Geography, Physics or Economics CropScience Two subjects fr om Chemistr y, Mathematics, Geography, Physics or Economics Applied Environmental Chemistry and one subject from Science,Mathematics, Economics, Geography or Physics Horticulture Two s ubj ects from C hemistr y, Mathematics, Geography, Physics or Economics Agricultural Engineering Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry or Geography or Agriculture 4.3 Diploma Holders A candidate who holds a Diploma in Agriculture or Horticulture recognized by the Senate for this purpose, may, on recommendations of the Chairman of Department and subject to the approval of the Senate, be admitted to the first year of the Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agriculture programme provided that he/she has attained an approved standard of performance in his/her diploma course.
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES 1.
APPLICATION OF THE SE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations apply to Undergraduate Degree Programmes in the Faculty of Agriculture and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over these regulations.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS In these regulations the following terms shall be used as described: 2.1 Farm Attachment: means a period of tim e during which a student is assigned to an approved farming entity for the purpose of gaining practical skills or experience. 2.2 Internship: means a job-type situ ation with an approved and appropriate employer. 2.3 Weekend On-farm Practicals: means practicals normally carried out on Saturday mornings during Level 1 on farms or other approved agricultural enterprises to enable a student to gain real appreciation of various farming or production activities involved.
3.
PROGRAMMES The Faculty of Agriculture offers the following undergraduate degree programmes: ? Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agriculture ? Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agricultural Engineering ? Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Applied Environmental Science.
4.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Normal Entry Requirements For normal entry requirements into the Undergraduate Honours programme, the applicant must satisfy the entry requirements as prescribed in the General Academic Regulations, including passes in THREE subjects chosen from the following list of which at least TWO must be at Advanced Level or approved equivalent: Biology Mathematics(PureorAppliedorBoth) Chemistry Economics Physics Geography
5.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMES 5.1 The duration of the Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agriculture and Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Applied Environmental Science programmes shall be a minimum of 6 semesters and a minimum of 8 semesters for the Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agricultural Engineering.
47
48
5.2 The Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agriculture and Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Environmental Science programmes shall normally consist of a minimum of 360 course units each, excluding the 12 course units of the Communication and Computer Writing Skills for Agriculture course. The Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agricultural Engineering programme shall normally consist of a minimum of 480 course units, excluding the 12 course units of the Communication and Computer Writing Skills for Agriculture course. 5.3 A student may, on recommendation of the Departmental Board and with the approval of the Dean of Faculty, be permitted to register for not more than 24 additional course units. The examination results 8. of such courses should not be taken into account in classifying the degree. 5.4 A course worth 12 course units shall be taught in 6 hours a week, not more than 3 hours of which will be lectures. 9. 5.5 One of the courses in each of the three undergraduate honours degree programmes is a project which is normally taken in the two semesters of the final level of study and is worth 24 course units. 5.6 The course combination selected by a student in any academic year shall be subject to: timetable feasibility; approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean of Agriculture. 5.7 A failed core course shall be repeated. For a failed optional course, a repeating candidate may take an equivalent course if it is specified
7.3 A student who attains a mark of less than 40% in the continuous assessment component of a course shall fail that course. The mark shall be the final raw mark or 48%, whichever is the lesser. 7.4 Assessment of Attachment and Internship Programmes shall be either satisfactory (P) or unsatisfactory (F). "If unsatisfactory, the student shall repeat either the unsatisfactory Attachment or the unsatisfactory InternshipProgrammes". 7.5 The examiners may, at their discretion, require any candidate to present himself/ herself for an oral examination or written test. 7.6 The Research Project assessment will include seminars, the written dissertation and an oral examination.
in the programme regulations or provided it is approved by the Departmental Board.
9.3 In determining thebe degree classification, the aggregate marks from Levels 2 and 3 will weighted 33% and 67% respectively to arrive at a mark upon which the degree classification in the Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Agriculture and Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Environmental Science programmes will be based. 9.4 The overall result PASS: PROCEEDshall apply to a student who has passed all Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 (as the case may be) courses as prescribed in Regulations 11. 9.5 The overall result INCOMPLETE: PROCEED shall apply to a student who fails by less than 24 credits to fulfill the prescribed requirements for Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 course. 9.6 The overall result INCOMPLETE:REPEAT FAILED COURSE(S) shall apply to a student who: ? fails by more than 24 course credits to fulfill the prescribed requirements for level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 courses; or ? fails to graduate in his/her final year of study; or ? still has an outstanding Level 1 course before embarking on fina l year level course. 9.7 The overall results WITHDRAWN shall apply in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 9.8 A student who is a holder of a National Diploma in Agriculture or its approved equivalent will be exempted from week-end morning onfarm practicals.
6.
EXAMINATIONS 6.1 The end of course examination shall normally take place at the end of the semester in which the course was taught. 6.2 To be admitted to an end of course examination, a candidate must have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe, in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 Where a course project constitutes part of the examination, the student must complete and submit the project by a specified date set by the Faculty. A student who fails to meet this deadline shall normally fail the project. 6.4 Each course will be examin ed by one three-hour written examination plus continuous assessment unless otherwise stated.
7.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 Evaluation shall be based on continuous assessment and formal examinations. 7.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in the specific subject regulations, continuous assessment shall contribute between 20% and 33% of the overall mark as determined at the beginning of the course by the Departmental Board.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATIONS The processing of examination results shall be carried out as prescribed in the General Academic Regulations. DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 9.1 Unless approved otherwise by the Senate, a single overall mark shall be submitted for each course on a student's profile of marks as stipulated in the General Academic Regulations. 9.2 A student shall not graduate unless he/she has satisfactorily completed the Attachment and the Internship components of the programme.
10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the University of Zimbabwe General Regulations.
Agricultural Trade Theory
11. SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH SUBJEC T 11.1Agricultural Economics A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed minimal optional courses.
11.1.3 Level 3 Courses
11.1.1
Level1Courses
Course
Course CoreCourses Code Agricultural Practice I AGPR 102 Introduction to Agricultural Economics AGEC 111 IntroductiontoRuralSociology AGEC112 An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science SL103 Plant Biology CR102 Communication and Computer WritingSkillsforAgriculture CSAG101 MicroEconomicsforAgricultureI AGEC121 Agricultural Practice II AGPR103 MacroEconomicsforAgricultureI AGEC122 Mathematics for Agricultural Economics AGEC123 PrinciplesofAnimalScience AS103 Introduction to Statistics for Agriculture AGEC/AS/CR110 11.1.2 Level 2 Courses Course Course CoreCourses Code MicroEconomicsforAgricultureII AGEC211 MacroEconomicsforAgricultureIIA GEC212 Farm Business Planning and Management AGEC220 PrinciplesofCropProduction CR203 Principles of Agricultural MarketingAGEC214 ResearchMethods AGEC216 EconometricsI
AGEC217
Optional Courses (at least THREE) CostBenefitAnalysis AGEC219 SustainableUseofNaturalResourcesSL203 AgribusinessManagement1 AGEC215
Pre-requisite
Units 6 12 12 12 12
AGEC111
AGEC111
12 12 6 12 12 12 12
AGEC218
AGEC121, AGEC122
12
OR any other approved courses
Course CoreCourses Code PrinciplesofAnimalProduction AS208 ResearchProject AGEC360 Agricultural Production EconomicsI AGEC311 AgriculturalPolicyI AGEC312 Optional Courses (at least FIVE) NaturalResourceEconomicsI AGEC313 Agricultural Finance AGEC314 EconometricsII AGEC315 FoodandCommodityMarketing AGEC316 AgriculturalDevelopment AGEC317 EntrepreneurialSkillsDevelopmentI FarmBusinessAnalysis AGEC328 AgriculturalPolicyII AGEC322 NaturalResourceEconomicsII AGEC323 AgribusinessManagementII AGEC324 Rural Finance AGEC325 Agricultural Extension AGEC326 AgriculturalDevelopmentII AGEC327 SoilandWaterManagement AGEN301
Course Pre-requisite
Units 12
AGEC21624 AGEC111 12 AGEC211
12
AGEC111
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
AGEC217 AGEC214 AGEC111 AS/BS315 AGEC220 AGEC312 AGEC313 AGEC215
AGEC317 SL103/CR203
11.2 Agricultural Education and Extension A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed minimal optional courses. 11.2.1 Level 1Courses
Pre-requisite AGEC121 AGEC122
Units 12 12
AGEC111 CR102 AGEC111 AGEC/AS/ Cr110 AGEC121,AGEC/ AS/CR110
12 12
AGEC111 SL103 AGEC111
12 12 12
12 12 12
CoreCourses Introduction to Agricultural Education and
Course Code
Extension AEE101 IntroductoryRuralSociology AEE102 Introduction to Agricultural Economics AGEC111 PrinciplesofAnimalScience AS103 CropScienceandGenetics CR101 An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science SL103 AgriculturalPracticeI AGPR102 Communication and Computer
Course Pre-requisite
Units
20 20 12 12 12 12 10
49
Writing Skills for A griculture AgriculturalPracticeII 11.2. 2 Level 2 Courses
CoreCourses Curriculum Development in Agricultural Education and Extension Education Communication in Agricultural Education and Extension
CSAG101 AGPR103
Course Code
10
Course Pre-requisite
AEE201
AEE101
AEE202
AEE101/ AEE102
Teaching Practice AEE204 Optional Courses (at least THREE) Farm Business Planning and Management AGEC220 PrinciplesofCropProduction CR203 IntroductiontoHorticulture CR212 PrinciplesofAnimalProduction AS208 Land Use and Natural Resource Evaluation SL204
Units
20
20 20
12 12 12 12 12
11.3.2 Level 2 Courses
11.2.3 Level 3 Courses
Course
50
11.3 AnimalScience A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed minimal optional courses. 11.3.1 Level 1 Courses Course Course CoreCourse Code Pre-requisite Units AgriculturalBiochemistryI AS102 12 Communication and Computer Writing skills for Agriculture CSAG101 Introduction to Agricultural Economics AGEC111 12 An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science SL103 12 Plant Biology CR102 12 Agricultural Practice I AGPR102 6 AgriculturalBiochemistryII AS104 AS102 12 Principles of Animal Science AS103 12 IntroductiontoMicrobiology AS/CR105 12 Principles of Genetics CR108 12 Introduction to Statistics for Agriculture AGEC/AS/CR110 12 Agricultural Practice II AGPR103 6
CoreCourses Code Principles and Practices of EnvironmentalEducation AEE301 Management and Administration of Agricultural Education and Extension AEE302 Research Methods for Agricultural EducationandExtension AEE303 Research Project AEE360 Optional Courses (at least THREE) Soil and Water Management AGEN301 Crop Production CR303 Horticulture (Fruit and Vegetable Production) CR307 Agricultural Mechanization and Crop Storage AGEN308
Course Pre-requisite
CoreCourses Units 20
AEE101 AEE101/ AEE102
SL103/CR203 CR203
20
20 24 12 12
Range Animal Management and Ecology Farm Business Planning & Management PrinciplesofCropProduction Statistical Methods and Experiment Designs I Forage, Fodder and Soil Improving Crops AnimalPhysiologyI Animal Health LivestockImprovementI
Course Code
AGEC220 CR203
12 AGEC111 CR102
AS210
AGEC/AS/ CR110
CR216 AS211 AS212 AS213
CR102 AS103/AS104 AS103 AS/CR105/ AGEC/AS/ CR110 AS102/ AS103/ AS104
AS223
12
Optional Courses (at least ONE) Agribusiness Management CellBiologyandBiotechnology
Units
AS222
12 NutritionalBiochemistryI
Course Pre-requisite
AGEC215 AS218
SustainableUseofNaturalResourcesSL203 SL103
12 12
12 12 12 12
12
12
AGEC111 AS102/ AS104/ CR102
12
12 12
11.3.3 Level 3Courses
CoreCourses AnimalPhysiology II LivestockImprovementII ResearchProject
Course Code AS310 AS311 AS360
BeefandS mallRuminantsProductionAS321A S103/AS223 Pig,PoultryandOstrichProduction AS328 DairyProduction AS323 Nutritional Biochemistry II AS326 Optional Courses (at least TWO) AnimalProductsProcessing AS327 Farming Systems Approach to AgriculturalDevelopment
AS325
Course Pre-requisite AS211 AS210/AS213 AGEC/AS/ CR110 AS212/AS223 AS310/AS311 AS223
Units 12 12 24 12 12 12 12
AS103/AS/ CR105
12
Economics An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science AgriculturalPracticeI Communication and Computer WritingSkillsforAgriculture IntroductiontoMicrobiology IntroductiontoEntomology Principles of Genetics Introduction to Statistics for Agriculture AgriculturalPracticeII Optional Courses (at least ONE) AgriculturalBiochemistryII PrinciplesofAnimalScience
CR210/ AGEC111/ AGEC213
12
11.4.2 Level 2 Courses
12
CoreCourses PrinciplesofCropProduction Statistical Methods and ExperimentalDesignI
Entrepreneurial Skills Development I BS315 AGEC111 AnimalExperimentation
AS306
PrinciplesofA griculturalMarketing
AGEC214
EcologyandManagementofWildlife Non-Conventional Small Stock ProductionforSmallholderSector AppliedAnimalandHumanNutrition Entrepreneurial Skills Development II FarmBusinessAnalysis CostBenefitAnalysis Agroforestry
AGEC220 AGEC/AS/ CR110/ CR210 AGEC111
12
AS317
AS222
12
AS324 AS318 BS316 AGEC328 AGEC219 SL205
12 AS223 12 AS/BS315 AGEC220 12 AGEC111 12 SL103/CR102 AGEC111 12
11.4 Crop Science A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed required number of optional courses. The choice of course clusters should be made under the guidance of staff in the Department to enable majoring in Agronomy, Crop Protection, Horticulture or in Plant Breeding. 11.4 Level 1 Courses
CoreCourses Plant Biology AgriculturalBiochemistryI Introduction to Agricultural
Course Code CR102 AS102
Course Pre-requisite
Units 12 12
CropEcologyandPhysiology IntroductiontoWeedScience IntroductiontoPlantDiseases Optional Courses (at least FIVE) IntroductiontoHorticulture PrinciplesofAnimalProduction AgribusinessManagementI Forage, Fodder and Soil Improving Crops Olericulture Principleso fA griculturalM arketing Principles of Genetics and Plant Breeding Sustainable Use of Natural Resources Farm Business Planning & Management Principles of Insect Pest Management
AGEC111
12
SL103 AGPR102
12 6
CSAG101 CR105 CR107 CR108
12 12 12 12
AGEC/AS/CR110 AGPR103 As104 AS102 AS103
12 6
12 12
Course Code CR203
Course Pre-requisite Units CR102 12
CR210
AGEC/AS/ CR110 CR102 CR102 AS/CR105
CR215 CR218 CR223 CR212 AS208 AGEC215 CR216 CR217 AGEC214
CR102 AGEC111 CR102 CR212 AGEC111
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
CR222 SL203
CR108 SL103
12 12
AGEC220 CR224
AGEC111 CR107
12 12
51
11.4.3 Level 3 Courses
CoreCourses ResearchProject Crop Production Optional Courses (at least SEVEN) Crop Physiology Weed Management PlantBreedingMethods Fruit and Plantation Crop Production Statistical Methods and Experimental Design II Soil Fertility Agricultural Production Economics Agricultural Mechanization and CropStorage Farming Systems Approach to AgriculturalDevelopment MolecularPhysiologyofPlants Floriculture
52
Post-harvest Physiology and Processing ofHorticulturalCrops Biology and Management of Crop Insect Pest Biology and Management of Plant Pathogens SoilandWaterManagement FarmBusinessAnalysis AgriculturalExtension
Course Code CR360 CR303
Course Pre-requisite Units AGEC/AS/ CR110 24 CR221 12
CR311 CR312 CR322 Cr314
CR215 CR218 CR222 CR212
12 12 12 12
CR315 SL313
AS/CR210 SL103/ CR203 AGEC111
12
AGEC311 AGEN308
AS325 CR337 CR338
CR203/ SL103 AGEC111 CR215 CR212/ CR215
CR339
CR212/ CR215
CR340
CR107
CR341 AGEN301
CR105 SL103/ CR221 AGEC220
AGEC328 AGEC326
12 12
12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12
11.5 Horticulture A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed minimal optional courses.
CoreCourses IntroductiontoPlantDiseases Principles of Insect Pest Management Olericulture I Tropical and Subtropical Fruit Production Plant Production in Protected Environments PrinciplesofCropProduction IntroductiontoWeedScience CropEcologyandPhysiology Optional Courses (at least TWO) Farm Business Planning & Management Principles of Genetics and Plant Breeding Statistical Methods & Experimental Design I Principleso fA griculturalM arketing Forage Fodder and Soil Improving Crops SustainableUseofNaturalResources
HR101
12
SL103
12
CSAG101 CR107 CR108
12 12 12
AGEC/AS/CR110 AGPR103
12 6
Course Code CR223
Course Pre-requisite Units AS/CR105 12
CR224 CR217
CR107 CR212
HR203
HR204 CR203 CR218 CR215
12 12
CR102/ HR101
12 12
CR102 CR102
AGEC220
AGEC111
CR222
CR108
CR210 AGEC214
CR110 AGEC111
CR216 SL203
CR102 SL103
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12
11.5.3 Level 3Courses
11.5.1 Level 1 Courses
CoreCourses Introduction to Agricultural Economics AgriculturalPracticeI AgriculturalBiochemistry Plant Biology IntroductiontoMicrobiology
Plant Propagation and Nursery Management An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science Communication and Computer WritingSkillsforAgriculture IntroductiontoEntomology Principles of Genetics Introduction to Statistics for Agriculture AgriculturalPracticeII 11.5.2 Level 2 Courses
Course Code AGEC111 AGPR102 AS102 CR102 AS/CR105
Course Pre-requisite
Units 12 6 12 12 12
Course CoreCourses Code Post-harvestP hysiologya ndH andlingHR301 Olericulture II HR302 Floriculture HR304 Research Project Temperate Fruit and Plantation Crop Production HR303
Course Pre-requisite Units HR201 12 CR217 12 HR201 12 HR360 24 HR101/HR201 12
Optional Courses (at least FOUR) Crop Production Biology and Management of Crop Insect Pest Biology and Management of Plant Pathogens PlantBreedingMethods Statistical Methods and Experimental Design II Soil Fertility Marketingof HorticulturalCrops Weed Management
11.6.2 Level 2 Courses CR303
CR221
12
CR340
CR107
12
CR341 CR322
CR105 CR222
12
CR315 SL313
AS/CR210 SL103/ Cr102 HR101/ HR201 CR218
HR305 CR312
CoreCourses SoilChemistry
12
12 12
PrinciplesofCropProduction Soil Physics Pedology
12 12
Statistical Methods and Experimental Designs
11.6 Soil Science
A student must take all the prescribed core courses and the prescribed minimal optional courses. 11.6.1 Level 1 Courses
CoreCourses An Introduction to Soil and Environmental Science Plant Biology InorganicChemistry Organic Chemistry AnalyticalChemistry Introduction to Agricultural Economics AgriculturalPracticeI Communication and Computer Writing Skills for Agriculture Introduction to Statistics for Agriculture AgriculturalPracticeII IntroductiontoMicrobiology Optional Courses (at least TWO) PrinciplesofAnimalScience IntroductiontoEntomology Principles of Genetics EcologyandEnvironment
Course Code
Course Pre-requisite
SL103 CR102 HCH102 HCH103 HCH104 AGEC111 AGPR102
Units
12 12 10 10 10 12 6
CSAG101 AGEC/AS/CR110 AGPR103 AS/CR105 AS103 CR107 CR108 AES101
Environmental Soil Biology and Biochemistry
12 6 12 12 12 12 12
Optional Courses (at least FOUR) IntroductiontoHorticulture Forage, Fodder and Soil improving Crops Farm Business Planning & Management AgribusinessManagementI Sustainable Use of Natural Resources CropEcologyandPhysiology Olericulture Geology Environmental Monitoring: Principles and Methods
Course Code SL211
Course Pre-requisite Units SL103/HCH102/ HCH103 12
AES203 SL103/AS/CR105 CR203 CR102 SL213 SL103 SL214 SL103/ SL211 AGEC/AS/ CR210 CR212
CR110 CR102
CR216
CR102
AGEC220 AGEC215 SL203 CR215 CR217 GL206
AGEC111 AGEC111 SL103 CR102 CR212
AES201
SL211/ AES203
12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12
11.6.3 Level 3 Courses
CoreCourses ResearchProject
Course Code SL360
Soil Fertility
SL313
SoilandWaterManagement
AGEN301
SpecialTopicsinSoilScience
SL316
Land Resources Inventory and Evaluation Optional Courses (at least FOUR) Agricultural Mechanization and CropStorage
SL314
AGEN308
Course Pre-requisite AGEC/AS/ CR110 SL103/ CR203 SL103/ CR203 SL211/213/ 214/313 SL214/ SL203
SL103/ CR203
Units 24 12 12 12
12
12
53
NaturalResourceEconomicsI Crop Production Fruit and Plantation Crop Production CostBenefitAnalysis Floriculture Post Harvest Physiology and Processing of Horticultural Crops IntroductiontoWeedScience NaturalResourceEconomicsII
AGEC313 CR303 Cr314 AGEC219 CR338
AGEC111 CR221 CR211 AGEC111 CR212/ CR215
12 12 12 12
CoreCourses Soil Chemistry
Environmental Soil Biology and Biochemistry CR339 CR218 AGEC323
CR212/CR215 12 CR102 12 AGEC313 12
11.7.1 Level 1Courses
Course Code
Course Pre-requisite
Course Code SL211
12
11.7 Applied Environmental Science
54
11.7.2 Level 2 Courses
CoreCourses Units An introduction to Soil and Environmental Science SL103 12 Plant Biology CR102 12 InorganicChemistry HCH102 10 Analytical Chemistry HCH104 10 Communication and Computing Skills CSAG101 12 Applied Environmental Science Practice 1 AEPR101 6 Introduction to Agricultural Economics AGEC111 12 OrganicChemistry HCH103 10 Introductiontostatistics AGEC/AS/CR110 12 IntroductiontoMicrobiology AS/CR105 12 Principles of Genetics CR108 12 Applied Environmental Science Practice II AEPR102 6 EcologyandEnvironment AES101 12 Optional Courses (at least ONE) IntroductiontoEntomology CR107 12 PrinciplesofAnimalScience AS103 12 AEPR101 and AEPR102 are independent studies, under supervision of a staff member, carried out during the first and second vacations of Level 1. Candidates are required to make an oral presentation and submit a written report on their study during the course of the subsequent semester following the vacation.
Environmental Monitoring: PrinciplesandMethods Statistical Methods and Experimental Design EnvironmentalManagement Soil Physics Sustainable Use of Natural Resources EnvironmentalImpactAssessment PesticidesintheEnvironment Optional Courses (at least ONE) Forage, Fodder and Soil Improving Crops Geology
AES203
Course Pre-requisite Sl103/ HCH102/ HCH103
CR216 GL206
12
SL103/ AS/CR105
AES201 CR210 AGEC/ AS/CR110 AES205 SL213 SL203 AES206 AES204
Units
12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12
SL103 SL103 SL103
CR102
12 12
11.7.3 Level 3 Courses
CoreCourses Research Project Geographical Information Systems Land Resource, Inventory & Evaluation Special Topics in Environmental Sciences Waste Management and Pollution Control Environmental Monitoring: Applications S oilandWaterManagement Optional Courses (at least TWO) NaturalResourcesEconomicsI Range Animal Management & Ecology Environmental Policy and Legislation EcologyandManagementofWildlife NaturalResourcesEconomicsII
Course Code AES360
Course Pre-requisite
Units 24
AES208 SL314
12 SL203/SL214
12
SL103
12
AES301 AES302
12
AES303 AGEN301
AES201 SL103/CR102
12 12
AGEC313
AGEC111
12
AS222 AES305 As317 AGEC323
SL203 AGEC313
12 12 12 12
11.8 AgriculturalEngineering 11.8.1 Additional Regulations In addition to the General Faculty of Agriculture Regulations, the following specific regulations apply to the Agricultural Engineering Subject. 11.8.1.1 SpecialEntry Requirements Passes in Technical Drawing or in Engineering Drawing or in Agricultural Sciences at either Ordinary or Advanced Levels or their equivalent will be an added advantage. Holders of a Diploma or its equivalent in Agricultural Engineering or any branch of engineering from recognized agricultural or engineering colleges shall also be considered for admission. 11.8.1.2 Structure of the Programme The first, second and third Levels of study consist of not less than twenty-four (24) weeks of Practical Training in industry spread over 3 long vacations. A student who has successfully completed the four Levels of study shall be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science Agricultural Engineering (Honours) on condition that he/ she has obtained an approved first aid certificate. All courses at each Level are compulsory. 11.8.1.3 Examinations To be admitted to the examination for any Level, a candidate must have completed the approved courses of study for that Level to the satisfaction of the Departmental Board. 11.8.2
Thermofluids II EngineeringMathematicsIIPaper2 Introduction to Agricultural Engineering Fluid Mechanics
ME204 MT205 AGEN201 CE202
Course Code ME101 MT104 EE102 CGEN103 Me103 EE101 MG103 MT105 WSP180
Course Pre-requisite
CoreCourses FoodEngineering SoilMechanicsandCultivations Introduction to Agricultural Economics QuantitativeMethods HydrologyandHydraulics ThermodynamicsandHeatTransfer SoilScienceforEngineers CropProcessingandStorage MachineryandImplementDesign Principlesof AnimalScience Principles of Crop Production
11.8.3 Level 2Courses
CoreCourses ElectricalMachinesII Engineering Mathematics II Paper 1 Engineering Survey TheoryofStructures Strength of Materials
Course Code EE202 MT204 CE203 CE201 CE205
Course Pre-requisite Units EE101 15 MT104 10 15 ME101 15 15
12 15
Course Code AGEN302 CE205 AGEN304 AGEC111 AGEN306 AGEN310 ME309 SL300 AGEN303 AGEN311 AS208 CR203
Course Pre-requisite ME204/ CE205
ME204 CE205
Units 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
11.8.5 Level 4 Courses
CoreCourses AgriculturalMechanisation FarmStructuresDesign
Units 20 10 15 10 15 15 15 10 10
15 10
11.8.4 Level 3Courses
Course Code AGEN404
Level 1 Courses
CoreCourses EngineeringDrawingandDesign EngineeringMathematicsIPaper1 ComputerScienceforEngineers CommunicationSkillsforEngineers Engineering Mechanics ElectricalPrinciples Engineering Materials EngineeringMathematics2Paper2 Workshop Practice
ME103 MT105
AGEN406
AgribusinessManagement1 Special Project Irrigationa ndD rainageE ngineering ProcessEngineering Soil and Water Conservation Engineering
AGEC215 AGEN460 AGEN411 AGEN405
Farm Power Agricultural Systems Engineering
AGEN408 AGEN407
AGEN410
Course Pre-requisite AGEN310/ SL300 AGEN201/ ME101
Units 12
AGEN310 AGEN302
12 12 24 12 12
AGEN310/ SL300 ME309 AGEN306
12 12 12
55
REGULATIONS FOR THE POSTGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (MAAE); MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANIMAL SCIENCE (MAS); MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CROP PROTECTION (MCP); MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CROP SCIENCE WITH OPTIONS IN PLANT BREEDING AND AGRONOMY; MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE BY COURSEWORK (MSC)
3.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme is offered on a full-time basis and will run for two years. Intake shall normally be every other year. 3.2 The programme shall normally commence with registration in February.
4.
PLACE OF STUDY 4.1 Lectures will be normally taught at premises of the University of Zimbabwe. 4.2 Students will be allowed to conduct part or all of their research projects at other institutions in and outside Zimbabwe.
5.
STRUCTUREOFP ROGRAMME 5.1 The programme shall consist of TWO Parts. Part I shall be coursework and Part II a research thesis. 5.2 Part I will consist of 2 semesters, of fifteen (15) weeks each. Semesters I and II will normally run from February to May and July to December respectively. 5.3 Examinations shall be held at the end of each semester, normally after the completion of lectures for courses of each semester. 5.4 Part II shall normally commence immediately after Part I. 5.5 The dissertation should normally be submitted by the end of September of the second year.
6.
RESEARCH PROJECT Each student shall conduct a research project as approved by the Postgraduate Committee of the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. Where a student is permitted to work in another institution or country, an Associate Supervisor in that institution or country will normally be required.
7.
FORMAT, LODGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF DISSERTATION 7.1 A candidate shall submit, for examination, four copies of his/her dissertation in loose bound form within a suitable cover. 7.2 After this has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Panel of Examiners, the candidate shall have at least 3 copies bound and submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 7.3 The specification for binding all research theses shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
8.
EXAMINATIONS 8.1 There shall be a Board of Examiners composed of the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture (Chairman), Chairman of Agricultural Economics and Extension Department, all internal examiners and the External Examiner(s).
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (MAGEC) 1.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Master of Science Degree by Coursework and the Faculty of Agriculture Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
56 2.
ENTRY REGULATIONS 2.1 An appropriate good honours degree from a recognised university in one of the following areas: a) Agriculture (with appropriate and approved agricultural economics courses) b) Agricultural Economics c) Economics d) Appropriate and relevant Social Science degree as approved by the Department of Agricultural Economics 2.2 Where the degree was awarded without classification, then evidence is required that performance was equivalent to a good honours degree. 2.3 Normally, evidence is required to show that applicants performed satisfactorily in courses in Economic theory, Mathematics and Statistics. 2.4 Applicants seeking admission under 2.1(c) and (d) whose academic background is not in agriculture or agricultural economics may be admitted on the basis of relevant work experience in these fields. 2.5 Applicants whose previous experience is inadequate may be required to attend selected courses as Occasional Students as a way of qualifying for admission to the programme.
8.2 The examination shall comprise Part I and Part II consisting of a dissertation and an Oral Examination. 8.3 Parts I and II shall carry equal weight in the final assessment. 8.4 Part I Examinations 8.4.1 SemesterI There shall be 4 papers, each of 3 hours, as follows: MAGEC501 Advanced Micro-economic Theory for Agriculture MAGEC502 Advanced Macro-economic Theory for Agriculture MAGEC503 Quantitative and Research Methods MAGEC504 Agricultural and Economic Development 8.4.2 Semester II There shall be 4 papers, each of 3 hours, as follows: ONE required Course: MAGEC505 Applied Econometrics MAGEC506 Advanced Agricultural Policy Analysis Plus TWO collective courses to be chosen from: MAGEC507 Natural Resource and Environmental Economics MAGEC508 Economic Analysis of Agricultural Projects MAGEC509 Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness Development 8.4.3 Other appropriate and relevant elective courses may be taken from other Departments with the approval of the Departmental Board. 8.4.4 To pass at Part I, candidates must meet either of the following conditions: a) pass all courses at Part I b) pass a minimum of five courses and have an average overall Part I mark of 60% or better, provided no course mark is below 40%. 8.4.5 Candidates are allowed a maximum of four supplementary examinations during the programme. 8.4.6 Supplementary examinations shall normally be held within two months after examinations at end of Semester II. 8.4.7 Normally, candidates must pass at Part I before proceeding to Part II. 8.4.8 Continuous assessment shall count for 30% of final marks in each course. 8.5 Part II Examinations 8.5.1 The dissertation shall be examined by the Panel of Examiners. The dissertation will be in the order of 15 000 to 20 000 words.
8.5.2 OralExam ination Candidates shall be required to attend a viva voce on the dissertation and this may include material from Part I. 8.5.3 To pass at Part II, candidates must pass the dissertation. 9.
SYLLABUS Syllabuses for courses do not form part of the regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Department and Faculty Offices for reference.
10. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANIMAL SCIENCE (MAS) 1.
2.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Master of Science Degrees by Coursework and the Faculty of Agriculture Regulations for Master of Science Degrees. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION Appropriate good honours degree from recognised universities in one of the following: a) Agriculture including approved animal science courses; b) Veterinary Science (Note: where this degree has been awarded without classification, then evidence will be required that performance has been equivalent to a good honours degree) c) Biological Sciences Normally, evidence will be required to show that candidates have performed satisfactorily in courses in Chemistry, Biochemistry and Statistics. Applicants whose previous experience is inadequate may be required to attend selected undergraduate courses as occasional students towards qualifying for admission to the MSC programme.
57
3. DURATION OF TH E PROGRAMME The programme is offered on a full-time basis and will run for two years. 4.
5.
58
6.
PLACE OF STUDY Lectures and taught classes shall be held under the aegis of the University of Zimbabwe. Where appropriate, the venuemay be changed from University premises to places in which it is more convenient to demonstrate animal production. Students will be allowed to conduct part or all of their research projects at other institutions, such as the stations of the Department of Research and Specialist Services, provided always that a competent Honorary Associate supervisor is available to oversee the work on a day-to-day basis. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1 The programme shall consist of two parts. Part I shall be the coursework component and Part II shall be the research component. 5.2 Part I of the programme shall normally commence in January. 5.3 The formal examinations in Part I shall be held after the completion of all formal lectures, normally in October. 5.4 Part II shall normally commence immediately after Part I. 5.5 Students will carry out a research project as approved by the Postgraduate Committee of the Department of Animal Science. The Committee shall ensure that adequate supervision is available for each student. Where any student is permitted to work at another institution, there shall be at least two supervisors one of whom shall be a member of staff within the Department of Animal Science, and the other attached to the institution. 5.6 The dissertation should normally be submitted by the end of September of the second year. EXAMINATIONS There shall be a Board of Examiners composed of the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture (Chairman). Chairman of the Department of Animal Science, all Internal Examiners and the External Examiner. The examination for the degree shall comprise of Part I, Part II and an oral examination. Parts I and II shall carry equal weight in the final assessment. 6.1 Examinations in Part I 6.1.1 There shall be six written papers of three hours for six courses. Four of the courses will be compulsory, with two electives chosen from six courses, depending on the option of specialisation. Three courses will be taken in each semester.
Semester I Compulstory Courses AdvancedNutritional Biochemistry AdvancedAnimalPhysiology Advanced Animal Breeding and Genetics Semester II Compulsory Courses Advanced Biometry for Animal Science plus TWO electives from the following AdvancedRuminant Nutrition Rangeland Ecology and Management Advanced MonogstricNutrition AppliedAnimalBreeding Conservation of A nimal Genetic Resources Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology
MAS511 MAS512 MAS513 MAS514 MAS515 MAS520 MAS516 MAS517 MAS518 MAS519
Students who fail any course will be allowed to repeat the failed course when next offered. Students who get less than 40% in any exam shall be allowed to repeat the failed course. Supplementary examination may be offered for a student who obtains a mark of less then 50% but above 39%. 6.1.2 Within each area of study there will be a continuous assessment component which will take into consideration marks obtained in essays, seminars and laboratory reports. This shall count, depending on the course, as 30-40% of the final assessment. 6.1.3 All students normally must have been deemed by the internal examiners to have passed all the papers in Part I before proceeding to Part II. A list of results for Part I will be published by the University. 6.2 Examinations in Part II The dissertation (MAS570) describing the results of the project shall be examined by the Board of Examiners. The form of presentation of the written dissertation shall be as prescribed in the General AcademicRegulations. 6.3 Oral Examination (MAS590) Normally, not more than one oral examination shall be held at the end of the programme. The examinations shall not be confined to Part II but shall cover all the material of the course.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CROP PROTECTION (MCP) 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework and the Faculty of Agriculture Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
QUALIFICATION FOR ADMISSION Appropriate good honours degree from recognised universities in one of the following: 2.1 Agriculture including approved Crop Science courses; 2.2 Biological Sciencesin appropr iatesubjects. 2.3 Qualified candidates may be required to attend selected undergraduate agricultural courses where this is deemed necessary.
3.
DURATIONOFPROGRAMME The programme is offered on a full-time basis and will run for two years.
4.
PLACE OF STUDY 4.1 Lectures and taught classes will be under the aegis of the University of Zimbabwe. Practical classes and field trips will be at the most suitable venue. 4.2 Students will be allowed to do part or all of their research projects at
MCP503 InsectSystematicsandVertebratePests MCP504 Biometry 6.2.2 Semester II: There shall be four papers, each of 3 hours as follows: MCP505 Wee d M an ag em en t a nd He rb ic id e Physiology MCP506 Virology, Bacteriology and Nematology MCP507 Integrated Pest Ma nagement and Decision Tools MCP508 Pe st ic id e S ci en ce an d A pp li ca ti on Technology 6.3 Examinations in Part II Part II will commence immediately after the results of the written examinations are published. Any student who fails one or more courses in Part I will not be allowed to proceed to Part II. Students will be allowed to apply to repeat failed courses. Supplementary examinations may be granted in accordance with Faculty Regulations for MSc programmes and General University Regulations. 6.3.1 A research project (MCP570) from one of the following areas will be chosen: Plant Pathology Nematology
other or agrochemical companies approved by theagricultural Crop Scienceinstitutes Department Board, provided that a competent Honorary Associate supervisor is available to oversee the work on a regular basis. 5.
COURSESTR UCTURE The course consists of two Parts. Part I consists of lectures, practical classes and seminars. Part II of the programme consists of a research project and an oral examination. The programme will normally commence in February.
6.
EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Examinations will be composed of Parts I, II and an oral. Part I will count 60% (70% of which will be for written examinations, and 30% continuous assessment for each course) and Part II will comprise 40% (70% for the thesis and 30% continuous assessment) of the final assessment. 6.2 Examinations in Part I 6.2.1 Semester I: There shall be four papers, each of 3 hours as follows: MCP501 Biology and Ecology of Weeds MCP502 Mycology and Epidemiology of Pla nt Pathogens
Entomology Weed Science Pesticide Science and Application Technology. 6.3.2 Examinations at Part II will be in the form of a submitted dissertation which will be examined by the Board of Examiners. The form of presentation is that described in the General Academic Regulations. The dissertation would be submitted before the end of Semester II, Part II. Continuous assessment in Part II will be in the form of a minimum of three seminars presented by each student, each contributing 33% to the final continuous assessment mark. 6.3.3 Students will be required to undergo an oral examination based on the research project at the end of Part II. 7.
COURSE CONTENT MCP501: Biology and Ecology of Weeds — Ecological and physiological characteristics of weeds; biology of weed seeds in the soil; genetics and evolution of weeds; competition in crop-weed mixtures; allelopathy; parasitic weeds in the tropics; weed management programmes for smallholder farmers; weed management in agroforestry; intercropping, organic farming and aquatic environments
59
MCP502: Mycology and Epidemiology of Plant Pathogens — Important general of fungi causing plant disease; isolation techniques; hostpathogen interactions; mycotoxins; plant disease epidemiology; methods of disease control. MCP503: Insect Systematics and Vertebrate Pests — Insects and mites as pests; systematics and biology of insects and mites; case studies of insect pests and their management; biology, ecology and behaviour of rodents and birds; crop damage and control measures of rodents and birds. MCP504: Biometry — Advanced biometry and experimental design; simple and multiple regression; curve-fitting; co-variance analysis; introduction to statistical packages; experimental designs and their use in planning; statistically valid sampling methods; analysis and interpretation of experiments; survey analysis.
MCP508: Pesticide Science and Application Technology — Range of pesticides; pesticide chemistry; mode of action; absorption and movement of pesticides; pesticide formulation; carriers and additives; pesticide management; pesticide application; pesticide resistance; bioassays; pesticide registration and regulations. 8.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CROP SCIENCE WITH OPTIONS IN PLANT BREEDING AND AGRONOMY (MCR) 1.
INTRODUCTION These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Master of Science Degrees by Coursework and the Faculty of Agriculture Regulations for Master of Science Degrees in Agriculture.
2.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION 2.1 An appropriate good honours degree from a recognised University in one of the following areas: a) Agriculture with appropriate and approved Crop Science courses; b) Biological Sciences in appropriate subjects approved by the Department of Crop Science. 2.2 Where the degree was awarded without classification, evidence will be required that performance was equivalent to a good honours degree. 2.3 Applicants whose previous experience is inadequate may be required to attend selected undergraduate agricultural courses where this is deemed necessary.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme is offered on a full-time basis and will run for two years.
4.
PLACE OF STUDY 4.1 Lectures shall normally be taught at premises of the University of Zimbabwe. 4.2 Students will conduct their research projects at the Institutions approved by the University of Zimbabwe or at any other appropriate Institutions approved by the Senate of the University of Zimbabwe.
MCP505: Weed Management and Herbicide Physiology — Weed management strategies in integrated weed management; problem weeds
60
in arable, aquatic and forestry plantation situations; herbicide physiology; chemistry and mode action of herbicides; herbicide evaluation and registration; resistance to herbicides; biotechnological methods to introduce resistance to crops. MCP506: Virology Bacteriology and Nematology — Biology of viruses and bacteria; important diseases caused by viruses and bacteria; detection techniques for viruses and bacteria; biotechnology; nematode identification; biology and ecology of nematodes; host-parasite relationships; extraction of nematodes from soil and plant material; control methods. MCP507: Integrated Pest Management and Decision Tools — Problem identification; strategies of integrated pest and disease management; ecological basis of pest and disease management; biological control; crop yield and pest and disease damage relationships; crop loss assessment; pest and disease forecasting and predictive monitoring; decision theory models; modelling crops and pest, disease and weed populations; evaluation and decision support
SEMINARS Students are expected to present one seminar in each subject area as listed under Part II research project and one on their research project topic (total of 6 seminars).
5.
6.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1 The programme shall consist of two options, Plant Breeding and Agronomy, which shall run concurrently. 5.2 The programme shall consist of TWO Parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II, a research thesis. 5.3 Part I will consist of 2 semesters of 15 weeks each run over one year. 5.4 Examinations shall be held at the end of each semester for taught courses. 5.5 Part II shall normally commence immediately after successful completion of Part I and shall run for one year . 5.6 The dissertation shall normally be submitted at least two months before the end of the second year (Part II). 5.7 There are four compulsory courses in Semester I and four optional courses in Semester II, each of which will be examined separately. 5.8 All courses shall consist of 60 contact hours, 60 for lectures and 60 for practicals. RESEARCH PROJECT Each candidate shall conduct a research project as approved by the Postgraduate Committee of the Department of Crop Science. Where a student is permitted to conduct this research in another institution, an associate supervisor in that institution will normally be required to supervise the research activities of the st udent.
7.
FORMAT, LODGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE DISSE RTATION 7.1 A candidate shall submit, for examination, four copies of his/her dissertation in loose bound form within a suitable cover. 7.2 After this has been examined and amended, the candidate shall submit at least three copies bound and submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 7.3 The specification for binding of all research thesis shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
8.
EXAMINATIONS 8.1 There shall be a Panel of Examiners, normally composed of the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture (Chairman), the Chairman of Crop Science Department, all Internal Examiners and the External Examiner(s). 8.2 The examination shall comprise Part I and Part II. Part I examinations will consist of four written papers at the end of Semester I PLUS four written papers at the end of Semester II. Part II shall consist of a dissertation and an oral examination. 8.3 Part I shall comprise 60% (70% of which shall be for written examinations and 30% continuous assessment for each course) and Part II shall comprise 40% (70% for the thesis and 30% continuous assessment) of the final assessment.
8.4 Examinations in Part I: 8.4.1 Candidates in both Plant Breeding and Agronomy Options are required to take a total of eight courses comprising four compulsory common courses and four other courses from their chosen option as follows: Semester I: Common compulsory courses There shall be four papers each of three hours as follows: MCR501 Biometry and Experimental Designs MCR502 CropProtection MCR513 BusinessManagement forAgriculture MCR504 FieldCropPhysiology After Semester 1, students can proceed to specialize either in Plant Breeding or Agronomy. Semester II: Plant Breeding Option There shall be four papers each of three hours as follows: MCR505 Genetic Principles and Techniques in Plant Breeding MCR506 Population and Quantitative Genetics MCR507 Biotechnology for Plant Breeding plus ONE of the following: MCR508 Plant Genetic Resources MCR515 MCR516 MCR511
Agronomy ofTropical Crops Seed Science andTechnology Far ming Syst ems and Agri cult ural Development Any other appropriate course on offer in the University of Zimbabwe and acceptable to the Department of Crop Science. Agronomy Option There shall be four papers each of three hours as follows: THREE compulsory courses from: MCR515 AgronomyofTropicalCrops MCR516 SeedScienceandTechnology MCR517 Irrigation and Water Management plus ONE of the following: MCR508 Plant Genetic Resources MCR511 Farming Systems and Agricultural Development MCR514 CropEcology Students may also take any other appropriate course on offer in the University and acceptable to the Department of Crop Science.
61
8.4.2 Supplementary examinations may be granted in accordance with Faculty Regulations for MSc programmes and General UniversityRegulations. 8.4.3 To pass at Part I, candidates must pass all courses. Before proceeding to Part II, candidates are required to pass all Part I courses to the satisfaction of the Panel of Examiners. 8.5 Examinations in Part II: 8.5.1 Part II will commence immediately after the results of the written examination have been published. Satisfactory performance in all the papers in Part I examinations is required to proceed to Part II. 8.5.1 The dissertation (MCR570) shall be examined by the Panel of Examiners. 8.5.2 Candidates are required to attend a viva voce on the dissertation and the coursework at the end of Part II. 8.5.3 To pass at Part II, candidates must pass the dissertation and continuous assessment. 9.
62
SYLLABUS Syllabuses for courses do not form part of these Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Agriculture for approval. Copies of detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Department of Crop Science for reference.
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE
Part 1 will consist of 2 semesters of fifteen (15) weeks each. Semesters 1 and 2 shall normally run from August to December and February to June, respectively.
REGULATIONS FOR THE REGIONAL MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN DAIRY SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
For Part 1, a student shall register for 10 courses, nine (9) of which are core courses and one (1) an optional course.
1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS These regulations shall apply to a student who registers for the Master of Science degree in Dairy Science and Technology. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for taught Masters Degrees. The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations. 2. DEFINITIONOFTERMS Terms used in these regulations are as defined in the General Academic Regulations. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted into the programme, an applicant should have a recognized BSc honours degree in one of the following areas: a) Veterinary Science b) Animal Science c) Dairy Science Technology d) Food Science and Technology An applicant with an appropriate degree, other than as stipulated in 3.1 above, may be admitted to the programme at the recommendation of the Higher Degrees Committee and the approval of Senate. In such a case the applicant may be required to write a qualifying examination before being considered for admission. An application for admission, with the necessary supporting documents, should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) at the University of Zimbabwe on the prescribed forms. 4. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES The programme shall have two Parts: Part 1 shall consist of taught coursework and Part 2 a research project. The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years.
A taught course shall consist of at least 40 contact hours of which about 60% are formal lecturers and the remainder shall comprise practicals and tutorials. The coursework will normally be taught at the premises of the University of Zimbabwe. A student may conduct part or all of his/her research project at a recognized and approved institution in or outside Zimbabwe. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research work, approval of the research proposal by the candidate’s supervisor and Higher Degrees Committee shall be required. 5. EXAMINATIONS The examination of courses in the programme shall be carried out in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Formal examination of a taught course shall take place at the end of the semester in which teaching is completed. The deadline for submission of the theses for examination shall normally be two months before the end of Part 2, semester ll. 6. ASSESSMENTOFCO URSES Each course will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination paper. To pass a course a student must have passes in both the formal written examination and the continuous assessment for that course. The distribution of marks for all courses except for the course Research Methods and Biostatistics (MAV501) shall be as follows: Formal examination 70% Continuousa ssessment 30% For the courses Research Methods and Biostatistics (MAV501) and
63
(MAV510) Dairy Cattle Genetics and Breeding the distribution of marks shall be as follows: Formalexamination 60% Continuousa ssessment 40% The pass mark of 50%, as prescribed in the General Regulations, shall apply for all taught courses of the programme and the research project. Examination of Part 2 shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation and an oral presentation of research findings assessed by a Panel of Examiners. For examination purposes, a student shall submit four copies of his/her dissertation in loosely bound form within a suitable cover and a soft copy. The overall mark for the research project (MAV560) and (MAV510) 9. Dairy Cattle Genetics and Breeding shall be derived as follows:
7.
64
8.
Written dissertation 80% Oralpresentation 20% PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS The examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
10.
11.
DETERMINATION OF THE RESULTS To be allowed to proceed from Part 1 to Part 2, a student must have passed at least eight (8) courses. A student may be allowed to write a supplementary examination for a 12. failed course in accordance with the General Regulations. The overall result for a Part 1 student who: ? passes all the ten (10) prescribed courses shall be PASS: PROCEED; ? passes at least eight (8) courses shall be INCOMPLETE: PROCEED; ? passes less than eight (8) courses shall be FAIL: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES ? has been awarded a supplementary examination in a failed course shall be INCOMPLETE: ALLOWED TO WRITE A SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION IN THE INDICATED 13. COURSE(S). To qualify for the award of the MSc degree, a st udent must pass each of the prescribed courses at Part 1 and Part 2. The overall mark for degree classification shall be derived as follows:
Part 1 overall average 50% Research project mark 50% The MSc degree will be awarded and classified as one of the following: ?PASS, or ?PASS WITH MERIT, or ?PASS WITH DISTINCTION, in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. A student who fails the dissertation within the supplementable range may be allowed to re-submit the dissertation on such conditions and within such a period of time as specified by the Academic Committee. AWARDOFTHE DEGREE The degree shall be awarded in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES The provisions in the General Academic Regulations pertaining to academic offences and penalties shall apply. POSTHUMOUS ANDAEGR OTATPROVISIONS The posthumous and aegrotat provisions of the General Academic Regulations shall apply to these regulations. PUBLICATION OF EXAM INATION RESULTS The examination results of a student shall be published as prescribed by the General Academic Regulations. The results of a graduating student shall only be published after confirmation by the Dean(s) that the student has submitted at least 3 bound copies and a corrected soft copy in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. The specifications for binding of the dissertation shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework. STUDENTAPPEALS AGAINSTPUB LISHEDRESULTS The provisions of the General Academic Regulations on student appeals against published results shall apply.
14.
15.
1
2.
ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT A student shall be entitled to an academic transcript in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE A degree certificate of the University of Zimbabwe shall be awarded in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
3.
REGULATIONS FOR THE COLLABORATIVE MASTERS IN AGRICULTURAL AND APPLIED ECONOMICS (CMAAE)
4.
Preamble These regulations should be read in conjunction with the general University of Zimbabwe Academic Regulations for the Master of Science Degree by Coursework and the Faculty of Agriculture Regulations for Master of Science Degrees. Entry Requirements: 2.1 An appropriate and relevant good honours degree in a Science field, Social Sciences from a recognized University with appropriate prerequisite courses in economics as approved by the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. 2.2
Where the degree was awarded without classification, then evidence is required that performance was equivalent to a good honours degree.
2.3
Normally, evidence is required to show that applicants performed satisfactorily in courses in Economic Theory, Mathematics and Statistics.
2.4
Applicants seeking admissions whose academic background is not in agriculture or agricultural economics may be admitted on the basis of relevant work experience in an appropriate field. Provided they successfully complete a pre registration program of courses.
2.5
Applicants whose degree or experience is inadequate may be
Programme Duration 3.1 The programme is offered on a full-time basisand will run for two years. 3.2
The intake shall normally be every year.
3.3
The programme shall normally commence with registration in February.
Place of Study 4.1 TheCore courses will be offered at premises of the University of Zimbabwe. 4.2
The Foundation and Elective courses will be taken at a Joint Regional Facility.
4.3
Students will be allowed to conduct their part or all of their research projects at other institutions in and outside Zimbabwe. Prior approval will have to be obtained to conduct the research outside Zimbabwe. One consideration for the approval will be availability and appropriate arrangements for supervision capacity at the external institutions.
5.
Programme Structure 5.1 The programme shall consist of TwoParts. Part I shall be coursework and Part II a research thesis. 5.2 Part I shall consists ofthree semesters, Semester I, II and III, of 15 weeks each: 5.2.1 Semesters I and II shall consists of Core courses taken at University of Zimbabwe 5.2.2 Semester III: Foundation and Elective courses for specialization to be taken at the Joint Facility 5.2.3 Semester IV: shall be the thesis research at University of Zimbabwe or approved external institution and submission at University of Zimbabwe. 5.3 Examinations shall be held at the end of each semester, normally after the completion of course lectures.
65
5.3.1 Students must pass all core courses offered on a semester to proceed to the next semester. Department examination board reserves the right to offer supplementary examinations to students who fail within a borderline supplementable range of 40 - 49 %. The supplementary examination shall be a written form or viva format. 5.3.2 All other students who fail core courses of semester 1 shall not proceed to Semester 2 until they have cleared the failed courses. 5.4 Part II shall normally commence immediately after Part I. 5.5 The dissertation should normally be submitted by the end of September of the second year. 6.
7.
Examinations 8.1 There shall be a Board of Examiners composed of the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture (Chairman), Chairman of the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension, all internal examiners and the external examiner(s). 8.2 The examination shall comprise Part I and Part II consisting of a dissertation and an Oral Examination. 8.3
Parts I and II shall carry equal weight in the final assessment.
8.4
Examinations in Part I The candidate shall need to take12 courses as follows:
8.4.1
Semester I : Core Courses There shall be 4 papers all required each of 3 hours MAAE 501: Microeconomics MAAE 502: Mathematics for Economics MAAE 503: Statistics for Economics MAAE 504: Issues in Agriculture and Applied Economics
8.4.2
Semester II Core Courses There shall be 4 papers all required each of 3 hours
Research Project Each student shall conduct a research project as approved by the Postgraduate Committee of the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. Where a student is permitted to work in another institution or country, an required. Associate Supervisor in that institution or country will normally be
66
8.
Format, Lodgement and Distribution of Dissertation 7.1 A candidate shall submit,for examination, four copies ofhis/her dissertation in loose bound form within a suitable cover. 7.2
7.3
After this has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Panel of Examiners, the candidate shall have at least three copies bound and submitted in accordance with the provisions of the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations. The specifications for binding all research theses shall be in accordance with the provisions of the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework.
MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE
505: 506: 507: 508:
Production Economics Macroeconomics Econometrics Research Methods and management
8.4.3 Semester III: Foundation Courses: Two courses to be chosen from the following according to the candidate’s chosen area of specialisation: MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE
509: 510: 511: 512: 513: 5141: 5142:
Institutional and Behavioral Economics Environment and Natural Resource Management Agricultural Policy Analysis Agricultural and Rural Development Agribusiness Management Finance and Risk Management Agribusiness Supply Chain Management
Elective Courses: At least two courses to be chosen from the following according to the candidate's chosen area of specialisation: MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE MAAE
5101: 5102: 5103: 5111: 5112: 5113: 5121: 5122: 5123: 5124: 5131: 5132: 5133: 5134:
Social Organization in Agriculture Gender and Economic Development Project Planning & Management Environmental Valuation and Policy Quantitative Methods in Environment Economics Natural Resource Economics & Management Consumer Demand Analysis Quantitative Analysis of Agricultural Policy Food Policy Analysis International Trade and Policy Agricultural Marketing and Price Analysis Factor Market Analysis Farm Management and Production Farming Systems and Sustainable Livelihood Analysis MAAE 5135: Science and TechnologyPolicy Analysis MAAE 5143: Quant ita tive Met hods in Agribu sine ss Management MAAE 5144: Microfinance 8.4.4 8.4.5 8.4.6
Semester IV& V: CMAAE 515 Research and Thesis To pass at Part I, candidates must pass all courses. Candidates are allowed a maximum of two supplementary examinations.
8.4.7
Supplementary examinations shall normally be held within two months after examinations at the end of each semester.
8.4.8
Normally, candidates must pass at Part I before proceeding to Part II. Continuous assessment shall count for up to 50% of final marks in each course.
8.4.9
8.5 Examination in Part II 8.5.1 The dissertation shall be examined by the Panel of Examiners. The dissertation will be in order of 15 000 to 20 000 words. 8.5.2 Oral Examination: Candidates may be required to attend a viva voce on the dissertation and this may include material from Part I. 8.5.3 To pass at Part II, a candidate must pass the dissertation. 9.
Syllabus Syllabi for courses do not form part of the regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabi shall be maintained in the Department and Faculty offices for reference.
10.
Publications of Results and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations.
67
FACULTY OF ARTS REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES 1
2.
Course unit:
means the unit of measure used to calculate the weighting given to a course in a specified programme in such a manner that the total of the weights of the courses in each semester shall be 60 course units
Continuous Assessment shall include assignments, fieldwork, oral examinations, practicals and special projects means the sum of the course units of the courses a student has passed in a specified programme. means a written report documenting and describing the research process, findings and analysis of the findings of a project.
Credit: APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These Regulations apply only to st udents registered for Dissertation: undergraduate Degree Programmes in the Faculty of Arts. 1.2 They should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations which have Level of Study: precedence over these Faculty Regulations. DEFINITION OF TERMS In these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described:
Academic year:
68
means two complete semesters, as defined by the Major Subject General Academic Regulations, and the intervening vacation period. Such year to commence on the date set by the Senate for the commencement of the academic year forundergraduate degree programmes.The Senate may however, vary the date of commencement for an Minor Subject: academic year in any programme of study
Assignment:
means a written or practical exercise to be submitted by a student for assessment as a component of the continuous assessment requirements for a course as prescribed in the relevant programme regulations
Attachment:
means a period of time during which a student is assigned to a suitable government, non-government, professional or other organization, firm, other approved entity or to an individual for the purpose of gaining practical skill or experience.
Core Course:
Course:
means a course which must be taken at the same time as a specified course
means a separately examinable component of a Subject
means a subject that a student formally commits and specializes from start to the end of the programme means a subject that a student formally commits from start but elect to drop after level 2
Module:
means a component of a course that may be assigned a weighting in course units but is not separately examinable.
Optional Course:
means a course that majors in a subject may elect to take.
Plagiarism:
means, the submission by a student of the work of another person as his/her own, or the unattributed incorporation of all or part of the work of another person, either deliberately of negligently, into a work being produced for a academic assessment and/or examination.
Practical course
means a course in which a student is required to carry out practical exercises under supervision.
Pre-requisite Course:
means a course which must be taken before a specified course can be attempted.
means a compulsory course that must be passed in a given programme
Co-requisite course:
means a designated part within a programme which demarcates the depth of study within a specific subject whereby courses are also assigned levels to depict the depth of that course within a subject.
Programme:
Project:
3.3 Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree Programme
means a plan of study which, on successful completion, leads to the award of an undergraduate degree of the University. means research, clinical investigation, design, artistic or practical work undertaken by a student, either as a course or part of a course which may, depending on the academic regulations for a programme for which she or he is registered, be presented in the form of a dissertation or report, a script, musical or artistic composition or work, a model, a design, a visual or oral recording, in an appropriate digital or other electronic format, or in such form as may be designated in the regulation for a specific programme of study
Archaeology
ClassicalandReligiousStudies
Classics
Economic History
English
French
Frenchand Portuguese
Geography
History Ndebele
Linguistics Philosophy
PhilosophyandReligiousStudies
ReligiousStudies
TheatreArts
WarandStrategicStudies
An African Language and History
ClassicalStudies
Mathematics Portuguese Shona
An African Language and Religious Studies
An African Language and Linguistics
Semester:
means a specified period of time normally consisting of fifteen (15) weeks
4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To qualify for admission to an undergraduate degree Programme in the Faculty of Arts an applicant must satisfy the Entry Requirements as specified in the General Academic Regulations.
Subject:
means a field of study within a programme
5.
Subsidiary Subject:
means a subject taken by an Honours student in addition to his/her major subject and studied up to Level 2 of the subject.
3.
PROGRAMMES 3.1 The Faculty of Arts offers undergraduate programmes for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Arts Honours degrees. 3.2 Bachelor of Arts Degree Programme The Faculty of Arts offers Bachelor of Arts Degree in the following major subjects:-
AfrikaansLanguageandCulturalStudies Economics FrenchLanguageandCulturalStudies German Language and Cultural Studies LatinLanguageandCulture Philosophy
Archaeology Economic History Geography Greek Language and Culture Mathematics PoliticsandAdministration
PortugueseL anguagea ndC ulturalS tudies Psychology ChineseLanguageandCulturalStudies
TheatreArts
ClassicalStudies English History Linguistics Ndebele Shona Sociology Warand Strategic Studies
STRUCTUREOFPR OGRAMMES 5.1 The undergraduate programmes in the Faculty of Arts are taught at three levels of study,1, 2 and 3 OR, in the case of Special Honours, at one level. There are prescribed courses that a student must take and pass at each level and for each chosen subject. 5.2 For a given subject, there are courses designated as core or optional courses. 5.3 A course worth 10 or 15 course units shall normally consist of at least three hours of formal instruction per week for a semester. A course worth 20 course units shall normally consist of either at least four hours of formal instruction per week for a semester or at least three hours of formal instruction per week over two consecutive semesters in a single academic year. 5.4 Bachelor of Arts Degree Programme 5.4.1 To obtain a Bachelor of Arts degree a student must pass two distinct major subjects AND either pass the prescribed courses in two other subjects at level 1 or pass the prescribed courses in one other subject at levels 1 and 2. The combination of subjects for a student is subject to approval by the respective Departmental Boards and the Dean of Arts.
69
5.4.2 An undergraduate student registered for an Arts degree must take a minimum of TWO subjects taught in the Faculty of Arts up to Level 2 of study.
5.6 A student registered in the Faculty of Arts must pass the two Communication Skills courses designed for Arts students, unless exempted by the Senate.
5.4.3 A major subject for the Bachelor of Arts degree comprises passes in prescribed courses worth 40 course units at each of levels 1 and 2 and prescribed courses worth 60 course units at level 3 in that subject. 5.4.4 A student repeating a failed level 1 course may be allowed to register for level 2 courses for which the prerequisites have been passed. This shall also apply for a student repeating a level 2 course. The courses being repeated take precedence over all other courses if timetable does not allow for the combination of courses.
5.7 A failed core course shall be repeated. A student who fails a required optional course shall repeat the course or take another prescribed course. 5.8 Normally, a student shall not register for courses worth more than 160 course units in an academic year. 6.
6.1 End of course examinations for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Arts Honours Degrees will normally take place at the end of the semester in which the teaching of the course is completed. 6.2 The examination for a Course worth 10 or 15 course units, shall normally be of two hours duration, and the examination for a Course worth 20 course units shall normally be of three hours duration.
5.4.5 A student is not allowed to proceed carrying a level 1 course into level 3. 5.5 Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree Programme 5.5.1 To obtain a Bachelor of Arts Honours degree a student must complete requirements for level 1 of the Bachelor of Arts degree and subsequently specialize in one subject by taking the prescribed courses in that subject at levels 2 and 3.
70
6.3 The examiners may require any candidate to attend a viva voce in any level of the Degree Programme. 6.4 Departments shall set and inform students of the deadlines for the submission of dissertations and/or project reports at the beginning of the semester in which they are to be submitted.
5.5.2 A student registered for the Bachelor of Arts Honours degree may, with the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean of Arts, take courses from other Programmes. 5.5.3 A student registered for a BA (Special Honours Degree Programme) shall complete the requirements for the BA Honours Degree over one academic year of full-time study or two academic years of part-time study. A student in this programme will be required to take at least 80 course units from the BA Honours programme and a Dissertation. The student is not permitted to take courses that he/she studied and passed at Levels 2 and 3 of the BA Programme. 5.5.4 A major subject for the Bachelor of Arts Honours degree comprises passes in prescribed level 2 courses worth 120 course units and prescribed level 3 courses worth 120 course units inclusive of the dissertation. 5.5.5 The Honours dissertation on an approved topic shall normally be undertaken in the final year of study and must be between 6 000 and 10 000words in length.
EXAMINATIONS
7.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 Examination assessment shall normally be based on continuous assessment and end of course written examinations. The continuous assessment for the Bachelor of Arts Degree and the Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree shall normally count for 25% of the total possible marks, except in Archaeology, Geography and Theatre Arts where, with approval of the Senate, may count for up to 40% of the total possible marks. 7.2 In the case of Afrikaans, Chinese, French, German, Portuguese and Spanish, there shall be an oral examination and, in the case of Archaeology, Geography and Theatre Arts, there shall be an assessment of practical work including exercises on fieldwork.
7.3 In order to pass a course in a Bachelor of Arts Degree Programme and Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree Programme a student shall be required to pass the continuous assessment and written examination separately. If the student is unsuccessful in one of these components, the overall mark for the student for that course shall be 48% or the mark obtained, whichever is the lesser. 7.4 The relative weighting for continuous coursework assessment shall be as indicated in Departmental subject syllabuses under section 11 below. In assessing course marks the Departmental Panel of Examiners and the Faculty Board of Examiners shall take cognisance of these Departmental special provisions /requirements. 7.5 The submission of reports for team projects in Archaeology, Geography and Theatre Arts shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 8.
PROCESSING OF EXAM INATION RESULTS
9.6 PRESUMED WITHDRAWNmeans that a student was registered for a given programme but has not attended any class sessions nor submitted any written work for assessment and has not presented himself/herself for the end of course examinations for the semester underconsideration. 10. AWARD OF THE BAA DEGREE AND THE BA HONOURS DEGREE 10.1
The Bachelor of Arts Degree will be awarded to a student who has passed two major subjects and has in addition 80 credits in courses in another subject or in two other subjects, as prescribed in Section 5.4 of these regulations.
10.2
The Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree shall be awarded to a student who has passed a major subject in accordance with Section 5.5 of these regulations. The student must have acquired credits from at least 360 course units, at least 216 of which shall be derived from the prescribed Honours courses, inclusive of the dissertation.
10.3
The classification of the Bachelor of Arts Degree and the Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree shall be based on the average of the best of Level 2 courses worth 120 course units and the best of Level 3 courses worth 120 course units, inclusive of all the core courses.
10.4
To be awarded a degree in the Faculty of Arts, a student must have passed the Communication Skills courses.
8.1 The compositions and functions of Departmental Panel of Examiners shall be in accordance with the provisions of t he General AcademicRegulations. 8.2 The processing of marks by Departments shall be in line with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 8.3 The composition and responsibilities of Faculty Board of Examiners shall be in accordance with the provisions and requirements of the General AcademicRegulations. 9.
DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 9.1 The overall results PASS: PROCEEDshall apply to a student who has passed all level 1 or level 2 courses as prescribed in regulation 13. 9.2 The overall results INCOMPLETE: PROCEED shall apply to a student who obtains 60 or more credits in his/her level 1 or Level 2 courses. 9.3 The overall result INCOMPLETE; ALLOWED TO APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSESshall apply to a student who: fails by more than 60 credits to fulfill the prescribed requirements for Level 1 or 2; fails to graduate in his or her final year of study; or 9.4 INCOMPLETE; REPEAT FAILED COURSES shall apply to a student who: ? fails by at least 30 credits to fulfill the prescribed requirements for Level 1 or 2
still has an outstanding Level 1 course before embarking on Level 3 courses. The overall resultWITHDRAW shall apply in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
?
9.5
11. BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE (BAA) Additional Entry Requirements In addition, to qualify to register for a particular Subject, a student must normally satisfy the conditions which are stipulated under each subject of the BAA Degree Programme below:
71
D E PART ME N T African Languages and Literature
S U B J E CT Kiswahili Ndebele
AD D IT ION ALE N T RYRE QU IRME N T S nospecialrequirements ALevelpassinNdebele
Shona
ALevelpassinShona
Tonga
no special requirements
Economics Economic History
Economics Economic History
English Geography and Environmental Science History
English Geography
ALevelpassinEnglish An‘ O’levelpassinM athematics and‘ A’level pass in Geography.
Archaeology
An ‘O’ Level pass in Mathematics and ‘A’ Level pass in History or Geog raphy.
History
An ‘A’ level pass in History
War and Strategic Studies
OLevelpassinMathematics An 'A' Level pass in History and/or 'A' level pass in Economic History or Economics (plus either ‘O' Level History or 'O' Level Economic History).
An ‘A’ level pass in a subject acceptable to the Department of History.
Linguistics
Linguistics
Mathematics Modern Languages
Mathematics Afrikaans/Nederlands
A student should be register ed for at least one language subject at Level I. An ‘A’ level Pass in Mathematics An ‘A’ level Pass in Afrikaans
Chinese and Cultural Studies
No special qualifications
Afrikaans and Cultural Studies
No special qualifications
French Language and Cultural Studies German Language and Cultural Studies
No special qualifications
Spanish Language and Cultural Studies
No special qualification
Portuguese Language and Cultural Studies
No special qualification
Psychology
Psychology
An ‘O’ level pass in Mathematics and a Science subject
Religious Studies, Classics and Philosophy
ClassicalS tudies
Nos pecialq ualifications
Greek Language and Culture
No additional qualifications
Latin Language and Culture
No special qualifications
72
Theatre Arts
12.
Religious Studies History Philosophy
Archaeology History Shona
English Geography Religious Studies
History Philosophy Religious Studies
History Shona Religious Studies Linguistics Shona Religious Studies
English Shona Linguistics Economic History English French
History Philosophy Religious Studies History Religious Studies Theatre Arts
English Economic History War and Strategic Studies English Linguistics Portuguese
German English Shona Chinese Linguistics Theatre Arts
Ndebele Linguistics Theatre Arts English Geography Shona
Classics Philosophy Religious Studies Archaeology Geography History
English French Linguistics Archaeology Geography Philosophy
Archaeology Geography Shona Economic History History War and Strategic Studies Economic History History Political Administration Archaeology Economic History History
Linguistics Shona Theatre Arts Archaeology History Philosophy
Archaeology Economic History Philosophy English Chinese Linguistics
Economic History English French English Philosophy Sociology
Religious Studies Shona Theatre Arts Economic History Economics Philosophy
Classical Studies Linguistics Portuguese English Psychology Linguistics
Classical Studies English French Geography Mathematics Archaeology
13. SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH SUBJECT
No special qualifications
Philosophy
No special qualifications
Religious Studies
‘A’ level pass in Religious Studies/Divinity
Theatre Arts
No special qualifications
POSSIBLECOMBINATIONS The BAA programme is a 3 3 2 formation ie three subjects at level 1, three subjects at level 2 and two subjects at level 3. Some of the possible combinations are as follows:
13.1Bachelor of Arts Degree The Bachelor of Arts Degree programme shall cover the courses listed under the following subjects, but not all optional courses will be on offer every semester: 13.1.1 Afrikaans Language and Cultural Studies Level
Course Code
Description
AKB1010
Language 1
2
AKB1050 AKB1060 AKB1070 AKB2050
Language and Oral 1 Introduction to Culture and Civilisation Introduction to Communication Language 2
AKB2060 AKB2070 AKB2080
Language and Oral 2 Topics in Culture and Civilisation Topics in Communication
3
Prerequisite
Course
Status Units
1
AKB3000
Language 3
AKB3050
Language and Oral 3
AKB3060
Advanced Topics in Culture and Civilisation
AKB3070
Advanced Topics in Communication
10 10 10 10 10
Core
10 10 10
Core
15 15 15 15
Core
Archaeology Level 1: A student shall take and pass 3 core courses and 1 optional course Level 2: A student shall take and pass 4 courses from the list of optional courses Level 3: A student shall take and pass 4 courses from the list of optional courses
13.1.2
Level
Course
Description
Prerequisite
Course Units
13.1.3
Level
Course Code
Description
2
3
ARC1010
Introduction to Archaeological Methods
1
CHB1000 CHB1001 CHB1002 CHB1003
Introduction to Chinese Language Introduction to Spoken Chinese Introduction to Chinese Culture and Civilization
10
ARC1020
Interpretation of Archaeological Data
10
ARC1030
Introduction to Archaeological Theory
10
ARC1040
PreHistory of Africa
10
ARC1050
PreHistory of Near East, Europe and America
10
ARC2010
Early Prehistory of Southern Africa
10
ARC2020
Later Prehistory of Southern Africa
ARC2030
Archaeological Theory 2
ARC2050
Ethno Archaeology
ARC2160
Heritage Management
ARC2080
Heritage Interpretation
Prerequisite
Course Units
Status
Status
Code
1
Chinese Language and Cultural Studies
LEVEL 1 : A Student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2 : A Student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A Student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below:
Core
2
CHB2000 CHB2001 CHB2002 CHB2003 CHB3000 CHB3001 CHB3002 CHB3003
3
13.1.4
10 10 10 10
Introduction to History and Geography of China Introduction to Chinese Structure Intermediate Spoken Chinese Introduction to Literary and Socio-cultural aspects Advanced Chinese culture and civilization
10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15
Written and Oral Expression Advanced Language and Chinese for Commerce Advanced topics in Chinese History and Literature Aspects of Chinese politics, economy and technology
Core
Core
Core
Classical Studies
10 ARC1030
Level 1:
A student shall take and pass 2 core courses
10
Level 2:
10
Level 3:
A student shall take and pass 4 courses on offer from the list of optional courses A student shall take and pass 4 courses on offer from the list of optional courses
10
ARC2060
Optional
10
ARC2100
Environmental Archaeology
10
ARC3000
Early Prehistory of Southern Africa
15
ARC3100
Later Prehistoryof Southern Africa
15
ARC3160
Archaeological Theory 2
ARC1030
ARC3170
PrehistoryofEasternandCentralAfrica
ARC3180
Ethnoarchaeology
ARC3070
Archaeological Site Management and Conservation
ARC3090
Heritage,TourismandD evelopment
ARC3110
Archaeological Survey
15
ARC3130
Bioarchaeology
15
ARC3140
Analytical Methods
15
ARC3150
Analysis of Lithics and Ceramics
15
Level
Course Code
Description
1
CLS1010 CLS1020
Introduction to Ancient Greece Introduction to Ancient Rome
20 20
2
CLS2000 CLS2140 CLS2150 CLS2160 CLS2170 CLS2180 CLS2190 CLS2090 CLS2100 CLS2110 CLS2120 CLS2130 CLS3000 CLS3090 CLS3150 CLS3130 CLS3050 CLS3060 CLS3080 CLS3100
Greek History Greek Art Classical Poetry Classical Drama Mythology Religion Classical Philosophy English Etymology of Classical Origin Roman History Roman Art Christianity in the Ancient World Classical Prose Advanced Topics in History Advanced Topics in Art Advanced Topics in Poetry Advanced Topics in Prose Advanced Topics in Mythology Advanced Topics in Religion Advanced Topics in Philosophy Classical Archaeology
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 Optional
15 15 ARC2060
ARC2060
15
15 3
Prerequisite
Course Units
Status
Core
Optional
Optional
73
EH2250
13.1.5 Economics (See Faculty of Social Studies) 13.1.6 Economic History
EH2360
Level 1: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses on offer Level 2: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses on offer Level 3: A student shall take and pass 2 core and 2 optional courses on offer
3
EH3030
1
2
74
Course Code
D e scr i p t i o n
P r e r e q uisit e
EH1010
FirstWorldIndustrialisationandUrbanisation
EH1020
NonWesternIndustrialisationand u rbanization
EH1030
Historyo fR esearchM ethodsi nE conomicH istory
10
EH1040
DevelopmentofEconomicThought
10
EH1050
EconomicHistoryofPre-ColonialAfrica
10
EH1060
HistoriographyofAfricanEconomicThought
EH1070
EconomicHistoryoftheDevelopingWorld
EH2010
EconomicHistoryofZimbabwe:1890-1939
10
EH2020
TheZimbabweanEconomysince1939
10
EH2030
Economic H istory of S outhern Africa & B LS Countries Since 1800
EH2040
Economic H istory of S outhern Afric a North of th e Limpopo Since 1800
EH2060
Rise of Mod. Europe: Theory and Debates on
C o ur se Status Units 10
Core
10
15
15
EH3050
Economic History of Colonial West Africa
15
EH3060
The Post -Colonial Sta te and E conomy in West Africa
15
EH3070
Economic History of North Africa, 1800-1939
EconomicHistoryof WesternEurope1914-1945
EH2090
Western Europe: Government in the Period Since 1945
EH2100
Economy&SocietyinEasternEuropeSince1914
EH2160
EconomicHistoryofPre-ColonialEastAfrica
EH2170
EconomicHistoryofColonialEastAfrica
EH2180
The State & Economy i Africa
EH2370
EconomicHistoryof theMiddleEastSince1914
EH2380
Economic H istory of the Ottoman Empire, 1300 – 1914
Optional
15
Economic History of the Third World
15
EH3100
Economic Co-operation in Africa
15
EH3110
Economics of Post-Independent Africa
15
EH3120
Economic History of Asia from Colonial Occupation to 1945
15
EH3130
Asian Economy from 1945 to the Rise of Tigers
EH3140
N. American Social and Economic History to 1865
15
N. American Social and Economic History since 1865
15
10
Core
Asian
15
Optional
EH3150
10
13.1.7 10
Economy & Rise in Western Europe Pre-1914
Economic History of North Africa since 1939
EH3090
10
Development EH2070
10
Economic History of Pre-Colonial West Africa
EH3080
10
EH2080
10
Economy and Society in Eastern Europe Since 1945 Defence Industries, Arms Trade and Military Economics
EH3060
Level
Economy and Society i n East ern Eu rope 19 14 to 1945
10 10
Level
Course Code
Description
1
EL1050
10 10
Prerequisite
Course Units
Introduction to Literary Modes and critical appreciation
10
EL1000
Introduction to literature and communication theories
10
EL1000
Introduction to Zimbabwean literature: prose, poetry & drama
10
Introduction to European literature and African literature in the diaspora
10
Status
Core
10
n Post - Colonial East
English
LEVEL 1: A student shall takeand pass all 4core courses fromthe following list LEVEL 2 : A student shall take andpass 3 core courses and oneoptional course from the list below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 2 corecourses and 2 options from the list below:
10
10 10
EL1070
2
EL2070
EL2000
West African literature: prose, poetry, drama including Franco-phone literature
10
African-American and Caribbean literature
Course Code
Description
1
FRB1010 FRB1000 FRB1050 FRB1060
Language I Language and Oral I Introduction to Culture and Literature Topics in Culture and Literature
10 10 10 10
2
FRB2000 FRB2050 FRB2060 FRB2070
10 10 10 10
3
FRB3000 FRB3050
Language II Language and Oral II Introduction to Literary and Socio-cultural Aspects Survey of Literary and Sociocultural Aspects Written & Oral Expression Advanced Language, Essay and French for Commerce Literature in French & Civilisation Studies,17 th &
Core EL2080
Theories of literature
EL2100
Literature and socialist thought
10
EL2050
Popular culture and literature
10
EL2060 3
10
Language and literature
Optional
10
EL3360
Southern African Literature: including Zimbabwe and SADC countries
EL3000
East African Literature: prose, poetry, drama
15
FRB3060
Core
Language & Contr asting Ima ges in Af rican Literature: prose, poetry, drama
15
Social m ovements and literary study of African literature
15
Optional El3380
EL3390 El3400
13.1.8
theories in t he
Latin American literature: prose, poetry & drama Asian and Pacific literatures: prose, poetry & drama
El3410
Biographical & non -fiction wri tings in Afr ica & Abroad
EL3420
English literature: prose, poetry and drama
15 15
Course Units
Status
Core
Core
15 15 Core 15
18th Centuries
15 FRB3070
EL3370
Prerequisit e
Level
10
13.1.9
Literature in French & Civilisation Studies, 19 th & 20th Centuries
15
Geography
LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and p ass all 4 core courses from the list belo w: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and at least 4 options from the list below:
15 Level
Course Code
D e scr i p t i o n
1
GG1000
Fundamentals of Soils and Climatic Systems
10
GG1070
Fundamentals of Ecosystems and Hydrology
10
GG1080
Cultural and Economic Geography of the Developed World
15
EL3430
European literature: fiction
15
EL3440
European literature: drama and poetry
15
EL3450
American Literature: fiction
15
EL3460
American literature: drama & poetry
15
EL3470
Shakespeare
15
EL3480
Russian Literature: fiction
15
EL3490
Russian literature: drama and poetry
15
EL3170
Literature and mass media
15
EL3500
Advanced study in popular culture and literature
15
EL3510
Creative writing
15
EL3520
Advanced creative writing
15
French Language and Cultural Studies A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below:
2
3
C orequisite
Course Units
Status
Core
10
GG1090
Cultural and Economic Geography of the Developing World
10
GG2000
Aspects of Geomorphological Systems
10
GG2080
Aspects of Environmental Systems
10
GG2030
Aspects of Economic Geography
10
GG2040
AspectsofSocialGeography
GG3400
Techniques in Geography
GG3500
Projects
10
GG3010
Hydrology
10
GG3020
Applied Hydrology
GG3030
Ecosystems
10
GG3040
Biogeography
10
GG3050
Geomorphology
10
GG3060
Fluvial Geomorphology
19
GG3070
Fundamentals of Transport Studies
10
Core
10 10
GG3010
10
LEVEL 1 :
Core
75
GG3080
Applied Transport Studies
GG3090
Urban Geography
GG3070
10 10
GG3100
Social Geography of the City
10
GG3110
Geography of Sub-Saharan Africa
10
GG3120
Geography of Central and Southern Africa
10
GG3130
Spatial Population Analysis
10
GG3140
Contemporary Population Issues in Development
GG3150
Geography of Tourism and Recreation
GG3160
Applied Geography of Tourism and Recreation
GG3460
Methods of Spati al Analysis
GG3470
Models of Spa tial Analysis
GG3130
Level
Course Code
Description
1
GMB1010 GMB1000 GMB1050 GMB1060
Language I Language and Oral I Introduction to Culture and Civilisation Introduction to Communication
10 10 10 10
GMB2000 GMB2050 GMB2060 GMB2070 GMB3010 GMB3020 GMB3030 GMB3040
Language II Language and Oral II Topics in Culture and Civilisation Topics in Communication
10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15
2
10
3
10 GG3150
10 10 Optional
76
GG3460
2.
GG3190
Principles of Agricultural Geography
10
GG3200
Agricultural Geography of Africa
10
GG3210
Third Wor ld Dev elopment
10
GG3220
Regional Development Planning
GG3230
Geographic Information Systems
GG3240
Advanced GIS and Remote Sensing
GG3250
Industrial Geography
GG3260
Political Geography
Core
Core
Core
13.1.11
Greek Language and Culture
LEVEL 1 :
A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: A student should take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses from the list below:
LEVEL 2 : LEVEL3:
19 10 GG3230
10 10
Level
Course Code
Description
1
GKA1000 GKA1050 GKA1060 GKA1070
Language & Prescribed Texts Further Elementary Studies in Greek Introduction to History & Literature Additional Themes in History & Litera ture
10 10 10 10
2
GKA2000 GKA2050
Intermediate Language & Prescribed Texts Intermediate Language & Prescribed Texts: Additional Authors Studies in History & Literature Further Studies in History & Literature
10
10
At both Level 2 and Level 3, instructions shall consist of theory, practicals and fieldwork. The fieldwork is compulsory. The written examination shall constitute 70% and the course work 30% of the examination final mark in each course. 13.1.10
Language III Language and Oral III Advanced Topics in Culture & Civilisation Advanced Topics in Communication
Status
10
Notes 1.
Prerequisite Course Units
German Language and Culture
LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and passall 4 core courses fromthe list below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and passall 4 core courses fromthe list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and passall 4 core courses fromthe list below:
3
GKA2060 GKA2070 GKA3000 GKA3110 GKA3120 GKA3130 GKA3050 GKA3060 GKA3070 GKA3080 GKA3090 GKA3100
Language & Prescribed Texts Advanced Language & Prescribed Texts History or Selected Authors Topics in History or Selected Authors Introduction to Language, Culture & Literature Language, Culture & Literature Language, Culture & Prescribed Texts Further Language, Culture & Prescribed Texts Studies in Greek Culture & L iterature Advanced Studies in Greek Culture & Lit erature
Prerequisite
Course Units
10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Status
Core
Core
Optional
13.1.12 History LEVEL 1:
A student shall take and pass 1 core course and 3 courses from the list of options below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 4 optional courses on offer from the list below: LEVEL3: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses on offer from the list below:
History of Political Thought
15
HS3180
History of Ideas
15
HS3210
Latin America and Caribbean to Colonial Period
15
HS3220
Latin Amer ica and Car ibbean, Inde pendence to Present
15
HS3230
East Africa to late 19th Century
15
HS3240
East Africa from late 19th Century to Present
15
HS3270
History of North America to late 19th Century
15
10
HS3280
North America, late 19th Century to Present
15
10
HS3310
Prehistory of Africa
15
10
HS3320
Later Prehistory of Southern Africa
15
Course Code
D e scr i p t i o n
1
HS1010
Introduction to the Study of History
HS1020
Aspects of African History
10
HS1030
Survey of African History to 1800
10
HS1040
Survey of African History from 1800 to present
10
HS1050
Historical Theories of Imperialism
10
HS1060
Introduction to the Study of Women in History
10
HS1070
Women in Pre-colonial African History
HS1080
Introduction to Europe and Russia
HS2050
African Women under Colonialism
HS2060
Women in Independent Africa
10
HS2090
Middle East and North Africa in the 20th Century
10
HS2100
Pre-colonial History of Central Africa
10
2
Pr e r e qu isit e
HS3170
Level
Cour se Status Units 10
HS1060
HS2120
Colonial and Post-Colonial History of Central Africa
10
HS2150
Western Europe, mid-17th to mid-19th Century
10
HS2160
Western Europe, mid-19th Century to Present
10
HS2190
History of Asia to 1920
10
HS2200
History of Asia since 1920
HS2250
History of West Africa to Partition
HS2260
West Africa from Partition to Post-Independence
HS2290
Intro. to Russia & Eastern Europe, 1800-1939
10
HS2300
The Cold War and Communism, 1945-1990
10
HS2330
Introduction to Archaeological Methods
10
HS3010
History of Zimbabwe before 1890
HS3020
HistoryofZimbabwe1890toPresent
HS3030
Theory and Method in History
Core
Optional
Optional
13.1.13 Kiswahili LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 4 courses from the list below: LEVEL 2: A student shall take and pass 4 courses from the list below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 5 courses from the list below:
10 10
Level
Course Code
Description
1
KIS101
Introduction to Kiswahili Language Introduction to spoken and written Kiswahili Introduction to culture and civilisation Introduction to History and Geography of Kiswahili Kiswahili Linguistic Structure Varieties of written Kiswahili Introduction to Kiswahili Oral Literature Advanced spoken and written Kiswahili Kiswahili Lexicography Kiswahili written Literature Studies in Kiswahili Theatre and Performance Advanced Ki swahili Culture and Civilisation Project
10
KIS102 KIS103
3
15
KIS104
Core
15 15
HS3040
Historiographical Traditions
15
HS3080
History of Ottoman Empire to 1923
15
HS3130
SouthernAfrica,15thtolate19thCentury
HS3140
Southern Africa, Colonial Rule to Independence
2
KIS201 KIS202 KIS203 KIS204
3
KIS301 KIS302 KIS303
15
15
Optional
KIS304
Prerequisite
Course Units
Status
10
core
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
10 10 10
Core
10 10
77
13.1.14 Latin Language and Culture A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 4 optional courses on offer
Level
Course Code
Description
1
LG1010
Introduction to the Study of the Structure of Language Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology
LEVEL 1: LEVEL 2:
L e ve l
Cou r seCod e
D e scr i p t i o n
Pr e r e qui sit e
1
LTA1000
Language and Prescribed Texts
LG1020 C o u r se Units
Status
10
LTA1050
Language and Prescribed Texts: Further Authors
LTA1060
Introduction to History & Literature
10
LTA1070
History and Literature
LTA2050
Intermediate Language &Prescribed Texts
LTA2000
Intermediate Language and Prescribed Texts: Further Authors
LTA2060
Studies in History and Literature
LTA2070
FurtherStudiesinHistoryandLiterature
LTA3000
Language & Prescribed Texts
15
LTA3110
Advanced Language & Prescribed Texts
15
LTA3120
Topics in History or Selected Authors
15
LTA3130
Further Topics in History or Selected Authors
15
LTA3050
Introduction to Language, Culture & Literature
LTA3060
Language, Culture & Literature
15
LTA3070
Language, Culture & Prescribed Texts
15
LTA3080
Further Language, Culture & Prescribed Texts
15
LTA3090
Studies in Greek Culture & Literature
15
LTA3100
Advanced Studies in Greek Culture & Literature
15
LG2010 LG2020 2
Core
10
3
78
13.1.15
Linguistics LEVEL 1: LEVEL 2 : Course A:
Course B:
LEVEL 3 :
Course A English Linguistics: Modern English Structure English Linguistics: English Phonetics and Phonology
LG2030
Course B General Linguistic Theory
LG2040 LG2050
Sociolinguistics Psycholinguistics
LG3010
Advanced Linguistic Theory
LG3020 LG3030 LG3040 LG3050
Phonetics and Phonology Instrumental Phonetics Sociolinguistics Psycholinguistics
Course Units
Status
20 Core 20 20 Core 20 20
20
Core
Optional
10
3 2
Prerequisite
30
Core
10 10
10
Core
30 30 30 30
Optional
10
15
Optional
A student shall take and pass 2 core courses (20 course units each) A student shall take EITHER course A (English Linguistics) OR Course B (General Linguistics) English Linguistics: A student shall take and pass 2 core Courses (20 course units each) from the list below: General Linguistics: A student shall take and pass 1 core course(20 course unit) and 1 optional course (20 course units) from the list below A student shall take and pass 1 core course (30 course units) and 1 optional course (30 course units) from the list below provided it wasnot taken at Level 2
13.1.16
Mathematics (See Faculty of Science)
13.1.17
Ndebele LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2: LEVEL 3 :
A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 2 optional courses
Level
Course Code
Description
1
ND1100 ND1110 ND1120 ND1130
Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction
2
ND2000 ND2110 ND2120 ND2130 ND2140 ND2150 ND2160 ND2170 ND2180 ND2190
Ndebele Poetry Ndebele Drama
3
to the Ndebele Novel to Ndebele Poetry and Drama to Ndebele Phonology to Ndebele Morphosyntax
ND3200 ND3110 ND3120 ND3130
Elements of Ndebele Linguistic Structure Theoretical Aspects of Ndebele Linguistic Structure Translation Lexicography Introduction to Ethnomusicology Ethnography and Organology Introduction to Acting and Performance Playmaking Workshop The Development of the Ndebele Novel Themes and Perspectives in the Ndebele Novel Nguni Dialects Language Planning and Orthography
ND3300 ND3310 ND3320 ND3330 ND3340 ND3350
Ndebele Oral Literature Aspects of Ndebele Thought Theories and Methods in Ethnomusicology Trends in Ethnomusicology Introduction to Uses of Theatre Project in Uses of Theatre
ZW2010 ND1140
Courses offered to international students Zimbabwean Cultures Ndebele Language for Beginners
13.1.18
Prerequisite
Course Units 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Status
Level
Course Code
Description
Core
1
PL1010
Basic Logic
10
PL1020
Intermediate Logic
10
PL1030
Introduction to Philosophy
10
PL1040
Knowledge & Reality
10
PL2010
Formal Logic
10
PL2020
Advanced Logic
PL2030
Moral Philosophy
PL2040
Contemporary Ethics
PL2050
History of African Philosophy
PL2060
Contemporary African Philosophy
10
PL2090
Classical Metaphysics
10
PL2100
Contemporary Metaphysics
10
PL2110
Classical Philosophy of Religion
10
PL2120
Contemporary Philosophy of Religion
10
Core Optional 2
Prerequisite Course Units
Status
Core
10 10
Core
10
Core
Optional
10 10
Philosophy LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses on offer and 2 optional courses on offer from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses on offer and 2 optional courses or 1 double course on offer from the list below:
3
10
PL2200
Marxist Philosophy
10
PL2210
Contemporary Marxism
10
PL2220
Ethical Theories in Business
PL2230
EthicsintheBusinessEnvironment
PL2240
History of Epistemology
10
PL2250
Contemporary Epistemology
10
PL3030
The Pre-Socratics
15
PL3040
Socrates to Epicurus
15
PL3050
17th & 18th Century Rationalism
15
PL3060
17th & 18th Century Empiricism
PL3000
IntroductiontoScienceandReligion
PL3450
Issues in Science and Religion
PL3100
Philosophy of the Action
PL3130
HistoryofthePhilosophyofScience
PL3140
ContemporaryPhilosophyofScience
PL3230
HistoryofthePhilosophyofEducation
PL3240
ContemporaryPhilosophyofEducation
PL3250
History of Medical Ethics
Optional
79
10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Core
PL3260
Issues in Medical Ethics
PL3310
Aristotle’sEthicsandPolitics
15 30
PL3340
Language and Meaning
30
PL3350
Special Subject
PL3370
SocialandPoliticalPhilosophy
PL3380
ContemporarySocialandPoliticalPhilosophy
PL3390
Philosophy and the Problem of Death
PL3400
Philosophical Investigations into the Social Teachings of the Church
30
Level
Course Code
D e s c r i p ti o n
PL3410
Philosophy and the Problem of AIDS in Contemporary Zimbabwe Aristotle’s Metaphysics
30
1
RS1010
Introduction to the Phenomenology of Religion
PL3420
Aristotle’s Metaphysic s
15
RS1020
Introduction to the World Religions
10
PL3430
Theories of Language
RS1030
Introduction to the Old Testament
10
PL3090
Philosophy of the Mind
PL3460
IntroductiontoAppliedEthics
PL3470
Applied Ethics
PL3520
SkepticismandTheoriesofKnowledge
PL3530
Scope of Knowledge
13.1.21
15 Optional 15 15 30
Psychology (See Faculty of Social Studies)
13.1.22 Religious Studies LEVEL 1: A student shall takeand pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses from the list below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses on offer and 2 optional courses or 1 double course on offer from the list below: P r e r e q u i s i te
C o ur se Status Units 10 Core
80
13.1.19
13.1.20
15 15 2
15
1
POB1000 POB1050 POB1060 POB1070
Language I Language and Oral I Introduction to Topics from Portuguese History Introduction to Portuguese Civilisation Language II Language and Oral II Topics from History, Brazil & Africa Topics from Civilisation,Brazil & Africa
2
3
POB2000 POB2020 POB2050 POB2040 POB3000 POB3050 POB3060 POB3070
Language III Language and Oral III Topics in Portuguese Literature Topics in Lusophone Literature
10
RS2050
IsraeliteCanonicalProphets
RS2060
Introduction to Philosophy of Religion
RS2070
Philosophy of Religion
10
RS2080
Introduction to Political Theology
10
RS2090
Political Theology
10
RS2120
Introduction to C hristianity in the Roman Empire
10
RS2130
Christianity in the Roman Empire
10
RS2140
Christian History and Thought Pre 500 AD
10
RS2150
Christian History and Thought 500 1500 AD
RS2160
Early History of Islam
10
RS2170
Doctrine of Islam
10
RS2220
Introduction to Christian Theology
10
RS2230
Christian Theology
10
RS2260
Introduction to Issues in Moral Theology
10
RS2270
Issues in Moral Theology
RS2300
Methods and Theories in the Studies of Religions
-
10
10
15
LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below:
Descrip tion
Origins of P rophecy and Israelite P re canonical Prophets
Core
15
Portuguese Language and Cultural Studies
Co ur se Code
IntroductiontotheNewTestament
RS2000
15
Politics and Administration (See Faculty of Social Studies)
Le ve l
RS1040
Pre requisite
Cou r s e Status Units 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15
10
Optional
–
10
Core
Core
Core
10
3
RS2310
ThemesintheReligionsoftheWorld
RS3370
Life and M inistry of J esus and P alestinian Christianity
10 15
RS3380
Hellenistic Christianity up t o Early Catholicism
15
RS3430
Christian History and Thought 1500 1879AD
-
15
RS3440
Christian History and Thought 1879AD to the present
15
RS3450
Islam and Eastern and Southern Africa
15
RS3460
Islam in Africa: Inter-regional Themes
15
RS3470
Christianity in A frica fro m Antiquity to 1500AD
15
RS3480
Christianity in Africa from1500AD to present
15
RS3490
Introduction to the study of Women in Religion
15
RS3500
Women in Religion
15
RS3510
Methods in the study of Old Testament
15
RS3520
Selected themes in Old Testament Studies
15
RS3530
Methods in the study of the New Testament
15
RS3540
Development of Christian Faith and Doctrine in New Testament Writings
15
RS3550
Introduction to Sociology of Religion
15
RS3560
Sociology of Religion
15
RS3570
Special Subject
15
RS3520
Selected Themes in Old Testament Studies
15
RS3580
Death‘s Impact on Philosophy and Theology
15
RS3590
Philosophy and the Problem of AIDS in contemporary Zimbabwe
15
RS3600
Theological Teachings of the Church in
30
Core
Optional
RS3650
Introduction to African Theology
RS3660
African Theology
15
RS3670
Introduction to Religion and Ethics
RS3680
Religion and Ethics
RS3690
Introduction to Issues in Science and Religion
15
RS3700
Issues in Science and Religion
15
RS3710
Methods and Theories in the Study of African Traditional Religion
15
RS3720
Selected Themes in African Traditional Religion
15
15 15 15
13.1.23 Shona LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass all 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses from the list below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 2 options from the list below: Level
Course Code
Description
1
SH1100
Introduction to the Shona Novel
10
SH1110
Introduction to Shona Poetry and Drama
10
SH1120
Introduction to Shona Phonology
SH1130
IntroductiontoShonaMorphosyntax
SH2000
ShonaPoetry
10
SH2110
Shona Drama
10
Prerequisite
Course
Status
81
Units
2
SH2120
10 10 Core
Elements o f Sho na Li nguistic St ructure
SH2130
Theoretical Aspects of S hona Linguistic Structure
10
SH2140
Translation
10
Lexicography
10
SH2150
Core
SH2160
Introduction to Ethnomusicology
10
SH2170
Ethnography and Organology
10
SH2180
Introduction to Acting and Performance
10
SH2190
Playmaking Workshop
10
Optional
3
SH3200
The Development of the Shona Novel
10
SH3110
Themes a nd Pe rspectives i n th e Sh ona Novel
SH3120
Shona Dialects
SH3130
LanguagePlanningandOrthography
SH3300
Shona Oral Literature
SH3310
Aspects of Shona Thought
SH3320
Theories and Methods in Ethnomusicology
SH3330
Trends in Ethnomusicology
10
SH3340
Introduction to Uses of Theatre
10
SH3350
ProjectinUsesofTheatre
Core 10
10
13.1.26 Theatre Arts LEVEL 1: A Student shall take andpass 4 core courses from thelist below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses from the list below: Level 3 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 options from the list below:
10 10
Level
Course Code
D e s c r i p t io n
1
THA1050 THA1060
Introduction to Theatre Studies Theatre Studies: History, Text Performance & Communication Introduction to Dance & Dance Forms Introduction to Acting & Performance
10 10 10 10
Introduction to Theatre in Africa & Concepts in Stagecraft Theatre in Africa and Concepts in Stagecraft Acting Theory and Techniques Applied Acting Dance Composition Design for Dance Introduction to Uses of Theatre Project in Uses of Theatre
10
Optional
10
10
THA1070 THA1080 2
THA2120
10
COURSES OFFERED TO INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS ZW2010 SH1140
SH1150
82 13.1.24 13.1.25
Zimbabwean Cultures
Shona Culture
10
Sociology and Social Anthropology (See Faculty of Social Studies Spanish LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: Course Code
De sc r ip t io n
1
SPB1010 SPB1000 SPB1050 SPB1060
Language I Language and Oral I Introduction to Culture and Literature Introduction to History and Civilization
10 10 10 10
SPB2010 SPB2000 SPB2050 SPB2060 SPB3010 SPB3020 SPB3030 SPB3040
Language II Language and Oral II Topics in Culture and Literature Topics in History and Civilisation
10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15
3
Language III Language and Oral III Advanced Topics in Culture and Civilisation Advanced Topics in History and Civilisation
P re r e q u isi te
C o u rse Units
THA2050 THA2060 THA2090 THA2100 THA2070 THA2080 THA3130
THA3150
Introduction to Directing, Theatre and Society Directing Workshop and Topics in Theatre and Society Film and Media Theory
THA3160 THA3170 THA3180
Techniques in Film and Media Scriptwriting for the Stage Scriptwriting for Film and Television
THA3140
10
Level
2
3
10
Shona Language for Beginners
THA2110
Status
Core
Core
Core
P r e r e q u i s i te
C o ur se Status Units Core
10
Core
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Optional
10
Core
15 15 15 15
Optional
Notes: 1. Overall assessment of practical courses shall be done through written examination (35%), assignments (25%) and practical examination (40%), with the approval of the Senate. 2. At the end of Level II, a student shall have to satisfy the Departmental Board that he/she has participated in at least one production or any production undertaken as part of the coursework. 13.1.27 Tonga Language and Cultu ral Studies Level 1: A Student shall take all 4 core courses listed below: Level 2: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 optional courses from the list below: Level 3: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 2 options from the list below:
Level 1 Courses Course Description Courseunits Code All Core Courses TON 101 Introduction to Tonga Literature a nd Theory 10 TON 102 Introduction to Tonga Oral Literature 10 TON 103 Introduction to Tonga Morphology and Syntax 10 TON 104 Introduction to Tonga Phonology and Phonetics 10 Level 2 Courses: Course Code Core courses TON201 TongaPoetryandDrama TON 202 Theoretical Aspects of Tonga LinguisticStructure Optional Courses TON203 Lexicography TON204 TerminologyDevelopment TON205 TongaOnomastics TON206 TranslationandInterpretation Level 3 Courses: Course Code Core courses TON 301 Tonga Indigenous Knowledge and Civilisation TON302 TongaMaterialCulture TON 303 Tonga Varieties and Harmonisation TON 304 Language Planning and Tonga Orthography Optional Courses TON 305TongaSyntax TON306TongaSemantics TON307TheoriesofLiterature
13.1.28 War and strategic Studies LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 2 options from the list below: Level 1
Course Units
10
2
10
Course Code
Course Units
10 10 10 10
10 10 10
Prerequisite
Course Units
Introduction to History of Warfare with reference to Africa I
WAR1020
Introduction to History of Warfare with reference to Africa II
WAR1030
Rise of Modern Warfare, 15 to late 18 Centuries I
WAR1040
Modern Warfare, 15th to late 18 th Centuries II
10
WAR2010
Further Developments in Mo dern Warf are, th th Late 18 to 29 Centuries I
10
WAR2020
Modern Warfare, late 18 Centuries II
WAR2030
10 10 10 10
Description
WAR1010
th
th
Status
10
10
th
10
to 20th
Core
10 Core
Strategic Doctrine, Mechanisation and Air
10
Power I
3
WAR2040
Strategic Doctrine, Mechanisation and Air Power II
WAR3010
Contemporary Strategy I
WAR3030
War&SocietyinContemporaryAfricaI
WAR3020
Advanced Contemporary Strategy
WAR3040
War&SocietyinContemporaryAfrica II
WAR3050
Guerilla Warfare
WAR3060
Gender and Conflict
15
WAR3080
International Security
15
83
10
15 Core
15 15
Optional
15 15
13.2 BA HONOURS DEGREES Additional entry requirements DEPA RT MENT
PROG RAM MES
African Languages and Literature
BA Honours in Nde bele (HND)
Economic History
BA Honours in Economic History (HEH)
English
BA Honous in English (HEL)
Geography and Environmental Science History
BA Honours in Geography (HGGA)
BA Honours in Shona (HSH)
Linguistics Mathematics French Modern Languages Religious Studies, Classics and Philosophy
84 Theatre Arts
13.3
Eligibility ADDI TI ON AL ENT RY REQUIRMENT S A pass in the BA A Level I exa mination with goo d marks in Ndebele A pass in the BAA Level I examination with g ood marks in Shona A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in Economic History
13.5
A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in English A pass in the BA Level I examination with good marks in Geography
BA Honours in Archaeology (HARC)
A pass in all BAA Level I examination with good marks in Archaeology
BA Honours in History (HHS)
A pass in all BAA Level I examination with good marks in History A pass in all BAA Level I examination with good marks in War and Strategic Studies
BA Honours in War and Strategic Studies (HWAR) BA in Honours in Linguistics (HLG) BA Honours in Mathematics (HMTA) BA Honours in French (HFR)
Eligibility for admission does not guarantee admission, particularly to the Honours Degree programme.
A pass in all BAA Level I examination with good marks in Linguistics A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in Mathematics An L ‘A’
e ve
13.5.1 BA Honours in Archaeology (HARC) LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 10 options from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 courses from the list below, not taken at Level 2, and a Dissertation Level
Course Code
Description
2
HARC0020
LaterPrehistoryofSouthernAfrica
5 6
13.4
Course Units 10
Status
Core
BA Honours in Classical Studies (HCLS) BA Honours in Philosophy
A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in Classical Studies
HARC0030
Archaeological Theory II
HARC0010
EarlyPrehistoryofSouthernAfrica
10
A pass in the BAA Level I examination wi
HARC0040
PrehistoryofEast,CentralAfrica
10
(HPL) BA Honours in Religious Studies (HRS) BA Honours in Theatre Arts (HTHA)
marks in Philosophy A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in Religious Studies A pass in the BAA Level I examination with good marks in Theatre Arts
HARC0050
Ethnoarchaeology
HARC0060
Heritage Management
HARC0070
Arch.Site Management & Conservation
HARC0080
HeritageInterpretation
HARC0090
Heritage, Tourism & Development
HARC0100
ArchaeologicalSurveying*
10
HARC0110
EnvironmentalArchaeology
10
HARC0120
Bioarchaeology*
HARC0130
Analytical Methods
HARC0140
Analysis of Lithics*
10
HARC0150
Museum Practice
10
HARC0160
Archaeology of a Special Area
HARC0170
Field Archaeology*
HARC0180
Historical Archaeology
HARC0190
ComputerApplicationsinArchaeology
HARC0200
AnalysisofCeramics*
th good
BADUALHONOURS DEGREES
PR OG RAMME
2 3 4
Prerequisite
Froern ipncah ss l
An eligible student should have passed BAA level I examination with good marks in the two subjects chosen for the Dual Honours 1
Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree Programmes The Bachelor of Arts Honours Degree programmes shall cover the courses listed under the following subjects, but not all optional courses will be on offer every semester. A student registered for a BAHonours Degree may take up to 40% of some approved courses from other programmes, in accordance with paragraph 5.5.2 above.
DEPARTMENTS
BA Honours inClassical and Religious Religious Studies, Classics and Philosophy Studies BAHon ours in French and Portuguese Modern Languages BA Honours in History and Shona/Ndebele History and Shona BA Honours in Philosophy and Religious Religious Studies, Classics and Philosophy Studies BA Honours Linguistics and Language Linguistics and African languages and Literature BA Honours in Religious Studies and African Languages and Literature and Religious Studies, Shona/Ndebele Classics and Philosophy TH
BA SPECIAL HONOURS (4 YEAR HONOURS) To qualify for admission to Level 4 Bachelor of Arts Special Honours Degree Programme an applicant must have passed an appropriate first degree with high standard acceptable to the Department and endorsed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts.
3
HARC3370
ARC1030
10
10
10 10 HARC0060
10
10 10
10 10 10 10 10
Dissertation 8Coursesfromtheabovelist
Optional
10
40 15
Core
Optional
13.5.2
3
BA Special Honours in Archaeology (SARC) LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 8 courses from the courses listed under BA Honours in Archaeology Levels 2 and 3, whose equivalents have not been taken for the BA Degree, and a Dissertation
13.5.3
BA Honours in Classical Studies LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 12 core courses listed below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 core courses on offer from the list below, and a Dissertation
Level
CourseCode
2
HCLS0260
Description IntroductiontoThemesinLiterature
Prerequisite
CourseUnits 10
HCLS0270
Themes in Literature
10
HCLS0280
IntroductiontoThemesinPhilosophy
10
HCLS0290
Themes in Philosophy
10
HCLS0300
IntroductiontoThemesinHistory
10
HCLS0310
Themes in History
10
HCLS0320
Introduction to Themes in Art & Archaeology
10
HCLS0330
Themes in Art & Archaeology
10
HCLS0090
Introduction to Greek Language, Culture & Literature
10
HCLS0100
GreekLanguage,Culture&Literature
HCLS0110
Introduction to Latin Language, Culture & Literature
HCLS0120
LatinLanguage,Culture&Literature
Status
Core
13.5.4
10
AdvancedThemesinLiterature
HCLS0140
FurtherAdvancedThemesinLiterature
10 10
Core
HCLS0150
AdvancedThemesinPhilosophy
10
HCLS0160
Further Advanced The mes in Philosophy
HCLS0170
AdvancedThemesinHistory
HCLS0180
Further Advanced Themes in History
10
HCLS0190
Advanced Themes in Art & Archaeology
10
HCLS0200
Further Advanced Themes in Art & Archaeology
10
HCLS0210
Greek or Latin Composition & Unseen Texts
10
HCLS0220
Further Greek or Latin Composition & Unseen Texts
10
HCLS0230
Prescribed Texts & Literary Topics
10
HCLS0240
Advanced Prescribed T exts & Literary Topics
10
HCLS0250
Special Study
10
HCLS3370
Dissertation
40
10
10
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN CLASSICAL STUDIES (SCLS) LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 8 core courses on offer from the list of core courses under Honours in Classical Studies Levels 2 and 3, which will not have been taken at BA Level, and a Dissertation
10
10
HCLS0130
13.5.5
BA HONOURS IN CLASSICS (HCL) LEVEL 2 : A student shall take andpass 8 core courses, and 2 double core courses (20 course unitseach) from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 core courses on offer from the list below, and a Dissertation
85
Le ve l
Co u r s e Code
D e s c r ip t i o n
2
HCL0000
Greek:Grammar&Syntax
HCL0140
FurtherGreek:Grammar&Syntax
HCL0150
Latin:Grammar&Syntax
10
HCL0160
FurtherLatin:Grammar&Syntax
10
HCL0170
Latin: Prescribed Texts, Roman History & Literature
10
HCL0180
Further Latin: Prescribed Texts, Roman History & Literature
10
HCL0070
Greek: Prescribed Texts, History & Literature
10
HCL0190
Further Greek: Prescribed Texts, History & Literature
10
HCL0200
Special Subject in Roman Studies
20
HCL0210
Special Subject in Greek Studies
20
HCL0220
Latin: Prescribed Texts, Roman History & Literature
HCL0230
Advanced Latin: Prescribed Texts,
3
P re r e q u i s i te
C o ur seU n it s
S t a tu s
10
Core
Roman History & Literature 10
HCL0250
Advanced Greek: Prescribed Texts, History & Literature
10
HCL0260
Introduction to Latin Prose authors
10
HCL0270
Latin Prose Authors
10
HCL0280
Introduction to Latin Verse Authors
10
HCL0290
Latin Verse Authors
10
HCL0300
Introduction to Greek Prose Authors
10
HCL0310
Greek Prose Authors
10
HCL0320
Introduction to Greek Verse Authors
10
Greek Verse Authors
HLC3370
Dissertation
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN CLASSICS (SCL) LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 8 core courses (or equivalent of 80 course units) on offer from the list under Honours in Classics Levels and 3, which will not have been taken at BA level, and a Dissertation.
13.5.8
BA HONOURS IN ECONOMIC HISTORY (HEH) LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 12 courses, of which 2 may be core and 10 optional, or 12 optional courses from the list under Level 3, with however, appropriate Level 2 codes . LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 courses of which 2 may be core if these were not taken at Level 2, and 6 or 8 optional courses from the list below provided they have not been taken at Level 2, and a Dissertation.
Core
Greek: Prescribed Texts, History & Literature
10 40
A student shall take and pass 4 core courses on offer from the list of core courses under Honours in Classical Studies level 3 and shall take and pass 2 core courses from the list of courses under Honours in Religious Studies level 3, and 2 optional courses or the equivalent of 20 course units from the list of options under Honours in Religious Studies level 3 but not taken at l evel 2 and a Dissertation.
13.5.7
10
HCL0240
HCL0330
BA HONOURS CLASSICAL AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES (HCL&RS) LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 6 core courses (or equivalent of 60 course units) on offer in any semester, from the list of courses under Honours in Classical studies Level 2, and take and pass 4 core courses (or equivalent of 40 course units) from the list of core courses under Honours in Religious Studies Level 2 and 2 optional courses (or equivalent of 20 course units) from the list of optional courses under Honours Religious Studies Level 2. LEVEL 3:
10
86
13.5.6
10
Level
Course Code
Description
2
HEH0010
Economic History of Zimbabwe 1890-1939
10
HEH0020
The Zimbabwean Economy Since 1939
10
HEH0030
Economic History of Southern Africa & BNLS Countries Since 1800
10
HEH0040
Economic History of Southern Africa North of the Limpopo Since 1800
10
HEH0050
Defence Industries,ArmsTrade &MilitaryEconomies
HEH0060
Rise of Mod. Europe: Theory & Debates on Development
HEH0070
Economy & Rise in Western Europe pre-1914
HEH0080
EconomicHistoryof WesternEurope1914–1945
HEH0090
Western Europe: Government in the Period Since 1945
HEH0100
EconomyandSocietyinE asternEurope1914-1945
Prerequisite
Course Units
Status
Core
Optional 10 10
10 10 10 10
3
HEH0110
EconomicHistoryofPre-ColonialWestAfrica
HEH0120
EconomicHistoryofcolonialWestAfrica
10
HEH0130
ThePost-ColonialState&EconomyinWestAfrica
10
HEH0140
EconomicHistoryofEquatorialAfrica
10
HEH0150
EconomicHistory ofPre-ColonialE astAfrica
HEH0160
EconomicHistoryofColonialEastAfrica
10
HEH0170
TheState&EconomyinPost-ColonialEastAfrica
10
HEH0180
EconomicHistoryofNorthAfrica, 1800-1939
10
HEH0182
EconomicHistoryofNorthAfricaS ince1939
10
HEH0190
EconomicHistoryoftheMiddleEastSince1914
HEH0300
EconomicHistoryof theOttomanEmpire,1300-1914
HEH0200
NaturalResourceDevelopmentinMiddle&N.Africa
HEH0310
Advanced Seminar: The Political Ec onomy of Religion in the Middle East and North Africa
HEH0220
Econ. & Soc. History of Latin America & Caribbean: The Colonial Period
HEH0230
Econ. & Soc. Historyof Modern LatinAmerica & Caribbean
HEH0240
N.AmericanSocialandEconomicHistoryto1865
HEH0250
N.AmericanSocialandEconomicH istorySince1865
HEH0260
Economic History of Asia
10
3.5.8
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN ECONOMIC HISTORY (SEH) LEVEL 1 :
10
13.5.9
A student shall take and pass 8 optional courses from the list under Level 3 of the BA Honours Degree provided they were not taken at BA Levels 2 and 3, and a dissertation.
BA HONOURS IN ENGLISH (HEL) LEVEL 2: LEVEL 3:
10
A student shall takeand pass 10 core courses and2 options from the list below: A student shall takeand pass 6core courses and 2options from the list below, and a Dissertation
10 10
Prerequisite
L eve l
Course Code
Description
2
HEL0800
Language: An Introduction
Course Units
HEL0400
Language: Advanced Study
HEL0810
AfricanLiterature:Fiction
10
HEL0410
AfricanLiterature:Poetry,Drama&Orature
10
HEL0420
Literature & Socialism: Theory and practice outside Africa
HEL0430
European Literary Genres:Comic &SatiricModes
10
HEL0440
EuropeanLiteraryGenres:HeroicpoetryandTragedy
10
HEL0820
Theories of Literature inAfrica andAfrican Diaspora
HEL2210
IntroductiontoCreativeWriting
10
HEL0460
Advanced Creative Writing
10
HEL2230
English Literature: Poetry and Drama
HEL0850
European Literature: Fiction
HEL0470
Latin American Literature
Status
10
10
10 10
Core
10 10 10
10
10
HEH0270
Economic History of the Third World
HEH0280
Economic Co-operation in Africa
HEH0290
EconomicsofPost-IndependentAfrica
10
HEH0320
Advanced Seminar: Selected Topics in the Economic History of the Middle East and North Africa
HEH0330
Advanced Seminar Series on Land and Environment
HEH0340
Advanced Seminar on Gender
HEH0350
Advanced Seminar Series: Development of Industry & Mining
HEH0360
AdvancedSeminarSeries: Urbanisation
HEH0420
AdvancedSeminarSeries:ComparativeReligion
HEH0430
AdvancedSeminarSeries:GobbetPapers
HEH0370
EconomicHistoryof Asiaf romColonialOccupationt o1945
HEH0380
AsianEconomyfrom1945totheRiseofAsianTigers
HEH0390
EconomicHistoryofEasternEuropebefore1914
10
HEH0400
EconomyandSocietyinEasternEurope1914to1945
10
HEH0410
EconomyandSocietyinEasternEuropeSince1945
10
HEH3370
Dissertation
40
Core
8 Courses from the above list
10
Optional
87
10 10 10
10
10
10
10 10 10
10 10
HEL0480
AmericanLiterature:Fiction
10
HEL0490
Children’sLiteratureandOrature
10
10
HEL0500
LiteratureandtheMedia:AnIntroduction
10
HEL0510
English Literature: Fiction
10
HEL0860
EuropeanLiterature:PoetryandDrama
10
HEL0530
Asian and Pacific Literatures
HEL0540
American Literature: Poetry and Drama
HEL0550
Children’sLiteratureinZimbabweandAfrica
HEL0560
Literature and the Media in Africa
10
10
10
10 10 10 10
Optional
3
88
HEL0570
Literature & Socialism in Africa
HEL0580
TheoriesofLiteratureoutsideAfrica
10
HEL0760
ZimbabweanLiterature:Fiction
10
HEL0590
ZimbabweanLiterature:Poetry,Drama&Orature
10
HEL0840
African AmericanLiterature
10
HEL0600
Caribbean Literature
HEL3370
Dissertation
13.5.11 BA HONOURS IN FRENCH (HFR)
10
LEVEL 1 :
Core
Notes:
10 40
HEL0610
Film&Literature:AnIntroduction
HEL0620
Popular Literature: Theory
10 10
Optional
HEL0630
Biographical and non-fiction writings in Africa
10
HEL0640
Russian Literature: Fiction
10
HEL0650
Film and Literature in Africa
10
HEL0660
Popular Literature: Practice
HEL0670
Biographical andnon-fictionwritingsoutsideAfrica
HEL0390
Russian Literature: Poetry and Drama
10
HEL0680
Literature & Gender Related Issues
10
HEL0690
Literature & Social Movements
10
A student shall take andpass 8 core courses fromthe list below and 4 courses from a subsidiary subject which will be either Portuguese or German or Spanish
Instead of POB (Portuguese) 1000 / 1090 / 1060 / 1080, a student may take GMB (German) or SPB (Spanish) 1000 / 1090 / 1060 / 1080, as a subsidiary subject on offer
LEVEL 2: A student shall take and pass 10 core courses and 1 core course (20 course units) as listed below Note:
10
Upon successful completion of Level II, a student may opt for either Honours in French or Dual Honours in French and Portuguese at Level III as stipulated under 11.2.8 below.
LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 9 core courses and a Dis sertation
10
L e ve l
C o ur s e Code
Description
1
HFR1010
Introduction to Tr anslation f rom and i nto French
Prerequisite
Course Units
HFR1000
TranslationfromandintoFrench
13.5.10 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN ENGLISH (SEL)
HFR1030
Survey of F rench Li terature, 17t h & 18t h Centuries
10
LEVEL 1: A student shall take and pass 10 core courses listed below and a Dissertation
HFR1040
Survey of F rench li terature, 1 9th & 2 0th centuries
10
HFR1090
Introduction to sel ected te xts of Af rican Literature
10
Level
Course Code
Description
1
HEL0700
African Literature; Fiction
10
HEL0710
African Literature; Poetry, Drama & Orature
10
HEL0720
Theories of Literature in Africa & African Diaspora
10
HEL0730
Introduction to Creative Writing
10
HEL0740
Advanced Creative Writing
10
Prerequisite
Course Units
HEL0750
Theories of Literature outside Africa
10
HEL0760
Zimbabwean Literature; Fiction
10
HEL0770
Zimbabwean Literature; Poetry, Drama & Orature
10
HEL0780
African American Literature
10
HEL0790
Caribbean Literature
10
HEL3370
Dissertation
40
Status
HFR1060
SelectedtextsofAfricanliterature
HFR1070
Introduction to letter and essay- writing in French
HFR1080*
Letter, essay and report- writinginFrench& oral
CORE COURSES
Core
10
10 10
10
FOR A SUBSIDIARY SUBJECT
POB1000
Portuguese Language
10
POB1090
Portuguese Language and Oral
10
POB1060
Introduction to topics from Portuguese History and Civilisation
POB1080
Topics from Portuguese History and Civilisation
10
Core
Status
10
10
Core
2
HFR0180*
IntroductiontoCommentary
HFR0190
Commentary
HFR0200
Non-LiteraryTranslationintoEnglish
HFR0210
General Essay
Core
Level
Course Code
Description
3
HFR0400
Commentary
10
10
HFR0410 HFR0420
Literary Translation into English Non-Literary Translation into French
10 10
10
HFR0430
Non-Literary Translation into English
10
HFR0440
Literary Translation into French
10
HFR0450
General Essay
10
HFR0460 HFR0470
Specialised Essay
10 10
10
HFR0220
th Topicsfrom17a thnd18C entury Literature
HFR0150
Topics fro m19a nd20C enturyLiterature
HFR0160
African Literature
HFR0170
AfricanandCaribbeanLiterature
POA2000
Portuguese Language: Unseen, Translation and Composition
POA2050
3
10
th
th
10 10 10
HFR0480
10
HFR0390 HPO0030/ HPO0040
10
10 10 10
10
HPO0150
Translation of Non-Literary Passage into English
HPO0160 HPO0390
Translation of Literary Passage into English Oral Portuguese
HFR0370/ HPO0370
Dissertation
Literary Translation into English
HFR0240
Non-Literary Translation into French
10
HFR0250
Literary Translation into French
10
0 HFR026
Specialised Essay
10
HFR0270
French Literature 17 th & 18 thCenturies
10
HFR0280
French Literature 19 & 20 Centuries & French for Commerce
10
HFR0290
Special Subject: Colonial Francophone Literature/French Literature
10
HFR0300
Special Subject: Post-Colonial Francophone Literature/French Literature
10
HFR0390
Oral French
10
HFR0370
Dissertation
40
10
10 10 10 40
Core
Notes: 1. 2. 3.
A student may choose either a French or a Portuguese dissertation topic with the approval of the Department. French papers (including the dissertation) shall be answered in French, except where specified in the rubric. A candidate taking the BA Honours Degree programme in French and Portuguese may be permitted to spend an intercalated period of twelve months prior to the final year as a language assistant in a French school or University, or in aPortuguese school or university. In such cases, the Final (Level 3) Examinationshall be taken during the fourth yearof study.
13.5.13 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN FRENCH (SFR) LEVEL 1 :
13.5.12 French and Portuguese (Dual Honours)
20
10
HFR0230
Core
20
Introduction to Essay and Prose Translation Portuguese Language: Essay and Prose Translation
Aspects of Portuguese Literature, 1700 to Present
Status
10
History and Literature of Brazil and Portuguese Africa Portuguese L anguage:
POA2060/40
th
Aspects of Portuguese Literature and History before 1700
Course Units
HPO0070/ HPO0080 HPO0130 HPO0140
Portuguese Language: Translation, Composition and Oral Skills
th
French Literature 17th and 18 th Centuries French Literature 19th and 20 th Centuries and French for Commerce Oral French
Prerequisite
A STUDENT SHALL takeand pass 8 core courses selected from the course list for Levels 2 and 3 in BA Honours in French, and a Dissertation.
13.5.14 BA HONOURS IN GEOGRAPHY (HGGA) LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 10core courses onoffer and2 core courses (20 course units) listed below; shall also take and pass a In order to graduate with a BA Honours Degree in Geography, a student must French oral course and a Portuguese oral course, and a have passed a total of 38 Courses that amount to 380 course units. Dissertation. A student must also have taken and passed 8 courses in Portuguese as a subsidiary su bject at Levels 2 and 3. LEVEL 2: A student shalltake and passall 12core courses. LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses (20 course units each) and 6 options from the list below, and a Dissertation.
89
1
2
90
Course Code
Description
HGG0630
AspectsofGeomorphologicalSystems
Co-requisite
Course Units 10
HGG0640
AspectsofEnvironmentalSystems
HGG0030
AspectsofEconomicGeography
10
HGG0040
AspectsofSocialGeography
10
HGG0050
Geography of Sub-Saharan Africa
HGG0060
GeographyofCentralandSouthernAfrica
10
HGG0070
RegionalGeography of theIndustrialisedWorld
10
Core
10
HGG0620
ModelsofSpatialAnalysis
HGG0310
PrinciplesofAgriculturalGeography
10
10
HGG0320
AgriculturalGeographyofAfrica
10
HGG0330
Third World Development
10
HGG0340
RegionalDevelopmentPlanning
HGG0350
GeographicInformationSystems
HGG0360
AdvancedGISandRemoteSensing
HGG0370
Industrial Geography
HGG0470
Political Geography
HGG0390
Soil Geography
HGG0380
Natural Hazards
HGG0410
UrbanGeographyoftheThirdWorld
HGG0080
RegionalGeographyof theDevelopingWorld
10
HGG0090
Geography of Zimbabwe
10
HGG0100
AirPhotoInterpretationandComputing
10
HGG0400
Tropical Environments
HGG0110
QuantitativeMethodsforGeographers
10
HGG0430
Microclimatology
HGG0120
Research Essay
10
HGG0460
Quaternary Environments
20
HGG0450
Global Climate Change
HGG0420
Resource Evaluation
HGG0490
Resource Management
HGG0470
Techniques in Geography including Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing
HGG0480
Geographic Thought
HGG3370
Dissertation
40
HGG0580
Rural Geography
HGG0130
Hydrology
10
HGG0440
Medical Geography
HGG0140
Applied Hydrology
HGG0520
Climatology
HGG0500
Commercial Geography
HGG0570
Geography of Rangelands Management
HGG0150
10
Ecosystems Biogeography
HGG0170
Geomorphology
10
HGG0180
Fluvial Geomorphology
10
HGG0190
Fundamentals of Transport Studies
10
HGG0200
Applied Transport Studies Economic Geography
HGG0600
Historical Geography
HGG0250
SpatialPopulation Analysis
HGG0260
Contemporary PopulationIssuesinDevelopment
HGG0270
GeographyofTourismandRecreation
HGG0280
AppliedGeography of Tourism andRecreation
HGG0610
Methods ofSpatial Analysis
3
10
HGG0160
HGG0590
Core
20
HGG0130
10
HGG0190
10 10 10 10
HGG0250
10 10
HGG070
10 10
HGG0610
10
Status
Optional
10 10 HGG0350
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
HGG0420
10 10 10 10
10 10
13.5.15
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN GEOGRAPHY (SGGA)
LEVEL 1:
A student shall take and pass 5 core courses and 1 core course (20 course units) and 3 options from the list under Level 3 above, provided they were not taken during the BA Degree Programme, plus a Dissertation. Atudent s who will have done the Geography of sub-Saharan Africa and the Geography of Central and Southern Africa at the BA Degree Level 3 shall be required to take and pass 2 more courses from the list of Options under BA Honours Level 3 above.
Level
1
Course Code
Description
HGG0050 HGG0060 HGG0070 HGG0080 HGG0090 HGG0480
Geography of Sub-Saharan Africa Geography of Central and Southern Africa Regional Geography of the Industrialized World Regional Geography of the Developing World Geography of Zimbabwe Geographic Thought
Course Units 10 10 10 10 10 20
HGG0470
Dissertation
40
Co-requisite
Status HHS0210
Core
Notes 1. At both Level 2 and Level 3, instructions shall consist of theory, practicals and fieldwork. The fieldwork is compulsory. 2. The written examination shall constitute 70% and the course work 30% of the examination final mark in each course. 3. The Research Essay at Level 2 shall have a maximum length of 2,500 words. 13.5.16 BA HONOURS IN HISTORY (HHS) LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3
Le ve l
2
A studentshall takeand pass2 corecourses and10 courses from the list of options below: A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 6 optional courses from the list of Level 2 courses above, provided they were not taken at Level 2, and a Dissertation.
Co ur se Code HHS0030 HHS0360 HHS0050
D e sc r i p t i o n
HHS0060
WomeninIndependentAfrica
HHS0070
EarlyHistoryof MiddleEastandNorthAfrica
HHS0080
HistoryofOttomanEmpireto1923
HHS0090
Middle East and North Africa in the 20th Century Pre-colonialHistoryofCentralAfrica
HHS0100 HHS0110 HHS0120
P r e r e q u i si t e
C o u r se
Status
Units
TheoryandMethodinHistory HistoriographicalTraditions AfricanWomenunder Colonialism
10
Core 10 10
HS1060
SouthernAfrica, Colonial Rule to Independence
HHS0140
Western Europe, mid-17 th to mid-19 th Century
HHS0350
Western Europe, mid-19 th Century to Present
HHS0160 HHS0170 HHS0180 HHS0190 HHS0200
HistoryofPoliticalThought History Ideas of History of Asia to 1920 HistoryofAsiasince1920 LatinAmericaandCaribbeantoColonialP eriod
LatinAmericaandCa ribbean, Independence to Present East Africa to late 19 th Century
HHS0230
East Africa from late 19 th Century to Present
HHS0240
HistoryofWestAfricatoPartition
HHS0250
West Africa from Partition to PostIndependence
10
HHS0260
History of North America to late 19 th Century
10
HHS0270
North America, late 19 th Century to Present
HHS0280
Intro.toRussia&EasternEurope,1800-1939
HHS0080
10 Optional
10 10 10 10
10 10
HHS0290
TheColdWarandCommunism,1945-1990
10
HHS0300 HHS0310
Prehistory of Africa LaterPrehistoryofSouthernAfrica
10
HHS0320
Introductiont oArchaeologicalMethods
HHS0330 HHS2340 HHS0010 HHS0020
Directed Reading ArchivalandLibrarySkills HistoryofZimbabwebefore1890 HistoryofZimbabwe1890toPresent
HHS3370
Dissertation
10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
40
13.5.17 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN HISTORY (SHS) LEVEL 1 : A student shall take and p ass 2 core courses listed below and 6optional courses listed under History BA Honours Level 2 and Level 3 whose equivalents have not been taken in the BA Degree, and a Dissertation. Le ve l
Co ur se Code
D e sc r i p t i o n
1
HHS0010
History of Zimbabwe before 1890
10
HHS0020
History of Zimbabwe 1890 to Present
10
10 10 10
P r e r e q u i si t e
Co u r s Status e Units
Core
13.5.18 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN LINGUISTICS (SLI)
10
Colonial and Po st-Colonial History of Cent ral Africa Southern Africa, 15th to late 19th Century
HHS0130
3
HHS0220
10 10 10
LEVEL1 :
A student shalltake and pass 4 core courses (20 course units each) under Levels 2 and 3 of the BA Honours Linguistics provided they were not taken in the BA Degree Programme, and a dissertation.
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
13.5.19 BA HONOURS IN NDEBELE (HND) LEVEL 2 : A student shall register or f 2 core courses and 10options from the list below LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 4 options from the list under Level 2 provided they were not taken at Level 2, plus a dissertation.
91
Le ve l 2
3
Co ur se Code HND0400 HND0450 HND0500 HND0510 HND0520
D e s c r i p t io n
HND0530 HND0540 HND0550 HND0560 HND0570 HND0580
Theoretical Aspects of Ndebele Linguistic Structure Translation Lexicography IntroductiontoEthnomusicology EthnographyandOrganology IntroductiontoActingandPerformance
10 10 10 10 10
HND0590 HND0600 HND0610 HND0620 HND0630 HND0640 HND0650 HND0170 HND0180
Playmaking Workshop Ndebele Oral Literature Aspects of Ndebele Thought Theoriesa ndM ethodsi nE thnomusicology Trends in Ethnomusicology Introduction to Uses of Theatre Project in Uses of Theatre Trends in Zimbabwean Literature SpeechStylesandtheirSocialContext
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20
HND0150 HND0160 HND0700 HND0710
General Linguistic Theory Sociolinguistics TheDevelopmentoftheNdebeleNovel Themes and Perspectives in the Ndebele Novel Nguni Dialects LanguagePlanningandOrthography Dissertation
HND0720 HND0730 HND3370
P r e r e q u i s i te
C o u rs e Units 10 10 10 10 10
Ndebele Poetry Ndebele Drama TheoreticalAspectsofA fricanLiterature TheoriesofLiteratureandCriticism Elementso fN debeleL inguisticS tructure
10
Status Core
Le ve l
Co urse Code
D e s c r i p t io n
2
HPL0010 HPL0020 HPL0030 HPL0040 HPL0070 HPL0080 HPL0090 HPL0100 HPL0410 HPL0420 HPL0430 HPL0440 HPL0110 HPL0120
Formal Logic Advanced Logic Moral Philosophy Contemporary Ethics The Pre-Socratics Socrates to Epicurus 17thand18thCenturyRationalism 17thand18thCenturyEmpiricism ClassicalMetaphysics ContemporaryMetaphysics HistoryofEpistemology ContemporaryEpistemology HistoryofAfricanPhilosophy ContemporaryAfricanPhilosophy
HPL0170
History of the Philosophy of Science
HPL0180
ContemporaryPhilosophyofScience
HPL0130 HPL0140 HPL0290 HPL0300 HPL0250 HPL0260
Philosophy of the Mind Philosophy of Action History of Medical Ethics Issues in Medical Ethics Classical Philosophy of Religion ContemporaryPhilosophyofReligion
HPL0230 HPL0240 HPL0450
SkepticismandTheoriesofKnowledge Scope of Knowledge The Nature of Political Philosophy
HPL0400
Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Philosophy PhilosophyandtheProblemofDeath
Optional
20 20 10
Core 10
10 10 40
HPL0460 HPL0470
92
Note:
The overall of the Course, Drama, will and be done through theassessment written examination (35%),Practical assignments (25%) Drama (40%).
13.5.20
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN NDEBELE (SND)
LEVEL 1: A student shall takeand pass 2 corecourses and 6 options selected froma list of options under Level 2 of the BA Honours in Ndebele above, provided they were not taken at BA Levels 2 and 3, plus a dissertation. Level
Course Code
Description
1
HND0700 HND0710
The Development of the Ndebele Novel Themes and Perspectives in the Ndebele Novel Dissertation
HND3370
13.5.21
Prerequisite Course Units 10 10
Status Core
40
BA HONOURS IN PHILOSOPHY (HPL)
LEVEL 2: A student shall register for 6 core courses on offer and 6optional courses (or the equivalent of 60 course units)rom f the list below. LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses on offer, pro vided they were not taken at Level 2, and 4 optional courses from the list below or the equivalent of 40 course units,provided they were not tak en at Level 2, and a Dissertation.
C o ur se Units
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Status Core
Optional
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20
HPL0490 HPL0500 HPL0510 HPL0520 HPL0530 HPL0080 HPL0090 HPL0540
Philosophical Investigations into the Social Teachings of the Church Philosophy and the Problem of AIDS in Contemporary Zimbabwe Formal Logic Advanced Logic Moral Philosophy Contemporary Ethics The Pre-Socratics Socrates to Epicurus 17thand18thCenturyRationalism 17thand18thC enturyEmpiricism
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
HPL0550 HPL0560 HPL0570 HPL0580 HPL3370 HPL0600 HPL0610 HPL0620 HPL0630 HPL0640 HPL0650
ClassicalMetaphysics ContemporaryMetaphysics HistoryofEpistemology ContemporaryEpistemology Dissertation HistoryofAfricanPhilosophy ContemporaryAfricanPhilosophy Marxist Philosophy ContemporaryMarxism HistoryofthePhilosophyofScience ContemporaryPhilosophyo fScience
10 10 10 10 40 10 10 10 10 10 10
HPL0660 HPL0670 HPL0680 HPL0300 HPL0690
PhilosophyoftheMind Philosophy of Action HistoryofMedicalEthics IssuesinMedicalEthics HistoryofthePhilosophyofEducation
HPL0700
ContemporaryPhilosophyofEducation
10
HPL0710 HPL0720 HPL0730
Classical Philosophy of Religion ContemporaryPhilosophyofReligion SkepticismandTheoriesofKnowledge
10 10
HPL0480 3
P r e r e q u is i te
20 20
10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
Optional
HPL0740 HPL0750
Scope of Knowledge TheNatureofPoliticalPhilosophy
HPL0760
Issues in C ontemporary Social and Political Philosophy
HPL0770 HPL0780
Death's Impact on Philosophy &Theology
HPL0790 HPL0800 HPL0310 HPL0320 HPL0330 HPL0340 HPL0350 HPL0360 HPL0810 HPL0820 HPL0830
Philosophical Investigations into the Problems of War and Ideals of Peace TheMeaningofLifeandPhilosophy Philosophical Inve stigations into the Soc ial Teachings of the Churches EthicalTheoriesinBusiness EthicsintheBusinessEnvironment Aristotle’sEthicsandPolitics Aristotle’sMetaphysics Theories ofLanguage Language and Meaning Special Subject PhilosophyandtheProblemofDeath Philosophy and the Problem of AIDS in Contemporary Zimbabwe
10 10
LEVEL 2: 10 20 20
20
A student shalltake and pass 8 corecourses from themajorsubject and 4 core courses from the Subsidiary subject. The subsidiary subject shall normally be either French or Spanish or German.
LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 corecourses one ofwhich should bean oral, and a Dissertation.
20 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20
Le ve l
Co ur se Code
De s c r i p t i o n
1
HPO10 10
Introduction to Translation from and into Portuguese TranslationfromandintoPortuguese
HPO1080
Intro. to Aspec ts of Portuguese History and Civilization Aspects of Po rtugu ese H istory a nd Civilization Intro to Topics f rom African L iterature (Prose) TopicsfromAfricanLiterature(Poetry) Intro to Topics f rom Brazilian Literature (Prose) Topicsf romB razilianLiterature( Poetry)
HPO0190 HPO0200 HPO0210
IntroductiontoCommentary Commentary Non-LiteraryT ranslationi ntoE nglish
HPO0220 HPO02 30
Essay in Portuguese Aspec ts of Portugues e Literature of the 19th Century
HPO0240 HPO0250 HPO0260 HPO0270
Topics from Portuguese Literature of the 20th Century African Literature Brazilian Literature Non-Literary Translation into Portuguese
10 10 10
HPO0280
LiteraryTranslationintoPortuguese
10
HPO0290
LiteraryTranslationintoEnglish
10
HPO0300
FactualReportWritinginPortuguese
10
HPO0310
Aspects of P ortuguese L iterature Before 1700 (Drama) Aspects of P ortuguese L iterature Before 1700 (Poetry/Prose) A Special Topic Portuguese Oral Dissertation
20 HPO10 50
LEVEL 1: A student shall takeand pass 4core courses among the8 core courses from the lists for Levels 2 and 3 Honours in Philosophy, provided they were not taken at BA Degree level, and 4 (or the equivalent of 40 course units) optional courses from the lists of optional courses for Levels 2 and 3 under Honours in Philosophy, provided they were not taken at BA Level, and a Dissertation. 13.5.23
BA HONOURS IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES (HPL&RS)
LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses on offer from the list of courses under Honours in Philosophy Level 2, and 2 options from the list of courses for Honours in Philosophy Level 2 and shall take and pass 4 core courses from the list of core courses under Honours in Relig ious Studies Level 2, and 4 options or the equivalent of 40 course units from the list of options under Honours Religious Studies Level 2 LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses on off er from the list of core courses under Honours in Philosophy Level 3, but not taken at Level 2 and shall take and pass 2 core courses from the list of core courses under Honours in Religious Studies Level 3, and 2 options or the equivalent of 20 course units from the list of courses under Honours in Religious Studies Level 3, but not taken at Level 2, and a Dissertation. 13.5.24
BA HONOURS IN PORTUGUESE (HPO)
LEVEL 1: `A student shall take and pass 8 core courses below and 4 courses in a subsidiary subject which shall normally be either French or German or Spanish.
2
3
HPO0320
HPO0330 HPO0340 HPO0370
Status
10
HPO10 30 HPO1040
BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN PHILOSOPHY (SPL)
C o ur s e Units
HPO1020
HPO1060 HPO10 70
13.5.22
P r e r e qu i s i t e
10 10 Core 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
10
10
93
Core
10
10 10 40
Note: A student taking the BA Single Honours degree programme in Portuguese may be permitted to spend an intercalated period of twelve months prior to the final year as a language assistant in a school or university ina Portuguese-speaking country after which the student will take final examination s in the following year.
2
13.5.25 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN PORTUGUESE (SPO) LEVEL 1 :
A studentshall takeand pass 8 core courses selected fromthe course list of Levels 2 and 3 in BA Honours in Portuguese, and a Dissertation.
LEVEL 2: LEVEL 3:
94
A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 8 optional courses from the list below A student shall take and pass 4 core courses and 8 options or the equivalent of 80 courseunits from the list below A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 6 options or the equivalent of 60 course units from the list under Level 2 above, which were not done at Level 2, and a dissertation.
Le ve l
Co ur se Code
D e s c r ip t io n
1
HRS1010 HRS1020
Introduction to the Phenomenology of Religion IntroductiontoWor ld Rel igions
HRS1030 HRS1040 HRS1050
IntroductiontoOldTestamentStudies IntroductiontoNewTestamentStudies IntroductiontoProblemsof Philosophy
HRS1000 HRS1070 HRS1080 HRS1300
ProblemsofPhilosophy Introduction toSociology Issues in Sociology Elementary Biblical Greek: Grammar and Syntax
HRS1100
Elementary Biblical Greek: Reading and Translation
HRS1310 HRS1320
Elementary L atin: Grammar Elementary Lat in: R eading a nd Translation Elementary Biblical Hebrew: Grammar and Syntax
HRS1330
P r e r e q u i s i te
Origins of Pro phecy and Israelite Precanonical Prophets
HRS0020 HRS0030
HRS0110 HRS0610 HRS0620
IsraeliteCanonicalProphets Life and Mi nistry of J esus and Pa lestinian Christianity Hellenistic Christianity up to Ea rly Catholicism IntroductiontoPhilosophyofReligion PhilosophyofReligion IntroductiontoPoliticalTheology
HRS0630
Political Theology
HRS0640
IntroductiontoReligionandEthics
10
HRS0650 HRS0660
10
HRS0710 HRS0720 HRS0770
Religion and Ethics Introduction to C hristianity in the R oman Empire ChristianityintheRomanEmpire Christian History and Thought Pre-500AD Christian History and T hought 500-1500 AD EarlyHistoryofIslam Doctrine of Islam IntroductiontoChristianTheology
HRS0040
13.5.26 BA HONOURS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES (HRS) LEVEL 1:
HRS0010
HRS0200 HRS0670 HRS0680
C o u rs e Units
Status
HRS0780
Christian Theology
10
Core
HRS0810 HRS0820 HRS0590
IntroductiontoMoralTheology IssuesinMoralTheology Methods and Theories in the Study of Religions Selected Themes in the Religions of the World Introduction to the Study of Women in Religion Women in Religion Methods and T heories in t he St udy o f African Traditional Relig ion Selected Themes in African Traditional Religion Dissertation
10 10 10 10
HRS0580 HRS0450
10 10 10
3
10 10 10 10 10
HRS1340
Elementary Biblical Hebrew: Reading and Translation
HRS1350 HRS1360 HRS1370
TheHistoryofChristianWorship ThePracticeoftheChristianWorship Aspects of Christian Thou ght: Northern Hemisphere
10
HRS1380
Aspects of Christian Thou ght: Southern Hemisphere
10
HRS1190 HRS1200 HRS1210 HRS1270 HRS1230 HRS1390
Basic Logic Intermediate Logic IntroductiontoPsychology Issues in Psychology PsychologyandSpirituality Psychological Perspectives on Religious Experience and Development
10 10
HRS1250
IntroductiontoSociologyofReligion
HRS1260
Sociology of Religion
10 10
Optional
HRS0460 HRS0550 HRS0560 HRS3370
10 10 10 10
Core
10 10 10 10 10
Optional
10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
10 40 O PTIONAL
HRS0070 HRS0080 HRS0090 HRS0600 HRS0730 HRS0740 HRS0750
10
10
10 10
HRS0760 HRS0790 HRS0800 HRS0830 HRS0840 HRS0850 HRS0570 HRS0540 HRS0470
10 HRS0480
FurtherGreek:GrammarandSyntax FurtherGreek:Readingand Translation FurtherHebrew:GrammarandSyntax FurtherHebrew:Readingand Translation IslaminEasternandSouthernAfrica IslaminAfrica:Inter-regionalThemes Christianity in Africa from Antiquity to 1500 Christianityi nAfricaf rom1 500t oP resent Introduction to I ssu es in Sc ience and Religion IssuesinScienceandReligion SelectedReligiousTexts IntroductiontoAfricanTheology African Theology Studies in Se lected Rel igions of the World Further Studies in Selected Religions of the World Methods in the Study of the O ld Testament Selected Themes in the Study of the Old Testament
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 10
HRS0490 HRS0500 HRS0510 HRS0520 HRS0530 HRS0700 HRS0690
Methods in the Study of the N ew Testament Development of Ch ristian F aith and Doctrine in New Testament Writings Special Subject Philosophy and th e Pro blem of AI DS in Contemporar y Zimbabwe Theological Teachings of the Church in Contemporar y Zimbabwe Christian History and Thought 1879 AD present Christian His tory and Th ought 15 001879AD
10
Note: The overall assessment of the Course, Practical Drama, will be done through the written examination (35%), assignments (25 %) and Drama (40%).
10 20 20
13.5.29 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN SHONA (SSH)
20 10
Level 1:
10
13.5.27 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES (SRS) LEVEL 1: A student shall takeand pass 8 courses or the equivalentof 80 course units from the list of courses under Honours in Religious Studies Levels 2 and 3, which will not have been taken under the BA Degree Programme, and a Dissertation. 13.5.28 BA HONOURS IN SHONA (SSH) LEVEL 2: A student shall takeand pass 2 core courses and 10 options from the list below LEVEL 3: A student shall takeand pass 4 core courses and 4options under Level 2 above, provided they were not taken at Level 2, plus a dissertation Le ve l
2
Co ur se Code HSH0440 HSH0450 HSH0500
P re re q u i site
HSH0510
Shona Poetry Shona Drama TheoreticalAspectso fAfricanL iterature TheoriesofLiteratureandCriticism
10 10 10 10
HSH0520
Elementsof Shona LinguisticStructure
10
HSH0530
HSH0630 HSH0640 HSH0650 HSH0170
Theoretical Aspects of Sh ona Linguistic Structure Translation Lexicography IntroductiontoEthnomusicology Ethnography andOrganology IntroductiontoActingandPerformance Playmaking Workshop ShonaOralLiterature AspectsofShonaThought Theories and Methods in Ethnomusicology TrendsinEthnomusicology IntroductiontoUsesofTheatre ProjectsinUsesofTheatre TrendsinZimbabweanLiterature
HSH0180
SpeechStylesand theirSocialContext
20
HSH0150 HSH0160 HSH0700 HSH0710
20
HSH0720 HSH0730
GeneralLinguisticTheory Sociolinguistics TheDevelopmentoftheShonaNovel Themes and Perspectives in the Shona Novel Shona Dialects LanguagePlanningandOrthography
HSH3370
Dissertation
HSH0540 HSH0550 HSH0560 HSH0570 HSH0580 HSH0590 HSH0600 HSH0610 HSH0620
3
D e scrip tio n
C o u r s e Status Units Core
Level
Course Code
Description
1
HSH0700 HSH0710
TheDevelopmentoftheShonaNovel Themes and Perspectives in the Shona Novel Dissertation
HSH3370
Le ve l 2
3
20 10
Core 10
10 10 40
Course Units
10
Status Core
10 40
LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and pass 12 core courses listed below: LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 6 core courses and atleast 2 options from the list below, plus a Dissertation.
10
10 10 10 20
Prerequisite
13.5.30 BA HONOURS IN THEATRE ARTS (HTHA)
Optional
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
A student shall take and pass 2 core courses and 6 options selected from the list under Level 2 BA Honours in Shona, provided they were not taken at BA Levels 2 and 3, plus a Dissertation.
Co ur se Code HTHA0270 HTHA0280 HTHA0290 HTHA0300 HTHA0310 HTHA0320 HTHA0330
D e scrip tio n
HTHA0340 HTHA0350 HTHA0360 HTHA0370 HTHA0380 HTHA0390 HTHA0400 HTHA0410 HTHA0420 HTHA0430 HTHA0440
Design for Dance Acting for the Stage Actingfor theCamera TheatreandEducation Theatre and Dev elopment Communication Fundamentals of Directing Directing Workshop Production Practicum Advanc ed Produ ction Theatre Criticism: Textual Analysis Theatre Criticism:PerformanceAnalysis
HTHA3370 HTHA0450 HTHA0460 HTHA0470 HTHA0480 HTHA0490
Dissertation Scriptwrit ing for the Stage Scriptwriting for Film & Television Principles of Choreography Applied C horeograp hy 20 th Century Theatre Innovators: 1900-
40 10 10 10 10 10
HTHA0500
1950 20 th Century Theatre Innovators: 1950-
10
HTHA0510 HTHA0520
2000 Theories of Film & Media Techniques in Film & Media
10 10
TraditionsofAfricanTheatre TrendsinAfricanTheatre IntroductiontoStagecraft AdvancedStagecraft TheatreManagement Arts Administration PrinciplesofDanceComposition
P r e re q u i s i t e
C o ur s e Status units 10 Core 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Core
Optional
95
Notes: 1. Overall assessment of practical courses shall be done through written examination (35%), assignments (25%) and practical examination (40%), with the approval of the Senate. 2.
Level
Course Code
Description
2
HWAR0210 HWAR0220
Developments in Modern Warfare Modern Warfare, late 18 th to 20th
HWAR0230
At the end of Level 2, a student shall have to satisfy the Departmental Board that he/she has participated in at least one production or any production undertaken as part of coursework.
13.5.31
HWAR0240 HWAR0250
A SPECIAL HONOURS IN THEATRE ARTS (STA) LEVEL1 : A student shall takeand pass 6core courses and atleast 2 options from the list below, plus a Dissertation.
96
Le ve l
Co ur se Code
De scription
1
HTHA0530 HTHA0540 HTHA0550
Theatre andEducation Theatre& Development Communication 20th Century Theatre Innovators: 1900-
Pre re quisite
C o u r se Units
HTHA0560
1950 20th Century Theatre Innovators: 1950-
10
HTHA0570 HTHA0580 HTHA3370 HTHA0590 HTHA0600 HTHA0610 HTHA0620 HTHA0630 HTHA0640 HTHA0650 HTHA0660 HTHA0670 HTHA0680
2000 Production Practicum Advanced Production Dissertation Fundamentals of Directing Directing Workshop Theories of Film & Media Techniques in Film & Media Principles of Choreography Applied Choreography Scriptwriting for the Stage Scriptwriting for Film & Television Acting for the Stage Acting for the Camera
10 10 40 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10
Status
Core 3
10
Centuries Introduction to Strategic Doctrine, Mechanisation and Air Power Strategic Doctrine, Mechanisation & Air Power in the Era of Two World Wars Military History of the 1 st World War
HWAR0270 HWAR0280 HWAR0290 HWAR0100
Battles and Tactics in the 1 st World War Third World Conflicts International Security The Role of Media in Warfare Media and Literature in Warfare
HWAR0110 HWAR0120 HWAR0130 HWAR0140
ContemporaryStrategy Advanced Contemporary Strategy War and Society War and Society in Contemporary Africa
HWAR0150 HWAR0160 HWAR0170 HWAR0180 HWAR0190 HWAR0200 HWAR3370
MilitaryTechnology ArmsControl HistoryofWarfare inAsia ModernWarfareinAsia Guerilla Warfare GenderandConflict Dissertation
HWAR0260
Pre req uis ite
Cou rse Units
Status
10 10
Core
10 10 10 HWAR0050
10
HWAR0090
10 10 10 10
Optional
10 10
HWAR0110 10 HWAR0130 HWAR0150 HWAR0170
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 40
Core
13.5.33 BA SPECIAL HONOURS IN WAR AND STRATEGIC STUDIES (SWAR) LEVEL 1: Optional
13.5.32 BA HONOURS IN WAR AND STRATEGIC STUDIES (HWAR) LEVEL 2: A student shall take andpass 4 core courses and8 options from the list below: LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 8 courses from the above listed options, and a Dissertation.
13.6
A student shall take andpass 8 coursesfrom the list of options under BA Honours in War and Strategic Studies Levels 2 and 3, whose equivalents have not been taken for the BA Degree Programme, and a Dissertation.
ADDITIONAL DUAL HONOURS P ROGRAMMES 13.6.1 LEVEL 2 :
An African Language and History
A student shall take and pass 2 core courses below, and 4 options from the list under Level3 of the BA Honours in an African Language; shall take and pass 2 core courses and 4 option s selected from those under Level 2 BA Honours in History LEVEL 3: A student shall take and pass 4 core courses in an African Language below and 2 core courses in History as indicated below and 2 options chosen from the list under BA Honours in History not taken at Level 2. He/she shall also take and pass a dissertation which shall be written in the subject of the student's choice.
Level
Course Code
Co ur s e Units
Status
2
HSH0440/ HND0440 HSH0450/ HND0450 HSH0700/ HND0700
Poetry Drama The Development of the Shona/Ndebele Novel
10 10 10
CORE
HSH0710/ HND0710
Themes and Perspectives in the Shona/Ndebele Novel
10
3
HSH0720/HND0720 HSH0730/ HND 0730 HHS0010 HHS0020 HSH3370/ HND3370/ HHS3370
Description
Shona/NguniDialects Language Pla nning and Orthography HistoryofZimbabweto1890
P r e re q u i si t e
Core
10 10
LEVEL 3 : A student shall take and pass 4 core courses in an African Language from the list below; shall take and pass 2 core courses (20 course units each) in Linguistics as indicated below, and a dissertation in either an African Language or in Linguistics
Level
Course Code
2
HSH0440/ HND0440 HSH0450/ HND0450 HSH0520/ HND0520 HSH0530/ HND0530
Poetry
10
Drama
10
Elements of Shona/Ndebele Linguistic Structure Theoretical Aspects of Shona/Ndebele Linguistic Structure
10
HSH0700/ HND0700 HSH0710/ HND0710 HSH0720 HND0720 HSH0730
10
10
History of Zimbabwe Since 1890 to the Present Dissertation
10 40
LEVEL 3: A student shalltake and pass 4 corecourses below inan African Language and 2 core courses and 2 options or the equivalent of 20 course units
HND0730 HLG0260
The Development of the Shona/Ndebele Novel Themes and Perspectives in the Shona/Ndebele Novel Shona Dialects Nguni Dialects Language Planning and Orthography Language Planning and Orthography Advanced Linguistic Theory
selected from the list under the BA Honours in Religious Studies Level 3 without taking courses that were done at level 2. A student shall also take and pass a dissertation in an African Language.
HLG0090
SchoolsofLinguisticThought
HSH3370/ HND3370/HLG3370
Dissertation
13.6.2 An African Language and Religious Studies LEVEL 2 : A student shall take 2 core courses in an African Language below, and 4 options from the list under Level 2 of the BA Honours in an African Language; take and pass 4 core courses and 2 options selected from those under Level 2 BA Honours in Religious Studies.
Le ve l
Co u r seCo de
2
HSH0440/ HND0440 Poetry HSH0450/ HND0450 Drama HSH0700/ HND 0700 The Development of th e Shona/Ndebele Novel
3
13.6.3
D e sc r i p t i on
P r e r e q u i si t e
Co u r s e Units
10 10 10
HSH0710/ HND0710
Themes and Perspectives in the Shona/Ndebele Novel
HSH0600/ HND0600
Shona/NdebeleO ralL iterature
HSH0610/ HND0610
Aspects of Shona/ Ndebele Thought
10
HSH3370/ HND3370
Dissertation
40
Status Core Core
10
10
An African Language and Linguistics
LEVEL 2 : A student shall take and p ass 4 core courses as listed below and 2 options selected from the list under Level 2 of the BA Honours in Ndebele/Shona; shall take and pass 3 corecourses (20 course units each) on offer from the list under Level 2 of the BA Honours in Linguistics
3
Description
Prerequisite
Course Units
Status Core
10 Core
10 10 10 10 10 20 20 40
97
DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE
4.4
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN AFRICAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (MAFL) 1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees.
2.
Entry Qualifications A good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in Shona, Ndebele or their equivalents.
3.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for three semesters on a full time basis or six semesters, on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for four semesters. 3.3 Part 2 will be offered full-time for a period of one semester and part-time for a period two semesters.
98
4.
4.5
4.6
5.
StructureoftheProgramme 6. 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2, t he dissertation. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formalexaminations.
Each student shall register for eight (8) courses for part 1, four of which will be core and four options. Not all options will necessarily be available in any one year. All courses must be passed for a student to be al lowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, 48 hours of lectures and 12 hours of seminars. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before 30 June of the second year in the case of full-time students and by the last month of the sixth semester, in the case of part-time students.
Examinations 5.1 5.2
Part 1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. Courses will be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one threehour paper.
Assessmentofcourses 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 40: 60. 6.2 Continuous assessment will include assignments, tests and or a small scale project and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments shall be 2. 6.3 A student shall pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
7. COURSES 7.1 Part 1: The Department will offer courses of a comparative kind, covering all the main groups of languages taught, in the wider context of the study of the Southern Bantu Languages and African Languages and Literature Studies as a whole. The treatment will be either linguistic or literary or a combination of both.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH (MEL) 1.
Application of These Regulations 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees by coursework. 1.2 General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations.
2.
DefinitionofTerms Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General AcademicRegulations
3.
EntryRequirements 3.1 Eligibility for admission To be eligible for admission to the Masters in English, a student will normally need to have passed the Honours degree in English with a 2.1 or approved equivalent.
Core Courses Code
Description
Examination
Duration MAFL512 Comparative Bantu Linguistics 3 hours MAFL513 ZimbabweanLiteraturein the Context of African and Related Literatures 3hours 1 MAFL511 Language Change 3 hours MAFL506 History and Theory of Criticism 3 hours Optional Courses MAFL505 Oral Literaturein Africa MAFL507 Shona Syntax or MAFL510 Ndebele Syntax MAFL514 Onomastics MAFL515 African Cultural and Literary Perspectives On Gender 7.2 Part 2 MAFL570 Dissertation
Weighting Course Units 15
1
15 1 1
15 15
3 hours
1
15
3 hours 3 hours
1 1
15 15
3 hours
1
15
4
60
3.2
Submission of application for admission A student must submit his/her application in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
3.3
GeneralProvisions A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
4. 4.1
4.2
StructureofProgramme The programme shall run for three semesters on a full-time basis or six semesters on a part time basis. Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters and for four semesters on a part time basis.
99
4.3.
Part 2 shall constitute a dissertation and shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of one semester and for a period of two semesters on a part time basis.
4.4
A student shall register for 4 core courses and 4 optional courses for Part I as follows: 2 core courses and 2 optional in Semester 1 and another 2 core courses and 2 optional in Semester 2. Not all optional courses will be available in a given academic year. Each semester will normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. Each course shall constitute 60 contact hours, 48 of which shall be lecture time and 12 hours seminars. Each course shall be taught within a semester on a full-time basis
4.5
4.6
100
6.
Assessment of Courses 6.1 Assessment of first semester courses is as follows: WrittenE xamination 70% Coursework 30% 6.2 Coursework is made up of seminar presentations and written assignments.
7.
Weighting 7.1 Each course shall have a weighting of 15 units. 7.2 A dissertation shall have the weight of 4 courses (60 units).
8.
Processing of Results Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
9.
Determination of Results 9.1 A student's results shall be determined in accordance with the Faculty Regulations and the General Academic Regulations.
Dissertation 4.6.1 There shall be a dissertation of approximately 20 000 – 30 000 words. 4.6.2
The dissertation will normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which
9.2
A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II.
9.3
A student who fails a course may be allowed to repeat that course or an approved substitute or supplement in accordance with the Faculty and General Academic Regulations.
9.4
A dissertation failed within the supplementary range may be improved and re-presented within three months as determined by Senate.
Part I is completed in the case of part-time students. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before 30 June of the second year in the case of full-time students and by the last month of the sixth semester, in the case of parttime students. 5.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Examination of a taught course shall take place at the end of the semester in which it is completed. 5.3 Each single-weighed course shall be examined in a 3 hour paper.
10.
Award of Masters Degree 10.1 A candidate must accrue a minimum of 180 units in order to be awarded a degree.
11.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Courses 11.1 Part I
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN HERITAGE STUDIES (MAHS)
Core Courses Code
Description
Examination
Course
Duration MEL509 MEL510
3hours
1.
Introduction The MA in Heritage Studies regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework, and Regulations for the Degree of Master of Arts.
2.
Entry Qualifications 2.1 Entry to the MA in Heritage Studies programme requires normally, a good Honours degree in a relevant discipline such as Archaeology, Anthropology, History, Geology, Palaeontology, Architecture, Art, Archiving or Culture studies from any recognized university. 2.2 At the recommendation of the department, equivalent relevant experience of not less than three years in a heritage
15
hours 3
1
15
hours 3
1
IssuesinZ imbabwean Literature
MEL515
1
African American Literatureand Thought
MEL514
Weighting Units
AfricanLiteratureand IdeologicalThought
15
CaribbeanL iteraturea nd Thought
3hours
1
15
Optional Courses MEL513
LiteratureandSocialChangein Africa
MEL516
hours 3
1
15
Literatureand Social Change outside Africa
hours 3
MEL508 MEL517
EnglishasaSecondLanguage 3hours SecondLanguageAcquisition 3hours
MEL511
NonWesternLiterature
1
15
1 1
15 15
1
15
3hours
MEL518
A Special Writer
MEL 512
Critical and Creative Trends in
3 hours
African
3hours
1
15 1
2.3
organisation may be considered. Foreign students are admitted when considered proficient in the use of the English language.
3.
DurationofStudy The duration of the degree programme is 3 semesters for full-time study or six semesters for part-time study.
4.
StructureofProgramme 4.1 The programme consists of two parts. Part I is coursework and Part 2 is dissertation. Part I lasts for two semesters on full-time study and four semesters on part-time basis. Part 2 lasts for one semester on full-time study or two semesters on part-time. 4.2 For Part I each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.3 Part I consists of 8 taught courses, 4 of which are core courses and 4 are selected from the range of options available. Not all optional courses will necessarily be available in any one year.
15
Literature and Arts: Classical and Present MEL519
Critical and Creative Trends in EuropeanLiteratureandArts 3hours
11.2
Part 2
MEL570
Dissertation
1
15
4
60
101
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
102
5.
A course shall last one semester and a candidate must pass all eight taught courses before proceeding to Part 2. Each course consists of 48 hours of teaching, of which 36 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours seminars. In accordance with the General Academic Regulations, a student who fails any part of the taught courses may be allowed to write supplementary examinations or to repeat the course. Where the course failed is optional a student may be allowed to take a different optional course to replace the failed one. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part I is completed in the case of part-time students. The dissertation has a weighting equivalence of four courses and shall be between 15000 and 25000 words. The dissertation shall be on an approved topic and shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester of the programme for full-time students or at the end of the sixth semester of the programme for part-time students.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Taught courses are examined at the end of the semester in which they would have been taught. 5.3 Each examination paper shall have the duration of 3 hours. 5.4 A student who fails coursework cannot proceed to write the examination for that course.
7.
Core Courses Code MHS501 MHS503 MHS508 MHS509
Description Examination Weighting Duration CulturalHeritage 3hours 1 ManagingHeritagePlaces 3hours 1 HeritageandInformation Technology hours 3 1 HeritageConservation 3hours 1
Optional Courses MHS512 IssuesinSouthernAfrican Archaeology 3hours MHS513 HeritageandLandscapes 3hours MHS514 TheRockArtofSouthern Africa 3hours MHS515 TheDryStoneHeritageof SouthernAfrica 3hours MHS516 HeritageSiteConservation 3hours MHS517 Collecting andExhibiting of MaterialCulture 3hours MHS518 MHS519 MHS510 MHS521 MHS522 MHS523
6.
COURSES 7.1Part I
Heritage,Multimediaand he Internet hours 3 ArchaeologyandGeographic InformationSystems 3hours MuseumManagement 3hours ConservationofArtistic E xpressions hours 3 HeritageImpactAssessments hours 3 ManagementofIntangible H eritage hours 3
1
15 15
15 15
1 1
15
1 1
15 15
1
15
t
AssessmentofCourses 6.1 In each course, the written examination shall count for 50% Part 2 7.2 and continuous assessment 50%. MHS 570 Dissertation 6.2 Continuous assessment for each course will include research projects, seminars, fieldwork and/or practical laboratory work. 6.3 The final course mark will be the aggregate of the coursework and examination marks. To be awarded the Master of Arts degree in Heritage Studies, a candidate must have fulfilled the passing requirements for both the taught component and the dissertation of the programme.
Course Units 15 15
1
15
1 1
15 15 1
1
15 15
1
4
15
60
DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL LINGUISTICS (MLG) 1.
2.
Entry Qualifications A good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in General Linguistics.
3.
DurationofProgramme 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on a full time basis or six semesters, on a part-time basis.
4.
4.5
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees.
3.2.
Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full time basis for two semesters and on a part- time basis for four semesters.
3.3.
Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester and part-time for a period of two semesters.
Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 shall be the course work component and Part 2, the dissertation. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 11: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.4 Each student shall register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, four of which shall be core and four optional. Optional courses shall be chosen from a range of options available, but not all options shall necessarily be available in any one year. All eight courses must be passed for a student to be
4.6
4.7
5.
Examinations Part 1 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with 5.2
6.
allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours seminars. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full- time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before 30 June of the second year in the case of full-time students and by the last month of the sixth semester, in the case of part-time students. A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
General AcademicRegulations. Courses will be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one threehour paper.
Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2 Continuous assessment will include assignments, tests and or a small scale project and students will be notified of t heir relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments shall be two (2) per course. 6.3 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 11. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
103
7.
DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS
COURSES 7.1 Part 1
Core Courses Code Description
Exam Duration MLG501 AdvancedSyntax 3hours MLG502 AdvancedSemantics 3hours MLG 503 Theoretical Phonetics andPhonology 3hours MLG509 CognitiveLinguistics 3hours
Weighting
Optional Courses Code Description MLG 504 MLG505 MLG506 MLG507
104
Exam Duration Applicationsto Descriptiveand TheoreticalLinguistics 3hours AdvancedMorphology 3hours LanguageAcquisition 3hours Advanced Comparative Historical Linguistics hours 3
MLG508 SociolinguisticsStudies MLG 510 Computational Linguistics MLG 511 Pragmatics MLG512 Advanced Psycholinguistics Studies MLG 513 Indigenous Language Studies 3hours
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN APPLIED LINGUISTICS (MAL)
Course units
1 1
15 15
1 1
15 15
1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees.
2.
Entry Qualifications Either A good honours degree with 2.1 or better in Linguistics; Or Practical experience of not less than three years as a language professional since taking a first degree obtained with a 2.1 or better.
Weighting Course units 1 1 1
15 15 15
3.
15
1
15
3.1
hours 3 hours 3
1 1
15 15
3.2
hours 3
1
15
3.3
1
Part 2 Dissertation
The programme shall run for three semesters on a full-time basis or six semesters on a part-time basis. Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for four semesters. Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester and part-time for a period of two semesters.
15
4. 7.2 MLG570
DurationofProgramme
1
3hours
4
60
StructureofProgramme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the coursework component and Part 2, the dissertation. 4.2 The programme shall normally commence in February. 4.3 Part 1 Coursework lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time 4.4 Each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations.
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Each student shall register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, four of which shall be core and four optional. Optional courses shall be chosen from a range of options available, but not all options shall necessarily be available in any one year. All eight courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours seminars. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full- time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation shall be 20000-25000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester in the case of full-time students and at the end of the sixth semester, in the case of part-time students. A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
5.
6
Examinations Part 1 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses will be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one threehour paper. Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and for the formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2 Continuous assessment will include assignments, tests and or a small scale project, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments shall be two (2) per course.
6.3
7.
A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
Courses 7.1 Part 1
Core Courses Code MAL501 MAL503 MAL 504 MAL507
Description Examination Duration LanguageStructure 3hours IssuesinApplied Linguistics 3hours ResearchMethods in Applied Linguistics 3hours DiscourseStudies 3hours
Course Units 15
Weighting 1 1
15
1
15 15
1
Optional courses MAL502 SecondLanguage MAL505 MAL 506 MAL508 MAL509 MAL510 MAL511 MAL512 MAL 513
Acquisition 3hours 1 AppliedSociolinguistics 3hours 1 Languages and Culture in Multilingual Settings 3hours 1 PsychologyofLanguage Learning 3hours 1 ContextbasedLanguage Research hours 3 1 ComputerAssistedLanguage Learning hours 3 1 LanguagePlanning and Policy hours 3 1 LanguageProgramme and Design 3 hours 1 Linguistics, Stylistics and The teaching ofLiterature 3hours 1
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
105
MAL514
Context,Useand Analysis oftheEnglish Language: A Global Perspective 3hours LanguageandGender 3hours
MAL515 7.2 Part 2 MAL570
Dissertation
4. 1
15 1
15
4
60
DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN LANGUAGE FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES (MLSP) 1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework and the Regulations for the degree of Master of Arts.
106 2.
3.
4.5
Entry qualifications A candidate must normally possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in Linguistics or a relevant language discipline. While it is recognized that candidates with language and linguistics background will be at an advantage, well-qualified candidates from Curriculum Arts and Education will also be considered. DurationofProgramme 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on a full time basis or six semesters, on a part-time basis. 3. 2
Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for four semesters.
3.3
Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester and part-time for a period of two semesters.
Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2, t he dissertation. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full- time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 11: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally i nvolve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study,followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.4 Each student will register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, four of which shall be core and four optional. Optional courses shall be chosen from a range of options available, but not all options shall necessarily be available in any one year. All eight courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours seminars. All courses are single weighted.
4.6
4.7
5.
The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester, in the case of fulltime students and at the end of the sixth semester, in the case of part-time students. A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
Examinations Part 1 5.1 Examinations shall be con ducted in a ccordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one threehour paper.
6.
MLSP507 Occupational Assessmentof courses Discourses 3 hours 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for MLSP508 CorpusLinguistics 3hours continuous assessment and the formal examination in the MLSP 509 Language in Informal ratio 40:60, with the exception of MLSP508 (Corpus Education 3 hours Linguistics), where the ratio is 50:50 because of the practical MLSP 510 Language in the Media nature of the course. and Advertising 3hours 6.2 Continuous assessment shall include assignments, tests and MLSP 511 Translationof Special or a small; scale project and students shall be notified of Purpose Texts 3 hours their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments shall be two Part 2 7.2 (2) per course. MLSP Dissertation 6.3 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 11. 570 Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
Description
Examination Duration
Units
3 hours
1
3hours
3 hours
ResearchMethods
1
3hours
3.
DurationofProgramme 3.1 The programme shall be completed in 3 semesters of fulltime study or 6 semesters of part-time study.
15 1
15
Languagein Multi-lingual Societies 3 hours
1
15
DevelopingLSP Programmes
MLSP 506
60
Entry Qualifications A good Honours Degree in Philosophy of 2.1 or better, the BAA 4th Year Honours Degree in Philosophy, or the equivalent.
15
Optional Courses
MLSP505
4
15
2.
15
1
TextandDiscourse Analysis
MLSP502
15 1
Applicationofthese Regulations 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations.
Language and Communication
MLSP512
1
1.
Language for Specific Purposes
MLSP504
15
Course Weighting
Approachesto
MLSP503
1
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHILOSOPHY (MPL)
Core Courses
MLSP501
15 15
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS STUDIES, CLASSICS AND PHILOSOPHY
7. COURSES Part 1 7.1
Code
1 1
3 hours
1
15
Language for Academic Purposes
3 hours
1
15
107
3.2 3.3
4.
Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of eight courses (Part 1) and a Dissertation (Part 2). Eight courses or the equivalent of 120 course units shall be t aken in a year by full-time students and three courses or the equivalent of 60 course units a year by part time students. 4.2 Each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formalexaminations. 4.3 Each single-weighted course shall consist of 60 contact hours, of which 48 hours shall be for teaching and 12 hours for seminars. 4.4 Each student shall register for eight (8) courses for Part 1,
108 4.5
4.6
5.
Part 1 of the Programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for 2 semesters and on a part-time basis for 4 semesters. Part 2 shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of 1 semester and on a part-time basis for a period of 2 semesters.
and shall take five (5) core courses and three (3) optional courses from those available in a given year. A Dissertation shall in the case of full-time students be submitted at the end of 3 semesters, and in the case of parttime students shall be submitted at the end of 6 semesters. The length of the Dissertation should be from 15 000 to 20 000 words.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic regulations. 5.2 Formal examination of a taught course shall take place at the end of the semester in which it is completed. 5.3 A candidate may be required to sit a viva voce examination for any taught course or the Dissertation. 6. Assessment ofCourses 6.1 The mark for each single course shall comprise the marks for coursework and the formal examination in the ratio 40: 60.
There will be a minimum of two assignments per singleweighted course. A candidate shall have to pass all courses in Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement, repeat or replace a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
6.2
7.
Weighting 7.1 Each course other than the Dissertation shall have a weighting of 15 course units. 7.2 The Dissertation shall have a weighting of 60 course units. 7.3 Award of the Degree shall require accrual of a minimum of 180 course units.
8. 8.1
Courses Part 1
Core Courses Code
Description
MPL501
Advanced Logic
hours 3
Examination Duration
1
MPL502
Ethics
hours 3
1
MPL503
Metaphysics
MPL513
Epistemology
MPL521
PhilosophyofLanguage
Weighting
hours 3
1
hours 3 3hours
Course Units 15
1 1
15 15 15 15
Optional Courses MPL504
OneMajorPhilosopher
MPL505
Marxism
MPL510
PhilosophyofScience
3hours
1
15
MPL511
Applied Ethics
hours 3
1
15
MPL514
Issues in Science &
Religion
3hours hours 3
hours 3
1 1
1
15 15
15
MPL515
PhilosophyofEducation
3hours
1
15
MPL516
Medical Ethics
hours 3
1
15
MPL517
Business Ethics
MPL519
PhilosophyofReligion
3 hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
MPL520 MPL522 MPL524
Action ClassicalPhilosophy
MPL526 8.2
hours 3
1
15
3hours
1
15
hours 3
1
15
4.
Social & Political Philosophy
hours 3
1
15
AfricanPhilosophy
3hours
1
15
Part 2
MPL570
Dissertation
4
Structureof Pr ogramme 4.1 The programme shall consist of eight courses (Part 1) and a Dissertation (Part 2). eight courses or the equivalent of 120 course units shall be taken in a year by full-time students, and four courses or the equivalent of 60 course units a year by part time students.
60
4.2
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS STUDIES, CLASSICS AND PHILOSOPHY
4.3
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN CLASSICS (MCL)
4.4
1.
Part 2 shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of 1 semester and on a part-time basis for a period of 2 semesters.
Aristotle'sEth icsand Metaphysics
MPL525
3.3
Philosophy of Mind &
Applicationofthese Regulations 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over 5. these regulations.
2.
Entry Qualifications A good Honours Degree in Classical Studies of 2.1 or better, the BAA 4th Year Honours Degree in Classical Studies, or the equivalent.
3.
Duration of Programme 3.1 The programme shall be completed in 3 semesters of fulltime study or 6 semesters of part-time study. 3.2 Part 1 of the Programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for 2 semesters and on a part-time basis for 4 semesters.
6.
4.5
4.7
Each semester shall normally involve at lea st 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formalexaminations. Each single-weighted course shall consist of 60 con tact hours, of which 48 hours shall be for teaching and 12 hours for seminars. Each student shall register for eight courses or the equivalent of 120 course units for Part 1, and shall take four core courses and four optional courses from among those available in a given year. A Dissertation shall in the case of full-time students be submitted at the end of 3 semesters, and in the case of parttime students shall be submitted at the end of 6 semesters. The length of the Dissertation should be from 15 000 to 20 000 words.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic regulations. 5.2 Formal examination of a taught course shall take place at the end of the semester in which it is completed. 5.3 A candidate may be required to sit a viva voce examination for any taught course or the dissertation. AssessmentofCourses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for coursework and the formal examination in the ratio 40: 60.
109
6.2
7.
Weighting 7.1 Each course other than the Dissertation shall have a weighting of 15 course units. 7.2 The Dissertation shall have a weighting of 60 course units. 7.3
8.
There will be a minimum of two assignments per singleweighted course. A candidate shall have to pass all courses in Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement, repeat or replace a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
Award of the Degree shall require accrual of a minimum of 180 course units.
Courses The courses which may be offered for the degree are as follows:
Optional Courses Code
110
Duration
Secondary Epic
3 hours
MCL525
Greek Lyric
hours 3
1
15
MCL526
Latin Lyric
hours 3
1
15
MCL527
Greek Tragedy
3 hours
1
15
MCL528
Latin Tragedy
3 hours
1
15
MCL529
Greek Comedy
hours 3
1
15
MCL530
Latin Comedy
hours 3
1
15
MCL531
GreekPastoralPoetry
3hours
1
15
MCL532
LatinPastoralPoetry
3hours
1
15
MCL533
AugustanLiterature:Prose
3hours
1
15
MCL534
AugustanLiterature:Poetry
3hours
1
MCL535
EarlierHistoryofNorthAfrica3hours
1
15
MCL536
LaterHistoryofNorthAfrica 3hours
1
15
MCL519
Course We ighting
Units
Methods and Theories in
1
15
1
15
15
Earlier Literature of North Africa
hours 3
1
15
Later Literature of North Africa
hours 3
1
15
MCL539
ArchaeologyofNorthAfrica 3hours
MCL540
ArtofNorthAfrica
MCL541
3hours
1
15
1
15
GreekPictorialArt
3hours
1
15
MCL542
RomanPictorialArt
3hours
1
15
MCL543
GreekSculpture
3hours
1
15
Historical Approaches
MCL544
RomanSculpture
3hours
1
15
MCL545
GreekArchitecture
3hours
1
15
1
15
Societies
Classics to MCL521
hours 3
Textual Analysis and
the Studyof Ancient MCL520
Weighting Units
MCL524
MCL538 Examination
Course
Duration
Part 1
Core Courses Code Description
Examination
Primary Epic
MCL537
8.1
Description
MCL523
hours 3
hours 3
1
1
15
15
MCL546
A Specific Author: Key Texts
hours 3
1
Roman Architecture and Town Planning
15
hours 3
(Pre-Requisitefor MCL….*) MCL522
8.2
A Specific Author: History, Context and/orAdditionalTexts
3hours
1
15
MCL570
Part 2 Dissertation
4
60
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE ARTS REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS IN THEATRE AND PERFORMANCE (MATP) 1. Application of these Regulations 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General regulations and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Masters of Arts Degrees. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over the Faculty Regulations and these regulations. 1.3 The Master of Arts in Theatre and Performance programme consists of two areas of specialisation: Theatre Making and Performance and Applied Drama and Theatre. These regulations shall apply to both areas of specialisation. 2. Definition of Terms Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General AcademicRegulations.
4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme consists of two parts: Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2 the research component. 4.2 The programme shall run for three (3) semesters on a fulltime basis, or six semesters on a part-time basis. Each semester will normally consist of fifteen (15) weeks. Each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and one week of private study and two weeks of formal examinations. 4.3 Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on full-time basis for two (2) semesters and on part-time basis for four (4) semesters. 4.4 Part 2 shall be offered on a full-time for a period of one (1) semester, and part-time for a period of two (2) semesters. 4.5 A student shall register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, four (4) of which shall be core courses and two (4) optional. Optional courses will be chosen from a range of options available in any one year. 4.6 Each course shall have 6 contact hours per week including 4.7
tutorials and practicals. For a full-time student, the dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before 30 June or 30 November of the third semester and part-time student shall normally submit his/her dissertation by the last month of the sixth semester.
3. Entry Requirements 3.1 Eligibility for admission 3.1.1 To be eligible for admission to th e Masters in 5. Examination Theatre and Performance, a student must have a 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the good Honours degree (2.1 or better) in Theatre Arts General AcademicRegulations. or an approved equivalent. 5.2 Formal examination of a taught course shall take place at the 3.1.2 At the recommendation of the Department and the end of the period in which it was completed and each course Dean, Senate may admit to the programme a shall be examined over a three hour paper. student with a good BA degree in Drama/Theatre 5.3 The dissertation shall be examined through a written project Arts and sufficient work experience. report only or a practical presentation supported by a 3.2 Submission of application for admission written report explicating the presentations. A student must submit his/her application in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6. AssessmentOfCourse 3.3 General Provisions 6.1 Continuous assessment shall be in the form of tests, A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the assignments, seminars, workshop and essays. Minimum General AcademicRegulations. number of assignments per semester shall be two.
111
For a theory course, the formal examination shall constitute 75% and continuous assessment 25% of the overall mark. For a practical course, the formal examination shall constitute 30%, practical presentation 45% and continuous assessment 25% of the overall mark. The research component shall be assessed either through a dissertation or a practical presentation supported by a dissertation or report explicating the practical presentation. A wholly written dissertation shall normally be 20,000 to 25,000 words and a dissertation explaining a practical presentation; 15,000 to 20,000 words in length.
11.
Publication of Results Results shall be published in accordance with the general Academic Regulations
12.
Academic Transcript The transcript shall be issued in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
13.
Award of Degree Certificates of The University of Zimbabwe The degree certificate shall be awarded in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
Processing of Examination Results Examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
14.
COURSES: OPTION 1. THEATRE MAKING AND PERFORMANCE Part I 14.1
6.2 6.3
6.4
7.
Core courses 7.1 7.2 7.3
112
7.4
7.5
Determination of Results Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General academicRegulations.
Code MTMP515
Post-DramaticDirecting
To be eligible to proceed to Part 2, a student must pass all eight (8) courses studied. A student who fails a course may be allowed to repeat that course or an approved substitute, in accordance with the General and Faculty Regulations Supplementary examinations may be p ermitted in accordance with the General Regulations.
MTMP502 MTMP503
DirectingPracticum ResearchMethods
MTMP516
Theatre&P erformance
Description
AwardofTheDegree The degree shall be classified in accordance with the provision of the General AcademicRegulations.
Course
Duration
Theory
Weighting
3hours
1
Units 15
3hours 3hours
1 1
15 15
hours 3
1
15
Optional Courses A student shall choose FOUR courses on offer from the following list: Code
8.
Examination
Description
Examination
Course
Duration MTMP517
SoloPerformance
MTMP518
EnsemblePerformance
MTMP507
Theatre Design: Lighting
3hours
AcademicOffencesandPenalties and Sound 3 hours The provision of the General Academic Regulations on offences and MTMP508 Theatre Design: Scene and penalties shall apply. Costume 3hours
10.
Posthumous and Aegrotat Provisions These shall apply as provided for in the General Academic Regulations.
StrategiesofStory
MTMP520
StrategiesofS tructure a
nd Form
1
3hours
9.
MTMP519
Weighting
3hours hours 3
1
Units 15
1
15 15
1 1 1
15 15 15
MTMP511
16.
ArtsandHeritage Administration
MTMP512
3hours
15
1
15
TheatreandProduction Management
MTMP521
3hours
Text and Performance Analysis
MTMP514
MTMP570
hours 3
ProductionDramaturgy 14.2
15.
1
1
SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulation, detailed syllabus for the Course do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
15
3hours
1
15
HISTORY DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS IN AFRICAN HISTORY (MAFH)
Part 2
Dissertation
4
60
COURSES: OPTION 2. APPLIED DRAMA AND THEATRE 15.1
1.
Part I
Core courses Code
Description
Examination
TransformativeTheatre
MADT512
PracticalProject
MADT503
ResearchMethods
MADT513
TheoriesofAppliedTheatre
1.1
These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees by coursework.
1.2
General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over these regulations.
Course
Duration MADT511
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS
Weighting
3hours
Units
1
3hours 3hours
15
1
15
1
15
3hours
1
15
Optional Courses
2.
A student shall choose FOUR courses on offer from the following list: Code
Description
Examination
MADT514
Text&PerformanceAnalysis
MADT506
ProductionDramaturgy
3hours
1
15
MADT515
Strategies of Story
3 hours
1
15
MADT516
Strategiesof Structure
Duration
and Form MADT509
3.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
1
15
3hours
1
Eligibility for admission Entry to the MAFH programme requires normally, a good honours degree class in History from a recognised university.
15
Workshopsin Applied hours 3
1
3.2
15
Film and Media for Development 15.2
MADT570
15
3.1 hours 3
Theatre MADT518
Units
1
Arts and Heritage Administration
MADT517
Weighting
3hours
DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General Academic Regulations.
Course
3 hours
1
A student must submit his/her application in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
15
Part 2
Dissertation
4
Submission of applications for admission
60
113
3.3
4.
4.2
A student who fails any of the taught courses has to repeat the course.
5.7
A student cannot proceed to the research component of their study if they have not successfully completed the taught component of the programme.
The duration of the programme is 18 months full time study, comprising two taught semesters and one semester work on researchdissertation.
The degree programme consists of four taught courses plus a dissertation.
4.4
A course will last two semesters and a candidate must pass all the four courses to proceed to the dissertation.
4.6
6.
The programme may be run on part time basis, over a period of three years comprising four semesters of taught courses and two semester work on research dissertation.
4.3
4.5
5.
5.6
A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1
114
General Provisions
The core course on Research Methodology can be offered to a joint class of students enrolled for the MAFH and MWAR programmes. Not all options on the course list will necessarily be available in any one year.
DISSERTATION 6.1
The dissertation is normally submitted six months after the taught courses have been completed.
6.2
The dissertation has a weighting equivalence of two courses and should be on any approved topic relevant to the degree and the taught components. It must be based on srcinal work.
6.3
The dissertation is submitted to the department on the approval of the supervisor. It is then forwarded for marking to two examiners.
6.4
Students are prescribed a submission deadline and normally a student who fails to meet the prescribed deadline is deemed to have failed the dissertation. However, on the recommendation of the supervisor and the departmental board, a candidate may be granted an extension of the submission deadline, normally by a period not exceeding 3 months of the srcinal deadline. This is so, provided the student has made a justifiable request for the extension and in good time.
6.5
EXAMINATION 5.1 Courses are examined at the end of the year in which they would have been taught. 5.2
The written examination comprises four papers, each written in 3 hours. In each course, the examination will account for 75% and coursework 25%.
5.3
Continuous assessment for each course will include research assignments and seminars.
5.4
Students are assessed on the basis of their performance in both assignments and seminar presentations.
5.5
Each component ofthe programmehas to be passed separately. A student who fails coursework cannot proceed to write the examination for the failed course.
7.
6.6
On the recommendation of the board of examiners, a student who would have failed the dissertation within supplementary range can be allowed to resubmit within 3 months after attending to editorial amendments to the dissertation.
6.7
Where a dissertation is deemed irredeemable, the student may be allowed to repeat the dissertation provided he or she pursues a different topic.
PROVISION FOR PROCEEDING TO THE DISSERTATION A student cannot proceed to the research component of their study if they have not successfully completed the taught component of the programme.
8.
9.
10.
ASSESSMENT OF TAUGHT COURSES
1. Oral Tradition in African History
MAFH501
In each of the taught courses, the examination will account for 75% and coursework 25%.
2. Colonialism and African Response
MAFH502
3. Religion and Culture in Africa
MAFH503
WEIGHTING 9.1
Each of the taught courses has a weighing of 30 units.
9.2
The dissertation is equivalent to two taught courses in terms of weighting which translates to 60 units. The whole programme thus has 180 units.
6. Military History of Africa
MAFH507
7.
MAFH570
Dissertation
HISTORY DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS IN WAR AND STRATEGIC STUDIES (MWAR) 1.
Faculty Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees and the GeneralAcademic Regulations.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1
These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees by coursework.
1.2
General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over these regulations.
AWARD OF MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE 12.1 To be awarded theMaster of Arts degree in African History, a candidate must have fulfilled the passing requirements for both the taught component and the dissertation of the programme. 12.2 However, Faculty Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees and the General Academic Regulations shall take precedence.
13.
MAFH506
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS A student's results shall be determined in accordance with the
12.
MAFH505
5. History of Independent Africa
PROCESSING OF RESULTS Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General Academic Regulations
11.
4. History of Race, Class and Ethnicity in Africa
COURSES IN THE MASTER OF ARTS IN AFRICAN HISTORY Students will then register for any three optional courses which would be on offer during any given academic year chosen from the courses listed below.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General Academic Regulations.
3.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1
Eligibility for admission Entry to the MWAR programme requires normally, a good honours degree class in War and Strategic Studies or History from a recognised university.
115
3.2
Submission of applications for admission
5.4 Students are assessed on the basis of their performance in both assignments and seminar presentations.
A student must submit his/her application in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
3.3
5.5 Each component of the programme has to be passed separately. A student who fails coursework cannot proceed to write the examination for the failed course.
General Provisions
5.6 A student who fails any of the taught courses has to repeat the course.
A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
4.
5.7
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The duration of the programme is18 months full time study, comprising two taught semesters and one semester work on researchdissertation. 4.2 The programme maybe run on part time basis, over aperiod of three years comprising four semesters of taught courses and two semester work on research dissertation.
6.
DISSERTATION 6.1
The dissertation is normally submitted six months after the taught courses have been completed.
6.2
The dissertation has a weighting equivalence of two courses and should be on any approved topic relevant to the degree and the taught components. It must be based on srcinal work.
6.3
The dissertation is submitted to the department on the approval of the supervisor. It is then forwarded for marking to two examiners.
6.4
Students are prescribed a submission deadline and normally a student who fails to meet the prescribed deadline is deemed to have failed the dissertation. However, on the recommendation of the supervisor and the departmental board, a candidate may be granted an extension of the submission deadline, normally by a period not exceeding 3 months of the srcinal deadline. This is so, provided the student has made a justifiable request for the extension and in good t ime.
4.3 The degree programme consists of three taught courses plus a dissertation.
116
4.4 A course will last two semesters and a candidate must pass all the four courses to proceed to the dissertation. 4.5 The core course on Research Methodology can be offered to a joint class of students enrolled for the MWAR and MAFH programmes.
6.5
4.6 Not all options on the course list will necessarily be available in any one year.
5. EXAMINATION
6.6
On the recommendation of the board of examiners, a student who would have failed the dissertation within supplementary range can be allowed to resubmit within 3 months after attending to editorial amendments to the dissertation.
6.7
Where a dissertation is deemed irredeemable, the student may be allowed to repeat the dissertation provided he or she pursues a different topic.
5.1 Courses are examined at the end of the year in which they would have been taught. 5.2 The written examination comprises four papers, each written in 3 hours. In each course, the examination will account for 75% and coursework 25%. 5.3 Continuous assessment for each course will include research assignments and seminars.
A student cannot proceed to the research component of their study if they have not successfully completed the taught component of the programme.
7.
PROVISION FOR PROCEEDING TO THE DISSERTATION
3.
DURATION OF STUDY The duration of the degree programme is 3 semesters for full-time study or six semesters for part-time study.
4.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME 4.1 The degree programme consists of two parts. Part 1 is the coursework component and Part 2, the dissertation. Part 1 lasts for two semesters on a full-time basis and four semesters on a part-time basis. Part 2 lasts for one semester on full-time study or two semesters part-time.
A student cannot proceed to the research component of their study if they have not successfully completed the taught component of the programme.
8.
ASSESSMENT OF TAUGHT COURSES In each of the taught courses, the examination will account for 75% and coursework 25%.
9.
4.2
WEIGHTING 9.1
Each of the taught courses has a weighing of 30 units.
9.2
MWAR501History of warfare from the late Eighteenth Century to the Second World War
9.3
MWAR503Contemporary Problems in African Security
9.4.
MWAR570 Dissertation (of 10000 words on) on relevant subjects approved by the chairman of the department AMENDED
4.3
Part 1 consists of 8 tau ght courses, of which 4 are core courses, and 4 are selected from the range of options available. 4.4 Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours of seminars. 4.5 A student must pass all 8 taught courses before proceeding to Part 2. 5.
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMIC HISTORY REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN AFRICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY (MEH) 1.
INTRODUCTION These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Arts Regulations for Master of Arts Degrees by Coursework.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MEH programme requires normally, a good Honours degree at 2.1 or better in Economic History or any approved equivalent from this or other recognised university.
For Part 1 each semester shall normally involve at least 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be condu cted in accordance with the Gener al AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Taught courses shall be examined at the end of the semester in which they would have been taught. 5.3 Each examination paper shall have the duration of 3 hours. In each course, the examination shall count for 70% and continuous assessment 30%. 5.4 For the taught component of the degree programme, students are assessed on the basis of their performance in both coursework and examinations and each component has to be passed separately. 5.5 A student who fails coursework cannot proceed to write the examination for that course. 5.6 A student who fails any of the taught courses may be allowed to supplement or repeat the course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Where the failed course is optional a student may be allowed to register for another optional course in its place.
117
6.
7.
DISSERTATION 6.1 The dissertation shall normally beginafter the completion of Part 1. The dissertation has a weighting equivalence of four courses and shall be between 15 000 and 25 000 words. 6.2 The dissertation shall be on an app roved topic by th e departmental board and shall be based on srcinal research work. It shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester of the programme for full-time students or at the end of the sixth semester of the programme for part-time students. 6.3 On the recommendation of the board of examiners, a student who would have failed the dissertationwithin supplementary range can be allowed to resubmitwithin 3 months after attending to amendments to the dissertation. 6.4 A student who fails the dissertation may apply to repeat the dissertation but on a different topic. ASSESSMENT OF TAUGHT COURSES Assessment of the taught component is as follows: Coursework 30% Examination
118 8.
AgrarianHistoryinColonialAfrica
MEH504
Industrializationand Urbanization
8.1.1 Core Courses Description ResearchMethodology
3hrs
Africa in
MEH506
TheEconomic HistoryofSlaveryinthe New World: A Comparative Study
MEH507
The Political Economy of Development: Theories of Change in the Third World
MEH516
MEH517
1 1
3hrs
TradeandTariffPolicyinAfrica Environment, Society and Economy Africa in
LabourMigrationinAfrica
15 15
3hrs
Slavery in Africa Agribusiness and Peasant Agriculture Africa in
15
1
3hrs
EducationandDevelopmentinAfrica
MEH513 MEH514
1
3hrs
MEH505
70%
1
3hrs
15 15
1
15
3hrs
1
3hrs
1
15
3hrs
1
15
3hrs
1
3hrs
15
15
1
15
Not all optional courses listed above shall be on offer every academic year.
8.1 Part I Courses
MEH511
MedicalHistoryofAfrica
MEH512
MEH515
COURSES FOR THE MA DEGREE IN AFRICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY
Code
8.1.2 Optional Courses MEH501
Examination
Courses
Duration Weighting Units 3hrs
1
15
in Economic History MEH508 MEH509
LabourHistoryinColonialAfrica AgrarianDevelopments in Independent Africa
3hrs 3hrs
1 1
15 15
MEH510
LabourHistoryinPostColonialAfrica
3hrs
1
15
8.2 Part II MEH570 Dissertation
15
4
60
8.3 Course description Core Courses Research Methodology in Economic History The course examines the srcins of Economic History, its development and relevance to society. It also looks at the evolution of various methodological approaches to the study of Economic History. It equips Economic History Students with relevant skills in researching different subject matters in this discipline. Comparison will also be drawn with other methodological
approaches. The course also examines the strengths and limitations of some of the methodological approaches that have been used to analyse socioeconomicexperiences. Labour History in Colonial Africa The course covers the main labour dynamics during colonial Africa. It examines issues such as labour demand, mobilization, utilization and migration. Worker reaction and how this shaped and/or was shaped by state labour policies is also examined. Labour in Post Colonial Africa This course focuses on the labour policies in independent Africa, examining issues such as government as a major employer and overseer of labour matters, interaction between state and trade unions, worker participation in labour issues, labour conditions in agriculture, mines, domestic services and industry. Agrarian Developments in Independent Africa The course begins by looking at the state of agriculture at the time of independence. It then examines agricultural policies of selected African states with regards to, among other things, land, food security, small and large scale agricultural production, marketing and research. Optional Courses. Agrarian History in Colonial Africa The course begins by examining the state of Agriculture in Africa at the time of colonial occupation. It then looks at the setting up and development of white settler agriculture, focusing on the roles of both the imperial and colonial state. African (Peasant) agriculture is also an important theme the course examines in detail, again taking into account the colonial situation –whether it was in white settler colonies or not. In this case, the course examines the question of agency (of African peasants or white settlers) in detail. The issues of famine and food security are also examined. Agribusiness and Peasant Agriculture in Africa The major concern of the course is the relationship between corporation (processing and marketing firms) and smallholder farmers in the production of agricultural commodities in Africa in both colonial and post-colonial periods. The role of the state in that relationship is also examined. The course commences with the general history of agribusiness the world over and then focuses on Africa.
Environment, Society and Economy in Africa The course focuses on the relationship between human practices, social institutions and environment in the history of African societies with particular emphasis on the period since the nineteenth century. At the core of this course is a deliberation of how people use, manage or interact with natural resources and the natural environment, in specific circumstances at given times and places. Labour Migrations in Africa The course examines the evolution of labour migration from the pre-colonial to post-colonial society. It seeks to clarify conceptual and theoretical frameworks on labour migration looking at the causes, nature and impact of labour migration. The role of the state and non-state actors in shaping trends in migration will also be examined. Comparative analysis will be made between and amongst regional blocks and different nations. Trade and Tariff Policies in Africa The course examines the African continent's policies on trade and tariffs in the colonial and postcolonial periods. It makes an enquiry into the global trade and tariff policies in order to lay a theoretical framework within which to situate the African study. Examples from organizations like the United Conference on Trade and Development GATT), ( the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) will be provided. Slavery in Africa The course examines the changing nature of African slavery in the 19th and 20th centuries and analyse the consequences of the Atlantic Slave trade, the colonial conquest and abolitionism. It also examines the end of slavery and its legacy in post-abolitionist Africa as well as contemporary forms of slavery.
119
COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES
3.
REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY DEGREE (BDS) 1.
2.
120
INTRODUCTION These Regulations apply only to students who are in full-time attendance at the University of Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with the University's General Regulations for undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and “Departmental course guide”. The Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulations set out below. The Degree is awarded in two categories -the Bachelor of Dental Surgery with honours and the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree. QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION 2.1 Entry to the University All prospective entrants must satisfy the entry requirements of the University. 2.2 Programme requirements 4. 2.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have: passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Language and Mathematics; passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any two of the following three subjects: Biology (or Zoology) Mathematics Physics. The subject not offered at “A” Level must normally have been passed at “O” Level. 5. 2.2.2 A prospective candidate from the SADC region who has no A Levels must have passed preferably Biology/Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Zoology at Part II (second year) of the Bachelor of Science degree programme at their University (Ref.GAR3.2.1.4) 2.2.3 Prospective candidates with a Diploma/Certificate in Dental Therapy/Dental Hygiene, Dental Technology with Merit may be considered.
DATES OF EXAMINATIONS 3.1 The Professional Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery will normally take place at the following times: First year, BDSPart I — in or about the middle of second year. (Biochemistry) Second year, BDS Part II — in or about the middle of the second year (Anatomy, Physiology, Behavioural Sciences and Community Health) Third year, BDS Part III—in the middle of the third year (General Pathology, General Medicine, General Surgery) Fourth year, BDS Part IV—in November(Clinical Pharmacology) Fifth year, BDS Part V—end of 5th year(I) (i) Restorative Dentistry (ii) Community and Preventive Dentistry (iii) Oral Surgery/Oral Medicine/Oral Pathology 3.2 Supplementary Examinations “insert in about 6 weeks after publication of results”. Normally Supplementary Examinations are taken in accordance with General Regulations except where specified. First Year—in February following the University Examinations; Second Year—in August; Third Year—in August; Fourth Year—in January following the University Examinations; Fifth Year—in April following the University Examinations. ADMISSIONTOEX AMINATIONS To be admitted to the examinations for the BDS Degree, a candidate must: 4.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General Regulations for students; 4.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the satisfaction of the appropriate Chairmen of Departments. PROGRAMME 5.1 Field Attachment The Undergraduate Dental students are required to undertake 3 weeks of field attachment activities in the rural areas in each of the second, fourth, and final year. 5.1.1 A Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination incorporating experiences gained in the field attachments and knowledge forthcoming from clinical input shall be taken as part of Part II of the course, coinciding with the examinations in Anatomy and Physiology.
5.3 Clinical Division 5.3.1 The overall clinical training commences in the first year of the programme, continues throughout to the fifth year with introductory courses in Clinical Dentistry, General Surgery, General Medicine, Community Medicine, Clinical Pharmacology and General Pathology. 5.3.2 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination incorporating subject matter provided as part of the Clinical Input as well as that exercise gained in Rural Attachment shall be given at the end of Part II (see 5.1). 5.3.3 The formal P athology course (Chemical P athology, Haematology, Histopathology, Medical Microbiology and Immunology) begins in the third term of the second year. Oral Pathology shall continue to be taught in the fourth and fifth years and examined together with the major clinical subjects (see 3.1). 5.3.4 The formal Clinical Courses begin in the third year. The emphasis throughout is on the importance of the patient and not merely his presenting disease, and the major portion of this training is in the oral health clinics, lectures, tutorials, discussions and topic teaching. A multi-disciplinary approach is encouraged by the close integration of the Systemic Pathology and Oral Pathology lectures with those of the clinical subjects. The attitude is further enhanced by topic
5.2 Pre-Clinical Division 5.2.1 The Pre-Clinical courses begin at the same time as all other University courses in the first year and much earlier (i.e. in February) in the second year. 5.2.2 Department of Anatomy Gross Anatomy MicroscopicAnatomy Embryology 5.2.3 Department of Physiology The course includes the study of: Cell Physiology The cardiovascular System The Respiratory System The Blood The Alimentary System Metabolism The Kidney The Hormones Reproduction The Nervous System Genetics Environmental Physiology 5.2.4 Department of Biochemistry The Course covers all aspects of a basic introduction to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. 5.2.5 Department of Clinical Pharmacology An introduction to General Pharmacology is followed by a Course on drugs acting on the various systems of the body. 5.2.6 Department of Community Medicine An introduction to Community Health will include Epidemiology and Biostatistics and an Orientation for the field attachment project. 5.2.7 Department of Psychiatry A General introduction to Behavioural Sciences. 5.2.8 Department of Linguistics – Communications Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101) The course covers the Process of human communication, Models of learning, Reading, Academic writing, and Research skills. Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS102) The course covers Models of communication, Consultation techniques and establishing collaborative relationships, the Health professional as educator and counselor, conflict management, oral and written messages, Non-verbal communication, Research and Report Writing.
teaching, where discussion may include any department within the Faculty. 5.3.5 During the 3rd and 4th years, oral health clinics training and teaching is based on the tutorial system. In addition, there is a four week elective period in the fourth year, when students undertake a study of their own choice. 6.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 6.1 General Regulations 6.1.1 Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery will be run in accordance with the provisions in the General Academic Regulations. 6.1.2 Faculty Board of Examiners The Board of Examiners shall comprise of the Dean of the College as Chairman, the Deputy Dean, the Chairman of each Department and the External Examiner for the Department, plus normally, one other member of the Department nominated by the Departmental Panel of Examiners from each Department involved in the subjects for examination. 6.2 Bachelor of Dental Surgery Part I and Part II AnatomyandOral Anatomy AT2DM Biochemistr BC1DM PhysiologyandOralPhysiology PY2DM Behavioural Sciences and
121
CommunityHealth BS2DM Communication Skills for Academic Purpose CSHS101 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102 6.2.1
6.2.2
122
Examiners There shall be at least one External Examiner for each of the subjects. Departmental Panels of Examiners shall be constituted in conformity with the General Regulations of the University. Examinations The examinations which shall be held in the University, shall be divided into two parts, Part I being held at the end of the first year and Part II, Anatomy, Physiology and Behavioral Sciences and Community Health in or about the middle of the second year of the programme. 6.2.2.1 Anatomy(AT2DM) 6.2.2.1.1 Anatomy Examinations The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.1.2 Written Examination One x 2 hour essay/short questions papers (Paper I) (AT2DM/01) One 2x1/2 hour multiple choice paper 75 questions(Paper II) (AT2DM/02 6.2.2.1.3 Oral Examination (AT2DM/90) 6.2.2.1.4 Practical Examination(AT2DM/50) 6.2.2.1.5 Continuous As sessmen t of the year's work covering class tests in all terms and tutorials (AT2DM/80) 6.2.2.1.6 Marking PaperI 100 PaperII 100 Continuous Assessment 100 Total 300 6.2.2.2 Biochemistry(BC1DM) 6.2.2.2.1 Biochemistry Examinations (Special requirements) The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.2.2 Written Examination One three-hour paper consisting of essays and short answer questions (BC1DM) 6.2.2.2.3 Oral Examinations (BC1DM/90) 6.2.2.2.4 Contin uous As sessmen t of the year's w ork covering practical laboratory work throughout the year class tests in the first and second terms, and tutorials (BC1DM/80)
6.2.2.2.5 Marking Paper I Essays/Short answer questions 500 PaperII Oral Examination 100 Continuous Assessment 300 Total 900 Passm arkis50%i.e. 450marks 6.2.2.3 Physiology(PY2DM) 6.2.2.3.1 Physiology Examinations The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.3.2 True or False (or Multiple Choice) Examinations Two, two and half hour papers (PY2DM/01 and PY2DM/02) PY2DM/01 contains questions on Cell Physiology, Blood and Immune System,Endocrine Physiology, Reproductive Physiology, Genetics, Gastrointestinal Physiology PY2DM/02 contains questions on Renal Physiology, Cardiovascular Physiology, Respiratory Physiology, Neurophysiology, Excitable Cells 6.2.2.3.3 Continu ous Assessmen t (includin g Practic als) (PY2DM/03) 6.2.2.3.4 Marking Paper I (PY2DM/01) 100 Paper II (PY2DM/02) 100 Paper III (PY2DM/03) 100 TOTAL 300 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150 marks 6.2.2.4 Behavioural Sciences and Community Healt h (BS2DM) taken at Part II only. 6.2.2.4.1 Written Examinations (BS2DM) One three-hour essay paper consisting of Section A and Section B Section A will contain three compulsory questions (60% of the marks) One question will be on Rural Attachment (20%) and the second will be on Behavioural Sciences (20%) and he third will be on Biostatistics (20%). Section B will consist of three questions 1. Community Health 2. Behavioural Sciences 3. Rural Attachment Candidates will be required to answer any two questions (maximum 40%) One two-hour multiple choice Behavioural Sciences
and Community Health paper (BS2DM/02) contributed by all interested parties. 6.2.2.4.2
Marking Paper I 400 Paper II 300 Paper III 300 TOTAL 1000 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 500 marks
6.2.2.5 Communication Skills for AcademicPurposes (CSHS101) 6.2.2.5.1 The examination shall comprise: 6.2.2.5.2 Written Examination One two-hour paper consisting of short essay/answer questions, and 6.2.2.5.3 Continuous Assessment covering class tests/assignments and presentations. 6.2.2.5.4 Marking Written Examination 70% Continuous Assessment 30% TOTAL 100% 6.2.2.6
Communication Skills for Profess ional Purpose s (CSHS102) The Examination shall comprise: Written Examination One three-hour paper consisting of short essay/answer questions, and 6.2.2.6.3 Continuous Assessment covering class tests/assignments and presentations .2.6.4 6.2 Marking Written Examination 70% Continuous Assessment 30% TOTAL 100% 6.2.3 ExaminationProcedures 6.2.3.1 Settingof Question Papers The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.2.3.2 Conduct The examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by theUniversity. 6.2.2.6.1 6.2.2.6.2
6.2.3.3
Failure Candidates must normally satisfy the examiners in Biochemistry at Part I before proceeding to Part II; and in all subjects at Part II Anatomy and Oral Anatomy, Physiology and Oral Physiology, Behavioural Sciences and Community Health) before proceeding to Part III. Candidates obtaining between 40% and 49% shall normally be required to write supplementary examinations in the subject in which they have failed. The General Academic Regulations shall apply for candidates who fail more than half the subjects at Part II. In the case of the students who obtain less than 40%, in any of the subjects, the General Regulations of the University shall apply. Candidates who fail the supplementary examinations shall normally be required to discontinue from the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Programme. 6.2.3.4 SupplementaryExaminations:Mar king The marking scheme for Biochemistry at Part I, Anatomy and Oral Anatomy, Physiology and Oral Physiology at Part II shall be as follows:TheoryPaper 500 Oral 100 TOTAL 600 Pass Mark is 50% i.e.300 marks The Marking scheme for the Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination shall be as for the Part II Examination. 6.2.3.5 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 Third Year (BDS Part III) General Pathology General Surgery General Medicine 6.3.1 General Pathology (PG3DM) 6.3.1.1 Examiners There shall be five External Examiners, one each for Chemical Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Forensic Pathology, Immunology and Medical Microbiology. 6.3.1.2 Examination The examination, which shall be held in the University shall comprise:
123
1.Histopathology/Haematology 1 hour 2. Medical Microbiology 1 hour 3. Chemical Pathology 1 hour 6.3.1.2.1 Continuous Assessment (PG3DM/50) including the performance in class examination and during the oral health clinics. 6.3.1.2.2 Oral Examination (PG3DM/90) at which not less than 2 examiners shall be present. 6.3.1.3 Marking The following are the marks which shall be allotted to each section of the examination: WrittenPaper 200 Practical 50 Continuous Assessment 100 Oral 50 TOTAL 400 PassMarkis50%i.e. 200marks 6.3.2
124
GeneralSurgery (SG3DM) 6.3.2.1 Examiners There shall be one External Examiner. 6.3.2.2 Examinations 6.3.2.2.1 Written Examin ations comp rising of multiple choice paper of 2 hours (SG3DM/01). 6.3.2.2.2 A Clinical examination (SG3DM/80) during which long and short cases will be presented. 6.3.2.2.3 An Oral examination (SG3DM/90) Candidates attend an oral examination at which no less than two examiners shall be present. 6.3.2.2.4 Continuous Assessment including marks obtained in classwork and examinations held throughout the course. 6.3.2.3.5 The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.3.2.3.6 The examination shall be conducted in conformity with the regulations prescribed by the University for this purpose. 6.3.2.3.7 Pass Mark The pass markshall be 50%. Candidates
must satisfy the Examiners in both theory and clinical, but candidates whose total mark is 150 or more out of 300, are not permitted to pass unless they achieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in each subject. 6.3.2.3.8 Supplementary Examination Any candidate who fails the examination with a mark of between 40% and 49% may be permitted to write supplementary examinations in those subjects they have failed, provided that where a candidate fails more than half the subjects being offered, the General Academic Regulations shall apply. A candidate shall not be admitted into Part IV of the Bachelor of Dental Surgery until the Supplementary Examinations. 6.3.3.2.9 Marking The marking scheme for, General Surgery shall be as follows:Theorypape 100 ClinicalE xamination 150 OralExamination 50 Continuous Assessment TOTAL Pass Mark is 50% i.e.
100 400 200 marks
6.3.3 General Medicine (MD3DM) 6.3.3.1 External Examiners There shall be one examiner. 6.3.3.2 Examinations 6.3.3.2.1 Written examinations comprising of multiple choice paper of 1 ½ hours (MD3DM/01) 6.3.3.2.2 Clinical Examinations during which OSC E or the traditional long and short case (MD3DM/80) 6.3.3.2.3 Oral Examination (MD3DM/90) Candidates attend an oral examination at which no less than two examiners shall be present. 6.3.3.2.4 Continuous Assessment including marks obtained in classwork and examinations held throughout the course. 6.3.3.2.5 The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners.
6.3.3.2.6 The examination shall be condu cted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by the University for this purpose. 6.3.3.3.7 Pass Mark The pass markshall be 50%. Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in both theory and clinical, but candidates whose total mark is 150 or more out of 300, are not permitted to pass unless they achieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in each subject. 6.3.3.3.8 Supplementary Examination Any candidate who fails the examination with a mark of between 40% and 49% may be permitted to write supplementary examinations in those subjects they have failed, provided that where a candidate fails more than half the subjects being offered, the General Academic Regulations shall apply. A candidate shall not be admitted into Part IV of the Bachelor of Dental Surgery until the Supplementary Examinations. 6.3.3.3.9 Marking The marking scheme for, General Medicine shall be as follows:TheoryPaper 200 Clinical Examination 150 OralExamination 50 Continuous Assessment 100 TOTAL 500 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 250 marks 6.4
BDSPartIV Clinical Pharmacology (CP4DM) 6.4.1 Examiners There shall be one External Examiner for Clinical Pharmacology. 6.4.2 Examinations 6.4.2.1 Clinical Pharmacology (CP4DM) The examination, which shall be held in the University shall comprise: 6.4.2.1.1 A written examination (three hours) (CP4DM/01) which shall contain seven questions, the candidate to answer five. 6.4.2.1.2 An Oral examination (CP4DM/90) Candidates selected by the Examiners may be required to attend an oral examination.
6.4.2.1.3 Marks obtained from Continuous Assessment and examinations held throughout the course, shall be available to the Examiners and shall be taken into consideration in the final pass mark (CP4DM/50). 6.4.2.1.4 Marking Written Examination 200 OralExamination 50 Continuous Assessment 50 TOTAL 300 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150 marks The examination shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by the University for this purpose. 6.4.2.1.5 Any candidate who fails the examination may be permitted to write supplementary examinations. A candidate shall not be admitted to Part V until Part IV has been completed. 6.4.3 Supplementary Examinations (i) (ii) 6.4.4
There shall be a three-hour written examination. There shall be a n oral examination at which no less than two examiners shall be present. Marking Written Examination 200 OralExamination 100 TOTAL 300 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150 marks
6.4.5 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 6.5 BDS Part V Restorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistry, Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology. 6.5.1 Examiners There shall be three External Examiners, one in each of Restorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistry and Oral Surgery/Oral Medicine/Oral Pathology. 6.5.2 Examinations 6.5.2.1 There shall be written examinations in Restorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistry and Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology.
125
6.5.2.2 Clinical and oral examinations shall be conducted in each of the subjects Restorative Dentistry, Community and Preventive Dentistry and Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology. 6.5.3Restorative Dentistry (RD5DM) 6.5.3.1 There shall be two written papers of three hours each one in Operative Dentistry and Cariology and the second paper in Prosthodontics. 6.5.3.2 A multiple choice question paper of one and half hours (RD5DM/01). 6.5.3.3 A clinical examination (RD5DM/80) 6.5.3.4 An oral examination. 6.5.3.5 Marking WrittenPaper(Essays) 400 MultipleChoicePaper 100 ClinicalExamination 150 OralExamination 100 ContinuousAssessment 150 TOTAL 900 PassMarkis50%i.e. 450marks 6.5.4
126
Community and Preventive Dentistry (C5DM) 6.5.4.1 There shall be a three hour written examination paper (C5DM/01)comprising Paedodontics, Orthodontics, Community and Preventive Dentistry and a Community Project. 6.5.4.2 Marking WrittenExamination 200 CommunityProject 100 ContinuousAssessment 100 TOTAL 400 PassMarkis50%i.e. 200marks 6.5.5Oral Surgery, Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine (OSMP5DM) 6.5.5.1 Written examination : There shall be two papers of two hours each. Paper I:A two hour essay paper (OSMP5DM/01) Paper II: A two hour Multiple Choice Question paper. 6.5.5.2 A clinical examination (OSMP5DM/80) during which long and short cases shall be presented or OSCE. 6.5.5.3 Oral Examination (OSMP5DM/90) Candidates to attend an oral examination for which no less than 2 examiners shall be present.
6.5.5.4
Marking Essays 100 MultipleChoicePaper 100 Clinicala ndPracticalExamination 100 ContinuousA ssessment 100 TOTAL 500 PassMarkis50%i.e. 250marks 6.5.6 Setting of Papers The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.5.7 PassM ark The pass mark in each subject shall be 50%. Candidates must satisfy the examiners in both theory, practical and clinical, but candidates whose total mark is 50% or more of the total marks in each subject, are not permitted to pass unless they achieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in each subject. Candidates are required to present themselves in all subjects. 6.5.8 Failure Any candidate who is attempting the examination for the first time and who fails one of the three subjects with a mark of between 40% and 49% shall normally be permitted to sit a supplementary examination in that subject or subjects. A candidate who fails two or more subjects shall normally be allowed to apply t o repeat. 6.5.9 Supplementary Examination Supplementary examination for all the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Part V subjects shall be conducted as at the first sitting. 6.5.10 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations. 7.
CLASSIFICATIONOFD EGREE 7.1 Aims 7.1.1 To group the ten subjects in the Programme under two main headings and so give due weight to their clinical importance in the professional sense. 7.2 MarkingSystem 75% + = Distinction 65%-74% = Honours 50%-64% = Pass 0%-49% = Fail 7.3 Conditions of the Award of Honours and Distinctions A candidate in the Examinations for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree may be awarded Honours or Distinction in any one subject according to the regulations outlined in 7.2 above, provided that:7.3.1 he/she is presenting the subject for the first time;
7.4.2.1 either a total of six subject passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard out of the ELEVEN separate subjects examined in the pre-clinical and clinical sections of the programme provided that:(i) at least ONE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard is gained in the pre-clinical examinations (i.e. Parts I and II); AND (ii) at least FIVE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard are gained in the clinical examination (i.e. Parts III, IV and V) one of which must be from among the three subjects comprising the Part V Examinations.
7.3.2 at the same time he/she obtains passes in all subjects which may be linked in any part of the examinations in which he/she is a candidate. 7.3.2.1 Pre-ClinicalCourses: Biochemistry Anatomy and Oral Anatomy Physiology and Oral Physiology Behavioural Sciences and Community Health 7.3.2.2 Clinical Courses: Periodontics General Surgery General Pathology General Medicine Clinical Pharmacology Community and Preventive Dentistry Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Restorative Dentistry 7.4 Award of the Degree 'With Honours' Successful candidates for the Degree of BDS may be awarded the degree 'With Honours' providing that they meet the following requirements:7.4.1 Subject Distribution 7.4.1.1 Pre-Clinical Course Professional Part I (i) Biochemistry (ii) Anatomy and Oral Anatomy Examination Part II (iii) Physiology and Oral Professional Part II PhysiologyExamination (iv) Behavioural Sciences Examination Part II only 7.4.1.2 Clinical Course General Pathology General Surgery Professional General Medicine Examination Part III Clinical Pharmacology Professional Examination Part IV (I) Restorative Dentistry (ii) Community &Pr eventive Dentistry Professional Examinations (iii) Oral Surgery Part V Oral Pathology Oral Medicine and Periodontics 7.4.2 Regulation In order to graduate with Honours, a student must obtain:-
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES HONOURS DEGREE (B.MLS HONS) (These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University's General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as GAR.) 1.
PREAMBLE(REFGAR2) 1.1 This interdisciplinary degree programme broadly covers the medical laboratory science subjects and is designed to: a) give extensive theoretical knowledge of medical laboratory sciences; b) endow sound practical application of these sciences; c) enable the student to understand the disease state and to interpret medical laboratory data; d) enable the candidate to carry out independent research.
2.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3) 2.1 Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements for undergraduate degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specific requirements: 2.2 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have: 2.2.1 Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Language and Mathematics. 2.2.2 Passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any two of the following three subjects: Biology (or Zoology) Mathematics
127
Biostatistics and Research MethodologyHMLS 209 Laboratory Management Systems HMLS 210 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS 102
Physics The subject not offered at A Level must normally have been passed at “O” Level. 3.
4.
128
DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME 3.1 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree programme requires full-time attendance over a minimum period 4.5 Part III (Third Year) 4.5.1A student shall be seconded to a clinical laboratory. The laboratory of four years. experience will be in all the clinical disciplines. STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 4.1 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences honours degree CourseNarration CourseCode programme will be divided into 4 parts. Parts I, II, III and IV will take LaboratoryAttachment HMLS390 place in the first, second, third and fourth years respectively. Each part will commence at the beginning of the normal academic year. 4.6 Part IV (Fourth Year) 4.2 The Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree will The following clinical courses will be taught: be awarded to a student after having successfully completed the CourseNarration CourseCode approved courses and passed the examinations in accordance with regulations set out below. Biochemistry HMLS404 4.3 Part I (First Year) Microbiology HMLS405 Histology HMLS406 The following courses will be t aught: lood Transfusion Science Course Narration andImmunology HMLS407 Course Code Haematology HMLS408 CellBiology Genetics and Molecular Biology LaboratoryPrinciples Biochemistry Microbiology Histology Blood Transfusion Science and Immunology Communication Skills for Academic Purposes
4.4 Part II (Second Year) The following courses will be taught: Course Narration Course Code Biochemical Techniques Microbiological Techniques Histological Techniques Blood Transfusion Science and Immunological Techniques Haematological Techniques
HMLS 101 HMLS 102 HMLS103 HMLS104 HMLS105 HMLS 106
ResearchProject
4.7 Attachment toClinical Labor atories The student shall be seconded sequentially to the clinical laboratories. A student in the second and fourth year may be seconded to the laboratories at an appropriate time. The third year student shall be seconded to the laboratories for the period of a normal academic year.
HMLS107 CSHS 101
5. HMLS204 HMLS 205 HMLS206 HMLS 207 HMLS 208
HMLS460
An extensive research project that is laboratory oriented shall be undertaken by each student. The project write up shall be submitted by the end of April of the fourth year.
MARKING SCHEME AND D EGREE CLASSIFICATION 5.1 This will be in accordance with the University's General Academic Regulations. 5.2 The final classification of the degree shall be obtained from all the courses of the Programme. 5.3 The overall mark for the Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences Honours degree shall be derived from the marks obtained in all parts of the programme as follows: PartI 15% PartII 25% PartIII 20%
PartIV 6.
40%
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 6) Upon satisfactorily completing the third year laboratory attachment there will be a practical examination (HMLS390) in all the medical laboratory disciplines. These 2 components are a pre-requisite for admission into the fourth year courses. 6.1 Continuous assessment will consist of assignments, tests, essays and laboratory work in the first, second and fourth years. This shall account for 25% of the overall evaluation. In the third year a student shall be assessed by his/her tutor and senior medical laboratory personnel by use of log books designed by the department with the help of the approved medical laboratories. This shall account for 25% of the overall evaluation. 6.2 The written papers shall test the principles of medical laboratory sciences (first year), the methods utilized in these medical sciences (second year) and pathology and interpretation of laboratory results (fourth year). The practical examinations shall be in all medical laboratory disciplines and shall test the competence of the student in applying the laboratory techniques used in a clinical laboratory. 6.3 Part I shall consist of:
Code Description Duration HMLS101 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS102 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS103 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS104 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS105 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS106 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS107 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS180 ContinuousAssessment HMLS 190 Practical Examination (All Courses) 5hours TOTAL MARKS CSHS101 TheoryPaper 2hours ContinuousAssessment TOTAL
Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 350 350 1400 70 30 100
6.3 Part II shall consist of: CodeDescription HMLS204 TheoryPaper HMLS205 TheoryPaper HMLS206 TheoryPaper
Duration 2hours 2hours 2hours
Marks 100 100 100
HMLS207 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS208 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS209 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS210 TheoryPaper 2hours HMLS280 ContinuousAssessment HMLS 290 Practical Examination (All Courses) 10hours
100 100 100 100 350
TOTAL MARKS CSHS102 TheoryPaper ContinuousAssessment TOTAL
1400 70 30 100
6.4 Part III shall consist of: Code Description HMLS380C ontinuousAssessment HMLS 390 Practical Examination (AllCourses) TOTAL MARKS 6.6 Part IV shall consist of: Code Description HMLS404 TheoryPaper HMLS405 TheoryPaper HMLS406 TheoryPaper HMLS407 TheoryPaper HMLS408 TheoryPaper HMLS480C ontinuousAssessment HMLS460 Project TOTAL MARKS
3hours
Duration
10hours
350
Marks 50 350 400
Duration 3hours
Marks 100
3hours 3hours 3hours 3hours
100 100 100 100 250 250 1000
6.7 The examiners may at their discretion require any candidate to a attend an oral examination. 7.
PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN A PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8) 7.1 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must pass each course and pass the practical examination as well as the fourth year project.
8.
FAILURE TO SATISFY THE EXAMINERS (REF GAR 10) 8.1 A student who fails supplementary examinations in any courses in Part I, II, III and IV shall be required to repeat those courses that he/she has failed with the exception that in Part IV if a student fails a project, he/she shall be required to resubmit it.
129
— in or about the 16th week of the Part II Second Year (Anatomy, Behavioural Sciences and Community Health and Physiology.) Third year, MBChB Part III — in March of the third semester, Third Year (Chemical Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Medical Microbiology, Forensic Pathology, Immunology)Fourth year, MBChB Part IV — in May (Clinical Pharmacology, Community Medicine and Psychiatry) Clinical Pathology Examinations to be incorporated into the major clinical subjects being examined. Fifth year, MBChB Part V — in July (Obstetrics & Gynaecology Medicine, Paediatrics and Surgery) Clinical Pathology Examinations to be incorporated into major clinical subjects being examined. 3.2 University Supplementary Examinations Normally Supplementary Examinations are taken in accordance with General Regulations except where specified. Second year, MBChB Part II
8.2 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the GAR. 8.3 Resubmission of a project may be permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6 months of the Senate's decision.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (MBCHB)DEGREES 1.
130
2.
INTRODUCTION These Regulations apply only to students who are in full-time attendance at the University of Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with the University's General Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. The MBChB Degrees will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulations set out below. The Degrees are awarded in two categories - the MBChB Degrees with Honours and the MBChB Degrees.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION 2.1 Entry to the University: All prospective entrants must satisfy the entry requirements of the University. 2.2 Course Requirements: 2.2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have: Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalent) in English Language and Mathematics; Passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry and any two of the following three subjects: Biology (or Zoology) Mathematics Physics The subject not offered at A Level must normally have been passed at 'O' Level. 3. DATES OF EXAMINATIONS 3.1 University Examinations: The professional Examinations for the Degrees of MBChB will normally take place at the following times: First year, MBChB Part I — in or about the 14th week of the second semester. (Biochemistry)
4.
ADMISSION TOto EXthe AMINATION To be admitted examination for the MBChB Degrees, a candidate must: 4.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General Regulations for students; 4.2 have completed approved Courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the satisfaction of the appropriate Chairmen of Departments.
5.
PROGRAMME 5.1 Field Attachments The Undergraduate medical students are required to undertake field attachment activities in the rural areas of four weeks duration in each of the second, third and final year. 5.1.1 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination incorporating experiences gained in the field attachments and knowledge forthcoming from Clinical input shall be taken as part of Part II of the course, coinciding with the examinations in Anatomy and Physiology. 5.2 Pre-Clinical Division 5.2.1 The Pre-clinical Courses begin at the same time as all other University courses in the first year and much earlier in the Second Year.
5.2.2 Department of Anatomy Gross Anatomy Microscopicanatomy Embryology 5.2.3 Department of Physiology The course includes the study of Cell Physiology The Cardiovascular System The Respiratory System The Blood The Alimentary System Metabolism The Kidney The Hormones Reproduction The Nervous System Genetics Environmental Physiology 5.2.4 Department of Biochemistry The Course covers all aspects of a basic introduction to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. 5.2.5 Department of Linguistics Communications Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101) The course covers the Process of human communication, Models skills. of learning, Reading, Academic writing, and Research Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS102) The course covers Models of communication, Consultation techniques and establishing collaborative relationships, the Health professional as educator and counselor, conflict management, oral and written messages, Non-verbal communication, Research and Report Writing. 5.2 Clinical Division 5.3.1 The clinical training commences in the first year of the programme, continues throughout the second year with introductory courses in Clinical Medicine, Community Medicine, Clinical Pharmacology, Chemical Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Medical Microbiology, Psychiatry and Behavioural Sciences being co-ordinated with the pre-clinical disciplines. 5.3.2 Behavioural Sciences and Community Health examination incorporating subject matter provided as part of the Clinical Input as well as that exercise gained in rural attachments shall be given at the end of Part II (See 5.1). 5.3.3 The formal P athology Course (Chemical P athology , Haematology, Histopathology, Medical Microbiology and Immunology) begins in the third term of the second year. Clinical Pathology shall continue to be taught in the fourth and fifth years and examined together with the major clinical subjects.
5.3.4 The formal Clinical Course begins in the 3rd year. The emphasis throughout is on the importance of the patient and not merely his presenting disease, and the major portion of this training is on the wards, supplemented by formal lectures, tutorials, discussions and topic teaching. A multidisciplinary approach is encouraged by the close integration of the systematic pathology lectures with those of the clinical subjects. This attitude is further enhanced by topic teaching, where discussion may include any department within the Faculty. 5.3.5 During the 3rd and 4th years, ward clerking and teaching is based on the tutorial system, emphasising the elicitation of signs and symptoms and differential diagnosis. In the final year, the students act as assistant House Staff and present the cases they have admitted both on the ward rounds and in demonstrations to the whole class. In addition, there is a 5week elective period in the final year, when students undertake a study of their own choice. 6.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 6.1 General Regulations: 6.1.1 Examinations for degrees of MBChB will be run in accordance with the provisions in the General Regulations. 6.1.2 Faculty Board of Examiners The Chairman of the Board of Examiners shall comprise the Dean and Deputy Dean of the Faculty, the Chairman of each Department and the External Examiner for the Department, plus normally, one other member of the Department nominated by the Departmental panel from each Department involved in the subjects for examination. 6.2 First and Second Years MBChB Part I Part I: Biochemistry BC1M Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 Part II: Anatomy AT2M Physiology PY2M Behavioural Sciences and Community Health BS2M Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102 6.2.1 Examiners There shall be at least one External Examiner for each of the three subjects. Departmental Panels of Examiners shall be constituted in conformity with the General Regulations of the University.
131
132
6.2.2 Examinations The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall be divided into two parts, Part I (Biochemistry (BC1M) and Communication Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101). Part II Anatomy (AT2M), Physiology (PY2M) and Behavioural Sciences and Community Health (BS2M) and Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS102) being examined in the middle of the second year. 6.2.2.1 Anatomy (AT2M) 6.2.2.1.1 Anatomy Examin ations (Spec ial requirements) The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.1.2 Written Examinations Two two-hour essay papers (AT2M/01 and AT2M/02) and one two-hour multiple choice question paper (AT2M/03) 6.2.2.1.3 Oral Examinations (AT2M/90) 6.2.2.1.4 Practical Examinations(AT2M/50) 6.2.2.1.5 Continuous Assessment Marking PaperIandPaperII(Essays) 300 Paper III (Multiple Choice Questions 200 OralsandPracticals 100 ContinuousAssessment 300 TOTAL 900 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450 marks 6.2.2.2
Biochemistry 6.2.2.2.1 Biochemistry Ex aminations (Sp ecial Requirements) The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.2.2 Written Examinations One three hour paper consisting of essays and short answer questions (BC1M/01). 6.2.2.2.3 Oral Examinations (BC1M/90) 6.2.2.2.4 Continuous Assessment of the year' s work covering: practical laboratory work throughout the year, class tests in the first and second terms, and tutorials. BC1M/50 and BC2M/50) BC1M/80 and BC2M/80) 6.2.2.2.5 Marking Paper I 500 Paper II 100 ContinuousAssessment 300 TOTAL 900 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 450 marks
6.2.2.3
Physiology(PY2M) 6.2.2.3.1 Physiology Examinations The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.3.2 True or False (or Multiple Choice) Examinations Two, two and half hour papers (PY2M/01and PY2M/02) PY2M/01 contains questions on Cell Physiology, Blood and Immune System, Endocrine Physiology, Reproductive Physiology, Genetics, Gastrointestinal Physiology PY2M/02 contains questions on Renal Physiology, Cardiovascular Physiology, Respiratory Physiology, Neurophysiology, Excitable Cells 6.2.2.3.3 Continuous Assessment (in cluding Practicals) (PY2M/03) 6.2.2.3.4 Marking PaperI (PY2M/01) 100 PaperII(PY2M/02 100 PaperIII(PY2M/03) 100 TOTAL 300 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150 marks
6.2.2.4
Physiology(PY2M) 6.2.2.4.1 Physiology Examinations The examinations shall comprise: 6.2.2.4.2 True or False (or Multipl e Choice) Examinations Two, two and half hour papers (PY2M/01and PY2M/02) PY2M/01 contains questions on Cell Physiology, Blood and Immune System, Endocrine Physiology, Reproductive Physiology, Genetics, Gastrointestinal Physiology PY2M/02 contains questions on Renal Physiology, Cardiovascular Physiology, Respiratory Physiology, Neurophysiology, Excitable Cells 6.2.2.4.3 Continuous Assessment (in cluding Practicals) (PY2M/03) 6.2.2.4.4 Marking PaperI (PY2M/01) 100 PaperII(PY2M/02 100 PaperIII(PY2M/03) 100 TOTAL 300 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 150 marks
6.2.2.5
Beha viou ral Sci ence s and Commu nity Hea lth Examination (BS2M) taken at Part Two only . 6.2.2.5.1 Written Examinations (BS2M/01) Paper I 6.2.2.5.1.1 One three-hour essay paper consisting of Section A and Section B. Section A will contain three compulsory questions (60% of the marks). One question will be on Rural Attachment (20%) and the second will be on Behavioural Sciences (20%), and the third will be on Biostatistics (20%). Section B will consist of three questions: 1. Community Health 2. Behavioural Sciences 3. Rural Attachment Candidates will be required to answer any two questions (maximum 40%). 6.2.2.5.1.2 Paper II One two-hour Multiple Choice Question paper consisting of 60 questions. The questions will be selected from the followingtopics: Paper I 400 Paper II 300 Continuous Assessment 300 TOTAL 1000 Pass Mark is 50% i.e. 500marks
6.2.2.6 Part I: Communication Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101). The examination shall comprise: 6.2.2.6.1 Written Examination One two-hour paper of short essay/answer questions; and 6.2.2.6.2 Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations 6.2.2.6.3 Marking WrittenPaper 70% Continuous Assessment 30% TOTAL 100%
6.2.2.7 Part II: Communication Skills for Pr ofessional Purposes (CSHS102). The examination shall comprise: 6.2.2.6.1 Written Examinations One three-hour paper of short essay/answer questions; and 6.2.2.6.2 Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations. 6.2.2.6.3 Marking WrittenPaper 70% Continuous Assessment 30% TOTAL 100% 6.2.3
Examination Procedures 6.2.3.1 Setting of Question Papers The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.2.3.2 Conduct: The examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by the University. 6.2.3.3 Failure Candidates must normally satisfy the examiners in all subjects of the examination, namely; (I) Anatomy (ii) Biochemistry (iii) Physiology (iv) Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination (v) Communication Skills for Academic Purposes Candidates obtaining between 40% and 49% shall normally be required to write supplementary examinations in the subject in which they have failed. In the case of students who obtain less than 40%, in any of the subjects, the General Regulations of the University shall apply. Candidates who fail the supplementary examinations shall normally be required to discontinue from the programme of studies in the Coll ege of Health Sciences. A candidate may not proceed to the second year of the programme until he has passed all four subjects at Parts I and II 6.2.3.4 SupplementaryExaminations: Marking The marking scheme for Biochemistry (Part I)
133
Anatomy and Physiology (Part II) shall be as follows: TheoryPapers 500 Continuous Assessment 100 TOTAL 600 PassMark50%i.e. 300marks The marking scheme for the Behavioural Sciences and Community Health, and Communication Skills examination shall be as for the June Examination. 6.2.3.5 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
134
6.3 Third Year MBChB Part III (Chemical Pathology, Forensic Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Immunology and Medical Microbiology). 6.3.1 Pathology (CodePG3M) 6.3.1.1 Examiners: There shall be five External Examiners, one each for Chemical Pathology, Haematology, Histopathology, Forensic Pathology, Immunology and Medical Microbiology. 6.3.1.2 Examination The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise: 6.3.1.2.1 Written Examinations: 3 papers Paper I 75 Paper II 75 Paper III 75 Practical 75 Classwork (Continuous Assessment) 100 TOTAL 400 Pass Mark 50% i.e. 200 marks 6.3.1.3 The Pathology Examination is a composite examination. The overall mark determines whether a candidate passes or fails. 6.3.1.4 Setting of Papers: The setting of papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.3.1.5 Conduct The examinations shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by the University for this purpose.
6.3.1.6 Failure Any candidate who fails the examination with an overall mark of between 40% and 49% may be permitted to write a Supplementary Examination. The marking schedule for this examination shall be:Marks Paper I 50 PaperII 50 PaperIII 50 Practical 50 TOTAL 200 Pass Mark 50% i.e. 100 marks A candidate shall not be admitted to Fourth Year (MBChB Part IV) until Part III has been completed. 6.3.1.7 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. 6.4 Fourth Year MBChB Part IV Clinical Pharmacology, Community Medicine, Psychiatry) 6.4.1 Examiners: There shall be three External Examiners, one each for Clinical Pharmacology, Community Medicine and Psychiatry. 6.4.2 Examinations 6.4.2.1 Clinical Pharmacology: (CP4M) The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise: 6.4.2.1.1 A written examination (three hours): CP4M/01 6.4.2.1.2 An oral examination: (CP4M/90) Candidates selected by the Examiners may be required to attend an oral examination. 6.4.2.1.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations held throughout the course, shall be available to the Examiners and shall be taken into consideration in the final pass mark (CP4M/50). The final pass mark will be 50%. 6.4.2.2 Community Medicine: (CM4M) The examination, which shall be held in the University, shall comprise: 6.4.2.2.1 A written examination (Three hours): (CM4M/01) which shall consist of one compulsory question and five other questions, of which the candidate is to answer four questions.
6.4.2.2.2 An oral examination: (CM4M/90) At which not less than two Examiners shall be present. 6.4.2.2.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations held throughout the course, including marks in Biometrics, shall be available to the Examiners and shall be taken into consideration in the final assessment (CM4M/50). Marking: A maximum of 20 marks shall be awarded for each question in the written paper and 50 marks shall be the maximum attainable in the oral examination. Pass mark: 50% i.e. 75 marks. 6.4.2.3 Psychiatry:(PZ4M) 6.4.2.3.1 A written examination (three hours) : (PZ4M/01) which shall contain 100 multiple choice questions, one essay or long Clinical Case History. Candidates to attempt all questions. 6.4.2.3.2 An oral examination : (PZ4M/90) At which not less than two Examiners shall be present. 6.4.2.3.3 Marks obtained in classwork and examinations held throughout the Course, shall be available to the Examiners and shall be taken into consideration in the final assessment (PZ4M/50). Marking: The multiple choice questions shall be allocated 100 marks. The essay question or long Clinical Case History shall be allocated 50 marks. The oral examination shall be allocated 50 marks and the continuous assessment shall be allocated 100 marks. Pass mark : 50% i.e. 150 6.4.3 Setting of Papers The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.4.4 Conduct The examination shall be conducted in conformity with the Regulations prescribed by the University for this purpose. 6.4.5 Failure Any candidate who fails the examination may be permitted to write Supplementary Examinations. Candidates who fail in one or more subjects may sit Supplementary Examinations in those subjects which they have failed. A candidate shall not be admitted to the 5th year MBChB Part V until the whole of Part IV has been completed.
6.4.6 Results Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 6.5 Fifth Year MBChB Part V (Medicine, Obstetrics & Gynaecology, Paediatrics & Child Health and Surgery) 6.5.1 Examiners There shall be four External Examiners, one in each of Surgery, Obstetrics & Gynaecology, Medicine and Paediatrics and Child Health. 6.5.2 Examinations 6.5.2.1 There shall be a written examination in Surgery, including surgical specialities, elementary anaesthetics and dentistry, and in Obstetrics and Gynaecology, and there shall be a written examination in Medicine, including therapeutics and medical specialities not otherwise designated, and in Paediatrics and Child Health. 6.5.2.2 Clinical and oral examinations shall be conducted in each of the subjects Surgery, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Medicine and Paediatrics and Child Health. 6.5.3 Medicine (MD5M) 6.5.3.1 One case history paper with 6 case histories and 20 questions on each. Candidates are expected to answer all questions. The paper is marked out of 60 with 10 marks given to each case history. (MD5M/01) 6.5.3.2 A multiple choice question paper of one and a half hours: a maximum of 60 marks shall be allotted for this paper. (MD5M/02) 6.5.3.3 A clinical examination : a maximum of 150 marks shall be allotted for this section. (MD5M/80) 6.5.3.4 An oral examination : a maximum of 30 marks shall be allotted for this section. (MD5M//90) 6.5.4 Obstetrics & Gynaecology (OG5M) 6.5.4.1 One case history paper with 6 case histories and 20 questions on each. Candidates are expected to answer all questions. The paper is marked out of 60 with 10 marks given to each case history. (OG5M/01) 6.5.4.2 A multiple choice question paper of one and a half hours: a maximum of 60 marks shall be allotted for this paper. (OG5M/02) 6.5.4.3 A clinical examination : a maximum of 150 marks shall be allotted for this section. (OG5M/80)
135
6.5.4.4 An oral examination : a maximum of 30 marks shall be allotted for this section. (OG5M/90) 6.5.5 Paediatrics and Child Health (PD5M) 6.5.5.1 A written examination comprising two papers (PD5M/01 and 02); of which (PD5M/02) shall be a Multiple Choice paper. 6.5.5.2 A clinical examination, during which long and short cases shall be presented (PD5M/80) 6.5.5.3 The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination. (PD5M/90) An assessment of studies undertaken during the student's attachment to the Department may be taken into account. (PD5M/50) 6.5.6 Surgery: (SG5M) 6.5.6.1 A multiple choice question paper of two hours : a maximum of 50 marks shall be allotted (SG5M/01). The Department and College records of the work and assessment of each candidate shall be available to the Examiners at the Examiners' Meeting in each subject and at the combined Examiners' Meeting. (SG5M/50) 6.5.6.2 A clinical examination : a maximum of 150 marks shall be allotted for this section. (SG5M/80) 6.5.6.3 The examiners may require any candidate to attend anPapers: oral examination. (SG5M/90) 6.5.7 Setting of The setting of question papers shall be the responsibility of the Departmental Panel of Examiners. 6.5.8 Pass Marks: The pass mark in each Subject shall be 50%. Candidates must satisfy the Examiners in both theory and clinical, but candidates whose total mark is 150 or more out of 300 in each Subject, are not permitted to pass unless they achieve at least 50% in the clinical part of the examination in each subject. Candidates are required to present themselves in all Subjects. 6.5.9 Failure: Any candidate who is attempting the examination for the first time and who fails one or more of the four Subjects shall normally be permitted to sit a Supplementary Examination in that subject or subjects. 6.5.10 Results: Results shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
136
7.
CLASSIFICATIONOFD EGREES 7.1 Aims 7.1.1 To group the twelve subjects in the Programme under two main headings and so give due weight to their clinical importance in the professional sense;
7.1.2 To maintain the present marking system. 7.2 MarkingSystem: 75%+ = 65%-74% = 50%-64% = 0-49% =
Distinction Honours Pass Fail
7.3 Conditions of the Award of Honours and Distinctions: A candidate in the Examinations for the Degrees of MBChB may be awarded Honours or Distinctions in any one subject according to the regulations outlined in 7.2 above, provided that: 7.3.1 he/she is presenting the subject for the first time; 7.3.2 at the same time he/she obtains passes in all subjects which may be linked in any part of the examinations in which he/she is a candidate. 7.3.2.1 Pre-Clinical Course: Biochemistry Anatomy Physiology Behavioural Sciences and Community Health Examination 7.3.3 Clinical Course: Pathology Clinical Pharmacology Community Medicine Psychiatry Medicine Obstetrics and Gynaecology Paediatrics and Child Health Surgery 7.4 Award of the Degrees 'With Honours' Successful candidates for the Degrees of MBChB may be awarded degrees 'With Honours' providing that they meet the following requirements: 7.4.1 Subject Distribution 7.4.1.1 Pre-Clinical Course: Biochemistry]Professional Examination Part I Anatomy] Physiology] Behavioural Sciences and Community Health] Professional Examination Part II 7.4.1.2 Clinical Course: Pathology] Professional Examinations Part III Clinical Pharmacology]
Community Medicine] Professional Examinations Part IV Psychiatry] Medicine]Obstetrics and Gynaecology ] Professional Examinations Part Vpaediatrics and Child Health] Surgery 7.4.2
Regulation In order to graduate 'With Honours' a student must obtain:7.4.2.1 either a total of SIX subject passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard out of the TWELVE separate subjects examined in the pre-clinical and clinical sections of the Programme providing that: (i) at least ONE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard is gained in the pre-clinical examinations (i.e. Parts I and II ) and; (ii) at least FIVE of these SIX passes at Honours and/or Distinction standard are gained in the clinical examination (i.e. Parts III, IV, and V) ONE of which must be from among the four subjects comprising the Part V Examinations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR SCIENCE DEGREE (BNS) OF NURSING 1.
PROGRAMMEOFS TUDY 1.1 The Bachelor of Nursing Science degree shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the approved programme of study and examinations in accordance with the regulations set out below as read together with the General AcademicRegulations. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate degrees shall take precedence whenever there arises a conflict between them and these Regulations. 1.3 The programme for the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree shall extend over three years of full-time study. For Parts II and III each academic year normally commences on or about the third week of July terminating in May and terminating during November of each year with two vacations during the year. For Part I, the academic year will normally commence in August at the same period as all undergraduate first year admissions. 1.4 All candidates shall have an option to specialise in any one of the following fields: (i) Nursing Administration (ii) NursingEd ucation (iii) CommunityNursing
1.5 In the Nursing Education field, a candidate may specialise as either: (i) aGeneralNurseEducator or (ii) a MidwiferyNurseEducator The degree programme shall be divided into three parts namely Part I, Part II and Part III. All specialisation shall begin in Part II of the degree programme. 2.
MINIMUMENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR) To be eligible for admission to the programme for the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree, applicants must have satisfied the following requirements: 2.1 Registration with the Nurses Council of Zimbabwe as a General Nurse along with at least 2 years relevant experience and a minimum of 5 “O” Level passes at Grade C or better or their equivalents including English Language and an approved science subject and, 2.2 Two "A" Level passes or their equivalents, one of which shall be a science subject (either Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics): OR a good Diploma in Nursing Education or equivalent: OR satisfactory completion of the special one year Bachelor of Nursing Science Preparatory Course offered by the University of Zimbabwe or equivalent.
3.
COURSES 3.1 First Year (Part I) will consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.1.1 AppliedB iochemistry( halfcourse) NSC101 3.1.2 AppliedB iophysics( halfcourse) NSC102 3.1.3 Anatomy NS103 3.1.4 Physiology NS104 3.1.5 Sociology NS105 3.1.6 Psychology NS106 3.1.7 NursingTheoryandProcessI NS107 3.1.8 Practical/Clinical work relating to above subjects will be undertaken as applicable. 3.1.9 Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 3.1.10 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102 3.2 Second Year (Part II) shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.2.1 Pharmacology(halfcourse) NS201 3.2.2 Microbiologyan dParasitology (half course) NS202
137
3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 3.2.7 3.2.8
CommunityHealthNursingI NS203 NursingEducationI NS204 NursingAdministrationI NS205 ResearchMethodsI NS206 NursingTheoryandProcessII NS207 Optional Majors (i) NS208 Community Health Nursing II or (ii) NS209 Nursing Education II or (iii) NS210 Nursing Administration II. 3.2.9 Practical/clinical work relating to above subjects shall be undertaken as applicable. 3.3 Third Year (Part III) shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.3.1 Health PlanningandNursingEthics NS301 3.3.2 ResearchMethodsII NS302 3.3.3 NursingTheoryandProcessIII NS303 3.3.4 NursingTheoryandProcessIV(E lective) NS304 3.3.5 Optional Majors NS305 Nursing Education III or NS306 Nursing Administration or Ns307 CommunityHealth NursingIII including Major Research Project in
4.2.4 Part II: Examinations in the following subjects: Pharmacology Microbiology and Parasitology CommunityHealthNursingI NursingEducationI NursingAdministrationI
4.2.5
Speciality Area NS360 3.3.6 Practical/clinical work relating to above subjects shall be undertaken as applicable.
138 4.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 4.1 Continuous Assessment: Marks shall be obtained from theory tests, class assignment of practical and clinical work, as well as written papers and such continuous assessment shall constitute 25% of the overall mark. 4.2 Assessment of Candidates: 4.2.1 Candidates must normally pass at Part I before proceeding to Part II and at Part II before proceeding to Part III. 4.2.2 The Part I Examinations in Applied Biochemistry (NS101) and Applied Biophysics (NS102) Communication Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS 101) shall normally be held during the third week of July of the first year and these will consist of one two-hour written paper in each subject consisting of short essay questions, with the exception of Communication skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101) which is a three hour paper. 4.2.3 Examinations in all other subjects of Part I shall be held in November of the Part I year. They will consist of one threehour paper in each subject except for Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS 102) which is a two-hour paper.
NS201 NS202 NS203 NS204 NS205
shall normally be held in the third week of July of the second year. For Pharmacology (NS201) and Microbiology and Parasitology (NS202) the examinations shall consist of a two-hour written paper in each subject consisting of short essay questions while for Nursing Education I (NS204) and Nursing Administration I (NS205) there shall be a three-hour written paper consisting of short essay/answer questions. For Community Health Nursing I (NS203) there shall be one three-hour paper. Examinations in all other subjects of Part II shall be h eld in November of the Part II year. They shall consist of the following: Code Description Duration NS 206 Nursing Research Methods I 3 hours NS 208 207 Community Nursing Theory andNursing ProcessIIIIOR AND 22 hours hours NS Health NS209 NursingEducationOR 2hours NS 210 Nursing Administration II 2 hours
4.2.6
Part III 4.2.6.1 Code NS 301 NS 302 NS 303 NS 304 NS 305 NS 306 NS 307 4.2.6.2
Examinations shall be held in November of the Part III year. These shall consist of the following: Description Duration Health Planning and Nursing Ethics 3 hours Nursing Research Methods II 3 hours Nursing Theory and Process III 3 hours Nursing Theory and Process IV AND 3 hours Nursing Education III OR 2 hours Nursing Administration III OR 2 hours Community Health Nursing III 2 hours A research project (NS360) of approximately 10000 words in the Specialty Area (3.3.5) shall be required to be undertaken by each student during the third year and constitute 50% of the overall markin: Nursing Education III or
5.4 Part III Examination Nursing Administration III or Community Health Nursing III. Description Marks Each research project must be submitted not later HealthPlanningandNursingEthics 100 than the 7th of October of the Part III year. Research Methods II 100 4.2.7 Oral Examination NursingTheoryandProcessIII 100 In each year there shall be an oral examination in Nursing Theory Nursing Theory and Process IV (Elective) 100 and Process I, II, III and IV which shall constitute 25% of the Optional Majors: overall mark in that subject. This shall be designed to test the practical and clinical knowledge gained during (i) Nursing Education III or attachments. The Examiners may, at their discretion, require any (ii) Nursing Administration or candidate to attend oral examinations in other subjects in Part I, (iii)HealthNursingIII 100 II and III to assess whether such a candidate passes or not. including Major Research Project in Specialty Area DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS 100 5.1 The marks for the Degree Programme shall be distributed as Part ContinuousAssessment 100 Examination TOTAL 700 Description Marks 5.4 Supplementary Examination (Ref GAR) AppliedBiochemistry(halfcourse) 50 A candidate who fails to pass the examinations in July may on the recommendation of the Examiners and at the discretion of the AppliedBiophysics(halfcourse) 50 Senate be allowed to sit a supplementary examination in Anatomy 100 September of that year. Supplementary examinations may be Physiology 100 taken in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Sociology 100 4.2.6.3
5. I
Psychology NursingTheoryandProcessI TOTAL Communication Skills of Academic Purposes Communication Skills for Professional Purposes TOTAL 5.2 Part II Examination Description Pharmacology(halfcourse) Microbiology & Parasitology (half course) CommunityHealthNursingI NursingAdministrationI Research Methods I NursingTheoryandProcessII Optional Majors: (i) Nursing Education II or (ii) Nursing Administration II or (iii)CommunityHealthNursing ContinuousAssessment TOTAL
100
6.
600 100 100 200
CLASSIFICATIONOFDEGREE The degree shall be classified on the results for Parts II and III examinations the weighting being in the ratio of one combined Part II marks and two for the combined Part III marks.
7.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARDING OF DEGREES The results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
100
Marks 50 50 100 100 100 100
100 100 700
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN NURSING SCIENCE (BSC{HONS}NS) 1.
PREAMBLE (REF. GAR) 1.1 The Bachelor of Science Honours Degree in Nursing Science (BSc {Hons} NS) shall be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the approved programme of study and examination set out below as read together with the General Academic Regulations. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees shall take precedence whenever there arise a conflict between them and these regulations. 1.3 The programme for the Bachelor of Science Honours in Nursing Honours Degree shall extend over four years of full - time study.
139
The degree programme shall be divided into four Parts, namely Parts I, II, III, and IV. The programme will consist of Part I (Pre-clinical Year), Part II (First Professional Year), Part III (Second Professional Year) and Part IV (Third Professional Year). 1.4 Each academic year for Part I shall normally commence in August at the same period as all undergraduate first year admissions. For Parts II, III and IV, the academic year shall normally commence in July and terminating in June of each year with two vacations during the year. 1.5 Part I (Pre-clinical Year) will cover biological, social and natural sciences. 1.6 Part II (First Professional Year), Part III (Second Professional Year) and Part IV (Third Professional Year) will cover clinical nursing subjects and other applied science subjects. 2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (REF. GAR) 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the (BSc{Hons} NS) applicants must have satisfied the following specific requirements; 2.1.1 Minimum of 5 'O' Level passes with grade C or better or their equivalent including English and Biology and one of the following: Mathematics, Chemistry or Physics AND 2.1.2 Minimum of 2 'A' Level passes of any two of the following: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics. The subject not passed at 'A' Level must normally have been passed at 'O' Level
140 3.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (REF. GAR) 3.1 Part I shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.1.1 Applied Biochemistry (half course) NS101 3.1.2 Applied Biophysics (half course) NS102 3.1.3 Anatom NS103 3.1.4Physiology Ns104 3.1.5 Sociology SO101 3.1.6Psychology PS101 3.1.7 Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 3.1.8 Communication Skills for Professional purposes CSHS102 3.2 Part II shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.2.1 NursingFoundations NSC201 3.2.2 Introduction to Microbiology and Parasitology in Nursing NSC202 3.2.3 Medical-SurgicalNursingI NSC203 3.2.4 Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing NSC204 3.2.5 HealthAssessmentTheoryandP racticeI NSC205
3.2.6 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical-SurgicalNursingI NSC280 Clinical practice assessments relating to Medical-Surgical Nursing I shall be under-taken in central hospitals and shall include: 3.2.6.1 Utilization of the Nursing Process to formulate a Nursing Care Plan 3.2.6.2 Aseptic Technique 3.2.6.3 Drug Administration 3.3 Part III shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.3.1 NursingResearchI NSC301 3.3.2 Maternal Child Health and Midwifery TheoryandPractice NSC302 3.3.3 Medical–SurgicalNursingII NSC303 3.3.4 Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing Theory and Practice NSC304 3.3.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice II NSC305 3.3.6 Community Health Nursing TheoryandPractice NSC306 3.3.7 Pharmacology(halfcourse) NSC307 3.3.8 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) NSC308 3.3.9 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical – Surgical Nursing II NSC380 Clinical Practice Assessments relating to Medical-Surgical Nursing II shall include total patient/client care and teaching for intermediate care. The Nursing Process, Nursing Theories, Nursing Models and the Primary Health Care Philosophy will be utilized. 3.4 Part IV shall consist of studies in the following subject areas: 3.4.1 NursingEducation NSC401 3.4.2 Nursing Administration/Management NSC402 3.4.3 Medical-SurgicalNursingIII NSC403 3.4.4 NursingResearchII(Project) NSC460 The Research Project shall focus on Medical - Surgical Nursing. 3.4.5 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical-SurgicalNursingIII NSC480 Clinical Practice assessments in Medical-Surgical Nursing III shall be undertaken in the relevant settings and shall focus on total patient/client care on high dependency clients utilizing the Nursing Process, Nursing Theories and Nursing Models. 3.4.6 Clinical Practi ce Assessments re lating to Nursing Administration/Management shall be undertaken in Medical – Surgical Nursing Units and shall include Unit Management and Clinical Teaching.
4.7.3
Medical – Surgical Nursing II (WrittenPaper) NSC303 2hrs Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing Theory and Practice (Written Paper) NSC304 2 hrs 4.7.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice II (ClinicalandOral) NS C 3 0 5 40mins 4.7.6 Community Health Nursing Theory and Practice(WrittenPaper) NSC306 2hrs 4.7.7 Pharmacology (half course) (WrittenPaper) NSC307 2hrs 4.7.8 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) (WrittenPaper) NSC308 2hrs 4.7.9 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical – Surgical Nursing II (ClinicalandOral) NSC380 4.8 Part IV Examinations 4.8.1 Nursing Education (Written Paper) NSC401 2hrs 4.8.2 Nursing Administration/Management (WrittenPaper) NSC402 2hrs 4.8.3 Medical -Surgical NursingIII (WrittenPaper) NSC403 2hrs 4.8.4 NursingResearchII( Project) NSC460 4.8.5 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical –Surgical Nursing III (ClinicalandOral) NSC480 4.9 Oral Examinations In addition to the clinical and oral examination components indicated in each Part, the Examiners may, at their discretion, require any candidate to attend oral examinations in any subjects in Parts I, II, III, and IV to assess whether such a candidate passes or not, or attains merit or distinction. 4.10Proceeding in theProgramme Candidates should pass Part I before proceeding to Part II, Part II before proceeding to Part III and Part III before proceeding to Part IV. The courses offered on this programme depend on incremental knowledge. Students are required to pass each subject in a part before they can proceed to the next part. Parts II to IV are the professional parts of the programme and each student shall be required to pass each course therein before proceeding to the next part.
3.4.7 Clinical Practice Assessments relating to Nursing Education shall include Classroom Teaching in the relevant settings. 4.
4.7.4
ASSESSMENT OF C ANDIDATES (REF. GAR) 4.1 Parts I, II, III and IV shall have final examinations in the form of written papers and/or practicals/clinicals. 4.2 Continuous Assessments Candidates must achieve a score of 50% or better for clinical practice assessments to qualify for admission to the examination each year in all nursing subjects with a clinical component. Theory tests, class assignments and clinical assignments shall constitute 25% of the overall mark for each subject. 4.3 The Research Project (3.4.4) shall be submitted not later than the last day of Part IV course work preceding the revision period for final examinations. 4.4 Timing of examinations All examinations for full courses in Parts I, II, III and IV shall normally be held in June of each year (at the end of each academic year). Half courses are normally examined at the end of the semester / term (half year in which they are taken). 4.5 Part I Examinations (all Written Papers) 4.5.1 AppliedBiochemistry(half course) NS101 2hrs 4.5.2 AppliedBiophysics(halfcourse) NS102 2hrs 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.5.5 4.5.6 4.5.7
Anatomy NS103 hrs 3 Physiology NS104 hrs 3 Sociology SO101 hrs 2 Psychology Ps101 3hrs Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 3 hrs 4.5.8 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS1022hrs 4.6 Part II Examinations 4.6.1 Nursing Foundations (Written Paper) NSC201 2 hrs 4.6.2 Introduction to Microbiology and Parasitology in Nursing(Written Paper) NSC202 2 hrs 4.6.3 Medical – Surgical Nursing I (WrittenPaper) NSC203 2hrs 4.6.4 Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing (WrittenPaper) NSC204 2hrs 4.6.5 Health Assessment Theory and Practice I (ClinicalandOral) NSC20530mins 4.6.6 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical – Surgical Nursing I (ClinicalandOral) NSC280 4.7 Part III Examinations 4.7.1 Nursing Research I (Written Paper) NSC301 2 hrs 4.7.2 Maternal Child Health and Midwifery Theory and Practice (Written Paper) NSC302 2 hrs
5.
DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS The marks of the Degree Programme shall be distributed as follows: 5.1 Part I Examinations Code Description Marks NS101 AppliedB iochemistry( halfcourse) 50
141
NS102 NS103 NS104 SO101 PS101 TOTAL CSHS101 CSHS102
Applied Biophysics (half course) Anatomy Physiology Sociology Psychology Communication Skills for Academic Purposes Communication Skills for Professional Purposes
TOTAL 5.2 Part II Ex aminations Code Description NSC201 NursingFoundations NSC202 Introduction to Microbiology and ParasitologyinNursing NSC203 Medical -Surgical NursingI NSC204 Introduction to Pharmacology in Nursing NSC205 Health Assessment Theory and
142
NSC280 TOTAL
50 100 100 100 100 500 100 100 200
Marks 100 100 300 100
NSC380
5.4 Part IV Ex aminations Code Description NSC401 NursingEducation NSC402 Nursing Administration/Management NSC403 Medical-Surgical NursingIII NSC460 Nursing Research II (Project) NSC480 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical -Surgical NursingIII TOTAL
300 1200
Marks 100 300 400 400 400 1600
5.5 Supplementary Examinations (Ref. GAR) Normally, Supplementary Examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations approximately two months after the results have been released. 6.
Practice I 100 Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical - Surgical Nursing I 300 1000
5.3 Part III Ex aminations Code Description Marks NSC301 NursingResearchI 100 NSC302 Maternal Child Health and Midwifery TheoryandPractice 100 NSC303 Medical -Surgical Nursing II 300 NSC304 Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing TheoryandPractice 100 NSC305 Health Assessment Theory and Practice II 100 NSC306 Community Health Nursing Theory and Practice NSC307 Pharmacology(halfcourse) 50 NSC308 Microbiology and Parasitology (half course) 50
Clinical Practice and Assessments in Medical -Surgical Nursing II
TOTAL
CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES (REF. GAR) The BSc {Hons} NS shall be awarded in the following categories: FirstClass 75%-100% UpperSecondClass 65%-74% LowerSecondClass 60%-64% ThirdClass 50%-59% These classifications will be based on the candidate's overall performance in the Parts I, II, III, and IV examinations and weighted in the ratio 1:2:3:4.
7.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARDING OF DEGREES The results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF PHARMACY HONOURS DEGREE (BPHARM HONS) 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University's General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
1.2 The BPharm Hons Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved Courses and examinations in accordance with the Regulations below. 1.3 The BPharm Hons Degree shall be awarded in the following divisions: First, Upper Second, Lower Second and Third. 1.4 In these Regulations, 'University' means the University of Zimbabwe. 2.
4.
EXAMINERS Examiners shall be appointed by the University Senate. The Chief Examiner shall be the Director of the School of Pharmacy.
5.
ADMISSIONTOEX AMINATIONS To be admitted to examinations for the BPharm Hons Degree, a candidate must have:5.1 registered as a student of the University in accordance with the GeneralRegulations; 5.2 fulfilled all obligations with regard to the payment of fees, in accordance with the General (Fees) Regulations; 5.3 completed the approved Courses of study at the University to the satisfaction of the Chairmen of the appropriate Departments. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 6.1 The examination shall be divided into four Parts, and candidates must satisfy the Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II, at Part II before proceeding to Part III and at Part III before proceeding to Part IV. 6.2 The examinations for the BPharm Degree will normally be held at the end of the first Semester and at the end of the academic year for all the parts. 6.3 Parts I, II, III and IV form the final examination. The Degree will be classified on the results of the Part I, II, III and IV examinations,
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To be eligible for admission to t he Course for the BPharm Hons Degree, applicants must satisfy the General Entry requirements of the University and the following requirements:2.1 Passes at Ordina ry Level (or app roved equivalent) in English Language and Mathematics; 2.2 Passes at Advanced Level (or approved equivalent) in Chemistry 6. and any two of the following three Subjects:Biology (or Zoology) Mathematics Physics (The Subject not offered at Advanced Level must, normally, have been passed at Ordinary Level).
3. PROGRAMME OF STUDY The Programme for the BPharm Hons Degree shall extend over not less than four years of full-time study, as follows:3.1 First Year: (Part I) Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Chemistry, Physiology Communication Skills for Academic Purposes and Pharmacy Practice. 3.2 Second Year: (Part II) Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Business Administration, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Pharmacology, Clinical Pharmacy and PharmacyPractice. 3.3 Third Year: (Part III) Approved Courses in Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacy, Clinical Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice, Communication Skills for Professional Purposes and Community Medicine. 3.4 Fourth Year: (Part IV) 3.4.1 Approved courses in Pharmaceutics, 7. Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmacy Practice. 3.4.2 ResearchProject A research project will be undertaken by each student in an approved field, occupying not more than ten to twelve hours per week during the final year.
equally.may, at their discretion, require any candidate to 6.4 weighted The Examiners attend an oral examination. 6.5 Where a practical examination is included in any Subject: 6.5.1 the mark for the practical examination may include an assessment of practical Coursework not exceeding 25% of the final mark for the examination as a whole; 6.5.2 a candidate must satisfy the Examiners in both the theory and practicalexaminations 6.6 A Research project will form the practical work for the first and second semesters of the final year of the programme. An assessment of the project not exceeding 20% of the final year total mark will be included as part of the composite mark for the Part IV examination. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 7.1 A candidate who fails to satisfy the Examiners may, on the recommendation of the Examiners and at the discretion of the University, be allowed to sit a Supplementary Examination. 7.2 A candidate who fails the Supplementary Examination shall normally be required to withdraw from the Degree Course but, on the recommendation of the Examiners and at the discretion of the University, may be allowed to repeat the year of stud y.
143
7.3 A candidate repeating any Part of the BPharm Hons Degree is not required to repeat passed subjects. 7.4 If one of the Courses (Forensic Pharmacy, Community Medicine and Business Administration) is failed at Supplementary level, that Course may be carried forward to the subsequent year, and be written at the same time as the regular examinations in these Courses. 8.
144
PART I EXAMINATION 8.1 Examiners: There shall be a minimum of four External Examiners, one in each of Chemistry, Pharmaceutics, Physiology, Communication Skills for Academic Purposes and Pharmacy Practice. 8.2 Examination: The examination shall comprise the following five sections:8.2.1 Chemistry: (HCH 101, HCH 102, HCH 103, HCH 104) Four two-hour written papers and, at the discretion of the University Examiners, a practical examination (HCH180) as per current BSc Degree Regulations. 8.2.2 Pharmaceutics: (PCU101 and PCU102) Two, two and half hour theory papers. The practical mark in Pharmaceutics will normally consist of marks given for Coursework (PCU105). However, it is within the discretion of the University Examiners to require candidates to sit a practical examination (PCU180) in order to determine the final practical mark. 8.2.3 Written Examinations (Physiology) One three-hour mcq/essay paper (PY1P/01) One three-hour practical paper (PY1P/80) Continuous assessment (PY1P/50) (includingpracticals) 8.2.4 Pharmacy Practice (PP101) One two and half hour theory paper based on topics in Social Pharmacy and Biostatistics. 8.2.5 Communication Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101) One two-hour theory paper consisting short essay/answer questions.Continuous Assessment consists of class tests, assignments and presentations. 8.3 Pass Mark: The pass mark shall be 50%. 8.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment 8.4.1 Chemistry: The overall grade in Part I Chemistry is evaluated according to: FinalExamination 67% Practical 15%
Test Assignment TOTAL
12% 6% 100%
Tests are normally held at the end of the first semester for paper HCH102 and HCH104 and at the end of second semester for papers HCH101 and HCH103. The average mark from papers HCH101, HCH102, HCH103 and HCH104 is used to determine the overall pass mark. Normally Part I students are exempted from the Chemistry practical examination by passing the practical course on continuous assessment. The chemistry mark will represent 30% of the total Part I marks. 8.4.2 Pharmaceutics: FinalExamination TheoryTests Practical TOTAL
75% 12.5% 12.5% 100%
The average from two end of semester tests constitutes 12,5% of the final mark. The average from weekly practicals constitutes the practical continuous assessment mark, and the average from 2 practical tests constitutes the remaining 50%. (A third practical test is set for students who do not achieve 60% or better in the first two practical tests). Students must achieve a minimum of 60% overall for the practical continuous assessment. The Pharmaceutics marks will represent 30% of the total Part I marks. 8.4.3 Physiology: Paper I Practical Continuous Assessment (including Practicals) TOTAL
300 100 200 600
The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination(Pass mark 50%). The average from weekly practicals and the practical examination constitutes the practical continuous coursework assessment. The Physiology marks will represent 30% of the total Part I marks.
8.4.4 Pharmacy Practice FinalExamination TheoryTests TOTAL
75% 25% 100%
The marks for Pharmacy Practice will represent 10% of the Part I marks. 8.4.5 Continuous Coursework Assessment (Marking) FinalExamination 70% SemesterA ssessment 30% TOTAL 100% 9.
PART II EXAMINATION 9.1 Examiners: There shall be a minimum of four External Examiners, one in each of Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice and Business Administration and Communication Skills for Professional Purposes . 9.2 Examination: The examination shall comprise the following sections:9.2.1 Pharmaceutical Chemistry: Three two-hour theory papers (PCH201, PCH202 and PCH203) (Paper PCH202 will be based on Biochemistry) (Paper PCH203 will be based on Pharmacognosy) and at the discretion of the Examiners a practical examination (PCH280). The Pharmaceutical Chemistry marks will represent 25% of the total Part II examination marks. 9.2.2 Pharmacology One three hour theory paper in Pharmacology (PMY201) and at the discretion of the Examiners, a practical examination (PMY2P80). The practical mark for Pharmacology will normally consist of marks given for Coursework (PMY2P50). The Pharmacology marks will represent 20% of the total Part II marks. 9.2.3 Clinical Pharmacy One two and half hour paper which will be devoted to topics in Pathophysiology (CPM201). The Clinical Pharmacy marks will represent 10% of the total Part II examination marks. 9.2.4 Pharmaceutics Two, two and half hour theory papers in Pharmaceutics (PCU201 and PCU202). (Paper PCU202 will be devoted to topics in Pharmaceutical Microbiology). The practical mark in Pharmaceutics will normally consist of marks given for
Coursework (PCU250). However it is within the discretion of the University Examiners to require candidates to sit a practical examination (PCU280) in order to determine the final practical mark. The Pharmaceutics mark will represent 25% of the total Part II examination marks. 9.2.5 Pharmacy Practice One two and half hour paper (PP201) which will be devoted to Pharmacoepidemiology. The marks for the Pharmacy Practice paper will represent 10% of the Part II examination marks. 9.2.6 BusinessAdministration Two one and half hour paper (BS101 and BS105). The marks for the Business Administration paper will represent 10% of the Part II marks. 9.3 Pass Mark: The pass mark shall be 50% in each subject. 9.4 Continuous CourseworkAssessment 9.4.1 Pharmaceutics (PCU201a ndP CU202) FinalExamination 75% TheoryTests 12.5% Practicals 12.5% TOTAL 100% The average from two end of semester tests constitutes 12,5% of the final mark. The average from weekly practicals constitutes 50% of the practical continuous assessment mark and the average from 2 practical tests constitutes the remaining 50%. (A third practical test is set for students who do not achieve 60% or better in the first two practical tests). Students must achieve a minimum of 60% overall for the practical continuous assessment. 9.4.2 Pharmacology FinalExamination TheoryTests Practicals TOTAL
(PMY201) 75% 12.5% 12.5% 100%
9.4.3 Pharmaceutical Chemistry 9.4.3.1 Pharmaceutical Analysis (PCH201) Final Examination 75% TheoryTests 15% Practicals 10% TOTAL 100%
145
9.4.3.2 Biochemistry (PCH202) FinalE xamination 75% TheoryTests 15% Practicals 10% TOTAL 100% 9.4.3.3Pharmacognosy (PCH203) FinalEx amination 75% TheoryTests 15% Practicals 10% TOTAL 100%
10.2
The final marks in Pharmaceutical Chemistry will be allocated as follows: PCH 201 30% PCH 202 30% PCH 203 3% TOTAL 100% 9.4.4 Business Administration (BS101 and BS105) FinalExamination 75% SemesterTests 25% TOTAL
146
100%
marks. 10.2.6 Pharmacy Practice 10.2.6.1 Forensic Pharmacy: One two and half hour paper (PP301) written at the end of the first semester. The marks for Forensic Pharmacy will represent 15% of the Part III marks. 10.2.6.2 Dispensing: One three hour practical examination in Dispensing (PP302). The coursework in Dispensing Will consist of marks given for weekly practicals as well as two practical tests at the end of the first and second semesters (PP305). The marks for Dispensing will represent 15% of the Part III marks. 10.2.7 Communication Skills for Profe ssional Purposes (CSHS102) One three-hour theory paper consisting of short essay/answer questions; and continuous Assessment consisting of class theory tests, assignments, and presentations.
Tests are normally held at the end of the first semester for paper BS101 and the end of the second semester for paper Bs105. 9.4.5 Pharmacy Practice (PP201) FinalExamination 75% SemesterTests 25% TOTAL 100% 9.4.6 Clinical Pharmacy (CPM201) FinalExamination 75% SemesterTests 25% TOTAL 100% 9.4.7 Continuous Coursework Assessment (Marking) 10.
PARTIIIEXAMINATION 10.1 Examiners: There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners one in each of Pharmaceutics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Clinical Pharmacology, Pharmacy Practice, Community Medicine and Clinical Pharmacy.
Examination: The examination shall comprise the following sections:10.2.1 Pharmaceutics: One two and half hour paper in Pharmaceutics (PCU301). The marks for the Pharmaceutics paper will represent 15% of the Part III marks. 10.2.2 Pharmaceutical Chemistry: One two and half hour paper in Pharmaceutical Chemistry (PCH301).The marks for the Pharmaceutical Chemistry paper will represent 15% of the Part III marks. 10.2.3 Clinical Pharmacology Two two-hour theory papers in Clinical Pharmacology: (CP301 and CP302). The marks for Clinical Pharmacology will represent 20% of the Part III marks. 10.2.4 Clinical Pharmacy One two and half hour theory paper (CPM301) in Drug Information. The marks for the Clinical Pharmacy paper will represent 10% of the Part III marks. 10.2.5 Community Medicine: One three hour paper (CM301). The marks for Community Medicine will represent 10% of the Part III
10.3
Passm ark: The pass mark shall be 50% in each subject.
10.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment: 10.4.1 Clinical Pharmacology: (CP301 and CP302)Continuous Assessment to be 25% of the final mark. This is to be made up as follows: Casehistories 10% Tests 10% Oral Examination 5% 10.4.2
Clinical Pharmacy (CPM301) Final 75% SemesterTests 25% TOTAL 100%
10.4.3
Pharmaceutical Chemistry (PCH301) Practicals 10% Final Examination 75% SemesterTests 15% TOTAL 100%
10.4.4
Pharmaceutics: (PCU301) SemesterTests 12.5% Practicals Final Examination TOTAL
12.5% 75% 100%
10.4.5
Community Medicine (CM301) 25% of the marks in the professional examination will be allocated to continuous assessment asfar as Community Medicine is concerned. Thebreakdown of t he 25% is as follows: Caseexamination 15% Essay 10%
10.4.6
Pharmacy Practice 10.4.6.1 Forensic Pharmacy (PP301): Tests 25% Final examination 75% Total 100% 10.4.6.2
Dispensing(P P302) Practicals Dispensing Tests Final Examination Total
12.5% 12.5% 75% 100%
Students must achieve a minimum of 60% overall in this subject. 10.4.7
Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS102) Final Examination 70% SemesterAs sessment 30% Total 100%
11. PART IV EXAMINATION 11.1 Examiners: There shall be a minimum of three External Examiners one in each of Pharmaceutics, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmacy Practice. 11.2 Examination: The examination shall comprise the following sections:11.2.1 Clinical Pharmacy: Two two and half hour papers (CPM401 and CPM402) (Paper CPM401 will be based on Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Toxicology) (Paper CPM402 will be based on Therapeutics). This subject will represent 25% of the Part IV marks. 11.2.2 Pharmaceutics: One two and half hour paper (PCU401). The marks for the Pharmaceutics paper will represent 20% of the Part IV marks. 11.2.3 Pharmacy Practice: One two and half hour paper (PP401). The marks for the Pharmacy Practice paper will represent 10% of the Part IV marks. 11.2.4 PharmaceuticalChem istry One two and half hour paper (PCH401). The marks for the Pharmaceutical Chemistry paper will represent 20% of the Part IV marks. 11.2.5 ResearchProject(RP470) A literature survey and experimental work on a topic approved by the Chairman of the Department of Pharmacy in consultation with the Chairman of the other Department concerned. The research project will represent 25% of the Part IV marks. If a candidate chooses NOT to do a research project, then he/she is only eligible for consideration for an award in the Pass (Third) Division. 11.3 PassMa rk: The pass mark shall be 50% in each section. 11.4 Continuous Coursework Assessment
147
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
148
2.1
Clinical Pharmacy SemesterTests Clinical Attachments Final Examination Total
12.5% 12.5% 75% 100%
Pharmacy Practice: Practice Attachments SemesterTests Final examination Total
12.5% 12.5% 75% 100%
Pharmaceutics: Drug Development Workshop Practical Tests Final examination Total
10% 5% 10% 75% 100%
Pharmaceutical Chemistry: Practical 10% SemesterTests 15%
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN RADIOGRAPHY (DIAGNOSTIC) These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University's General Academic Regulation for undergraduate degrees, herein after referred to as (GAR). 1.
2.
PREAMBLE (REF. GAR 2) 1.1 This degree programme is the basic qualification for the practice of Diagnostic radiography. 1.2 This degree will be offered in the department of Radiology, University of Zimbabwe. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3) Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements for undergraduate degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specific requirements.
To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have:2.1.1 At least three passes in any three of the following, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Biology or Zoology, at Advanced Level of the G.C.E. of an approved board or equivalent. 2.2 Normally candidates may be required to attend an interview as part of the selection process. 3.
The senate may exempt a student from part one of the programme.
4.
DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) The BSc Radiography requires full time attendance over a period of 4 years.
5.
STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 5.1 The Bachelor of Science in Radiography degree programme will be divided into four parts. Part I, II, III and IV which will take place in the first, second, third and fourth academic years respectively. 5.2 Part 1 shall consist of introduction to principles and practice of diagnostic Radiography. Course Code 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9
Anatomy Pathologyand Physiology and RD101 GeneralPhysics. RD102 Radiation andImagingSciences. RD103 Patient Management, Psychology and Ethics. Rd104 RadiographicPracticeIA RD105 RadiographicPractice1B RD106 ClinicalPracticeI RD107 Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102
5.3 Part II consists of the following courses 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4
Course Code Radiographic Instrumentation and Imaging I RD201 RadiographicPracticeIIA RD202 RadiographicPracticeIIB RD203 ClinicalPracticeII RD204
5.8 Clinical Assessment Students will fill in a record of clinical practice (log book), which will be signed by supervising radiographers at the end of every week of clinical attachment. Students will have formative practical assessments in each clinical placement. Summative assessments will be performed in prescribed clinical areas. 5.9 Continuous Assessment A combination of course assignments, end of block tests, case studies and oral presentations will be used in the continuous assessment. A minimum of three assessments per part of the course shall be used.
5.4 Part III shall consist of the following courses: Course Code 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5 5.4.6 5.4.7 5.4.8 5.5
Radiographic Instrumentation and Imaging II RadiographicPracticeIII AppliedRadiographicPractice Information Technology and Introduction to Research PsychologyandSociology UltrasoundImagingI NuclearMedicineI ClinicalPracticeIII
RD301 RD302 RD303 RD304 RD305 RD306 RD307 RD308 6.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 5) 6.1 This will be in acc ordance with the Uni versity's GAR for undergraduate programs. 6.2 The overall mark of the Bachelor of Science Radiography degree shall be derived from marks obtained in the parts of programme as follows: Part 1 20% Part 2 20% Part 3 25% Part 4 35%
and write up a research project of 10 000 to 15000 words in 7. Diagnostic imaging or related subjects. The topic of the research shall be approved by the Department of Radiology by the end of Part III. The final research project should be handed in for marking six months before sitting for the final examinations.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (GAR 6) Examinations shall comprise written papers and multiple choice of varying length but not more than 3 hours each depending on the course. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of departmental board panel of examiners.
Part IV consists of the following courses: Course Code 5.5.1 Currentt rendsinImagingmodalities RD401 5.5.2 Ultrasound Imaging II (Option 1) RD402 5.5.3 NuclearMedicineII(Option II) RD403 5.5.4 Management RD404 5.5.5 ClinicalPracticeIV RD405 Candidates have to complete either RD 402 or RD 403.
5.6 Research Project - (RD406) candidates shall be required to perform
5.7 Clinical Practice (Ref GAR 4) 5.7.1 The clinical practice component shall consist of a series of attachments to Imaging Departments of selected and approved centres. This commences in the first year of the programme and continues throughout the second and third years with attachment to general radiography, accident and emergency, mobile radiography, fluoroscopy, theatre radiography, mammography, specialised procedures, darkroom, reception, nursing procedures, paediatric radiography & radiotherapy. Students will also have introductory clinical training in computerised tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, Digital subtraction angiography, ultrasound and radionuclide imaging. In the fourth year students will have in depth clinical training in either radionuclide imaging or ultrasound imaging. Student will also have cl in ic al tr ai ni ng in di gi ta l subtraction angiography, computerised tomography and magnetic resonance imaging.
7.1 7.2
Course work shall be examined as specified in paragraph 5.9. Research work shall be examined by the research project as specified in paragraph 5.6 7.3 Written Assessment 7.3.1 Two Hour Written Paper The paper will have three divisions i.e. A to C. Division A will comprise five, five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprise four, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions. 7.3.2 Three Hour Written Paper The paper will have four divisions i.e. A - D. Division A will comprise five, five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprise four,
149
fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division D will comprise three twenty five mark questions of which two must be answered. 7.4 PART I 7.4.1 Paper 1 (RD101) There shall be a one, one hour multiple choice paper to cover 5.2.1., that is, Anatomy Physiology and Pathology. This will be followed by a 2 hour short answer paper to cover the same area. The style of the paper will be as specified in 7.3.1. 7.4.2 Paper II (RD102 & RD103) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 i.e., General Physics, Radiation and Imaging Sciences. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.4.3 Paper III (RD104) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.4 i.e., Patient Management, Psychology and Medical Ethics. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.4.4 Paper IV (RD105 & 106) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.5 and 5.2.6 i.e., Radiographic Practice 1A and 1B. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.4.5 CSHS101 The examination shall comprise:
150
Written Examinations – one three hour paper of short essay/answer questions and Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations 7.4.6 CSHS102 The examination shall comprise: Written Examinations – One two-hour paper of short essay/answer questions and Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations. 7.5 PART II 7.5.1 Paper I (RD201) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.1 i.e., Radiographic Instrumentation & Imaging. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.5.2 Paper II (RD202) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.2 i.e., Radiographic Practice IIA. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.5.3 Paper III (RD203) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.3 i.e., Radiographic Practice IIB. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.
7.6 PART III 7.6.1 Paper I (RD301) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.1 i.e., Radiographic Instrumentation & Imaging II. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.2 Paper II (RD302 & 303) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 i.e., Radiographic Practice III and Applied Radiographic Practice. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.3 Paper III (RD304) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.4 i.e., Information Technology & Introduction to Research. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.4 Paper IV (RD305) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.5 i.e., Psychology & Sociology. Thestyle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.5 Paper V(RD306) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.6 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.6 Paper VI (RD307) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.7.i.e., Nuclear Medicine I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.7 PART IV 7.7.1 Paper (RD401) There Ishall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Current Trends in Imaging Modalities. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.2 Paper II (RD402) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.2 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging II (Option I). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.3 Paper III(RD403) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.3 i.e., Nuclear Medicine (Option II). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.4 Paper IV (RD404) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Management Studies. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.8 Distribution of Marks 7.8.1 Part I Examinations Description Paper I Paper II Paper III Paper IV Continuous Assessment
Marks 100 100 100 100 200
Clinical Assessment Total
200 800
CSHS101 Written Paper Continuous Assessment Total
70% 30% 100%
CSHS102 Written Paper ContinuousAs sessment Total 7.8.2 Part II Examinations Description Paper I Paper II Paper III Continuous Assessment Clinical Assessment Total
70% 30% 100%
7.8.3 Part III Examinations Description Paper I Paper II Paper III Paper IV Paper V Paper VI ContinuousAs sessment Clinical Assessment Total 7.8.4 Part IV Examinations Description Paper I PaperII(OptionI) PaperIII(OptionII) Paper IV Continuous A ssessment Clinical Assessment Total ResearchProject GrandTotal
7.8.5 The examiners may require any candidate to attend an oral examination. 8.
PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8 AND GAR 10) 8.1 The general academic regulations will apply for the BSc radiography (Diagnostic). 8.2 8.3
Marks 100 100 100 150 150 600
8.4
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN RADIOGRAPHY (THERAPEUTIC)
Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 300 300 1200 Marks 100 100 100 100 300 300 900 500 1400
Candidates who fail in the clinical assessments of any part of the course shall not sit the written examination of that part of the course. Supplementary Examinations General academic regulations will apply for the BSc Radiography (Diagnostic) Resubmission of the research project shall be in accordance with the GAR and may be permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6 months of the senate's decision.
These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University's General Academic Regulation for undergraduate degrees, herein after referred to as (GAR) 1.
PREAMBLE (REF. GAR 2) 1.1 This degree programme is the basic qualification for the practice of therapeutic radiography. 1.2 This degree will be offered in the department of Radiology, University of Zimbabwe.
2.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF. GAR 3) Normally the prospective student must satisfy the general entry requirements for undergraduate degrees as prescribed in GAR, and the following specific requirements. 2.1 To qualify for consideration for admission, a prospective student must normally have:At least three passes in any three of the following, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Biology or Zoology, at Advanced Level of the G.C.E. of an approved board or equivalent. 2.2 Normally candidates may be required to attend an interview.
151
3.
The senate may exempt a student from part (a) one of the programme.
4.
DURATION OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR4) The BSc Radiography requires full-time attendance over a minimum of 4 years.
5.
152
5.5.5
5.6 Research Project (RT 406)-Candidates shall be required to perform and write up a research project of 10 000 words to 15 000 words in Therapeutic Radiography and related subjects. The topic of the research shall be approved by the Department of Radiography by the end of Part III. The final research project should be handed in for marking six months before writing for the final examinations.
STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 5.1 The Bachelor of Science in Radiography degree programme will be divided into four parts. Part I, II, III and IV which will take place in the first, second, third and fourth years respectivel y. 5.2 Part 1 consists of introduction to principles of Therapeutic radiography. Course Code 5.2.1 Anatomy, Physiology and Pathology RT101 5.2.2 GeneralPhysics. RT102 5.2.3 Radiation and Imaging Sciences RT103 5.2.4 Patient Management, Psychology and ethics. RT104 5.2.5 RadiotherapyPracticeI RT105 5.2.6O ncology I RT 106 5.2.7 ClinicalPracticeI RT107 5.2.8 Communication Skills for Academic Purposes CSHS101 5.2.9 Communication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4
5.7 Clinical Practice (REF GAR 4) The clinical practice component shall consist of a series of attachments to Radiotherapy Departments. The clinical training commences in the first year and continues throughout the second and third years with attachment to the following areas. Pre-radiotherapy assessment clinics, Radiotherapy planning unit, External beam treatment units - Cobalt 60, Mould room - linear Accelerator, On treatment clinics + ward rounds, Follow-up clinics, Chemotherapy, Intra-cavity treatment unity, Computerised treatment planning and Wards (oncology). Students will also have an introductory clinical training in Computerised Tomography, Magnetic resonance imaging , Ultrasound & Radionuclide imaging. In the fourth year students will have in-depth clinical training in
Part II consists of the following: Course Code TherapeuticRadiography Instrumentation I RT201 RadiotherapyPracticeII RT202 Oncology II RT203 ClinicalPracticeII RT204
either RNI ultrasound techniques. 5.8. Clinical Assessment Students will fill in a record of clinical practice(log book) which will be signed by supervising radiographers at the end of every week of clinical attachment. Students will have formative practical assessments in each clinical placement. Summative assessments will be performed in prescribed clinical areas.
5.4 Part III consists of the following. 5.4.1. Therapeutic Radiography Instrumentation II 5.4.2. RadiotherapyPracticeIII 5.4.3.O ncology III 5.4.4. Information Technology and Introduction to Research 5.4.5. UltrasoundImagingI 5.4.6. NuclearMedicineI 5.4.7. Counselling 5.4.8. ClinicalPracticeIII 5.5 Part IVshall consist of the following
Course Code RT301 RT302 RT303 RT304 RT305 RT306 RT307 RT308 Course Code
5.5.1 5.5.2 5.5.3 5.5.4
Current trends in Imaging and Treatment modalities UltrasoundImagingII NuclearMedicineII Management
RT401 RT402 RT403 RT404
ClinicalPracticeIV RT405 Candidates have to complete either RT 402 or RT 403.
5.9 Continuous Assessment A combination of course assignments, end of block tests, case studies and oral presentations will be used in the continuous assessment. A minimum of three assessments per part of the course shall be used. 6.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 5) 6.1 This will be in accordan ce with the Univer sity's GAR for undergraduate programs. 6.2 The overall mark of the Bachelor of Science (Hons) Radiography degree shall be derived from marks obtained in the parts of programme as follows: Part 1 20% Part 2 20% Part 3 25% Part 4 35%
7.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 6) Examinations shall comprise written papers and multiple choice of varying length but not more than 3 hours each depending on the course. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of the departmental (board) panel of examiners. 7.1 Course work shall be examined as specified in paragraph 5.9. 7.2 Research work shall be examined by the research project as specified in paragraph 5.6 7.3 Written Papers 7.3.1 Two Hour Written Paper The paper will have three divisions i.e. A to C. Division A will comprise five, five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprise four, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions. 7.3.2 Three Hour Written Paper The paper will have four divisions i.e. A - D. Division A will comprise five, five mark compulsory questions. Division B will comprise four, ten mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division C will comprise four, fifteen mark questions of which students should answer three questions. Division D will comprise three twenty five mark questions of which two must be answered. 7.4 PART I 7.4.1 Paper 1 (RT101) There shall be a one, one hour multiple choice paper to cover 5.2.1., that is, Anatomy Physiology and Pathology. This will be followed by a 2 hour short answer paper to cover the same area. The style of the paper will be as specified in 7.3.1. 7.4.2 Paper II (RT102 & RT103) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 i.e., General Physics, Radiation and Imaging Sciences. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.4.3 Paper III (RT104) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.4 i.e., Patient Management, Psychology and Medical Ethics. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.4.4 Paper IV(RT 105 & 106) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.2.5 and 5.2.6 i.e., Radiotherapy Practice and oncology. The st yle of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.
7.4.5 CSHS101 The examination shall comprise: Written Examinations – one three hour paper of short essay/answer questions; and Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations. 7.4.6 CSHS102 The examination shall comprise: Written Examinations – One two-hour paper of short essay/answer questions and Continuous Assessment consisting of tests, assignments and presentations. 7.5 PART II 7.5.1 Paper I (RT201) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.1 i.e., Therapeutic Radiography Instrumentation I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.5.2 Paper II (RT202) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.2 i.e., Radiotherapy Practice II. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.5.3 Paper III (RT203) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.3.3 i.e., Oncology II. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6 PART III 7.6.1 Paper I (RT301) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.1 i.e., Therapeutic Radiography Instrumentation II. The style of t he paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.2 Paper II (RT302 & 303) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 i.e., Radiotherapy Practice III and Oncology III. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.3 Paper III (RT304) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.4 i.e., Information Technology & Introduction to Research. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.4 Paper IV (RT305) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.5 i.e., Psychology & Sociology. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.5 Paper V(RT306) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.6 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1. 7.6.6 Paper VI (RT307) There shall be a 2 hour paper to cover 5.4.7.i.e., Nuclear Medicine I. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.1.
153
7.7 PART IV 7.7.1 Paper I (RT401) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Current Trends in Imaging and Treatment Modalities. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.2 Paper II (RT402) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.2 i.e., Ultrasound Imaging II (Option I). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.3 Paper III(RT403) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.3 i.e., Nuclear Medicine (Option II). The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2. 7.7.4 PaperIV(RT404) There shall be a 3 hour paper to cover 5.5.1 i.e., Management Studies. The style of the paper will be as described in 7.3.2.
154
7.8 Distribution ofMarks 7.8.1 Part I Examinations Description Marks Paper I Paper II Paper III Paper IV Continuous Assessment ClinicalAssessment Total CSHS101 Written Paper Continuous Assessment Total CSHS102 Written Paper Continuous Assessment Total 7.8.2 Part II Exa minations Description Marks Paper I Paper II Paper III Continuous Assessment ClinicalAssessment Total
100 100 100 100 200 200 800 70% 30% 100% 70% 30% 100%
100 100 100 150 150 600
7.8.3 Part III Examinations Description Marks Paper I Paper II Paper III Paper IV Paper V Paper VI Continuous Assessment ClinicalAssessment Total
100 100 100 100 100 100 300 300 1200
7.8.4 Part IV Examinations Description Marks Paper I PaperII(OptionI) PaperIII(OptionII) Paper IV Continuous Assessment
100 100 100 100 300
ClinicalAssessment Total ResearchProject GrandTotal
8.
300 900 500 1400
7.8.5 The examiners may requireany candidate to attend an oral examination. PROVISIONS FOR PASSING AND/OR PROCEEDING IN PROGRAMME (REF GAR 8 AND GAR 10) The general academic regulations will apply for the BSc Radiography (Therapeutic). 8.1 Candidates who fail in the clinical assessments of any part of the course shall not sit the written examination of that part of the course. 8.2 Supplementary Examinations General academic regulations will apply for the BSc Radiography (Therapeutic). 8.3 Resubmission of the research project shall be in accordance with the GAR and may be permitted by the Senate. This shall be within 6 months of the senate's decision.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH PROMOTION DEGREE (BSC HEP)
Behavioural Science I & II Epidemiology/Biostatistics /Research I & II Communication Skills for Academic Purposes
1.
Part II shall comprise the following subjects: Intermediate Theory and Practice of HEP III and IV Public Health III and IV Behavioural Science III and IV Epidemiology/Biostatistics /Research III and IV Communication Skills for Professional Purposes
2.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 The BSc HEP degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved subjects and examinations in accordance with the regulations set out below. 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS To be admitted to the BSc HEP Programme, an applicant must satisfy the General Entry Requirements of the University and the following specific requirements: 2.1 Passes at Ordinary Level (or approved equivalents) in English Language and Mathematics, and in an approved science subject, AND 2.2 one Passes in three Advanced Level subjects, Mathematics, one of which shall be in of the following: Biology, Chemistry, Physics, OR 2.3 Completion of a University Diploma in Health and Adult Education, Diploma in Health Promotion or approved equivalents 2.4 Exemption: An applicant who holds the Diploma in Health and Adult Education of this University, may apply to be exempted from part 1 provided they pass an exemption test.
3. PROGRAMME OF STUDY 3.1 DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme for the BSc. HEP Degree is three years. 3.2 STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme shall comprise three (3) parts: Part I shall comprise the following subjects: Basic Theory and Practice of HEP I & II Anatomy and Physiology 1 Medical Microbiology 1 Community Medicine/Public Health 1& 11
Part III shall comprise a Field Attachment under approved supervision, during which a Research Project shall be carried out and the following subject: Advanced Theory and Practice of HEP; and Public Health V 4.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 4.1 AssessmentsofCan didates: 4.1.1 For a candidate to proceed to Part II, s/he must pass Basic Theory and Practice of HEP I & II, and one other subject. Normally if a student fails a subject at Part I that is not a barrier subject the student may be allowed to carry the subject into Part II. 4.1.2 For a candidate to proceed to Part III, s/he must pass Intermediate Theory and Practice of HEP III & IV, and one other subject. Normally if a student fails a subject at Part II that is not a barrier subject, the student may be allowed to carry the subject into Part III. 4.1.3 The assessment of subjects studied during Parts I and II shall be by: 4.1.3.1 Three-hour written examinations 4.1.3.2 Continuous assessment obtained from class tests, assignments, projects. 4.1.3.3 Continuous assessment shall constitute 30% of the marks for each subject within Part I and Part II. 4.1.3.4 The written examinations shall constitute 70% of the marks for each subject within Part I and PartII.
155
5.
156
5.2 Part II Exam inations The assessment of subjects studied during Part 3 shall be by a three-hour written examination 5.2.1 Semester 3 which shall constitute 30%, continuous Intermediate Theory and Practice assessment comprising of fieldwork and of HEP 1 EHP 201 100 assignments, which shall constitute 20%, BehaviouralScience111 EHP202 100 assessment of t he research project comprising Epidemiology, Biostatistics and 8,000 to 10,000 words which shall constitute ResearchMethods111 EHP203 100 40% and an oral examination which shall Community Medicine and Public constitute 10%. The research project for Part III Health 111 100 Examinations: 1 x 3 hour paper for each subject. must be submitted for grading two months before Part III final examinations. 5.2.2 Semester 4 Intermediate Theory and Practice of DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS HEP 11 EHP 204 100 The marks for the Degree Programme shall be distributed as follows: BehaviouralScienceIV EHP205 100 5.1 Part I Examination Epidemiology, Biostatistics and 5.1.1 Semester 1 Research Methods IV EHP 206 100 Codes Mark Public Health IV 100 Basic Theory and Practice of HEP 1 EHP 101 100 Communication Skills for Professional Community Medicine and Public Purposes CSHS 102 100 Health 1 EHP 102 100 Examinations: 1 x 3 hour paper for each subject. BehaviouralScience1 EHP103 100 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and 5.3 Part III Examinations ResearchMethods1 EHP104 100 Advanced Theory and Practice AnatomyandPhysiology 100 of HEP EHP 302 100 Medical Microbiology 100 ResearchProject EHP360 100 Examinations: 1 x 3 hour paper for each subject. Public Health V Oral Examination Communication Skills for Academic Examinations: 1 x 3 hour paper for EHP 302 Purposes SHS 101 100 Examinations: 1 x 2 hour paper 5.1.2 Semester 2 Theory and Practice of HEP 11 EHP 105 100 Community Medicine and Public Health 11 EHP 106 100 BehaviouralScience11 EHP107 100 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and ResearchMethods11 EHP108 100 Examinations: 1 x 3 hour paper for each subject.
6.
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Notification of the results and the award of the Degree shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
7.
DEGREE CLASSIFICATION 7.1 The degree will be classified according to a candidate's overall performance in Part I,Part II and Part III assessments. The overall contribution of each Part to the final grade shall be as follows: PartI: 30% Part II: 30% Part III: 40%
7.2
8.
The BSc HEP Degree shall be awarded in the following categories: FirstDivision (1) 75%andabove Upper Second Division (2.1) 65-74% LowerS econdDi vision (2.2) 60-64% ThirdDivision (3) 50-59%
SYLLABUSES In accordance with the General Regulations, syllabus details shall not form part of the regulations, but shall be submitted to the College Board for approval and shall be maintained in the College Office for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY HONOURS DEGREE (BSC HOT) 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 The BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with the regulations set out below. 1.2 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
2.
ENTRY REGULATIONS(REF GAR 3) All prospective students must satisfy the general entry requirements of this University as prescribed in the General Regulations and the following specific requirements: 2.1 Five passes at O Level (or approved equivalent) including Physics with Chemistry (or Physics and Chemistry), Biology, Mathematics and English Language. 2.2 Three A Levels (or approved equivalent) of which one must be Biology and two must be from the following subjects: (Mathematics, Physics or Chemistry).
3.
SELECTION OF STUDENTS Students will be selected on the basis of their academic qualifications and when required, their performance at interview. Medical proof of an applicant's ability to cope with demands of the profession may be required.
4.
PROGRAMMEOFS TUDY 4.1 The programme for the BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree shall extend over four years of study on a full-time basis. All Parts will commence in August and terminate in June in accordance with the other undergraduate programmes of the University. 4.2 The programme will incl ude: 4.2.1 Pre-clinical Studies These are given by the pre-clinical departments of the University of Zimbabwe in part I of study. 4.2.2 ClinicalStudies These are given at the College of Health Sciences of the University of Zimbabwe, Parirenyatwa Hospital, Harare Central Hospital, St Giles Medical Rehabilitation Centre and other institutions as approved bythe University. 4.2.3 Clinical Practice 4.2.3.1Parts II, III and IV Clinical Practice All candidates will be required to practice Occupational therapy techniques on patients at Parirenyatwa Hospital, Harare Central Hospital, St Giles Medical Rehabilitation Centre and other institutions as approved by the University. All clinical practice will be supervised by Occupational Therapists certified by the Medical Rehabilitation Council of Zimbabwe (MRCZ). 4.2.3.2Part IV Clinical Practice -Elective Students will be required to complete a five week clinical elective at an institution approved by the Department. 4.2.4 Field Attachments All candidates will be required to do Field Attachments during the third and fourth years, as follows: 4.2.4.1In Part III The students will familiarise themselves with Community structures, the living conditions and routine of daily living, and services available to those on Commercial Farms, in the Mines and the District Industrial and Municipal areas. 4.2.4.2In Part IV The students will participate in the provision of community based rehabilitation services, gain experience in departmental administration and in the administration of the Provincial Rehabilitation services. The students will also investigate the most common causes of morbidity and mortality and ascertain what agencies are involved in the prevention of these and in rehabilitation services.
157
4.2.5 Vacation Work All candidates will be required to do clinical and field attachment activities for a period during the vacation not exceeding four weeks in each year. 4.3 Subjects/Courses First Year (Part I) Occupational Therapy Techniques I Psychology I Physiology Anatomy Physical Sciences Sociology Communication Skills (I) for Academic Purposes Communication Skills (II) for Professional Purposes Second Year (Part II) Occupational Therapy Techniques II Psychology II Clinical Sciences I Clinical Occupational Therapy I (Physical) Clinical Occupational Therapy I (Psychosocial) Research Methodology and Statistics I Kinesiology/Biomechanics Psychiatry I Rehabilitation I Third Year (Part III) Occupational Therapy Techniques III Clinical Sciences II Clinical Occupational Therapy II (Physical) Clinical Occupational Therapy II (Psychosocial) Research Methodology and Statistics II Psychiatry II Rehabilitation II Fourth Year (Part IV) Occupational Therapy Techniques IV Clinical Sciences III Clinical Occupational Therapy III (Physical) Clinical Occupational Therapy III (Psychosocial) Research Project Rehabilitation III
158
5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Dates of Examinations 5.1.1 UniversitySessional Examinations: The BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree examinations Part I, Part II, Part III and Part IV will take place in the last weeks of the University's second semester and during the middle of the year for some subjects for Parts II, III and IV.
5.1.2 Supplementary Examinations Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 5.2 Admission to Examinations To be admitted to the examinations for the BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree, a candidate must:5.2.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General Regulations; 5.2.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Department concerned. 5.3 Conduct of Examination Examinations for the degree of BSc Occupational Therapy Honours taken by students of the University of Zimbabwe shall be conducted in accordance with the General Regulations. 5.4 Scheme of Examinations 5.4.1 The examinations shall comprise written/practical and oral components. Written and/or practical papers of varying length, but not exceeding 3 hours each depending on the length of the course will be set for each course as detailed below. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of the Chairman of the Department. 5.4.2 Candidates will also be assessed throughout the year on coursework performance of the General Regulations.in accordance with the provisions 5.4.3 Assessment of Fieldwork Assessment of performance on the fieldwork of Parts III and IV will be part of the continuous assessment mark of the subject Rehabilitation II and Rehabilitation III respectively. A mark of 50% or better is required for admission to the examination in the subject Rehabilitation II and III. 5.4.4 Assessment of Clinical work Assessment of performance on clinical attachment for Parts II, III and IV will be part of the continuous assessment mark of the subjects Clinical Occupational Therapy (Physical) I, II and III and Clinical Occupational Therapy (Psycho-social) I, II and III. A mark of 50% or better is required for admission to the examination in the subjects Clinical Occupational Therapy (Physical) I, II and III and Clinical Occupational Therapy (Psycho-social) I, II and III. 5.4.5 Candidates must satisfy the Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II and Part II before proceeding to Part III and at Part III before proceeding to Part IV. 5.4.6 The documentation related to the Research Project is to be submitted by 30 April of the Part IV year of study. 5.4.7 Examination Papers/Components
PsychologyII
Subject/Course andCode Part I OccupationalTherapy Techniques I ( ROTT1)
ExaminationCode andComponent
PsychologyI (RPS1)
01WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Duration Weighting
01WrittenPaper 2hrs 50 Continuous Assessment
Physiology
(RPY1)
01WrittenPaper 3hrs 80Practical 1hr 90 Viva voce 50ContinuousAssessment
Anatomy
(RAT1)
01WrittenPaper1 2hrs 02WrittenPaper2 1hr 03WrittenPaper3 1hr 90 Viva voce 50ContinuousAssessment
Physics for Health Sciences (RPH1)
Sociology
(RSO1)
01WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment 01WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Communication Skills for Academic Purposes (CSHS101) 01Written Paper 2hrs 50 Continuous AssessmentTOTAL Communication Skills for Professional Purposes (CSHS102) 01WrittenPaper 3hrs 50 Continuous AssessmentTOTAL Part II Rehabilitation I( RR201) W rittenPaper 2 hrs 50ContinuousAssessment Occupational (ROTT2) 01WrittenPaper TherapyTechniquesII 50ContinuousAssessment
3 hrs
200 100 300 300 100 400 200 200 300 100 600 200 100 200 100 300 900 200 100 300 300 100 400
(RPS2) 01WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Clinical Sciences ( IRCS01) 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Clinical Occupational TherapyI (Physical)( ROCP1)01Written Paper 2hrs 80Clinical 1hr 50ContinuousAssessment
Clinical Occupational Therapy I (Psychosocial) (ROCS1)
Research Methodology andStatisticsI (RRM1)
01WrittenPaper 80Clinical 50 Continuous Assessment
01WrittenPaper
200 100 300 200 100 300
200 200 200 600
2hrs 200 1hr 200 200 600 2hrs 200
50 Continuous Assessment
100 300 2hrs 200 100 300 1.5hrs 200 100 300
Kinesiology/ Biomechanics
(RKB1)
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
PsychiatryI
(RPZ1)
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
70% 30% 100
Part III RehabilitationII
(RR2)
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
70% 30% 100
3hrs 200 100 300
Occupational Therapy TechniquesIII (ROTT3)
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
3hrs 200 100 300
200 100 300 200 100 300
159
Clinical Sciences II (RCSO2)
Clinical Occupational Therapy (Physical)(ROCP2)
Research Methodology/ StatisticsII (RRM2)
PsychiatryII
(RPZ2)
Clinical Occupational Therapy II (Psychosocial) (ROCS2)
160
Part IV: RehabilitationIII (RR3)
Occupational Therapy TechniquesIV (ROTT4)
01 Written Paper 50 Continuous Assessment
3 hrs
Clinical Occupational Therapy III (Psychosocial) (ROCS2)
01Written Paper 80Clinical 50 Continuous Assessment
3hrs 200 1hr 200 200 600
01 Written Paper 80Clinical 50C ontinuousA ssessment
3 hrs 200 1hr 200 200 600
Project
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
2hrs
6.
DEGREE CLASSIFICATION The BSc Occupational Therapy Honours Degree shall be awarded in the following categories: FirstDivision; 75%+ Upper Second Division; 65 - 74% Lower Second Division; 60 - 64% ThirdDivision 50-59% These classifications will be based on a candidate's overall performance in the Part I, Part II, Part III and Part IV examinations weighted in the ratio of 1: 2: 3: 4: respectively.
7.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
200 100 300 1.5hrs2 00 100 300
01Written Paper 80Clinical 50 Continuous Assessment
3hrs 200 1hr 200 200 600
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
3hrs
01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment
2hrs
Clinical Sciences III ( RCSO3) 01 Written Paper 50 Continuous Assessment
3 hrs
Clinical Occupational Therapy III (Psychosocial) (ROCP3)
200 100 300
01Written Paper 80Clinical 50C ontinuousA ssessment
200 100 300
100
The publication of results and award of the degree shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 8.
200 100 300 200 100 300
3hrs 200 1hr 200 200 600
(RPR470)
SYLLABUS DETAILS In accordance with the General Regulations, syllabus details shall not form part of the regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval and shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PHYSIOTHERAPY HONOURS DEGREE (BSC PHYSIO HONS) 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 The BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with the regulations set out below. 1.2 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
2.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS All prospective students must satisfy the General Entry requirements of the University as prescribed in the General Regulations and the following specific requirements:2.1 Five passes at “O” Level (or approved equivalent) including: Physics-with-Chemistry (or Physics and Chemistry) Biology Mathematics English Language 2.2 Three passes at “A” level (or approved equivalent), preferably one of which should be Biology and any two of the following subjects:Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Physical Science.
3. SELECTION OF STUDENTS Students will be selected on the basis of their academic qualifications and their performance at interview. Medical proof of an applicant's ability to cope with the physical demands of the profession may be required. 4. PROGRAMMEOFS TUDY 4.1 The programme for the BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree shall extend over four years of study on a full-time basis. All parts will commence in August and terminate in June. 4.2 The programme will include:4.2.1 Pre-Clinical Studies These are given by the pre-clinical departments of the University of Zimbabwe. 4.2.2 Clinical Studies These are given at the College of Health Sciences and at hospitals and other institutions as approved by t he University. 4.2.3 ClinicalPractice 4.2.3.1 Clinical Practice (II, III and IV) All candidates will be required to practise Physiotherapy techniques on patients at Hospitals and institutions as approved by the University. All clinical practice will be supervised by physiotherapists certified by the Medical Rehabilitation Council of Zimbabwe (MRCZ). 4.2.3.2Clinical Elective Part IV Students will be required to complete a five week clinical elective at an institution approved by the University. 4.2.4 Field Attachments All candidates will be required to do Field Attachments during the third and fourth years, as follows: 4.2.4.1In Part III The students will familiarise themselves with community structures, the living conditions, routine
of daily living and services available to those living in Communal lands, Commercial farms, in the Mines and in the District and Municipal areas. 4.2.4.2In Part IV The students will participate in the provision of community based rehabilitation services, gain experience in departmental administration and in the administration of the Provincial rehabilitation services. The students will also investigate the most common causes of morbidity and mortality and ascertain what agencies are involved in the prevention of these and in the provision of rehabilitation services. 4.2.5 Vacation Work All candidates will be required to do clinical and field attachment activities for a period during the vacation not exceeding four weeks in each year. 4.3 Subjects/Courses First Year (Part I) Physiotherapy Techniques I Psychology I Physiology Anatomy Physics for Health Sciences Sociology Communication Skills for Academic Purposes Communication Skills for Professional Purposes Second Year (Part II) Rehabilitation I Physiotherapy Techniques II Psychology II Clinical Sciences I Clinical Physiotherapy I Research Methodology/Statistics I Kinesiology/Biomechanics Third Year (Part III) Rehabilitation II Physiotherapy Techniques III Clinical Sciences II Clinical Physiotherapy II Research Methodology/Statistics II Fourth Year (Part IV) Rehabilitation III Physiotherapy Techniques IV Clinical Sciences III Clinical Physiotherapy III Research Project
161
5.
162
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Dates of Examinations 5.1.1 University SessionalExaminations: The BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree examinations Part I, Part II, Part III and Part IV will take place in the last weeks of the University's second semester the First, Second, Third and Fourth years respectively, and mid year in Clinical Sciences for Parts II, III and IV. 5.1.2 SupplementaryExaminations Supplementary Examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 5.2 AdmissiontoExaminations To be admitted to the examinations for the BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree, a candidate must:5.2.1 have registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General Regulations; 5.2.2 have completed approved courses of study at the University of Zimbabwe to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Department concerned. 5.3 Conduct of Examination Examinations for the degree of BSc Physiotherapy Honours taken by students of the University of Zimbabwe shall be conducted in accordance with the General Regulations. 5.4 Scheme of Examinations 5.4.1 The examinations shall comprise written/practical and oral components. Written and/or practical papers of varying length, but not exceeding 3 hours each depending on the length of the course will be set for each course as detailed below. Viva voces may be given at the discretion of the Chairman of the Department. 5.4.2 Candidates will also be assessed throughout the year on coursework performance in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 5.4.3 Assessment of Fieldwork Assessment of fieldwork on the field attachment will be part of the continuous assessment mark of the subject Rehabilitation for Part III and Part IV . Candidates must achieve a score of 50% or better for the assessment of performance on Field Attachments to qualify for admission to the examination in the subject Rehabilitation for Parts III and IV. 5.4.4 Assessment of Clinical work will form part of the Continuous Assessment mark of the subject Clinical Physiotherapy. Candidates must achieve a pass of 50% or better in Clinical Practice examinations in order to pass the final examinations in the subject Clinical Physiotherapy in eachrespective year. 5.4.5 Candidates must satisfy the Examiners at Part I before proceeding to Part II and Part II before proceeding to III and at Part III before proceeding to Part IV. In the case of Part I candidates may be allowed to proceed carrying Sociology
(RS0101), Physics (RPHS101) or Psychology(RPS101). 5.4.6 The documentation related to the Research Project is to be submitted by 30 April of the Part IV year of study. 5.4.7 Examination Papers/Components Subject/Course andCode Part I Physiotherapy Techniques
ExaminationCode andComponent
Duration
PsychologyI
RPS101WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
RPT101WrittenPaper 2hrs 80Practical 20mins 50ContinuousAssessment
Weighting
100 100 100 300 300 100 400 300 200 300 100 900
PhysiologyRPY1
01WrittenPaper 3hrs 80PracticalPaper 3hrs 90 Viva voce 50ContinuousAssessment
Anatomy RAT1
01Continuous MultipleChoice Paper 3hrs 50 Assessment
200 100 300
01WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300 300 100 400
Physics for Health Sciences RPHS1
Sociology RSO1
01WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Communication Skills for AcademicPurposes CSHS101 01 Written Paper 2 hrs 50ContinuousAssessmentCommunication Skills for Professional Purposes CSHS102 01 Written Paper 3 hrs 50ContinuousAssessment -
70% 30% 100% 70% 30% 100%
Part II RehabilitationI
RR201WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
TechniquesII
RPT201WrittenPaper 3hrs 80Practical 45mins 50ContinuousAssessment
PsychologyII
RPS201WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Clinical SciencesI
RCS101WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Clinical Physio therapy
RC101WrittenPaper 3hrs 80Clinical 45mins 50ContinuousAssessment
Research Methodology/ StatisticsI RRM1 01WrittenPaper 50 Continuous Assessment Kinesiology/ Biomechanics
Part III: RehabilitationII
Physiotherapy TechniquesIII
Clinical SciencesII
2hrs
200 100 300 100 100 100 300 200 100 300 200 100 300
100 100 100 300
200 100 300
RKB101WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300
RR301WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300
RPT301WrittenPaper 3hrs 80Practical 30mins 50ContinuousAssessment RCS201WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
100 100 100 300 200 100 300
Clinical Physio TherapyIIIR C2
01WrittenPaper 3hrs 80ClinicalExam 45mins 50ContinuousAssessment
Research Methodology/ StatisticsII RRM2 01WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
Part IV RehabilitationIII
Physiotherapy TechniquesIV
Clinical SciencesIII
100 100 100 300
200 100 300
RR301WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300
RPT401WrittenPaper 2hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300
RCS301WrittenPaper 3hrs 50ContinuousAssessment
200 100 300
Clinical Physio TherapyIIIR C3
Project 6.
01WrittenPaper 2hrs 100 80ClinicalExamination 45mins 100 50ContinuousAssessment 100 300 RPTR470 100
DEGREE CLASSIFICATION The BSc Physiotherapy Honours Degree shall be awarded in the followingcategories: FirstDivision; 75%+ UpperSecondDivision; 65-74% LowerSecondDivision; 60-64% ThirdDivision 50-59% These classifications will be based on candidate's overall performance in the Part I, Part II, Part III and Part IV examinations weighted in the ratio of 1: 2: 3: 4: respectively.
163
7.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE The publication of results and award of the degree shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
8.
SYLLABUS DETAILS In accordance with the General Regulations, syllabus details shall not form part of the regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval and shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
4.2 It shall comprise coursework, practical work, seminars and a research project, which shall be assessed throughout the year, as well as written and oral examinations. 5.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INTERCALATED) HONOURS DEGREE IN HUMAN ANATOMY (BSC HONS) 1.
164 2.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate degree courses of the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 The BSc Honours degree shall be awarded to a candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and examinations in Advanced Human Anatomy and shall normally be available to approved students on the MBChB and BSc (Hons) in Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes. The degree shall be intercalated within the MBChB and Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be eligible for admission on the BSc Honours degree course applicants must have successfully completed at least the Part II of the MBChB or Part II BSc (Hons) for Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes of study. 2.2 Applicants must normally have obtained a 65% or better aggregate 6. in Anatomy (or equivalent) in the first year of these programmes. 2.3 The Honours level pass must have been achieved at first sitting.
3.
APPLICATIONPROCEDURES 3.1 Application for registration must be made through the Chairperson of the Department of Anatomy and the Dean, College of Health Sciences to the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 3.2 Registration shall normally take place in January of each year.
4.
PROGRAMME 4.1 The programme shall extend for one academic year on a full-time basis at the University of Zimbabwe.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 Candidates must pass the examination as a whole (i.e. pass mark is 450/900). The following papers shall form part of the examination: 5.1.1 Coursework (ContinuousAssessment 300 Advanced Developmental Anatomy 50 Advanced Neuroanatomy 50 Research Project 150 Viva voce 150 TOTAL 700 5.1.2 Options: (i) MBChB students: Advanced Principles of Systematic Anatomy AndComparativeAnatomy AdvancedSystematicHistology (ii)
150 50
Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography students: Advanced Functional Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy 150 Advanced Histology 50
(Written papers shall consist of 1 hour Multiple Choice Question and two hours Essays/Short Questions) 5.2
Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations and shall normally be held in February.
SYLLABUS OUTLINE FOR THE BSC (INTERCALATED) HONOURS DEGREE IN ANATOMY 6.1 The honours degree programme prepares the candidate for a better and critical understanding of Anatomy after Part II of the MBChB and BSc (Hons) Occupational Therapy and Physiotherapy and Nursing Science and Radiography programmes, and it lays the foundations for postgraduate training. To these ends the candidate is exposed to basic and advanced research methodology-reads and discusses selected published literature critically- carries out and reports on a research project.
6.2 Courses for the BSc (Intercalated) Honours in Human Anatomy 7. NOTIFICATIONOFR ESULTS The following courses shall be given for this programme: Each candidate shall be notified of the results of the examination by the 6.2.1 Advanced Prin ciples of S ystematic Anatomy and Deputy Registrar (Academic). Comparative Anatomy AT3M01 6.2.2 Advanced Developmental 8. AWARD OF DEGREE Anatomy AT3M02 A Degree under the seal of the University shall be delivered to each 6.2.3 Advanced Neuroanatomy AT3M03 6.2.4 Advanced Systematic candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and Histology AT3M04 examinations in accordance with these regulations. The degree shall be 6.2.5 Research Project classified in accordance with the General Regulations. AT3M60 6.2.6 AdvancedH istology AT3M05 6.2.7 Advanced Function al Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy AT3M06 REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 6.3 Details of the Subject matter for each of the Courses (INTERCALATED) HONOURS DEGREE IN HUMAN 6.3.1 Advanced Pr inciples of Systematic An atomy and PHYSIOLOGY Comparative Anatomy of: Nervous, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive, respiratory, renal 1. INTRODUCTION and skin. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General A detailed study of a selected organ system by dissection, Academic Regulation for Undergraduate Degrees, which shall have demonstrations (e.g. casts) and seminars. 6.3.2 Advanced Neuroanatomy precedence over these College Regulations. The BSc Honours degree will A detailed study of selected aspects of the nervous system be awarded to a candidate who has successfully completed the approved including neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, clinical of the nervous system and therapeutics. 6.3.3 examination Advanced Systematic Histology A detailed microscopic anatomy of selected organ systems with emphasis to correlation between structure and function, and where appropriate correlation with disease. 6.3.4 Advanced Developmental Anatomy (Embryology) A detailed study of developmental aspects of selected organ systems; anomalies (including teratogenesis) and their clinical presentation and significance. 6.3.5 Research Project A research project shall run for two terms. This shall be presented at a seminar and shall be presented as a typewritten dissertation. The thesis shall be bound and presented in accordance with the University regulations and shall be examined at the end of May. Research techniques in Anatomy shall be applied. 6.3.6 Advanced Functional Anatomy: A detailed study of applied anatomy of the musculoskeletal system. This involves study of the bones and muscles (grouped according to their functions) and an in depth analysis of Joints and their biomechanics. 6.3.7 Advanced Histology: A detailed microscopic anatomy of selected tissues with emphasis on the musculoskeletal system and clinical application.
courses below. in advanced Human Physiology and the examinations set out The degree will be intercalated within the MBChB programme of studies at the University of Zimbabwe. 2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion of at least the MBChB Part II subjects and courses. 2.2 To be eligible for admission to the intercalated BSc Honours programme an applicant must normally have obtained a good 2.1 grade or better in Physiology in the first two years of the MBChB programme, the aggregate being at first sitting.
3.
APPLICATIONPROCEDURES 3.1 Application for r egistration must be made with the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department of Physiology and the Dean, College of Health Sciences to the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 3.2 Registration and the start of this programme shall normally take place at the end of January.
165
4.
PROGRAMME The programme shall extend over not less than one academic year on a full-time basis at the University of Zimbabwe. It will comprise regular coursework, seminars, written and oral examinations, and a research project as detailed below.
5.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 Each candidate shall be assessed throughout the year and examined at the end of November. The examination structure is outlined below: Continuous Assessment Paper I
PY3M/01 = 300 PY3M/02 = 100
Advanced Cell Physiology Advanced Gastrointestinal Physiology Advanced Endocrine Physiology Advanced Reproductive Physiology Advanced Blood Physiology and the Immune System Paper II PY3M/03 = 100 Advanced Neurophysiology AdvancedCardiovascular Renal Physiology Advanced Physiology Advanced Excitable Cell Physiology AdvancedRespiratoryPhysiology Paper III PY3M/04 = 100 Methodology and Techniques in Physiology Paper IV PY3M/05 = 100 Viva Voce Paper V PY3M/06 = 200 Project Total 900
166
5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5
Coursework and seminars will be asses sed continuously through the year. Each candidate shall be required to complete a dissertation which shall be examined orally. A candidate must pass the examination as a whole with a mark of at least 50%. Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations and will normally be held in February.
6.
AWARD OF DEGREE A Degree under the seal of the University shall be delivered to each candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and examinations in accordance with these regulations. The degree shall be classified in accordance with the General Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING SCIENCE (MSC NS) 1.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework (GAR) and the respective College regulations. 1.2. The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General AcademicRegulations
3.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1. To be admitted to the programme an applicant shall normally have a bachelors degree in Nursing Science or an equivalent degree OR a relevant first degree in a related field plus a General Nurse qualification. 3.2. An applicant with other qualifications may be considered for admission by the Senate on the recommendation of the Department and Dean of the Faculty of Medicine. Normally such candidates should also possess relevant experience and may be required to pass a qualifying examination set by the Department prior to the Senate deciding on their acceptability for admission (GAR 3 1(b)). 3.3. Relevant experience in the chosen area of specialization is a prerequisite for admission. 3.4. A candidate shall be admitted to the programme provided he or she is registered, or is eligible to register, with the Nurses Council of Zimbabwe.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1. The Master of Science Degree in Nursing Science is offered in any one of the following areas of clinical practice: ? Maternal and Child Health / Midwifery, ? Medical - Surgical Nursing; ? Community Health Nursing; ? Mental Health / Psychiatric Nursing. Not all branches in clinical specialization are necessarily available in any one year. 4.2. The duration of the programme is eighteen months full-time study or thirty-six months part-time study, commencing in January of each year. Each academic year is divided into two equal semesters. The first semester starts in January and ends in July. The second semester starts immediately after the end of the first semester and endsin December. 4.3. The programme is divided into two Parts. Part 1 comprises courses taught over twosemesters for full-time students and four semesters for part-time students. Part 2 consists of a taught course and the research component completed over a semester for full-time students and two semesters for parttime students. 4.4. A full-time student normally completes the programme in three semesters (S1, S2, S3) and a part-time student in six semesters (S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6).
MNS509 MNS510 MNS511 MNS512 MNS513 MNS514 MNS515 MNS516 MNS 517 MNS 518
6.
5. EXAMINATIONS 5.1. Formal written examination of a course takes place at the end of the semester in which the course is taught. 6.3. The duration of the formal written examination of a taught course shall be as follows; Code Description Duration MNS 501 Statistics and Informatics and Epidemiology hrs 3 MNS503 NursingResearch1 3hrs MNS 504 Pathophysiology 3 hrs MNS 505 Advanced Embryology and Neonatology 3 hrs MNS 506 Advanced Practice Issues inMaternal andChildHealth/Midwifery1 3hrs MNS 507 Advanced Practice Issues inMedical SurgicalNursing1 3hrs MNS508 AdvancedPractice Issuesin CommunityHealthNursing1 3hrs
2hrs 2hrs 2hrs 2 hrs 2hrs 2hrs 3hrs 3hrs 3hrs 2hrs
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1. A taught course shall be asse ssed by continuous assessment and a formal written examination which may include an oral examination as stipulated by the Department. Continuous assessment shall constitute 25% and the formal written 6.2.
5.2.
Nursingresearch2 AdvancedNursingAdministration AdvancedNursingEducation AdvancedPractice Issuesin Maternal and Child Health /Midwifery 2 AdvancedPractice Issuesin Medical-SurgicalNursing2 AdvancedPractice Issuesin CommunityHealthNursing2 HealthEconomicsandBudgeting AppliedNeuroscience Advanced Practice Issues in Mental Health/PsychiatricNursing1 Advanced Practice Issues in Mental Health/PsychiatricNursing2
examination 75% of the final course mark. The continuous assessment mark may be derived from any of the following components: tests, case studies, client study presentations, practicals, term paper, mini project, clinical rounds/conferences and community rounds/conferences, as stipulated by the Department. The research project shall be assessed by a written dissertation and an oral examination in defence of t he dissertation.
7.
PROCESSING OF THE RESULTS The examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations
8.
DETERMINATION OF THE RESULTS 8.1. Normally a student should pass all Part 1 courses before proceeding to Part 2. 8.2. A stu dent sh all be allowe d to w rite su pplemen tary examinations in a failed course in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
167
9.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS Supplementary examinations will be held in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations soon after publication of the results.
10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE 10.1. To be awarded the degree, a student must have passed all the prescribed courses in the field of study. 10.2. The degree shall be classified taking into account the course units of the prescribed courses that constitute the degree. 10.3. The degree classification shall be in accordance with the following mark scheme: 80%andabove Distinction 70% 79% Merit 50% 69% Pass Below 50% Fail 11. PROGRAMMECOURS ES Full-time and part-time students will take the courses in the semester indicated.
168
Part 1 Courses Core courses Course Code MNS501 MNS502 MNS503 MNS509
MNS516
Pathophysiology Advanced Embryology and Neonatology AppliedNeuroscience
Part Time S1 S1 S3 S4
Speciality courses A student must take one course from each of lists A, B, C and D, according to his/her chosen specialization. The courses must be taken in the semesters indicated. List A
Prerequisite Course Full Units Time
Part Time
7.5 7.5 7.5
List B Course codeCoursedescription
Prerequisite Course Units Advanced Practice Issues in Maternal and Child Health Nursing / midwifery 1 MNS502 & MNS505 15 MNS507Advanced Practice Issues in Medical - Surgical Nursing1 MNS502& M NS504 15 MNS508 Advanced Practice Issues in Community Health Nursing1 MNS502& MNS504 15 MNS517 Advanced Practice Issues
S1 S1 S1
S1 S1 S1
Full Time
Part Time
MNS506
in Mental Health/ Psychiatric Nursing 1
Course Prerequisite Course Full Description Units Time Statistics and Informatics and Epidemiology 20 S1 AdvancedHealthAssessment 7.5 S1 NursingResearch1 12.5 S1 NursingResearch2 MNS503 20 S2
Course codeCoursedescription
MNS504 MNS505
List C Course Code
MNS502 & MNS516
15
S1
S1
S3
S3
S1
S3
S1
S3
Coursedescription
MNS510 MNS511
PrerequisiteC ourse Full Units Time AdvancedNursingAdministration 25 S2 AdvancedNursingEducation 25 S2
Part Time S2 S2
List D Course Code
Coursedescription
Part Time
MNS512
PrerequisiteC ourse Full Units Time Advanced Practice Issues in Maternal and Child Health / Midwifery 2 MNS502 MNS 505 & MNS506 15 S2
S4
MNS513
Advanced Practice Issues in Medical Surgical Nursing2 MNS502 MNS504 & MNS507 MNS514 Advanced Practice Issues in Community Health Nursing2 MNS502 MNS504 & MNS508 MNS518 Advanced Practice Issues in Mental Health/ Psychiatric Nursing 2 MNS502 MNS516 & MNS517 Part 2 courses
MNS516, MNS517 & MNS518 a)
15
S2
S4
15
S2
S4
15
S2
S4
The research project shall be s ubmitted in the form of a dissertation of 10 000 - 15 000 words on a topic approved by the Departmental Board of Nursing Science. b) The deadlines for submission of the dissertation are as follows: Full-time - May 31 of the final year; Part-time - October 31 of the final year. 12. SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the approved detailed syllabuses are maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
A student must take the following core courses;
Course Code MNS515 MNS570
Coursedescription
Prerequisite
Health Economics and Budgeting Dissertation
MNS501
Course Full Units Time 20 40
MNS502 MNS503, MNS509 and EITHER MNS505, MNS506 & MNS512
S3 S3
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREEIN CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY (MDCB)
Part Time S5 S5&S6
(To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF. GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should normally have an appropriate honours degree or equivalent from this university or a recognised university in one of the following fields: 1.1.1 Biochemistry 1.1.2 Medical or Veterinary Science 1.1.3 Biological Sciences and Chemistry 1.1.4 Physiology 1.1.5 Pharmacy 1.1.6 Medical Laboratory Sciences 1.2 Applicants whose previous subject content is inadequate may be required to attend courses to bring them to the appropriate honours level before registering for the Masters programme. 1.3 Applicants must be registered with the relevant Council
2.
DURATIONOFT HEPROGRAMME The programme is offered on a part-time basis and will run for two years.
OR MNS504,MNS507 & MNS513 OR MNS504, MNS508 & MNS514 OR
169
3.
4.
5.
170 6.
PLACE OF STUDY The course will be taught in the University but students may be seconded to approved laboratories for practical instruction. STRUCTUREOFT HEPROGRAMME 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts. Part I shall be the coursework component and Part II shall be the research component. 4.2 The formal examination in Part I shall be held after the completion of all formal lectures in the course. 4.3 Part II research shall normally commence immediately after satisfactory completion of Part I. 4.4 There shall be continuous assessment in both Part I and Part II. This shall contribute 33% of the final mark. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 5.1 The degree may be awarded with distinction or with merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at the final examinations of Part I and Part II of the programme. The Parts shall carry equal weighting. 5.2 The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail RESEARCHPROJECTS Students will carry out a Research Project supervised by an appropriate person approved by the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee by Coursework (HDC). Where any student is permitted to undertake his/her research project at another institution, there shall be at least two supervisors, one of whom shall be from the University of Zimbabwe.
Code
Description
MDCB501MCQ Laboratory Practice and Management MDCB502 LaboratoryPracticea nd Management (Long and Short Essays) MDCB550 ContinuousAssessment MDCB590 OralExamination Sub Total MDCB503 MCQ Basicand Clinical Biochemistry MDCB504 BasicandClinical Biochemistry (Long and Short Essays) MDCB551 ContinuousAssessment MDCB591 OralExamination Sub Total TOTAL
7.2 7.3
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF. GAR 7) 7.1 Part I examinations shall be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of two courses: i) Laboratory Practice and Management ii) Basic and Clinical Biochemistry The examination shall be as follows:
1
50 100
1/4
1 3
1/4 81/2
100 50 300 50 100 100 50 300 600
7.1.1 Examinations shall cover individual courses. 7.1.2 Continuous Assessment shall consist of class tests, essays, laboratory reports, presentation of seminars, etc. done over the year in each course to be allowed to sit for the written examination in the course. All candidates must normally have been deemed by the examiners to have passed all the courses in Part I before proceeding to Part II. At Part II, a Dissertation of a minimum of 10 000 and a maximum of 15 000 words describing and discussing the results of a research project shall be submitted by 30th September in the second year. 7.3.1 The examination at Part II shall be as follows: Code
7.
Duration Weighting (Hours) (Marks)
Description (Hours) MDCB570 Dissertation MDCB571 OralExamination MDCB552 ContinuousA ssessment TOTAL
Duration Weighting (Marks) 300 _ 100 200 600
7.3.2 Oral Examination (MDCB571) The oral examination shall centre on the dissertation. However, questions may be asked on any relevant topics covered in the programme.
7.3.3 Continuous Assessment (MDCB552) The continuous assessment shall consist of assessment made during the laboratory secondment. 7.3.4 Candidates will be required to have satisfied the examiners on continuous assessment in order to defend their dissertation. 7.3.5 Candidates will be required to pass the dissertation. 8.
DETERMINATION OF THE CANDIDATE'S RESULTS (REF GAR 8) This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
9.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION (REF. GAR 11.5) These will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
10. RE-SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the re-submission shall be required within six months of the decision of the Senate to permit representation.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN GENERAL MEDICINE (MDGM) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applica nts mu st be medi cal pr acti tion ers app ropriat ely registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.2 An applicant must have obtained an MBChB degrees of this university or an equivalent degree of another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Candidates should be employed by the Ministry of Health as Junior Resident Officers having already completed the first year rotation. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be three years part-time, during which time the candidate shall be employed by the Ministry of Health. 2.2 Candidates may be exempted the first year of the course if they have previously completed an internship rotation and a period of training in Anaesthetics and Obstetrics and Gynaecology, and have had at least two years' experience at the Government Medical Officer Level or its equivalent. Such candidates will not be required to be employed by the Ministry of Health on the Government Medical Officer training scheme. 2.3 Decisions on applic ations for su ch exemp tions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts, Part I (first year) and Part II (second and third year). 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas: 3.1.1 Medicine 3.1.2 Surgery 3.1.3 Trauma 3.1.4 Ophthalmology 3.1.5 Ear Nose and Throat Surgery 3.1.6 Paediatrics 3.1.7 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 3.1.8 Anaesthetics 3.1.9 Psychiatry 3.1.10 Community Medicine 3.1.11 Clinical and Forensic Pathology 3.1.12 Clinical Pharmacology 3.2 During Part I of the programme, the candidate will be employed as a Junior Resident Officer during the second year of the rotation which will normally be in: Paediatrics and Child Health (six months) Obstetrics and Gynaecology (six months) A shorter period in either or both of the above areas may be undertaken providing the time made available is spent in either Anaesthetics or Surgery or both. 3.3 During Part II of the Programme, the candidate will be posted to a non-central (General Provincial) Hospital approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. During this period, the candidate will continue to receive instruction in a clinical context in the following areas of study:
171
5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.6) which shall be presented by January 31 of the year following the end of the programme. 5.3 There shall be a formal examination in the November of the third year of the programme consisting of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501), of three hours duration shall be multiple choice question paper of 100 questions, each question equally weighted. Paper II (MDGM502), of three hours duration, shall be of essay or brief notes questions, the first of which shall be compulsory and four out of five other questions shall be answered. The compulsory question shall be allotted 40% and the four other questions 15% each of the total marks for Paper II. Each paper shall be allotted 50% of the total marks available for written papers. 5.3.2 Clinical Examination (MDGM580) There shall be a clinical examination of approximately one hour during which four short cases of general nature shall be examined, presented and discussed. 5.3.3 Oral Examination (MDGM590) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 30 minutes duration during which administrative, organisational and community health aspects of the programme shall be emphasised. 5.4 Distribution of Marks Part I Examination Courseassignments outof 100 Written Papers(MDGM501/MDGM502) out of 100 ClinicalExamination(MDGM580) outof 75 OralExamination(MDGM590) outof 25 Dissertation(MDGM570) outof 100 TOTAL 300
3.3.1 General Medicine 3.3.2 Paediatrics and Child Health 3.3.3 Surgery 3.3.4 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 3.3.5 Anaesthetics 3.3.6 Clinical and Forensic Pathology 3.3.7 Psychiatry 3.3.8 Clinical Pharmacology 3.3.9 Community Health 3.4 Also during Part II of the programme, the candidate will return to the College of Health Sciences for six one week periods (three periods per year) during which there will be an attachment of the candidate's choice to one of the following clinical units:3.4.1 Medicine 3.4.2 Surgery 3.4.3 Paediatrics and Child Health 3.4.4 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 3.4.5 Anaesthetics 3.4.6 Psychiatry 3.4.7 Pathology 3.4.8 CommunityMed icine 3.5 Also during Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit sixapproved course assignments of between 3000 and words on subjects by a Supervisor(s) appointed by 5000 the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. Each course assignment shall be equally weighted. These course assignments will constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall comprise 30% of the full programme. 3.6 The research work component of the programme shall be submitted in a dissertation of 10000-15000 words on a subject which has been approved by the Supervisor(s).
172
4.
5.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments (see Paragraph 3.5)
6.
DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATES RESULTS (REF GAR 8) 6.1 The Departmental panel of Examiners shall comprise the Chairman of the Institution of Continuing Health Education and Chairmen and/or senior academic members of staff of the Departments of Surgery, Medicine, Community Medicine, Paediatrics and Child Health, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Psychiatry, Pathology, Anaesthetics and Clinical Pharmacology, and the External Examiner. 6.2 The Faculty Board of Examiners shall comprise the Dean and Deputy Dean of the Faculty, the Chairman of the Institute of Continuing Health Education, two members of each Departmental Panel of Examiners and the External Examiner.
7.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS These will be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the May of the year following the course.
8.
RE-PRESENTATIONOFDISSE RTATION This shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY (MCE) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Certificates, Diplomas and Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1
ENTRYREGULATIONS (REF. GAR3 ) 1.1 Applicants should have a good first degree in Medicine or Nursing Science ornormally an Honours degree in Science or Applied Science in a health related discipline from a recognised institution. 1.2 Applicants should have at least three years post qualification experience in an approved health field. 1.3 Applications from those with qualifications or experience other than as described in 1.1 above, may be considered for places on the programme on their individual merits. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (REF. GAR 4) The programme shall normally commence at the beginning of each academic year and shall be not less than three years part-time. During this time candidates shall be working in appropriate posts as approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (REF. GAR 5) 3.1 The course shall be taught through distance education modules and shall consist of three parts. 3.2 Part I is a core course, which will be undertaken in two semesters and will consist of Epidemiology and Biostatistics.
3.3 Part II will be undertaken in two semesters and consists of Research Protocol Design, Clinical Epidemiology, Clinical Economics and Health Social Science. 3.4 Part III consists of a dissertation. Students must have satisfactorily completed Part I and Part II of the course before proceeding to Part III. The dissertation must be based on an approved protocol. 3.5 The programme shall include studies in the following courses: 3.5.1 Part I Epidemiology This subject includes introduction to basic concepts and calculations in epidemiology, calculation of risks, cause and bias, research designs, epidemic investigation, research ethics and critical appraisal of journal articles. In addition, students are taught how to undertake research using crosssectional, case-control, cohort, experimental research designs and meta-analysis. Biostatistics. Subject includes exploratory data analysis, sample size calculations, sampling distributions, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, use of a statistical package, regression analysis, correlation, ANOVA and survival analysis. 3.5.2 Part II Clinical Epidemiology. Subject involves application of the principles of epidemiology and biostatistics in a practical manner to improve medical decision making as well as develop research skills which are essential for investigating clinical and population based health problems. Health and Social Science. Students are taught about the social, cultural and psychological determinants of disease and risk behaviour as well as the use of qualitative field methods in questionnaire design. In addition, students will study models of health behaviour which assist in the understanding of problems of patient compliance and improves clinical decision-making with regards to cost-effective prescribing practices. Clinical Economics. This subject includes, introduction to clinical economics, the concept of opportunity cost in relation to health decisions, economic measurement, cost-benefit and cost effectiveness analyses, decision analysis and sensitivity analysis as well as the use of clinical economics in policy making.
173
Research Protocol Development. This subject includes learning how to develop a protocol which can be used to seek funding or as a base for performing research. 3.5.3 Part III A dissertation, of a minimum of 10000 words, based on an approved protocol, describing and discussing the results of a research project shall be submitted. 3.6 The coursework component of the programme will be examined through continuous assessments, based on the candidate's performance in progress assignments, marked assignments as well as formal examinations. 3.7 There would be use of distance education modules. 4.
174 5.
5.2.5 Research protocol will be marked on completion of the protocol. 5.3 Part III 5.3.1 Part III will be assessed through a dissertation (MCE 570). The dissertation will be assessed independently by two appropriately qualified staff of the University who are not directly involved with supervision of the candidate. 5.4 Distribution of Marks Subject Part I Semester I Epidemiology Biostatistics Semester II Epidemiology Biostatistics Part II Semester I ClinicalEpidemiology
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) 4.1 The Master of Science in Clinical Epidemiology by coursework degree shall be awarded with Distinction, or with Merit or without classification based on the marks attained at Parts I, II and III weighted in the ratio 1:2:3 respectively. 4.2 The Marking Scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
Semester II ClinicalEconomics Semester I and II HealthSocialScienceI ResearchProtocolDesign Part III Dissertation TOTAL MARKS
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATE 5.1 Part I (MCE501) 5.1.1 Part I includes epidemiology and biostatistics 5.1.2 Epidemiology and biostatistics will be assessed through continuous assessment (MCE550) (40% of marks) and a written examination (60% of marks). 5.2 Part II (MCE502) Continuous Assessment (MCE 551) 5.2.1 Part II includes cli nical epidemiology, clinical economics, health social science and research protocol development. 5.2.2 Clinical epidemiology assessment constitutes coursework assignments. 5.2.3 Health Social Science assessment constitutes coursework assignments (30% of total marks) and an assignment based on a developed and pilot te st ed he al th at ti tu de questionnaire report (70% of total marks). 5.2.4 Clinical Economics assessment will be based on written assessment (60% of total marks) and a project (40% total marks).
6.
Marks
100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 400 1200
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF. GAR 10.5) For candidates to proceed to Part II they must pass at Part I and for candidates to proceed to Part III, they must pass Part II. Supplementary examinations shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY (MCPH)
6.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR6) 6.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 6.2 The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%79% = Merit 50% 69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
7.
ASSESSMENT OF THE CANDIDATE (REF GAR 7) 7.1 The examinations shall be held at the end of the academic year and shall consist of written papers and an oral examination. 7.2 Written Papers: There shall be 2 papers: Paper I C MCPH 501 shall consist of multiple choice and short answer questions (3 hours) Paper 1 C MCPH 502 shall consist of long essays (3 hours) 7.3 Oral Examination (MCPH590) There shall be an oral examination covering the whole syllabus. 7.4 Continuous assessment MCPH 550 shall contribute 25% of the final mark. Candidates must pass the continuous assessment to be allowed to sit for the formal examinations. Students who do not pass the continuous assessment will be informed two months before the final examinations but they may submit the dissertation. 7.5 A dissertation of 10 000 to 15 000 words shall be submitted two months before the end of academic year. 7.6 A defence of dissertation consisting of a discussion related to the results of the research project and methodology shall be conducted.
(These regulations should be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should normally have an appropriate honours degree or equivalent from this University or a recognised University in one of the following fields: 1.1.1 Pharmacology 1.1.2 Medicine 1.1.3 Pharmacy
2.
DURATIONOFT HEPROGRAMME The programme will be offered on a full-time basis and will run for 12 months starting in January and running till December of each year (Ref. GAR 4)
3.
PLACE OF STUDY The course will be taught at the University and students may be seconded to approved institutions for practical attachments or for the purpose of conducting a research project.
4.
STRUCTUREOFTHEP ROGRAMME The programme shall consist of coursework and a research project. Written and oral examinations will be held at the end of the programme. 4.1 The coursework covers essential topics for clinical pharmacology including basic and molecular pharmacology, therapeutics, clinical pharmacokinetics, clinical toxicology, conduct of clinical trials, and pharmacoepidemiology. 4.2 Students will be required to carry out an independent research project that will result in submission of a dissertation. 4.3 Continuous assessment shall consist of marks given for written assignments, laboratory reports and oral presentations.
5.
RESEARCHPROJECT Students will carry out a Research Project under a supervisor approved by the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee by Coursework (HDC). A dissertation of 10 000 to 15 000 words arising from the research project shall be submitted two months before the final examinations.
8.
9.
DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Paper I Paper II Oral Exam Total ContinuousAssessment Dissertation Total Marks
100 100 100 300 200 300 800
DETERMINATION OF THE CANDIDATES' RESULTS 9.1 This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations (Ref. GAR 8). 9.2 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an aggregate pass mark in the written examinations and pass the dissertation and continuous assessment.
175
4.2 Part I of the Programme shall consist of studies in the following areas: 4.2.1 Microbial physiology and metabolism 4.2.2 Microbial genetics 4.2.3 Laboratory diagnostic techniques 4.2.4 Laboratory management and safety 4.2.5 Epidemiology, statistics and research methodology 4.2.6 Medical Bacteriology 4.2.7 Medical Parasitology and Entomology 4.2.8 Medical Virology 4.2.9 Medical Mycology 4.2.10 Medical Immunology and Immunochemistry 4.2.11 Antibiotics andChemotherapeutics 4.3 Continuous Assessment in Part I shall consist of class tests, essays, laboratory reports, presentation of seminars done during the year. 4.4 Part II shall normally commence immediately after satisfactory completion of Part I and shall consist of: 4.4.1 Laboratoryatt achment 4.4.2 Rese arch proj ect to be don e dur ing l abor atory attachment. 4.5 There shall be continuous assessment in Part II. This shall consist of laboratory reports and written assignments relating to the laboratory attachment. The supervisors will give a mark to the student based on his/her performance during this period.
10. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION (REF. GAR 11.5) 10.1 This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 10.2 A candidate who obtains an aggregate mark of between 40 % and 49% will be required to write a supplementary examination in all the written examinations. 11. RE-SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION (REF. GAR 10.6) This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and the re-submission shall be required within three months of the decision of Senate to permit re-submission.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (MMB) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
176
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (REF GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should normally have an appropriate honours degree or equivalent from this University or a recognised University in one of the following fields: 1.1.1 Medical Microbiology 1.1.2 General Microbiology 1.1.3 BiologicalSciences 1.1.4 Medical Technology 1.1.5 Veterinary Science 1.1.6 MBChB 1.1.7 Equivalent recognised degree. 1.2 Applicants whose previous qualification is inadequate but have sufficient recognised experience in the field may be required to attend courses and sit examinations to bring them to the appropriate honours level before registering for the Masters programme.
2.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (REF. GAR 4) The programme is offered on a part-time basis and will run for two years.
3.
PLACE OF STUDY The course will be taught in the university and students will be seconded to approved laboratories for practical instruction.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts. Part I shall be the coursework component and Part II shall be the research component.
5.
RESEARCHPROJECT Students will carry out a Research Project supervised by an appropriate person approved by the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees committee by Coursework (HDC). Where any student is permitted to undertake a research project at another Institution, there shall be at least two supervisors, one of whom shall be from the University of Zimbabwe. A dissertation of 10000-15000 words describing and discussing the research project shall be submitted.
6.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (GAR 7) 6.1 Part I examination shall be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of: 6.1.1 WrittenPapers There shall be three papers of three hours duration each: Paper I (MMB501) shall consist of 100 multiple choice questions. Paper II (MMB502) shall consist of long and short essays on Laboratory Management and Diagnosis including Statistics and Epidemiology. Paper III (MMB503) shall consist of long and short essays on Basic and Clinical Microbiology
The marking scheme shall be: Oral Examination (MMB590) There shall be an oral examination (MMB590) of 80%+ = Distinction approximately 30 minutes per candidate covering the 70%79% = Merit whole Syllabus. 50%69% = Pass 6.1.3 Continuous Assessment shall contribute 30% of the final Below50% = Fail mark. Candidates must pass the continuous assessment The final mark will be an aggregate of Part I and Part II total marks which to be allowed to sit for the formal examinations. carry equal weighting. 6.2 Part II examination shall be held in November of the second year of the programme and shall consist of: 6.2.1 A Dissertation (MMB570) of 10000–15000 words 9. DETERMINATION OF THE CANDIDATE'S' RESULTS (REF GAR 8) describing and discussing the research project. It shall 9.1 This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 9.2 Proceeding with Course be submitted by the 30th of September in the second All students must normally have been deemed by the internal year. examiners to have passed all examinations in Part I before 6.2.2 Continuous Assessment (MMB551) shall consist of reports proceeding to Part II. and assignments and also a mark from the supervisor based 9.3 For a candidate to pass the programme he/she must obtain an on his/her performance during this period (ref. 4.6). This overall pass mark combining marks of Part I and Part II and also shall contribute 30% to the final mark. pass the continuous assessment in Part II as well as the 6.2.3 Candidates will be required to have passed the continuous dissertation. assessment before being allowed to proceed with the submission of dissertation. 10. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF. GAR 11.5) 6.2.4 Defence of Dissertation These will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. There shall be a discussion of the dissertation relating to the Any candidate failing all three of the written papers in Part I will be results of the research project as well as research required to repeat the year. methodology. Questions may be asked on any topic relevant to the programme. 11. RE-SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS that the re-submission shall be required within six months of the 7.1 Part I: decision of the Senate to permit re-presentation. PaperI outof 100 PaperII outof 100 PaperIII outof 100 REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE OralExamination outof 50 DEGREE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY Continuous Assessment outof 150 TOTAL MARKS 500 (These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the 7.2 Part II: 'General Academic Regulations for Masters' Degrees by Dissertation outof 350 Coursework' (GAR)) Continuous Assessment outof 150 1. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should normally have an Honours Bachelor of Science TOTAL MARKS 500 Degree in Physiotherapy passed with a minimum of a Lower Second division, two years of clinical experience and be registered with the MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) Medical Rehabilitation Council of Zimbabwe (MRCZ). 8.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 6.1.2
7.
8.
177
1.2 Applicants with a gen eral degree or app roved equivalent qualification may be considered by Senate on the commendation of the College of Health Sciences. Normally such applicants should also possess relevant experience and they may be required to pass a qualifying examination set by the University prior to Senate deciding on their accceptability for admission. 2.
3.
178
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (GAR 4) The programme is offered on a full-time basis. The programme shall commence at the start of the Academic Year and shall run for two years. During this time candidates shall be employed in appropriate posts with actual clinical physiotherapy work responsibilities as approved by the Committee for Higher Degrees by Coursework of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. STRUCTUREOFTHEP ROGRAMME 3.1 The programme will be taught at the College of Health Sciences but students may be seconded to approved institutions for clinical experience. 3.2 The programme shall consist of two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, Part II in the last three months of the first academic year and the second year of the programme. 3.3 The programme shall include studies in the following areas, both in 4. the classroom and clinical 3.3.1 Coursework studiessettings: in the following areas in the classroom setting: 3.3.1.1 Computer Skills 3.3.1.2 Epidemiology 3.3.1.3 Research Methodology 3.3.1.4 Biostatistics 3.3.1.5 Rehabilitation Services Planning and Management 3.3.1.6 Communication Skills and Health Promotion 3.3.2 Advanced Clinical Skills shall have both theoretical and practical components. The theoretical component will be taught in the classroom. Advanced Practice will be taught in the clinic and include twelve week clinical rotations through three of the following areas of clinical specialisation: 3.3.2.1 Musculo-skeletal 3.3.2.2 Management 3.3.2.3 Neurological 3.3.2.4 Cardiorespiratory 3.3.2.5 Geriatrics 3.3.2.6 Community Every placement will not be offered every year.
3.3.3 Research Projects 3.3.3.1 Students will carry out a Research Project supervised by an appropriate person approved by the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee (HDC). 3.3.3.2 Where any student is permitted to undertake his/her research project at another institution, there shall be at least two supervisors, one of whom shall be from the University of Zimbabwe. 3.3.3.3 A dissertation of 10000 to 15000 words describing and discussing the research project shall be submitted by 30 September of the second year. 3.3.4 External Clinical Elective: This shall comprise a three month clinical placement in a chosen field of specialisation. It is strongly recommended that this placement be held in an institution external to Zimbabwe. 3.4 The coursework component of the programme will be examined by continuous assessment, based on the regular assessment of the candidate's performance in classwork and clinical work. Continuous Assessment will comprise 33.3% (one third) of the marks of the full programme. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 6) 4.1 4.2
5.
The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70 79% = Merit 50 69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be continuously assessed by evaluation of the candidate's performance in classwork and fieldwork. 5.2 Continuous assessment of Advanced Clinical Skills shall include assignments, case reports, case presentations, assessment of patient management skills, seminar presentations and assessment of skills of clinical supervision. 5.3 Research work shall be examined by dissertation. This shall be presented by the last day of the seventeenth month of the programme. 5.3.1 Defence of Dissertation: There shall be a discussion on the content of the candidate's dissertation. 5.4. There shall be formal examinationsat the end of the second yearof the programme consisting of the following:
5.4.1. Written Papers – there shall be five papers each of which shall be equally weighted. Paper I (MPT501) of two hours duration, shall comprise multiple choice questions. Paper II (MPT502) of three hours duration, shall comprise six questions on problems from Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Research methodology and communication skills and health promotion and Health services planning and management. The student shall choose five. The questions shall be of equal weighting. Paper III (MPT503) of two hours duration, shall be a combined paper comprising four essay or short answer questions, two on data analysis and interpretation (epidemiology and biostatistics) and two from the Advanced Clinical Skills, (Community, Geriatrics, or management modules) depending on the course on offer in advanced clinical skills. The questions shall be of equal weighting.
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.5
5.6
approximately 60 minutes duration. The candidate must pass the Advanced Clinical Practice component of the advanced clinics with at least 50% for them to pass the subject Advanced Clinics. Oral examination (MPT590) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 30 minutes duration based on the written components and any other information within the courses learned. Defence of Dissertation (MPT591) There shall be a discussion of the content of the candidate's dissertation (see 3.3.3).
Distribution of Marks: ContinuousAssessmentofCoursework: 100 ContinuousAssessment ofClinicalSkills: 200 Examination 700 TOTAL 1000 Candidates must obtain an overall mark of 50% or higher in continuous assessment before entering the second year of the programme. Candidat es who f ail to o btain a ma rk of 50 % in th e examinations shall be eligibleto apply for re admission into the second year of t he programme.
Paper IV (MPT504) of two hours duration, shall comprise four essay or short answer questions from Advanced Clinical Skills (Neurological or Cardiorespiratory). Two questions may be on Physiotherapy Techniques and two on Clinical Physiotherapy depending on the course on offer. The 6. questions shall be of equal weighting.
5.7
7. Paper V (MPT505) of three hours duration, shall comprise six essay or short answer questions from the Advanced Clinical skills (Musculo-skeletal) module. Three questions of the six questions will be on Physiotherapy Techniques and the other three on Clinical Physiotherapy. The student shall choose five out of the six. The questions shall be of equal weighting. 8. Clinical Examinations (MPT 580; 581; 582; 583) There shall be four sessions of clinical examinations. Two sessions will be on assessment of patients with two different conditions. Two sessions will be on treatment of patients in the assessed categories. Each assessment clinical examination will be of approximately 45minutes duration. Each treatment clinical examination will be of
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION (GAR 11.5) These will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and will be awarded to those candidates who receive an overall average of between 40 and 49% in the examinations. Candidates will be required to resit the parts of the examination (papers or clinical) in which they failed to obtain a mark of 50%.
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS (GAR 8) This will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
RE-SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION (GAR 11.6) This shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
179
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (ANAESTHETICS) (MMED ANAES) (To be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework) (GAR) 1.
180 2.
3.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Candidates should have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences. 1.5 Applicants must have obtained a Diploma in Anaesthetics from the University of Zimbabwe or an equivalent qualification from other Postgraduate Training Centres recognised by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.6 In selecting candidates for this programme, the level of academic achievement and clinical ability of the applicant will normally be taken into consideration. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (GAR 4) 4. 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be three years part-time. shall be divided into two parts, Part I and Part II. Candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree throughout the programme. 2.2 Exemptions 2.2.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 5. 2.2.2 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts, Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, Part II in the succeeding two years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:-
3.1.1 Applied Physiology 3.1.2 Applied Pharmacology 3.1.3 There shall be a Masters in Medicine Basic Sciences Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry, Pathology and Clinical Pharmacology. 3.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas relevant to the practice of Anaesthetics: 3.2.1 ClinicalAnaestheticsPractice 3.2.2 Pain Control 3.2.3 Anatomy 3.2.4 Clinical Medicine and Surgery 3.2.5 Clinical ChemistryandMeasurem ent 3.2.6 The special branches of Anaesthetics and Intensive Care including Neonatal, Neuro and Cardio-thoracic surgery including open heart procedures. 3.3 During Part I of the programme the candidate shall be assessed on presentations of theoretical work, case presentations and practical assessments. Marks gained from these assessments will constitute the course component of the programme for Part I. 3.4 During Part II of the programme the candidate shall be assessed on at least 6 (six) assignments approved by the Department of Anaesthesia and Critical Care Medicine. These coursework components of the programme for Part II shall comprise 21% of the full Part II examination marks. 3.5 The research work of words the programme shall be submitted in a dissertation of component 10000-15000 on a subject which has been approved by the Department of Anaesthesia and Critical Care Medicine. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments (see Paragraph 3.3 and 3.4). 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.5) which shall be presented by the end of June of the third year of the programme. 5.3 Part I Examination Part I of the examination shall be held in November of the first year of the Programme and shall consist of:
5.3.1 Paper I: (CBSC501) : Basic Science Core Course examination: 7. A paper of three hours duration of 100 Multiple Choice Questions. 5.3.2 Paper II (MAD502) : There shall be a paper of three hours duration consisting of 100 Multiple Choice questions in Applied Physiology and Pharmacology. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the third 8. year of the programme and shall consist of :5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I (MAD503) shall be of 3 hours dur ation and consist of 100 Multiple Choice questions. Paper II (MAD504) shall be of 3 hours duration and consist of 5 compulsory Essay questions. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MAD580) This shall be of 45 minutes duration. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MAD590) This shall be of 45 minutes duration. Both the Clinical and Oral Examination shall test the ability of the candidate to function as a Specialist and Consultant in Anaesthetics. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I: out of 150 Paper II: out of 150 ContinuousAssessment outof 100 TOTAL 400 5.5.2 Part II Examination Coursework: outof 150 WrittenPapers:PaperI outof 100 Paper II out of 100 Total Paper Mark 350 ClinicalOralExamination outof 100 OralExamination outof 100 Total 550 Dissertation outof 150 FINAL TOTAL 700 5.5.3 Candidates will be required to pass the Clinical examinations. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the Dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) These should be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examination will be held in the following May.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF, GAR 10.6) This shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit representation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the first and second years of Part II of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Anaesthesia and Critical Medicine to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Anaesthesia and Critical Care Medicine an annual list of at least one hundred cases in which they have participated as principal Anaesthesia and Critical Care Medicine, assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS IN MEDICINE (HISTOPATHOLOGY) (MDHP) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework' (GAR))
1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications should be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
181
2.
3.
182
3.2.4 Musculoskeletal and sof t tissue Pathology 3.2.5 Gynaecologic and Breast Pathology 3.2.6 Genito-urinary Pathology 3.2.7 Haematopathology 3.2.8 Neuropathology 3.2.9 Perinatal Pathology 3.2.10 Cytopathology 3.2.11 Forensic Pathology 3.2.12 During Part II of the programme, there shall be exposure to post-mortem and laboratory based pathology as well as clinico-pathological consultation. 3.3 During Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit a log book consisting of 1000 self reported surgical cases, 25 forensic autopsies, 50 medical interest autopsies, 200 nongynaecologicalcytology cases, 1000 pap smears (all of which include built in assignments). These log books should be submitted by June 30th of the fourth year of the programme. They will constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall comprise 20% of the full programme. The assignments shall be evenly distributed throughout Part II of the programme (during each of the years 2,3 and 4). 3.4 The research work component of the programme shall be submitted in a dissertation of 10000 to 15000 words in a subject which has been approved by the Department of Histopatholo gy.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme which shall normally commence in each January, shall be four years part-time. Throughout the programme, a candidate shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the Departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree. 2.2 Exemptions 2.2.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I Course and examination. 2.2.2 Candidates who have successfully completed the Diploma in General Pathology may apply for exemption from the Part I Course and examination. 2.2.3 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all of Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.2.4 Decisions on applications for such exemption shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) TheFirst programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of the studies in the following areas: 3.1.1 There shall be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry and Pathology. 3.1.2 Techniques and Principles in Histopathology 3.1.3 Use of stains in Histopathology 3.1.4 Principles of Histological Diagnosis 3.1.5 Introduction to Electron Microscopy 3.1.6 Introduction to Frozen Sections 3.1.7 Rotations in:-Medical Mi crobiology, Haematology and Clinical Chemistry 3.1.8 Autopsy techniques 3.1.9 Surgical cut-up 3.1.10 Principles of General Pathology 3.1.11 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Science Course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks). 3.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in:3.2.1 Cardiovascular Pathology 3.2.2 Pulmonary Pathology 3.2.3 Gastrointestinal Pathology
This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (final year) of the programme. 3.5 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 Above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) Examinations. 4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENTOFCA NDIDATES 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by coursework assignments (see paragraph 3.3). Candidates who have not achieved 50% in continuous assessment cannot present themselves to the written examinations.
5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.5) which shall be presented by the end of June of the fourth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I shall be a 3 hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering the areas described Under 3.1.1 Basic Sciences Course (CBSC501) 5.3.2 Paper II C There shall be a 3 hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions on the remainder of the programme (MDHP502) 5.3.3 Paper III C A One and half hour practical examination comprising of 20 questions (MDHP580) 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fourth year and shall consist of: 5.4.1 Written Papers PaperI (MDHP503) PaperII (MDHP504) PaperIII (MDHP505 5.4.2 Practical Examination (MDHP581) Autopsyexamination 3hours (20%) Frozensection 30minutes (10%) Cytology 1 hour (20%) SurgicalPathology (long and short cases) 2hours (50%) 5.4.3 Oral Examination C 30 M inutes duration (MDHP592) 5.4.4 Defence of Dissertation (30 min utes discuss ion on 5.2) (MDHP570) 5.5 Distribution of M arks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 100 Paper II out of 100 Paper III out of 100 ContinuousAssessment outof 100 TOTAL 400 5.5.2 Part II Examination ContinuousAssessment WrittenPapers PracticalExamination OralExamination Total Dissertation TOTAL
outof outof outof outof outof
100 100 150 50 400 100 500
5.5.3 Candidates will be required to pass the practical examination. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examination will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Written Papers (MDHP503B505) 6.3.2 Practical Examinations (MDHP581) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MDHP570) 6.3.4 Any candidate who fails any of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all components of the examination: i.e. written papers, Clinical examination and Oral Examination.
7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (GAR 10.6) This shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the first and second years of Part II of the programme, annual assessment based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark will be submitted by the Department of Histopathology to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the progrmme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Histopathology an annual list of cases in the log book as described in paragraph 3.4 in which they have participated as Pathologist, Assistant or Teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
183
3.1.1
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (MEDICINE) (MDMD) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
2.
184
3.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences. DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 4. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts, Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of clinical application of studies in the following areas:
3.2 3.3
3.4
3.5
There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Sciences Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Pathology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.2 GeneralM edicine 3.1.3 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Science Course (12.5% of the total marks) and clinical Assessment (12.5 of the total marks). (MDMD550) During Part I of the prgramme candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.2 in General Medicine and they will attend lectures in the topics mentioned in Paragraph 3.1. Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in General Medicine. 3.3.1 During Part II of the programme each candidate shall submit six verbal course assignments and three written assignments. These course assignments shall constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall make up 20% of the marks of the Part II programme (MDMD551). Each candidate will be required to: 3.3.1.1 present verbal assignments at six postgraduate teaching sessions. Such presentations will include journal reviews and case presentations; 3.3.1.2 submit three written case studies of between 3000 and 5000 words on subjects approved by the Board of the Department of Medicine. During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Medicine. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (Final Year) of the programme. A candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above, by the due date shall not be permitted to sit for the Final (Part II) Examination.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) 4.1 The Degree may be awarded with distinction or merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments as in paragraphs 3.1.3 and 3.3.1 above. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the 30th of June of the Fourth year of the programme to the Institute of Continuing Health Education. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of: 5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering the areas described Under 5.1.1 A Basic Sciences Core Course.' 5.3.2 Paper II(MDMD502) There shall be a two hour paper consisting of 60 multiple choice questions on the principles of general medicine. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the fourth year and shall consist of: 5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I (MDMD503) This paper will be a study of case histories and examines a practicalknowledge of Internal Medicine. Paper II MDMD 504 A multiple choice examination paper will
5.4.2 5.4.3
5.4.4 5.4.5
be answered. The paper will all aspects of the Internal 6. Medicine including all the subcover specialities. Paper III (MDMD505)Clinical Slides and Data Interpretation Slides. This paper comprises theinterpretation of laboratory results, X-rays and ECGs and the recognition of clinical abnormality as displayed in the slides that will be projected. Clinical Examination (MDMD580) Including long and short cases, lasting approximately one and half hours. Oral Examination (MDMD590) A 30 minute oral examination will be held and will cover aspects of Internal Medicine with special reference to recent advances. The examination will test the candidate's knowledge of the most recent developments in Internal Medicine and hence requires the candidate to keep up with scientific journal articles. Defence of Dissertation (MDMD570) There shall be a discussion on the content of the dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. Continuous Assessment(MDMD551) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the 7. years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph3.3.1.
5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part IExam ination Paper I Paper II Continuous Assessment TOTAL 5.5.2 Part IIExa mination CourseAssignments CaseStudiesPaperI Multiple Choice Paper II Clinical Studies Paper III ClinicalExaminations OralExamination Total Dissertation FINAL TOTAL 5.6
out of out of out of
outof outof out of out of outof outof outof
75 75 50 200 150 100 100 50 150 50 600 100 700
For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also in both the clinical examination and the dissertation.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF. GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations may be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Writtenpapers (MDMD503B505 6.3.2 ClinicalExamination (MDMD580) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MDMD570) 6.3.4 Any candidate who fails any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 6.3.5 Candidates offered a supplementary examination shall be required to appear in all components of the Part III examination, i.e. written papers, clinical examinations and the oral examination. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
185
8.
186
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year of the Part II programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Medicine to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Medicine an annual list of at least fifty cases in which they have participated as principal physician, assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
2.3.2
Candidates who hold an MMED (Surgery) or equivalent may apply for exemption from relevant parts of the general surgical rotation up to a maximum of one year. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. 3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, Part II in the succeeding four years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in Applied Basic Sciences as follows: 3.1.1 Anatomy of the Central Nervous System 3.1.2 Physiology REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN 3.1.3 Pathology MEDICINE (NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY) (MNSG) 3.1.4 There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological -Chemistry, Pathology, Clinical (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Pharmacology, Statistics and Epidemiology. Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 3.1.5 There will be additional tutorials in the above subjects specific to surgery and Neurological surgery. 1. ENTRY REGULATIONS (REF GAR 3) 3.1.6 Students wi ll be enc ouraged to de monstrate in 1.1 Applicants must have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or Anatomy/Neuroanatomy, Physiology/Neurophysiology. another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a 3.2 During Part I and II of the programme, candidates will rotate through qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard posts as in paragraph 2.2 in the following areas:approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 3.2.1 General Surgery 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and 3.2.2 Orthopaedics appropriately registered with the Health Professions Council of 3.2.3 ThoracicSurgery Zimbabwe. 3.2.4 Maxillofacial Surgery 1.3 Candidates should have gained at least one year's post registration 3.2.5 Ear Nose and Throat Surgery experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 3.2.6 The various disciplines of neurological Surgery. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms 3.2.7 Elective period. provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of 3.3 During Part II of the programme there shall be an exposure to clinical the College of Health Sciences. and operative neurosurgery. 3.3.1 Applied Surgical Anatomy of the central nervous system. 2. DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 3.3.2 Neuropathology 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence 3.3.3 Clinical and operation art of the variou s aspects of each January shall be five years part-time. neurological surgery and principles of general surgery. 2.2 Throughout the pro gramme, candidates will nor mally be 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to employed in the appropriate posts within the relevant submit three course assignments of between 3000 and 5000 words departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by on subjects approved by the Board of the Department of Surgery. Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the Each course assignment shall be equally weighted and these shall be purposes of the degree. evenly spread throughout Part II of the programme (one during each 2.3 Exemptions years 2,3,4, and 5 of the programme). These course assignments 2.3.1 Candidates who have already completed an appropriate shall constitute part of the second assignments (60%, examinations course and examination equivalent to Part I of this course 40%) and together will comprise 25% of the marks of the full may apply for exemption from this part of the course and programme. examination.
3.5 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000-15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Surgery. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the 30th of June of the Fifth year (Final year) of the programme. 3.6 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) examinations. 4.
MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on t he marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Continuous Assessment shall be examined by course assignments and annual examinations (see paragraph 3.4). 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.5). This shall be presented to the Institute of Continuing Health Education not later than 30 June of the fifth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination shall be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of: 5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions based on the programme described in paragraph 3.1, above. Paper II (MNSG502) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions based on the programme described in paragraph 3.1. 5.3.2 Oral Examination (MNSG591) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fifth year and will consist of:5.4.1 WrittenPapers 5.4.1.1 Paper I (MNSG503) shall be of two hours duration and shall consist of 75 multiple choice questions.
5.4.1.2 Paper II (MNSG504) shall be of two hours duration and shall consist of 10 short answer questions of which 8 shall be answered. 5.4.1.3 Paper III (MNSG505) shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where candidates shall be expected to answer three questions. Written papers shall test principles in theory of operative neurological surgery, neurological theory and the basic sciences and their application. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MNSG580) The examination shall be of approximately two hours duration. 5.4.3 OralExamination (MNSG592) This examination shall be approximately 60 minutes duration. 5.4.4 ContinuousAs sessment (MNSG550) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.2.2. 5.5 Distribution of marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 OralExamination outof 50 Continuous Assessment out of 50 Sub Total 250 5.5.2 Part II Examination ContinuousAssessment outof 100 WrittenPapers outof 100 ClinicalExamination outof 150 OralExamination outof 50 Sub Total 400 Dissertation(MNSG570) outof 100 FINAL TOTAL 500 5.6 Candidates shall be required to pass the Clinical Examinations and the dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5 ) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May.
187
6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 WrittenPapers(MNSG503-505) 6.3.2 Clinical Examination and Oral Examination MNSG580 and MNSG592) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MNSG570) Any candidate who fails any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF 10.6) Re-presentation of a dissertation may be permitted by the Senate. In such cases re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the second, third and fourth years of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical (Paragraph 3.4) and
1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences. 2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time. 2.2. Throughout the programme, candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already completed an appropriate Part I examination of another professional college/university that is recognised by the University of Zimbabwe may apply for exemption from the Part examination. I 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.1.1 Anatomy 3.1.2 Biochemistry 3.1.3 Cell Biology and Genetics 3.1.4 Elementary Statistics and Epidemiology 3.1.5 Embryology 3.1.6 Endocrinology 3.1.7 The Foetus 3.1.8 Immunology 3.1.9 Microbiology 3.1.10 Pathology
practical performance during each year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Surgery to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to the Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to keep a prescribed log book.
188
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY) (MOG) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe.
5. 3.1.11 Pharmacology 3.1.12 Physiology 3.1.13 There shall be a combined Masters in Medicine. Basic Science Core Courses covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Pathology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.14 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks). (MOG550) 3.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.2.1 Obstetrics 3.2.2 Gynaecology 3.2.3 Child Spacing 3.2.4 Maternal and Child Health 3.2.5 Reproductive Research Methodology and Epidemiology 3.2.6 Ethics of Obstetrics and Gynaecology 3.3 During Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit a case book consisting of 10 obstetric and 10 gynaecology long cases. These course assignments should be submitted by the 30th June of the fourth year of the programme and shall comprise 30% of the total continuous assessment. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Department of Institute of Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30th of June of the Fourth year (Final Year) of the programme. 3.5 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) Examinations. 4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments as in paragraph 3.15. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the end of June of the third year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of :5.3.1 WrittenPapers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering the areas described under 3.1.14 'Basic Sciences Core Course'. 5.3.2 Paper II (MOG502) There shall be a three hour paper consisting of 60 multiple choice questions and a short essay answer section. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fourth year and shall consist of:5.4.1 WrittenPapers Paper I (Obstetrics) (MOG503) shall be of three hours duration. Paper II (Gynaecology) (MOG504) shall be of three hours duration with three compulsory questions. Paper III (Multiple Choice Questions) (MOG505) shall be of two hours duration and comprise 75 multiple choice questions. Of the total marks available for written papers, 25% shall be allotted to each of Papers I and II and 50% to Paper III. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MOG582) There shall be two clinical examinations, each of approximately one hour's duration in Obstetrics and in Gynaecology. Of the total marks available for the clinical examination, each examination shall be allotted 50%. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MOG582) There shall be an oral examination of approximately one hour'sduration. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I Paper II Continuous Assessment Total 5.5.2 Part II Examination Course Assignments (MOG552) WrittenPapers
out of 75 out of 75 out of 50 200
outof outof
100 100
189
ClinicalExamination outof 150 OralExamination outof 50 Total 400 Dissertation outof 100 FINAL TOTAL 500 5.5.3 Candida tes will be requir ed to pass both Clinical examinations in Obstetrics and Gynaecology separately. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the Dissertation. 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also pass each of the clinical examinations separately as well as the dissertation. 6.
190
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the Supplementary examinations shall be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Writtenpapers (MOG503,MOG505); 6.3.2 Clinical Examinations (MOG581 and MOG582) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MOG570) 6.3.4 Any candidate who fails any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all components of the examination: i.e. written papers, Clinical examination and oral examination.
7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year at Part II of the programme annual assessment based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark will be submitted by the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme.
8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology an annual list of at least fifty cases in which they have participated as principal obstetrician or gynaecologist, first assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (PAEDIATRICS) (MPD) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework') (GAR) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable supervised internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience within a Provincial, General or District hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be four years part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemption shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of clinical application studies in the following areas:3.1.1 Community Paediatrics 3.1.2 Nutrition and growth 3.1.3 Central nervous system and neuromuscular system 3.1.4 Development 3.1.5 Therapeutics and poisoning 3.1.6 Infectious diseases. Allergy and Immunit y 3.1.7 Perinatology 3.1.8 Metabolic diseases and endocrinology 3.1.9 Haematology and oncology 3.1.10 Genitourinary system 3.1.11 Fluids and electrolytes/Acid-base regulation 3.1.12 Respiratory diseases 3.1.13 Cardiovascular system 3.1.14 Gastrointestinal tract and hepatic/biliary system 3.1.15 Skeletal system, connective tissue and rheumatic disorders 3.1.16 Basic Science Core Course There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Chemistry, Physiology and Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.17 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in t he Combined Basic Science course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks) (MPD550). During Parts I and II of the programme, candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.2 specifically in the following areas:3.2.1 Clinical Paediatrics and Child Care 3.2.2 Community Paediatrics 3.2.3 Maternal and Child Health During Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit two written assignments of between 3000 and 5000 words. These coursework assignments shall constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall comprise 20% of the final mark at Part II. During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Paediatrics and Child Health. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health education in the final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (Final year) of the programme. Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) examinations.
4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments as in paragraphs 3.1.3 and 3.3.1 above. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the 30th of June of the Fourth year of the programme to the Institute of Continuing Health Education. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of: 5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering the areas described Under 5.1.1 A Basic Sciences Core Course.' 5.3.2 Paper II (MDMD502) There shall be a two hour paper consisting of 60 multiple choice questions on the principles of general medicine. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the fourth year and shall consist of: 5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I (MDMD503) This paper will be a study of case histories and examines a practical knowledge of Internal Medicine. Paper IIMDMD 504 A multiple choice examination paper will be answered. The paper will cover all aspects of the Internal Medicine including all the sub specialities. Paper III (MDMD505) Clinical Slides and Data Interpretation Slides. This paper comprises the interpretation of laboratory results, X-rays and ECGs and the recognition of clinical abnormality as displayed in the slides that will be projected. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MDMD580) Including long and short cases, lasting approximately one and half hours. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MDMD590) A 30 minute oral examination will be held and will cover aspects of Internal Medicine with special reference to recent advances. The examination will test the candidate's knowledge of the most recent developments in Internal
191
Medicine and hence requires the candidate to keep up with scientific journal articles. 5.4.4 Defence of Dissertation (MDMD570) There shall be a discussion on the content of the dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. 7. 5.4.5 Continuous Assessment (MDMD551) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph3.3.1. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 8. 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 ContinuousAssessment outof 50 TOTAL 200 5.5.2 Part II Examination CourseAssignments outof 150 CaseStudiesPaperI outof 100 Multiple Choice Paper II out of 100 ClinicalStudiesPaperIII outof 50 Clinical Examinations out of 150 OralExamination outof 50 Total 600 Dissertation outof 100 FINAL TOTAL 700 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also in both the clinical examination and the dissertation.
192
6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF. GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations may be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Writtenpapers (MDMD503B505 6.3.2 Clinical Examination (MDMD580) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MDMD570) 6.3.4 Any candidate who fails any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme.
1.
6.3.5 Candidates offered a supplementary examination shall be required to appear in all components of the Part III examination, i.e. written papers, clinical examinations and the oral examination. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year of the Part II programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will besubmitted by the Department of Medicine to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Medicine an annual list of at least fifty cases in which they have participated as principal physician, assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY) (MNSG) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) ENTRY REGULATIONS (REF GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants must have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must hav e completed a suitable intern ship and appropriately registered with the Health Professions Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Candidates should have gained at least one year's post registration experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence each January shall be five years part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates will normally be employed in the appropriate posts within the relevant departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already completed an appropriate course and examination equivalent to Part I of this course may apply for exemption from this part of the course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who hold an MMED (Surgery) or equivalent may apply for exemption from relevant parts of the general surgical rotation up to a maximum of one year. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, Part II in the succeeding four years. 4. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in Applied Basic Sciences as follows: 3.1.1 Anatomy of the Cen tral Nervous System 3.1.2 Physiology 3.1.3 Pathology 3.1.4 There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Pathology, Clinical Pharmacology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.5 There will be additional tutorials in the above subjects specific to surgery and Neurological surgery. 5. 3.1.6 Students will be encourag ed to demonstrate in Anatomy/Neuroanatomy, Physiology/Neurophysiology. 3.2 During Part I and II of the programme, candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.2 in the following areas:3.2.1 General Surgery 3.2.2 Orthopaedics 3.2.3 Thoracic Surgery 3.2.4 Maxillofacial Surgery 3.2.5 Ear Nose and Throat Surgery 3.2.6 The various disciplines of neurological Surgery. 3.2.7 Elective period. 3.3 During Part II of the programme there shall be an exposure to clinical and operative neurosurgery.
3.3.1 Applied Surgical Anatomy of the central nervous system. 3.3.2 Neuropathology 3.3.3 Clinical and operation art of the various aspects of neurological surgery and principles of general surgery. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit three course assignments of between 3000 and 5000 words on subjects approved by the Board of the Department of Surgery. Each course assignment shall be equally weighted and these shall be evenly spread throughout Part II of the programme (one during each years 2,3,4, and 5 of the programme). These course assignments shall constitute part of the second assignments (60%, examinations 40%) and together will comprise 25% of the marks of the full programme. 3.5 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000-15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Surgery. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the30th of June of the Fifth year (Final year) of the programme. 3.6 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) examinations. MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 Themarkingschemeshall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Continuous Assessment shall be examined by course assignments and annual examinations (see paragraph 3.4). 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.5). This shall be presented to the Institute of Continuing Health Education not later than 30 June of the fifth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination shall be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of:
193
5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions based on t he programme described in paragraph 3.1, above. Paper II(MNSG502) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions based on t he programme described in paragraph 3.1. 5.3.2 Oral Examination (MNSG591) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fifth year and will consist of:5.4.1 Written Papers 5.4.1.1 Paper I (MNSG503) shall be of two hours duration and shall consist of 75 multiple choice questions. 5.4.1.2 Paper II (MNSG504) shall be of two hours duration and shall consist of 10 short answer questions of which 8 shall be answered. 5.4.1.3 Paper III (MNSG505) shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where candidates shall be expected to answer three questions.
194
Clinical Examination out of 150 OralExamination outof 50 Sub Total 400 Dissertation (MNSG570) out of 100 FINAL TOTAL 500 5.6 Candidates shall be required to pass the Clinical Examinations and the dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Written Papers(MNSG503-505) 6.3.2 Clinical Examination and Oral Examination MNSG580 and MNSG592) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MNSG570)
Written papers shall test principles in theory of operative neurological surgery, neurological theory and the basic sciences and their application. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MNSG580) 7. The examination shall be of approximately two hours duration. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MNSG592) This examination shall be approximately 60 minutes duration. 8. 5.4.4 Continuous Assessment (MNSG550) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.2.2. 5.5 Distribution of marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 OralExamination outof 50 Continuous Assessment out of 50 Sub Total 250 5.5.2 Part IIExa mination ContinuousA ssessment outo f 100 WrittenPapers outof 100
Any candidate whothe fails anyyear twoof ofthe these components shall be required to repeat final programme. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF 10.6) Re-presentation of a dissertation may be permitted by the Senate. In such cases re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the second, third and fourth years of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical (Paragraph 3.4) and practical performance during each year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Surgery to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to the Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to keep a prescribed log book.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY) (MOG) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a provincial, general or district hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time. 2.2. Throughout the program me, candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already completed an appropriate Part I examination of another professional college/university that is recognised by the University of Zimbabwe may apply for exemption from the Part I examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.1.1 Anatomy 3.1.2 Biochemistry 3.1.3 Cell Biology and Genetics 3.1.4 Elementary Statistics and Epidemiology 3.1.5 Embryology 3.1.6 Endocrinology 3.1.7 TheFoetus 3.1.8 Immunology 3.1.9 Microbiology 3.1.10 Pathology 3.1.11 Pharmacology 3.1.12 Physiology 3.1.13 There shall be a combined Masters in Medicine. Basic Science Core Courses covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Pathology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.14 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks). (MOG550) 3.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.2.1 Obstetrics 3.2.2 Gynaecology 3.2.3 Child Spacing 3.2.4 Maternal and Child Health 3.2.5 Reproductive Research Methodology and Epidemiology 3.2.6 Ethics of Obstetrics and Gynaecology 3.3 During Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit a case book consisting of 10 obstetric and 10 gynaecology long cases. These course assignments should be submitted by the 30th June of the fourth year of the programme and shall comprise 30% of the total continuous assessment. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Department of Institute of Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30th of June of the Fourth year (Final Year) of the programme.
195
5.4.3 Oral Examination (MOG582) There shall be an oral examination of approximately one hour's duration. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 Continuous Assessment out of 50 Total 200 5.5.2 Part II Examination Course Assignments (MOG552) outof 100 WrittenPapers outof 100 ClinicalExamination outof 150 OralExamination outof 50 Total 400 Dissertation outof 100 FINAL TOTAL 500
3.5 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) Examinations.
196
4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF. GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments as in paragraph 3.15. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the end of June of the third year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of :5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering the areas described under 3.1.14 'Basic Sciences Core Course'. 5.3.2 Paper II(MOG502) There shall be a three hour paper consisting of 60 multiple choice questions and a short essay answer section. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fourth year and shall consist of:5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I (Obstetrics) (MOG503) shall be of three hours duration. Paper II (Gynaecology) (MOG504) shall be of three hours duration with three compulsory questions. Paper III(Multiple Choice Questions) (MOG505) shall be of two hours duration and comprise 75 multiple choice questions. Of the total marks available for written papers, 25% shall be allotted to each of Papers I and II and 50% to Paper III. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MOG582) There shall be two clinical examinations, each of approximately one hour's duration in Obstetrics and in Gynaecology. Of the total marks available for the clinical examination, each examination shall be allotted 50%.
5.5.3 Candidates will be required to pass both Clinical examinations in Obstetrics and Gynaecology separately. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the Dissertation. 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also pass each of the clinical examinations separately as well as the dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the Supplementary examinations shall be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Writtenpapers (MOG503,MOG505); 6.3.2 Clinical Examinations (MOG581 and MOG582); 6.3.3 Dissertation (MOG570) 6.3.4 Any candidate who fails any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all components of the examination: i.e. written papers, Clinical examination and oral examination.
7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year at Part II of the programme annual assessment based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark will be submitted by the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology an annual list of at least fifty cases in which they have participated as principal obstetrician or gynaecologist, first assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (PAEDIATRICS) (MPD) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework') (GAR) 1.
ENTRYREGULATIONS (GAR3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable supervised internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience within a Provincial, General or District hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time.
2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates shall nor mally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemption shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. 3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of clinical application studies in the following areas:3.1.1 CommunityPaediatrics 3.1.2 Nutrition and growth 3.1.3 Central nervous system and neuromuscular system 3.1.4 Development 3.1.5 Therapeutics and poisoning 3.1.6 Infectious diseases. Allergy and Immunity 3.1.7 Perinatology 3.1.8 Metabolicdiseases and endocrinology 3.1.9 Haematologyandon cology 3.1.10 Genitourinary system 3.1.11 Fluids andelectrolytes/Acid-base regulation 3.1.12 Respiratory diseases 3.1.13 Cardiovascular system 3.1.14 Gastrointestinal tract andhepatic /biliarysystem 3.1.15 Skeletal system , connec tive tissue and rheu matic disorders 3.1.16 Basic Science Core Course There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology and Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.17 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Science course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks) (MPD550). 3.2 During Parts I and II of the programme, candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.2 specifically in the following areas:-
197
3.2.1 Clinical Paediatrics and Child Care 3.2.2 Community Paediatrics 3.2.3 MaternalandChildHealth 3.3 During Part II of the programme, the candidate shall be required to submit two written assignments of between 3000 and 5000 words. These coursework assignments shall constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall comprise 20% of the final mark at Part II. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Paediatrics and Child Health. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health education in the final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (Final year) of the programme. 3.5 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) examinations. 4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments as in Paragraph 3.1.17 and 3.3. above. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation in Paragraph 3.4 above which shall be presented by the end of June of the fourth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper II (MPD502) There shall be three hour paper consisting of multiple choice questions or short answer questions. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fourth year and shall consist of:5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I General Paediatrics (MPD503) This shall consist of short essay questions to be answered in three hours. Candidates will be required to answer all questions.
198
Paper II General Paediatrics (MPD504) This shall consist of essay questions to be answered in three hours. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Paper III Community Paediatrics (MPD505) This shall consist of essay questions to be answered in three hours. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. 5.4.2 ClinicalE xaminations (MPD580) This shall be approximately of two hours' duration. 5.4.3 OralExamination (MPD592) 5.4.4 DefenceofD issertation (MPD570) Defence of the dissertation may be required. 5.4.5 ContinuousAs sessment (MPD551) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.3 5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 150 Continuous Assessment out of 75 Total 300 5.5.2 Part II Examination WrittenPaper outof 100 Clinical Examinations out of 150 OralExamination outof 50 Dissertation outof 100 Continuous Assessment out of 100 TOTAL 500 5.5.3 Candidates will be required to pass the Clinical examination. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the Dissertation. 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also pass each of the clinical examinations separately as well as the dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Supplementary examinations may be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations of Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 WrittenPapers (MPD503-MPD5050) 6.3.2 Clinical and Oral Examinations (MPD580 and MPD592) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MPD570)
6.3.4 A candidate who is offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all components of the examination: i.e. written papers, clinical examination and oral examination. 7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year of the Part II of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Paediatrics and Child Health to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Paediatrics and Child Health an annual list of at least fifty cases in which they have participated as principal paediatrician, first assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (PSYCHIATRY) (MPZ) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for masters Degree by Coursework') (GAR) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a Provincial, General or District Hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
1.5 Applicants must have obtained a Diploma in Mental Health from the University of Zimbabwe or an equivalent qualification from other postgraduate institutions recognised by the University of Zimbabwe. 2.
3.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be three years part-time. Throughout the programme, candidates shall normally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the University of Zimbabwe for the purpose of the degree. 2.2 Exemptions 2.2.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an appropriate Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.2.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.2.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding two years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.1.1 Basic and Applied Neurosciences 3.1.2 Introduction to Psychology 3.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.2.1 ClinicalP sychiatry 3.2.2 ClinicalNeurology 3.2.3 Child Psychiatry 3.2.4 Forensic Psychiatry 3.2.5 Community Psychiatry 3.3 During Part I and Part II of the programe, the candidates shall be required to submit four course assignments in each part of between 3000 and 5000 words on subjects approved by the Department of Psychiatry. Each course assignment shall be equally weighted. These course assignments shall constitute the coursework component of the programme and shall comprise 25% of the full programme. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words on a subject which has been approved by the Board of the Department of Psychiatry. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the 30th of June of the third year of the programme.
199
3.5 The candidate who has not submitted the dissertation stipulated in paragraph 3.4 above, by due date shall not be permitted to appear in the final (Part II) examinations.
200
4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework (MPZ550) shall be examined by course assignments (see Paragraph 3.3). 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the end of June of the fourth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the following November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (MPZ507) There be a three hour paper covering areas described under shall paragraph 3.1.1 (Basic and Applied Neurosciences) made up of two parts. Part I shall consist of 30 multiple choice questions. Part II shall consist of three long essays of which two shall be answered. Paper II (MPZ508) There shall be a three hour paper covering areas described under paragraph 3.1.2 (Introduction to Psychology) which shall consist of five long essays, of which two shall be answered. Both these papers shall be set by the Department of Psychiatry and each paper shall be equally weighted. 5.3.2 Oral Examination (MPZ590) There shall be two oral examinations, in Basic and Applied Neuro-Sciences (MPZ591) and in Psychology (MPZ592) of approximately 30 minutes duration. Each oral examination shall be allotted 50% of the total marks for oral examinations. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the third year and shall consist of:6. 5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I: Clinical Psychiatry (MPZ509) shall be of three hours duration consisting of six long essay questions two of which shall be compulsory. Candidates shall be required to answer four questions only.
Paper II: Clinical Neurology (MPZ510) shall be of t hree hours duration consisting of six long essay questions of which four questions shall be answered. Paper III: Child Forensic and Community Psychiatry (MPZ511) shall be of three hours duration and shall consist of three sections (Child, Forensic and Community Psychiatry). Candidates will be required to answer at least one question from each section. Four questions shall be answered. Each paper shall be equally weighted. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MPZ580) There shall be a clinical examination of approximately two hours. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MPZ593) This examination shall be of approximately 30 minutes duration. 5.4.4 Defence of dissertation (MPZ570) There shall be a discussion of approximately 30 minutes duration on the content of the dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. 5.4.5 ContinuousAs sessment (MPZ551) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of each year of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.3. 5.5 Distribution of Ma rks 5.5.1 Part IExam ination WrittenPapers outof 200 Oral Examinations out of 100 Course Assignments out of 100 TOTAL 400 5.5.2 Part II Examination CourseAssignments outof 200 WrittenPapers outof 300 Clinical Examination out of 300 Oral Examination out of 100 Dissertation (MPZ570) out of 100 TOTAL 1000 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and also pass in both the clinical examination as well as the dissertation. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the supplementary
7.
8.
examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examination for Part I failures shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations except that every candidate offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all Parts of the examination (i.e. written papers and oral examination). 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Written Papers (MPZ509B511) 6.3.2 Clinical Examination (MPZ593) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MPZ570) 6.3.4 A candidate who fails any two of these components may not be offered a supplementary examination. 6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement in all components of the examination i.e. written papers, clinical examination, and oral examination. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (RADIOTHERAPY AND ONCOLOGY (MRO) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework') (GAR) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a Provincial, General or District hospital. 1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates shall normally be employed in the departments of Radiotherapy and Oncology or in other hospital departments approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework committee of the College of Health Sciences. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all of the Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. Such candidates must however pass the Part I examinations. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
8.1 At the end of the year of Part I and at the end of each year of Part II of the programme, annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during the year and expressed as a percentage mark will be submitted by the Department of Psychiatry to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in the annual assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates will be required to submit to the Department of Psychiatry written assignments described in paragraph 3.3 above, evenly distributed throughout the years of the programme.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first fifteen months of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years of the programme.
201
3.1 Part I Part of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas: 3.1.1 Physics 3.1.2 Medical Statistics and Cancer Epide miology 3.1.3 Pathology 3.1.4 Radiobiology and Principles of chemotherapy 3.2 Part II Part II of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.2.1 Radiation Oncology 3.2.2 Medical Oncology 3.2.3 Cancer Epidemiology, Prevention and Screening 3.2.4 Palliative and Supportive Care 3.2.5 Experimental CancerTher apy 3.3 During Part I and Part II of the programme, the candidates shall be required to submit a casebook containing the records of 20 cases managed by the candidate and approved for this purpose by the Department of Radiology. These should be well-documented and give full details of the presentation, investigation and management of each case. The cases should be chosen so as to cover a broad range of oncological problems. This casebook shall comprise part of the coursework component of the programme. 3.4 During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (Final year) of the programme. 3.5 Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the final Part II examinations.
202
4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be:80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by course assignments (see Paragraph 3.3). 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the end of June of the fourth year of the programme.
5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the March of the second year of the programme and shall consist of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (MRO501) There shall be a paper to cover the areas described in paragraph 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 in a paper of three hours duration consisting of six essays/brief notes, of which four shall be answered. Of the questions answered, three shall be on Physics and one on Medical Statistics and Cancer Epidemiology. Paper II (MRO502) There shall be a paper to cover the areas described in paragraphs 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 of three hours duration consisting of six essay/brief notes, of which four shall be answered. Of the questions answered, two shall be on Pathology and two on Radiobiology. Paper III (MRO503) There shall be a paper of two and half hours duration consisting of 60 multiple choice questions, covering all aspects of the Part I programme. 5.3.2 Oral Examination(MRO591) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the fourth year of the programme and will consist of :5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I MRO504 Each paper shall be 3 hours duration and consist of 4 compulsory questions. Paper I shall include one question on Cancer Epidemiology, Prevention and Screening. Paper II MRO505 There shall be a paper of three hours duration and shall consist of 4 compulsory questions. This paper shall include one question on Palliative and Supportive Care. Paper III (MRO506) shall be of two and half hours duration and comprise of 60 multiple choice questions. Apart from the designated questions, Papers I, II and III shall cover all aspects of the Part II programme. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MRO580) There shall be a clinical examination consisting of long and short cases lasting approximately one and half hours. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MRO592) There shall be an oral examination of thirty minutes duration which may include any aspect of the Part II programme. 5.4.4 Practi cal Radiation Tr eatment Planning Examinati on (MRO581).
This examination shall last approximately one hour. 5.4.5 Defence of Dissertation (MRO570) There shall be a discussion of approximately one hour duration on the content of the dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. 5.4.6 ContinuousAs sessment (MRO550) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three, and four or the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.3. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 7. 5.5.1 Part I Examination
5.5.2.
Paper I Paper II PaperIII SubTotal OralExaminations Continuous Assessment FINAL TOTAL Part II Examination Written Papers: Paper I
out of out of outof
100 100 100 300 outof 100 out of 100 500
out of
8.
50
Paper II out of 50 Continuous Assessment out of 100 Paper III outof 50 SubTotal 250 ClinicalExamination outof 100 OralExamination outof 50 Practical Examination out of 50 Dissertation out of 50 FINAL TOTAL 500 5.5.3 Candidates will be required to pass the Clinical examination. 5.5.4 Candidates will be required to pass the Dissertation. 6.
SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examination will be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the Supplementary examinations shall be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of the supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 WrittenPapers (MRO504-506)
6.3.2 Clinical, Practical and Oral Examinations (MRO580,581 and 592) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MRO570) 6.3.4 Candidates who fail any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme. 6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement all components of the Part II examination i.e. written papers, clinical practical and oral examinations. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of each year of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Radiology to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to present the cases described in paragraph 3.3 above evenly distributed throughout the years of the programme.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (SURGERY) (MSG) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (GAR 3) 1.1 Applicants should have obtained the MBChB degrees of this or another university of an approved standard. 1.2 Applicants must have completed a suitable internship and appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a Provincial, General or District hospital.
203
1.4 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
204
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which shall normally commence in each January, shall be fouryears part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates shall nor mally be employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an equivalent Part I examination may apply for exemption from the Part I course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who have completed posts of an appropriate nature and duration may apply for exemption from part or all Part I of the programme and up to one year of Part II of the programme. 2.3.3. Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences.
3.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme, and Part II in the succeeding three years. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of studies in the following areas:3.1.1 Anatomy 3.1.2 Physiology 3.1.3 Pathology 3.1.4 There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science 4. Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Pathology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.5 There will be additional lectures/tutorials in the above subjects specific to surgery in general. 3.1.6 Students will be required to demonstrate in Anatomy and Physiology. 3.1.7 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Science Course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the 5. total marks). (MSG551)
3.2 During Part II of the programme, candidates will spend an appropriate time in posts in general surgery and relevant disciplines of surgery, as in paragraph 2.2. 3.2.1 There shall be exposure to principles of surgery, surgical pathology and the art of general surgery. 3.2.2 Each candidate shall be required to submit an annual course assignment of between 3000 and 5000 words on subjects approved by the Department of Surgery in each year during years two to four inclusive. Coursework assignments shall be equally weighted. These course assignments shall constitute the course-work component of the marks at Part II and thus 20% of the total marks at Part II. 3.3 During Parts I and II of the programme, candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.1 in the following areas: 3.3.1 Anaesthetics 3.3.2 GeneralSurg ery 3.3.3 Casualty 3.3.4 Urology 3.3.5 Gynaecology 3.3.6 Thoracic Surgery 3.3.7 NeuroSurgery 3.3.8 Orthopaedic Surgery 3.3.9 ElectivePeriod 3.3.10 Peripheral Hospital Attachment 3.3.11 ENT (Ear, Nose and Throat) 3.4 During Part II of the programme, candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Surgery. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30th of June of the fourth year (Final year) of the programme. 3.5 Any candidate who fails to submit the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) examination. MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be :80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by coursework assignments as in paragraph 3.1.7 and 3.2.2 above. (MSG550)
5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (MSG570) (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the end of June of the fourth year of the programme. 5.3 The Part I examination will be held in the November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of:5.3.1 Written Papers Paper I (CBSC501) There shall be a three hour paper of 100 multiple choice questions covering areas described under para. 3.1.4 'Basic Sciences Core Course'. 5.3.2 Paper II(MSG502) There shall be a three hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions on the remainder of the programme described in paragraph 3.1. 5.3.3 Oral Examination (MSG591) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in the November of the fourth year and shall consist of:5.4.1 Paper I(MSG503) There shall be a paper of two hours duration and shall consist 6. of 75 multiple choice questions. Paper II(MSG504) There shall be a paper of three hours duration and shall consist of 10 short answer questions of which 8 shall be answered. Paper III(MSG505) There shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where 7. candidates shall be expected to answer three questions. Written papers test principles of the theory, Surgery, Operative Surgery, Basic Sciences and their application to surgery. 5.4.2 Clinical Examinations (MSG5580) 8. The examination shall be of approximately 60 minutes duration. 5.4.3 Oral Examination (MSG592) This examination shall be of approximately 30 minutes duration. 5.4.4 Defence of Dissert ation (MSG570) There shall be a discussion of approximately 30 minutes duration of the content of dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. 5.4.5 Continuous Assessment (MSG550) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in Paragraph 3.2.2.
5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Examination Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 ContinuousAssessment out of 75 OralExamination outof 75 TOTAL 300 5.5.2 Part II Examination CourseAssignment outof 100 WrittenPapers outof 100 ClinicalExamination outof 150 OralExamination outof 50 Dissertation outof 100 TOTAL 500 5.6 For a candidate to pass the programme, he/she must obtain an overall pass mark and a pass in both the clinical examination as well as the dissertation. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Supplementary examinations may be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations. RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the first and second years of Part III of the programme annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of Surgery to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Surgery an annual list of cases described in para. 3.2 in which they have participated as surgeon, first surgical assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period.
205
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE (UROLOGICAL SURGERY) (MUG) (To be read in conjunction with the 'General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework' (GAR)) 1.
2.
206
3.
ENTRY REGULATIONS (REF GAR 3) 1.1 An applicant must have obtained the MBChB Degrees of this university or an equivalent degree of another university of approved standard. 1.2 An applicant must have completed a suitably supervised internship and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Preference will be given to candidates who will have gained at least one year's postgraduate experience in a Provincial, General or District hospital. 1.4 All applications must be submitted on the official forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (REF GAR4) 2.1 The duration of the programme, which normally commences each January, shall be five years part-time. 2.2 Throughout the programme, candidates will normally be employed in the appropriate posts within the relevant departments or hospitals approved by Senate. 2.3 Exemptions 2.3.1 Candidates who have already successfully completed an appropriate course and examination equivalent to Part I of this course may apply for exemption from this part of the course and examination. 2.3.2 Candidates who hold an MMed (Surgery) or equivalent may apply for exemption from relevant parts of Part of the programme. 2.3.3 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be recommended to Senate by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (REF GAR 5) The programme shall be divided into two parts. Part I shall take place in the first year of the programme. Part II will take place in the succeeding four years of the programme. 3.1 Part I of the programme shall consist of clinical application of studies in the following areas: 3.1.1 Anatomy 3.1.2 Physiology 3.1.3 Pathology
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.1.4 There will be a combined Masters in Medicine Basic Science Core Course covering areas of Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Pathology, Statistics and Epidemiology. 3.1.5 There will be additional lectures/tutorials in the above subjects specific to surgery. 3.1.6 Students will be required to demonstrate in Anatomy and Physiology. 3.1.7 Coursework shall be assessed continuously on the basis of monthly tests in the Combined Basic Science Course (12.5% of the total marks) and Clinical Assessment (12.5% of the total marks) (MUG550) During Part II of the programme, candidates will spend an appropriate time in posts in general surgery and relevant disciplines of urological surgery as in paragraph 2.2. 3.2.1 There shall be exposure to principles of surgery, surgical pathology and the art of general and urological surgery 3.2.2 Each candidate shall be required to submit an annual course assignment of between 3000 and 5000 words on subjects approved by the Department of Surgery in each year during years two to four inclusive. Only one of these shall be in general surgery. These Course assignments shall be equally weighted. Course assignments shall constitute the coursework component of marks at Part II examination and thus 20% of the total marks at the Final Examination (MUG551). During Part I and Part II of the programme, candidates will rotate through posts as in paragraph 2.2 specifically in the following areas: 3.3.1 GeneralSurgery 3.3.2 Casualty 3.3.3 Vascular surgery 3.3.4 Plasticsurgery 3.3.5 Gynaecological-urological surgery 3.3.6 The various disciplines of urological surgery 3.3.7 Elective period. During Part II of the programme candidates shall be required to submit research work of between 10000 and 15000 words as a dissertation on a subject approved by the Departmental Board of Surgery. This dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of Continuing Health Education in the final form by the 30th of June of the fifth year (Final Year) of the programme. Any candidate who has not submitted the dissertation in paragraph 3.4 above by the due date shall not be permitted to appear in the Final (Part II) Examinations.
4.
MARKING SCHEME AND DEGREE CLASSIFICATION (REF GAR 6) 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or with Merit or without classification. This shall be based on the marks attained at Part II of the examination. 4.2 The marking scheme shall be: 80%+ = Distinction 70%-79% = Merit 50%-69% = Pass Below50% = Fail
5.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES (REF GAR 7) 5.1 Coursework shall be examined by assignment as in paragraphs 3.1.7 and 3.2.2 above. 5.2 Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see paragraph 3.4) which shall be presented by the 30th of June of the fifth year of the programme to the Institute of Continuing Health Education. 5.3 The Part I examination shall be held in November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of: 5.3.1 Written Papers PaperI (CBSC501) There shall be a three-hour paper of multiple choice questions covering areas described under 3.1.1 to 3.1.4 (Basic Science Core Course) PaperII (MUG502) There shall be a three-hour paper of multiple choice questions based on the programme described in paragraph 3.1.5. 5.3.2 OralEx amination (MUG591) There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.4 The Part II examination shall be held in November of the fifth year of the programme and will consist of: 6. 5.4.1 Written Papers Paper I (MUG503) shall be of three hours duration and shall consist of multiple choice questions. Paper II (MUG504) shall be of three hours duration and shall consist of short answer questions. Paper III (MUG505) shall be an essay paper of three hours duration. Written papers shall test principles in the theory of Urological Surgery, Operative Urological Surgery, the application of basic sciences and Surgery in General to Urological Surgery and research skills. 5.4.2 Clinical Examination (MUG 592) There shall be a clinical examination of 2 hours.
5.4.3 Oral Examination (MUG592) This examination shall be approximately 60 minutes duration. 5.4.4 Defence of Dissertation (MUG570) There shall be a discussion of approximately 30 minutes duration on the content of the dissertation submitted under paragraph 5.2. 5.4.5 ContinuousAssessment (MUG551) There shall be a continuous assessment at the end of the years two, three and four of the programme inclusive as described in paragraph 3.2.2. 5.5 Distribution of Marks 5.5.1 Part I Paper I out of 75 Paper I out of 75 Paper II out of 75 OralExamination outof 75 ContinuousAssessment out of 75 TOTAL 300 5.5.2 Part II Examination WrittenPapers outof 100 ClinicalExamination out of 150 OralExamination Dissertation ContinuousAssessment TOTAL
outof outof outof
50 100 100 500
5.6 A candidate must pass clinical examination as well as the dissertation SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION (REF GAR 10.5) 6.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 6.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part II the following components of the course shall be determinant: 6.3.1 Written Papers (MUG503B505) 6.3.2 Clinical and Oral Examinations (MUG580 and MUG592) 6.3.3 Dissertation (MUG570) 6.3.4 Candidates who fail any two of these components shall be required to repeat the final year of the programme.
207
6.3.5 Candidates who are offered supplementary examinations shall be required to supplement all components of the Part II examination: i.e. written papers, clinical and oral examinations. 7.
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION (REF GAR 10.6) Re-presentation of dissertation may be permitted by Senate. In such cases re-presentation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit re-presentation.
8.
ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 At the end of the Part II of the programme annual assessment based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark will be submitted by the Department of Surgery to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 8.2 Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Surgery an annual list of cases described in paragraph 3.2 which they have participated as surgeon, first surgical assistant or teacher countersigned by the Clinical Consultant supervisor during that period. 8.3 Candidates shall keep a log book in wh ich : (a) competence at surgical procedures; (b) participation as first assistant, principal surgeon or teacher shall be indicated by signature of the appropriate clinical consultant.
208
REGULATIONS FOR THE DOCTOR OF MEDICINE DEGREE (MD) (EFFECTIVE FROM 1999) 1.
PREAMBLE 1.1 These Regulations shall apply to the Doctor of Medicine Degree (MD) of the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. 1.3 Senate has authority to exempt any student from any of these regulations. 1.4 A candidate who has been registered under these regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed in writing by the student.
2.
ELIGIBILITY To be eligible to apply to make formal submission for the MD degree, an applicant must be a graduate of this or another approved university in the fifth or any subsequent year after his obtaining the MBChB degrees of this university (or approved equivalent) which are recognised for registration by the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe.
3.
APPLICATION 3.1 Application for permission to make formal submission for the MD degree must be made on the appropriate form issued through the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 3.2 Applications should be submitted at least twelve months before the intended date of submission of the thesis. 3.3 An applicant must submit with his/her application form verified copies of his/her qualifications and evidence of postgraduate research and experience. He/She must also submit with the application a detailed protocol of about 15 000 words and including the rationale, objective, design and specific hypothesis; the methodology, sample size and preliminary results of the proposed thesis, if available. 3.4 Applicants should nominate the department to supervise their thesis. The appropriate departmental board will recommend the supervisor/s for consideration by Senate. Where necessary an external assessor may be appointed by the departmental board if they do not have the expertise in the department to obtain an opinion on the merits of the proposal before it is passed on to the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee for their recommendation on whether the application should be accepted. The departmental board should report to the Faculty Higher Degrees (Research) Committee within three months of receipt of a viable application. 3.5 Each student is required to prepare their thesis under the direction of a supervisor who shall be a member of the academic staff of the University in the appropriate discipline. Normally, one or more associate supervisors, either from within or outside the University will be appointed. If the major part of a student's research programmes is being conducted at an institution outside the University, an associate supervisor at the institution shall, where possible, be appointed. 3.6 The Deputy Registrar (Academic) will communicate the decision of Senate to the applicant. A successful applicant may then proceed to register for the MD degree and prepare for the examinati on.
4.
REGISTRATION Formal registration shall be in accordance with the arrangements made through the Deputy Registrar (Academic) and shall include completion and submission of the appropriate examination entry form and payment of the prescribed fees.
5.
PROGRAMMEOF STUDY 5.1 The appointment of all supervisors shall be made by Senate on the recommendations of the appropriate College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee. 5.2 The supervisors shall report on each student's progress at least twice a year to the Faculty Higher Degrees (Research) Committee. 5.3 Students must maintain regular contact with the supervising department and may be required to attend for certain periods at the University as directed by their approved supervisor(s).
6.
SUBMISSIONOFTHESIS 6.1 The thesis must be a substantial contribution to medical knowledge and must contain srcinal work worthy of publication. Published work may be submitted in support of the thesis but the thesis must not have previously been presented for any other degree. The thesis must be accompanied by a letter from the supervisor indicating that the thesis is of sufficient merit to warrant examination. 6.2 Work which has been completed in conjunction with others may be accepted as part of t he thesis provided that the contribution by the candidate is proven and the extent to the contribution by the coauthor(s) is indicated and acknowledged. 6.3 Four copies of the thesis and published work in support of the thesis shall be submitted, in loose-bound form, to the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 6.4 The thesis shall be submitted in the following format: Size of paper international A4 (210mm x 297mm). No restriction is placed on the size of drawings or maps. There must be a margin of 40mm on the left-hand side of the page to allow for binding, a margin of 10mm on the right-hand side, and margins of 20mm at the top and at t he bottom of the page. Where there is a substantial computing in the thesis, a machinereadable copy of the source Programme shall be submitted together with the copies of the thesis.
7.
ASSESSMENTOFCA NDIDATES 7.1 Each candidate shall be assessed principally on the merits of his/her thesis. Exclusion from any formal examination shall require the authority of Senate.
7.2 Initial assessment of the loose-bound copies shall be made by one External Examiner and two Internal Examiners. The appointment of both the Internal Examiners and the External examiners shall be made by Senate on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned through the appropriate Faculty Higher DegreesCommittee. 7.3 Each External Examiner will be required to submit a formal written recommendation within three months of receipt of the thesis. 7.4 On receipt of the report from the External Examiner, the Deputy Registrar (Academic) shall refer it to the Chairman of the Department concerned through the Dean of the Faculty for consideration by the Internal Examiners. 8
EXAMINATIONS AND DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATE'S RESULTS 8.1 The Board of Examiners for the degree of MD, consists of the following: The Dean or Deputy Dean of the College of Health Sciences The Chairman of the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees Committee. The Chairman of the Department concerned, the supervisor(s) for the thesis, the examiners appointed in terms of Section 7.2. Where appropriate, as determined by the Dean after consultation with the Chairman of the Department concerned, other suitably qualified members of the academic staff may also be assigned as
8.2 8.3
8.4 8.5
8.6
members Theshall External Examiner shall be a memberof ofthe theBoard Boardof ofExaminers. Examiners but attend only if deemed essential by the Board. Normally, the External Examiner will not be required to attend the meeting of the Board of Examiners. After the Board of Examiners has considered the reports of the Examiners appointed in terms of section 7.2, it may recommend to Senate that the candidate be failed. The Board of Examiners shall normally examine the candidate orally. The Board of Examiners may require further examination through written papers, or practical examination, or both on the Subject of the thesis and, if they see fit, on Subject relevant thereto. If the Board of Examiners is satisfied that the candidate should pass the examination and be awarded the degree, it shall so recommend to Senate. If the thesis is adequate, but the candidate fails to satisfy the Examiners at the oral examination, the Board of Examiners may recommend to Senate that the candidate be permitted to represent the same thesis and submit to further oral or other examination within a period of one calendar year. The candidate may be required to make editorial amendments to his/her thesis to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Board of Examiners, after consultation with the Chairman of the Department concerned before lodgement of the final bound copies of dissertation.
209
8.7 If the thesis, though inadequate, is of sufficient merit to justify such 2.2 In addition, an applicant must have an Advanced Level (or action, the Board of Examiners may recommend to Senate that the equivalent) pass in Mathematics. candidate be permitted to re-present his/her thesis in a revised form 2.3 Applications must be submitted on the official application forms within one calendar year from the decision of Senate with regard provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of thereto. The Board of Examiners shall not, however, make such the College of Health Sciences. recommendation without submitting the candidate to an oral 2.4 Normally, there shall be no exemptions from any component of the examination or, exceptionally, if an oral examination is impracticable, a written examination. programme. 8.8 For the purpose of the oral, practical or written examination held in connection with the thesis, the candidate will be required to present 3. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME himself/herself at such place as the University may direct and upon 3.1 The duration of the programme shall be twenty-four (24) months such day or days as shall be notified to him by the Deputy Registrar full-time, normally commencing in January. (Academic). 3.2 The programme shall consist of two Parts. Part 1 will consist of the 8.9 The MD degree shall not be cla ssified. formal taught component of the programme and Part 2 will consist 9. LODGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF THESIS of both formally taught components and the research component, The candidate shall be required to lodge with the Deputy Registrar during which time a candidate will undertake a practicum (Academic) three bound copies of the approved thesis. The copies shall (statistical consulting). be bound in accordance with the following specifications: Art vellum or cloth; overcast; edges uncut; lettered boldly up the back in gold letters (letters should be from 5mm to 10mm in size) indicating 4. EXAMINATIONS DEGREE, DATE, NAME. There shall be formal written examinations of the taught components at the end of Part 1 and at the end of Part 2 of the programme. 10. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE 10.1 Each candidate shall be notified of the results of his/her examination by the Deputy Registrar (Academic) after the report from the Board of Examiners and the issue of a Pass List have been approved by Senate. 10.2 A Diploma under the Seal of the University, shall be delivered to each successful candidate, after the award of the degree has been approved by Council.
210
5.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOSTATISTICS [MSc BIOSTATISTICS)] 1.
2.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS These Regulations are to be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework (GAR), which take precedence over these regulations. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 An applicant should normally have a good first degree (upper second or better) in Statistics, Medicine, Health, Social or Biological sciences.
6.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 5.1 The pass mark for every examination or assessment shall be 50%. 5.2 The continuous assessment mark shall be based on regular assessment of the student's performance in class work and during the practicum. 5.3 The assessment of the research work component shall be based on a th dissertation and an oral examination, presented by 30 August of the second year of the programme, and approved projects from the practicum. DETERMINATIONOF EXAMINATIONRESULTS
6.1 A student who fails the continuous assessment shall be barred from writing the end of course examinations. The overall result for such a student shall be FAIL: ALLOWED TO APPLY TO REPEAT theprogrammewhen next offered. 6.2 A student who fails a course within the range 40 – 49% may be allowed to write a supplementary examination in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
6.3 In the case of supplementing a dissertation, the resubmission of the dissertation shall be within six months after publication of the results. 6.4 A student who fails two or more Part 1 courses shall not be eligible to proceed to Part 2. The overall result for such a student shall be FAIL: ALLOWED TO APPLY TO REPEAT thefailed courseswhen next offered. 6.5 The overall result of a student who fails one taught course at Part 1 shall be INCOMPLETE: PROCEED. Such a student shall be allowed to register for Part 2 and repeat the failed course. 7.
8.2 Course Code
The degree shall be awarded using the f ollowing marking scheme: 80%andabove Distinction 70% 79% Merit 50% 69% Pass Below 50% Fail
COURSES 8.1 Part 1 Course Course Durationof Code description examination MBST500C ontinuousAssessment MBST501 InferentialProcedures1 3hours MBST502 PrinciplesofEpidemiology 3hours MBST503 Research Methods and PublicHealth 2hours MBST504 InferentialProcedures2 2hours
1.
100 100 150 200 50
Course syllabuses In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabuses for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the approved detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the "General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework" (GAR) and the respective Faculty regulations. 1.2. The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these regulations.
2. DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these regulations are as described in the General Academic Regulations 3.
100 100
Totalmarks
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN PUBLIC HEALTH-FIELD EPIDEMIOLOGY TRAINING PROGRAM [MPH-FETP]
8.
Totalmarks 200 100 100
Durationof examination
MBST505 Confounding and Interaction (modelling) hours 2 MBST506 Design and Design Issues inBiostatistics 2hours MBST570R esearchProject MBST580 Practicum MBST590 OralExamination 30minutes
9. AWARD OF THE DEGREE 7.1 To be eligible for the award of the degree, a student must pass each of the following components: ? Continuous assessment; ? Written examinations, in which a student must attain an overall pass mark, provided he or she fails no more than one course with a mark of 40% or better. ? Research project. ? Practicum. 7.2
Part2 Course description
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 3.1. An applicant should normally have a good first degree in Medicine or an honours degree in any one of the following: a. Health Sciences b. Biological Sciences c. Social Sciences
211
3.2. An applicant should have at least three years appropriate work experience in a health field post-qualification 3.3. An applicant with relevant qualifications or experience other than as described in 3.1 and 3.2 may be considered for admission into the programme at the recommendation of the department and the Dean 3.4. An application must be submitted on the official application form provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences 3.5. An applicant for the part-time programme should have a qualified filed supervisor (holder of an MPH degree or equivalent) at his/her workplace and who is able to supervise him/her during the fieldwork. 4.
212
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME 4.1. The Programme will consist of a single Part, normally commencing in January organized as a combination of formal courses taught within the Department of Community Medicine, supervised public health practice (fieldwork) and a research project. 4.2. The duration of the programme shall be not less than two years fulltime and not less than three years part-time. During this time a registered student shall be employed in an appropriate post with actual public health responsibilities as approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purposes of the degree. 4.3. A field supervisor of the programme shall be approved by the Higher Degrees Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences 4.4. The Programme shall include studies in the following areas, both in the classroom and field setting: 4.4.1 Philosophy of Public Health 4.4.2 Epidemiology 4.4.3 Research Methodology 4.4.4 Biostatistics 4.4.5 Communicable and Non-communicable Disease Control 4.4.6 Maternal and Child Health/Family Planning 4.4.7 Health Services Planning and Management 4.4.8 Environmental and Occupational Health 4.4.9 Communication Skills 4.4.10 Health Informatics (including computer literacy) 4.5. In the First Year every student will have to attend academic classes in the following four areas: Philosophy of Public Health, Epidemiology, Research Methodology and Biostatistics. 4.6. An elective period of up to three months may be offered to a student during the programme. 4.7. There will normally be 'no exemptions from any component of the programme.
5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1. There will be formal examinations in coursework at the end of the second year for the fulltime programme and at the end of the third year for the part-time programme. 5.2. There shall be four written papers and an oral examination each of which is equally weighted
Code Duration of Total Course Description examination marks MPH501 Multiplechoicequestions 2hours 50 MPH502 Six essays or short notes questions, of which a candidate should answer five. Each question shall be equally weighted. hours 3 50 MPH503 Six problems in data analysis and interpretation, of which a candidate should answer five. Each question shall be equally weighted. hours 3 50 MPH504 Critical review of case studies or case presentations or journal articles, or a combination of two ormoreofthese 2hours 50 MPH590 OralExamination 30minutes 50 5.3. The research work component of the programme shall be examined by a dissertation (MPH570) of 10000 to 15000 words and an oral defence (MPH560) of the dissertation by the student. 5.4. The dissertation shall be presented by 1 September of the second year for a fulltime student and by 1 September of the third year for a part-time student. 6.
ASSESSMENT OF A C ANDIDATE 6.1. The coursework component of the programme will be examined by continuous assessment based on regular assessment of the candidate's performance in class work and fieldwork. 6.2. A candidate must pass the continuous assessment for the taught courses within the Department of Community Medicine to be able to proceed to the supervised public health practice (field work).
6.3. Annual Assessment 6.3.1 At the end of the first year of the full-time programme, an annual assessment .based on the candidate's continuous assessment marks, and expressed as a percentage, shall be submitted by the Institute of Continuing Health Education to the College of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained before a candidate is allowed to proceed to the subsequent year of the programme, for both the fulltime and the part-time programme. 6.3.2 At the end of the second year of the part-time programme an annual assessment, based on the candidate's continuous assessment marks, and expressed as a percentage, shall be submitted by the Institute of Continuing Health Education to the college of Health Sciences for onward transmission to Academic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained before a candidate is allowed to proceed to final year of the programme. 7.
8.3.
8.4.
8.5. 8.6.
AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be awarded in accordance with the General Academic regulations
2.
ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES Regulations on academic offences and penalties as described in the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes shall apply.
3.
POSTHUMOUS ANDAEGR OTATPROVISIONS Posthumous and aegrotat provisions in the General Academic Regulations shall apply to these regulations
4.
PUBLICATION OF EX AMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be published in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations
DETERMINATION OF THE RESULTS 8.1. The results of a student shall be determined based the three components of the programme: COMPONENTSOFPROGRAMME MARKS ContinuousAssessment(MPH550) 200 Formal Examinations (MPH501/502/503/504/590) 250 ResearchProject(MPH570/591) 150 TOTAL 600 8.1.1. The four written papers and the oral examination constitute the formal examinations and are each weighted 1. 8.1.2. The Research Project has two components weighted as follows COMPONENTS OF THE RESEARCH PROJECT WEIGHTING 1 Dissertation (MPH570) 2 2 Oral Defence of the Dissertation (MPH591) 1
A student barred from writing the formal examinations fails and is allowed to apply to repeat the final year of programme. A student who fails the f ormal examination component fails overall and is allowed to apply to repeat the final year of programme. A student who fails th e dissertation within the supplementable range fails overall and is allowed to resubmit the dissertation in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. To be awarded the degree, a student must pass eac h of the three components of the programme as stipulated in 8.1, The degree shall be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification. Using 'the following mark scheme: 80%andabove Distinction 70% 79% Merit 50% 69% Pass Below 50 Fail
1.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
8.
8.2.
5. STUDENT APPEALS AGAINST PUBLISHED RESULTS Provisions in the General Academic Regulations on student appeals against published results shall apply to these regulations. 6. ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT An academic transcript shall be issued to a student in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
213
AWARD OF A DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE A degree certificate shall be awarded in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations
3.1.4 An applicant at admission has to be employed in an appropriate post with actual health promotion responsibilities.
8. COURSESYL LABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabuses for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the approved detailed syllabuses are maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
3.2 Submission of application for admission 3.2.1 An applicant must submit his/her application in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 3.2.2 An application for admission must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences.
7.
3.3 GeneralProvisions An applicant who is admitted into the programme must satisfy the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER IN PUBLIC HEALTH [HEALTH PROMOTION] [MPHHP] 1.
214 2.
3.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations and the College of HealthSciences Regulations for Master of Science Degrees. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over the Faculty Regulations and these regulations. DEFINITIONOFTERMS Terms used in these Regulations are asdescribed in the General AcademicRegulations. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1Eligibility for admission 3.1.1 To be eligible for admission to the Masters Degree in Public Health (Health Promotion) an applicant must have a good BSc degree (2.1 or better) in Health Education and Health Promotion or an approved equivalent. 3.1.2 At the recommendations of the Department and the Dean, Senate may admit to the programme an applicant with relevant qualifications and experience in a health promotion setting other than described in 3.1.1. 3.1.3 An applicant must be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of Zimbabwe as a Health Promotion Practitioner.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme will run for two years on a full-time basis, or three years on a part-time basis. 4.1 The programme consists of two parts: Part 1 will be the course work component consisting of (a) formal basic MPH courses and (b) specialized health promotion courses taught in the Department of Community Medicine and Part 2 will consist of coursework and research component. 4. 1.1 Part 1 of the programme will be offered on full-time basis for one year and on part-time basis for two years. 4.1.2 Part 2 will be offered full-time for a period of one (1) year and part-time for a period of one year. 4.2 The programme will normally commence in January of every year for full-time and every other year for part-time. 4.3 A student shall register for six (6) courses for Part 1, all of which are core courses. Each course shall normally be taught over 12 months for full-time and over 24 months for part-time. All courses shall be single weighted. 4.4 For Part two (2) a student shall register six (6) courses all of which are core courses. Each course shall normally be taught over 12 months for both full-time and part-time. All courses shall be single weighted. 4.5 Each course shall have 6 contact hours per week excluding tutorials.
4.6 For a full-time student, the dissertation will normally be submitted st
on or before 1 September of the Second Year and on or before 1 of September of the Third Year for Part Time.
8.5 st
8.6 5.
6.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Formal examinations of taught courses shall take place at the end of the year in which it was completed and eachwritten course shall be examined over two or three hour paper as stipulated. 5.3 The dissertation shall be examined through a written research report and an oral defence. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1 The formal examination shall constitute 70% and continuous assessment 30% of the overall mark. 6.2 Coursework component of the programme shall be examined by continuous assessment based on regular assessment of the candidate's performance in class work, fieldwork, and written tests. 6.3 Research work shall be examined by a health social science project, a dissertation and an oral defence. A wholly written dissertation shall normally be 10 000 to 15 000 words.
A student who fails the dissertation within the supplementable range fails overally and is allowed to resubmit the dissertation inaccordance with the General Academic Regulations.
9.
Re-presentation of the dissertation shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. The re-submission shall normally be required within three months of the decision of Senate to permit re-submission.
COURSES: 9.1 Part 1 (Full Time and Part Time) there shall be written examinations at the end of Part 1.
Course Code MPHHP 501 MPHHP502 MPHHP 503
MPHHP504 MPHHP 505 MPHHP 507 MPHHP551
7.
Durationof examination
Weighting Marks
3hours 4hours
1 2
100 200
4hours
2
200
Research 3hours ResearchProcess Protocoldesign Ecology of Health Promotions2 4hours ContinuousAssessment
11
100 100
2 1
200 100
PROCESSING OF EX AMINATIONS RESULTS Examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
8.
Course description Epidemiology and Biostatistics PublicHealthPractice Ecology of health Promotions1
DETERMINATIONOFR ESULTS 8.1
Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
8.2
To be eligible to proceed to Part 2, a student must pass at least four (4) courses studied in Part 1.
8.3
A student who fails a course may be allowed to repeat that course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and Faculty Regulations.
8.4
Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
9.2
Part II (Full Time and Part Time) there shall be written examinations at the end of Part II
Course Code MPHHP50 6 MPHHP 507 MPHHP508
MPHHP509 MPHHP590
Course Durationof description examination Knowledge Management 3hours Ecology of Health Promotions2 4hours ManagementofHealth Promotion Programmes 3hours Monitoringand Evaluation hours 3 OralExamination 30minutes
Weighting Marks 1 2
1 1 0.5
100 200
100 100 50
215
MPHHP 570 MPHHP511 MPHHP551 1.
Dissertation HealthSocialScienceProject ContinuousAssessment
2 1 1
200 100 100
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS DEGREE IN MEDICINE(OPHTHALMOLOGY) (MMED OPHTHAL)
AWARD OF DEGREE The degree shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
2.
ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
[To be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework (GAR)] 1.
ENTRY REGULATIONS 1.1 Applicants must have obtained a Diploma in Ophthalmology of this or another university of an approved standard, or have obtained a qualification by written and clinical examination of a standard approved by the University of Zimbabwe. 1.2 Applicants must have completed suitable internship in a Provincial, Central or District hospital and be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners' Council of Zimbabwe. 1.3 Applications must be submitted on official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the University of Zimbabwe, College of Health Sciences.
2.
DURATION OF PROGRAMME The duration of the programme which normally commences each January, is a three year fulltime programme. Throughout the programme, candidates normally are employed in the appropriate posts in the departments or hospitals approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the Col lege of Health Sciences for the purpose of this degree.
The provisions of the General Academic Regulations on offences and penalties shall apply. 3.
POSTHUMOUS ANDAGROTATEPROVISIONS These shall apply as provided for in the General Academic Regulations.
4.
PUBLICATIONS OFRE SULTS Results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
216
5.
ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT The transcript shall be issued in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
6.
AWARD OF DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE The degree certificate shall be awarded in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
7.
SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for the Courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
2.1
Exemptions 2.1.1 Candidates are expected to fulfil continuous assessment requirements for the whole programme. 2.1.2 Decisions on applications for such exemptions shall be made by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences subject to approval by Senate. 2.1.3 Studyleave Before formal examinations begin, there is a period of two weeks without academic instruction to allow for individual study/revision.
3.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The Programme is divided into two parts; Part II takes place in the first year, Part III in the second and h t ird year. 3.1 3.2
3.3
Part III of the programme consists of didactic lectures, tutorials and assignments in topics on the principles and practice of clinical ophthalmology. It will include refraction, contact lens practice and low vision aids. There will be an emphasis on geographic and preventive ophthalmology. Students shall rotate in clinical areas approved by the Faculty Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee. Students shall undertake an approved supervised project whose write-up shall constitute a dissertation.
3.4
During Parts II and III of the programme the following run concurrently: 3.4.1 The candidate shall carry out a research project that shall be submitted in a dissertation of 10000 to 15000 words on a subject which has been approved by the Department of Ophthalmology. 3.4.2 The candidates go for a rural attachment of at least one month during which period he/she will be supervised by a provincial ophthalmologist. 3.4.3 The candidates are attached to each of the following specialties for at least 2 weeks: 3.4.3.1 Neurosurgery 3.4.3.2 ENT; (Ear, Nose and Throat) 3.4.3.3 Radiology (diagnostic and therapeutic). During the entire programme the candidates are continuously assessed by the teaching staff. This shall comprise about 20% (+ 5%) of Parts II and III marks.
3.5
4.
Part I shall consist of studies in the Diploma in Ophthalmology. (see Regulations for Diploma in Ophthalmology Programme) Part II of the pr ogramme com prises scien tific basis of Ophthalmology in greater depth and scope than in the diploma programme and include studies in the following areas: 3.2.1 Visual anatomy and embryology 3.2.2 Visual physiology and optics 3.2.3 Pathology (general surgical and ocular pathology)
MARKING SCHEME AND CLASSIFICATION 4.1 The degree may be awarded with Distinction or Merit or without classification.
4.2
5.
The marking scheme is as follows:80% + = Distinction 70% - 79% = Merit 50% - 69% = Pass Below 50% = Fail
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES 5.1 Candidates shall maintain authenticated records of the following surgicaloperations: (a) At least 100 cataract extractions; 60 standard extracapsular cataract extractions; 40 small incision sutureless cataract extractions (b) At least 20 corneal perforation repairs (c) At least 20 trabeculectomies (d) At least 10 squint operations (e) At least 20 laser treatments. (f) At least 20 enucleations (g) At least 20 exenterations (h) At least 100 retinoscopies (i) Fundus Fluorescein angiography 10 cases (j) Visual fields 20 cases (k) At least 5 Retinal detachments (l) At least 5 Dacryocystorhinostomies (m) At least 5 Corneal grafts (n) At least 5 Orbitotomies 5.2
5.3
5.4 5.5
Continuous assessment/coursework shall be in the form of four written assignments (25%), evaluation of candidate's log-book (25%), clinical presentations (25%) and candidate's overall day to day performance (25%). The four written assignments shall comprise two well-discussed case reports, one retrospective study and one clinical audit. Research work shall be examined by dissertation (see Paragraph 3.4.1) which is required to be submitted to ICHE by the 30th of June of the final year of the programme. Part I (refer to the current regulations for the Diploma in Ophthalmology). Part II Examinations are held in November of the first year of the programme and consist of:
217
5.5.1
218
Written Papers Paper I Visual anatomy and embryology MOP504 (3 hours) Paper IIVisual Physiology and Optics MOP505 (3 hours) Paper III Pathology MOP506 (3 hours) Clinical Examination MOP580 (1 hour 30 minutes) Oral Examination MOP591-3 (see 5.5.2)
5.5.2
Oral Examination: There shall be three oral examinations on each of the above subjects i.e. Visual Anatomy and Embryology (MOP591) Visual Physiology and Optics (MOP592) and Pathology (MOP593) of Approximately 1 hour duration in total. They shall be equally weighted.
5.5.3
Distribution of marks: Visual Anatomy and Embryology: i) Written paper out of ii) Oral paper out of Visual Optics and Physiology: i) Written paper ii) Oral paper Pathology: i) Written paper ii) Oral paper ContinuousAssessment mark Clinical Examination on Refraction and Optics TOTAL MARKS OUT OF:
Paper I Principles of Ophthalmology (MOP507) (3 hours) Paper II Practice of Ophthalmology (MOP508) (3 hours) 5.6.2 Clinical Examination (MOP581) (2 hours) 5.6.3 Oral Examination (MOP594) 5.6.4 Dissertation MOP 570 5.7 DISTRIBUTIONOFMAR KS 5.7.1 Part III Examinations Written Paper I Written PaperII Clinical Examination OralExamination Continuous Assessment Dissertation TOTAL
6. 100 50
out of out of
100 50
out of
100
5.5.4 Candidates are required to pass the clinical examinations and continuous assessment. A poor continuous assessment mark (below 50%) may result in the Higher Degrees Committee recommending to senate that the candidate be barred from writing the examination. 5.6 PART III EXAMINATIONS Part III Examinations shall be held in November of the fourth (final) year and shall consist of: 5.6.1 Written Papers
DETERMINATION OF CANDIDATES' RESULTS The department panel of examinations shall comprise of the Chairman Department of Ophthalmology and academic staff which include fulltime, part time and honorary lecturers who are involved in teaching the programme.
7.
100 650
100 100 100 100 100 100 600
5.7.2 Candidates are required to pass the Clinical examinations in Part III and 5.5.4 above applies for this part as well. 5.7.3 Candidates are required to pass the Dissertation.
100 50
out of out of
out of out of out of outof out of outof
SUPPLEMENTARYEXAMINATIONS 7.1 Supplementary examinations shall be held in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that examinations will be held in the following year in May for part II and III. 7.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations for Part II failures shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 7.3 In determining the offer of supplementary examinations at Part III the following components of the course shall be determinant: 7.3.1 Written Papers (MOP507 and MOP508) 7.3.2 Clinical Examination and Oral Examination (MOP581 and MOP594) 7.3.3 Dissertation (MOP570) Any candidate who fails any two of these components is required to repeat the final year of the programme.
7.4
8.
Any candidate offered supplementary examinations should do so in all components (i.e. written, clinical and oral).
RE-PRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION Re-presentation of a dissertation may be permitted by the Senate. In such cases, representation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit representation.
3.1.5
3.2
Submission of application for admission 3.2.1 A student must submit his/her application in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 3.2.2 Applications must be subm itted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences
3.3
General Provisions 3.3.1 A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTERS IN DENTISTRY (ORTHODONTICS) – M Dent (ORTHODONTICS) 1.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the 4. General Regulations and the College of Health Sciences Regulations for Masters Degrees. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over the College Regulations and these Regulations.
2.
DEFINITIONOFTERMS Terms use in these Regulations are as described in the General Academic Regulations.
3.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Eligibility for admission 3.1.1 To be eligible for admission to the Masters in Dentistry (Orthodontics) M.Dent (Ortho) a student must have obtained the BDS degree of this university or an approved equivalent. 3.1.2 Applicants must have completed 1 year of internship or its equivalent. 3.1.3 Candidates must have gained at least one year's clinical experience in dentistry post internship 3.1.4 Candidates must be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe
Candidates shall throughout the programme normally be employed in appropriate posts in the departments, hospitals or institutions approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme will run for 4 years on a part-time basis. 4.1 The programme consists of two parts: Part I of the studies shall consist of Clinical work, and the Basic Science Core Courses: The Basic Science courses are divided into Course A and Course B 4.1.1 Core Course A: Oral Biology including Oral Anatomy, Oral Histology, Oral Physiology, Bio-Statistics and Epidemiology. 4.1.2 Core Course B: Principles of General Pathology, Oral Pathology, Oral Medicine and Periodontology and Basic Orthodontic subjects. 4.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of Clinical Work, Coursework and a dissertation. 4.2.1 Coursework in Basic and Specialist Orthodontics subjects 4.2.2 Dissertation 4.2.3 The dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of th Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30 of June of the final year of the programme. 4.2.4 A candidate who has not submitted the dissertation as in paragraph 4.2.2 above, by the due date shall not be permitted to sit the Final Year Examinations and shall allowed to apply to repeat the final year.
219
5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Formal examination of taught components shall take place at the end of the period in which it was completed. 5.2.1 The Part I examination will be held in the month of November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of the following: 5.2.1.1
220
5.3
5.3.1.5
5.3.2
Written Papers 5.2.1.1.1 PaperI 5.2.1.1.2 There shall be a three-hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions covering areas described under paragraph 3.1.1. Course A. 5.2.1.1.3 PaperII 5.2.1.1.4 There shall be a three-hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions described in paragraph 3.1.2. Course B. 5.2.1.1.5 PaperIII
5.2.1.1.6 There shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where candidates shall be expected to answer all six questions on any aspect of the Basic Sciences course. 5.2.1.2 Oral Examination 5.2.1.2.1 There shall be an oral examin ation of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. The Part II examination shall be held in the month of November of the fourth year and shall cover all aspects of Orthodontics training and shall consist of: 5.3.1 Paper I 5.3.1.1 Ther e shall be a paper of thr ee hours duration consisting of 100 multiple choice questions. 5.3.1.2 Paper II 5.3.1.3 There shall be paper of three hours duration consisting of 10 short answer questions. 5.3.1.4 PaperI II
5.3.3
5.3.4 5.3.5
6.
7.
8.
There shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where candidates shall be expected to answer all four questions. ClinicalExa mination 5.3.2.1 The candi date is pr esented with all the diagnostic materials of standard cases and is asked to make diagnosis and treatment plan before a panel of specialists. He/she is asked to defend the diagnosis and treatment plan. This examination shall be of approximately 120 minutes duration. Research work shall be examined by a dissertation, which th shall be presented by the 30 June of the Final year of the programme to the Institute of Continuing Health Education. The Dissertation shall be examined through written work of between 10000 – 15000 words. DefenceofDi ssertation There shall be a discussion of approximately 45 minutes duration of the content of dissertation.
ASSESSMENTOFCA NDIDATES 6.1.1 The formal exam inations shall co nstitute 70% and continuous assessment 30% of the overall marks. 6.1.2 The research component shall be assessed through a dissertation of 10000 to 15000 words and an oral defence thereof. 6.1.3 Cont inuous asse ssment shall be asse ssed thr ough coursework assignments, knowledge, attitudes and leadershipattributes. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. DETERMINATIONOFR ESULTS 8.1 Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 8.2 To be eligible to proceed to Part II, a student must pass the Part I examination. 8.3 A student who fails the overall Part I or Part II examinations may be allowed to repeat in accordance with the General and College Regulations.
8.4 Supplementary examinations are permitted in accordance with the General Regulations. 8.5 For a candidate to pass the programme he/she must obtain an overall pass mark with a pass mark in both the clinical examination and the dissertation. 8.6 A student who fails the dissertation within the supplementable range fails overall and is allowed to resubmit the dissertation in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 8.7 Re-presentation of the dissertation shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations for Masters degrees by coursework. The resubmission shall normally be required within 3 months of the decision of Senate to permit resubmission. COURSEDES CRIPTION 9.1 PartI CoreCourse CourseA Code Narration Duration MDO501 OralBiologyincludingOralAnatomy Oral Histology Oral Physiology Bio-StatisticsandEpidemiology 3hours
MDO551 Continuous Assessment MDO590 OralExamination MDO503 CourseAandBcombined 9.2 PartII MDO504 Paper1Orthodontics Paper2Orthodontics Paper3Orthodontics MDO551 Continuous Assessment MDO590 OralExamination MDO580 ClinicalE xamination
3hours 3hours 3hours 45minutes 90m inutes
3. POSTHUMOUS AND AGROTATE PROVISIONS These shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
Marks
100
Marks
100
30minutes 3hours
2. ACADEMIC OFFENCES AND PENALTIES The provisions of the General Academic Regulations on offences and penalties shall apply.
4. PUBLICAITONOFRESU LTS Results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
9.
CoreCourse CourseB Code Narration Duration MDO502 Principles of General Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Medicine Periodontology BasicOrthodonticsSubjects 3hours
1. AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
100
100 100 100
5. ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT The transcript shall be issued in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 6. AWARD OF DEGREE CER TIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ZIMBABWE The degree certificate shall be awarded in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTERS IN MEDICINE (OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY) HEAD AND NECK SURGERY– M. MED. (OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY) 1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and the College of Health Sciences Regulations for Masters Degrees. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over the College Regulations and these Regulations.
221
2. DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these Regulations are as described in the General AcademicRegulations. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Eligibility for admission 3.1.1 To be eligible for admission to the Masters in Medicine (Otorhinolaryngology) M. Med (ORLN) a student must have obtained the MB.Ch.B. degrees of this university or an approved equivalent. 3.1.2 Applicants must have completed their internship or its equivalent. 3.1.3 Candidates must have gained at least one year's clinical experience post internship 3.1.4 Candidates must be appropriately registered with the Medical and Dental Practitioners Council of Zimbabwe 3.1.5 Candidates shall throughout the programme normally be employed in appropriate posts in the departments, hospitals or institutions approved by the Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee of the College of Health Sciences for the purpose of the degree.
222
3.2 Submission of application for admission A student must s ubmit his/her application in accordance with the GeneralAcademic Regulations. Applications must be submitted on the official application forms provided through the Institute of Continuing Health Education of the College of Health Sciences 3.3 GeneralProvisions A student who is admitted must satisfy the provisions of the GeneralAcademic Regulations. 4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme will run for 4 years on a part time basis. 4.1 The programme consists of two parts: Part I of the studies shall consist of Clinical work, and the Basic Science Core Courses: The Basic Science courses are divided into Course A and Course B 4.1.1 Core Course A: ORLN Biology including ENT Anatomy, ENT Histology, ENT Physiology, Bio-Statistics and Epidemiology. 4.1.2 Core Course B: Principles of General Pathology, ENT Pathology, ENT Medicine and Audiology and Basic ENT subjects.
4.2 Part II of the programme shall consist of Clinical Work, Coursework and a dissertation. 4.2.1 Coursework in Basic and Specialist ENT subjects 4.2.2 Dissertation 4.2.3 The dissertation shall be submitted to the Institute of th Continuing Health Education in final form by the 30 of June of the final year of the programme. 4.2.4 A candidate who has not submitted the dissertation as in paragraph 4.2.2 above, by the due date shall not be permitted to sit the Final Year Examinations and shall be allowed to apply to repeat the final year. 5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 5.2 Formal examination of taught components shall take place at the end of the period in which it was completed. 5.2.1 The Part I examination will be held in the month of November of the first year of the programme and shall consist of the following: 5.2.1.1 Written Papers Paper I There shall be a three-hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions covering areas described under paragraph 4.1.1. Course A. Paper II There shall be a three-hour paper consisting of 100 multiple choice questions described in paragraph 4.1.2. Course B. Paper III There shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where candidates shall be expected to answer all six questions on any aspect of the Basic Sciences Course 5.2.1.2 Oral Examination There shall be an oral examination of approximately 45 minutes duration on all aspects of the Part I course. 5.3 The Part II examination shall be held in the month of November of the fourth year and shall cover all aspects of Otorhinolaryngology training and shall consist of:
8. DETERMINATION OF RESULTS PaperI There shall be a paper of three hours duration consisting of 8.1 Examinations shall be processed in accordance with the General 100 multiple choice questions AcademicRegulations. Paper II 8.2 To be eligible to proceed to Part II, a student must pass the Part I There shall be paper of three hours duration consisting of 10 examination. short answer questions 8.3 A student who fails the overall Part I or Part II examinations may be Paper III allowed to repeat in accordance with the General and College Regulations. There shall be an essay paper of three hours duration where 8.4 Supplementary examinations are permitted in accordance with the candidates shall be expected to answer all four questions. GeneralRegulations. 5.3.2 Clinical Examination 8.5 For a candidate to pass the programme he/she must obtain an The candidate is presented with all the diagnostic materials overall pass mark with a pass mark in both the clinical examination of standard cases and is asked to make diagnosis and and the dissertation. treatment plan before a panel of specialists. He/she is asked 8.6 A student who fails the dissertation within the supplementable range to defend the diagnosis and treatment plan. This fails overall and is allowed t o resubmit the dissertation in accordance examination shall be of approximately 120 minutes with the General Academic Regulations. duration. 8.7 Re-presentation of the dissertation shall be in accordance with General Academic Regulations for Masters degrees by coursework. 5.4 Research work shall be examined by a dissertation, which shall be The resubmission shall normally be required within 3 months of the presented by the 30th June of the Final year of the programme to the decision of Senate to permit resubmission. Institute of Continuing Health Education. 5.3.1
5.4.1 5.4.2
The Dissertation shall be examined through written work of between 10000 – 15000 words. Defence of Dissertation There shall be a discussion of approximately 45 minutes duration of the content of dissertation.
6. ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES 6.1 The formal examinations shall constitute 70% and continuous assessment 30% of the overall marks. 6.2 The research component shall be assessed through a dissertation of 10000 to 15000 words and an oral defence thereof. 6.3 Continuous assessment shall be assessed through coursework assignments, knowledge, attitudes and leadership attributes. 7.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be processed in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
9.
COURSEDES CRIPTION 9.1 Part I CoreCourse CourseA Code Narration Duration MORL501 ORLNBiologyincludingENT Anatomy General Histology ENT Physiology Bio-StatisticsandEpidemiology 3hours CoreCourse Code MORL502
MORL551 MORL590 MORL503
CourseB Narration Duration Principles of General Pathology ENT Pathology ENT Medicine Audiology BasicENTSubjects 3hours Continuous Assessment OralExamination 30minute CourseAandBcombined 3hours
223 Marks
100
Marks
100
100
9.2 Part II MORL504 Paper1Otorhinolaryngology 3hours 100 Paper2PaediatricENT 3hours 100 Paper 3 Laryngology H & N Surgery 3 hours 100 MORL551 Continuous Assessment MORL590 OralExamination 45minutes MORL580 ClinicalExamination 90minutes
14. STUDENT APPEALS The provisions of the General Academic Regulations on offences and penalties shall apply. 15. POSTHUMOUS AND AEGROTAT PROVISIONS These shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
16. PUBLICATION OF RESULTS 10. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS Results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic 10.1 Supplementary examinations may be held in accordance Regulations. with the General Academic Regulations except that the examinations will be held in the following May. 17. ACADEMICTRAN SCRIPT 10.2 Determination of the offer of supplementary examinations The transcript shall be issued in accordance with the General Academic for Part I failures shall be in accordance with the General Regulations. AcademicRegulations. 10.3 Candidates offered supplementary examinations shall take 18. AWARD OF DEGREE CERTIFICATE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF them in all subjects except the Continuous Assessment. ZIMBABWE The degree certificate shall be awarded in accordance with the General 11. REPRESENTATION OF DISSERTATION AcademicRegulations. (Ref GAR 10.6)
224
These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations except that representation shall be required within six months of the decision of Senate to permit representation. 12. ANNUAL ASSESSMENT 12.1 At the end of the first and second years of Part II of the programme, annual assessments based on theoretical and practical performance during that year and expressed as a percentage mark, will be submitted by the Department of surgery to the College of Health Sciences Higher Degrees by Coursework Committee for onward transmission toAcademic Committee. A mark of 50% or more must be obtained in each assessment before a student is allowed to proceed to the next year of the programme. 12.2. Candidates shall be required to submit to the Department of Surgery an annual list of cases described in para. 3.2 in which they have participated as surgeon, first surgical assistant or teacher countersigned by the supervisor during that period. 13. AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of the General AcademicRegulations.
FACULTY OF COMMERCE
4.1.2
REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES 1.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These Faculty Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations. 1.2 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS Terms used in these Regulations the following terms are as defined in the General AcademicRegulations.
3.
PROGRAMMES The undergraduate degree programmes offered in the Faculty of
4.2
Commerce are: The Bachelor of Tourism and Hospitality Management Honours Degree (HTHM) The Bachelor of Bachelor Accountancy Honours Degree (HACC) The Bachelor of Accountancy Honours Degree Part-time – (HACC) The Bachelor of Business Studies and Computing Science Degree (BSCT) The Bachelor of Business Studies Honours Degree (HBBS) 4.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 4.1 To be admitted to the programme, a student must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entry to Degree studies at this University as prescribed under the entry requirements in the General AcademicRegulations. 4.1.1 To qualify for Normal Entry for the HACC, HACC PartTime,HBBS, BSCT and (HTHM) Honours Degree Programme, a candidate should have: 4.1.1.1 5 “O” level subjects including a pass at English Language and Mathematics AND 4.1.1.2 3 “A” level subjects which include TWO Commercial subjects.
4.3
For the BSCT Honours Degree Programme, a candidate should also have 3 “A” level subjects, 2 of which must be commercial subjects and “A” level Mathematics. 4.1.3 For the (HTHM) Honours Degree Programme Geography would be considered as an appropriate commercial subject. Notwithstanding the provisions of the General Academic Regulations governing Special Entry to undergraduate programmes, a student may, in approved cases, be exempte d from taking Level 1 courses. 4.2.1 To qualify for entry through Special entry into Level 1 of the HACC, HACC - Part-Time, HBBS and HTHM Honours Degree Programme, a candidate should have 5 “O” Levels including Mathematics and English and at least 2 “A” Level subjects. 4.2.2 In addition candidates should have successfully completed the following: 4.2.2.1 For the HACC and HACC - Part-Time Programmes - either the National Diploma in Accountancy or ZAAT. 4.2.2.2 For the HBBS Programme – an approved National Diploma in Business Studies. 4.2.2.3 For the HTHM Programme – an approved National Diploma in Tourism and Hospitality Management or equivalent qualifications from a recognised institution may be considered for direct entry into the programme. To be exempted from taking Level 1 courses of the HACC, HACC - Part-Time, HBBS and HTHM degree programme, a candidate should have 5 “ O” Levels including Mathematics and English and at least 2 “A” Level subjects. 4.3.1 For the HACC, and HACC Part-Time, Programme a candidate must have successfully completed either the Higher National Diploma in Accountancy and Honours in Business Studies or have obtained such professional qualifications or membership of Public Accountancy and Auditing Board.
225
4.3.2
4.4. 4.5. 4.6
5.
226
For the HBBS Programme a candidate must have a merit in the Diploma in Business Administration and Higher National Diploma (HND) in Business Studies. 4.3.3 For the HTHM Programme a candidate must have successfully completed an approved Higher National Diploma in Tourism and Hospitality Management. Exemption from taking Level 1 courses of the degree will be subject to availability of places in the given class. No candidate may be admitted, and credit shall not be given for more than the number of courses prescribed for Level 1. An Applicant for mature entry for the HACC, HBBS and HTHM programmes must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entry to Degree studies at this University as prescribed under the entry requirements in the General AcademicRegulations.
5.5.1
5.6
5.7
5.8
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 5.1
5.2 5.3
5.4
5.5
A student registered for the HACC, HACC - Part-Time, BSCT, HBBS and HTHM degrees shall pursue approved courses of study for a period of not less than four academic years on full-time basis, except in the case of a student exempted from taking level 1 courses. A candidate for the HACC part-time programme shall pursue approved courses of the study for a period of not less than four and half years, except for those exempted from taking level 1 courses. Courses in the degree programmes are taught at 4 levels of study. A student is required to pass courses worth a minimum of 120 course units at each level of study, except in the case of exemption from level 1 courses. In the case of the BSCT programme a student shall take an extra Level 2 project course. For Strategic Management, a student shall be required to write an examination paper which includes a compulsory case analysis at the end of Semester 2. A student shall be required to complete a period of at least 30 weeks industrial attachment, which is the level 3 core course: Industrial Attachment and professional Experience.
A student registered on the HACC part-time programme may be exempted from the industrial attachment requirement, and continue with taught courses. Such students would be required, however to complete a written project to be submitted within six months after the completion of all taught courses. Any such student on this programme must be serving articles with a registered firm of Chartered Accountancy or employed by a company recognised for such training by ICAZ. A failed course shall be repeated when it is next offered. A repeated course shall take precedence over any higher level courses. A student repeating a Level 1 course may be allowed to register for Level 2 courses for which the prerequisites have been passed. The repeated course takes precedence over level 2 courses. A student required to repeat a Level 2 course may proceed to register for the Level 3 course and repeat that course while taking Level 4 in the subsequent year of study.
5.9
A student repeating the Level 3 course may not register for any Level 4 courses. 5.10 A full-time student shall not register for courses worth more than 160 course units in an academic year. 6.
EXAMINATIONS 6.1 End of course examination will normally be held at the end of the semester in which teaching of the course is completed. 6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a candidate must have fulfilled all obligations with regard to the payment of fees in accordance with the General (Fees) Regulations. 6.3 Examiners may, in addition to written examination, test any candidate orally. 6.4 Unless prescribed otherwise, examinations will be of t hree hours duration.
7.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 Continuous assessment will account for 30% and end of course examination shall account for 70% of the overall course mark. 7.2 A student whose continuous assessment mark is below 40%, fails the course. 7.3 If in a given course a student does not do any coursework at all, the overall mark should be 48% at most on the mark obtained. 7.4 For the HTHM Programme, as part of continuous assessment, a student may be orally examined in the foreign language courses. 7.5 The overall result for the Industrial Attachment and Professional Experience course shall be based on the following assessment: Industrial and Academic Supervisor Assessment 50% Attachment Report and Presentation 50%
8.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATIONS Examination results shall be processed as prescribed by General AcademicRegulations.
9.
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS 9.1 9.2
9.3
9.4 9.5 9.6
9.7
The determination of the results for each student shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. To be eligible to register for level 2 courses, a student must have passed the prescribed level 1 courses worth at least 80 course units. To be eligible to register for the level 3 courses a student must have passed the prescribed level 2 courses worth at least 80 course units except for a student registered for the BSCT programme who must pass prescribed courses worth at least 90 course units. To be eligible to register for level 4 courses, a student must have passed the level 3 course. The overall result PASS: PROCEEDshall apply to a student who has passed all the prescribed Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 courses. The overall result INCOMPLETE: PROCEED shall apply to a student who meets the requirements stipulated in Regulation 9.2 or 9.3 above, as the case may be. The overall result INCOMPLETE: REPEAT FAILED COURSES shall apply to a student: ? who fails to meet the requirements stipulated in Regulation 9.2 or 9.3 above, or
who in his or her final year of study, fails to graduate. Degree Classification The degree shall be classified on the results for Level 2, 3, and 4 courses as follows:
?
9.8
Full-Time Level2 Level 3
40% 20%
Part-time
Level4
40%
Project in lieu of Industrial Attachment
10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be awarded in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 11. ACADEMICOFFENCES 11.1 Conduct of a student shall be as pre scribed in the Gener al AcademicRegulations. 11.2 A student whose conduct during the attachment is deemed to have put the name of the University into disrepute and is in breach of University student code of conduct shall be referred to the University Disciplinary Committee for a hearing and any offence that may involve suspension of a student shall automatically mean the student will repeat the whole year.
227
12. SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH PROGRAMME 12.1 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTANCY (HONOURS) DEGREE FULL-TIME All the courses in this programme are core courses Level 1 Courses
228
Course Code
D es c r i p t i o n
BS101
Business Administration 1
P r er eq u i s i t es
Course units 10
D es cri pt i on
AC208
Intermediate Financial Accounting 1
AC207
Cost Accounting & Control 1
BS204
CorporateFinance1
AC210
Auditing 1
AC211
Accounting Information Systems 1
AC213
Research Method 1
AC218
Intermediate Financial Accounting 2
AC217
Cost Accounting & Control 2
BS207
CorporateFinance2
BS214
Research Method 2 + Project
AC220
Auditing 2
AC210 AC211
BS107
Business Mathematics
AC108
Business Law
AC105
Information Processing 1
10
CSCO102
Communication Skills for Commerce 1
10
AC104
Introductory Financial Accounting 1
10
BS105
Business Administration 2
10
AC221
Accounting Information Systems 2
BS106
Business Statistics
10
CSC0103
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
ECON104
Principles of Microeconomics
12
AC118
Business Law 2
10
AC115
Information Processing 2
10
1
10
Level 2 Courses Course Code
Course units
P rer eq ui s i t es AC104/AC114
10 10
BS106/BS107
10 10
AC105/AC115
10 10
AC104/AC114
10
10
AC114
Introductory Financial Accounting 2
10
ECON109
Principles of Macroeconomics
12
10 BS106/BS107
10 10 10 10 10
Level 3 Course Course Code
AC380
D es cri pt i on
Pr erequ i si t es
Industrial attachme nt and profession al experience
Course units
120
Level 4 Courses Course Code
D es cri pt i on
Pr erequ i si t es
AC208/AC218
Course units
AC408
Advanced Financial Accounting 1
AC407
Management Accounting & Control 1
AC404
Auditing and Investigation 1
AC405
Tax Law and Practice 1
10
AC421
International Accounting Regulatory Framework 1
10
AC207/AC217 AC210/AC220
10 10 10
AC403
Public Sector Accounting 1
AC418
Advanced Financial Accounting 2
AC208/AC218
10
10
AC417
Management Acc. & Control 2
AC207/AC217
10
Course Code
AC414
Auditing and Investigatio n 2
AC210/AC220
10
AC115
Information Processing 2
AC415
Tax Law and Practice 2
10
AC118
Business Law 2
BS205
Management 2
BS101/BS105
10
AC208
Intermediate Financial Accounting 1
AC413
Public Sector Accounting 2
AC208/AC218
10
AC210
Auditing 1
AC423
Professional Values, Ethics & Attitudes 1
10
BS204
CorporateFinance1
AC424
Professional Values, Ethics & Attitudes 2
10
AC207
Cost Accounting & Control 1
AC217
Research Methods 1
Year 2 Courses Semester 1 Description
Prerequisites
Course units
BS/101/BS105
10 10
AC104/AC114
10 10
BS106/BS107
10
Semester 2
12.2
BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTANCY (HONOURS) DEGREE PART-TIME PROGRAMME HACC All the courses in this programme are core courses
Year 1 Courses SEMESTER 1 Course Code AC104 BS101 CSCO102 ECON104 BS107
Course Code
Description
Prerequisites
Introductory Financial Accounting 1 Business Administration 1 Communications Skills for Commerce 1 Principles ofMicroeconomics Business Mathematics SEMESTER 2
Description
AC218
Intermediate Financial Accounting 2
CSCO103
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce
AC211
Accounting Information Systems 1
Course units
10
AC104/AC114
10 10 10
Year 3 Courses Semester 1
10 AC217
Cost Accounting & Control 2
10
AC214
Research Methods 2 + Project
12 10
AC220
Auditing 2
AC221
Accounting Information Processing 2
10
AC380
Professional Project Report
120
10
Prerequisites
10 BS101/BS105
10 10 AC105/AC115
10
Course units Semester 2
AC114
Introductory Financial Accounting 2
10
BS105
BusinessAdministration 2
10
AC105
Information Processing I
10
AC108
Business Law 1
10
BS106
BusinessStatistics
10
ECON109
Principlesof Macroeconomics
12
AC404
Auditing & Investigations 1
AC210/AC220
AC407
Management Accounting & Control 1
AC207/AC217
10 10
BS207
Corporate Finance 2
BS106/BS107
10
AC403
Public Sector Accounting 1
10
229
Year 4
12.3
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS STUDIES AND COMPUTING SCIENCE DEGREE Level 1 Courses All the Level 1 courses are core courses
Semester 1 Course Code
De sc ri pt ion
Pr er equi si tes
Co ur se units
AC405
Tax Law & Practice 1
AC408
Advanced Financial Accounting 1
AC208/AC218
BS201
Management 1
BS101/BS105
AC417
Management Accounting & Control 2
AC207/AC217
10
AC413
Public Sector Accounting 2
AC208/AC218
10
AC423
Professional Values, Ethics and Attitudes 1
10 10 10
10
Semester 2 Course Code
230
De sc ri pt ion
Pr er equi si tes
AC414
Auditing & Investigations 2
AC415
Tax Law & Practice 2
AC418
Advanced Financial Accounting 2
AC218/AC208
10
AC420
Accounting Theory & Practice 2
AC210/AC220
10
BS205
Management 2
BS101/BS105
10
AC424
Professional Values, Ethics and Attitudes 2
AC210/AC220
Co ur se units
Course Code
Description
BS101 AC103 HCT112 HCT113 CSC0102 ECON104 BS105 AC113 HCT108 HCT109
Business Administration 1 Financial Accounting for Business FundamentalMathematicalStructures Programming 1 CommunicationSkillsforCommerce1 Principles of Microeconomics Business Administration 2 FinancialAccountingforBusiness Data Structures and Algorithms LogicDesignandSwitchingCircuits
HCT114
Internet Programming
ECON109
Principles of Macroeconomics
Prerequisites
Course units
10 10 10 10 10 12 10 10 10 10 10 12
Level 2 courses All the Level 2 courses are core courses
10 10
10
Course Code
Description
Prerequisites
Course units
HCT207
IntroductionToDataCommunication
HCT210
Software Engineering
HCT215
Microcontrollers,MicroprocessorsandInterfacing
HCT216
Programming 2
HCT211
Database Concepts
HCT214
Discrete Mathematics
HCT260
Practical Project
BS201 BS202
Management 1 Principles of Marketing 1
BS105 BS105
BS204
Corporate Finance 1
BS106
10
BS205
Management 2
BS201
10
BS206
Principles of Marketing 2
BS202
10
BS207 CSC0103
Corporate Finance 2 CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
BS204
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10
Level 3 Core Course Course code BS380
12.4
Description
Prerequisites
120
Level 4 Courses A student shall take ALL the core courses and any TWO optional courses Core Courses Course Code
Description
HCT226
Programming Languages
HCT470 HCT424 HCT222 HCT423 HCT201
Dissertation Theory of Computation ComputerOrganization&Architecture DesignandAnalysisofAlgorithms Operating Systems
BS408
Strategic Management 1
BS402 BSFM201 BS409
AdvancedCorporateFinance Treasury Management Strategic Management 2
HCT407
DataCommunicationandNetworks
HCT426
Research Methods
Prerequisites
Course units
10 10 10 10 10 10
Description
BS001 BS003 BS005 BS010 BS011
Management Accounting for Business 1 ManagingOrganisationalDynamics InternationalBusinessManagement SmallenterpriseMgt.(&Development) ManagementofFinancialInstitutions Leadership Dynamics
BS012 BS016 BS414 BS415 BS419
Labour Relations Human Resources Management Marketing Research 1 Marketing Research 2 International Finance
Level 1 courses Course Code
Description
BS101 BS107 AC103 AC108 AC105 CSC0102 ECON104 BS105 BS106 AC113 AC118 AC115 ECON109
Business Administration 1 Business Mathematics Financial Accounting for Business Business Law Information Processing CommunicationsSkillsforCommerce1 Principles ofMicroeconomics Business Administration 2 Business Statistics Financial Accounting for Business Business Law Information Processing Principles of Macroeconomics
Prerequisites
Course units
10 10 10 10 10 10 12 10 10 10 10 10 12
10 BS207 BS408
10 10 10
231
Level 2 courses Marketing Option
10 10
Optional courses Course Code AC202
All the courses in this programme are core courses
Course units
Industrial attachment and professional experience
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS STUDIES HONOURS DEGREE
Prerequisites
AC103/AC113
Course units 10
10 10 10 10 10
BS414
10 10 10 10 10 10
Course Code
De s c r i p t i o n
BS201 BS202 BS204
Management 1 Principles ofMarketing 1 Corporate Finance 1
BS016 BSM201 BS205 BS206 BS207 BS213 BS214 BSM002 BS401
Human Resources Managing Quality Management 2 PrinciplesofMarketing2 Corporate Finance 2 Research Methods 1 Research Methods Project +2 PurchasingandSupplyManagement ConsumerandBuyerBehaviour
CSC0103
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
P r e re qu i s i t e s
BS105 BS105 BS106
Co u r s e units
10 10 10 10 10
BS201 BS202 BS204
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Finance and Banking option Course Code BS201 BS202
Description
BS004
Banking Theory and Practice
BS204 BS213
Corporate Finance 1 Research Methods 1
Management 1 PrinciplesofMarketing1
BSFM201
Treasury Management
BS205 BS206
Management 2 Principles of Marketing 2
BS207
Corporate Finance 2
BS208 BS214
ManagementofFinancialInstitutions Research Methods Project + 2
BSFM202
Financial Risk Management
CSC0103
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
Level 4 courses Prerequisites
Marketing Option
Course Units 10 10
BS105 BS105 10 BS106
10 10 10
BS201 BS202
10 10
BS204
Course Code
Description
BS408
Strategic Management 1
BS414
MarketingResearch1
BS423
Small Business Management
BS410 BS416
Marketing Management 1 International Marketing
BS206
10 10
BS206
10
BS412
Marketing Communication 1
10
BS409
Strategic Management 2
10
BS415
Marketing Research 2
10
BS411 BS413
MarketingManagement2 MarketingCommunication2
BS018 BS424
Services Marketing Entrepreneurial Skills & Development
10 10
Prerequisites
Course units 10
BS206
10 10
BS408
10 10 10
BS414 BS410 BS412
10 10 10
Management/Human Resources option Finance and Banking option Course Code BS201 BS202 BS204
232
Description
Management 1 Principles of Marketing 1 Corporate Finance 1
BS016 BS213 BS023 BS205 BS206 BS207 BS214 THM211 BS012
Human Resources Research Methods 1 Training and Development Management 2 Principles of Marketing 2 Corporate Finance 2
CSC0103
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
Prerequisites
BS105 BS105 BS106
BS201 BS202 BS204
Course units 10
Course Code
Description
Small Business Management
BS418
10 10 10 10
BS402
Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. AdvancedCorporateFinance
BS407
Capital Markets
BS405
Project Management
BS409
Strategic Management 2
BS419
International Finance
10
BSFM403
Credit Management
10
BSFM404
Corporate Banking
10
BS018 BS424
ServicesM arketing Entrepreneurial Skills & De velopment
10 10
10 10 10
ManagementofOrganisationalBehaviour Labour Relations
10 10 10
Level 3 course Description
BS380
Industrial attachment and professional experience
Course units
Strategic Management 1
BS423
Research Methods 2 + Project
Course Code
Prerequisites
BS408
10 10
10 10 10 BS207
10 10 10
BS408
10
Management/Human Resources option Prerequisites
Course units
120
Course
Description
Prerequisites
Course
Code
units
BS408 BS423
Strategic Management 1 Small Business Management
BS421
Production Management
BSMGT402
Management of Change
BSH403
Negotiation Skills
10 10 10 10 10
BS405 BS409 BS011 BS018 BSMGT002 BS003 BS003
Project Management StrategicManagement 2 Leadership Dynamics Services Marketing Business Ethics International BusinessManagement EntrepreneurialSkills&Development
BSMGT404
Managing Quality
12.5
10 10 10 10
BS408
Level 3 Course THM 380 10 10
10 10
BACHELOR OF TOU RISM AND HOS PITALITY MANAGEMENT HONOURS DEGREE PROGRAMME All the courses in this programme are core courses Level 1 Courses
Course Code
Description
THM111 AC 103 BS107
Introduction to Tourism & Hospitality Mgt Financial Accounting for Business Business Mathematics
CSCO102
CommunicationSkillsforCommerce1
BS106 ECON104
Business Statistics Principles ofMicroeconomics
AC113 THM105 THM106
Financial Accounting for Business 2 Business and Hospitality Law Foreign Language (French)
THM110
Hospitality and Tourism Marketing
ECON109
Principles of Macroeconomics
Prerequisites
Course units
Industrial Attachment and Professional Experience 120
Level 4 Courses Course Code
Description
THM401
Strategic Management
Prerequisites
Course units
THM403
HumanResourcesManagement
THM404
Services Marketing
THM405
InternationalHotel Management
THM412
Tour Operations
THM406
Environmental Management
THM407
International Financial Management
THM411
CorporateMan agement
THM401
10
THM408
Consumer Behaviour
THM405
20
THM409 THM410
International Tourism Management Hospitality Business Ethics
THM413
Tourism Planning and Management
10 10 10 10 10 20 10
10 10 10 10 10 12 10 20 20
10
10 12
Level 2 courses Course Code
Description
THM201
Hospitality Management
Prerequisites
Course units
THM203 THM206 THM207 THM212
PropertyandLocationManagement Introduction Finance to Tourism Operations Management Food Beverage Operations
THM209
Information Management
10
THM208 THM216 THM217
Rooms Division Management Research Methods 1 Research Methods 2
10 10 10
10 10 10 THM201 THM202
10 20
CHB1004
Chinese for Tourism 1
10
CHB1005 CSC0103
Chinese for Tourism 2 CommunicationSkillsforCommerce2
10 10
In accordance with General Academic Regulations detailed syllabuses for courses do not form part of Faculty Regulations but shall be kept in the Faculty Office for reference.
233
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF ACCOUNTANCY DEGREE 1.
4.5
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework and the Regulations hereafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Commerce Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
Each student will register for ten (10) core courses. All ten courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 3 of the programme. Each course consists of 120 hours of teaching, of which 108 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours for seminar. All courses are single weighted.
4.6
The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in which Part 2 is completed in the case of part-time students.
2.
Entry qualifications A candidate must normally possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in Accounting and two (2) years post graduate work experience.
4.7
The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of last month of Part 3 in the case of part-time students.
3.
Duration of Programme 3.1 The programme shall run for three years, on part-time basis or one and half years on full-time basis.
4.8
A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
3.2
Part 1 and 2 of the taught component shall be offered on a parttime basis for four semesters.
3.3
Part 3 shall be offered for a period of two semesters on a part-time basis.
5.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations.
234 4.
Structure of t he Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 and 2 will be the course work component and Part 3, the dissertation. 4.2
The programme shall normally commence in September.
4.3
Part I and 2: Course work lasting for four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 3: A dissertation lasting one semester on part-time basis. Each semester shall normally involve 12 weeks of teaching followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations.
4.4
5.2
6.
Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper.
Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the Formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2
Continuous assessment shall include assignments and tests and students shall be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
6.3
A student must pass Part 1 and 2 before proceeding to Part 3. Those failing to do so may be allowed to repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
7.
Processing of Examination Results Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General AcademicRegulations.
8.
DeterminationofRe sults Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations.
9.
MACC503 MACC504 MACC505
Course Description
MACC507 MACC508 MACC509 MACC510
Examination Weight ing U nit s Duration 3 1 15
esearch Methods International Management Accounting & Control InternationalAccounting& Financial Reporting International Financial Management Environment of International Business
3
1
15
3
1
15
3
1
15
3
1
15
Management of Accounting Information Systems Accounting Theory and Financial The Global Financial Regulatory Corporate Finance
3
1
15
3
1
15
3
1
15
3
1
15
International Banking Capital Markets
3
1
15
Part 2 MACC506
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF STRATEGIC MARKETING DEGREE
Courses Part 1
Course Code MACC501 R MACC502
10. CourseSyllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Course work and the Regulations hereafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Commerce Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
2.
Entry qualifications A candidate must normally possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in Business Studies and two (2) years post graduate work experience.
Prerequisite
3.
Part 3 Course Code MACC570
Course Description Dissertation
Examination Weighting Duration 4
Duration of Programme 3.1 The programme shall run for two and half years, on part-time basis. 3.2
Part 1 and 2 of the taught component shall be offered on a parttime basis for four semesters.
3.3
Part 3 shall be offered for a period of one semester on a part-time basis.
Units 60
4.
Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of three parts; Part 1 and 2 will be the course work component and Part 3, the dissertation. 4.2
The programme shall normally commence in September.
235
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Part I and 2: Course work lasting for four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 3: A dissertation lasting one semester on part-time basis. Each semester shall normally involve 12 weeks of teaching followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. Each student will register for ten (10) core courses. All ten courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 3 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours for seminar. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in which Part 2 is completed in the case of part-time students.
6.3
A student must pass Part 1 and 2 before proceeding to Part 3. Those failing to do so may be allowed to repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
7.
Processing of Exam ination Results Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General Academic Regulations.
8.
Determination of Results Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations.
9.
Courses Part 1 Course Code MSM501
4.7
236
4.8
The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of last month of Part 3 in the case of part-time students.
MSM502 MSM503
A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
Course Description
Examination Weight ing Duration
Strategic Marketing
3
Consumer Behaviour
MSM504
InternationalM arketing Strategy BusinessResearchMethods
MSM505
Accounting for Managers
1 3
U nit s 15
1 3
3
15 1
1
3
15 15
1
15
Part 2
5.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2
6.
Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper.
Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the Formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2 Continuous assessment shall include assignments and tests and students shall be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
MSM 506
Global Economy
3
1
15
MSM 507
Integrated Marketing Communications
3
1
15
MSM 508
Strategic Brand Management
3
1
15
MSM 509
Service Marketing and Consultancy
3
1
15
MSM 510
Electronic Marketing
3
1
15
Part 3 MSM570
10.
Dissertation
4
60
CourseSyllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
1.
2.
3.
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
4.5
The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in which Part II is successfully completed in the case of part-time students.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework and the Regulations hereafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Commerce Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
4.6
The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. It shall normally be submitted at the end of last month of Part III in the case of part-time students.
4.7
A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
Entry qualifications A candidate must normally possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better and two (2) years post graduate work experience. Duration of Programme 3.1 The programme shall run for three years, on a part-time basis or one and half years on full-time basis. 3.2
Part 1 and 2 of the taught component shall be offered on a parttime basis for four semesters.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2
6.
Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper.
Assessment of courses 6.1
The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the Formal examination in the ratio 40:60.
Part 3 shall be offered for a period of two semesters on a part-time basis.
6.2
Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of three parts; Part 1 and 2 will be the course work component and Part 3, for dissertation.
Continuous assessment shall include assignments and tests and students shall be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
6.3
A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
3.3
4.
5.
4.2
The programme shall normally commence in January and July.
4.3
Each semester shall normally involve 12 weeks of teaching followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations.
4.4
Each student will register for twenty (20) core courses for Parts I and II. All twenty (20) courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part III of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours for seminars. All courses are single weighted.
7.
Processing of Exa mination Results Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General AcademicRegulations.
8.
Determination of Results Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations.
237
9.
Courses Part 1
Course Code MBA504 MBA506 MBA533
Course Descripti on
Examination W ei g ht i n g Duration 3 1
Businessa ndi tsEnvironment Management and Organisation Behaviour AccountingforManagers
3 3
1 1
Semester 2
Un it s MBA565
10 10
MBA574
Corporate Governanceand Business Ethics BusinessResearchMethods
3 3
1 1
10 10
MBA540
StrategicManagement
3
1
10
MBA528
ProjectManagement
3
1
10
MBA573
GlobalEconomy
3
1
10
10
MBA534
BusinessInformationSystems
3
1
10
MBA535
StatisticsforManager
3
1
10 Financial Services Option
Semester 2 MBA517 MBA536
Prerequisite MarketingManagement BusinessFinance
MBA507
ManagerialEconomics
MBA539
OperationsResearch
MBA563
Communication and Negotiating Skills
238
MBA535
MBA522
3
1
10
MBA566
FinancialEconomics
3
1
10
10
MBA567
FinancialMarkets
3
1
10
10
MBA569
RiskManagement
3
1
10
MBA545
Investment andP ortfolio Management
3
1
10
3
1
3
1
3
1 3
10 1
10
Management Option Semester 1
MBA513 MBA527 MBA545 MBA531 MBA543
Course Description SmallEnterpriseManagement HumanRe sources Management Investmentan dPo rtfolio Management BusinessLaw Management of Change and Complexity
ExaminationWeigh ti n g Duration 3
1 3
1
10
InternationalFinancial Management
MBA573
GlobalEconomy
MBA565
Corporate Governanceand Business Ethics
MBA574
BusinessResearchMethods
Course Code MBA570
Course Description
3
1 3
3
1 3
3
10 1
10 10
1 1
10 10
Part 3 10
1 1
3
StrategicManagement
MBA546
10 1
3 3
U n i ts
3 Semester 2
MBA540 Part 2
Course Code
AppliedCorporateFinance
10
Dissertation
Examination W ei g h t i ng Duration 4 60
U ni t s
10 1
10
10. Course Syllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed Syllabuses for the courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations, but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM, LEISURE AND HOSPITALITY STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT DEGREE 1.
2.
3.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework and the Regulations hereafter referred to as the General Regulations and the Faculty of Commerce Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. Entry qualifications A candidate must normally possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in Tourism and Hospitality Management and two (2) years post graduate work experience. Duration of Programme 3.1
4.
5.
4.4
Each student will register for twenty (20) core courses for Parts I and II. All twenty (20) courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part III of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching, of which 48 hours shall be lectures and 12 hours for seminar. All courses are single weighted.
4.5
The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in which Part II is completed in the case of part-time students.
4.6
The dissertation shall be 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of last month of Part III in the case of part-time students.
4.7
A student may be required to attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General
The programme run for three one and half yearsshall on full-time basis. years, on part-time basis or
3.2
Part 1 and 2 of the taught component shall be offered on a parttime basis for four semesters.
3.3
Part 3 shall be offered for a period of two semesters on a part-time basis.
AcademicRegulations. 5.2
6.
Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of three parts; Part 1 and 2 will be the course work component and Part 3, will be for dissertation. 4.2
The programme shall normally commence in September.
4.3
Each semester shall normally involve 12 weeks of teaching followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 7.
Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper.
Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the Formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2
Continuous assessment shall include assignments and tests and students shall be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
6.3
A student must pass Part 1 and 2 before proceeding to Part 3. Those failing to do so may be allowed to repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Processing of Examination Results Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General Academic Regulations.
239
8.
9.
DeterminationofRe sults Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations. Courses
Course Code MTHM501
C o u rs eD e s c r i p t i o n
Principl es of Tourism & Hospitality Management MTHM502 ComputingandInformationManagement MTHM503 EconomicPrinciples MTHM504
Accounting and Finance
MTHM520
Hospitality Services Management
E x a m in a tio n Duration 3
W e ig h t in g
3
1
3
U n it s
1
10
10
3
1
10
3
1
10
MTHM505
Management and Organisational Behaviour
3
1
10
MTHM506
Tourism and Hospitality Law
3
1
10
MTHM509
Strategic Management
MTHM521 MTHM522
C o u r s eD e s c r i p t i o n
MTHM523
AppliedInformationManagement
MTHM510
Southern Africa and Hospitality Development Entrepreneurship in Tourism and Hospitality Chinese for Tourism
MTHM525
Semester 2
240
Course Code MTHM508
MTHM524
10
1
Part 2 Semester 1
3
1
10
Hospitality Marketing
3
1
10
French for Tourism
3
1
10
E x a m in a t io n Duration 3
ResearchMethods
3
W e ig h t in g 1
U n it s 10
1
10
3
1
10
3
1
10
3
1
10
Semester 2 MTHM511
Tourism Development and the Environment
3
1
10
MTHM513
Tourism Operations Management
3
1
10
MTHM526
Human Resources Management
3
1
10
MTHM527
Travel and Tour Operations
3
1
10
MTHM528
Tourism Planning and Development
1
10
3
Part 3 Course Code MTHM570
10.
Course Descripti on Dissertation (6 months)
Examination Duration
W e ig h t in g 4
U n it s 60
CourseSyllabus In accordance with the provisions of the general academic regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be maintained in the faculty office for reference.
Bachelor of Teacher Education (Practical Subjects) Bachelor of Education (Science and Mathematics Education) Bachelor of Education (Special Needs Education) Bachelor of Education (Teacher Education) Bachelor of Education (Educational Management) Bachelor of Education (Adult Education) Bachelor of Education (Curriculum and Arts Education) Bachelor of Education (Technical Education)
FACULTY OF EDUCATION REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES 1.
2.
3
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations shall be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe's General AcademicRegulations. 1.2 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. 1.3 The Senate reserves the right to alter, cancel, suspend or replace any of these regulations. 1.4 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by the student, except that where a student would not be able to complete a programme within the minimum period as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations that student will normally be required to change to the subsequent set of regulations. 1.5 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations. DEFINITION OF TERMS In these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described: 2.1 Area of Specialisation: means field from which a student draws most of the required courses. 2.2 Elective: means a course a student may opt to take outside his/her area of specialisation to complete the requirements of the programme. 2.3 Equivalent course an equivalent course is one of similar weighting as a failed course. A student is permitted to take an equivalent course if the failed course is not on offer in two consecutive semesters. A core or a compulsory course has no equivalent course. 2.4 Core Course means a compulsory course that must be passed in a given programme. 2.5 Pre-requisite means a course that must be passed before the specified courses can be attempted. 2.6 Attachment means a period of time during which a student is assigned to a suitable government, non-government, professional or other organisation, firm, school or other approved entity or to an individual for the purpose of gaining practical skills or experience. PROGRAMMES The Faculty of Education offers the following degree programmes: Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood Education) Bachelor of Education (Primary Education)
4
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted to a Bachelor of Education Degree Programme a candidate must: 4.1 normally have one “A” Level pass or an approved equivalent in the proposed area of specialisation. 4.2 have five '0' Level passes including English Language, a national indigenous language or approved equivalent and any other subject(s) deemed necessary by the host department. 4.3 have a teaching certificate or diploma in a relevant area of study. 4.4 have attained a satisfactory standard on any entrance test which the University may deem necessary. 4.5 A student may be admitted into a degree programme at the beginning of any semester, provided appropriate courses are on offer. Not all and courses may be available in any one academic semester. Other subjects and courses may be added to the list from time to time.
5.
STRUCTUREOFPR OGRAMMES 5.1 The duration of the programme shall range from 4 to 8 academic semesters. 5.2 A course in a programme may be designated core, pre-requisite or elective. 5.3 A degree programme shall normally consist of a minimum of 240 course units, including all the core courses. 5.4 In a programme, a single course is worth 15 course units and is normally taught in 60 contact hours. The project is a full single course (15 course units). 5.5 A full-time student may register for not fewer than 60 course units in a semester. 5.6 The following courses are compulsory for all degree programmes: Communication Skills Computer Applications in Education Research Methods and Statistics
6.
CSED101 EDU101 EDU102
EXAMINATIONS 6. 1 Examinations for a course shall normally be at the end of the semester in which the teaching of the course is completed.
241
6. 2 A failed course shall be repeated when next offered. A student may be allowed to substitute an approved equivalent course. 6. 3 Where a project or a practical or an attachment constitutes part of the examination, the student must complete and submit such project or practical or attachment reports before the end of the semester in which the project or practical or attachment is scheduled. Three bound copies of the corrected project shall be submitted before conferment of the degree. 6.4 A candidate must satisfy the coursework requirements for admission to the examination. 6. 5 The Examiners may require a student to attend a viva voce examination and/or write a special examination. 7.
242
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 A single overall mark shall be submitted for each course on a student's profile in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 7.2 Normally, assessment of each course shall be based on continuous assessment and end of course examinations and weighting shall be as follows: Continuousas sessment = 30% Examinations = 70% A student shall be required to attain a mark of at least 45% in the examination. If the examination mark is below 45% then the overall mark shall be the raw mark or 48%, which ever is t he lower mark. 7.3 Each department shall determine components of course work assignments that will be considered for final assessment. 7.4 For a course that includes a practicum or a research project, continuous assessment alone shall be considered for final assessment subject to submission of individual portfolios and written reports respectively. 7.5 Degree classification shall be based on the best 16 courses including all compulsory and core courses. 7.6 Normally to proceed from one academic semester to another, a candidate shall be required to have passed all courses in the current academic semester. However, a candidate who fails one or two courses may be permitted to proceed to the next academic semester carrying one or two courses.
8.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
9.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EA CH PROGRAMME 9.1 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (EARL Y CHILDHOOD EDUCATION) [B.ED (ECE)]
9.1.1 Entry qualification For admission to the degree programme, an applicant must normally have a teaching certificate in either Pre-School or Infant Education or its equivalent recognised by this University. 9.1 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION) [B.ED (ECE)] 9.1.1 Entry qualification For admission to the degree programme, an applicant must normally have a teaching certificate in either Pre-School or Infant Education or its equivalent recognised by this University. 9.1.2 LevelI Cours es 9.1.2.1
9.1.2.2
Core Courses (60 course units) ComputersApplicationsinEducation EDU101 CommunicationSkills CSED101 ResearchMethodsandStatistics EDU102 (105 course units) Prerequisite Courses TheoriesofChildDevelopment ECE101 Historical and Philosophical Foundations ofEarly Childhood ECE102 Education LearningandDevelopmentthroughPlay ECE103 Information Technologyin ECE Environments ECE135 Infants and Toddlers: Dimensions on Learning, Development ECE119 and Care Nutrition, Safety and Health in Early Childhood ECE128 Planning,Developmentand Analysis of Early ECE134 Childhood EducationProgrammes ECE232 CurriculumIssuesinTeacherEducation ECE210 Practicum(30 course units)
9.1.3 Level II Courses 9.1.3.1 Electives (60 course units) To proceed to electives, a candidate should pass all the pre-requisite courses. A student may choose four from the following courses for specialization in either Infant (6 - 8 years) or Pre-school (0 - 5 years)
Infant (6 -8 years) Exploring the Human Sciences in Early Childhood
ECE109
Teaching Mathematicsto Young Children
ECE112
Language Arts Programmes in Early Childhood Education
ECE113
Issues in Early Childhood Education
ECE129
Art in Early Childhood Education
ECE216
The Integrated Curriculum
ECE233
Pre -School (0 - 5 years) Expressive Arts in Early Childhood
ECE118
The Pre -School Curriculum
ECE122
Psychomotor and Eurhythmics in early Education
ECE226
Drama in Early Childhood Education Programmes
ECE227
Project (15 course units)
ECE260
9.2 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (PRIMARY EDUCATION) [B. ED (PED)]
9 . 2 .1 9.2.1.1
9.2.1.2
9.2.1.3
Le v e l I C o ur s e s Core Courses (60 course units) Curriculum Issues in Teacher Education ComputerApplicationsinEducation CommunicationSkills ResearchMethodsandStatistics Modern Studies in Educational Foundations (45 course units) EducationalPhilosophy EducationalPsychology EducationalSociology Methodologies of Primary Education (15 course units) MethodsinInfantEducation MethodsinPrimaryEducation Methods in Junior Education
EFPE301 EDU101 CSED101 EDU102
EFPE338 EFPE339 EFPE340
EFPE304 EFPE305 EFPE306
9.2.2 Level II Courses 9.2.2.1 Optional Courses(75 course units) Students may select any five courses from the following lists: Infant Education Historical and Philosophical Foundations of Early EFPE307 Childhood Education Theories of Development in Early Childhood EFPE308 Learning and Development through Play EFPE309 Teacher Education History and Development of Teacher Education in EFPE310 Zimbabwe Effectiveness and Professional Development ofPrimarySchoolTeachers EFPE312 Special Education Philosophy and Models in Special Education EFPE313 Identification and Treatment of Special Learning EFPE314 Needs IssuesinIntegration EFPE315 Reading ModelsandProcessesinReading BeginningReadinginthe PrimarySchool DevelopmentandExtensionofReading Classroom Communication Communication in Traditional and Classroom Learning ClassroomInteractiveDynamics Use and Development of Text Educational Administration Policy and Planning in Primary Education Organization, Management and Administration in Primary Education Supervision and Evaluation in Primary Education 9.2.2.2 Subject Courses 30 ( course units) Mathematics in Infant classes Mathematics in Junior classes Language Arts in Infant classes Language Arts in Junior classes
EFPE316 EFPE317 EFPE318 EFPE322 EFPE323 EFPE324 EFPE319 EFPE320 EFPE321 EFPE325 EFPE326 EFPE327 EFPE328
243
9.2.2.3
Science and the Environment in Infant classes Science and the Environment in Junior classes SocialStudiesinInfantclasses SocialStudiesinJuniorclasses Arts in Infant classes Arts in Junior classes HealthEducationinInfantclasses HealthEducationinJuniorclasses Project (15 course units)
EFPE329 EFPE330 EFPE331 EFPE332 EFPE333 EFPE334 EFPE335 EFPE336 EFPE360
9.3.3 Level I Courses 9.3.3.1
9.3.3.2
9.3 BACHELOR OF TEACHER EDUCATION (PRACTICAL SUBJECTS) B.ED (TE PRAC) (OPTIONS IN ART AND DESIGN, MUSIC EDUCATON, PHYSICAL EDUCATION)
244
9.3.1 Entry qualifications Preference will be given to those with qualifications in the proposed practical subject. For admission to the programme an applicant must: ? Have undergone training for the profession of teaching, approved by the University of Zimbabwe, and have passed an approved professional examination, with preference being given to those for whom the proposed practical subject is strongly represented; ? In Music Education, applicants will undergo a Proficiency Test in any of the following instruments: marimba, mbira, ngoma, hosho, guitar or keyboard; ? In Art and Design, applicants will be required to present a Portfolio of their recent creative work; ? In Physical Education, applicants will undergo a Physical Fitness or Performance test.
9.3.3.3
Core Courses in Teacher Education 90 Course ( units) Supervision and Evaluation In Teacher Education CommunicationSkills Curriculum Issues, and Teaching and Learning in Teacher ComputerApplicationsinEducation Roleof theArtsandSportinEducation ResearchMethodsandStatistics Prerequisite Courses (15 Course units) Music Education Ethnomusicology I Art and Design Design Foundations Physical Education Basic Skills and Techniques in Individual and Team Sport Specialis t Core Courses45( course units) Music Education Written and Aural Theory of Music / Transcription, Analysis PerformanceTechniquesa ndM ethodology
ETM105 CSED101 ETM107 EDU101 ETM109 EDU102
ETM101 ETAD106
ETPE102
and ETM102 ETM103
Practical Study in Voice or Instrument of Minor Specialization ETM104 Art and Design Drawing I ETAD107 IntroductiontoVisualAesthetics ETAD104 Painting I ETAD105 Physical Education
9.3.3.4
9.3.2 Structure of the Programme Normally, block attachment to a teachers' college or other relevant institution for several weeks is required in the second year. Fieldwork and other similar activities may be undertaken during vacation periods.
9.3.5 9.3.5.1 9.3.5.2
IntroductiontoExerciseScience Socio-PsychologyofSport BasicAnatomyandSportsMedicine Electives(15 Course units) Music Education RudimentsandTheoryofMusic History of Music Art and Design Basic Design Theory VisualThinkingProcesses Physical Education FirstAidandEmergencyCare HistoryofSportandRecreation Level II Courses Core Course in Teacher Education (15 Course units) PracticeandAnalysisofTeaching Core Courses - Specialist Courses (30 course units)
ETPE103 ETPE104 ETPE105
ETM112 ETM113 ETAD108 ETAD109 ETPE106 ETPE107
ETM206
9.3.5.3
9.3.5.4
Music Education Ethnomusicology II ETM201 Practical Study in Voice or Instrument of Major Specialization ETM204 Foundations and Methods of Teaching Music ETM208 Art and Design History of Art and Design ETAD 201 Colour and Design ETAD202 Drawing II ETAD205 Painting II ETAD206 Foundations and Methods of Art and Design Educati on OR ETAD208 any ONE of the following : Painting III ETAD207 Sculpture Methods ETAD209 FabricDesignandTextiles ETAD204 Printmaking Methods ETAD210 Fine Art Photography ETAD211 Drawing III ETAD212 Physical Education Advanced Skills and Coaching Techniques in Team Sport ETPE205 SportsAdministrationandDevelopment ETPE206 SpecialisedCoachinginFootball ETPE207 Foundations and Methods of TeachingPhysical Education ETPE208 OR any ONE of the following : SpecialisedCoachinginNetball ETPE209 SpecialisedCoachinginTennis ETPE210 SpecialisedCoachinginSwimming ETPE211 SpecialisedCoachinginCricket ETPE212 SpecialisedCoachinginHockey ETPE213 Electives(15 Course units) Music Education ChoralConductingandMethodology ETM209 MusicCulturesoftheWorld ETM210 Art and Design Education Understanding and Appreciating the Visual Arts ETAD213 ChildArtDevelopmentStudies ETAD214 Physical Education Sports Officiating ETPE214 Physical Education for Special Populations ETPE215 Project(15 Course units) ETM260
9.4 BACHELOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE (SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS ) (BED SME) 9.4.1
EntryRequirements To be admitted to a Bachelor of Education Degree Programme, a candidate must: 9.4.1.1 normally have one 'A' level pass or an approved equivalent in the proposed area of specialisation. 9.4.1.2 have five 'O' level passes including English Language, a national indigenous language or approved equivalent and any other subject (s) deemed necessary by the host department. 9.4.1.3 have a teaching certificate or diploma in relevant area of study. 9.4.1.5 have attained a satisfactory standard on any entrance test which the University may deem necessary. 9.4.1.6 a student may be admitted into a degr ee programme at the beginning of any semester, provided appropriate courses are on offer. Not all and courses may be available in any one academic semester. Other subjects and courses may be added to the list from time to time.
9.4.2 Subject Specialization Courses (150 course units) Each student should accumulate 150 course units from the courses below or their equivalent as expressly approved by the department.
245
9.4.3 Courses 9.4.3.1
9.4.3.2 9.4.3.2.1
9.4.3.2.2 9.4.3.3 9.4.3.3.1
246
9.4.3.3.2 9.4.3.4 9.4.3.4.1
9.4.3.4.2
Core Courses for All Options (60 course units) Computer Applications in Education EDU101 Research Methods and Statistics EDU102 Curriculum Theory ESME104 Communication Skills CSED101 Geography Option Specialization courses Geomorphology ESMG106 Biogeography ESMG107 Urban Geography ESMG108 Population Geography ESMG109 Climatology ESMG110 Hydrology ESMG111 Agricultural Geography ESMG207 Industrial Geography ESMG208 Geographical Statistics and Fieldwork ESMG209 Cartography for Teachers ESMG206 Professional Development Electives (15 course units) Pedagogical Issues in Geography ESMG215 Biology Option Specialization Courses IntroductiontoBiologicalStatistics ESMB107 Microbiology ESMB108 InvertebrateZoology ESMB109 Vertebrate Zoology ESMB110 Botany ESMB111 Ecology ESMB204 Genetics ESMB205 Mycology ESMB206 Plant Physiology ESMB202 Animal Physiology ESMB203 Professional Development Electives (15 course units) Pedagogical Issues in Biology Chemistry Option Specialization Courses Atomic Structure ESMC104 InorganicChemistryI ESMC105 Analytical Chemistry ESMC106 Organic Chemistry I ESMC107 Analytical Chemistry II ESMC207 OrganicChemistry II ESMC208 Physical Chemistry ESMC201 IndustrialChemistry ESMC203 Chemistryof NaturalProducts ESMC205 EnvironmentalChemistry ESMC210 Professional Development Electives (15 course units) PedagogicalIssuesinChemistry ESMC215
9.4.3.5
Mathematics Option
9.4.3.5.1
Specialization Courses Introductionto Lineara ndAbstract algebra ESMM102 Advanced Calculus ESMM106 Numerical Analysis ESMM107 ComputerProgrammingin Mathematics ESMM108 OrdinaryDifferentialEquations ESMM109 ProbabilityandStatistics ESMM202 FundamentalsofAnalysis ESMM201 PrinciplesofMechanics ESMM203 HistoryofMathematicalDevelopment ESMM210 MathematicalProblemSolving ESMM211 Professional Development Electives (15 course units) PedagogicalIssuesinMathematics ESMM215 Physics Option Specialization Courses Mechanics ESMP102 Waves and Optics ESMP104 PhysicsofMaterials ESMP105 ElectricityandMagnetism ESMP202 Modern Physics ESMP204 VectorAnalysisandElectromagnetism ESMP205 ElectricCircuitsAnalysis ESMP203 Electronics ESMP206
9.4.3.5.2 9.4.3.6 9.4.3.6.1
9.4.3.6.2
SolidStatePhysics Environmental Physics Professional Development Electives PedagogicalIssuesinPhysics
9.4.4
Project
9.5
ESMP207 ESMP208 ESMP215
ESMR260
Bachelor of Science and Mathematics Education degree - (B.Ed ODEL) open distance e-learning.
9.5.1 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted into the programme an applicant must have obtaine d a pass at 'O' level in at least 5 subjects including English, Mathematics and at least one science subject; Normal entry For normal entry, an applicant must satisfy the following conditions: a) have obtained a pass at 'A' level in at least 2 (two) of the following subjects or their recognized equivalents, one of which must be in the area of specialization:
Biology
Mathematics
Chemistry
Physics
b) have obtained a satisfactory standard in any entrance test,
9.5.3 COURSES 9.5.3.1 Level 1courses To complete the requirements for Level 1 of the programme, a student must register for and pass courses worth 120 course units taken from the common core courses list and the specialization list, unless he/she has been exempted.
which the University may deem necessary. Special entry Common core courses For special entry, an applicant must satisfy the following conditions: a) have obtained a pass at 'A' level in at least 1 (one) of the following subjects or their recognized equivalents, one of which must be in the area of specialization: Biology
Mathematics
Chemistry
Physics
a) have a teaching diploma in the relevant area of specialization; b) have obtained a satisfactory standard in any entrance test, which the University may deem necessary. c) Exemption from 1 styear level work, (d) constitutes 120 credits. 9.5.2 STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME A student may register as a full-time or part-time student. The duration of the programme is six semesters on a full-time basis or twelve semesters on a part time basis. The programme is taught at three levels, Levels 1, 2 and 3. A normal entry student shall register for all the stipulated courses at the three levels while a special entry student shall be exempted from Level 1 courses and the Attachment (Teaching Practice) course. A special entry student shall be credited with 120 course credits from his/her Diploma studies. A taught course shall have at least 60 contact hours of lectures, tutorials and practicals.
Course Code ODELE101 ODELE102 ODELE103 ODELE104
Coursedescription
Prerequisites
Educational Foundations1 Professional Studies EducationalMediaTechnology Communication Skills
Course units 15 15 15 15
Specialization courses Biology Course Code ODELB111 ODELB112 ODELB113 ODELB114
Coursedescription
Prerequisites
ChemistryandPhysicsforBiology Cell Biology Health and Diseases MethodsofTeachingBiology
Course units 15 15 15 15
Chemistry Course Code ODELC111 ODELC112 ODELC113 ODELC114
Coursedescription
Prerequisites
VolumetricChemicalAnalysis Separation, Electroanalytical and Spectrometric Techniques Introductory Chemistry I MethodsofTeachingChemistry
Course units 15 15
1
15 5
Mathematics Course Code ODELM111 ODELM112 ODELM113 ODELM114
Course description
Prerequisites
Basic Mathematics Linear Mathematics Calculus 1 MethodsofTeachingMathematics
Course units 15 15 15 15
Physics Course Code ODELP111 ODELP211 ODELP113 ODELP114
Coursedescription Introductory Physics Mechanics BasicMathematicsforPhysics MethodsofTeachingPhysics
Prerequisites
Course units 15 15 15 15
247
9.5.3.2
Level2cou rses To complete the requirements for Level 2 of the programme, a student must register for and pass courses worth 120 course units taken from the common core courses list and the specialization list. Special entry are exempted from Teaching Practice.
9.5.3.3 Level 3 courses To complete the requirements for Level 3 of the programme, a student must register for and pass courses worth 120 course units taken from the common core courses list and the specialization list one of which is selected from the list of optional courses. Common core courses
Common core courses Course Code ODELE201
Coursedescription Integration of ICT in Science and Mathematics Curriculum Educational Research & Statistics EducationalFoundations2 TeachingPracticeAttachment
ODELE202 ODELE301 ODELE204
Prerequisites
Course units 15 15 15 15
ODELE101 ODELB/C/M/P114
Specialization courses Biology
248
Course Code ODELB211 ODELB212 ODELB213
Course d escription
ODELB214
Plant Physiology
Prerequisites
Diversity Algae of Diversity of plants Diversity of animals
Course units 15 15 15
Prerequisites
Introductory Chemistry 2 Organic Chemistry 1 Organic Chemistry 2 Physical Chemistry 1
ODELC113
Course units 15 15 15 15
Course Units 15 15
Prerequisites
Course Units 15 15 15 15
Specialization courses Biology Course code ODELB311 ODELB312 ODELB313 ODELB314
Course description
Microbiology Mycology Genetics Animal Physiology
ODELB315 ODELB316
Ecology Evolution
15 15
Course description Linear Algebra Calculus 2 Geometry Number Theory
Course description Statistical Physics Mathematical Physics Thermal Physics Fluid Mechanics and Properties of Matter
Course code ODELC311 ODELC312 ODELC313 ODELC314
Course description
Inorganic Chemistry 1 InorganicChemistry2 Physical Chemistry 2 Biologicalmolecules
Prerequisites
ODELC311 ODELC214
Course Units 15 15 15 15
Optional specialization courses Prerequisites
ODELM114 ODELM111
Course units 15 15 15 15
Physics Course Code ODELP215 ODELP212 ODELP213 ODELP214
Prerequisites
Project Educational Management
Chemistry Course description
Mathematics Course Code ODELM211 ODELM212 ODELM213 ODELM214
Course Description
Optional specialization courses
15
Chemistry Course Code ODELC211 ODELC212 ODELC213 ODELC214
Course code ODELR360 ODELE302
Prerequisites
ODELP113
Course units 15 15 15
ODELC315 ODELC316
Environmental Chemistry NaturalProductsChemistry
15 15
Mathematics Course Code ODELM311 ODELM312 ODELM313 ODELM314
Course description
Prerequisites
Analysis Numerical Methods DifferentialEquations Mechanics
ODELM212 ODELM212 ODELM212
Course Units 15 15 15 15
Optional specialization courses ODELM315 ODELM316
ProbabilityandStatistics LinearProgramming
ODELM111
15 15
Physics Course Code ODELP311 ODELP312 ODELP313 ODELP314
Course description
Prerequisites
Course Units 15 15 15 15
ElectricityandMagnetism AtomicandNuclearPhysics Waves and Optics Electronics
9.6.3.2
Optional specialization courses ODELP315 ODELP316
Quantum Mechanics Solid State Physics
15
9.6.3.3
15
9.6 Bachelor of Education (Special Needs Education) (BEd SNE) 9.6.1 Entry qualifications For admission to the programme applicants must have certificate in Education (CE Special Needs Education) or its equivalent. An 'A' level pass or its equivalent is an added advantage. 9.6.2 LevelI Cours es 9.6.2.1
9.6.2.2
9.6.3 9.6.3.1
9.7 Bachelor of Education Degree in Teacher Education (B.Ed. TE) 9.7.1
Core Courses(105 course units) Introduction to the Philosophy, Sociology and Psychology of Special Needs Education (including models in Special Education) Aetiology and Medical Aspects of various Disabilities Assessment Theories and Practices in Special Education ResearchMethodsandStatistics Guidance and Counselling i n Special Needs Education CommunicationSkills Computer Applications in Education Electives(45 course units) DisabilityandHIV/Aids TheLearningDisabledChild Health Related Disorders Inclusive Education
9.6.4
EFSE101 EFSE102 EFSE103 EDU102 EFSE105 CSED101
9.7.1.1
EFSE106 EFSE107 EFSE108 EFSE109
Level II Area of Specialisation Courses (75 course units) Hearing impairment: Principles and Practices of Educating Children with Hearing Impairment s Curriculum Management, Assessment and Teaching Techniques EFSE 202 Aetiology and Medical Aspects of Hearing Impairment EFSE 205 Language, Communication and Assistive Devices EFSE 206
RehabilitationforIntegration EFSE207 ResearchBasedEnquiry EFSE211 Visual impairment- Principles and Practices of Educating Children with Visual Impairments Curriculum Management, Assessment and Teaching Techniques EFSE 202 Aetiology and Medical Aspects of Visual Impairment EFSE 208 Communication and Instructional Systems (including Braille 1 and EFSE 209 2) Orientation,MobilityandRehabilitation EFSE210 ResearchBasedEnquiry EFSE211 Mental Handicap Principles and Practices of Educating Children with Mental Handicaps Causes, Effects and Historical Perspectives of Mental Handicap EFSE 201 Curriculum Management, Assessment and Teaching Techniques EFSE 202 Cognitive, Social and Emotional Development EFSE 203 Rehabilitation for Integration and Models for Independent Living EFSE 204 Research Based Enquiry EFSE211 Project(15 Course units) EFSE260
9.7.1.2
Level I Courses Core Courses(120 Course units) TeachingandLearninginTeacher Education ET101 Supervision and Evaluation in Teach er Education ET102 CurriculumIssuesinTeacherEducation ET103 ComparativeStudiesinTeacher Education ET104 Practice of Teaching ET105 ComputerApplicationsinEducation EDU101 CommunicationSkills CSED101 ResearchMethodsandStatistics EDU102 Professional Courses (45 Course units) Students should select either Infant Education or Junior Teaching Methods courses. Infant Education General Principles for Teaching Young Children IE101 Instructional Strategies for Pre-School and Infant Teachers IE102 Practice of Teaching IE103 Junior Teaching Methods Methodsf orTeaching- Principlesand Strategies JMT101 Methods for Teaching Science and Mathematics JMT102 Methods for Teaching Humanities JMT103 Optional Courses(60 Course units) Infant Education Theories of Child Development EIE104
249
PrinciplesofCurriculumDesign History and Philosophical Foundations of Infant Administration of Infant and Per-Schools Reading in the Curriculum TheoreticalConsiderations Classroom Practices LiteratureforChildren ReadingandWritingintheCurriculum Philosophy and History of Education IntroductiontoPhilosophy Modern Philosophy History of Education Sociology of Education IntroductiontoSociology SociologyoftheSchool Contemporary Social Problems and Education Psychology of Education IntroductiontoEducationalPsychology Human Development Human Learning and Performance Special Education Introduction to Exceptional Children Clinical Methods for Teaching Exceptional Children
250
9.7.2
Project(15 Course units)
EIE105 EIE106 EIE107 ERC101 ERC102 ERC103 ERC104 PHE101 PHE102 PHE103
9.8.3
9.9.1 Special Entry Requirements 9.9.1.1 To be eligible for admission into the Programme, applicants must: have passed the Diploma in Adult Education of the University of Zimbabwe (or approved equivalent) with a minimum of 2.2 and have at least 3 years experience in the field of Adult Education and be currently engaged in adult education.
PES101 PES102 PES103
9.9.2 9.9.2.1
ET160
9.8 Bachelor of Education degree in Educational Management (BEd EM) 9.8.1 9.8.1.1
9.8.2
9.8.2.1
Level I Courses Core Courses(120 Course units) ResearchMethodsandStatistics ComputerApplicationsinEducation CommunicationSkills EducationalLeadershipandSupervision Introduction to Educational Planning and Development PolicyStudiesinEducation PrinciplesofEducationalManagement IntroductiontoE conomicsofEducation Level II Courses (60 Course units) EducationalBusinessManagement ProjectManagementandEvaluation MeasurementandEvaluation Gender Issues in Education Electives(45 Course units)
EDU102 EDU101 CSED101 EM101 EM102 EM103 EM104 EM105
EM205 EM206 EM207 EM208 EM209 EM210 EM211 EM260
9.9 Bachelor of Education degree in Adult Education (B. Ad. Ed)
SE101 SE102 SE103
SP101 SP102
Management of Staff Development Programmes in Education Leadership and Organizational Effectiveness Curriculum Implementation, Change andInnovation OrganizationalDevelopment Politics of Education Management andManagement of Primary Schools Management and Management of Secondary Schools Research Project (15 Course units)
9.9.3 9.9.3.1
9.9.3.2
EM201 EM202 EM203 EM204
9.9.4
Level I Courses Core Courses(120 Course units) Administration and Management of Adult Education LocalandComparativeStudies Problems and Issues in Adult Education Communication Skills Techniques and Practice of Distance Education Computer Application in Education ResearchMethodsandStatistics Level II Courses Core Courses(60 Course units) Introduction to Philosophy ProjectPlanningandManagementI Adult Literacy Principles and Practice of Community Development
AED 108 AED106 AEC 104 AEC 103
Elective Course(45 Course units) Introduction to Entrepreneurship Design and Development of Instructional Materials Methods in Industrial andVocationalEducation PrinciplesandPracticeofCounselling Principles of Instructional Design Field Project(15 Course units)
AED 107 AED 102 AED104 AED105 AED 101 ADE 360
ADE 101 AED101 ADE 102 CSED 101 AED 103 EDU 101 EDU102
9.10 Bachelor of Education degree (Curriculum and Arts Education ) (BEd CAE)
9.10.1.4
Entry qualifications For admission to the programme applicants must have Diploma in Education in the area of specialization or its equivalent. An 'A' level pass or its equivalent is an added advantage. 9.10.1 9.10.1.1
9.10.1.2
9.10.1.3
Level I Courses Core Courses(45 course units) CommunicationSkills ComputerApplicationsinEducation ResearchMethodsandStatistics Teaching Subject Pre-Requisites (15 course units) English TheoriesofLiterature History Introduction to Historiography and Historical Methods Ndebele Surveyof NdebeleLanguageand Literature Religious Education Contextual Framework for Religious Education Shona SurveyofShonaLanguageandLiterature Teaching Subject Courses (45 course units) English IntroductiontoModernLinguistics IntroductiontoAppliedLinguistics ZimbabweanLiteratureinEnglish History History of Central Africa from Iron Age to the Present HistoryofWestAfricafrom1855to1960 HistoryofEastAfricafrom1855to1960 Ndebele Language and Structure Ndebele Syntax The Ndebele Poem Religious Education ReligiousEducationthroughLifeThemes The Gospels African Traditional Religions Shona Language and Structure Shona Syntax The Shona Poem
9.10.2 9.10.2.1 CSED101 EDU101 EDU102
Non-African Literature in English Specific Issues in Language and Literature African-American and Caribbean Literature Children’s Literature History Historyof Zimbabwe from Iron Age to Colonization History of Southern Africa from Iron Age to Present IndustrializationoftheWesternWorld HistoricalTheoriesofImperialism HistoryofZimbabwe,1890tothePresent HistoryofWesternEuropesince1900
CAE105 CAH101 CAN101 CAR101
Ndebele The Ndebele Novel The Ndebele Play Aspects of Language and Development TranslationfromandintoNdebele Comparative Nguni NdebeleTraditionalThought Religious Education FoundingoftheJewishNation Acts of the Apostles and Epistles ProphetsoftheOldTestament Islam Hinduism Human Rights and Democracy Education in Religious Education Shona The Shona Novel The Shona Play
CAS101
CAE102 CAE103 CAE106 CAH105 CAH106 CAH107 CAN102 CAN103 CAN104 CAR102 CAR103 CAR104 CAS103 CAS104 CAS105
Electives(15 course units) Curriculum Theory EducationalManagement LanguageandLearning PhilosophyofEducation PsychologyofEducation SociologyofEducation Special Education Level II Courses Teaching Subject Courses (90 course units) English African Literature in English Applied Linguistics and Language Learning
9.10.2.2
Aspects of Language and Development TranslationfromandintoShona Shona Dialects ShonaTraditionalThought Professional courses (15 course units) English PedagogicalIssuesinEnglish
CAC103 EM106 CAL101 EFY101 EFP101 EFS101 EFSP101
CAE205 CAE202 CAE201 CAE206 CAE207 CAE208 CAH205 CAH206 CAH203 CAH207 CAH208 CAH206 CAN201 CAN202 CAN203 CAN205 CAN206 CAN207 CAR201 CAR202 CAR203 CAR204 CAR205 CAR206 CAS201 CAS202 CAS203 CAS205 CAS206 CAS207
CAE207
251
9.10.3
History PedagogicalIssuesinHistory Ndebele PedagogicalIssuesinNdebele Religious Education Pedagogical Issues inReligiousEducation Shona PedagogicalIssuesinShona Project 15 (Course units)
Home Economics FamilyCareandHealth Food Technology and Nutrition 1
CAH204
CAR207 CAS204 CA360
9.11 Bachelor of Education Degree (Technical Education ( BEd TECH) 9.11.1 Entry Qualifications Preference will be given to those with qualifications in the proposed Technical Subject 9.11.2 9.11.2.1
9.11.2.2
252
9.11.2.3
Level I Courses Core Course45 ( course units) CommunicationSkills CSED101 ResearchMethodsandStatistics CSED102 ComputerApplications in Education EDU101 Pre-Requisite Courses for All Options 30 course ( units) Agriculture
Applied Chemistry Applied Botany and Genetics Building Technology and Design Applied Chemistry and Physics TechnicalMathematics Home Economics Applied Chemistry Applied Physics Metal Technology and Design Applied Chemistry and Physics TechnicalMathematics Technical Graphics and Design Applied Chemistry and Physics TechnicalMathematics Wood Technology and Design Applied Chemistry and Physics TechnicalMathematics Specialized Subject Area Core Courses (30 course units ) Agriculture Plant Physiology Soil Science Building Technology and Design Trade and Technical Skills 1 Building Technology
TEA107 TEA108 TEB109 TEB110 TEH111 TEH109 TEM112 TEM113 TET107 TET108 TEW112 TEW113
TEA109 TEA110 TEB111 TEB112
TEH110 TEH107
CAN204
9.11.2.4
Metal Technology and Design PrinciplesofDesign GraphicCommunication Technical Graphics and Design EngineeringScience Applied Geometry Wood Technology and Design PrinciplesofDesign GraphicCommunication (15 course units ) Professional Electives MethodsofTeaching
TEM114 TEM115 TET103 TET102 TEW114 TEW115
TEA/B/H/T113, TEM/W116 Introduction to Foundations of the Curriculum CAC101 CurriculumPlanningandDesign CAC102 Curriculum Implementation and Evaluation CAC103 SociologyofEducation EFS101 PsychologyofEducation EFP101 Agronomy TEA20 Animal Bleeding and Reproduction Physiology TEA207 BiochemistryandAnimal Nutrition TEA208 Ruminant and Non-Ruminant Animal Production TEA 209 Farm Mechanisation and Engineering TEA204 Building Technology and Design OrganizationandManagement TEB208 GeometricalDrawing TEB209 TradeandTechnicalSkillsII TEB210 QuantitySurveyingand Estimating TEB207 BuildingDrawingandDesign TEB203 Architectural Studies TEB 204 Home Economics OrganisationandManagement TEH210 Textile Science TEH 211 FoodTechnologyandNutritionII TEH208 FoodServicesManagement TEH212 FamilyManagementandEconomics TEH213 ClothingDesignandTechnology TEH214 Metal Technology and Design OrganisationandManagement TEH211 DesignandManufacturingI TEM212 Principlesof EngineeringScience TEM213 PrinciplesofMaterialScienceI TEM214 Design and Manufacturing II TEM 215 PrinciplesofMaterialScienceII TEM216 Technical Graphics and Design OrganisationandManagement TET208 Design TET201 Fundamentals of Material Science and Fabrication TET 209 Computer Graphics TET 210
9.11.4. 9.11.5
EngineeringDrawingandDesign TET211 BuildingDrawingandDesign TET207 Wood Technology and Design OrganisationandManagement TEW213 DesignandManufacturingI TEW214 Principleso fE ngineeringScience TEW212 PrinciplesofMaterialScienceI TEW215 DesignandManufacturingII TEW216 PrinciplesofMaterialScienceII TEW217 Industrial Attachment Report (15 course) units IndustrialAttachment TEA/B/H/M/T/W280 Project(15 course units ) TEA/B/H/M/T/W260
MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE PROGRAMMES 1.
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1 The following regulations apply to Master of Education degree programmes. These regulations should be read in conjunction with General academic regulations for Masters degrees. 1.2 The Senate shall be the final authority for the interpretation of these regulations. 1.3 The Senate reserves the right to alter, cancel, suspend or replace any of these regulations. 1.4 A student who has started a programme of study following one set of regulations shall not be affected by regulations subsequently adopted unless agreed to in writing by the student, except that where a student would not be able to complete a programme within the minimum period as prescribed in the Faculty Regulations that student will normally be required to change to the subsequent set of regulations. 1.5 The General Academic Regulations shall take precedence over the Faculty Regulations.
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS In these Regulations the following terms shall be used as described:
9.12. Scheme of Examinations 9.12.1 All written examinations shall be of three hour duration. 9.12.2 Normally, to proceed from one academic semester to another, a candidate shall be required to have passed all courses in the current academic semester. However, a candidate who fails one or two courses may be permitted to proceed to the next academic semester carrying the one or two courses. 10 SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for subjects/courses do not form part of these Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
2.1 Area of Specialisation : means field from which a student draws most of the required courses. 2.2 Elective: means a course a student may opt to take outside his/her area of specialisation to complete the requirements of the programme. 2.3 Equivalent course: an equivalent course is one of similar content and weighting as a failed course. A student is permitted to take an equivalent course if the failed course is not on offer in two subsequent consecutive semesters. A core or a compulsory course has no equivalent course. 3.
PROGRAMMES The Faculty of Education offers the following degree programmes: Master of Education (Educational Management) Master of Education (Curriculum and Arts Education) Master of Education (Early Childhood Education) Master of Education (Teacher Education) Master of Education (Educational Foundations) Master of Education (Educational Psychology) Master of Science (Educational Psychology) Master of Education (Science and Mathematics Education) Master of Education (Technical Education) Master of Education (Adult Education)
253
4.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be admitted to a Master of Education Degree Programme, a candidate must: 4.1 have obtained at least a lower second division in the area of specialisation at B.Ed. degree level of this University or its approved equivalent. 4.2 have attained a satisfactory standard on any entrance test which the University may deem necessary. 4.3 Students may join the programme in any academic semester provided the relevant courses are on offer. Not all the subjects and courses may be available in any one academic semester. Other subjects and courses may be added to the list from time to time.
5.
STRUCTUREOFPROGRAMME 5.1 The duration of the programme shall range from 3 to 6 semesters. 5.2 A course in a programme may be designated core, pre-requisite or elective and each is worth 15 course units. 5.3 A degree programme shall consist of a minimum of 180 course units. 5.4 A dissertation shall consist of 30 course un its. 5.5 A semester shall comprise not less than 15 weeks. 5.6 The following courses are compulsory for all degree programmes 5.5.1 ResearchMethods 5.5.2 Statistics 5.5.3 Information Technologyin Educatio n
254 6.
7.
EXAMINATION 6.1 End of course examination shall normally be at the end of the semester in which the teaching of the course is completed. 6.2 A failed course shall be repeated when next offered. A student may be allowed to substitute an approved equivalent course. 6.3 Where course projects or practicals or attachments constitute part of the examination, the student must complete and submit such projects or practicals or attachment reports before the end of the semester in which the projects or practicals are scheduled. 6.4 A candidate must satisfy the coursework requirements for admission to the examination. 6.5 The Examiners may require a student to attend a viva-voce examination and/or write a special examination. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 7.1 A single overall mark shall be submitted for each course on a student's profile and in accordance with degree regulations. 7.2 Normally, assessment of each course shall be based on continuous assessment and end of course examination and the weighting shall be as follows: Continuousassessment = 50% Examination = 50%
A student shall be required to attain a mark of at least 45 percent in the examination. If the examination mark is below 45 percent then the overall mark shall be the raw mark or 48 percent whichever is the lower mark. 7.3 Each department shall determine components of coursework assignments that will be considered for final assessment. 7.4 For courses that include a practicum, or research project, continuous assessment alone shall be considered for final assessment subject to submission of individual portfolios and written reports respectively. In the case of the dissertation, it shall be submitted before the end of the semester in which it is scheduled. Three bound copies of the corrected dissertation shall be submitted before conferment of the degree. 8.
PUBLICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREES Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. To be awarded the degree a student must pass a minimum of 180 course units including all core courses.
9.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH PROGRAMME 9.1 Master of Education (Educational Management) (M.Ed.EM)
9.1.1
9.1.2.
9.1.3
Qualification for admission: To be admitted to the programme a candidate must normally have had a minimum of two years experience in an approved managerial role. Core Courses(105 Course Units) Evolving Concepts in Educational Management EM501 Government and Educational Policy EM502 Educational Planning EM503 Financial Management EM504 Research Methods EDU501 Statistics EDU502 Information Technology in Education EDU503 Electives(30 Course Units) Students should take two elective courses chosen from any one of the three specialist areas below. Educational Policy Studies Economics of Education EM505
9.1.4 9.1.5
Politics of Education Education and the Law EqualOpportunitiesi nEducationalManagement Educational Assessment and Evaluation ProjectandProgrammeEvaluation MeasurementandEvaluation Guidance and Counseling Educational Management Human Resources Management MarketingManagementinEducation Strategic Management GovernanceinHigherEducationInstitutions Internship(15 Course Units) Dissertation (30 Course Units)
EM506 EM507 EM508 EM509 EM510 EM511 EM512 EM513 EM514 EM515 EM516 EM570
9.2 Master of Education ( Curriculum and Arts Education) (M.Ed.CAE) 9.2.1
9.2.2
Core courses(90 Course Units) Curriculum Planning, Design and Development ECAC505 Foundations of the Curriculum ECAC506 Current Themes and Issues in Education - Macro and Micro ECAC503 Perspectives InformationTechnologyinEducation EDU503 Research Methods EDU501 Statistics EDU502 Areas of Specialisation (60 Course Units) Curriculum Studies Instructional Design CAS505 Curriculum Analysis CAS502 Change and Innovation CAS503 Curriculum Evaluation CAS504 History Education Curriculum Issues in History CAH501 Historiography and the Philosophy of History CAH502 Methodology, Techniques and Theory in Historical Stud ies CAH503 Pedagogical Issues in History at Primary, Secondary and Tertiary CAH504 Levels Developments in H istory: I mplications fo r the Cur riculum in CAH505 Zimbabwe Language Education: English Theory of Language Teaching ALE501 ALE502 Theory of Literature, Criticism and Research Methods ALE503 The teaching of Phonetics and Structure of Modern English ALE504 Measurement, Evalu ation and Sup ervision in Langu age Edu cation ALE505 Developments in English: Implications for the Curriculum Language ALE506 Education: Ndebele Theory of Language Teaching ALN501 The Psycho-and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language ALN502 Curriculum Issues in Ndebele ALN504 Theoryo f L iterature,C riticisma ndR esearchM ethods ALN503 Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of Ndebele as a Second ALN505 Language Developments in Ndebele: Implications for the Curriculum Language ALN506 Education: Shona
PTshy e
cho
-an
Sodcio
—
9.2.3
TheoryofLanguageTeaching ALS501 The Psycho-and Socio-Linguistic Aspects of Language ALS503 Theory of Literature, Criticism andResearch Methods ALS504 CurriculumIssuesinShona ALS502 Applied Linguistics in the Teaching of Shona as a Second Language ALS505 Developments in Shona: Implic ations for the Curriculum Religious ALS506 Education Curriculum Issues in Religious Education CAR501 Theory , Methodology andTechniques in the Teaching of Religious CAR502 Education Measurement, Evaluation and Supervision in Religious Education CAR503 Pedagogical Issues in Religious Education at Primary, Secondary CAR504 and Tertiary Levels Developments in Religious Education: Implications for the CAR505 Curriculum Dissertation (30 Course Units) ECAC570
9.3 MASTER OF EDUCATION (EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION) [M.ED (ECE)] 9. 3. 1
9. 3. 2
9. 3. 3
9.3 .3. 1
9.3.3.2
Ling uA issL tp ican eg o fctu sag e
9.3.3.3
9.3.4 9.3.5
Co re C ou rs es ( 45 C ou rs e Un its ) Research Methods Statistics InformationTechnologyinEducation Pr e- Re quis it e (45 C ou rs e Uni ts )
EDU501 EDU502 EDU503
TheoriesofInfantDevelopment ECE501 Culture and Cognition ECE502 ChildrenandtheirSocialEnvironment ECE507 El ec ti ve s (4 5 C ou rs e Un its ) A student is required to choose three courses from one specialisation. Chi ld Develo pme nt Children at risk: Identification, Monitoring and Assessment ECE504 Pre-school Mental Tests ECE505 Cross Cultural and ComparativeChild Studies: ECE513 Zimbabwe and Southern Africa as Child Development Contexts. ECE515 SchoolReadinessacrosstheCurriculum ECE503 Organ isati on, Admin is tratio n and Management of Early childhood programmes Development and Management of School for young children ECE508 Policy development and analysis in Early Childhood Development ECE506 ComparativeEarlyChildhoodEducation ECE509 Laws and Reg ul atory Framework Governing Early Childhood ECE514 Education Curriculum and Instruction Diagnosis and remediation of reading problems ECE516 Ethno-science and Ethno- mathematics ECE517 Expressive Arts ECE510 LanguageArts&Children’sLiter ature ECE518 Early Childhood Internship (15 Course Units) ECE519 Dissertation(30 Course Units) ECE570
255
Nutrition Education PSKH502 ConsumerandResourcesManagement PSKH503 Apparel Design PSKH504 HomeEconomicsintheCommunity PSKH505 Option VII: Practical Subjects Art and Design Education Aesthetics and Criticism Seminar PSKA501 Curriculum Development in Art and Design Education PSKA502 Modern African Art PSKA503 ManagementandMarketingoftheArts PSKA504 Graduate Studio Art: Drawing, Painting, Sculpture, Photography,orPrintmaking PSKA505 Music Education TheoriesandMethodsinEthnomusicology PSKME501 Music Teaching in Higher Education PSKME504 Music Learning and Performance in African Cultures PSKME503 Music Curriculum Design Implementation and Evaluation PSKME505 VoiceorInstrumentof MajorSpecialisation PSKME506 Option VII: Professional Knowledge Junior Primary Education (PSJ 5) Teaching Practical Subjects PSJ501 Teaching Science Subjects PSJ502 Teaching Humanities PSJ503 Teaching Language Arts PSJ504 Teaching Reading PSJ505
9.4 MASTER OF TEACHER EDUCATION (PRACTICAL SUBJECTS) [MTED (PRACT)]
9.4.1
9.4.2
256
Core Courses(120 Course Units) comparative and Case Studies in Teacher Education ET 506 Management and Administration of Teacher Education ET 509 CurriculumIssuesinTeacherEducation ET510 Practical Teaching: Theory, Development and Support ET 513 Professional Studies in Teacher Education ET512 InformationTechnologyinEducation EDU503 Research Methods EDU501 Statistics EDU502 Optional Specialisation Courses (30 Course Units) Option I: Psychology of Education Cognition and Intellect PSP501 PersonalityandSocialisation PSP502 PhysiologicalAspects of Human Development PSP503 Option II: Philosophy and History of Education Ethics and Education PSH501 Philosophy of Education PSH502 Traditional Th ought and P ractice in Tr aditional African Soc iety PSH503 Option III: Sociology of Education EducationandSocialChange PSS501 Education and Social and Economic Development PSS502 SocialInstitutionsandEducation PSS503 Option IV: Pre-school and Infant Education Assessment and Evaluation in Pre-school Education PSI1501 Models in Early Childhood Education Programmes PSI 502 Play in Early Childhood Education Programmes PSI 503 Management and Administration of Pre-school and Infant Education PSI 504 OpenEducation-T heInformalClassroom PSI505 Current Issues in Infant Education (Legal, Health, etc.) PSI 506 Option V: Evaluation Research in Teacher Education Theories of Evaluation PSR501 EvaluationModelsinTeacherEducation PSR502 CaseStudiesinEvaluation PSR503 Option VI: Professional Knowledge in Secondary Education (a subject - specific specialisation option may be selected) Science Education Philosophy, Epi stemology and So ciology of Sci ence Ed ucation PSKS501 Curriculum Issues In Science Education PSKS502 Pedagogical and Professional Development IssuesinScienceEducation PSKS503 Primary and Secondary Environmental Science Education PSKS504 Mathematics Education Philosophy, Epistemology and Sociology of Mathematics Education PSKM501 Curriculum Issues In MathematicsEducation PSKM502 Pedagogical and Professional Development Issues in Mathematics Education PSKM503 English Education Applied Linguistics and Language Teaching Methodologies PSKE501 SecondLanguageTeachin gApproaches PSKE502 Analysis, Design, and Development of Language Materials PSKE503 Home Economics Education CurriculumIssuesinHomeEconomics PSKH501
9.4.3
Dissertation (30 Course Units)
ET570
9.5 Master of Education (Educational Foundations) 9.5.1
9.5.2
Core Courses (45 Course Units) Research Methods EDU501 Statistics EDU502 Information Technology in Education EDU503 Areas of Specialisat ion (60 Course Units) Sociology of Education Sociology of Education: Theoretical and Historical Perspectives EF 530 Education, Social and Economic Development in the Third World EF 532 ContemporaryEducationalProblems EF540 Sociology ofthe School EF 539 Philosophy of Education ClassicalPhilosophyofEducation EF510 Philosophyof KnowledgeandtheCurriculum EF512 Modern Philosophies of Education EF 513 Educational Thought and Practice in Traditional African Society EF 517 Psychology of Education Human Development EF 541 HumanLearningandPerformance EF545
EducationalTestingandMeasurement GuidanceandCounselling History of Education Educational Thought and Practice in Traditional African Society HistoryofEducationinZimbabwe HistoryofEducationalThought HistoryofCurriculumDevelopment
9.5.3
9.5.4
EF564 EF554
9.6 Master of Science (EducationalPsychology ) 9.6.1 Entry Qualifications 9.6.1.1 An applicant with an Honours degree in Psychology and without a teaching qualification or experience will be required to undergo a minimum of one year's relevant in service training prior to embarking on this programme. 9.6.1.2 An applicant with Honours degree in Psychology or its equivalent and already employed by Schools Psychological Services will be eligible for this programme after a minimum of one year's satisfactory service.
EF 521 EF522 EF520 EF523
Comparative Education Educational Policy and Practice in Post Colonial Africa EF 500 Teacher Education in the Contemporary World EF 501 Case Studies in Curriculum Change EF 502 CaseStudiesinEducationalAdministration EF503 Electives(45 Course Units) Each student is required to take a total of three elective courses, two from his/her area of specialisation and one from a different area of specialisation. Sociology of Education Culture, Socialisation and Learning EF529 SocialDeterminantsofEducation EF531 Socio-linguistics EF533 Sociology of Knowledge EF535 Education and Social Change EF536 Education and Occupation EF537 SocialInstitutionsandEducation EF538 Contemporary Social Problems and Education EF534 Philosophy of Education SocialPhilosophyofEducation EF511 Morality and Education EF514 ReasoningandMeaninginEducation EF515 Philosophical Ana lysis of Cont emporary Edu cational Pro blems EF516 Philosophy for Children EF518 Psychology of Education Research Techniquesin Human Development EF542 Cognition and Moral Development EF 543 Personality Theories and Personality Development EF544 Psycholinguistics EF545 Cognitive Psychology EF547 Research Seminar EF560 Social Psychology EF565 Educational Psychometrics EF551 Advanced Educational Psychology EF552 History of Education History of Adult Education EF524 History of Higher Education EF525 History of Education in more Developed Countries EF526 History of Educational Co-operation in the Commonwealth EF527 Contemporary Educational Problems in Developing Countries EF528 Comparative Education Education in Rural Communities EF504 Multi-Cultural Education EF505 The University in Contemporary Africa EF506 Church and State in Education EF507 Education in Socialist Societies EF508 Contemporary Educational Problems in more Developed Countries EF509 Dissertation(30 course units) EF570
9.6.2
9.6.3 9.6.4
Core Courses (135 Course Units) Special Education HumanLearningandPerformance Guidance and Counselling Advanced Educational Psychometrics Internship I Cognitive Psychology Research Methods Statistics
EF546 EF545 EF548 EF551 EF580 EF547 EDU501 EDU502
InformationTechnologyinEducation Internship (15 II Course Units) Dissertation (30 Course Units)
EDU503 EF581 EF570
9.7 Master of Education (Educational Psychology) 9.7.1
9.7.2
9.7.3
(75 Course units) Core Courses Research Methods Statistics InformationTechnology in Education EducationalTestingand Measurement Advanced Educational Psychometrics Electives(75 Course units) Human Development Cognitive and Moral Development Personality Theories and Personality Development Human Learning and Performance Social Psychology Guidance and Counselling Special Needs Education Dissertation (30 course units)
EDU501 EDU502 EDU503 EF564 EF551 EF541 EF542 EF543 EF545 EF565 EF554 EF568 EF570
257
9.8 Master of Education (Science and Mathematics Education) 9.8.1
9.8.2
258
9.8.3
9.8.4
Core Courses(75 Course units) Research Methods Curriculum Theory and Development InformationTechnologyinEducation Trendsin ScienceandMathematicsEducation Statistics Core courses in area of specialisation (45 Course units) Biology Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Biology Education EvaluationandAssessmentinBiology Developments in Biology Chemistry Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Chemistry Education EvaluationandAssessmentinChemistry DevelopmentsinChemistry Geography Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Geography Education EvaluationandAssessmentinGeography DevelopmentsinGeography Mathematics Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Mathematics Education EvaluationandAssessmentinMathematics DevelopmentsinMathematics Physics Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Physics Education EvaluationandAssessmentinPhysics Developments in Physics Professional Development in Science and Mathematics Education ChangeandInterventionTheoryandINSET Human Resource Development in Science and Mathematics Education Development and Management of Material Resources Environmental Science Education Curriculum and Pedagogical Issues in Environmental Science Evaluation and Assessment in Environmental Science Developments in Environmental Science Education Electives(30 Course units) Issues in Biotechnology Issues in Environmental Science Issues in Public Health Natural Product Chemistry Steriochemistry Environmental Chemistry Issues in Physical Geography Issues in Human Geography Research-based Problem Solving in Professional Developments in Science and Mathematics Education Elements of Functional Analysis ElementsofMathematicalModeling Mathematical Methods in Physics Condensed Matter Physics Quantum Physics Dissertation(30 Course Units)
EDU501 ESME509 EDU503 ESME510 EDU502
9.9 Master of Education (Technical Education) (M.Ed Tech) 9.9.1.
9.9.2 ESMB501 ESMB502 ESMB503 ESMC501 ESMC502 ESMC503 ESMG501 ESMG502 ESMG503
ESMM502 ESMM503
ESMP501 ESMP502 ESMP503
ESMD501 ESMD502 ESMD503 ESMS501 ESMS502 ESMS503 ESMB504 ESMS504 ESMB505 ESMC504 ESMC505 ESMC506 ESMG504 ESMG505 ESMD504 ESMM504 ESMM505 ESMP504 ESMP505 ESMP506 ESME570
9.9.3
Core Courses(75 Course units) Management of Technical/Vocational Institutions History and Philosophy of Technical/Vocational Education Research Methods Statistics InformationTechnologyinEducation Professional Electives (15 Course units) LeadershipinOrganisations Entrepreneurship ProjectManagementandEvaluation Curriculum Issues in Technical/Vocational Education Areas of Specialisation : Core Courses (45 Course Units) AGRICULTURE Animal Science Option: Animal Nutrition Animal Breeding and Health Biometry Crop Science Option: Principles of Plant Breeding Seed Technology Biometry Building Technology and Design Management and Organisation of Construction Projects OccupationalSafetyinConstruction BlueprintReadingandInterpretation Home Economics Human Nutrition Option Nutritional Physiology Critical Issues in Nutrition Metabolism of Energy Nutrients Family Studies Option Critical Issues Affecting Individuals and Families Educational Sociology of Death and Dying Resource Management for Individuals and Families Textiles, Clothing and Design Option Contemporary Issues in Textiles, Apparel Design and Construc tion Social and Psychological Aspects of Clothing and Textiles Advanced Textile Science Metal Technology and Design Advanced Design and Manufacturing Advanced Material Science Advanced Engineering Science Technical Graphics and Design Advanced Design Advanced Engineering Science Advanced Technical Mathematics Wood Technology and Design Advanced Design and Manufacturing Advanced Material Science Advanced Engineering Science
TE501 TE502 EDU501 EDU502 EDU503 TE503 TE504 TE505 TE506
TEA501 TEA502 TEA503 TEA504 TEA505 TEA503 TEB501 TEB502 TEB503
TEH501 TEH502 TEH503 TEH504 TEH505 TEH506 TEH507 TEH508 TEH509 TEM501 TEM502 TEM503 TET501 TET502 TET503 TEW501 TEW 502 TEW503
9.9.4
9.9.5
TechnicalElectives(15 course units) BiodiversityConservation PrinciplesofCropProtection Animal Physiology PoultryandPigProduction BuildingConstructionMaterials PrinciplesandTheoryofStructures PrinciplesofStructuralDesign Guidance and Counselling of Individuals and Families Family Relations Community Nutrition Experimental Foods Textiles Designand Dynamics Architectural Design and Drawing MechanicalEngineeringDesignandDrawing Civil Engineering Design and Drawing Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials Advanced Graphic Communication Production Management Dissertation (30 Course units)
TEA506 TEA507 TEA508 TEA509 TEB504 TEB505 TEB506 TEH510 TEH511 TEH512 TEH513 TEH514 TET504 TET505 TET506 TEM/W504 TEM/W 505 TEM/W506 TE570
10. SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations, but shall be submitted through the Department concerned to the appropriate Faculty Board. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
9.10 Master of Education (Adult Education)
259
Level I Courses 9.10.1
9.10.2
9.10.3
Core Courses(105 Course units) History ofAdult Education Philosophical FoundationsofAdultEducation ComparativeAdultEducation PsychologyofAdultEducation Statistics Research Methods InformationTechnologyinEducation Electives Courses (45 Course units) Communication Theory and Educational Technology Adult Education and Rural Development Statistical Methods and Evaluation in Adult Education PoliticalDevelopmentandSocialChange Dynamics of Planned Change Workers’ Education and Industrial Labour Relations Educational Systems Planning ConstructingAchievementTests Population Dynamicsand Population Education ProjectPlanningandManagementII Entrepreneurship Education Principles, Techniques and Practice in Distance Education Level II Courses Dissertation(30 Course units) MAE570
MAE500 MAE501 MAE502 MAE506 EDU502 EDU501 EDU503 MAE503 MAE504 MAE513 MAE505 MAE507 MAE508 MAE511 MAE512 MAE515 MAE518 MAE519 MAE520
1.4.1
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
1.4.2
UNDERGRADUATE REGULATIONS 1.4.3 1
REGULATIONSFORTHEUNDERGRADUATEPROGRAMMES 1.1
1.2
DEFINITION OF TERMS Approved First Aid Certificate means any First Aid Certificate duly issued by the University of Zimbabwe, St. John Ambulance Services, Zimbabwe Red Cross S oc i e t y or any other Institutions recognized by the Republic of Zimbabwe.
260
1.4.4
APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS 1.1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations. 1.1.2 The Gen er al Acad emi c Regu latio ns take precedence over these Faculty Regulations.
Mine Blasting License means a mine blasting license granted in terms of the Government Explosive Regulations. Survey camp means a practical course normally conducted and examined outside campus for a period of up to two weeks to afford the student a real practical surveying experience. All other terms are as defined in the General AcademicRegulations. 1.3
PROGRAMMES The Faculty of Engineering offers the Bachelor of Science Honours degree in the following SIX disciplines: Civil Engineering; Electrical Engineering; Mechanical Engineering; Metallurgical Engineering; Mining Engineering; Geoinformatics and Surveying.
1.4
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS
1.4.5
1.5
Prospective candidates must comply with Section 4 of the General Academic Regulations. Entry requirements for acceptance are Advanced Level passes in the THREE subjects Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, or acceptable equivalents. For Geoinformatics and Surveying an “A” level pass in Geography may be substitute for an “A” level pass in Chemistry. Except in the case of Metallurgical Engineering candidates, the Chemistry requirement may be waived, provided the candidate has a satisfactory pass in Physics with Chemistry at 'O' Level. For selection purposes, preference will be given for 'O' and 'A' Level passes in Technical Drawing and/or Computer Science.
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 1.5.1 The minimum duration of the Bachelor of Science honours degree in Engineering shall be 8 semesters. 1.5.2 The programme is taught and examined at 4 levels of study. For each subject, there are prescribed 1.5.3 1.5.4
1.5.5
1.5.6
1.5.7
courses for each level of study. Courses are designated as core or opt ional. To successfully complete the programme, a student must accumulate a minimum of 120 course credits at each of the 4 levels of study taken from the prescribed list for each of the major subjects. Normally, a student may not register for courses worth more than 140 course units in an academic year. In the case of Mining Engineering degree, a student must successfully complete a period of industrial attachment the duration of which shall not be less than 36 weeks. In addition, to be awarded a degree in Mining Engineering, a student must have obtained an approved First Aid certificate generally during the first four weeks of the attachment and a Mine Blasting licence by the end of first semester of Level 4. At each of the levels of study 3 and 4, a student shall undertake a project or projects worth 20 and 40 course units respectively, and submit project
reports for assessment before the date specified by the Departmental Board, failure of which will lead to a penalty being imposed. 1.5.8 A student who fails a core course shall repeat that course. A student who fails a required optional course may repeat that course or take an equivalent course specified in the subject regulations. 1.5.9 A student who is allowed to proceed with his studies but having failed courses at a given level of study is allowed to register for the next higher level courses provided he/she has passed the prerequisites for the courses and does not exceed the maximum allowed course units in that year of study. Repeat courses take priority over any other courses should there be a clash on the timetable. 1.5.10 A course shall normally have four lecture hours and three tutorial/laboratory hours per week except for Engineering Drawing and Design which has five lecture hours and five tutorial hours per week. 1.6
EXAMINATIONS 1.6.1 1.6.2
1.7
End of course examinations shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Unle ss sp ecif ied o ther wise in t he s ubjec t regulations, a written examination of a course is of 3 hours duration.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 1.7.1 Assessment of a course shall include the mark of the examination as well as the continuous assessment mark in that course. Normally, the continuous assessment shall contribute between 20% and 33% of the final mark except for the Drawing and Design courses in Mechanical Engineering, Communication Skills for Engineers and Workshop Practice where it contributes between 30% and 50% of the final mark. 1.7.2 A student who attains a mark less than 40% in the continuous assessment fails the course. The mark for the course shall be the lesser of the raw mark and 48%.
1.8
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be processed as prescribed by General AcademicRegulations.
1.9
DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 1.9.1 The determination of the results for each student will be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 1.9.2 In determining the d egree classification, the aggregate marks from Levels 2, 3, and 4 will be weighted in the following ratios to arrive at the final overall mark for classification of each of the degrees indicated: 20%, 30% and 50% (Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, Geoinformatics and Surveying) 30%, 30% and 40% (Mining Engineering) A candidate who qualifies for the award of a degree but having completed Levels 2, 3 and 4 in more than 6 semesters shall normally be awarded the degree in the Third Class division, irrespective of the final overall mark. 1.9.3 PASS: PROCEED shall apply to a student who has passed all the required Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 courses as stipulated in Regulation 11 of the Faculty of Engineering. 1.9.4 INCOMPLETE: PROCEED shall apply to a student who has accumulated at least sixty (60) and less than one hundred and twenty (120) Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 course credits in a first sitting, subject to Section 5 of the Faculty of Engineering Regulations, in addition to repeating the failed courses. 1.9.5 INCOMPLETE: APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES shall apply to a student who accumulates less than sixty (60) Level 1 or Level 2 or Level 3 course credits in a given academic year or a student who fails any course(s) on a second or subsequent sitting.
261
1.9.6
1.10
1.11
A student may be required to withdraw from the programme in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be awarded in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. CivilEngineeringUndergraduateProgrammeCou rses Civil Engineering Level 1 Courses : A student shall t ake ALL the core courses.
COURSE CODE CE201
TheoryofStructures
CE202
Fluid Mechanics
CE203
Engineering Surveying
CE204
Geomechanics
15
CE205
Strength of Materials
15
CE206
Civil Engineering Design and Communication Engineering Geology
ME101
Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1 Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 2
MT104
10
MT105
10
GL204 MT204 MT205
Course Code
262 N.B:
Description
Course Units
CSEN101
CommunicationS killsf orE ngineers
10
EE101
ElectricalPrinciples
15
EE103
ComputerScienceforEngineers
15
ME103
EngineeringMechanics
15
MT104
EngineeringMathematics1Paper 1
10
MT105
EngineeringMathematics2Paper 2
10
ME101
EngineeringDrawingandDesign
MG101
EngineeringMaterials
15
WSP180
Workshop Practice
10
20
The above Level 1 Courses are common to all students doing the following programmes: BSc Honours in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Metallurgical and Mining Engineering Civil Engineering Level 2 Courses : A student shall take ALL the core courses.
DE S CRI P T I O N
P RE REQUISITES ME101
UNITS 15 15 15
15 10
Civil Engineering Level 3 Courses A student shall take ALL the core courses and eight (8) other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below: Course code CE309
Professional and Industrial Studies
Course Units 10
CE313 CE360 Optional Courses CE301 CE302* CE304
Professional and Industrial Studies Project
10 20
CE306 CE307 CE308
Construction Materials Transportation Systems and Structures Water and Public Health Engineering
CE310 CE311 ME301
Water Resources Civil Engineering Construction Renewable Energy Engineering
D es cr ipt i on
P r er eq ui s i t es
Analysis of Structures DesignofStructures Geotechnology
10 CE201 CE201 CE204
10 10
CE201 CE204 CE202
10 10 10
CE202
10 10 10
* The examination of the course CE302 (Design of Structures) shall be of 4 hours duration. Civil Engineering Level 4 Courses :A student shall take the Core course and at least FOUR other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
COURSE C OD E CE460
D ESC R I P T I ON Project
P R ER EQ U I SI TES CE360
U N I TS 40
Optional courses CE401
AnalysisofStructures
CE301
20
CE402
DesignofStructures
CE302
20
CE404
Geotechnology
CE304
20
Hydraulic Structures
CE310
20
CE407
Transportation Systems and Structures Water and Public Health Engineering Renewable Energy Engineering
CE307
20
ME404
1.12
D E S C R IP T I O N
CE309
Professional & Industrial Studies
CE313
Professional & Industrial Studies
10
EE360
Project1
20
EE302
ControlSystems
20
EE304
DigitalElectronics
EE206
10
20
EE305
ElectricalMachines
EE202
10
EE307
Electrical Power Systems
EE203
EE308
Electromagnetics
EE203
EE310
Telecommunications
EE312
Microprocessor Fundamentals
EE206
EE311
Electronic Instrumentation
EE204
ME301
Renewable Energy Engineering
EE306 D E S C R IP T IO N
P R E R E Q U I S IT E S
EE201 EE202
ElectricalCircuitDesign ElectricalMachines
EE101 EE101
15 15
EE203
ElectricalPrinciples
EE101
15
EE204
ElectricalMeasurements
EE101
15
EE206
Digital Electronics
EE101
15
EE207
Software Engineering
EE101
15
EngineeringMathematics2P aper2
10 10
CE308
C O UR SE C OD E
EngineeringMathematics2Paper1
EE201 MT204/205
ME301
Electrical Engineering level 2 Courses: A student shall take all the core courses and one optional course
MT205
U N IT S 10
Analogue Electronics
EE303
BSc Hon ours inElec tricalEngineeringProgrammecourses
MT204
P R E R E Q U IS IT E S
Optional Courses
CE406
CE408
C O U R S EC O D E Core Courses
MT104 MT105
10 10
E E203
10 10 10 10
Electrical Networks
EE203
10
U N IT S
10 10
Optional Courses ME201
Applied Mechanics
ME103
10
ME204
Thermo Fluids
ME103
10
Electrical Engineering level 3 Courses :A student shall take ALL the core courses and eight (8) other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
Electrical Engineering level 4 Courses :A student shall take the Core course and at least FOUR other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below: C O U R S EC O D E EE460
D E S C R IP T I O N Project
Optional courses EE403
ControlSystems
EE405
ElectricalMachinesandDrives
EE406
Electrical Networks
EE407
Electrical Power Systems
EE307
20
EE408
Microwave Engineering
EE308
20
EE410
Power Electronics
EE302
EE411
Telecommunications
EE412
Digital Signal Processing
EE413
Computer Engineering
EE312
EE414
Telecommunications Network s & Acoustics RenewableEnergy Engineering
EE310
ME404
P R E R E Q U IS IT E S EE360
EE303 EE305 EE306
U N IT S 40
20 20 20
20
EE302/ EE310
20
EE302/EE310
20
ME301
20 20 20
263
1.13
BSc Honours in Geoinformatics & Surveying
Geoinformatics & Surveying Level 1: A student shall take ALL the core courses.
COURSE C O DE
DE SC RIPTIO N
SV304
Geodesy
SV305
DES CR IPT I O N
CSEN101
CommunicationSk illsforEngineers
10
EE101
Electrical Principles
15
EE103
ComputerScienceforEngineers
ME103
Engineering Mechanics
UNIT S
15 15
MT104
EngineeringMathematics1Paper1
10
MT105
EngineeringMathematics2Paper2
10
SV101
Surveying 1
15
SV105
Environmenta l Studies
15
SV106
Basic Mapping
15
SV205
15
SV205
10
AdjustmentComputation
SV203
SV317 SV316
Digital Mapping & Geographic Information Systems Astro-Geodetic Systems
10
SV314
Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
SV360
Survey Camp 2
RUP213
Aspects of Environmental Design
10
CE309
Professional and Industrial Studies
10
SV207
15 10
SV208
15
SV260
15
Geoinformatics & Surveying Level 4 : A student shall take the Core course and at least FOUR other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
COURSE CO D E MT204
D E SC RI P T I O N EngineeringMathematics 2Paper1
MT205
EngineeringMathematics 2Paper 2
SV203
Adjustment Computation
SV205
Surveying 2
SV207
Basic Cartography
SV106
15
SV208
Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing
SV106
SV209
Engineering Surveying
SV101
SV210
InformationTechnology&Programming
SV260
SurveyCamp1
C O U R S EC O D E SV460
D E SC R I P T I O N Project
Optional courses SV405
LandEconomicsandManagement
SV306& CE309
20
SV414
SatelliteGeodesy
SV304&SV316
20
SV415
PhotogrammetryandRemoteSensing
SV416
Advanced Engineering Surveying
15
SV413
Advanced Geographic Information Systems
SV317
20
15
SV412
Mining Surveying
SV305
20
SV418
Land Law
SV306
20
PREREQ U ISIT ES UN I T S MT104 10 MT105
10
SV101
15
15
10 SV101
CadastralSurveying
U N IT S 10
SV311
Geoinformatics & Surveying Level 2 : A student shall take ALL the core courses.
264
MT204
Surveying 3
SV306
COURSE CO D E
P RE RE Q U IS IT E S
P R ESV360 RE Q UIS IT E S
SV314 SV305 & SV314
UNIT S 40
20 20
15
1.14 BSc Honours in Mechanical Engineering Geoinformatics & Surveying Level 3: A student shall take ALL the core courses
Mechanical Engineering Level 2 Courses: A student shall take ALL the core courses and ONE optional course.
C O U R S EC O D E ME201
D E S C R IP T IO N Applied Mechanics
ME202
SolidMechanics
ME103
15
ME203
EngineeringDrawingandDesign
ME101
15
ME204
Thermo-Fluids
ME205
Engineering Materials
ME206
Manufacturing Technology
MT204
Engineering Mathematic 2 Paper 1
MT104
10
MT205
Engineering Mathematic 2 Paper 2
MT105
10
Optional courses EE202 ElectricalMachines
EE201
Electronic Circuit Design
P R E R E Q U ISIT E S ME103
Mechanical Engineering Level 4 Courses: A student shall take the Core course and at least FOUR other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
U N IT S 15
15 15 15
EE101
10
EE101
10
Mechanical Engineering Level 3 Courses :A student shall take ALL the core courses and eight (8) other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
C O U RSEC O D E ME460
D E SC RIP T IO N Project 2
Optional courses EE403
ControlSystems
ME401
Thermo-Fluids
ME403
D E S C R I P T I ON
P RER EQUI SI TES
CE309
Professional&IndustrialStudies
10
CE313
Professional&IndustrialStudies
10
ME360
Project 1
20
20 20
ME404
RenewableEnergyEngineering
ME301
20
ME405
Mechanical Engineering Design
ME306
20
ME406
SolidMechanics
ME308
20
ME410
EngineeringManagement
ME309
20
ME412
Power Plants
EE405
Electrical Machines
EE305
20
D E SC RI P T I O N Physical Chemistry
HCH102
Inorganic Chemistry 1 General Chemistry
10
HCH105
ME304
FluidMechanics
ME204
10
HCH 104
ME305
Industrial Systems Engineering
ME306
Mechanical Engineering Design
ME203
10
ME307
Process Engineering
ME204
10
ME308
SolidMechanics
EE309
Thermodynamics &Heat Transfer
EE305
ElectricalMachines
EE302
Control Systems
ME311
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
ME301
RenewableEnergy Engineering
P RE RE Q U I S I T E S
UN IT S 10 10 10
Analytical Chemistry
10
GL204
Geology for Engineers
ME202
SolidMechanics
MIE203
IntroductiontoMiningandMetallurgy
MG203
Metallurgical Principles
MG205
HeatTransferandMassTransport
10
MT204
EngineeringMathematics2Paper1
MT104
10
10
MT205
EngineeringMathematics2Paper2
MT105
10
10 10 10
MT204/205
BSc Honours in Metallurgical Engineering
COURSE CO DE HCH101
ME201
ME204
20
Metallurgical Engineering Level 2 Courses: A student shall take all the core courses
Dynamics
ME202
20
ME303
ME303
10
EE303
Dynamics
U N I TS
Optional courses
U N IT S
ME304/309
1.15
C OURCourses SE C OD E Core
P RE RE Q U IS IT E S ME360 40
10
15 ME103
15 10 15 15
265
Metallurgical Engineering Level 3 Courses: A student shall take ALL the core courses and eight (8) other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
C O U R S EC O D E Core Courses
D E S C R IP T I O N
CE309
Professional&IndustrialStudies
CE313
Professional & Industrial Studies
MG360
P R E R E Q U IS IT E S
U N IT S
10 10
Project 1
20
Optional Courses
266
MG309
Pyrometallurgy(Ferrous)
MG311
Hydrometallurgy
MG 312
MG203
10
MG203/HCH105
10
Mineral Processing
MG203
10
MG313
PhysicalMetallurgy
MG203
10
MG203
Pyrometallurgy (Non-Ferrous)
MG203
MG308
ChemicalEnergyandEnvironmentalStudies
GL310
Ores and Resources
EE302
Control Systems
MT204/5
10
ME308
SolidMechanics
ME202
10
MG316
Materials Technology
10
ME301
Renewable Energy Engineering
10
C O U R S EC O D E MG460
D E S C R IP T IO N Project 2
Optional courses ME404
RenewableEnergyEngineering
ME410
Engineering Management
MG401
MineralProcessing
MG404
MetallurgyofIronandSteel
ME301
U N IT S
20 20
MG312 MG309
20 20
MG409
PyrometallurgyNon-Ferrous
MG412
Hydrometallurgy
MG311
20
MG413
PhysicalMetallurgy
MG313
20
MG414
Materials Technology
MG316
MG415
Corrosion Engineering
MG313
20
MG416
Advanced Materials
MG313
20
10
1.16
10 10
Metallurgical Engineering Level 4 Courses: A student shall take the Core course and at least FOUR other courses chosen from the optional courses listed below:
P R E R E Q U IS IT E S MG360 40
20
20
BSc Honours In Mining Engineering
Mining Engineering Level 2 Courses: A student shall take all the core courses COURSE CODE EE202
DE SC RIPTIO N ElectricalMachines
ME204
Thermofluids
MIE207
SurfaceMining Technology
15
MIE208
UndergroundMiningTechnology
15
MIE211
Rock & Soil Mechanics
MIE216
InformationandCommunicationTechnology
MT204
Engineering Mathematics 2 Paper 1
MT104
MT205
Engineering Mathematics 2Paper 2
MT105
GL206
Fundamentals of Geology
10
MIE203
Introduction to Mining and Metallurgy
10
P RE RE Q U IS IT E S UN IT S EE101 15 15
10 10 10 10
Mining Engineering Level 3 Courses: A student shall take all the core courses
COURSE CO D E GL 317/8
D E SC RI P T I O N Mining Geology
P RE RE Q U I SI T E S GL206 10
U N IT S
MIE304
Mine Ventilation Practice
MIE313
Mining Machinery, Materials Handling and Services
20
MIE314
Mine Surveying & GIS
10
MIE315
Mine Environmental Management Health and Safety
10
MIE360
IndustrialAttachment
60
2.1.2.1
Applicants should have a minimum two years relevant experience in the area of specialization applied for.
2.1.2.2
Candidates with a Lo wer Second Class degree but who have acquired good industrial experience in the relevant fields may be considered for admission into the Programme.
2.1.2.3
Candidates with equivalent qualifications may also be considered for admission into the Programme but may be required to sit for a qualifying examination.
2.1.2.4
The Programme will be conducted in English and any candidate with qualifications from a nonEnglish speaking country will be required to prove proficiency in English by providing a Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or International
10
Mining Engineering Level 4 Courses: A student shall take all the core courses COURSE CO D E MIE405
DE S CR I P T I O N Mine Design and Planning
MIE406
Mineral Dressing
MIE412
Operations Research
MIE413 MIE415
SmalltoMediumScaleMiningEnterprises Mining Law
MIE417
MineralEconomicsandManagement
MIE460
Project 2
2.1
P RE R EQ U I S I TE S 15
U NI TS 10 15
English Language Testing System (IELTS) certificate or equivalent.
10 15 15 MIE360
40
2.1.3
REGISTRATION Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents must be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form according to General AcademicRegulations.
2.1.4
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme duration is normally three semesters for full-time students and six semesters for part-time students.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF S CIENCE DEGREE IN INTEGRATED WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (IWRM) 2.1.1
INTRODUCTION These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
2.1.2
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To beadmitted into the Programme, candidates must have normally obtained afirst degree inan appropriate field with a classification of Upper Second Class or better.The appropriate fields would include Engineering, Natural Sciences and Social Sciences.
2.1.5
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 2.1.5.1 The programme comprises a taught part followed by a Dissertation. 2.1.5.2 The taught part comprises twelve courses and the Group work Project of which eight courses and the
267
2.1.6
Group work Project are compulsory. Four electives shall be conducted at the University of Zimbabwe and any other institution within the region as approved by the University of Zimbabwe Senate. The approved institutions include, but are not limited to, the University of Malawi, University of Botswana, University of Western Cape, University of Dar es Salaam, the Polytechnic of Namibia and the University of KwaZulu Natal. 2.1.5.3 The taught component of the Programme is spread over two semesters. During that time the full time students must take the twelve courses and the Group work Project. The part-time students may complete the taught component of the Programme in four semesters.
2.1.6.2 Coursework shall contribute 25% of the final mark in any taught course. The coursework shall normally consist of at least three assessments. COURSES Co d e
2.1.5.4 A standard course consists of about 80 contact hours of which 60% are formal lectures and the remainder comprises exercises, tutorials, workshops, group work discussions, self study, and/or laboratory work. At the end of each taught course, an examination will be held.
268
2.1.5.5
2.1.5.6
The Group work Project is scheduled for the second semester and takes approximately four weeks at the end of which assessment will be based on oral presentation and the group work/individual reports. The Dissertation (IWRM 570) will commence after the successful completion of the taught part. It may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or at some other place approved by the University of ZimbabweSenate.
SCHEMEOFEX AMINATIONS 2.1.6.1 Candidates are requir ed to pass the eight compulsory courses, the Group work, Project, Research Methods and the four electives as listed below. Courses may not necessarily carry the same weighting and are assessed on the basis of one 3hour examination and continuous assessment. Candidates must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the continuous assessment in each course.
D es cr i p t i o n
Co u r s eU n i t s
Exami n at i on
Compulsory Courses IWRM501
Principles of In tegrated Water Resources Management
IWRM502
PrinciplesofHydrology
10
1x3hrpaper
IWRM503
Socio - Economics of Water and Environmental Resources
10
IWRM505
Policies, Laws & Institutions
10
IWRM560
Groupwork Project
15
IWRM537
GIS, Database Management & Analytical Tools
15
1x3hr paper
IWRM538
Principles of Aquatic Ecology
10
1x3hr paper
IWRM539
Principles of Water Quality & Environmental Paper Management
10
1x3hr paper
IWRM522
Water Resources Analysis & Planning
10
1x3hr paper
IWRM559
Research Methods
10
1x3hr paper++
IWRM570
Dissertation
60
10
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
1x3hr paper +
+Assessed as described in 2.1.5.5 ++50% contribution as continuous assessment and pre-requisite to IWRM 570. Elective Courses i)
Water Resources Management
Code IWRM524
IWRM516 IWRM561 IWRM540
ii)
Description WaterResources Modelling Groundwater Management Catchment Water Management Water Resources Assessment & Monitoring
Course Units 15
15
Examination 1x3hrpaper
1x3hrpaper
15 15
1x3hrpaper
IWRM542
Quality Processes Water Supply and Treatment Wastewater Management WaterUtility Management
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
Course Units
Ex amination
IWRM534 IWRM546
Description
IWRM527
WaterQuality Management Environmental Management Tools EnvironmentalWater Management ManagementofAquatic Ecosystems
Code IWRM523
IWRM552 IWRM553 IWRM554
15
1x3hrpaper
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
Course Units
Examination
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
Description Catchment Management AgriculturalWater Management Wetlandsand Agriculture Agro-industrialWater Use
CourseUnits 15
E xamination 1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
vii) GIS and Earth Observation
iii) Water and Society
IWRM536
Examination
15 15 15 15
vi) Water and Land
15
WaterDemand Management Waterand Development WaterandSecurity WaterEducationfor Sustainable Development
Code
IWRM551
EnvironmentalWater
IWRM509
Course Units
v) Water and Environment
1x3hrpaper
Description
Description
Hydrogeology RiverEngineering HydrologicalProcesses HydrologicalModelling
IWRM550
IWRM541
Code
Description
IWRM514 IWRM525 IWRM547 IWRM548
1x3hrpaper
Water Supply and Sanitation
IWRM544
Code
IWRM549
Code
IWRM528
iv) Hydrology
Course Units
15
E xamination
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper
15
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
15
Code IWRM555
IWRM556 IWRM557 IWRM558
Description Spatial Analysis for Water Resources Management Earth Observations for Hydrological Analyses Advanced GIS Earth Observation Project
Course Units 15
Description Conflict Resolution Capita Selecta
Course Units 15 15
Examination 1x3hr paper
15
1x3hr paper
15 15
1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper
viii) Other Courses Code IWRM537 IWRM530
Examination 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper+++
269
+++ Capita Selecta caters for topical issues on demand and can be offered at any of the 7 specialization institutions 2.1.6.3
2.1.6.4
2.1.6.5
2.1.6.6
270
The Civil Engineering Departmental Board in consultation with specialization institutions shall decide which courses are offered in a particular acade mic year. The pass mark of 50% as prescribed in the General Academic Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme including the Group work Project and the Dissertation. A student who obtains a pass mark in all twelve courses of the programme, Research Methods and in the Group work Project shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught part of t he programme and will be allowed to proceed to carry out the Dissertation. A student who fails up to two courses (excluding the Research Methods course) of the taught part may apply to repeat the failed course(s) and may be allowed to carry on with the Dissertation.
A student who fails three or more courses (excluding the Research Methods course) may apply to repeat the failed courses. 2.1.6.8 The Dissertation shall be conducted in accordance with guidelines set by the Department and the assessment shall normally comprise of a thesis report and an oral defenceexamination. 2.1.6.9 If a student passes the oral examination part but fails the thesis part, the student shall be deemed to have failed the Dissertation and the maximum aggregate mark awarded shall not exceed 48%. 2.1.6.10 The Departmental Board may review and fix the final submission dates as appropriate. 2.1.6.11 A student must pass the twelve courses, the Group work Project and Research Methods and the Dissertation to qualify for the award of the Master of Science Degree.
2.1.6.12
2.1.6.13
2.1.6.14
2.1.6.15
A student who fails the Dissertation by a mark of at lea st 40% may be allowed to resubmit on such conditions and within such a period as may be specified by Senate. If the Dissertation is still unsatisfactory after resubmission, then the student may apply to repeat the Dissertation on a new topic. A student who fails the Dissertation by less than 40% may be allowed to apply to repeat the Dissertation on a new topic. Within two weeks of examination, a student whose Dissertation has satisfied the examiners as appropriate is required to submit five bound copies and a soft copy of the Dissertation after incorporating any comments from examiners. The aggregate mark for the award and classifi cation of the Master of Science degree shall be calculated on the following basis:Taught component
2.1.6.7
2.1.6.16
2.1.6.17
2.1.6.18
2.1.7
65%
Dissertation 35% A student must pass twe lve courses, the Groupwork Project and the Research Methods and the Dissertation to qualify for the award of the Master of Science Degree in Integrated Water Resources Management. The aggregate mark of th e taught part is the weighted average of the thirteen components (the twelve courses and the Groupwork Project). Award of Master of Science Degree is aligned wit h General Academic Regulations as follows: Pass, a Pass with Credit, a Pass with Merit, or a Pass with Distinction in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
SYLLABUS In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Civil Engineering and Faculty of Engineering Offices for assistance.
2.1.8
2.2
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MSC IN WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT (WREM) 2.2.1
2.2.2
INTRODUCTION These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General AcademicRegulations. ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 2.2.2.1 To be admitted into the programme, applicants must have normally obtained a good honours first degree in an appropriate field of Engineering, or recognized Applied Science with a classification of at least an Upper Second Class or equivalent. 2.2.2.2 Applicants with a relevant lower class degree who have acquired at least two years in Industrial experience in appropriate fields may be considered for admission into the programme. 2.2.2.3 Candidates with equivalent qualifications may also be considered for admission into the Programme but may be required to sit for a qualifying examination. 2.2.2.4 The Programme will be conducted in English and any candidate with qualifications from a nonEnglish speaking country will be required to prove proficiency in English by providing a Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or International English Language Testing System (IELTS) certificate or equivalent.
2.2.3
REGISTRATION Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents must be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form.
2.2.4
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme duration is normally three semesters for full-time students and six semesters for part-time students.
2.2.5
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 2.2.5.1 The programme comprises a taught part followed by a Dissertation. 2.2.5.2 The taught part comprises nine courses, the Groupwork Project and Research Methods. Five courses, the Groupwork Project and Research Methods are compulsory. Four courses are electives. Each course consists of about 80 hours consisting of lectures, exercises, tutorials, workshops, fieldwork, laboratory work and any other assigned activities. At the end of each course an examination shall be held. 2.2.5.3 The Groupwork Project takes approximately four weeks during the second sem est er. Ass ess ment shall be based on an oral presentation, the groupwork report and individual reports. 2.2.5.4 The taught component of the Programme is spread over two semesters. During that time the full time students must take the nine courses and the Groupwork Project. The part-time students may complete the taught component of the Programme over four semesters. 2.2.5.5 The Dissertation (WREM570) may be undertaken at the University of Zimbabwe or at any other place approved by the University of Zimbabwe Senate.
271
The Dissertation shall be conducted in accordance with guidelines set by theDe par tme nt and the assessment shall normally comprise of a thesis report and an oral defence examination. 2.2.6
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 2.2.6.1 Candidates are normally required to pass the five compulsory courses, the Groupwork Project, the four electives and Research Methods before proceeding to Dissertation. Courses may not necessarily carry the same weighting and are assessed on the basis Research Methods. Candidates must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the coursework in each course, in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 2.2.6.2 The Departmental Board may decide which courses are offered in aparticular academic year.
272
2.2.6.3 Continuous assessment contributes 25% of the final mark in any taught course. The continuous assessment normally consists of at least three assessments.
2.2.6.4 COURSES 2.2.6.4.1 Compulsory Courses C od e WREM517 WREM518 WREM519 WREM520 WREM521 WREM531 WREM5** WREM570
D es c r i p t i o n Integrated Water Resources Management Hydrology and Applied Hydraulics Aquatic Ecology an d Water Pollution Control GIS, Remote Sensing & Data Information Systems Water Resources Analysis and Planning Research Methods Groupwork Project Dissertation
W e i g ht 10
E x am i n at i o n 1x3hrpaper
10
1x3hrpaper
10
1x3 hr paper
10
1x3 hr paper
15
1x3 hr paper
10 15 60
1x3 hr paper+ ++
+50% contribution as continuous assessment +Pre-requisite to WREM 570 and assessed based on an oral presentation and reports ++ Assessed as described in 2.2.5.3 2.2.6.4.2 C od e WREM507 WREM508 WREM509 WREM514 WREM515 WREM516 WREM522 WREM523 WREM524 WREM526
2.2.6.5
ElectiveCourses
D es c ri pt i o n Hydrogeolgy WaterResourceModelling AdvancedHydrology Water Chemistry and Microbiology Watertreatment WastewaterTreatment Socio-economics of Water and Environmental Management Policies,LawsandInstitutions Conflict Resolution River Engineering
We i g ht 15 15 15 15
E x ami n a t i o n 1x3hr paper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
15 15 15
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
15 15 15
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
The pass mark for each taught course, the Groupwork Project, Research Methods and Dissertation shall be 50%.
2.2.6.6 A student who obtains a pass mark in each of the nine taught courses of the programme, Research Methods and in the Groupwork Project shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught part of the programme and shall be allowed to proceed and carry out the Dissertation. 2.2.6.7 A student who fails up to two courses of the taught part (excluding the Research Methods course) may apply to repeat the failed course(s) and may be allowed to carry on with the Dissertation.
2.2.6.13
Within two weeks of the oral examination, a student whose Dissertation has satisfied the examiners is required to submit four bound copies and a soft copy of the Dissertation after incorporating any comments from examiners. Only after this shall a student be deemed to have completed the Dissertation part.
2.2.6.14
The a ggregate m ark f or the award a nd classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the following basis:-
2.2.6.8 A student who fails three or more courses of the taught part (excluding the Research Methods course) may apply to repeat the failed courses.
Taught component Dissertation 2.2.6.15
A student must pass the nine taught courses, the Groupwork Project, Research Methods and the Dissertation to qualify for the award of the Master of Science Degree in Water Resources
2.2.6.16
The aggregate mark of the taught part is the average of the eleven components (the nine taught courses, the Groupwork Project and ResearchMethods).
2.2.6.17
The MSc degree shall be awarded with either, a Pass, a Pass with Credit, a Pass with Merit or a Pass with Distinction in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
2.2.6.9 The Departmental Board may review and fix the final submission dates as appropriate. 2.2.6.10 If a stu dent passes the oral examination part but fails the thesis part, the student shall be deemed to have failed the Dissertation and the maximum aggregate mark awarded shall not exceed 48%. 2.2.6.11 On completion of th e Dissertation the student is required to submit three spiral bound copies for assessment. 2.2.6.12 A student who fails the Dissertation by a mark of at least 40% may be allowed to resubmit on such conditions and within such a period as may be specified by the University of Zimbabwe Senate. If the Dissertation is still unsatisfactory after resubmission, then the student may apply to repeat the Dissertation on a new topic.
65% 35%
Engineering and Management.
2.2.7 SYLLABUS In accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Civil Engineering and Faculty of Engineering Offices for assistance.
273
The second week is devoted to assessment and, normally will involve revision and exercise classes with a formal examination on the Friday afternoon of the second week.
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations. REGULATIONS OF THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING DEGREE 2.2.8
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.5.3 On satisfac tory completion of the taught component, the candidate then car rie s out an extended project, carried out either at the University, or more usually, at a candidate's place of employment. On completion of the project work, the candidate writes and submits a dissertation for assessment.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Regulations for the Masters Degrees by coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations Entry Requirements 2.3.2.1 To be admitted into the programme, candidates must be in possession of a First Degree in Electrical Engineering or Electronic Engineering with a classification of lower second class or better.
2.3.6
Duration of the Programme The minimum period to complete the Masters programme is one year in the case of full time students and two years in the case of part-time students. Full time students are expected to complete the Programme within two years whereas part-time students must complete within four years.
2.3.7
Scheme of Examination 2.3.7.1 Each candidate is required to take five core courses listed below and any five optional courses.
2.3.2.2 Candidates with a lower class degree but who have acquired good industrial experience in the relevant fields may be considered for admission into the programme.
274 2.3.2.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
Candidates with equivalent qualifications will also be considered for admission into the Programme.
Registration Application for registration, accompanied by the necessary supporting documents must be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form.
Structure of the Programme 2.3.5.1 The Programme comprises a taught part followed by an independent projectleading to a dissertation 2.3.5.2 The taught part comprises ten courses, each of the two weeks duration. The first week of each course will involve formal lectures and selected demonstrations.
2.3.7.2 The Departmental Board may from time to time determine which optional courses will be offered. 2.3.7.3 The University marking scheme for po st gra du at e degrees will apply in all courses and for the dissertation. That is, grades may be awarded as follows: 80% 70%-79% 50%-69% Below 50%
-
Distinction Merit Pass Fail
2.3.7.4 A candidate who obtains a pass mark in a course shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in that course. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the coursework in each course.
2.3.7.5 A candidate who obtains a pass mark in every course shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught part of the programme and will be allowed to proceed and carry out the dissertation. 2.3.7.6 A candidate who fails three or more courses will normally be asked to discontinue from the programme. 2.3.7.7 A candidate who fails one or two courses may repeat the failed courses in the following year and may be allowed at the discretion of the Departmental Board of Examiners to carry on with the Dissertation. 2.3.7.8 On completion of the project a candidate will be required to submit two copies of the dissertation for assessment.
2.3.7.12 The Master of Science Degree will be awarded with either a Pass, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations. 2.3.8 Syllabus In accordance with provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Electrical Engineering and the Faculty of Engineering Offices for assistance. 2.3.9
Notification of Results and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations
COURSE CODE MCE501
DE S C RIP TIO N
W E IG H T
MCE502
Digital Transmission and Switching Systems RadioEngineering
1
MCE503 MCE504
TrafficEngineering DataandComputerNetworking
1
MCE505
NetworkPlanning and Management
1
WREM560
Project Module
EX A M 1X3hrpaper
1
1X3hrpaper
1
1X3hrpaper 1X3hrpaper
2.3.7.9 The deadline for the submission of the Dissertation will be 31 May in the second year following that of registration in the case of full time students. Part-time students have up to 31 May in the fourth year following that of registration to submit their dissertation. All candidates are required to attend an oral examination. 2.3.7.10 A candidate must pass the ten taught courses and the dissertation to qualify for the award of the Master of Science degree in Communication Engineering. 2.3.7.11 The aggregate mark for the award and class ification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the basis of the following weighting for the taught part and Dissertation. Taught part issertation D OralExamination
-
60% 30% 10%
1X3hr paper 1
**
Optional Courses The list of optional courses is found in the Electrical Engineering and Faculty offices
2.4
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING DEGREE PROGRAMME (MSC EPEE) 2.4.1
Introduction These regulations should be in conjunction with General Academic Regulations for the Masters of Science Degree by coursewor k, hereinafter referred to as the “General Regulations”.
275
2.4.2
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.4.2.1 To be admitted into the programme, applicants must be in possession of a first degree in Electrical Engineering or Electrical and Electronic Engineering with a classification of Lower Second class or better. 2.4.2.2 Applicants with a third class degree or an approved equivalent but who have acquired at least two years of industrial experience in the Power Engineering field maybe considered for admissions into the programme. Applicants maybe asked to sit and pass a qualifying examination.
276
2.4.4
SCHEME OF E XAMINATIONS 2.4.4.1
Code MEPE501 MEPE502 MEPE503 MEPE504 MEPE505 MEPE506
2.4.3 DURATIONOFTHEPR OGRAMME 2.4.3.1 The period r equired to com plete the MSc programme is one year in the case of full-time students and two years in the case of part-time students. The MSc programme will normally start in June of each year.
MEPE507 MEPE508
2.4.3.2 The programme comprises a taught component followed by a project.
MEPE512 MEPE570
MEPE509 MEPE510 MEPE511
CoreCourses Weight Transmission and Distribution 1 PowerSystemModelling 1 Power Systems Dynamics and 1 Control High Voltage and Insulation 1 Coordination PowerSystemProtection 1 Transmission and Distribution 1 System Planning Independent Generation Works 1 Electrical Machines for Power 1 System Condition Monitoring in Machines 1 and Power Systems Modern Variable Speed Drive 1 Power Electronics for Power 1 Systems Power Systems Economics Dissertation
2.4.3.5 On satisfac tory completion of the taugh t component, the candidate then carries out a project, either at the University or, more usually, at the candidate's place of employment. On completion of the project work, the candidate writes and submits a dissertation for assessment.
1 1
Examination 1x3 hr paper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper 1x3hrpaper 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper 1x3 hr paper 1x3hr paper 1x3hr paper Report
Each course carries the same weight and is examined by coursework and a 3-hour examination paper.
2.4.3.3 The taught component comprises eight courses, each of 70 hours duration for the formal lectures, tutorials, laboratory work and coursework. 2.4.3.4 The taught compo nent will comprise two semesters of three months each. Half of the courses will be taught in the first semester and examined at the end of that semester. The remaining half of the courses will be offered during the second semester with examinations for those courses at the end of the semester.
Each candidate is required to pass eight courses listed below:
2.4.4.2
The Departmental Board may from time to time determine which of the courses will be offered.
2.4.4.3
A candidate who obtains a pass m ark in a course shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in that course. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the coursework in each course.
2.4.4.4
A candidate who obtains a pass mark in eight courses shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught component of the programme and will be allowed to proceed to carry out the project.
2.4.4.5
A candidate who passes only six or seven courses maybe allowed, at their discretion of the Departmental Board of Examiners, to carry on with the project. The candidate may repeat the failed courses when they are next offered or take up any other courses on offer in order to satisfy the requirements of 2.4.4.4.
2.4.4.6
A candidate who passes less than six courses may apply to repeat. The candidature will only be allowed to proceed with the project upon satisfying the requirements of 2.4.4.4.
2.4.4.7
On completion of the project (MEPE570), a candidate will be required to submit two copies of the dissertation for assessment.
2.4.4.8
The deadline for submission of the dissertation will be 31 May at the end of the enrolment year in the case of full-time students. Part-time students have up to 31 May in the second enrolment year to
2.5
2.4.4.9
2.4.4.10
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS AND AWARD OF DEGREE Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with provisions of the General Regulations.
2.4.2
SYLLABUS In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabi shall be maintained in the Department and Faculty Offices for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MSC LIS/GIS) 2.5.1
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters by coursework
2.5.2
Qualifications for Admission 2.5.2.1 All applicants shall have obtained:
submit their dissertation. A candidate may be required to attend an oral examination.
a)
an ac cep tab le fi rst d egr ee in S ur ve yin g, Engineering, Geography, Computer Science, Mathematics, or acceptable equivalents; and
A candidate must pass eight taught courses and the dissertation to qualify for the award of the MSc degree.
b)
a Postgraduate Diploma in LIS/GIS or an eq uivalent acceptable to Senate.
2.5.2.2 Candidates with academic qualificatio ns recognised by professional institutions as degree equivalents may only be admitted after satisfying the Department through an interview and/or a qualifyingexamination.
The aggregate mark for the award and classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the basis of the following weighting for the taught component and the dissertation. Taughtcomponent Dissertation
2.4.4.11
2.4.1
60% 40%
The MSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Merit or a Distinction according to the schedule indicated in the General Regulations.
2.5.3
ProgrammeofS tudy 2.5.3.1 The Programme of study shall normally extend over a period of 15 months on a full time basis. 2.5.3.2 The MSc degree will be made up of two semesters and candidates shall normally be examined at the end of each semester.
277
2.5.3.3. Candidates who are deemed to satisfy examiners in MSc programme will be awarded a Master of Science degree in LIS/GIS.
2.5.4.6 The aggregate mark for the award and classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated as a weighted sum of marks in examinations and Dissertation specified in the General Regulations.
2.5.3.4 The programme to be pursued by each candidate, unless exemption is given by Senate shall be as follows:
The classification will be as follows:
Semester 1 Professional and Organisational Behaviour, Software Engineering, Advanced L a nd an d G e og ra p hi ca l Information Management, Graphics, Algorithms and Software
Distinction Merit Pass Fail
Scheme of Examination 2.5.4.1 The pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework is the minimum acceptable mark in all courses of the Programme. The aggregate mark in the MSc is the
Syllabus In accordance with provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Geoinformatics & Surveying and the Faculty of Engineering Offices for assistance.
2.5.6
Notification of Results and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in
weighted average of the marks as specified in the General Regulations.
278
accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations 2.5.7
2.5.4.2
A student who obtains the pass mark in a given course shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in that course. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the coursework in each course. A candidate who obtains a pass mark in the Dissertation shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the part.
80%+ 70%-79% 50%-69% Below 50%
2.5.5 Semester 2 Dissertation 2.5.4
-
MSc In Land and Geographic Information Systems Course Description
COURSE D E SCRI PT I O N CODE MLGIS501 ProfessionalandOrganisationalBehaviour
W E I GH T
E XA M
2
1x3hrpaper
MLGIS502
SoftwareEngineering
2
1x3hrpaper
MLGIS503
Advanced Geographic and Land Information Mgt Graphics,AlgorithmsandSoftware
5 4
1x3hr paper 1x2hr paper
Dissertation (Oral & Written)
13 26
Presentation
2.5.4.3 A student who obtains a pass mark in every course shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in that part.
MLGIS504
2.5.4.4. A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of will not normally be permitted to proceed to Dissertation.
Two copies of the Dissertation covering the approved research project shall be submitted by 31 March of the following year of study. An oral examination may be arranged when the written part has been accepted.
2.5.4.5 A candidate who satisfies the provisions of and shall be awarded the Master of Science degree.
MLGIS570
2.6
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MINERALS PRODUCTION, ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (MPEM)
2.6.1
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University of Zimbabwe General Regulations for the Masters degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the “GENERAL ACADEMIC REGULATIONS”
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
2.6.5
Entry Requirements 2.6.2.1 To be admitted into the programme, a candidate must have normally obtained a good first degree, from a recognised University in an appropriate field of Engineering or Geology with a classification of Lower Second or better. 2.6.2.2 A Candidate with a third class degree but who has acquired good industrial experience in the relevant fields may be considered for admission into the programme. 2.6.2.3 A Candidate wit h equivalent qualif ications or other academic qualifications recognised by professional institutions as degree equivalents may also be admitted after satisfying the Faculty Post-Graduate Admissions Committee through an interview or sitting a qualifying examination. Registration Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents must be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form. Registration normally takes place in January or August of each year. Durationoft heProgramme The period required to complete the MSc programme is one and half (1½) years in the case of full time students and t hree (3) years in the case of part-time students. The MSc programme will normally start in January of each year. Structure of the Programme 2.7.5.1 The programme comprises taught component followed by a dissertation.
2.6.5.2 The taught component comprises ten (10) courses each of approximately seventy (70) hours duration for formal lectures, tutorials and laboratory work. At the end of each course an examination will be written. 2.6.5.3 The taught component will comprise two (2) semesters. Half of the courses will be taught in the first semester and the other half in the second semester. 2.6.5.4 The dissertation will normally commence after the successful completion of the taught part. It may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or at some other place approved by the University. 2.6.6
Scheme of Examination 2.6.6.1 Each candidate is required to pass five (5) compulsory courses as listed below. All courses carry the same credit and are each assessed on the basis of a three hour examination paper. A candidate must satisfy the examiners In both the examination and the continuous assessment in each course. Coursework shall contribute at least 30% of the final mark in any course. The written examination shall contribute 70% of the final mark in any course.
Co d e D e s c ri pt i o n Compulsory Courses: MPEM501 Research Methods in Minerals Development MPEM502 Legal Framework for Minerals Development MPEM503 FinancingMinerals Development Projects MPEM504 Operations Research in the Minerals Industry MPEM505 Entrepreneurship and Venture Management MPEM560* Dissertation
C o u r s eU n i t
Examin a tio n
1
1x3hrpaper
1
1x3hrpaper
1
1x3 hrpaper
1
1x3hrpaper
1
1x3hrpaper 3
279
* The Dissertation is assessed by the supervisor and a co-examiner agreed to by the Faculty 2.6.6.2 In addition candidates will be required to take five (5) courses to be chosen from those offered in the particular year and selected from twelve (12) courses listed below: Elective Courses Geology Code
Description
MPEM506
AppliedStructure Geology Gemology,Industrial Rocks and Minerals, Their Identification Occurrence and Use Mineral Deposit Studies and Exploration Occurrence and Use Mineral Resource Evaluation
MPEM507
MPEM508
MPEM509
Course Unit
Examination
1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
Mining
280
Code
D es c ri pt i o n
MPEM510 MPEM511
Mine Planning and Design Applied Rock Mechanics and Geotechnics Ventilation,S afety,H ealthand Environmental Management Small and Medium Scale Mineral Production Technology GIS
MPEM512 MPEM513
MPEM514
C o u r s e Examination Unit 1 1x3 hr paper 1 1x3 hr paper 1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
Metallurgy C od e
D esc r i p t i on
MPEM515
Process Modeling, Simulation and Control Chemical Metallurgy and Mineral Processing Hydrometallurgy and Electrometallurgy Ferro-Alloys Production and Management
MPEM516 MPEM517 MPEM518
C o ur s e Examination Unit 1 1x3 hr paper 1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
1
1x3 hr paper
2.6.6.3 The Departmental Board may decide which courses are offered every semester and will, each year publish a timetable of courses offered that year 2.6.6.4 The pass mark as prescribed in the general Regulations is the minimum acceptable pass mark in all the courses of the programme and in the dissertation. 2.6.6.5 A candidate who obtains a pass mark in all of the ten (10) courses shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught component of the programme and will be allowed to proceed to carry out the dissertation (MPEM 560). 2.6.6.6 A candidate who fails more than two (2) courses of the taught component may apply to repeat the failed courses, and/or register for other elective courses as replacement courses, if the failed courses are electives. A repeat candidate will be allowed to proceed to the dissertation if he/she passes the repeat courses. A repeat candidate will normally be required to discontinue from the programme if he/she fails on any repeat course or replacement course. 2.6.6.7 The deadline for the submission of the dissertation (MPEM 560) will be 30 June of each year for full time students 2.6.6.8 On completion of the dissertation the student is required to submit three (3) bound copies plus one (1) electronic copy. The student may be asked to attend an oral examination. 2.6.6.9 A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to resubmit on such conditions and within such period of time as may be specified by the Board of Examiners. If the dissertation is still unsatisfactory after resubmission, then the candidate will be required to repeat it. A candidate will normally be required to discontinue from the programme if he/she fails on a repeat dissertation. 2.6.6.10 A candidate must pass the ten courses and the dissertation to qualify for the award of the Master of Science Degree. 2.6.6.11 A candidate who fails the dissertation, but whose performance in taught component of the programme is deemed satisfactory by the Board of Examiners, may upon recommendation be awarded a Post Graduate Diploma following section 14 of the General Academic Regulations. 2.6.6.12 The aggregate mark for the award and classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the following basis:
Taughtcomponent Dissertation
2.6.6.13 The MSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, Merit or Distinction according to the General Regulations. 2.6.7
appropriate form. Registration normally takes place at the beginning of March.
70% 30%
Syllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Mining Engineering and the Faculty of Engineering Office for reference.
2.6.8
Notification and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
2.7
REGULATIONS FOR MSC IN RENEWABLE ENERGY
2.7.1
Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
2.7.2
Entry Requirements 2.8.2.1 To be admitted to the programme candidates must have obtained a good first degree in Engineering or Science or equivalentqualifications. 2.8.2.2 Additionally, applicants should normally have at least two years of relevant work experience.
2.7.3
Durationoft heProgramme The programme is normally offered on a full-time basis for two academic years.
2.7.4
Registration Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents must be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the
2.7.5
Structure of the Programme 2.7.5.1 The programme consists of two parts: Part l: Taught courses for two semesters in the first year. Part ll: Industrial attachment for 6 calendar months, normally commencing in January of the second year, and a research project. 2.7.5.2 Part l of the Programme The coursework will normally run concurrently with the Faculty of Engineering undergraduate year. During that time the candidate will register for 8 core courses and at least two optional courses. A course will be examined at the end of the semester in which it is taught. 2.7.5.3 Part ll of the Programme 2.7.5.3.1Assessed Industrial Attachment will commence in January of the second year and will last for 6 calendar months, at the end of which a report will be presented by the candidate. 2.7.5.3.2The research programme will normally commence immediately after the second semester examinations. It may be undertaken either in the Faculty or at a firm to which the candidate is attached. The Dissertation will normally be submitted by end of October of the final year.
281
2.7.6
Scheme of Examination 2.7.6.1 Each candidate is required to take and pass the 8 core courses and at least 2 of the optional courses listed below: Core Courses
282
C od e
D es crip tion
MRE501
StatisticsandMeteorology
1x3hrpaper
E x am i n at i on 1
Weig h t
MRE502
RadiationPhysics
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE503
Photovoltaics
MRE504
1x3hrpaper
1
SolarThermalCollectors
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE505
StorageComponents
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE506
RenewableE nergy Systems Compnents
1x3hrpaper
MRE507
CaseStudies
MRE570
Dissertation
1x3hrpaper 1x3hrpaper
1
1 1
Optional Courses Code
Description
Ex am in at io n
MRE509
Wind Energy
1x3hrpaper
We ig ht 1
MRE510
Micro Hydro Power Plants
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE511
Thermodynamics Engines
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE512
Biomass and Biogas
1x3hrpaper
1
MRE513
Computer Simulation of Renewable Energy Systems Performance
1x3hrpaper
1
2.7.2.1 The Renewable Energy Committee, as the present responsible body for the MSc programme, may from time to time determine which of the courses will be offered in each semester of the year. 2.7.2.2 The University marking scheme f or postgraduate coursework degrees will apply to all courses, the assessed Industrial Attachment and the Dissertation as follows: Distinction 80% Merit 70%-79% Pass 50%-69% Fail Bellow 50% 2.7.2.3 The pass mark will be 50% 2.7.2.4 A student who fails three or more of the minimum required 10 courses shall be required to withdraw from the programme. 2.7.2.5 A candidate who fails one or two of the minimum required ten courses shall proceed and carry the failed courses into the following year. However, if the failed courses are optional, then the student may take up any other optional courses to make up the minimum required ten courses . 2.7.2.6 A candidate who fails Industrial Attachment (MRE560) may be allowed to resubmit the report on such conditions and within such period of time as may be specified by the Board of Examiners. 2.7.2.7 On completion of the Dissertation (MRE570), a candidate will be required to submit two copies of the dissertation for assessment. A candidate maybe asked to attend an oral examination. 2.7.2.8 A candidate whose Dissertation is unsatisfactory maybe allowed to re-submit on such conditions and within such period of time as maybe specified by the Board of Examiners. If the Dissertation is still unsatisfactory after resubmission, then the candidate will be required to repeat it. 2.7.2.9 A candidate must pass the ten taught courses, the Industrial Attachment and the Dissertation to qualify for the award of the Masters of Science Degree in Renewable Energy.
2.7.2.10 The aggregate mark for the award and classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the basis of the following weighting for the taught Part, the Industrial Attachment and the Dissertation: Coursework 50% IndustrialAttachment 10% Dissertation 40% 2.7.2.11 The MSc degree will be awarded with either a Pass, Merit or a Distinction according to the schedule indicated in 5.8.6.3 above. 2.7.3
Syllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Mechanical Engineering and the Faculty of Engineering Office for reference.
2.7.4
Notification and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
2.8
RE GU LA TI ONS FO R TH E MA STE RS O F SC IE NCE IN MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT DEGREE (MSc MSOM)
2.8.1
Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
2.8.2
Entry Requirements 2.8.2.1 To be admitted into the programme, applicants must normally be in possession of a good first Honours degree in Mechanical Engineering or Production Engineering with a classification of Lower Second Class or better.
2.8.2.2 Applicants with a third class degree or an approved equivalent but who has acquired at least two years of industrial experience in the relevant fields maybe considered for admission into the programme. Such applicants will be asked to sit and pass a qualifying examination. 2.8.3
Durationoft heProgramme The period required to complete the MSc programme is one year in the case of full-time students and two years in the case of part-time students. The MSc will normally start in June of each year.
2.8.4
Structure of the Programme The Programme comprises a taught component followed by a project. 2.8.4.1 The taught component comprises ten courses, each of 70 hours duration for the formal lecture, tutorials, laboratory work and coursework. 2.8.4.2 The taught component will comprise two semesters of the three months each. Half of the courses will be taught in the first semester and examined at the end of that semester. The remaining half of the courses will be offeredbduring the second semester with examinations for the courses at the end of the semester. 2.8.4.3 On satisfactory completion of the taught component, the candidate then carries out a project, either at the University or more usually at the candidate's place of employment. On completion of the project, the candidate writes and submits a Dissertation for assessment.
283
2.8.5
Scheme of Examination 2.8.5.1 Each candidate is required to pass ten courses out of those listed below:
Code
D es c ri p t i on
MSOM501
AdvancedManufacturingTechnology
MSOM502 MSOM503
E x am i n at i o n
2.8.1.3
W ei g h t
2.8.1.4
284
1x3hr paper
1
ManufacturingSystemsDesign
1x3hrpaper
1
ProductionInventoryManagement
1x3hrpaper
MSOM504
ProjectManagement
1x3hrpaper
MSOM505
Maintenance Engineering and Management
1x3hrpaper
1
MSOM506
Total Quality Management
1x3hrpaper
1
MSOM507
Cleaner Production Technology
1x3hrpaper
1
MSOM508
Operations Management
1x3hrpaper
1 1
1 1
MSOM509
Concurrent Engineering
1x3hrpaper
MSOM510
Logistics and Marketing Management
1x3 hr paper
1
MSOM511
Management Information Systems
1x3 hr paper
1
MSOM512
ManagementAccounting
MSOM513
Systems Modelinga ndSimulation
MSOM514 MSOM515
1x3hrpaper
1
Operations Research
1x3hrpaper
1
Computer Aided Engineering
1x3hrpaper
1
Each course carries the same weight and examined by coursework and a 3-hour examination paper.
2.8.1.2
2.8.1.6
28.1.7
1
1x3h rp aper
2.8.1.1
2.8.1.5
The Departmental Board may from time to time determine which of the courses will be offered. A student who obtains the pass mark in a cou rse shall be deemed to have satisfied the examiners in that course. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the examination and the coursework in each course.
2.8.1.8
2.8.1.9
2.8.1.10
A student who obtains a pass mark in ten courses shall be redeemed to have satisfied the examiners in the taught component of the programme and will be allowed to proceed to carry out the project. A student who fails one or two of t he minimum required ten courses may be allowed at the discretion of the Departmental Board of Examiners, to proceed and to do the Dissertation. The student may repeat the failed courses when they are next offered or take up any other courses on offer in order to satisfy the requirements of 5.9.5.4. A student who fails three or more courses may apply to repeat. The student will only be allowed to proceed with the Dissertation upon satisfying the requirements of 5.9.5.4 On completion of the Dissertation, a student will be required to submit two copies of the Dissertation for assessment. A student may be required to attend an oral examination. The deadline for the submission of the Dissertation will normally be the end of May at the end of the second enrolment year in the case of full-time students or such other date that may be specified by the Departmental Board of Examiners. A candidate whose Dissertation is unsatisfactory maybe allowed to resubmit on such conditions and within such period of time as may be specified by the Board of Examiners. If the Dissertation is still unsatisfactory after resubmission, then the candidate will be asked to repeat it. A student must pass ten c ourses a nd th e Dissertation to qualify for the award of the Masters of Science Degree. The aggregate mark for the award and classification of the MSc degree shall be calculated on the basis of the following weighting for taught component and the Dissertation:
2.8.1.11
Taughtcomponent 60% Dissertation 40% The MSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, Merit or Distinction according to the schedule indicated in the General Regulations.
2.8.2
Syllabus In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of these regulations. Copies of the approved syllabi shall be maintained in the Department of Mechanical Engineering and the Faculty of Engineering Office for reference.
2.8.3
Notification and Award of Degree Results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
285
FACULTY OF LAW REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES REGULATIONS FOR THE BACHELOR OF LAWS HONOURS DEGREE (LLB) (HONS) 1.
2.
PREAMBLE 1.1 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General 4. Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2 These Regulations are in respect of the LLB Honours Degree. 1.3 The LLB Honours Degree will be awarded to a candidate who has successfully completed an approved programme in accordance with these Regulations. DEFINITIONS 2.1 SEMESTER - A semester which shall be determined and set out in the University calendar, shall normally, for the purposes of the LLB Honours Degree, comprise 15 weeks made up as follows: six weeks of teaching, one week one with week no formal weeks of teaching, for teaching revision (reading and oneweek), weeksix for examinations. 2.2 COURSE - A course shall be defined as in the General Regulations namely as a separately examinable portion of a programme and for the purposes of the LLB Honours regulations, a course unit shall normally be valued at two hours of lectures and half an hour of tutorials, thus the following definitions and course unit values shall apply: 2.2.1 a twenty unit course shall normally consist of 40 hours of lectures and 10 hours of tutorials and/or practical; 2.2.2 a ten unit course shall normally consist of 20 hours of lectures and five hours of tutorials and/or practicals; 2.3 DISSERTATION– The meaning of the term dissertation shall be as defined in the General Regulations. 2.4 FORMAL EXAMINATION – for the purposes of these regulations formal examination shall mean a written examination of specified duration written under the regulations or rules for end of course examinations at the University of Zimbabwe.
286
3.
ENTRY REGULATIONS 3.1 To be admitted to the programme, a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entry to degree studies at this University as prescribed under the entry requirements in the General Regulations, provided that mere satisfaction of the minimum requirements will not guarantee entry to the programme.
3.2 Subject to the provisions of the General Regulations governing special entry to undergraduate programmes a candidate may be exempted from such courses as may be recommended by the Board of the Faculty of Law to Academic Committee provided that no candidate shall be given credit of more than 240 units and provided that he/she shall not be permitted to complete the programme in less than four (4) successive semesters full-time or six successive semesters part-time from the date of first registration for the programme. Candidates admitted to the LLB Honours in terms of this regulation may not be given credit for the Dissertation (LB 470) or Clinical and Practical Skills Training (LB 401). STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME 4.1 Except in the case of special entry when a lesser period may be allowed, the LLB Honours Degree Programme shall require full-time study over a period of not less than eight (8) successive semesters or twelve (12) successive semesters part-time study. Normally a candidate will be required to complete the programme in not more than twelve (12) successive semesters of full–time study or eighteen successive semesters of part-time study from the date of first registration for the programme. 4.1.1 A candidate may, with the approval of the Faculty Board and Academic Committee, and on such conditions as those bodies shall determine, apply to transfer from full-time to part-time study or vice versa at the end of a semester. In such cases the Faculty Board shall recommend to Academic Committee the number of semesters within which the candidate shall complete the degree. A candidate shall not be permitted to effect transfer from full-time to part-time study or vice versa more than once within her/his undertaking of the degree programme. 4.2 The LLB Honours Degree shall consist of a minimum of 520 course units or a maximum of 530 units taken as follows: 4.2.1 Full Time: In the full-time programme each Level of the Programme shall consist of two successive semesters. 4.2.1.1 Level One – Level One Core Courses to the value of 60 units per semester 4.2.1.2 Level Two – Level Two Core Courses to the value of 60 units per semester. A candidate may, subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite courses for Level Two courses, proceed to Level Two from Level One carrying Level One courses not exceeding 40 units, providing that the total value of courses taken by such candidate may not exceed 60 units in a semester and the total number of units for both semesters may not exceed 120.
4.2.1.3 A candidate may only proceed from Level Two to Level Three of the programme if he or she has successfully completed all courses in Levels One and Two. For the purposes of completing all such courses a candidate who is repeating failed courses at Level Two or taking courses remaining at Level Two having failed courses at Level One and successfully completed those during Level Two shall not be regarded for the purposes of Regulation 4.1.1 of these regulations as read with Regulation 5.7 of the General Regulations as a part-time student. 4.2.1.4 Level Three — Courses, including core courses, not exceeding 80 units per semester and not exceeding 140 units for the Level. 4.2.1.5 Level Four – Subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite courses for Level Four Core courses and for Optional courses candidates may take, including core courses, courses up to, 80 units per semester provided that the total number of units taken at Level Four shall not exceed 150 units. 4.2.1.6 The general scheme of the full time programme is set out in Schedule 1 of these Regulations. 4.2.2 Part Time: In the part-time programme each Level of the Programme shall consist of three successive semesters. 4.2.2.1 Level One – Level One Core Courses to the value of 40 units per semester 4.2.2.2 Level Two – Level Two Core Courses to the value of 40 units per semester. A candidate may, subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite courses for Level Two courses, proceed ni to Level Two from Level One carrying Level One courses not exceeding 40 units, providing that the total value of courses taken by such candidate may not exceed 40 units in a semester and the total number of units for the three Level Two semesters may not exceed 120. 4.2.2.3 A candidate may only proceed from Level Two to Level Three of the programme if he or she has successfully completed all courses in Levels One and Two. 4.2.2.4 Level Three - Courses, including core courses, not exceeding 60 units per semester and not exceeding 140 units for the Level. Provided that a candidate who takes more than 40 units in a semester for the purposes of completing 140 units in Level Three shall not be regarded for the purposes of Regulation 5.7 of the General Regulations as a full-time student. 4.2.2.5 Level Four – Subject to the requirements relating to pre-requisite courses for Level Four Core courses and
for Optional courses candidates may take, including core courses, courses up to, 60 units per semester provided that the total number of units taken at Level Four shall not exceed 150 units. Provided that a candidate who takes more than 40 units in a semester for the purposes of completing 140/150 units in Level Four shall not be regarded for the purposes of Regulation 5.7 of the General Regulations as a fulltime student. 4.2.2.6 The general scheme of the part time programme is set out in Schedule 2 of these Regulations 4.3 Courses and Course Unit Values. CoreCourses Level 1 IntroductiontoLaw History of Roman Dutch Law Contract CriminalLaw ConstitutionalLaw StatutoryInterpretation
CoreCourses Level 2 CriminalProcedure Family Law Delict Civil Procedure CommercialLaw Evidence Level 3 Accounting for Legal Practitioners Civil Procedure (Superior Courts) Jurisprudence Property Law LegalEthics Level 4 Clinical and Practical Skills Training LB302 Dissertation
Course Codes Units P rerequisite
LB101 LB102 LB103 LB104 LB105 LB106
Codes
20 20 20 20 20 20 Course Units P rerequisite
LB201 20 CriminalLaw LB103 Lb203 20 LB204 20 LB206 20 Introduction to Law LB 101 LB207 20 Contract LB102 LB208 20 IntroductiontoLaw LB101, Criminal Law LB103 LB301 LB302 LB303 LB304 LB305
Lb401
LB 470
20 20 20 20 10 SeeRegulation4.4
40
40
Civil Procedure (Superior Courts)
287
288
Optional Courses LawofTaxation Law of Banking and Negotiable Instruments Administrative and LocalGovernmentLaw Environmental and Local Planning Law PublicInternationalLaw Labour Law LawofSuccession Criminology InsuranceLaw Law of Public and PrivateEnterprises International Economic and Trade Law Women's Law Industrial and Intellectual Property Law InsolvencyLaw Law of Public and Private Enterprises Conveyancing NotarialPractice Advocacy CustomaryLaw AlternativeDi sputeRe solution HumanRightsLaw PrivateInternationalLaw CompetitionLaw
LB002 LB003
students in level four. The Dissertation shall include a minimum of 10 hours of lectures, and or seminars, on research methodology and a minimum 10 hours of seminars, discussions or tutorials on analysis of research data and writing up of a dissertation. 4.5.1 The Board of the Faculty of Law shall assign a supervisor and an alternate supervisor from the academic staff of the Faculty to each candidate. Such supervisor, or alternate supervisor in consultation with the supervisor, shall supervise the preparation of the candidate's research proposal, research design and the writing up of the Dissertation. Assessment of the Dissertation shall be carried out as specified in regulation 6.1 of these regulations.
20 20
LB004 20 LB005 20 LB006 20 LB0082 0 LB009 20 LB010 20 LB011 20
5
ATTACHMENT During the degree programme, candidates shall be required to undertake and satisfactorily complete such period(s) as the Faculty may determine from time to time, normally of eight weeks (8) duration, within one or more branches of the legal profession, namely the Public Sector and/ or the Private Sector, such attachment shall be monitored and assessed by the Board of the Faculty of Law.
6.
ASSESSMENT OF CANDIDATES 6.1 Each course, other than Clinical and Practical Skills Training (LB401)
LB012 20 LB0132 0 LB015 20 LB0182 0 LB020 10 LB012 LB021 20 LB022 10 LB026 10 LB027 20 LB028 10 LB030 20 LB031 20 LB032 20
Property LawLB304 PropertyLaw LB304
PropertyLawL B304 PropertyLawL b304
4.4.1 The Faculty Board may, from time to time, determine in which semester a Core course may be taken provided that Legal Ethics LB305 may be taken as either a Level 3 or a Level 4 core course. 4.4.2 The Departmental Boards may, from time to time determine which optional courses shall be on offer to candidates for the degree, and in which semester such courses shall be offered. Provided that an optional course will not be offered in a semester if there are less than ten (10) candidates registered for that course. 4.5 The Dissertation shall have a course unit weighting of 40 units and shall be undertaken at level four of the degree programme for both full-time and part-time students. The dissertation shall be shall be carried out over two successive semesters for fulltime students in level four and over three successive semesters for part-time
Advocacy (LB026) and the Dissertation (LB470) shall be assessed by coursework assessment and a formal examination. 6.1.1 Subject to the provisions of regulations 6.2 and 6.3; coursework shall comprise between 20% - 30% of the marks for a course. The Faculty Board shall determine the percentage of the total mark for any course that shall be comprised by Coursework. Candidates shall be advised in writing at the commencement of a course the value, unless it is already stipulated in these regulations, that is to be given to course work in that course. 6.2 The assessment of the Clinical and Practical Skills Training course (LB401) shall be based on 20% for coursework, 40% for a practical examination and 40% for a two hour formal examination. 6.3 The assessment of the Advocacy course shall be based on 20% for coursework, 50% for a practical examination and 30% for a one and a half (11/2) hour formal examination. 6.4 In the Dissertation there shall be no formal examination but each candidate shall be required to choose a topic approved by the Faculty Board and to write a dissertation thereon in English in not less than 9000 but not more than 12000 words. The dissertation shall be submitted on or before the date set annually by the Board of the Faculty of Law for the submission of dissertations.
6.4.1 The marks awarded in the Dissertation shall be assigned, at the completion of each phase of the phases of the dissertation process, as follows Phase 1 Research Proposal/Research Design 10% (to be assessed when the Final Proposal is submitted) Phase 2 First Draft 20% (to be assessed when the First Draft is submitted) Phase 3 Final Draft 70% 6.4.2 The Dissertation shall be accorded an overall mark on the standard university marking scale. 6.5 Each formal examination shall be held during an examination period at the end of a semester, normally that of the semester in which the course is completed. 6.5.1 Departments within the Faculty of Law shall specify within the first two weeks of a semester in respect of each course being formally examined at the end of that semester which materials, if any, may be taken into the examination in each course for which the Department is responsible and whether they may be annotated or not. 6.5.2 The duration of the formal examination for courses shall be, unless otherwise stated in these regulations, as follows: 20 unit course 3 hours 10 unit course 2 hours Provided thatthat thea Faculty Boardbemay determine, appropriate, course may examined solelywhere by a practical or an oral examination or by a combination of formal and practical or oral examination. 6.6 A period of attachment shall be assessed on a pass/fail basis as follows: Student report on attachment period 50% Faculty appointed supervisor's assessment 30% Attachment placement allocated supervisor 20% Assessment shall be carried out as follows: 6.6.1 Each candidate must within fourteen (14) days of the commencement of the semester immediately following the period of attachment submit a report in the required form, on his/her period of attachment. Such report shall be marked by the Supervisor allocated by the Board of the Faculty of Law to the candidate out of 50 marks. 6.6.2 A supervisor from among the Academic Staff of the Board of the Faculty of Law shall be allocated to a candidate to supervise his or her attachment. Such supervisor shall, in the form prescribed by the Faculty Board, report on the performance of the candidate out of 30. 6.6.3 Prior to the commencement of attachment an appropriately qualified supervisor from the place of attachment shall be nominated from the place of attachment, subject to the
approval of the Board of the Faculty of Law, to supervise the candidate at the place of attachment. Such supervisor shall assess the candidate in the form prescribed by the Faculty Board and report on the performance of the candidate out of 20. 7.
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS AND DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 7.1 The processing of examination results and the determination of examination results for candidates shall be carried out as prescribed in Regulations 8 and 9, respectively, of the General Regulations, provided that in relation to a period of attachment the results shall be processed and determined as follows: 7.1.1 After the compilation of the marks for each candidate the Faculty of Law Board of Examiners shall determine whether a candidate has passed or failed the prescribed period of attachment. 7.1.2 Candidates who fail to satisfactorily complete attachment/s to which they are assigned, in t erms of Regulation 6.6, shall be required to repeat the period of attachment which has been failed.
8.
AWARD AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE 8.1 For the purpose of classification of the degree the marks obtained in all levels of the Programme shall be taken into account. 8.2 The degree shall be classified into the divisions provided for in Regulation 10.2 of the General Regulations.
9.
SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for Subjects/Courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
289
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTERS IN WOMEN'S LAW – MSWL 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 The Southern and Eastern African Regional Centre for Women's Law hereinafter referred to as SEARCW Land the University of Zimbabwe being aware of the professional, social and family constraints that affect women's capacity to pursue postgraduate studies on a full time basis away from their home countries have endeavoured to provide a flexible programme format which permits women candidates, in particular, to balance these components of their lives in their pursuit of postgraduate studies. 1.2 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework (hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations).
290
2. QUALIFICATIONSFORADM ISSION To be eligible for admission to the Masters in Women's Law, a candidate must have obtained a first degree in Law of an appropriate standard from this or another University, normally at second class level or above, provided that candidates with a lower academic ranking but who have a proven work record and/or research experience in women's law and related issues may still be considered. Candidates with first degrees in other disciplines may be considered if they have achieved the appropriate academic standard and have relevant postgraduate experience in areas related to women and law. In the selection process the candidate's post graduation work and other experience in areas related to women and the law will be taken into account. 3. PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE The programme will normally commence in January of each alternate year and will run until May of the following year.
3.1 The first semester shall consist of 16 weeks and will focus on theories, and methodologies in Women's Law and inter-related human rights. The first semester will be comprised of lectures, seminars, and research methodology practicals. The courses in this semester, which are all core courses are: Theories and Perspectives in Women'sLaw MWL501 20units Research Methodologies and MethodsinWomen'sLaw MWL502 20units HumanRightsandWomen MWL504 20units FieldResearch MWL503 20units 3.1.1 Contact hoursfor 20 unit courses arebased onthe following breakdown: Lectures 40 hours Seminars and seminar presentations 20 hours Practicals 20 hours The first semester will normally be conducted from January to March in the year in which the programme begins, although the University reserves the right to vary the time when the programme commences. 3.2 Between the first and second semesters students will be required to undertake a five week period of field research based at a selected site in Zimbabwe. Students will conduct research in groups and after the week of active field research shall analyse, write up and present their findings in individual reports based on individual topics within the broader group based thematic t opics. Contact hours and field work hours per student: Research Design 20 hours Field Research 30 hours FieldResearchSupervision: 5hours DataAnalysisSupervision 10hours Supervision,critiquingoffieldreports 10hours 3.3 The second semester which will run for 15 weeks, normally commencing in mid-June of the year in which a programme commences. In this semester candidates will:
3.2.1
take two options from the list of optional courses offered in the MSWL programme, which are:
Women, Land, Environmental Resources and LawMWL511 Women,Land,EnvironmentalResourcesandLaw MWL512 Masculinities,GenderandLaw MWL513 Women, Commerce and Law in Africa MWL 514 Women, Law Reform and Social Justice Strategies MWL 516 WomenandtheCriminalJusticeSystem MWL517 Women,Family,SocialRealitiesandLaw MWL518 Gender,LawandSexuality MWL519 Woman, Labour and Social Security Law MWL511 Masculinities,GenderandLaw MWL512 Women, Commerce and Law in Africa MWL 513 Women, Law Reform and Social Justice Strategies MWL 514 WomenandtheCriminalJusticeSystem MWL516 Women,Family,SocialRealitiesandLaw MWL517 Gender,LawandSexuality MWL518 Woman,LabourandSocialSecurityLaw MWL519
20units 20units 20units 20 units 20 units 20units 20units 20units 20units 20units 20 units 20 units 20units 20units 20units 20units
3.2.1.1 The SEARCWL shall determinewhich optional courses will be offered in each programme. 3.2.1.2 The SEARCWL may prescribe the maximum number of students who may take an optional course, the normal upper limit per optional course being 10 students. The SEARCWL may also prescribe the minimum number of students required for the mounting of a course, which would normally be not less than 5 students. 3.2.2. During the second semester candidates will determine their dissertation topic for the third semester and develop their dissertation proposal and field work methodology and methods under the guidance of supervisors approved by the Departmental Board of the SEARCWL and appointed by the Director of the SEARCWL. 3.4 In the third semester each candidate shall conduct field research and present for examination a 20 000-25 000 word dissertation in a selected field in Women's Law (see 3.2.2 above). The research for the dissertation should be carried out in the candidate's home country, the writing up will, normally, be conducted at the SEARCWL, University of Zimbabwe.
4.
SCHEMEOFASSESS MENT/EXAMINATION 4.1 The scheme of assessment for each course in the course work components of the degree shall be a combination of different forms of assessment: 4.1.1
Semester 1 Theories and Perspectives in Women's Law MWL 501 HumanRightsandWomen MWL504 In each of the above courses candidates will be required to submit one or two written assignment which will constitute 35% of the total marks for the course. And write a four (4) hour research examination which will constitute 65% of the total marks for the course. 4.1.1.1 Research Methodologies and Methods in Women's Law MWL 502 There shall be two components to this course: 1. Exploring research methodologies and methods which shall be assessed as follows: By two written assignments which shall constitute 25% of the marks for the course; and A three hour research examination which shall constitute 50% of the marks for the course 2. ILS/ITC which shall be assessed as follows: By practical/course work component which shall constitute 10% of the marks for the course and a one hour examination which shall constitute 15% of the marks for the course. 4.1.1.2 Research Examinations Candidates will be given the question paper for the research examination at 9.00 on the morning of the examination and will be required to hand in their completed paper by 13:00 on the same day. (Provided that in the Research Methodologies and Methods in Women's Law the research paper shall be of three (3) hours duration.) Candidates may write such examinations anywhere designated by the Director of the SEARCWL as an examination venue within the SEARCWL premises.
291
4.1.1.3 FieldResearchSemester1 MWL561 20units Candidates shall present an individual field report which shall constitute 100% of the marks for the Field Research. The report shall be presented in such format as from time to time prescribed by the Departmental Board of SEARCWL.
course is altered an alternative submission date will be set for the dissertation.Candidates shall be required to submit with their dissertation a consolidation of their findings and a recommended action plan which together shall not exceed in length one thousand (1000) words in length and which shall comprise 10 % of the marks awarded for the dissertation.
4.1.2 Semester 2 In each optional course offered the mode of assessment shall be a combination of assessment of seminar presentations, written assignments, practical exercises and a four (4) hour research examination. The research examinations shall follow the format prescribed in 4.1.1. The Departmental Board of the SEARCWL shall advise candidates, in writing, at the end of the first semester what form the assessment for each of the optional courses on offer in that academic year in the second semester shall take. However, normally, the assessment will be constituted as follows:
292
Seminar Presentations - 15% Written Assignment - 20% Practical Exercise - 15% Research Examination - 50% 4.1.3 Evidence ofIndependent Work In all presentations, assignments and practical exercises, regardless of the course being pursued, each student shall be required to submit a separate written assignment or separate evidence of work carried out for presentations or practical exercises even if the initial preparation and consultations were carried out in the form of group work. 4.1.4 Semester 3 Dissertation MWL560 60units Candidates shall submit a dissertation between 20 000-25 000 words on an approved topic (see 3.3 above), normally, not later than 15 May in the year after that in which they enrol for the Masters in Women's Law. Provided that where the timing of the
Candidates shall submit one printed copy of the dissertation and an electronic copy of the dissertation. The dissertation and the electronic copy shall be prepared using such word processing programme/s as is, from time to time, prescribed by the Director of the SEARCWL. 5.
DETERMINATION AND NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS In determining the results of each candidate the following shall apply: 5.1 The coursework components of the degree plus the field research report shall be given a combined weighting of 60%, with each course work component having equal weight with the other course work components and the field research report, the dissertation shall be given a weighting of 40% in the computation of the overall classification of the degree. Candidates must pass each course to be awarded the degree. Provided that where a candidate fails a single course he or she may rewrite that course when it is next on offer, and shall do so at his or her expense. 5.2 In all other respects results shall be published and degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
6. SYLLABI In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations detailed syllabuses for subjects/courses do not form part of the General or Faculty Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
4.
REGULATIONS FOR THE BSC HONOURS AND BSC DEGREES 1.
2.
APPLICATIONS OF THESE R EGULATIONS 1.1. These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2 These Regulations are in respect of programmes for the following degrees offered by the Faculty of Science: BSc Honours Degree BSc Degree 1.3 The appropriate Degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed an approved Programme in accordance with these Regulations.
Biology
Chemistry
DEPARTMENTS Courses are available in the following Departments within the Faculty of Science: Biochemistry
Biological Sciences
Chemistry
Computer Science
Geography and
Geology
Environmental Science Mathematics
Physics
Institute of Food, Nutrition and Family Sciences
Statistics
Geography
Mathematics
4.1.2
4.1.3 4.1.4
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS Course Unit In the Faculty of Science a course unit is defined so that a course with a weighting of ten (10) course units shall be taught in 48 contact hours at the rate of four (4 ) contact hours a week for a semester with at least two (2) and not more than three of those hours being lectures.
3.
ENTRY REGULATIONS 4.1 In order to qualify for normal entry to an Undergraduate Degree Programme in the Faculty of Science, a prospective student must satisfy the Entry Regulations specified in the General Regulations and in so doing, must also meet the following Faculty requirements: 4.1.1 have obtained a Pass at A Level in at least two of the following subjects or their recognised equivalents:
4.1.5
AND have obtained a Pass at O Level in a third subject chosen from those listed in Section 4.1.1; AND have obtained a Pass at O Level in Mathematics. have obtained a Pass at A-Level in at least two subjects including Mathematics and be a prospective student in one Programme chosen from the BSc Honours in Computer Science, the BSc Honours in Mathematics or the BSc Honours in Statistics. have obtained a Pass at A-Level in at least two subjects including Geography, have obtained a Pass at O-Level in Mathematics and be a prospective student in one Programme chosen from the four Programmes offered by the Department of Geography and Environmental Science.
NOTE: There are restrictions on the combinations of certain subjects. See Schedule B2 of the General Regulations. 4.2 While the above requirements apply to entry to the Faculty of Science as a whole, the following specific qualifications, or an approved equivalent, are NORMALLY required by the indicated Departments for initial entry to courses in that Department:
293
Biochemistry
ALevel ChemistryandALevel Biology
Biological Sciences
A Level Biology or recognised equivalent
Chemistry
ALevelChemistry
ComputerScience
ALevelMathematics
Geography& Environmental Science
A Level Geography
Geology
A Level in Mathematics and at least one of Biology, Chemistry or Physics
Mathematics
A Level Mathematics
Physics
A Level Physics or A Level Physical Science and A Level Mathematics
Statistics
A Level Mathematics
Food, Nutrition and Family Sciences
A Level Chemistry and O Level Biology or a recognised equivalent
294
NOTE:
5.
These requirements refer to qualifications obtained prior to entry to the University. Courses and subjects may have additional pre-requisites based on courses studied at the University.
STRUCTURE OF D EGREE PROGRAMMES 5.1 BSC Honours Degrees 5.1.1 Except in the case of special entry, where a lesser period may be allowed, a BSc Honours Degree Programme requires full time study over a period of four years. Normally a student will be required to complete the Programme in not more than eight years from the date of first registration for the Programme. 5.1.2 Each student admitted to studies in the Faculty of Science shall, in the first instance, be admitted to a BSc Honours Degree Programme. A BSc Honours Degree Programme shall consist of distinct courses with a total weighting of at least 480 course units which shall consist of taught courses worth at least 360 course units in a single Programme, including a course HBS111 Entrepreneurship and a course HBS201
Business Management for Scientists , these latter courses shall be core courses in every BSc Honours Programme, and a period of Industrial Attachment normally extending over one Academic Year worth 120 course units and two additional core courses in Communication Skills, (CSSC101 and CSSC102). At initial registration a student shall register for Level 1 courses worth at least 60 course units taken from the Level 1 Semester 1 courses of the programme for which he/she is registering and, in addition, shall register for the Communication Skills Course CSSC101. At the start of the second semester, he/she shall register for further courses worth at least 60 course units from the Level 1 Semester 2 courses of his/her chosen Programme. Normally courses worth at least 120 course units will be taken at Level 2 and further taught courses worth at least 120 course units will be taken at Level 4. The Industrial Attachment will normally be at Level 3 but may be delayed to Level 4 if the dissertation project is carried out at the place that the st udent is assigned for her/his Industrial Attachment in which case the Level 4 courses, other than the dissertation project, will be taken at Level 3. While courses shall be designated as Semester 1 or Semester 2 courses, those courses may be taught in the other semester if circumstances, such as staff availability, so demand subject to the approval of the Dean of Science. 5.1.3 In a BSc Honours Degree Programme, a student must pass at least one project course examined by a dissertation and having a weighting of at least 20 course units, hereinafter referred to as the Dissertation Project. This course must be a Level 4 course and will normally be taken in the final year of study. This course shall be listed as a core course in the Special Regulations for the Programme of which it forms a portion. In an Honours Degree Programme the weighting of each additional project course shall be at least 10 course units and the total weighting of project courses in an Honours Degree Programme shall not exceed 40 course units. 5.1.4 Final year honours students may be required to be in attendance in the Department outside normal University semesters to carry out work on the dissertation project course. 5.1.5 In a given Programme offered in a particular department a student may be required or allowed to take courses from an ancillary Programme up to a total of at most 100 course units provided that such courses are at the appropriate level in the Programme from which they are taken.
HGGB Geographical Geography and 12.7 These courses may be offered by Faculties other than the Biogeosciences Environmental Faculty of Science. Science 5.1.6 A department will normally assist each student in a Programme under its control to find a place in a suitable HGGH Geographyofthe Geography and 12.8 institution or commercial firm to undertake his/her Industrial Human Environment Environmental Attachment. The appropriate department must approve the Science choice of the place of attachment and must liaise with that GLH Geology Geology 12.9 institution so that a suitable person, to be called the Placement Supervisor, employed by that institution, is MTH Mathematics Mathematics 12.10 appointed to supervise the student's performance at that institution. The department will assign a member of academic PHH Physics Physics 12.11 staff to supervise each student's period of attachment. Such a Statistics Statistics 12.13 supervisor, to be called the Attachment Supervisor, must be in STSH regular communication with the student and his/her BScFS Food Science and IFNFS 12.14 Placement Supervisor and shall visit the student at his/her Technology place of attachment at least three times during the period of attachment. HNS Nutritional Science IFNFS 12.16 5.1.7 The following BSc Honours Programmes will be offered in the Faculty of Science. Each Programme shall be described as the “BSc Honours Programme in” followed by the title as listed 5.2. Upgrading of a BSc Degree to a BSc Honours Degree. below 5.2.1 A person who holds a BSc Degree of the University of CODE
TITLE
REGISTERING DEPARTMENT
SECTION FOR SPECIAL REGULATIONS
BCH
Biochemistry
Biochemistry
12.1
BZH
Biological Sciences
Biological Sciences
12.2
CHH
Chemistry
Chemistry
12.3
CTH
ComputerScience
ComputerScience
12.4
HGGENV
Environmental Science
Geography and Environmental Science
12.5
HGGIS
Geographical Information Science and Earth Observation
Geography and Environmental Science
12.6 5.2.2
Zimbabwe qualification with a major in has an passed appropriate subject or an equivalent and that major subject in the upper second division or a higher division, may apply to the University to be admitted to studies in the Faculty of Science to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree Programme offered by the appropriate department under these Regulations. A person who has passed the major subject in the lower second division and has at least two years of postgraduate experience that is likely to have improved her/his knowledge and understanding of the major subject may be admitted to a Programme offered by the appropriate department subject to a qualifying examination that confirms that his/her knowledge and understanding has in fact improved. The upgrading programme will normally be a two year fulltime programme but may be taken over four years on a part time basis. A student admitted to this programme will normally undertake the Industrial Attachment and Level 4 of the BSc Honours Programme. In doing so, the student will t ake Level 4 courses worth at least 120 course units, including the
295
5.3
296
Dissertation Project course (specified in 5.1.3.) from that Programme (If in the particular Programme, the Industrial Attachment is at Level 4, the student will have to take the relevant number of courses at Level 3, the Industrial Attachment and the Dissertation Project specified in 5.1.3). He/she may also be required to take and pass lower level courses that she/he did not take or did not pass in the BSc Programme so that the total number of credits obtained in the given subject in the BSc Programme and in the upgrading Programme is at least 480 course units. Where such a student has been in suitable employment for at least a year after graduating from the BSc Programme, he/she may apply to Senate for exemption from the Industrial Attachment. If Senate agrees to such an exemption the length of the programme shall be reduced accordingly. BSc Degree 5.3.1A student registered for a BSc Honours Degree Programme whose progress is delayed by the failing of courses may either opt to change his/her BSc Honours Programme, retaining 5.4 credit for courses he/she has passed which form part of the new Programme, or may opt to do a BSc Degree in two distinct major subjects. This latter course of action will normally be taken by a student who, at the end of the third or fourth year after initial registration, has not completed Level 2 of his/her BSc Honours Programme or has not completed that Level of the Programme with sufficiently good passes. For the purposes of this Section a major subject is defined to be the title of the BSc Honours Degree Programme, as listed in Section 5.1.7, from which the courses taken are chosen. The major subjects may include the subject of his/her srcinal choice of BSc Honours Programme or two different major subjects. However the student must satisfy the entry requirements for the two major subjects he/she chooses to do in the BSc Degree programme. Moreover the student must complete the BSc Degree Programme in not less than four years nor more than eight years from the time of his/her srcinal registration for the BSc Honours Degree Programme. 5.3.2 A BSc Degree Programme shall consist of distinct courses with a total weighting of at least 480 course units. The Programme shall include two distinct major subjects as defined in 5.3.1
chosen from the BSc Honours Programmes listed in 5.1.7 ( excluding those offered by IFNFS) from which the courses shall be chosen and shall include a period of Industrial Attachment in one of the major subjects. For a major in a subject, a student must study courses worth at least 180 course units in that subject, including all core courses listed in the Special Regulations for the appropriate Programme. Of these courses, courses with a weighting of at least 80 course units must be Level 2 or higher level courses. The level of a course is that assigned to the course in the Special Regulations for the relevant BSc Honours Programme. In satisfying these conditions a course may only be counted once. 5.3.3 It should be noted that, for each type of Degree and for each Programme, while studying a course, a student will be expected to attend lectures and shall be required to attend all practicals and tutorials in that course and to complete all items of continuous assessment according to the published timetable, regardless of the number of courses he/she is registered for. SelectionofCourses 5.4.1 For each Level 2 or higher level course all pre-requisites that apply to that course and whether it is a core course shall be listed in the Special Regulations for the Programme of which that course forms a portion. A student shall not be admitted to a Level 2 or higher level course unless he/she has passed all pre-requisites for that course prior to the start of the semester in which he/she intends to study that course. A student shall study all co-requisite courses for each course for which he/she registers at the same time as or at an earlier time than that course. Passing a co-requisite course cannot be a condition for passing a course. 5.4.2 A student may be required to include in his/her Programme approved courses offered by other faculties up to a total equivalent to, at most, 80 course units. The weighting allocated to a course from another Faculty shall be that allocated to the course by that other Faculty. Normally a course will only be approved if it is fully compatible with these Regulations. 5.4.3 A student's selection of courses for a Degree Programme is subject to the approval of the Dean of Science and the Boards of all relevant Departments and t o the following conditions:-
6.
5.4.3.1 The course combination is feasible in terms of the timetable. 5.4.3.2 The student shall not register for courses worth more than 80 course units in a semester. 5.4.3.3 The chosen courses must enable the student to complete his/her Programme in as close to the minimum period as is possible and the student must include courses that will allow him/her to complete the requirements for agiven level in preferenceto higher level courses wherever possible. 5.4.3.4 The student shall not be allowed to carry a Level 1 course into Level 3 of his/her programme. 5.4.4 A student shall register at the start of each semester and may only register for courses offered in that semester.
6.7
ASSESSMENTOFCOURSES 6.1 The assessment of a practical course shall be based on wr itten reports submitted during the course according to a schedule laid down by the appropriate Departmental Board. 6.2 The assessment of a field course or a project course shall be based on written reports or on a dissertation submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. Students shall be notified of this date at the start of the course. 6.3 The assessment of the Industrial Attachment shall be based on 4 marks, a mark from the Placement Supervisor which shall be justified by a brief written report, a mark from the Attachment supervisor which shall also be justified by a brief written report, a mark for the student's written report and a mark for the presentation by the student based on his written report. The final mark for the Industrial Attachment shall be calculated on those four marks weighted in the ratio 1:4:4:1. 6.4 The assessment of a course containing theory and practical components shall be based on an end of course theory examination, continuous assessment (including both theory and practical work) and may include an end of course practical examination. 6.5 All other courses shall be assessed by continuous assessment and an end of course examination. 6.6 The end of course examination for a course worth 10 course units shall be of two hours duration, A course worth 20 course units shall normally have a three hour end of course examination, but if there is a practical component to the course the end of course theory examination may be two hours long.
6.9
6.8
6.10
6.11
Where a course has an en d of course practical examination, the end of course practical examination may be held at a time and venue different from that of the end of course theory examination for the same course. The duration of the end of course practical examination shall be specified in the Special Regulations for the subject, but shall not be greater than ninety minutes in the case of a course worth 10 course units nor greater than three hours in the case of a course worth 20 course units. An end of course practical examination shall have the same weighting as the end of course theory examination. A course with an end of course practical examination shall contain a practical component in the continuous assessment. The continuous assessment may be entirely practical or contain theory and practical components, but the relative weightings shall be stated in the Special Regulations for the subject. In a course with a theory and a practical component the weightings of the continuous assessment mark and the end of course examination mark need not be within the limits stated in the General Regulations but these weightings must be stated in the Special Regulations for the subject. Furthermore the continuous assessment weightings shall be between 25% and 75% of the overall mark for the course. For each course that contains a theory and a practical component, the appropriate Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine for each student a theory continuous assessment mark, a practical continuous assessment mark, an end of course theory examination mark, an end of course practical examination mark (where appropriate), an overall theory mark, an overall practical mark, an overall mark and a final mark for the course. If a student obtains an overall mark of at least 50%, an overall theory mark of at least 50% and an overall practical mark of at least 40%, that student shall pass the course and the final mark for the course shall be the overall mark for the course. If a student obtains less than 50% in the overall theory mark for the course and an overall practical mark of at least 40%, the student shall fail the course and his final mark for the course shall be the overall mark or 48%, whichever is the lesser. If a student obtains an overall practical mark of less than 40% the student shall fail the course and the final mark shall be the overall mark or 48%, whichever is the lesser For each practical course, field course or project course and for each student, the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine a final mark for that student for that course based on the assessment of the written reports or of the dissertation submitted by that student. The Panel shall determine whether the student has passed or failed the course.
297
6.12 For all other courses the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine, for each student, a continuous assessment mark, an end of course examination mark, an overall mark, a final mark and whether the student has passed or failed. The final mark for that course for that student shall be the overall mark for that course. 6.13 Each Departmental Panel shall submit, for each course under its control and for each student enrolled in that course, the final mark and the result to the Faculty Board of Examiners. For each student it shall indicate the number of credits obtained in courses under its control. 7.
298
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS 7.1 The examination results of a student shall be determined in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 7.2 The overall result PASS: GRADUATE shall apply to a student who has completed all the requirements for the Programme he/she is registered for. 7.3 The overall result PASS: PROCEED shall apply to a student who has passed all the prescribed Level 1 OR Level 2 OR Level 3 courses, as the case may be, in the given programme. 7.4 The overall result INCOMPLETE: PROCEED CARRYING (followed by a list of courses to be carried) shall apply to a student who has: 7.4.1 at least 100 credits at Level 1,OR 7.4.2 who has passed all prescribed Level 1 courses and has at least 100 credits at Level 2 OR 7.4.3 who has passed all prescribed Level 1 courses, has at least 100 credits at Level 2 and has completed the Industrial Attachment. 7.5 The overall result INCOMPLETE: REPEAT FAILED COURSES shall apply to a student in Level 1 who has at least 60 credits but less than 100 credits or has passed all the prescribed courses at Level 1 and at Level 2 has at least 60 credits but less than 100 credits or to a student who, at the end of the academic year was expected to complete the requirements for the Programme for which he/she is registered but has failed to meet the requirements for graduating. No student in this category shall be permitted to register for any course at a higher Level. 7.6 The overall result INCOMPLETE: ALLOWED TO APPLY TO REPEAT FAILED COURSES shall apply to a student who has less than 60 at the Level for which he/she is currently registered or who has failed
courses during the current academic year at more than one Level. Such a student, if allowed to repeat, shall only be permitted to register for courses she/he has failed. 8. REPEATING OF COURSES Normally a student who fails a course and elects to repeat that course will be required to repeat the entire course including attending all lectures, all tutorials, all practicals, writing the end of course examination and doing all items of continuous assessment. 9
AWARDING A DEGREE AND CLASSIFICATION OF THAT DEGREE 9.1 To be eligible for the award of a BSc Honours Degree in a particular Programme a student must satisfy ALL of the following conditions: 9.1.1 have passed courses worth at least 480 course units, of which courses, courses worth at least 120 course units shall be Level 1 courses, courses worth at least 120 course units shall be Level 2 courses, courses worth at least 120 course units shall be t he Industrial Attachment and courses worth at least 120 units shall be Level 4 courses, except that if the Industrial Attachment in the particular Programme is at Level 4,the student must pass courses worth at least 120 course units at Level 3 or a higher level; AND 9.1.2 of the courses passed, at least one shall be the Dissertation Project course with a weighting of at least 20 course units; AND 9.1.3 have passed all cor e courses listed in the Spe cial Regulations for that Programme; AND 9.1.4 have passed the Commu nications Skills courses CSSC101 and CSSC102. 9.2 To be eligible for the award of a BSc Honours Degree after being admitted to the Programme to upgrade a BSc Degree to a BSc Honours Degree, as described in Section 5.2, a student must satisfy ALL of the following conditions: 9.2.1 have passed Level 4 courses worth at least 120 course units, except that if the Industrial Attachment in the particular Programme is at Level 4,the student must pass courses worth at least 120 course units at Level 3 or a higher level; AND 9.2.2 of the courses passed at least one course shall be the Dissertation Project with a weighting of at least 20 course units; AND
9.2.3
9.2.4
have passed all courses that he/she was required to take at Level 1 and Level 2 in order to improve the total number of credits obtained in the major subject in the BSc Degree and in the upgrading Programme to at least 480 course units including the Industrial Attachment UNLESS he/she has been exempted by Senate from the Industrial Attachment. have passed all core courses listed for a major in that subject in the BSc Degree and all core courses listed in the Special Regulations for the upgrading Programme.
9.3 To pass a major subject in a BSc Degree Programme a student must: 9.3.1 pass each core course listed in the Special Regulations in the appropriate BSc Honours Programme; AND 9.3.2 pass courses worth at lea st 180 course units in that subject. At least 80 of the course units passed must be for Level 2 or higher level courses. 9.4 Tobe eligible for the award of a BSc Degree a student must have: 9.4.1 passed twoma jor subjects; AND 9.4.2 passed courses worth at least 480 c ourse units including the Industrial Attachment. Courses worth at least 160 course units shall be for courses at Level 2 or a higher level; AND 9.4.3 passed the Communications Skills courses CSSC101 and CSSC102. 9.5
Each Departmental Panel of Examiners shall, having determined that a student is eligible for the award of a BSc Honours Degree in a particular Programme, determine the division in which he/she has passed that Degree. 9.5.1 In classifying the pass in a BSc Ho nours Degree Programme the Board shall consider the weighted aggregate of three marks, 9.5.1.1 The Level 2 mark which shall be the aggregate of the marks for the Level 2 courses worth 120 course units that the student has passed that give the student the highest aggregate, provided that all Level 2 core courses listed in the Special Regulations for that Programme are included. 9.5.1.2 The Industrial A ttachm ent mark obtained according to Section 6.3 above. 9.5.1.3 The Level 4 mark which shall be the we ighted aggregate of the mark for the Dissertation Project course worth at least 20 course units and the marks for the Level 4 courses with a weighting of the
difference between 120 courses units and the weighting of the Dissertation Project that the student has passed that give the student the highest aggregate, provided that all Level 4 core courses listed in the Special Regulations for that Programme are included. If the Industrial Attachment in that particular Programme is at Level 4, then the Level 4 mark shall be replaced by the Level 3 mark which shall be the weighted aggregate of the mark for the Dissertation Project course worth at least 20 course units and the marks for the Level 3 courses with a weighting of the difference between 120 courses units and the weighting of the Dissertation Project that the student has passed that give the student the highest aggregate, provided that all Level 3 core courses listed in the Special Regulations for that Programme are included. 9.5.1.4 The weighted aggregate of these three marks shall be obtained by multiplying the Level 2 mark by 2, the Industrial Attachment mark by 1 and the Level 4 mark or Level 3 mark (as appropriate) by 4. 9.5.1.5 The classification of the degree will then be determined according to the General Regulations except that if the student takes longer than three years to complete Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4, the division of the pass shall be the third division. 9.5.2 In classifying the pass in a BSc Honours Degree in an upgrading Programme the Board will consider the weighted aggregate of two marks, the Industrial Attachment mark and the Level 4 mark or the Level 3 mark (as appropriate) calculated as in 9.5.1.2 and 9.5.1.3 above, respectively and the weighting shall be as described in 9.5.1.4. If the student has been exempted from doing the Industrial Attachment the division of the pass shall be determined using the Level 4 mark or the Level 3 mark (as appropriate). If the student takes longer than the minimum period to complete the upgrading Programme, the division of the pass shall be the third division.
299
9.5.3
9.6
In classifying the pass in a BSc Degree Programme the Faculty Board of Examiners shall consider the weighted aggregate of three marks, the Industrial Attachment mark and the Level 2 marks for each of the major subjects obtained as described in 9.5.1.2 and 9.5.1.1 respectively. The weighting of the various marks shall be achieved by multiplying Level 2 marks by 2 and Industrial Attachment marks by 1. The division shall then be obtained using the General Regulations. The Degree Certificate shall record that the student has been awarded the BSc Honours Degree in the appropriate Programme, with the area of specialization enclosed in parentheses and the classification accorded to the Degree or that the student has been awarded the BSc Degree, with the major subjects studied in that Degree and the classification accorded to that Degree.
10. NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS A list of results shall be published in accordance with Section 12 of the General Regulations.
300
11. SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR EACH SUBJECT Co-requisite courses are preceded by a slash “/”
11.1 BIOCHEMISTRY (BCH) 11.1.1 LEVEL 1 (BCH 1) A student shall take courses worth at least 60 course units in each semester. SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HCH102
Inorganic Chemistry
HCH105
General Chemistry
HBC101
CellBiologyand Microbiology
HBC102
Practical Techniques in Biochemistry 1a
HBC103
Handling Experimental Data
HBC104
Chemistry of Carbohydrates and Lipids
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10 10 10 Core
10
10
10
SEMESTER 2 PRE REQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HCH101
Physical Chemistry
10
HCH103
Organic Chemistry
10
HBC105
Chemistry of Amino Acids and Proteins
HBC106
Chemistry of Nucleic Acids
HBC107
Protein Structure and Function
HBC108
EnzymesandBioenergetics:
HBC109
Practical Techniques in BiochemistryCore 1b
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
DESIGNATION
COURSE UNITS
10
10 Core
10
Core
Core
10 HBC102
10
10
11.1.2 LEVEL2(BCH2) A student shall take courses worth at least 60 course units in each semester. SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
CO URSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE REQUISITE/ CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HBC201
Practical Techniques in B iochemistry 2a
Core
HBC109
10
HBC202
Metabolism of Amino Acids and Proteins
HBC203
Metabolism of Carbohydrates and Lipids
Core
10
HBC204
Molecular Biology and Metabolism of Nucleic Acids 1
Core
10
HBC205
Nutrition an d In tegration of Metabolism
HBC206
Plant Biochemistry
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
10
Immunology
HBC208
MechanismsofEnzymeAction
HBC108
10
HBC209
Molecular Biology 2
HBC204
10
HBC210
Membrane Biochemistry
HBC213
Practical Techniques in Biochemistry 2b
IndustrialAttachment
Core
PREREQUISITE/ CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
120
10 Core
HBC207
Enzyme Biotechnology
HBC380
DESIGNATION
SEMESTER 1 In addition to the Project (HBC470) and the two core courses, each student shall take optional courses worth at least 30 course units.
10
COURSEDESCRIPTION
Molecular Endocrinology
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Each Student shall take the Dissertation Project (HBC470) which is carried out over the two semesters. Optional courses may not be offered in some semesters depending on availability of staff and student demand for specific courses.
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HBC 401
Practical Techniques in Biochemistry 3
Core
10
HBC402
Clinical and Environmental Toxicology
Optional
10
HBC 403
Biochemistry o f Parasites and Vectors
Optional
10
HBC404
Molecular Virology including HIV
Optional
10
HBC405
Biochemistry Literature Surveys.
10
HBC406
Natural Products
Optional
10
10
HBC470
Dissertation Project
Core
-----
SEMESTER 2
HBC212
SEMESTERS 1 and 2 COURSE CODE
11.1.4 LEVEL 4 (BCH 4)
10
COURSE CODE
HBC211
11.1.3 LEVEL 3 (BCH 3)
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10
10
Core
HBC201
10
Core
PREREQUISITE/ CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10
301
SEMESTER 2 In addition to the Project (HBC470), each student shall take optional courses worth at least 50 course units. DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISIT E
COURSE UNITS
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HBZ106
MolecularBiology1
CoreforOption1
HBC407
Plant Polysaccharides
Optional
10
HBZ107
Genetics 1
Core for Option 1
HBC408
Clinical Biochemistry
Optional
10
HBZ108
Ecology 1
HBC409
Bioinformatics
Optional
10
HBZ109
Biometrics 1
HBC410
Plant Biotechnology
Optional
10
HBZ110
Biosafety
HBC411
Animal Biotechnology
Optional
10
HBZ111
Cytology and Histology
HBC412
Xenobiochemistry
Optional
01
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
HBC470
Dissertation Project
Core
20
11.2 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BZH) For the Degrees: BSc Honours in Biological Sciences (Microbiology and Genetics} BSc Honours in Biological Sciences (Botany) BSc Honours in Biological Sciences (Zoology) BSc Honours in Biological Sciences (Ecology)
302
11.2.1 LEVEL 1 (BZH 1) SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HBZ101
Origins of Life on Earth
10
HBZ102
Microbiology 1
10
HBZ103
Plant Biodiversity
Core for Option 2
10
HBZ104
Animal Biodiversity
Core for Option 3
10
HBZ105
Methods in Biology
HCT120
Introduction to the Use of Computers
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
PREREQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10 10 10
Core
10 10 10
Core
10
11.2.2 LEVEL 2 (BZH 2) Each student, before embarking on Level 2 and higher level studies must select one of the following areas of specialization which he/she shall follow in Level 2 and Level 4. Option1 Genetics/Microbiology Option3 Zoology Option2 Botany Option4 Ecology In the two semesters combined, each student shall take the core courses, optional courses worth at least 60 course units from the option chosen as the main area of specialization and optional courses worth at least 30 course units from options other than the main area of specialization. SEMESTER 1 COURSEDESCRIPTION COURSE CODE
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HBZ C 201
Cell Biology
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
10
HBZ M201
Bacteriology
CoreforOption1
HB ZM202
Mycology
Core for Option 1
10
HBZM 203
Virology
Core for Option 1
10
HBZ M204
Immunology
Option 1
HBZ B201
PlantFormandFunction
Core
10
10
10
10
10
CoreforOption2
10
HBZ B202
Plant Taxonomy
Option 2
10
HBZ B203
Plant Physiology
Option 2
10
HBZ Z201
InvertebrateBiology
HBZ Z202
Tetrapod Biology 1
HB ZZ03
AnimalPhysiology
Option3
11.2.3 LEVEL 3 (BZH 3)
10
CoreforOption3
10
HBZZ 204
Histology 2
Option 3
HBZE 201
Ecology 2
Core for Option 4
HBZ E 202
Plant Ecology
Option 4
10
HBZ E 203
Animal Ecolog y
Option 4
10
HBZE205
Ecoregions
HBZ111
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HBZ380
IndustrialAttachment
DESIGNATION
11.2.4 LEVEL 4 (BZH 4) Each student shall take the Dissertation Project (HBZ470,) which is carried out over the two semesters and has a weighting of 40 course units. Some optional courses may not be offered in some semesters depending on availability of staff and student demand for specific courses.
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSEDESCRIPTION
HBZ C202
Biometrics 2
HBZ G201
MolecularBiology2
PREREQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
HBZG202
Population and Quantitative Genetics
HBZ G203
Cytogenetics
HBZ B204
Pteridophytes&Gymnosperms
Option2
10
HBZ B205
Zimbabwean Flora
Option 2
10
HBZB206
Diversity of Angiosperms
Option 2
HBZP202
Entomology 1
Core forOption 3
HBZZ205
AnthropodBiology
HBZP201
Parasitology 1
CoreforOption3
HBZZ204
Ornithology 1
Core forOption 3
10
HBZ M403
Plant Pathology
Option 1
HBZE206
Global Climate Change
Option 4
10
HBZ B401
EvolutionaryBotany
Option2
HBZE207
Environmental Impact Assessment Option 4
10
HBZB402
HBZE208
Animal Ecotoxicology
10
PollinationandR eproductive Biology
Core
COURSE UNITS
10 HBZ106
Option 1
HBZ107
Option 1
HBZ107
In addition to the Dissertation Project (HBZ470) and the core course, each student shall take optional courses, chosen from the main area of specialization,chosen at Level 2, worth at least 60 course units and at least one other optional course chosen from any option.
10 10
10
10 10
Option3
Option 4
COURSE UNITS 120
10
COURSE CODE
CoreforOption1
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Core
10
Option 4
DESIGNATION
SEMESTERS 1 and 2
10
Option 3
10 HBZ2Z01
10
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDE SCRIPTION
HBZ C401
Research Methods
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HBZ G401
AppliedGenetics
HBZ G402
Biotechnology
HBZ G403
EvolutionaryGenetics
Option1
HBZ107;HBZ2G02
HBZM 401
EnvironmentalMicrobiology
Option1
HBZ2M01;HBZ2M02
10
HBZM 402
IndustrialMicrobiology
Option1
HBZ2M01;HBZ2M02
10
Core Option1
10 HBZ107
Option 1
Option 2
COURSE UNITS
10 10 10
10 HBZ103 HBZ103
10 10
303
HBZ B403
PlantSystematics
Option2
HBZ103;HBZ2B02
10
HBZZ408
Mammalogy
Option 3
10
HBZ B404
PlantEcophysiology
Option2
HBZ103
10
HBZE406
Lentic Systems Ecology
Option 4
10
HBZ B405
Economic Botany
Option2
10
HBZE407
Aquaculture
Option 4
10
HBZ B406
PlantConservationBiology
Option2
HBZE408
Rangeland Ecology
Option 4
10
HBZ Z401
Ichthyology
HBZ4S02
Geographic Information Systems
Option 4
10
HBZ Z402
Ornithology2
HBZ470
Dissertation Project
Core
HBZ Z403
TetrapodBiology2
HBZ Z404
EndocgrinePhysiology
HBZ Z405
Ethology
HBZP 401
Parasitology& Histopathology
HBZ E 401
WetlandsEcology
HBZ E 402
EcosystemsManagement
HBZE403
Fisheries Biology
Option 4
10
HBZE404
Lotic Systems Ecology
Option 4
10
HBZ103
10
Option 3
10
Option3
HBZ2Z04
10
Option3
HBZ2Z02
10
Option3
10
Option 3
40
11.3 CHEMISTRY (CHH)
10
11.3.1 LEVEL 1 (CHH 1)
304
Option3
HBZ2Z04;HBZ2P01
Option4
10
Each student shall take the nine compulsory Chemistry courses, HBS111 and optional courses worth at least 20 course units.
10
Option4
10
SEMESTER 1
HBZE405
Wildlife Ecology
Option 4
10
COURSE CODE
HBZ4S01
Biological Modelling
Option 4
10
HCH102
Inorganic Chemistry 1
Core
10
HCH104
Analytical Chemistry 1
Core
10
HCH105
GeneralChemistry
Compulsory
10
HCH106
MineralProcessing
Compulsory
10
HCH109
Mathematics for Chemists
Compulsory
10
HCT113
Programming 1
Optional
10
HBC104
Chemistry of Carbohydrates and Lipids
Optional
10
HPH105
Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Optional
10
HSTS102
Applied Statistics 1
Optional
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HBZ G404
GeneticControlMechanisms
HBZ G405
Bioinformatics
HBZ M404
DevelopmentalBiology
HBZ B407
Ethnobotany
Option 2
HBZB408
Herbarium & Botanic Gardens Management
Option 2
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Option1
COURSE UNITS 10
Option 1
10
Option1
HBZ Z406
NeuromuscularPhysiology
HBZP402
Entomology 2
Option 3
HBZZ407
Comparative Animal Physiology
Option 3
10 10 HBZ4B03
10
Option3
10 HBZ2P02
10 10
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HCH101
Physical Chemistry 1
Core
HCH103
Organic Chemistry 1
Co re
10
HCH107
Mineral Technology
Compulsory
10
HCH108
MaterialsChemistry
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10
HBC105
Chemistry of Amino Acids and Proteins
Optional
10
HBC106
Chemistry of Nucleic Acids
Optional
10
COURSE
COURSE
CODE
DESCRIPTION
HCH201
QuantumM echanics
Compulsory
HSTS112
Logic Design and Switching Circuits
Optional
Applied Statistics 2
Optional
10
HCH204
10
HCH101
10
Spectroscopic
Core
HCH104
10
Spectroscopic
10
Surface Chemistry
HCH210
Solid State Chemistry
10 10
HCH211
Medicinal and Natural
10
Product Chemistry
11.3.3 LEVEL 3 (CHH 3)
305
SEMESTERS 1 AND 2 COURSE UNITS
COURSE
10
HCH480
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HCH202
MainGroupand Transition Metal Chemistry
Core
HCH203
OrganicChemistry2
HCH205
Production Chemistry
10
HCH206
Polymer and Industrial Organic
10
Core
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HCH102
HCH103
10
Chemistry Computer Modelling and Computational
10
Chemistry Management for Scientists
Core
HCH209
10
COURSE CODE
Business
UNITS
Methods of Analysis 2
SEMESTER 1
HBS201
COURSE
Methods of Analysis 1
11.3.2 LEVEL 2 (CHH Each student shall take2) all courses
HCH207
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
and Spectroscopy
HCH208
HCT109
DESIGNATION
10
Core
10
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
CODE Industrial Attachment
Core
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 120
11.3.4
11.4
LEVEL 4 (CHH 4)
Each student shall carry out the Dissertation Project(HGC470) over both semesters. All courses are compulsory. SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HCH401
Chemical Kinetics
HCH404
Electrochemical and Chromatographic Methods
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Core
COURSE UNITS
10
Core
10
HCH405
Organometallic and Bioinorganic Chemistry
10
HCH406
Inorganic Synthesis and Heterocyclic Inorganic Systems
10
HCH407
Environmental Chemistry
10
HCH470
DissertationProject
Core
SEMESTER 2 Each student shall continue with the Dissertation Project and shall take all other courses listed below. ION
DESIGNATION
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HCT113
Programming 1
HCT112
Fundamental Mathematics
HCT120
Introduction to the Use of Computers
Practical
HSTS101
Probability Theory 1
Optional
HMTH101
Calculus 1
10
HMTH102
Linear Mathematics 1
10
COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPT
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HCH402
CoordinationChemistry
Core
HCH403
Organic Synthesisand Spectroscopy
Core
HCH408
Theoretical Chemistry
HCH409
Bioorganic Chemistry
10
HCH410
Fourier Transform and Hyphenated Techniques
10
10 10
10
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Practical
COURSE UNITS
10 10 10 10
SEMESTER 2 Each student shall take all five non-optional courses and at least one optional course
20
306
COMPUTER SCIENCE (CTH) 11.4.1 LEVEL 1(CTH 1)
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HCT108
DataStructuresandAlgorithms
HCT109
Logic Design and Switching Circuits
HCT114
InternetProgramming
DESIGNATION
Core/Practical
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO -REQUISITE HCT113
Practical
Practical Optional
COURSE UNITS 10 10
HCT113
10
HSTS111
Statistical Inference 1
HSTS101
HMTH111
Calculus 2
10
HMTH101
10
HCT 115
Electronics
Optional/Practical
10
HBS 111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10
11.4.2 LEVEL 2 (CTH 2)
11.4.3 LEVEL 3 (CTH3)
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HCT207
IntroductiontoDataCommunication
HCT216
Programming2
Practical
HCT211
Database Concepts
Practical
HCT215
Microprocessors, Microcontrollers and Interfacing
HBS201
BusinessManagementforScientists
HCT201
Operating Systems
Core
HMTH202
Linear Mathematics 2
Optional
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Practical
Practical
HCT113
COURSE UNITS
SEMESTERS 1 & 2 Industrial Attachment shall be for at least 10 months COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
10 10
HCT380
Industrial Attachment
Core
HCT109
Core
SEMESTER 1 Each student shall take all five non-optional courses and at least one optional course
10 10 HMTH102
10
HCT424 HCT 401
Each student shall take all five non-optional courses and at least one optional course
HCT214
Discrete Mathematics
HCT210
Software Engineering
DESIGNATION
120
11.4.4 LEVEL 4 (CTH 4)
10
COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
COURSE UNITS
10
SEMESTER 2
COURSE CODE
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HCT112
Core
COURSE UNITS
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
DesignandAnalysisofAlgorithms Computer Graphics
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO -REQUISITE
HCT108 Practical
HCT403
ApplicationofDatabase Systems
Optional/Practical
HCT 402
Introduction to Parallel Processing
Optional
HCT 411
Knowledge Based Systems
Optional
HCT 414
Computer Networks
Practical
HCT 408
Numerical Analysis
HCT 426
Research M ethods
COURSE UNITS
10 10
HCT211
10 10 10
10
HCT207
10
HCT112
10
10
HCT204
Artificial Intelligence
HCT206
Design of Information System
Optional/Practical
10
HCT226
Programming Languages
Practical
HCT222
Computer Organization& Architecture
HCT233
Operations Research
Optional
10
HCT 260
Project
Core
10
10 10 HCT215
10
Core
10
307
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2
Each student shall take all five non-optional courses and at least one optional course. Each student shall start HCT470 in Semester 1. COURSE CODE HCT4 24 HCT 415
DESIGNATION
TheoryofComputation
HCT 406
Formal Languages
HCT 428
Visual Programming
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HCT214
VLSI Design
HCT 416
308
COURSED ESCRIPTION
Optional
COURSE UNITS 10 10
Optional
10 10
Human Computer Interaction Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Optional
10
HCT 412
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
Optional
10
Computer Security
HCT 470
Dissertation
11.5
HCT407
10
Core
20
GEOGRAPHY HO NOURS IN EN VIRONMENTAL SCI ENCE (HGGENV) 11.5.1
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGG1005
EarthSystemDynamics2
HGG1006
EnvironmentalScience
HGG 1007
Ecosystems and Biomes
Core
HGG1009
Spatial Statistics 2
Core
HGG1010
Spatial Analysis
Core
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurial Skills
Core
10
Core
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HGG1004
Core
COURSE UNITS 10 10 10
HGG1008
10
10
HCT 413
HCT 420
COURSE CODE
LEVEL 1 (HGGENV 1)
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUIS ITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HGG1000
GeographicThoughtandPractice
Core
10
HGG1001
GeographicalDataandAnalysis
Core
10
HGG1002
Geography of the Human Environment
Core
10
HGG1003
Human Society and the Environment
Core
10
HGG1004
Earth Sy stem Dynamics 1
Core
10
HGG1008
Spatial Statistics 1
Core
10
11.5.2 LEVEL 2 (HGENVG 2)
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HGGENV2000
GeographicInformationScience
Core
10
HGGENV2001
Remote Sensing
Core
10
HGGENV2002
Environmental Systems Analysis I
Core
10
HGGENV2004
Environmental Modelling 1
Core
10
HGGENV2006
Environmental Monitoring
Core
10
HGGENV2007
Biodiversity Conservation
Core
10
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
10
SEMESTER 2 Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall select a maximum of two optional courses. COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCR PTIONI
DESIGNATION
PRE REQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
HGGENV2003
Environmental SystemsAnalysis2
Core
HGGENV2002
10
HGGENV2005
EnvironmentalModelling2
Core
HGGENV2004
10
HGGENV2008
NaturalHazardsandSociety
HGGENV2010
Ecological Restoration
Optional
10
HGGENV2011
Wildlife Management and Park Design
Optional
10
HGGENV2012
Spatial Epidemiology
Optional
10
HGGENV2013
Environmental Pollution and Waste Management
Optional
10
Core
DESIGNATION
HGGENV3000
IndustrialAttachment
Core
Core
HGGENV4004
Environmental Impact Assessment Project
Core
HGGEN V4005
Global Environmental Change 1
Core
HGGENV4 003
10
10
Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall select a maximum of two optional courses.
10
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO -REQUISITE
10
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTERS 1 and 2 COUR SE DESCRIPTION
Environmental Impact Assessment 1
COURSE UNITS
11.5.3 LEVEL 3 (HGGENV 3)
COURSE CODE
HGGENV4003
COURSE UNITS
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE REQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
HGGENV4006
Global Environmental Change 2
Core
HGGENV4 005
HGGENV4007
Water Resources Modelling and Management
Core
HGGENV4008
Dissertation Project
HGGENV4009
EnvironmentalLawandPolicy
HGGENV4010
RangelandManagement
Optional
10
HGGENV4011
ResourceManagement
Optional
10
11.6
COURSE UNITS
10 10
Core
20
Optional
10
GEOGRAPHICAL IN FORMATION SCIENCE A ND EARTH OBSERVATIONS (HGGIS)
120
11.6.1 LEVEL 1 (HGGIS 1) 11.5.4 LEVEL 4 (HGGENV 4) SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGGENV4000
ResearchMethods
HGGENV4001
NaturalResources Management
Core
Forest Carbon Mapping and Modelling
Core
HGGENV4002
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HGG1000
Geograp hic Thought and Practice
HGG1001
GeographicalDataandAnalysis
HGG1002
Geography of t he Human Environment
Core
10
HGG1003
Human Society and the Environment
Core
10
HGG1004
Earth System Dynamics 1
Core
10
HGG1008
Spatial Statistics 1
Core
10
10
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Core
Core
10
10
10
309
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HGG1005
Earth System Dynamics 2
Core
HGG1004
HGG1006
EnvironmentalScience
Core
10
HGG1007
Ecosystems and Biomes
Core
10
HGG1009
Sp atialStatistics2
Core
HGG1010
SpatialAnalysis
Core
HBS111
Entrepreneurial Skills
HGG1008
COURSE UNITS
HGGIS2000
GeographicInformationScience1
Core
HGGIS2001
Remote Sensing
Core
HGGIS2002
EnvironmentalSystemsAnalysis1 Core
HGGIS2004
Global Positioning Systems and Applications
Core
10
HGGIS2006
Spatial Analysis with GIS 1
Core
10
HGGIS2008
Natural hazards and Society
Core
10
HGGIS2003
EnvironmentalSystemsAnalysis2
HGGIS2005
Global Positioning Systems and Applications 2
HGGIS2011
GIS and Remote Sensing of Natural Hazards
Optional
10
HGGIS2012
Computer Programming for GIS
Optional
10
HGGIS2013
GIScience for Agricultural Applications
Optional
10
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGGIS3000
Industrial Attachment
Core
10
Core Core
PRE- REQUISI TE/ CO-REQUISITE HGGIS2002 HGGIS2004
COURSE UNITS 120
SEMESTER 1
10 10
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
11.6.4 LEVEL 4 (HGGIS 4)
10
Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall select a maximum of two optional courses. COURSEDESCRIPTION
10
COURSE UNITS
SEMESTER 2
COURSE CODE
10
SEMESTERS 1 and 2
COURSEDE SCRIPTION
Core
HGGIS2006
11.6.3 LEVEL 3 (HGGIS 3)
COURSE CODE
Business Management for Scientists
Optional
10
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Core
10
SEMESTER 1
HBS201
GIScience for Environmental Modelling
10
11.6.2 LEVEL 2 (HGGIS 2)
310
SpatialAnalysiswithGIS2
HGGIS2010
10
Core
DESIGNATION
HGGIS2007
COURSE UNITS 10 10
COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Core
COURSE UNITS
HGGIS4000
ResearchMethods
HGGIS4001
GIS Implementation in Organizations
Core
10
HGGIS4002
Remote Sensing and Image Processing 1
Core
HGGIS4004
Geographical Information Science 2
Core
HGGIS4005
Sensors and Earth Observing Systems
Core
10
HGGIS4006
Geodatabase Design and Management 1
Core
10
10
10
HGGIS2000
10
SEMESTER 2 Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall select a maximum of two optional courses. COURSE CODE
HGGIS4003
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Remote Sensing and Image Processing 2
Core
HGGIS4002
HGGIS4007
Geodatabase Design and Management 2
Core
HGGIS4008
Dissertation Project
HGG IS4009
GIScience for Infrastructure and Asset Manageme nt
Optional
10
HGG IS4010
GIScience and Remote Sensing for Natural Resources Management
Optional
10
HGG IS4011
Algorithms in GIS Modelling
Optional
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGG1005
EarthSystemDynamics2
HGG1006
EnvironmentalScience
HGG1007
Ecosystems and Biomes
Core
HGG1009
Spatial Statistics 2
Core
HGG1010
Spatial Analysis
Core
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurial Skills
Core
10
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HGG1004
Core
COURSE UNITS 10 10
10
HGGIS4006
10
Core
20
10 HGG1008
10
11.7.2 LEVEL 2(HGGB 2) SEMESTER 1
HGG IS4012
Hyperspectral Remote Sensing
Optional
10
COURSE CODE
HGG IS4013
Advanced Pattern Recognition in Remote Sensing
Optional
10
HGGB2000
Geographic Information Science
HGGB2001
Remote Sensing
Core
10
HGGB2 002
EnvironmentalSystemsAnalysis1
Core
10
HGGB2004
Fundamentals of Weather, Climate and Ecosystems
Core
10
11.7
GEOGRAPHICALBIOGEOSCIENCES(HGGB ) 11.7.1 LEVEL 1 (HGGB 1) DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Core
10
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HGGB2005
Introduction to Water and Landscapes
Core
10
HGG1000
GeographicThoughtandPractice
Core
10
HGGB2006
Biogeochemical Cycles 1
Core
10
HGG1001
GeographicalDataa ndAnalysis
Core
10
HBS201
Business Managementfor Scientist s
Core
10
HGG1002
Geography of the Human Environment
Core
10
HGG1003
Human Society and the Environment
Core
10
HGG1004
Earth System Dynamics 1
Core
10
HGG1008
Spatial Statistics 1
Core
10
311
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2
Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall select a maximum of two optional courses.
Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. A student shall select a maximum of two optional courses.
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HGGB2003
Environmental Systems Analysis 2
Core
HGGB2002
COURSE UNITS 10
HGGB2002
BiogeographyandEcosystems2
HGGB2007
Biogeochemical Cycles 2
Core
HGGB2006
10
HGGB2005
Core
HGGB2008
Natural Hazards and Society
Core
FluvialandWatershed Geomorphology
HGGB2007
Applied Hydrology
Core
HGGB2009
Dissertation Project
HGGB2010
Climatology and Global Climate Change
Optional
10
HGGB2011
Global Ecosystem Dynam ics and Monitoring
Optional
10
HGGB2012
Environmental Hydrology
Optional
10
10
HGGB2010
Landscape Ecology
Optional
10
HGGB2011
Spatial Ecology and Wildlife Management
Optional
10
HGGB2012
ClimateScienceandModelling
HGGB2013
Hydrology and Wa ter Resources Management
Optional
10
Optional
10
DESIGNATION
Core
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HGGB2001
COURSE UNITS 10
HGGB2005
10
10
Core
20
11.7.3 LEVEL 3 (HGGB 3)
312
11.8
SEMESTERS 1 and 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGGB3000
Industrial Attachment
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
11.8.1 LEVEL 1 (HGGH 1) SEMESTER 1
120
11.7.4 LEVEL 4 (HGGB 4) SEMESTER 1 PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
GEOGRAPAPHY OF THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT (HGGH)
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
COURSE UNITS
HGGB2000
Research Methods
Cor e
10
HGGB2001
Biogeography and Ecosystems 1
Core
10
HGGB2003
Climate and Environmental Ch ange
Core
10
HGGB2004
Geomorphology & Soil Geography
Core
10
HGGB2006
Hydrology
Core
10
HGGB2008
Ecosystem Modelling
Core
10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HGG1000
GeographicThoughtandPractice
Core
10
HGG1001
GeographicalDataandAnalysis
Core
10
HGG1002
Geography of the Human Environment
Core
10
HGG1003
Human Society and the Environment
Core
10
HGG1004
Earth System Dynamics 1
Core
10
HGG1008
Spatial Statistics 1
Core
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HGG1005
EarthSystemDynamics2
SEMESTER 2 DESIGNATION
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HGG1004
Core
EnvironmentalScience
HGG1007
Ecosystems and Biomes
Core
10
HGG1009
Spatial Statistics 2
Core
HGG1010
Spatial Analysis
Core
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurial Skills
Core
10
10 HGG1008
10
11.8.2 LEVEL 2 (HGGH 2) SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
HGGH2000
GeographicInformationScience
Core
10
HGGH2001
Remote Sensing
Core
10
HGGH2002
Human Ecology
HGGH2003
Fundamentals of Social and Economic Geography
HGGH2004
Economic Geography
HGGH2005
Fundamentals of Population Geography
Core
10
HGGH2006
Energy, Society and the Environment
Core
10
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
10
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
select a maximum of two optional courses
10
HGG1006
DESIGNATION
Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. A student shall
COURSE UNITS
COURSE UNITS
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HGGH2007
NaturalHazardsandSociety
HGGH2008
DisasterRiskManagement
Core
10
HGGH2009
BusinessManagementforScientists
Core
10
HGGH2010
Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation
Optional
10
HGGH2011
Fundamentals of Transport Studies
Optional
10
HGGH2012
Human Dimensions of Climate Change
Optional
10
HGGH2013
Spatial Modelling of Social-Ecological Optional Systems
10
HGGH2014
Geography of World Commerce
10
Core
COURSE UNITS 10
Optional
313
10
Core
COURSE CODE
11.8.3 LEVEL 3 (HGGH 3) 10
SEMESTERS 1 and 2 Core
10
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGGH3000
IndustrialAttachment
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 120
11.8.4 LEVEL 4 (HGGH 4)
11.9
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HGGH4000
Research Methods
HGGH4001
Population and Core Environmental Sustainability
10
HGGH4002
Urban Landscapes and Infrastructure
Core
10
HGGH4003
Advanced Social and Economic Geography
Core
10
HGGH4004
Migration Patterns and Drivers
Core
10
HGGH4005
Spatial Population Analysis 1 Core
10
Core
COURSE UNITS 10
SEMESTER 2 Not all optional courses will be on offer every year. Each student shall
314
GEOLOGY(GLH) 11.9.1 LEVEL 1 (HGL 1) SEMESTER 1
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO -REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HGL101
IntroductiontoMineralogy
Core
10
HGL102
IntroductiontoPetrology
Core
10
HG L103
Introduction to Geochemistry
HGL104
Introduction to Structural Geology and Tectonics
HGL105
Applied Geology 1
10
HGL106
Economic Geology 1
10
COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
HGL111
GIS and Remote Sensing
HGL112
Sedimentology
HGL109
Introduction to Maps and Fieldwork
Core
HGL101,HGL102
10
HGL119
Crystallography and Silicate Structures
Core
HGL101,HGL102
10
HGL120
Advanced Mineralogy
Core
HGL101,HGL102
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10 Core
10
SEMESTER 2 DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUIS ITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
select a maximum of two optional courses. COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGGH4006
SpatialPopulationAnalysis2
HGGH4007
Environmental and Soc ial Imp act Assessment (ESIA)
HGGH4008
Dissertation Project
HGGH4009
Geography of Tourism and Recreation
Optional
10
HGGH4010
Geographies of Crime
Optional
10
HGGH4011
Gender and the Environment
Optional
10
HGGH4012
Human Vulnerability Analysis and Disaster Response
Optional
10
Core Core
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HGGH4006
COURSE UNITS 10 10
20
10 HGL102
10
10
11.9.4
11.9.2 LEVEL 2 (GLH2)
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HGL401
Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
HGL402
Geochemistry andGeochronology
HGL403
Advanced Structural Geology
HGL404
Basin Analysis and Hydrocarbon Geology
10
HGL405
Hydrogeology, Environmental Geology and Engineering Geology
10
HGL406
Ore Deposit Studies,
10
HGL407
Geostatistics and Ore Petrography
10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HGL423
Mini-Project
10
HGL470
Dissertation Project.
Core
30
10
HGL453
Fieldwork
Core
10
COURSE UNITS
HGL201
Igneous Petrology
HGL101
10
HGL202
Metamorphic Petrology & Thermodynamics
HGL101
10
HGL206
Economic Geology 2
HGL204
Rock Deformation and Structures
HGL205
Geotectonics(Platetectonics)
HGL203
HGL106
10
HGL109
10
HGL104
Geochemistry
HGL103
10
ResearchMethods
Optional
10
HBS201
BusinessManagement forScientists
Core
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSEDE SCRIPTION
HGL215
Applied Geology 2
HGL217
MiningGe ologyA pplications
HGL218
Exploration Geology
HGL223
Geological Evolution of Southern Africa
HGL281
Fieldwork 1
11.9.3
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10
10 10
10
HGL220
COURSE CODE
Level 4(GLH4) SEMESTER 1
SEMESTER 1
SEMESTER 2 DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HG L105
Core
COURSE UNITS
10
10 Core
HGL109
10
Level3 (GLH3) SEMESTER 1 & SEMESTER 2
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HGL380
Industrial Attachment
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 120
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10
315
11.10
MATHEMATICS (MTH)
11.10.2.
11.10.1.
In each semester a student shall take all the non-optional courses andtwo optional courses, the optional courses shall be chosen from one of the following Options: the Pure Mathematics Options (Option 1), the Applied Mathematics Options (Option 2) OR the Statistics Options.(Option 3)
LEVEL 1 (MTH1)
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
HMTH101C
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
alculus 1
HMTH102
Linear Mathematics 1
HSTS101
Probability Theory 1
COURSE UNITS
10
SEMESTER 1
10 /HMTH101, HMTH102
10
HCT113
Programming 1
10
HMTH103
Introduction to Number Theory
10
HCT120
Introduction to Use of Computers
10
SEMESTER 2
316
Each student shall take the non-optional courses and at least one optional course. COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HMTH111
Calculus 2
HMTH112
Mathematical Discourse and Structures
HMTH113
Ordinary Differential Equations
LEVEL 2 (MTH 2)
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HMTH101
COURSE UNITS
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HMTH201
Analysis 1
Core
HMTH101
10
HMTH202
LinearMathematics2
Core
HMTH102
10
HMTH212
Numerical Methods
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
HMTH204
Vector Calculus
Option 2
HMTH111
10
HMTH224
Introduction to Mathematical Option 2 Modelling
HMTH113
10
HMTH007
Number Theory
Option 1
HMTH 112
10
HMTH005
Algebra 1
Option 1
HMTH 112
10
HSTS201
Theory of Estimation and Testing of Hypotheses
Option 3
HSTS111
HSTS213
Probability Theory 2
Option 3
HSTS 101
10 10
10 HMTH101,HMTH102
HMTH114
Mathematical Packages
Practical
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10
HSTS111
Statistical Inference
Optional
HCT108
Data Structures and Algorithms
Optional
10
HMTH115
Decision Theory
Optional
10
HSTS101,HMTH 101
COURSE CODE
10
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HMTH101
COURSE UNITS
10 10
10
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HMTH221
Optimisation
HMTH 231
Analysis 2
11.10.4. DESIGNATION
Complex Variables
HMTH232
Fourier Series and Partial Differential Equations
HMTH214
Mechanics
COURSE UNITS
HMTH201
10
HMTH101
10
HMTH101
10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HMTH321
HMTH
Option 2
HMTH204
Option 2
HMTH215
Graph Theory
Option 1
HMTH015
Algebra 2
Option 1
HSTS212
Design and Analysis of Experimental Data
Option 3
HSTS205
Demography
Option 3
10
HSTS203
Time Series Analysis
Option 3
10
Multivariate Methods
11.10.3.
Real Analysis 3
DESIGNATION
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HMTH231
COURSE UNITS 10
10
Introduction to Financial Mathematics
HSTS215
LEVEL 4(MTH4) SEMESTER 1
A student shall take the core courses HMTH 470 and HMTH 321 Real Analysis 3 and four other courses. The Dissertation Project is worth 20 course units and is taken over both semesters.
10 Core
HMTH236
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HMTH201
HMTH322
ComplexAnalysis3
Optional
HMTH231,HMTH236
HMTH 329
Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations
Optional
HMTH212
10
HMTH334
Numerical Solutions of PDEs
Optional
HMTH212
10
HMTH328
Partial Differential Equations 1 Optional
HMTH232
10
HMTH038
Group Theory 1
Optional
HMTH239
Fluid Mechanics 1
Optional
HMTH 204,HMTH
HMTH035
Commutative Algebra 1
Optional
HMTH015
HMTH
Stochastic Control Theory
Optional
HMTH470
Dissertation Project
Core
10
10
10 HMTH005
10 10
Option 3
10
LEVEL 3 (HMTH 3)
10 10
214 10 10 -
SEMESTERS 1 and 2
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HMTH380
Industrial Attachment
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
SEMESTER 2 A student shall take the core courses HMTH 470 and Real Analysis 4 and four other courses. The dissertation is worth 20 course units and is taken over both semesters.
COURSE UNITS 120
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HMTH
RealAnalysis4
Core
DESIGNATION
HMTH231,HMTH321
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HMTH
CommutativeAlgebra2
Optional
HMTH035
10
HMTH
ComplexAnalysis4
Optional
HMTH322
10
10
317
HMTH
DynamicalSystemsand Chaos
Optional
HMTH
FiniteElementMethods
HMTH
PartialDifferentialEquations2
HMTH
GroupTheory2
Optional
HMTH038
10
HMTH
FluidMechanics2
Optional
HMTH239
10
HMTH470
Dissertation
Optional Optional
10
HMTH334
10
HMTH328
10
Core
20
1. The list below is of Level 4 courses which may or may not be on offer in a particular year. The courses on offer and the semester in which they will be taught will be listed at the time of registration for the first semester.
COURSE CODE HMTH323
COURSEDESCRIPTION
RealAnalysis5
HMTH324C omplex Analysis 5
318
HMTH326
AppliedGroupTheory
HMTH 327F luid Mechanics HMTH330
PerturbationTheory
HMTH331 CalculusofVariations HMTH332 C ontrolTheory
DESIGNATION
Optional
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE HMTH321
Optional Optional
HMTH015
Further Numerical Methods with Optimisation
HMTH 036
Topology
HMTH 037
SetTheory
HMTH 339
Field Extensions and Galois Theory
Optional
HMTH015
HMTH
Logic
Optional
HMTH037
HMTH
Population Dynamics
Optional
HMTH224
HMTH
Advanced Graph Theory 1
Optional
Advanced Graph Theory 2
HMTH232, HMTH231
Optional Optional
Optional
11.11
A student shall register for courses worth at least 60 course units in Semester 1 and for courses worth at least 60 course units in Semester 2. SEMESTER 1
10 10
10 HMTH015
PHYSICS (PHH) 11.11.1 LEVEL 1 (PHH 1)
10 10
HMTH234
HMTH 333
HMTH
Optional
10 10
Optional Optional
2.
10 HMTH322
Optional Optional
COURSE UNITS 10
A candidate registered for BSc Honours Degree in Mathematics may take, as part of Level 4 of his/her BSc Honours in Mathematics Level 4, courses worth at most forty course units from among the following Statistics courses: HSTS403 Advanced Probability Theory 1, HSTS4412 Advanced Probability Theory 2, HSTS423 Econometrics, HSTS425 Operations Research, HSTS416 Stochastic Processes 1, HSTS417 Stochastic Processes, HSTS408 Risk Theory 1, HSTS418 Risk Theory 2 Notes: Each student shall submit the dissertation for HMTH 470, prepared using TEX or LATEX, of between 50 and 60 pages by not later than the end of teaching in the second semester of his/her final year. The student will be required to present at least three seminars on his/her project during the year and may be required to attend an oral examination. A student will be expected to spend most of the va cation between the first and second semester working on the Dissertation Project which forms part of HMTH 470. This work will normally require him/her to be in attendance in the Department.
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10 10
HPH101
Mechanics 1
HPH102
Electricity and Magnetism
10
HPH103
Waves and Optics 1
10
HPH110
Physics Laboratory 1
10 10 10 10
10
Core
10
HMTH101
Calculus 1
10
HMTH102
Linear Mathematics 1
10
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HPH104
Fluid Mechanics and Thermal Physics
HPH105
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Electronics 1
HPH111
Physics Laboratory 2
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HPH206
Quantum Mechanics 1
HPH207
Electronics 2
HPH209
Solid State Physics 1
DESIGNATION
PRE REQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10
Atomics and Nuclear Physics 1
HPH106
HMTH111
DESIGNATION
10 HPH106
10
10
Core
Calculus 2
10
10
HPH211
PhysicsLaboratory4
HPH110
10
HMTH113
HMTH101
10
Ordinary Differential Equations
HCT215
Microcontrollers, Microprocessors and Interfacing
Optional
10
HPH212
Medical Physics 1
Optional
10
HPH213
Meteorology 1
Optional
10
HPH214
Nanoparticle Physics 1
Optional
10
HPH215
Telecommunication
Optional
10
HCT113
Programming 1
Optional
10
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10
11.11.2 LEVEL 2 (PHH 2) A student shall register for course worth at least 60 course units in Semester 1 and for courses worth at least 60 course units in Semester 2. Of those courses, courses worth not more than 20 course units shall be optional courses.
Core
HPH210 HMTH102
10 10
Systems 1 HPH216
Geophysics 1
Optional
10
HPH217
Renewable Energy Sources1
Optional
10
HPH218
Environmental Physics 1
Optional
10
HPH219
Topics in Astrophysics 1
Optional
10
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PREREQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
HPH201
Mechanics 2
HPH202
Electromagnetism
HPH102
10
HPH203
Waves and Optics 2
HPH103
10
HPH205
Atomic and Nuclear Physics 2
HPH105
10
HPH210
Physics Laboratory 3
HPH111
10
HMTH202
Linear Mathematics 2
HMTH102
10
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
HPH101
Core
Core
COURSE UNITS
10
10
319
11.11.3 LEVEL 3 (PHH 3)
SEMESTER 2
A student shall register for the industrial attachment, which should be carried out for a period of not less t han 10 months at an approved institution of training. COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HPH380
Industrial Attachment
11.11.4
DESIGNATION
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Core
LEVEL 4 (PHH 4)
320
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HPH401
Solid State Physics 2
HPH402
ElectromagneticTheory
HPH403
Quantum Mechanics 2
HPH404
Research Methods
HPH405
Special Theory of Relativity
HPH47 0
Dissertation Project
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HPH406
ClassicalDynamics
HPH407
Statistical Physics
COURSE UNITS
HPH408
Electronic Instrumentation
HPH409
Element ary Particle Physics
HPH470
Dissertation Project
HPH410
MedicalPhysics2
HPH411
Meteorology 2
HPH412
NanoparticlePhysics2
HPH413
TelecommunicationSystems2
Optional
HPH214
10
HPH414
Geophysics 2
Optional
HPH215
10
HPH201
10 10 10 10
Core Optional Optional Optional
20 HPH211 HPH212
HPH415
RenewableEnergy2
Optional
HPH216
HPH416
EnvironmentalPhysics2
Optional
HPH217
CO-REQUISITE
UNITS
HPH417
TopicsinAstrophysics2
HPH206
Optional
10 10
HPH213
COURSE
HPH202
10
10 10
HPH218
10
10 10
11.12
10
20
STATISTICS(STS H) 11.12.1 LEVEL 1 (STSH 1) SEMESTER 1
10 10
Core
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/
HPH209
Core
COURSEDE SCRIPTION
120
A student shall register for the Project (HPH470), which is carried out in both semesters and for additional courses worth at least 50 course units in Semester1 and for additional courses worth at least 50 course units in Semester2. A student may not register for more than 20 course units worth of optional courses COURSE CODE
COURSE CODE
Each student shall choose at least one optional course COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HSTS101
Probability Theory 1
Core
DESIGNATION
10
HSTS102
Applied Statistics 1
Core
10
HSTS104
Statistical Computing 1
HSTS114
Official, Social and Economic Statistics
Optional
10
HMTH101
Calculus 1
Core
10
HMTH102
Linear Mathematics1
Core
10
HCT113
Programming 1
Optional
10
Core
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
10
SEMESTER 2 Each student shall choose at least two optional course DESIGNATION
COURS ECODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HSTS111
StatisticalInference1
Core
10
HSTS112
Applied Statistics 2
Core
10
HMTH111
Calculus2
HMTH112
Mathematical Discourse and Structures Ordinary Differential Equations
Optional
Data Structures and Algorithms
Optional
Entrepreneurship
Core
HMTH113
HCT108
HBC111
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
SEMESTER 2 Each student shall choose at least 2 optional courses.
HMTH101
COURSE UNITS
10 10
Optional
HMTH102
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HSTS212
Designa ndA nalysis of Experiments
HSTS203
Time Series Analysis
HSTS214
SurveyT echniques and Sampling Theory
Optional
HSTS215
Multivariate Methods
Core
HSTS216
Industrial Quality Control
Optional
HSTS204
Statistical Computing 2 Core
HSTS205
Demography
Optional
HMTH231
Analysis 2
Optional
HMTH232
Fourier Series and Partial Differential
10
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Core
10
Core
10 10
HSTS211
10 10
HSTS104
10
10
10
10 HMTH201
10
HMTH101
10
321
Equations
11.12.2 LEVEL 2 (STSH 2) SEMESTER 1 Each student shall choose at least 1 optional course.
11.12.3 LEVEL 3 (STSH 3) SEMESTER 1 and 2 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HSTS201 HSTS213
Theory of Estimation and Testing of Hypotheses ProbabilityTheory2
HSTS211
Regression Analysis and ANOVA
Core
HMTH201
Analysis 1
Optional
HMTH101
10
HMTH202
Linear Mathematics 2
Core
HMTH102
10
HMTH212
Numerical Methods
Optional
HMTH101
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
Core Core
PRE - REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HSTS111 HSTS101 HSTS112
10 10 10
10 10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HSTS380
IndustrialAttachment
DESIGNATION
Core
PRE-REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 120
11.12.4 LEVEL 4 (STSH 4) SEMESTER 1 Each student shall take the Dissertation Project (HSTS470), which is done in both semesters and is worth 20 course units, and shall choose optional courses worth at least 30 course units.
322
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HSTS403
AdvancedProbabilityTheory1
HSTS416
StochasticProcesses1
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HMTH201,HMTH2 31 HSTS213 Core
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HSTS412
AdvancedProbabilityTheory2
Optional
HSTS403
10
HSTS417
StochasticProcesses2
Optional
HSTS417
10
10 HSTS418
RiskTheory2
HSTS426
Survival Models
Optional Optional
HSTS408 HSTS406
10 10
HSTS411
General Linear Models 2
Core
HSTS401
10
HSTS414
Reliability Theory
Optional
HSTS213
10
HSTS415
Dynamic Regression
Optional
HSTS211
10
HSTS413
Quality Management
Optional
10
10
HSTS470
Dissertation Project
Core
20
10
HSTS402
Non-ParametricStatistics
10
HSTS408
RiskTheory1
Optional
HSTS213
10
HSTS401
GeneralLinearModels1
Core
HSTS211
10
HSTS425
Operations Research
Optional
HSTS423
Econometrics
Optional
HSTS406
Bioassays and Modelling
Optional
10
HSTS405
Statistical Ecology
Optional
10
HSTS407
Actuarial Topics
Optional
10
HSTS211
SEMESTER 2 Each student shall t ake the Dissertation Project (HSTS470), which is done in both semesters and is worth 20 course units, and shall choose optional courses worth at least 40 course units.
NOTE: Not all courses will be available in each academic year. 11.13
HMTH421
Real Analysis 3
Optional
HMTH231
10
HMTH428
Partial Differential Equations 1 Optional
HMTH232
10
HSTS470
Dissertation Project
10
FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (BScFS) 11.13.1 LEVEL 1 (BScFS 1)
SEMESTER 1 Core DESIGNATION
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
HSTS104
Statistical Computing 1
COURSE UNITS
HSTS102
Applied Statistics 1
10
HCH102
Inorganic Chemistry
10
HCH105
General Chemistry
10
HCH104
AnalyticalChemistry
10
HFS103
Biology for Food and Nutrition Science
10
10
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HFN111
Institutional/ Food Service Management
HFS112
Research Methods
HFS117
Mathematics for Food and Nutrition Sciences
10
HFS102
Introduction to Food Science and Nutrition
10
HCH101
Physical Chemistry
10
HCH103
Organic Chemistry
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
10
10
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
HFS210
Food Microbiology
HFS211
Food Toxicology
HSTS212
Design and Analysis of Experiments
HSTS112
AppliedStatistics2
HFN216
Principles of Nutrition: Macronutrients
HBC203,HBC202
HFN217
Principles of Nutrition: Micronutrients
HFN216,H BC202 and HBC203
HFS103
COURSE UNITS
10 10 10
HSTS102
10 10 10
10 Core
10
11.13.3 LEVEL 3 (BScFS 3) SEMESTER 1 AND 2
11.13.2 LEVEL 2 (BScFS 2) SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSED ESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HBS201
BusinessManagementforScientists
HBC203
Metabolismof CarbohydratesandLipids
HBC202
Metabolism of Amino Acids and Proteins
HFS205
Food Analysis
HFS208
Food Engineering I
HFS206 HFS207
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Core
COURSE UNITS
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPT
HFS380
Industrial Attachment
HCH103
10
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Core
120
323
SEMESTER 1 10
10
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
10
HFS404
Meat Technology
Sensory Evaluation of Food
10
HFS409
Cereal Technology
Quality Management Systems
10
HFS 401
Sanitation and Legislation
HFS405
Food Engineering 2
HFS402
Dairy Technology
HFS470
Dissertation Project
HFS117
DESIGNATION
11.13.4 LEVEL 4 (BScFS 4)
10 HCH103
ION
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ COREQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10 10 10
HFS208
10 10
Core
SEMESTER 2
SEMESTER 2 COURSE UNITS
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Fats & OilsTechnology ProductDe velopment and Marketing Food Biotechnology
10 10
HFN111
Institutional/ Food Service Management
10
HFS112
Research Methods
Fruit & Vegetable Technology Food Chemistry
10
HFS117
Mathematics for Food and Nutrition Sciences
10
HFS102
Introduction to Food Science and Nutrition
10
HCH101
Physical Chemistry
10
HCH103
Organic Chemistry
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HFS410 HFS411 HFS412 HFS413 HFS414 HFS470
Dissertation Project
11.14
DESIGNATION
PRE-RE QUISITE/ COREQUISITE
20
Core
NUTRITION SCIENCE(HNS}
SEMESTER 1
324
HSTS104
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10
10
10
11.14.1 LEVEL 1(HNS 1)
COURSE CODE
DESIGNATION
COURSEDESCRIPTION
11.14.2 DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Statistical Computing 1
10
HSTS102
Applied Statistics 1
10
HCH102
Inorganic Chemistry
10
HCH105
General Chemistry
10
HCH104
Analytical Chemistry
10
HFS103
Biology for Food and Nutrition Science
10
10 Core
10
LEVEL 2(HNS2)
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
HBC203
Metabolism of Carbohydrates and Lipids
HCH103
10
HBC202
Metabolism of Amino Acids and Proteins
HCH103
10
HFS205
Food Analysis
10
HFN218
Physiology
10
HFN201
Nutrition in Life Cycle Deficiency and Disease
10
HFN202
Behavioral Science and Counseling
10
10
SEMESTER 2 COURSE CODE
SEMESTER 2
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HFS210
Food Microbiology
HFS211
Food Toxicology
HFN201
Techniques in Nutritional Biochemistry and Metabolism
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQU ISITE
COURSE UNITS
HFS103 10 HBC202,H BC203
10
COURSE CODE
COURSEDESCRIPTION
HFN402
Public Health Nutrition
HFN406
AdvancedTopicsinNutrition
HFN407
HFS414
Food, Nutrition and Agricultural Systems Nutrition Education and Communication Food Chemistry
HFN470
Dissertation Project
HFN408
HSTS112
Applied Statistics 2
10
HFN218
Physiology
HFS103
HFN216
Principles of Nutrition: Macronutrients
HBC203, HBC202
HFN217
Principles of Nutrition: Micronutrients
HFN216, HBC202 and HBC203
10
11.15 10
DESIGNATION
PRE- REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS 10
HFN216,HFN217, HBC202, HBC203
10 10 10 10
Core
20
METEOROLOGY (HMET) 11.15.1 Level1
Semester 1 Course Code
11.14.3 LEVEL 3 (HFN 3) SEMESTER 1 and 2 COURSE CODE
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
HFN381
Industrial Attachment
Core
PRE -REQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
COURSE UNITS
Title
Pre/coRequisite
Designation
Units
HMET101
IntroductiontoMeteorology
Core
10
HPH101
Mechanics 1
HPH102
Electricity and Magnetism
10
HMTH101
Calculus 1
10
HMTH102
Linear Mathematics 1
10
HCT113
Programming 1
CSSC101
Communication Skills 1
10
120
11.14.4 LEVEL 4 (HFN 4)
10 Core
10
SEMESTER 1 COURSE CODE
COURSEDE SCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
PRE-R EQUISITE/ CO-REQUISITE
Semester 2
COURSE UNITS Course Code
HFS 401
Sanitation and Legislation
10
HFN401
Nutritional Epidemiology
HFN413
Nutritional Planning and Programme Management
10
HFN417
Nutritional Assessment and Surveillance
10
HFN404
Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics
HFN470
Dissertation Project
10
10 Core
Title
Designation
Pre/coRequisite
WeatherAnalysisandForecasting1
HMET107
StatisticalMethodsinMeteorology
HMET109
HPH104
Atmospheric Radiation and Optical Phenomena Meteorological Instruments and Methods of Observations FluidMechanicsandThermalPhysics
HMTH111
Calculus 2
HBS111
Entrepreneurship
Core
10
CSSC102
Communication Skills 2
Core
10
HMET103
core
Units
HMET106
10 10 10 10 10 HMTH101
10
325
11.15.2 LEVEL 2
11.15.4 LEVEL 4 A student shall register for at least 120 course units.
A student shall register for at least 120 course units Semester 1
Semester 1 CourseCode
Title
HMET201
Dynamic Meteorology 1
HMET202
Tropical Meteorology
HMET204
Atmospheric Thermodynamics
HMET205
Mesoscale and Convective Weather Systems Weather Analysis and Forecasting 2
HMET206 HMTH103
Designation
Pre/coRequisite
Core
Units
10 10 10
HMET106
10
Ordinary differentialEquations
Mid-latitude Weather Systems
HMET402
Dynamic Meteorology 2
HMET403
HMET407
GeographicI nformationS ystemsi n Meteorology Boundary Layer Meteorology and Micrometeorology Research Methods in Meteorology
HMET470
Dissertation
Title
HMET207
Cloud Physics and Precipitation
10
HMET209
Remote Sensing in Meteorology
10
HMET210
Numerical Weather Prediction
10
HMET211
Global Circulation and Climates
10
HBS201
Business Management for Scientists
HMTH202
Linear Mathematics 2
Pre/coRequisite
Units
core HMTH102
Course Code
Title
HMET405
Hydrometeorology
HMET406
Agrometeorology
HMET408
Weather Analysis and Forecasting 3
HMET409
Aeronautical Meteorology
01
HMET410
10
HMET470
Climate Change and Climate Applications Dissertation (continued)
11.15.3 LEVEL 3 A student shall register for the industrial attachment, which should be carried out for a period of not less than 10 months at an approved institution of training
HMET360
Title
Industrial Attachment
Pre/coRequisite
Units 10
HMET201
10 10 10 10
core
20
Semester 2 Designation
Course Code
Course Code
Designation
10
Semester 2
326
Title
HMET401
HMET404
10 core
Course Code
Designation
CORE
Pre/coRequisite
Units
120
Designation
Pre/coRequisite
Units
10 10 core
HMET206
10 10 10
core
20
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE (MSc) DEGREE
2.4
1. INTRODUCTION 1.1
These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Academic Regulations(GAR).
1.2
In addition to these Faculty of Science Regulations, there shall be individual regulations for each programme specified below.
1.3
The General Academic Regulations shall tak e precedence over these Faculty Regulations which, in turn, shall take precedence over the individual programme regulations.
2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 An applicant for admission to a Mast er of Science Degree must
2.2
2.3
normally have obtained an appropriate Honours Degree of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent qualification from another Institution. An applicant for admission to a Master of Sci ence Degree who has obtained an appropriate Honours Degree of this University with a degree class of 2.2 or an equivalent qualification from another Institution, may be considered for admission provided she/he has been employed for a minimum of two years in a position which will have resulted in an improvement of his/her understanding of the content of the Honours Degree obtained and such a person will be required to sit for a qualifying examination and to pass that examination with a mark of 2.1 or better. An applicant is admitted to a Master of Science Degree programme in a subject related to that taken in his/her Honours programme.
3.
An applicant with a Bachelor's Degree of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an approved equivalent qualification will normally be required to take the appropriate programme that upgrades that Bachelor's Degree to a Bachelor of Science Honours Degree of this University, as detailed in Section 2.1 before being considered for admission.
PROGRAMMES Master of Science programmes offered by the Faculty are listed below: 3.1 Master of Science Degree in Agricultural Meteorology. (MAGM) 3.2 Master of Science Degree in Analytical Chemistry. (MACH) 3.3 Master of Science Degree in Applied Physics. (MAPH) 3.4 Master of Science Degree in Biotechnology (MBTC) 3.5 Master of Science Degree in Chemistry (MCH) 3.6 Master of Science Degree in Computer Science (MCT) 3.7 Master of Science Degree in Environmental Policy and Planning (MEPPS) 3.8 Master of Science Degree in Exploration Geology (MXGL) 3.9 Master of Science Degree in Exploration Geophysi cs (MXPH) 3.10 Master of Science Degree in Geography and Environmental Science (MSGE) 3.11 Master of Science Degree in Mathematics (MTS) 3.12 Master of Science Degree in Statistics (MSTC) 3.13 Master of Science Degree in Tropical Entomology (MTE) 3.14 Master of Science Degree in Tropical Hydrobiology and Fisheries (MTFH) 3.15 Master of Science Degree in Tropical Resource Ecology (MTRE) 3.16 Master of Science Degree in Applied Geographic Information Science and Remote Sensing (MGIRS) 3.17 Master of Science Degree in Climate Science and Modelling (MCLIMOD)
327
4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMES 4.1 The duration of an MSc programme shall be one of the following: 4.1.1. A programme with a weighting of at least 200 course units which shall be of either one year and six months duration on a full-time basis or 3 years duration on a part-time basis. 4.1.2. A programme with a weighting of at least 240 course units which shall be of two years duration on a full-time basis or four years duration on a parttime basis. 4.2
4.3
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations. 5.2
Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught and each course comprises one paper examinable for at least three hours. If there is a practical component in the course, the end of course theory examination may be two hours long.
5.3
Where a course has an end of course practical examination, the end of course practical examination may be held at a time and venue different from that of the end of course theory examination for the same course. The duration of the end of course practical examination shall be specified in the individual regulations for the programme but shall not be greater than three hours. Normally an end of course practical examination shall have the same weighting as the end of course t heory examination.
5.4
External moderation of end of courses examinations shall be in accordance with Section 6.2 of the General Regulations.
5.5
To be admitted to a formal examination, a student should attend lectures regularly. Attendance at seminars, tutorials and practicals is compulsory.
5.6
Examiners may require a student to attend a viva voce examination.
5.7
A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. A student who fails a course will be allowed to supplement or repeat the course.
Each MSc programme is divided into two parts. Part 1 shall be the coursework component and Part 2 shall be the research component for at least six months duration. The coursework component shall have a weighting of at least 120 course units and the duration shall be given in the individual programme regulations. The research component shall be weighted so that its weighting is within the limits prescribed in the General Academic Regulations. Normally the duration of each component shall conform to the relative weighting, in terms of course units, of that component compared with the overall weighting of the programme.
328
5
Each course shall consist of a minimum of 60 contact hours, including seminars and practicals, at least 48 contact hours shall be lectures. The minimum number of contact hours for each course in a specific programme shall be specified in the individual programmeregulations.
4.4
The combination of courses shall be as specified in the individual programmeregulations.
4.5
The length of a dissertation will normally be between 12 000 and 20 000 words but a dissertation consisting mainly of computations need not conform to these limits. The dissertation will normally be submitted on or before the end of the last month of t he programme.
6.
ASSESSMENTOFCOURSES 6.1 The assessment of a practical course shall be based on written reports submitted during the course according to a schedule laid down by the appropriate Departmental Board.
end of course theory examination mark, an end of course practical examination mark (where appropriate), an overall theory mark, an overall practical mark, an overall mark and a final mark for the course. A student shall pass the continuous assessment and the end of course examination separately. A student who fails continuous assessment shall be barred from sitting for the end of course examination in accordance with item 6.5 of the General Academic Regulations.
6.2 The assessment of a field course or a project course shall be based on written reports or on a dissertation submitted at a date determined by the Departmental Board. Students shall be notified of this date at the start of the course.
6.9 For each practical course, field course or project course and for each student, the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine a final mark for that student for that course based on the assessment of the written reports or of the dissertation submitted by that student. The Panel shall determine whether the student has passed or failed the course.
6.3 The assessment of a course containing theory and practical components shall be based on an end of course theory examination, continuous assessment (including both theory and practical work) and may include an end of course practical examination.
6.10 For all other courses the Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine, for each student, a continuous assessment mark, an end of course examination mark and an overall mark and whether the student has passed or failed. The final mark for that
6.4 All other courses shall be assessed b y continuous assessment and an end of course examination. 6.5 The end of course examination for a course will normally be of three hours duration, If there a practical component the course, the end of course theoryisexamination may be two in hours long. 6.6 A course with an end of course practical examination shall contain a practical component in the continuous assessment. The continuous assessment may be entirely practical or contain theory and practical components, but the relative weightings shall be stated in the individual regulations for the programme. 6.7 In a course with a theory and a practical component the weightings of the continuous assessment mark and the end of course examination mark need not be within the limits stated in the General Academic Regulations but these weightings must be stated in the individual regulations for the programme. Furthermore the continuous assessment weightings shall be between 25% and 75% of the overall mark for the course. 6.8 For each course that contains a theory and a practical component, the appropriate Departmental Panel of Examiners shall determine for each student a theory continuous assessment mark, a practical continuous assessment mark, an
course for that student shall be the overall mark for that course. 6.11 Each Departmental Panel shall submit, for each course under its control and for each student enrolled in that course, the final mark and the result to the Faculty Board of Examiners. For each student it shall indicate the number of credits obtained in courses under its control. 7.
PROCESSING OF EX AMINATION RESULTS Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General AcademicRegulations.
8.
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations.
329
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS REGULATIONS FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN AGRICULTURAL METEOROLOGY (MAGM) 1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
EntryQual ifications 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Agricultural Meteorology an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in a physical science or an appropriate engineering discipline, or in an agricultural or biological science of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2
330
2.3
3.
4.
Normally an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in a physical science or an appropriate engineering discipline, or in an agricultural or biological science with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree.
4.8
An applicant with an Honours Degree in a physical science or an appropriate engineering discipline, or in an agricultural or biological science of this University or an equivalent with a degree class of 2.2 may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better.
Duration of t he Programme 3.1 The programme will run for 1 ½ years (18 months) on a full time basis or 3 years (36 months) on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full time basis for 1 year and on a part-time basis for 2 years. 3.3 Part 2 will be offered on a full-time basis for a period of six months and for a period of 1 year on a part-time basis.
Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the coursework component and Part 2, the research component. 4.2 Part 1 will normally last for the first year for full-time students and for the first two years for part-time students. 4.3 At Part 1, each full-time student shall register for courses worth at least 120 course units in the first year while a part-time student will normally register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each year of the first two years. 4.4 If there are core courses in the specialty that a stude nt registers for, these courses should normally be taken in the first six months for full-time students and in the first year for part-time students. 4.5 In order to pass Part 1 a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 120 course units including all core courses for the chosen specialty. 4.6 Each course is worth 15 course units and shall be taught over 72 contact hours, i.e. 48 hours of lectures and 24 hours of practicals, tutorials and seminars. 4.7 The research component shall normally start after the end of the
5.
first year in the case of full-time students and after the end of the second year in the case of part-time students. It will last six months for full-time students and 1 year for part-time students. A full-time student may opt to do the research component on a parttime basis. The research component shall consist of a resea rch project which will be assessed based on a dissertation of 12000 to 20 000 words (60 – 100 pages) on an approved topic and seminar presentations given according to a timetable determined by the Departmental Board at the start of the component. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of 1½ years for a fulltime student and on or the end of the third year in the case of parttime students.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be con ducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations.
5.2 Courses will be exam ined at the en d of the semester in which they are taught, and the end of course examination will comprise of one two-hour paper for each course. 6.
7.
CORE COURSES: CODE
DESCRIPTION
Assessment of courses 6.1 A taught course shall be assessed through continuous assessment and end of course examination, in the ratio 30:70, respectively. 6.2 Continuous assessment will include the marks from practical reports (for taught courses with practical component), assignments, tests and /or a small scale project(s) and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments and tests shall be 3. 6.3 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Regulations. 6.4 The Research Project of Part 2 shall be examined by a Research Seminar and a Dissertation. The Research Seminar shall constitute 10% and the Dissertation 90% of the overall course mark. 6.5 To be awarded the degree, a student must pass each of the two Parts
MAGM501
Fundamentals ofMeteorology and Climatology
MAGM502
Weather, climate and agriculture
MAGM503
Agrometeorologicalmeasurements and instrumentation
h2 ½
rs
CORE
15
MAGM504
Micrometeorology
h 2½
rs
CORE
15
of the programme. 6.6 The degree shall be classified in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degree by Coursework.
MAGM508
Strategic use of climate information
MAGM509
Coping with climate change and variability
MAGM511
COURSES 7.1 Part 1 A student should register for courses worth not less than 120 course units.
Examination Duration h2½ rs 2½ hrs
Designation CORE CORE
COURSE UNITS 15 15
OPTIONAL COURSES CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAGM505
Meteorological hazards and extreme weather events in agriculture
Examination Duration h2½ rs
Designation
MAGM506
Analytical tools and methods in agricultural meteorology
2h½
rs
Optional
15
MAGM507
Water resource assessment and management
2h½
rs
Optional
15
2h
rs
Optional
15
2h½
rs
Optional
15
Operational agrometeorology
2h½
rs
Optional
15
MAGM512
Applications of Remote Sensing and GIS in Agriculture
2h½
rs
Optional
15
MAGM513
Development of risk management strategies in Agriculture
2h½
rs
Optional
15
Core
COURSE UNITS 15
½
331
7.2
PART2:R esearchDissertation A student shall register for the research dissertation, which should be carried out for a period of six months for full time study and 1 year for part time study. The Research Work may commence at any time after the final coursework examination. The Research Work may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic or non-academic institution approved by the Department. The Dissertation will normally be submitted on or before a given deadline.
(m) Cyclones and anticyclonic motions; (n) Air masses and fronts: types and properties;* (o) Atmosphericmois ture; (p) Clouds and their classification; (q) Precipitation processes and artificial rain making; (r) Thunderstorms and duststorms, haze, mist fog and dew; (s) Weather charts; (t)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
Examination Duration
Designation
MAGM570
Research Dissertation
Written Report and seminar presentation
Core
8.
332
COURSE UNITS 80
COURSECONTENT Core Courses MAGM501
Fundamentals of Meteorology and Climatology
(a) The Earth and atmospheric composition; (b) Vertical structure of the atmosphere; (c) Variation in temperature with height; (d) Sun, the Earth and seasons;* (e) Solar radiation and laws of radiation; (f)
Heat balance of the Earth and atmosphere;*
(g) Hydrological cycle; (h) Climate change and global warming;* (i)
Variation in pressure;
(j)
Hydrostatic equation;
(k) Vapour pressure, saturation deficit and the psychrometric equation; (l)
Potential temperature and pressure gradient;
Atmospheric moisture;
(u) Forecasting methods: short-, medium- and long-range forecasting techniques, recent models used in forecasting and their limitations in, and impact on, agriculture; (v) Numerical weather prediction; (w) El Niño and the Southern Oscillation;* (x) Environmental indicators of weather changes; (y) Local wind systems: land and sea breeze circulation, and mountain and valley winds; (z) Seasonal distribution of climatological elements over latitudes; (aa) Climatic classification: Koppen and Thornthwaite systems; (bb) Types of climate: humid and dry climates; (cc) Climate change and global warming;* (dd) Agroclimatic indices and different agroclimatic zones; (ee) Frequencies of disastrous weather events in different regions; (ff) Atmospheric and soil drought; (gg) Monsoons and elements of monsoon meteorology; (hh) Rainfall variability; (ii) Climatology of specific countries.
MAGM502 Weather,climate and agriculture (a) Weather, climate and crop production: how weather and climatic factors affect plant growth and development; (b) Climatic water budget as a tool for agroclimatic analysis; (c) Basic concepts of climate data use for crop planning and climatic risk assessment: crop zoning; (d) Basic concepts of weather data use for decision-making in relation to agricultural operations: operational agricultural meteorology; (e) Weather/climate and crop yield relationship, and an introduction to crop-weather modelling; (f ) Introduction to weather hazards and their impact on crop production; (g) Weather-related aspects of pest and disease management; (h) Agrometeorological information systems: the use of weather forecasts in agriculture. (i) Climatic factors (temperature, radiation, humidity, wind) affecting the thermal balance in animals; (j) Animal energy exchange processes and the need for the maintenance of thermal balances in animals; (k) Thermal indices for animal studies and management; Physiological and productive consequences of environmental stresses and extreme weather events: loss of water from the body, growth rate and body weight, food intake, milk production, and so on; (m) Adaptive capacity for the alleviation of climatic stress in livestock; (n) Contribution of animal husbandry to climate change and adaptation strategies to reduce the resulting effects.
(d) Albedometers, photometers, spectroradiometers and quantum radiation sensors; (e) Ceptometer, pressure bomb apparatus, porometer, photosynthesis systems and infra-red thermometers; (f ) Discussions on instrument selection, sensor deployment and data acquisition; (g) Automatic weather stations and other electronic instruments; (h) Data logger and data transmission systems; (i) Measurement of surface energy fluxes; (j) Remote-sensing measurements by radar and satellite; (k) Working with the above instruments in the meteorological observatory, taking observations of relevant parameters and computation and interpretation of the data; (l) Techniques for data verification and validation; (m) Methods for data quality assurance and data quality control in automated systems; (n) Missing data generation; (o) Visits to centres equipped with an advanced instrumentation facility not available at the students' institutes.
(l)
MAGM503 Agrometeorologicalmeasurements and instrumentation (a) Fundamentals of measurement techniques; (b) Theory and working principles of various instruments: theoretical and practical aspects of electroniccircuits and various sensors and equipment used in agrometeorological research and applications (barometers, thermometers, thermographs, psychrometers, hair hygrometers, thermo hygrographs, raingauges, self-recording raingauges, Duvdevani dew gauges, sunshine recorders and pyranometers, lysimeters, open-pan evaporimeters, anemometers, wind vanes, anemographs, soil thermometers); (c) Soil heat flux plates and instruments for measuring soil moisture;
MAGM504 Micrometeorology (a) Detailed study of turbulence mechanisms and characteristics to evaluate exchanges of momentum, energy and mass in the atmospheric boundary layer; (b) Evaluation of the structure, dynamics and processes of diffusion and turbulent transfer using exchange models; (c) Evaluation of the turbulent kinetic energy, stratified flows and stability parameters required to estimate coupled momentum and energy and mass exchanges; (d) Turbulenceand windprofiles nearthe Earth'ssurface; (e) Influence of changing soil surface properties on wind flow dynamics; (f ) Measurement and empirical relationships of wind and temperature profiles over different surfaces; (g) Control of the physical environment through irrigation, windbreaks, frost protection, manipulation of radiation and water use through intercropping systems; (h) Simulation of boundary layer structure and dynamics; (i) Micrometeor ology of crop canopies and animal enviro nment:
333
distribution of radiation, temperature, humidity, vapour pressure, wind and carbon dioxide. OPTIONAL COURSES MAGM505 Meteorological hazards and extreme weather events in agriculture (a) Drought ? Definitions; economic and social impacts; statistical climatology of droughts; causes; forecasting droughts (analogue, statistical, physical); ? Coping with drought through early warning and monitoring; planning; reduction of vulnerability; compilation of natural resources inventories; information exchange; use of geographical information systems to improve prediction, and so on; ? Artificial simulation of precipitation: principles and practices of cloud seeding; problems of evaluation of experimental and operational programmes; (b) Hail
334
?
Definitions; damage; spatial and temporal distribution; growth of ice particles; hail growth models; hail suppression concepts and prediction; ? Aspects of hail insurance; (c) Frost ? Definitions; types; formation mechanisms; large-scale and local factors affecting the frequency and severity of frosts; methods of frost protection; ? Mitigation of frost impacts using climatology and forecasting; ?
(d) Floods ? Definitions; causes; statistical climatology of floods; short- and long-term impacts; ? Extreme value analysis; use of unit hydrographs and probable maximumprecipitation; ? Meteorological and hydrological forecasting of floods and use of catchment runoff models; ? Mitigation of impacts through forward planning and flood warnings;
? Flood insurance; (e) Pests and diseases ? Factors controlling migrant pests, including desert and red locusts and army worms; role of meteorology in crop protection, including spraying operations and integrated pest management; ? Climatic factors affecting the spread and survival of pests and pathogens; ? Control methods; (f ) Storage losses ? Climatic conditions affecting storage losses; loss reduction methods; (g) Fires ? Effects of controlled and uncontrolled burning; fire risk assessment schemes; (h) Wildfires ? Definitions; damage; role of weather in the occurrence and severity of wildfires; mitigating impacts; fire danger estimates; (i) Extreme temperatures ? Effects of high temperatures on cropand animal production;
(j) Winds ? Effects of wind on crop production; (k) Tsunamis ? Causes and the effects on animals and crops. (l) Develop understanding of extreme meteorological phenomena, impacts, actions, problems, solutions, policies and the remaining challenges based on case studies ? Description and characterization of selected extreme meteorological events and of the impacts of these phenomena on agricultural production and infrastructure. ? Case studies t o illustrate the events and impacts suffered by farmers. ? Action strategies available to farmers to counter similar impacts. ? Case studies of such action strategies and challenges remaining (practicals are possible on the collection of local case studies). ? Case studies of problems encountered locally by farmers and solutions they developed in coping with extreme meteorological events.
Case studies of such solutions developed elsewhere for similar problems. Role of policies in promoting viable solutions to remaining problems. ? Scientific components of problems and solutions for coping with extreme meteorological events and the remaining challenges for the use of science to contribute to conducting problem analyses and designing viable solutions. ? Agrometeorological services to improve farmers' design abilities in terms of solutions for coping with extreme meteorological events (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (m) Capacity to develop and implement effective early warning systems ? History of early warning systems for extreme meteorological events and their efficiencies in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Bringing such early warnings to users for discussion. ?
?
?
Successes and difficulties experienced by farmers with present early warning systems. Outlooks for present early warning systems, their effectiveness and possible alternatives. ? Trends in early warning systems and their use (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Outlooks for early warning system alternatives and the influences on decision-making concerning such alternatives. ? Policies to promote efficient early warning strategies and to support appropriate alternatives. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) early warning strategies and the role of science in designing and selecting them and increasing their efficiencies. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' assimilation of warnings and their actual use (practicals are possible on t he last two subjects). ?
MAGM506 Anaytical tools and methods in agricultural meteorology (a) Review of agroclimatic methods;
(b) Characterization of agroclimatic elements; (c) Atmosphere sampling; temporal and spatial considerations; micro, meso and macro climates; (d) Network spacing; spatial and temporal methods; (e) Geographical information system fundamentals and applications; (f ) Numerical characterization of climatic features; (g) Crop response to climate, time lags, time and distance constants and hysteresis effects; (h) Influence of climate on stress-response relations; (i) Thermal time approach in agroclimatology: heat and radiation use efficiency in crop plants; (j) Applications for insect–pest development and prediction; (k) Comfort indices for humans and animals; (l) Instrumentation and sampling problems; (m) Design of agrometeorological experiments; (n) Impact of natural and induced climate variability and change on crop production; (o) Basic knowledge of computer use in agriculture; the theory of programming languages: BASIC, FORTRAN, C, C++ and Visual Basic; (p) Empirical and statistical crop weather models and examples of their application; (q) Incorporating weather, soil, plants and other environment-related parameters as subroutine and remote-sensing inputs in models; (r) Growth and yield prediction models; crop simulation models; forecasting models for insects and diseases. MAGM507 Water resource assessment and management Rainfall measurement: accuracy of raingauges, considering design, height, levelling, exposure, rainfall climate etc. Data quality control, including double mass analysis. Representivity of raingauges; correlation distances for daily, monthly and annual values; random and systematic variability (with topography). Assessment of area rainfall from networks, using Thiessen polygon, isohyetal, kriging and other methods. Utility of remote sensing for catchment rainfall, using radar,cold cloud duration etc. Evaporation: estimation of evaporation from open water, bare soil and vegetation (measurement methods in MAGM507, 513). Interception capacity and interception losses; and modelling. Local water budgets: partition of rainfall into runoff, soil moisture and percolation; surface infiltration rates and time to ponding.
335
Streamflow measurement: V-notch and weirs; streamflow measurement by propeller and laser sensors, use of tracers; stage-flow calibrations, and their stability, extrapolation methods. Hydrological catchment modelling: quickflow and baseflow components of runoff; surface flow, interflow and groundwater flow; Horton and Hewlett concepts of catchment. Statistical rainfall-runoff models; conceptual and numerical mechanistic models, e.g. bucket type models; lumped and distributed models, as SHE. Calibration and validation of catchment runoff models. Water resource evaluation: climatological analysis using historic data; reliable minimum supply effect of possible climate change; effects of land-use change. Precipitation modification: principles and practice of cloud seeding; problems of evaluation of experimental and operational programmes Water use in agriculture: irrigation methods, design and practice; advantages and disadvantages of different application methods, including furrow, overhead, tape and microjet; water use efficiency: irrigation scheduling. Economic assessment of farm irrigation systems: Long term planning. Economic assessment of large dams, small scale storage, water harvesting,
336
groundwaterstorage.
increase farmers' awareness of climate-related disasters and potential mitigation (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (b) Selection of appropriate land-use and cropping patterns ? Types and drivers of agricultural land-use and cropping patterns (regionalized, by definition). ? History of main present land-use and cropping patterns in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned in relation to environmental issues (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Successes and difficulties experienced by farmers with present land-use and cropping patterns. ? Outlooks for present land-use and cropping patterns and possible alternatives from an environmental point of view. ? Recent trends in land-use and cropping patterns (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Land-use and cropping pattern impacts on agroecosystem resources (process-oriented view). ? Outlooks for alternative land-use and cropping patterns and what influences decision-making on such alternatives. Policies to protect viable land-use and cropping patterns and support for appropriate alternatives. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) landuse and cropping patterns and the role of science in the selection processes. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' design abilities in terms of land-use and cropping patterns (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). c) Adoption of preparedness strategies ? Priority setting for preparedness strategies in agricultural production. ? Preparedness for meteorological disasters in development planning. ? Permanent adaptation strategies that reduce vulnerability to hazards. ? Preparedness as a coping strategy (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? AdvancedPreparedness for the reception of contingency responses. ?
MAGM508 Strategic use of climate information ? (a) Increasing awareness of potential climate hazards and mitigation ? History of climate-related disasters (hazards and vulnerabilities) suffered in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and their documented or remembered impacts (with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Hazards and their link to agricultural production risks (intraannual and interannual); efforts made in mitigating impacts of (future) disasters – prevention; discernable trends in the occurrence and character of disasters, if any (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Expectations concerning future disasters. ? Further efforts that could be made to mitigate the impacts of disasters (prevent what can be prevented) and related policy developments. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on disasters and the role of science in combating them; agrometeorological services to
Preparedness as a community approach. Policies that enhance preparedness strategies. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on actual preparedness strategies adopted in agricultural production and the role of science in their selection. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' preparedness for climate disasters and their awareness of potential mitigation (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (d) Making more efficient use of agricultural inputs ? Agrometeorological aspects of agricultural production inputs and their history. ? Determination of input efficiencies. ? Other factors determining inputs and input efficiency. ? Actual use of inputs in main land-use and cropping patterns of the region (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Improvement of input efficiencies in agricultural production. ? Policies that enhance increased input efficiencies. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on agricultural inputs, their efficiencies and their relation to climate.
Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) livestock management patterns and the role of science in selecting them. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' design abilities in terms of livestock management strategies (practicals are possible on the last t wo subjects). (f ) Adoption of microclimate modification techniques ? Review of microclimate management and manipulation methods (for example, Stigter's review tables in Griffiths (1994)). ? History of microclimate modification techniques practised in the continent/country/sub-region concerned (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Possible improvements in the adoption of microclimate modification techniques, given increasing climate variability and climate change. ? Local trends in the adoption of such techniques (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Outlooks for improved microclimate modification techniques. ? Policies to support the introduction and extension of appropriate
Role of science in more efficient use of agricultural inputs. Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' abilities for more efficient use of inputs (practicals are possible on the last three subjects). (e) Selection of livestock management ? History of livestock management patterns in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned in relation to environmental issues (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Successes and difficulties experienced by farmers with present livestock management strategies. ? Outlooks for present livestock management strategies and possible alternatives from an environmental point of view. ? Recent trends in livestock management strategies (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Outlooks for alternatives in livestock management and what influences decision-making on such alternatives. ? Policies to protect viable livestock management strategies and to support appropriate alternatives.
microclimate management and manipulation. Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) microclimate modification patterns and the role of science in their development. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' design abilities in terms of appropriate microclimate modification patterns (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (g) Protection measures against extreme climate ? History of protection measures against extreme climate in the continent/region/country/sub-region concerned (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Successes and difficulties experienced by farmers with present protectionmeasures. ? Outlooks for present protection measures and possible alternatives. ? Trends in protection methods against extreme climate (practicals are possible on the last subject).
? ?
? ?
?
?
337
MAGM509 Coping with climate change and variability (a) Increase capacity in using climate forecast information ? History of the dissemination of climate forecast information in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and its documented or remembered uses and impacts (with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Factors determining the demand, release and use of climate forecasts for/in agricultural production (practicals are possible
Factors determining the sustainable development and use of agroecosystem resources (practicals possible on the actual use of such resources). ? Improvements needed in the sustainable development and use of agroecosystem resources. ? Policies to support such development and use. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on agroecosystems and the role of science in their sustainable development and use. ? Agrometeorological services related to farmers' sustainable use of agroecosystem resources (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (c) Heighten awareness of increasing climate variability and climate risks ? History of increasing climate variability in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and its documented or remembered elevated risk (with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Factors determining the awareness of increasing climate variability and climate risk, with examples of such increased awareness or lack thereof in agricultural production (practicals are possible on
on monitoring the present release and actual use of certain climate forecasts). Required improvements in climate forecasting. ? Improvements needed in issuing climate forecasts. ? Improvements required in the assimilation and use of climate forecasts in all agricultural production. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on issuing, assimilating and using climate forecast information in agricultural production and the role of science in improving them. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' awareness of climate forecast information, their assimilation potential and their use of such information (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (b) Develop the sustainable use of agroecosystem resources ? History of the use of agroecosystem resources in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and their documented or remembered sustainability, or the lack thereof (with emphasis on the last two decades).
examples of increased awareness, or lack thereof ). Outlooks for improved awareness of increasing climate variability andclimate risk and factors determining such improvements in agricultural production. ? Policies to increase such awareness. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) awareness of increasing climate variability and climate risk and the role of science in t he detection and awareness of such matters. ? Agrometeorological services related to an increase in farmers' awareness of the same (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (d) Increase understanding of climate change adaptation strategies ? History of climate change adaptation strategies for agricultural production in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned (with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Documented or remembered understanding of such strategies, or lack thereof. ? Factors determining the understanding of such adaptation strategies.
Outlooks for improved or alternative protection measures and what influences decision-making on such alternatives. ? Policies to safeguard viable protection measures and to support appropriatealternatives. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) protection measures against extreme climate and the role of science in their design. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' design abilities in terms of such protection measures (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). ?
338
?
?
?
Examples of increased understanding or lack thereof in agricultural production (practicals are possible on such examples). Outlooks for an improved understanding of climate change adaptation strategies and factors determining the increase of such understanding in agricultural production. ? Policies to increase such understanding. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) climate change adaptation strategies and their understanding and the role of science in such matters. ? Agrometeorological services related to an increase in farmers' understanding of such adaptation strategies (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). ?
?
MAGM510 Operational agrometeorology (a) Develop an understanding of the weather phenomena, short- and medium-range weather forecasts, impacts, actions, problems, solutions, policies and the remaining challenges based on case studies ? Description and characterization of selected weather phenomena, their impacts on agricultural production or their use therein. ?
Data assimilation and retrieval for tactical decision Use of mesoscale models in farm decision-making, satisfying the lead-time requirement. ? History of short- and medium-range weather forecasting and its documented uses and impacts (with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Case studies to illustrate weather phenomena and tactical decisionmaking to make use of or cope with these phenomena. ? Possible roles of improved short- and medium-range weather forecasting (practicals are possible on the collection of local case studies). ? Action strategies available to farmers to improve the use of or to cope with selected weather phenomena requiring tactical decisionmaking, where necessary/possible making use of (improved) shortand medium-range weather forecasting. ? Local case studies of such action strategies or similar strategies developed elsewhere and the challenges remaining. ? The role of policies in promoting viable solutions to the remaining problems. ?
Scientific components of problems and solutions in terms of using and coping with weather phenomena requiring tactical decisionmaking, and the challenges remaining for the use of science to contribute to problem analysis and to design viable solutions, where necessary/possible making use of short- and medium-range weather forecasting. ? Agrometeorological services to improve farmers' abilities to design solutions in terms of using or coping with such weather phenomena (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (b) Capacity to develop tactical applications for agricultural management (for example, in the fields of pests, diseases and animal husbandry) ? Optimum weather requirements for various field operations and animal maintenance and crop yields. ? History of selected weather-related tactical applications for agricultural management and their efficiencies in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned (including traditional techniques, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? Bringing such tactical applications to users for discussion. ?
Case studies of successes and difficulties experienced by farmers with present weather-related tactical applications (seed sowing, fertilizer application, irrigation scheduling, harvest, crop drying, labour utilization, controlling pests and diseases affecting crops, animal protection requirements for optimum growthand production). ? Outlooks for present tactical applications, their efficiencies and possible alternatives. ? Trends in such tactical applications and their use (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Outlooks for alternatives to present weather-related tactical applications for agricultural management and the influences on decision-making concerning such alternatives. ? Policies to promote efficient tactical applications and to support appropriatealternatives. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on (changes in) such tactical applications for agricultural management and the role of science in designing and selecting them and increasing their efficiencies. ? Agrometeorological services to increase farmers' actual use of ?
339
tactical applications for using or coping with weather phenomena (practicals are possible on the last two subjects).
Management and coping strategies for such risks, and the related trends. Policies to enhance and improve such strategies. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on weather- and climate-related risks in agriculture and the role of science in defining, managing and coping with such risks. ? Agrometeorological services to increase abilities to design risk management strategies and strategies to cope with risks (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (b) Risk characterization ? Definitions and classifications of risks. ? Characterization of weather- and climate-related risks in agriculture. ? Water-related risks. ? Radiation/heat-related risks. ? Air and its movement-related risks. ? Biomass-related risks. ? Social and economic risk factors related to weather and climate (practicals are possible on local recognition of the various risks). ? Quantification approaches of weather- and climate-related risks in
?
?
MAGM511 Applications of Remote Sensing and GIS in Agriculture (a) Retrieval of agro-meteorological parameters using satellite remote sensing data: ? Introduction ? Approaches of retrieval of agro-meteorological parameters using satellite data: Land surface temperature, Absorbed photosynthetically active radiation. (b) Remote Sensing and GIS application in Agro-Ecological Zoning: ? Introduction, ? New tools for Agro-Ecological Zoning. c) Droughts and Floods assessment and monitoring using remote sensing and GIS: ? Introduction, ? Remote sensing for droughts, ? Remote sensing for floods. (d) Satellite based weather forecasting:
340
(e) Early warning for food secu rity: Use of NDVI for cropmonitoring, The structural vulnerability using satellite images: case study, ? Contingency plan forfood security, ? The dissemination of information for the effective management. ? ?
MAGM512 Development of risk management strategies (a) Risks in agricultural production ? History of weather and climate as accepted agricultural risk factors in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and the related documented risk concepts (including traditional concepts, yet with emphasis on the last two decades). ? History of and trends in defence strategies towards such risks in the same continentregion/country/subregion. ? Preparedness for weather and climate risks (practicals are possible on the last subject). ? Weather- and climate-related risk managers and those who have to cope with weather- and climate-related risks in agriculture.
agricultural systems. Successes and difficulties in using scales and other tools for weatherand climate-related risk quantification. ? The role of science in developing such scales and tools. ? Policies to stimulate a quantitative and scientific approach to risk characterization. ? Challenges remaining (practicals are possible on the applications of some scales and other tools). c) Approaches and tools for dealing with risks ? History of methods for weather- and climate-related risk assessment in the continent/region/country/subregion concerned and their documented evidence of application to agricultural/farming systems. ? Strategies for dealing with risks: mitigating practices before the event. ? Preparedness for the inevitable. ? Contingency planning and responses. ? Disaster risk mainstreaming (practicals are possible on local recognition of the last strategies). ?
Modelling risk assessments. Application of methods that enable the incorporation of weather and climate factors determining risks. ? Using short- and medium-range weather forecasting in risk assessment approaches. ? Using seasonal and long-term climate forecasts in risk assessment approaches. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on weather- and climate-related risk assessments in agricultural production, and the role of science in improving such assessments. ? Agrometeorological services to increase risk assessment design abilities (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (d) Outlook for farm applications ? Farm applications not yet dealt with, such as making risk information products more client friendly and the transfer of risk information products to the primary and secondary users of such information. ? Heterogeneity of rural populations in the areas of education, income, occupation and information demands and the consequences for risk information products and their transfer. ? ?
?
Livelihood-focused support, participation and community perspectives (practicals are possible on local recognition of the mentioned heterogeneity and its consequences). ? Case studies of farm applications of risk information products, including traditional technologies. ? Improvements needed in the farm applications of such products and the policies required to foster improvements, including the use of intermediaries. ? Role of science in designing and communicating improvements in the farm applications of risk information products. ? Agrometeorological services to increase the assimilation and use of risk information products in farming (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (e) Challenges in terms of developing coping strategies, including risk transfer through insurance schemes ? Challenges faced by coping strategies: combining challenges with disaster risk mainstreaming, mitigation practices, contingency planning and responses and basic preparedness. ? Preparedness approaches to reduce emergency relief necessities.
Role played by insurance in risk spreading and transfer (practical s are possible on the last two subjects). ? Challenge implementations: adaptation strategies, relief responses, impact reductions, the manyfaces of preparedness. ? Policies to better meet the challenges. ? Systematic and standardized data collection on coping strategies for weather- and climate-related risks in agricultural production and the role of science in improving such coping strategies, including the improved use of insurance approaches. ? Agrometeorological services to foster the design, assimilation and use of such coping strategies (practicals are possible on the last two subjects). (f) Quantification of risks in agricultural systems associated with weather and climate (g) Risk assessment methods and their application to agricultural systems of local and regional interest (h) Application of risk management approaches to weather- and climate-relatedproblems (I) Application of methods enabling the incorporation of seasonal and ?
long-term forecasts into risk assessment models PART 2 COURSES MAPH570 ResearchDissertation Research work is for six months for full time study and 2 years for part time study. The Research Work may commence at any time after the final coursework examination. The Research Work may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic or non-academic institution approved by the Department. The Dissertation will normally be submitted on or before a given deadline.
341
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (MACH)
342
1.
INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS 2.1. To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Analytical Chemistry an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Chemistry of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better, or an equivalent degree. 2.2. An applicant who has obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Chemistry of this University with a degree class of 2.2 or an equivalent qualification from another Institution, may be considered for admission provided he/she has at least two years relevant postgraduate experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better. 2.3. Normally, an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in Chemistry will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours degree in Chemistry before being considered for admission.
3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1. The programme will run for 2 years on a full time basis or 4 years on a part time basis. 3.2. Part 1 of the programme will be offered for 1 year on a full time-basis and for 2 years on part-time basis. 3.3. Part 2 will be offered for 1 year on a full time basis and for 2 years on a part-time basis. 4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1. The programme will consist of two Parts. Part 1 will be the coursework component and Part 2, the research component.
4.2. The programme will commence at the beginning of a semester. 4.3. At Part 1each fulltime student shall register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each semester of the first year while a part time student will register for courses worth at least 20 course units in each semester of the first two years. Each course has a weighting of 20 course units and consists of 96 hours contact time, 60 hours of which are lectures, 30 being practicals and 6 hours constituting seminars. 4.4. Part 2 will normally commence at the end of the second semester for full time students and after the end of the fourth semester for part time students. 4.5. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at least 2 months before the end of the fourth semester for full time students or 2 months before the end of the eighth semester in the case of part time students. Students shall be notified of this date at the beginning of Part 2. 5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 5.1. Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations. 5.2. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught and the end of course examination for each course is a three hour paper. 5.3. Practical component for each course will be by course work. 6. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1. The mark for each course will comprise of the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio of 40:60. 6.2. Continuous assessment will be in accordance with the Faculty Regulations and will include assignments, tests, practicals and seminar presentations and the students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. If not specifically stated the weightings will be 6:12:15:7 respectively. 6.3. A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. A total of 8 courses, comprising 6 compulsory and 2 electives will be offered at Part 1. A student is considered to have passed Part 1 when he/she has passed all 6 compulsory courses and one elective. 6.4. A student who fails a course may be allowed to supplement or repeat in accordance with the Faculty Regulations.
6.5. 6.6.
7.
Part 2 will be based on the assessment of dissertation by at least 2 examiners and the student performance at an oral examination. The mark for dissertation will consist of the mark for write-up and oral presentation in the ratio of 75:25.
COURSES Part I A student is expected to take all six compulsory courses and one elective. Exam Unit
Code
Description
MACH501
ClassicalAnalysisa ndChemometrics
Designation
MACH502
AnalyticalAtomicSpectroscopy
Compulsory
20
MACH503
AnalyticalM olecularS pectroscopy
Compulsory
20
MACH504
ElectrochemicalMethods
Compulsory
20
MACH505
Separation Methods
Compulsory
MACH506
ThermalandRadiochemicalMethods
Compulsory
MACH507
EnvironmentalandGreenChemistry
Elective
MACH 508
Laboratory Management and Research Methods
Compulsory
Course Units
20
20 20 20
Elective
Duration
II. MACH502: Analytical Atomic Spectroscopy Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Flame and furnace techniques. Theory. Methods of analysis. Applications. Atomic fluorescence spectroscopy: Principles. Instruments. Applications. Atomic emission spectroscopy: Methods. Principles. Applications. Atomic ionization spectroscopy: Types. Theory.Techniques. Uses. Atomic X-ray spectroscopy: Theory. Sources. Instruments. Applications. Surface spectrometric techniques: Types. Principles. Methods. Applications.
20
Part II Exam Unit Code Description MACH570 Dissertation
Kinetic methods of analysis: Classification, principles and applications. Chemometrics Error in measurements: Statistical analysis. Test methods. Validation techniques. Calibration: Theory. Methods. Analysis. Sampling: Types. Theory. Challenges. Sample preparation. Spreadsheet applications: Data analysis using software packages in analytical chemistry.
Courseunits 120
8. COURSE CONTENT I. MACH501: Classical Analysis and Chemometrics Classical Analysis Gravimetric Analysis: Precipitation and volatilization. Theories, techniques and applications. Calculations on practical determinations. Volumetric analysis: Neutralization, precipitation, complexometric and redox titrations. Calculations, principles and applications. Non aqueous titrations: Theory. Advantages and applications.
III. MACH503: AnalyticalMolec ularSpectroscopy Optical methods: UV/VIS absorption, IR absorption, Luminescence, Raman. Principles. Instruments. Uses. Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy: Theory. Techniques. Applications. Molecular mass spectrometry: Principles. Ionization techniques. Instruments.Spectral interpretation. Fourier transform methods: Principles. Techniques. Applications. IV. MACH504: ElectrochemicalMethods Electrogravimetry: Theory. Applications. Coulometry: Constant current. Constant potential. Principles. Methods. Applications. Polarography: Classical polarography. Theory. Instrumentation. Voltammetry: Types. Instrumental methods. Applications. Amperometric titrations: Principles. Methods. Uses.
343
maintenance and method validation. Industrial relations. Research Methods Definition of research and outline of scientific research process. Generating ideas. Research proposal. Sampling and data collection. Data analysis methods. Dissertation writing. Publishing research articles.
Potentiometry: Theory. Electrode types. Techniques. Conductometric methods: Principles and applications. Electrode Kinetics. Biosensors. V. MACH505: Separation Methods Extraction techniques: Solvent extraction. Countercurrent extraction. Theory. Organic and inorganic applications. Gas chromatography: Theory. Instruments. Applications. Liquid chromatography: Classical and high performance. Instrumentation. Techniques. Applications. Supercritical fluid chromatography: Principles. Methods. Applications. Electrochromatography: Theory. Types. Instruments. Uses. Hyphenated techniques: Types. Techniques. Challenges. Applications. VI. MACH506: Thermaland Radioch emicalMethods Thermal Methods
344
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS REGULATIONS FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN APPLIED PHYSICS (MAPH) 1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
EntryQu alifications
Thermogravimetric analysis. Differential thermal analysis. Differential scanning calorimetry. Thermomechanical analysis. Thermometric titrations. Principles. Methods. Applications. Radiochemical Methods Neutron activation analysis. Isotope dilution techniques. Principles. Analyses.Applications. VII. MACH507: Environmental and Green Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Atmospheric chemistry. Theory. Equilibria. Methods of analysis. Waste management. Management of hazardous chemicals. Green Chemistry Atom economy. Cleaner production. Bioengineering. Natural product synthesis.Greenerchemicals. VIII.MACH508: Laboratory Management and Research Methods Laboratory Management Laboratory planning and design. Principles of management. Laboratory safety. Purchasing and budgeting. Instrument
3.
2.1
To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Applied Physics an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Physics of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree.
2.2
Normally an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in Physics with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree in Physics.
2.3
An applicant with a BSc Honours degree in Physics with a degree class of 2.2 of this University or an equivalent may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for 1 ½ years (18 months) on a full time basis or 3 years (36 months) on a part-time basis.
3.2 3.3
Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full time basis for 1 year and on a part-time basis for 2 years. Part 2 will be offered on a full-time basis for a period of six months and for a period of 1 year on a part-time basis.
5.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2
4.
Structureofthe Programme 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the coursework component and Part 2, the research component. 4.2 Part 1 will normally last for the first year for full-time students and for the first two years for part-time students. 4.3 At Part 1, each full-time student shall register for courses worth at l east 120 course units in the first year while a part-time student will normally register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each year of the first two years. 4.4 If there are core courses in the specialty that a student registers for, these courses should normally be taken in the first six months for full-time students and in the first year for part-time students. 4.5 In order to pass Part 1 a student shall have to pass courses worth
4.6
4.7
4.8
at least 120 course units including all core courses for the chosen specialty. Each course is worth 15 course units and shall be taught over 72 contact hours, i.e. 36 hours of lectures, 24 hours of practicals and 12 hours of tutorials and seminars. The research component shall normally start after the end of the first year in the case of full-time students and after the end of the second year in the case of part-time students. It will last six months for full-time students and 1 year for part-time students. A full-time student may opt to do the research component on a part-time basis. The research component shall consist of a research project which will be assessed based on a dissertation of 12000 to 20000 words (60 – 100 pages) on an approved topic and seminar presentations given according to a timetable determined by the Departmental Board at the start of the component. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of 1½ years for a full-time student and on or the end of the third year in the case of part-time students.
6.
Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught, and the end of course examination will comprise of one two and half-hour paper for each course. Assessmentofc ourses 6.1 A taught course shall be assessed through continuous assessment and end of course examination, in the ratio 30:70, respectively. 6.2 Each taught course shall have a practical component. 6.3 Continuous assessment will include the marks from practical reports, assignments, tests and/or a small scale project and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments and tests shall be 3. 6.4 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course 6.5
6.6 6.7
7.
in accordance with the General Regulations. The Research Project of Part 2 shall be examined by a Research Seminar and a Dissertation. The Research Seminar shall constitute 10% and the Dissertation 90% of the overall course mark. To be awarded the degree, a student must pass each of the two Parts of the programme. The degree shall be classified in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and t he Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degree by Coursework.
COURSES 7.1 Part1 A student should register for courses worth not less than 120 course units, of which not less t han 45 must be from a chosen option.
345
CORE COURSES:
Medical Physics
Core
15
MAPH561
Biomedical Instrumentation
h
Examination Duration 2½
rs
15
Core
15
MAPH562
Radiotherapy Physics
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH563
Medical Imaging
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH564
Biophysics
h
2½
rs
15
CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAPH501
TheoryofDevices
Examination Duration h2 ½ rs
CORE/PREREQ
MAPH503
Materials Science
h 2½
MAPH551
Computer Applications Software
Continous Assessment
Core
15
MAPH552
Workshop Practice
Continous . Assessment
Core
15
rs
COURSE UNITS
DESCRIPTION
CORE/PREREQ
COURSE UNITS
Radiation and Environmental Protection
OPTIONAL COURSES: Industrial Physics CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAPH521
InstrumentationPhysics
MAPH522
ComputerizedIn terfacing h
h
Examination Duration 2½ 2½
CORE/PREREQ
COURSE UNITS
rs
15
rs
15
MAPH523
Metrology and Testing
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH524
Data and Computer Networking Digital Signal Processing
h
2½
rs
15
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH525
CODE
346
CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAPH571
Radiation Physics
h
Examination Duration 2½
rs
CORE/PREREQ
COURSE UNITS 15
MAPH572
Nuclear Power and Non-ionizing Radiation
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH573
Biological effects of ionizing radiation
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH574
Radiation Protection and regulatory control
h
2½
rs
15
MAPH575
Radiation and Environmental Protection
h
2½
rs
15
Environmental Physics CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAPH531
Environmental Physics
Examination Duration 2½ hrs
CORE/PREREQ
MAPH532
Energy Sources
2½ hrs
15
MAPH533
Atmospheric Physics
2½ hrs
15
7.2 PART 2: Research Dissertation A student shall register for the research dissertation, which should be carried out for a period of six months for full time study and 1 year for part time study. The Research Work may commence at any time after the final coursework examination. The Research Work may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic or non-academic institution approved by the Department. The Dissertation will normally be submitted on or before a given deadline.
COURSE UNITS 15
Laser and Plasma Physics CODE
DESCRIPTION
MAPH541
Physicsand Technology of Lasers
h
MAPH542
FibreOptics
h
MAPH543
IndustrialApplications of Plasma
h
Examination Duration 2½ 2
CORE/PREREQ
COURSE UNITS
rs
15
½
rs
15
2½
rs
15
CODE
DESCRIPTION
Examination Duration
MAPH570
Research Dissertation
Written Report and core seminar presentation
CORE/PREREQ
COURSE UNITS 80
8.
COURSECONTENT Core Courses MAPH501
Theory of Devices
Review of solid state and semiconductor physics. Physical processes involved in various devices. Parametric amplifiers. Low temperature devices, Josephson junction, SQUIDS, high temperature superconductivity. Theory of quantum electronic and plasma devices, optical instability. MAPH503
Materials Science
Nucleation, growth and crystallisation. Viscoelastic behaviour. Rubbery, glassy, elastomeric states. Hardening, fracture, creep, fatigue. Recovery,recrystallisation, annealing, oxidation,corrosion. MAPH551 Computer Application Software Word processing: Word-for-Windows, includingMicrosoft Draw, etc. Spreadsheets: Framework III, Excel 4 or 5. Assembly Language programming for Intel 8085, Intel 8086, ST6-series microcontrollers. Electronic circuit schematics and PCB layour: Tango, Electronic Workbench. Conversion of schematic and PCB layout. AutoCAD, etc. The student will be assigned a series of exercises which will be assessed for the purpose of the examination. MAPH552 Workshop Practice This course will involve a series of lectures and practical exercises in the Departmental Workshop. Content: Mechanical design and construction: tools and workshop processes, materials, interpretation technical drawings. Electronics: prototype development boards, preparation of printed circuit boards. Construction of electronic equipment. Fabrication of PCBs, population of PCBs, wiring and assembly of complete units. Visit to industries to study workshop practice in action, massproduction techniques, etc.
OPTIONAL COURSES INDUSTRIALS PHYSICS MAPH521 Instrumentation Physics Sensors, theory of electro-mechanical transducers, measurement in control systems. Noise in measuring instruments, lock-in amplifiers. Analysis and interpretation of data. Special techniques: nucleonic instrumentation, nuclear magnetic resonance scanning, ultrasonic scanning, scanning electron microscopy, scanning tunneling microscopy. Laplace and Fourier transform, Mason's Theorem and applications. Feed back theory, performance criteria and stability tests. Phased locked feed back systems. State space representation of mechanical, hydraulic, electrical and thermal systems. Fibre optical control systems, fluidic control systems. MAPH522: Computerized Interfacing Digital systems: data flow control, multiplexing, demultiplexing. Data acquisition using the IBM PC bus. Serial, parallel interface devices and ports. Microprocessors and microcontrollers: assembly language RISC. Applications in control systems and in instrumentation. Data logging, real-time monitoring. MAPH523
Metrology and testing
Scientific and industrial standards. ISO-9000. Manufacturing specifications and ratings. Product standardization. Testing: destructive and non-destructive. MAPH524
Data and Computer Networking
Network: LAN, Token ring, Ethernet. TCP/IP, Standards: OSI 7-layer model, interconnectibility. X25. Packet switching. Protocols, Routing, Flow Control. File and message transfer. Distributed and integrated systems. Network design, management and control. MAPH525
Digital Signal Processing
Discrete time signals and systems: linear shift-invariant systems, linear constant-coefficient differential equations, sampling of continuous-time signals. Z-transform theorem and properties.
347
Discrete Fourier series: properties, finite-duration sequences, discrete Fourier transform. Fast Fourier transform: Goertzel algorithm, Computational considerations. Digital filters: flow graph and matrix representation, basic network structures, computeraided design of digital filters. Image enhancement. Spectral analysis. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS MAPH531
Environmental Physics
Theory of ecosystems. Monitoring the environment. Air pollution modelling. Non-linear thermodynamics. Self organization in nonequilibrium systems. MAPH532
Energy Sources
Heat transfer and fluid dynamics. Availability and economics of energy. Solar collectors. Solar energy for heating and cooling. Photovoltaic applications. Biofuels and other energy sources. Energy Storage. MAPH533
348
Atmospheric Physics
Measuring the properties of the atmosphere. Synoptic dynamics. Atmospheric thermodynamics. Planetary boundary layer dynamics. Convective dynamics. Cloud physics. Lightning. LASER AND PLASMA PHYSICS MAPH541
Physics and Technology of Lasers
Einstein coefficients and light amplification. Two-level and multilevel laser systems. Laser spiking of laser cavity. Q-switching. Mode locking. Interaction of radiation field with matter. Types of lasers. Power supply requirements. Pumping systems and switching circuits. Design consideration for different laser systems, materials and components used in laser systems. Lasers in metrology, fabrication and testing. Safety. MAPH542
Fibre Optics
Fibre theory and fabrication characteristics. Non-linear fibre optics: pulse propagation, grating compression. Scattering. Raman optical fibre amplifiers. Optical modulation and switching. Optoelectronics.
MAPH543
Industrial applications of plasma and lasers.
Industrial lasers. Processes: fabrication, analysis. Welding, drilling, holography, manufacturing. Applications in agriculture, fire detection, surveillance and range finding. Plasma devices. Plasma processing design, plasma etching, spraying evaporation, coal gasification. Power generation, control fusion. Inertial compression of plasma by lasers. MEDICAL PHYSICS MAPH561
Medical Electronics
Electrical safety for medical devices. The basic building blocks of medical instruments; the instrumentation amplifier, filters, analogue to digital conversion. Recording and display devices. Physiological measurements; the ECG, EEG, Pulse Oximeter and Evoked Potentials. Electrical therapeutics; the defibrillator and electrical diathermy. Computers in medicine: picture archiving and retrieval; the physiological signals. Telemetry and ambulatory monitoring. MAPH562
Radiotherapy Physics
Brachytherapy and teletherapy devices using isotopes. The production of X-rays, neutrons and sub-atom particles. Devices; the linear accelerator, betatron and cyclotron. The measurement of radiation; ionization chambers, scintillation detectors, diodes and thermoluminescent dosimetry. Primary and secondary standards. The treatment planning process; the simulator and computerized treatmentplanning. MAPH563
Medical Imaging
The history of medical imaging. The production of X-rays. Advanced techniques in X-ray; the tomogram digital subtraction and computerized tomography. Nuclear medicine. Ultrasound. Thermography. Magnetic resonance imaging. The digital management of medical images. Introduction to image processing.
MAPH564
Biophysics
Biophysical techniques and principles: electrophoresis including capillary electrophoresis, gas chromatography, liquid chromatography including high performance LC. Spectrophotometry. Physics of large molecules: diffusion, bloodbrain barrier. Viscous flow in blood, lymph. Biophysical diagnostics: sickle cell anemia. Signal techniques: laser surgery. Physical stress: hypothermia,fatigue, dehydration. RADIATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MAPH571: Radiation Physics Basic physics and mathematics used in radiation protection; Basic nuclear physics; Radioactivity; Nuclear reactions; Basic mathematics ;Statistics; Interaction of radiation with matter; Charged particle radiation; Uncharged radiation. Sources of radiation; Natural radiation; Human made radioactive sources; Radiation generators; Dosimetric quantities and their measurement units and related calculations; Types of radiation detectors and their operating principles, characteristics and limitations; Appropriate detectors for a given radiation field and dosimetric quantities. MAPH572: Nuclear Power and Non-ionizing Radiation The basic knowledge in nuclear physics and related matters; the physical propagation of electromagnetic radiation, its interaction and effect on biological tissue, and methods for calculating dosimetry of non-ionising radiation. The biological effects of timevarying electromagnetic fields and radiation on humans, animals and isolated cell preparations. Reactor operation and fuel composition, Reactor decommissioning, fuel storage and disposal. MAPH573: Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation Effects of radiation at the molecular and the cellular level; The mechanisms of different types of biological effects following exposure to ionizing radiation; Deterministic and stochastic somatic effects; Stochastic hereditary effects; Effects on the embryo and foetus; The models used to derive risk coefficients for estimating the detriment; The various pathways by which the public might be exposed to radiation as a result of practices and the methods for determining the doses.
MAPH574: Radiation Protection and regulatory control. The ICRP's conceptual framework and international recommendations in radiation protection and safe use of radiation sources. The role played by international organizations in radiation protection. The elements of a regulatory infrastructure for radiation protection and safety; Estimation of the doses to individuals arising from both external and internal exposures. The elements of a regulatory infrastructure for radiation protection and safety. Protection against occupational exposure; Medical exposures in diagnostic radiology, radiotherapy and nuclear medicine. Exposure of the public due to practices; Intervention in situations of chronic and emergency exposure. Training the trainers; Protection against occupational exposure in nuclear Installations; Safe transport of radioactive material; radioactive waste management. MAPH 575: Radiation and Environmental Protection The legislative framework of environmental protection. Establishment and verification of systems for environmental protection, considering both legal and economic aspects. Practical review ofindustries; environmental protection as applied the nuclear and related Radiological and nuclear inaccidents, and approaches to mitigating the consequences on the environment. PART 2 COURSES MAPH570: Research Dissertation Research work is for a period of six months for full time study and 1 year for part time study. The Research Work may commence at any time after the final coursework examination. The Research Work may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic or non-academic institution approved by the Department. The Dissertation will normally be submitted on or before a given deadline.
349
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (MBTC) 1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
Entry Qualifications 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Biotechnology an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Biochemistry, Biological Sciences, Agriculture, Food Science and Technology and Nutritional Sciences, Medical or Veterinary Science of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in Biochemistry, Biological Sciences, Agriculture, Food Science and Nutrition, Medical or Veterinary Science with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree in Biochemistry, Biological Sciences, Agriculture, Food Science and Nutrition, Medical or Veterinary Science.
350
2.3 An applicant with an Honours Degree in Biochemistry, Biological Sciences, Agriculture, Food Science and Nutrition, Medical or Veterinary Science with a degree class of 2.2 of this University or an equivalent, may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better. 3.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for a period of 24 months on a full-time basis and for a period of 48 months on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for one academic year or for two academic years on a part-time basis.
3.3 Part II will be offered for a period of 12 months on a full-time basis and for a period of two years on a part-time basis. 4.
Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be th e coursework component and Part 2, the research component. 4.2 Part I will norma lly be taught in one academic year on a fu ll-time basis and in two academic years on a part-time basis. 4.3 At Part 1, each full-time student shall register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each semester of the first year. If there are core courses in the specialty that a student registers for, these courses should normally be taken in the first semester. In a given semester, certain optional courses may not be available depending on the availability of staff and/or the number of students wishing to register for those courses. In order to pass Part 1 a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 120 course units including all core courses for the chosen specialty. Each course has a weighting of 20 course units and consists of 96 hours of teaching, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practical classes, site visits, field trips or seminars. 4.4 The research component shall normally start after the end of the first year in the case of full-time students. It will last 12 months for full-time students 24 months for part time students.
5. The research component shall consist of a research project which will be assessed based on a dissertation on an approved topic and three seminar presentations given according to a timetable determined by the Departmental Board at the start of the component. The length of the dissertation shall normally be 12000-20000 words. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of the second year for a fulltime student or on or before the end of the fourth year for a full-time student. 6. Scheme of Examinations 6.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 6.2 Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught, and the end of course examination will comprise of one three-hour paper.
7.
Assessment of courses 7.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the end of course examination in the ratio 25: 75. 7.2 Continuous assessment will include assignments and tests and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments and tests shall be 3. 7.3 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Regulations. 7.4 The research component will be ass essed by continuous assessment based on the three seminar presentations and the dissertation in the ratio 10:15:75. 7.5 The taught and research components will each contribute to the final mark in the ratio of 50:50.
8.
COURSES 8.1 Part1: There shall be five compulsory courses and two non compulsory courses. MBTC 501, 502, 503, 504 and 505 are compulsory.
Code MBTC 501
Description
Prerequisites
Research Methods
MBTC 502
Basic Microbiology and Fermentation I
MBTC503
Plant Biotechnology I
MBTC504
Recombinant DNA Technology I
MBTC505
Recombinant DNA Technology II
Examduration hours 3 hours 3
CourseUnits 20
MBTC504
3hours
FermentationII
MBTC507
Enzyme Technology
MBTC502 MBTC 502
20
hours 3
20
MBTC508
Plant Biotechnology II
3hours
20
MBTC509
Immunology
MBTC504,505
3hours
20
MBTC510
MolecularVirology
MBTC504,505
3hours
20
MBTC511
Environmental Biotechnology
hours 3
20
8.2
MBTC 502
Part 2 MBTC570
9.0.
MBTC503,505
3hours
Dissertation
120
MSc in Biotechnology Course Content
MBTC 501: Research Methods From Biosciences MBTC 502: Basic Microbiology Classification of microorganisms: basic bacteriology, virology and parasitology: techniques for culturing microorganisms; aerobes and anaerobes: metabolism: mutations and gene mapping: bioenergetics.
20
3 hours
hours 3
MBTC506
20
20
MBTC 503: Basic Plant Biotechnology Plant growth and development: plant growth regulating substances: virus elimination: virus indexing: plant micropropagation and hardening off: microtuberization: international germplasm exchange andin vitrostorage. A preliminary surveyof regeneration, transformation and genetic improvement.
20
MBTC 504: Recombinant DNATechnology I Introduction to Biochemistry, including purification and characterisation of proteins, humoral immunity and immunochemical techniques, and enzyme kinetics. Cloning vectors (plasmids, bacteriophages, cosmids and YACS). DNA restriction and modifying enzymes. Creation of CDNA and genomic libraries. Analysis of recombinants by DNA purification and characterization.
351
strategies. Detection and diagnosis of viral diseases. Transmission, virus movement in nature. Economic importance and antiviral strategies.
Southern and Northern blotting, nucleic acid probes (preparation and labelling). MBTC 505: Recombinant DNATechnology II In vitro amplification of DNA by PCR and its various applications, sequencing, site-directed in vitro mutagenesis, RFLPs RAPDs. Expression systems (bacteria, yeast, insect and mammalian) and detection of expressed products. Any new developments in the field. MBTC 506: Advanced Fermentation Mathematical models of fermentation; kinetics and stoichiometry of microbial growth; examples of industrial fermentation; construction of yeast genetics systems with greater fermentation efficiency; fermentation design and control: downstream processing; applications and implications.
352
MBTC 507: Advanced Plant Biotechnology Anther culture; embryo rescue; somaclonal variation with respect to drought tolerance and herbicide tolerance; regeneration systems; protoplast technology; plant vectors; appropriate plasmid constructs; selection markers; tissue-specific promoters; targeting of useful crop improvement: legal aspects; environmental concerns.
MBTC 511: Environmental Biotechnology Microbial ecology, Microbial biotransformations, bioremediation, waste treatment, water treatment, biogas production, bioleaching, microbial and enzymatic degradation of complex compounds, phytoremediation, biorecovery, green technologies, biodegradable polymers.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE REGULATIONS FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CLIMATE SCIENCE AND MODELLING (CLIMOD) 1.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations for the Degrees of Master of Science by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 2.1. To be admitted into the programme, an applicant must normally have a good honours degree in Geography and/or Environmental Science, or Physics (class 2.1 or better). 2.2. A candidate with a 2.2 and at least three years of relevant work experience shall be admitted after passing a qualifying examination.
3.
DurationofP rogramme 3.1. The programme shall run for 18 months on a full-time basis or 36 months, on a part time basis 3.2. Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters or on a part .time basis for four semesters.
MBTC 508: Enzyme Technology A study of enzyme kinetics; ligands and functional group modification; immobilized enzymes; industrial scale and enzyme purification; substrate analogues; bioreactors. MBTC 509: Applied Immunology Fundamental immunology: Acquired immune response (antigens, cellular components of response, antigen recognition molecules, generation of diversity, activation of the response, role of macrophages, structure/ function of lymphoid system, cytokines, control of the response). Applied immunology; Immunochemical techniques, cell isolation and characterisation, vaccine development, antibodies as experimental tools, manipulation of the immune response. MBTC 510: Virology Introduction to viruses, composition, structure, classification and nomenclature of plant viruses. Genome organisation and expression
3.3. Part 2 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time for a period of 6 months after the end of the second semester of Part I and part-
Course Code
Description
Weight
Course Units
CLIMOD001
Fluid D ynamicsoftheAtmosphere
2
CLIMOD002
SpatialModellingforClimateSciences
CLIMOD003
Atmospheric Physics
2
20
CLIMOD004
Environmental Modelling
2
20
CLIMOD005
Climate Change Modelling
2
20
CLIMOD 006
Research Methods
2
CLIMOD 007
Geographic Information Science
2
20
CLIMOD 008
RemoteSensing
2
20
20
2
20
20
353
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY (MCH)
Part 1: Optional Courses Course Code
Description
Weight
Course Units
CLIMOD009
AtmosphericChemistry
CLIMOD010
TerrestrialE cosystemsandClimatechange
CLIMOD011
Climate Change and Agriculture
CLIMOD 012
Climate change Mitigation and Adaptation
2
20
CLIMOD013
Remote sensing of theAtmosphere
2
20
CLIMOD 014
Remote sensing of the Earth Surface
2
20
CLIMOD015
TimeseriesandSpectralanalysis
2
20
2
20 2
1.
PREAMBLE These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulation for Masters Degrees by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRYQUALIFICATIONS
20
2
2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Chemistry an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Chemistry of this University with a degree class of or better, or an equivalent degree.
20
CLIMOD016
Modelling Biogeochemical Cycles
2
20
CLIMOD017
Climate Change and Health
2
20
CLIMOD018
Climate Change and Disasters
2
20
1.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc deg ree with a major in Chemistry with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree in Chemistry.
Not all of the above Optional Courses will necessarily be available each year.
354
1.3 An applicant with a BSc Honours Degree in Chemistry with a degree class of 2.2 of this University or an equivalent degree may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better.
Part 2: Core Course Code
Description
CLIMOD570
DissertationandResearchseminar
Weight
8
Course Units
80
3.
DURATIONOF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme will run for a period of 24 months on a fulltime basis and for 48 months on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part I of the progr amme will be offered on a full-time basis for one academic year, or for two academic years on a part-time basis. 3.3 Part II will be of fered on full-time basis for a period of one academic year, or on part-time basis for a period of two academic years.
4.
STRUCTUREOFTHEPROGRAMME 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts. Part I will be the coursework component, and Part II will be the research component. 4.2 At Part I, each student shall register for courses worth at least 120 course units in the first year of the programme. Students will be required to take all three compulsory courses and another three from the chosen optional courses. Each course has 96 hours of teaching (At least 48 hours of l ectures and 48 hours of practical's and seminars). 4.3 Part II of the programme shall normally start after the end of PartI.
7.
6.3
A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. A student who fails a course will be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with General Regulations
6.4
Part II shall be assessed on the basis of the dissertation.
6.5
The taught and research components will each contribute 50% of the final mark.
COURSES PART 1 Exam Unit
Code
4.4 Part II shall consist of a research project which will be based on a dissertation on an approved topic. The length of the dissertation shall be 12000-20000 words. The research project shall be undertaken over a period of one academic year on a full time basis, or over two years on a part time basis. The dissertation must normally be submitted one month before the end of project period. 5.
SCHEMEOFEXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be condu cted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations.
MCH 501
ASSESSMENTOFCOURSES 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 40:60, but in order to proceed to Part II, a student must have obtained at least 50% pass mark in the formal examination of the respective taught course. 6.2 Continuous assessments will be in accordance with Faculty Regulations, and will include assignments, tests, practical's and seminar presentations, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
Duration hours 3
Course units 20
MCH 502
Analytical Chemistry 1
3 hours
20
MCH 503
Inorganic Chemistry 1
hours 3
20
MCH 504
Organic Chemistry 1
hours 3
20
MCH 511
Physical Chemistry 2*
3 hours
20
MCH 512
Analytical Chemistry 2*
3 hours
20
MCH 513
Inorganic Chemistry 2*
3 hours
20
MCH 514
Organic Chemistry 2*
3 hours
20
MCH 51 5
Research Methods
3 hours
20
5.1 Courses will be ex amined at the end of th e semester in which they are taught, or at the end of the academic year. The end of course examination for each course will comprise of one threehour paper. 6.
Description Physical Chemistry 1
* Four optional courses offered, of which the student must choose two. Part II Exam Unit Code
Description
MCH570
Dissertation
Duration
Course units
120
355
8.
AWARDOFDEGREE 8.1 The degree shall be awar ded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework 8.2 The degree shall be classi fied in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Science Regulations for a Master of Science Degree by course work.
9.
COURSECONTENT
I. MCH501 Physical Chemistry 1 Statistical and Chemical Thermodynamics Statistical Thermodynamics: Basic Terms: probability, cell, and phase space, micro And macro states, thermodynamic probability, statistical weight factor, assembly, Ensemble and its classification and statistical equilibrium. Derivation of Boltzmann-Maxwell, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics, Partition function and derivations of translational, rotational, vibrational and electronic partition Functions and thermodynamic functions such as internal
356
energy, heat capacity, Entropy, work function, pressure, heat content, etc. Partition function and third Law of thermodynamics. Applications of partition function to monoatomic gases,Diatomic molecules, equilibrium constant and equilibrium constants of metathetic Reactions. Fugacity and Activity: Definition of fugacity and its determination by graphical, Equation of state, approximate and generalized methods. Variation of fugacity With temperature and pressure. Fugacity of solids and liquids. Mixture of ideal Gases and real gases. Activities and Activity coefficients in liquid solution. The Debye-Huckel Theory: Ionic interactions in solutions. Electrical potential of Ionic atmosphere. Electrical free energy and activity coefficients. Mean ionic Activity coefficients (D-H limiting law). Applications of D-H theory: quantitative And qualitative, solubility in presence of added electrolyte and osmotic Coefficient. The D-H theory in more concentrated solutions. D-H theory and Equilibrium constant. The properties of solutions: Ideal solutions: Properties, the Duhem Margules Equation, vapor pressure curves. Composition of liquid and vapor in equilibrium Influence of temperature on gas solubility and solid-liquid equilibria. Non ideal solutions: Deviation from ideal behavior, vapor pressure curves, Liquid And vapor compositions. General equations for liquid mixtures. Partially miscible Liquids. Dilute
solutions: Henry's law. Determination of molecular weights from Freezing and boiling points. Free energy and Chemical reactions: Chemical equilibrium and the equilibrium Constant: Equilibrium in homogeneous gaseous systems. Homogeneous reactions In liquid solutions. Homogeneous reactions in dilute solutions. Chemical equilibria in heterogeneous systems. Free energy change in chemical reactions: The reaction isotherm, standard free energy of reaction, the direction of chemical Change. Variation of equilibrium constant with pressure and temperature. Influence of temperature on heterogeneous reactions. Integration of the Van't Hoff equation. Variation of standard free energy with temperature. Simultaneous equillibria. Formation of standard free energies and entropy changes and their applications. Macromolecular Physical Chemistry, Basic concept of polymer chemistry: Classification of polymers. Types of Polymer chains. Stereo regular polymers. Polymer nomenclature. Functionality and polymerization concept. Chain polymerization: Free radical polymerization: Methods of initiating free radical polymerization. Chain transfer reactions. Kinetics of free radical polymerization and chain transfer reactions. Factor affecting radical polymerization and properties of the resulting polymer. Ionic (Catalytic) polymerization: Kinetics of cationic and anionic polymerization. Coordination polymerization. Molecular weight distribution. Copolymerization and its kinetics. Evaluation of reactivity ratios. Methods of free radical polymerization: Bulk polymerization, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization and solid phase polymerization. Polycondensation: Reaction route of polyfunctional compounds. Kinetics of polycondensation reaction. Molecular weight control in polycondensation. Nonlinear polycondensation. Statistics of linear polycondensation. Effect of monomer concentration and temperature on direction of polycondensation reaction. Polycondensation equilibrium and molecular weight of polymer. Factors affecting the rate of polycondensation and molecular weight of the polymer. Method of polycondensation: Melt, interfacial, solution and solid phase polycondensation. Stepwise polymerization and ring scission polymerization: Thermodynamics of ring transformation to a linear polymer. Effect of temperature and monomer concentration on ring-polymer equilibrium. Kinetics and mechanism of ring scission polymerization. Effect of activator concentration and temperature on ring scission polymerization and molecular weight of the polymer.
Symmetry and Group Theory II. MACH 502 Analytical Chemistry 1 Symmetry and Group Theory: Symmetry elements and symmetry operations, Advanced Classical Analysis: Statistics/Chemometrics, Gravimetric Analysis, Definitions of group, subgroups, relation between orders of a finite group and Advanced volumetric analysis including acid base, redox, precipitation, its Subgroup. Conjugacy relation and classes. Point symmetry group. complexometric, potentiometric and conductometric titrations, Non Schonflie's symbols, representations of groups by matrices (representation aqueous titrations, Use of organic reagents in the extraction and separation of for the Cn,Cnv,Cnh,Dnh etc. groups to be worked out explicitly). Character of inorganic ions, Kinetic methods of analysis. a representation. The great orthogonality theorem and its importance. Character tables and their use in chemical bonding, Molecular orbital theory Electrochemical Methods of Analysis and Hybridization. Strong field and Weak field approximation: Derivation of Electrogravimetric and coulometric methods ( constant current and constant Sine formula, Weak Field approximation : Splitting of the free ion terms of d2 potential coulometry), DC Polarography, Differential pulse polarography, in an octahedral Field, calculation in weak field approximation the energy of Pulse polarography, Stripping voltametry Practicals: Electrochemistry, various terms: 3A2g, 3T2g and 3T1g derived from 3F (d2) in an Oh field. instrumentation, Classical methods, environmental analysis. Strong Field approximation: Determining multiplicities by the method of Instrumental Analysis descen ding symmetry. Calculation of energy of various terms within the Analytical Spectroscopy: UV/Visible spectrophotometry, Infrared frame-work of strong field approximation. Physical And Materials spectrophotometry, Molecular fluorescence, Chemiluminescence; Atomic Chemistry, Macromolecular Physical Chemistry II Molecular weights and size: absorption, Flame photometry, Emission spectroscopy, Related Purification and fractionation of polymers: Fractional precipitation, partial instrumentation,Separation Methods: General theory of separation, solvent dissolution, gradient elution and GPC methods. Molecular weight extraction, counter current distribution, chromatography. Paper determination: End-group analysis, cryoscopy, ebulliometry, membrane chromatography, thin layer chromatography, Gas-liquid chromatography, osmometry, vapor pressure osmometry, light scattering (asymmetric and Zimm plot methods), GPC and Ultracentrifugation (Sedimentation velocity and equilibrium methods). Solution viscosity and molecular size: Determination of viscosity and types of viscosities. Determination of intrinsic viscosity, Huggin's constant and Kraemer's constant. Intrinsic viscosity and molecular weight. Intrinsic viscosity and size, Chain branching. Super molecular structure of polymers: Physical methods of investigation of molecular structure of polymers: Optical and electron microscopy, X-ray, electron and neutron diffraction techniques. Morphology of crystalline polymers: Lamellar single crystals, fibrillar and globular crystals; Spherulites. Phase transition in polymers: State of matter and phase state. First and second Order phase transitions. Crystallization and glass transition. Factors affecting crystallizability and glass transition temperature. Effect of molecular weight and plasticizers on Tg. Glass transitions of copolymers. The relation between Tg and Tm. and importance of Tg. Mechanism and kinetics of polymer crystallization. Thermodynamics of melting and crystallization. Melting temperatures of polymers. Free volume and packing density of polymers.
Classical column chromatography, Modern liquid chromatography, HPLC, Ion-exchange chromatography, Ion chromatography, Molecular exclusion chromatography or size exclusion chromatography, Affinity chromatography, Electrophoresis and electro-focusing techniques, Supercritical fluid chromatography. Practicals: Spectroscopy and separation III. MCH503 Inorganic Chemistry 1 Quantum Mechanics and its applications: MO-VB Theory: BornOppenheimer Approximation, Hydrogen Molecule ion. LCAO-Mo and VB treatments of hydrogen molecule. Electron Density, forces and their role in chemical bonding. Hybridization and valence MO's of H2O, NH3 and CH4 .Huckel pi-electron theory And its applications to Ethylene, Butadiene and Benzene. Idea of Self-consistent Field method. Magneto chemistry: Definition of Magnetic Properties, Types of magnetic bodies, Diamagnetism and Pascal's Constant, Russell-Saunders or LS Coupling, Multiple widths Large compared to kT, multiple widths small compared to kT, Stereo chemical applications of Magnetic Properties of the First Transition Series, Lanthanides and actinides, Determination of magnetic susceptibility by Gouy's Method,
357
358
Derivation of Van Vleck formula for Susceptibility. Mössbauer spectroscopy: Introduction of Mössbauer effect, Isomer-Shift, Magnetic hyperfine interactions. Quadrupole moment. Electric field Gradient. Quadrupole splitting. Applications in structure determination. Uses of Inorganic reagents in inorganic analysis: General discussion and uses Of some inorganic reagents: Potassium bromate (KBrO3), potassium iodate (KIO3), ammonium vanadate (NH4VO3), ceric suphate [Ce (SO4)2], ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (EDTA), Uses of Organic reagents in inorganic analysis: Cupferron, DMG, dithiozone, aluminum, oxine, dithiooxamide, a-benzoinoxime, á-nitro- ßnaphthol, á-nitroso-â-naphthol, diphenyl carbazone, diphenyl carbazide, anthranilic acid, tannin, pyragallol, benzidine, salicylaldoxime, ophenanthroline. Organometallic Compounds: Introduction and Nature of bonding in organometallic compounds of transition metals: s -bonded organometallic compounds: Introduction, Classification and synthesis of óbonded organotransition metal compounds, general characteristics, chemical reactions, bonding and structure. ð–bonded organometallic compounds : Introduction and Classification of ð–bonded organometallic compounds ç2–alkene complexes: Preparative methods, physical properties, chemical properties, bonding of structure. (b) ç3 allyl (or enyl) complexes
Bioinorganic Chemistry Transport and storage of metals: Transport and storage of Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals, Ionophores, Na/K (Sodium/Potassium)pump, Calcium Pump, Scheme for (Ca2+,Mg2+)-ATPase, Ferritin, Transferrin, rTansport and storage of Iron in Plants, storage of Iron in microorganisms. Electron carriers: Cytochromes Electron Carriers, Classification of Cytochromes, Cytochromes c, Cytochromes b, Cytochromes P-450. Metalloenzymes: Mechanism of Enzyme Action, Metal Ions in Catalysis, Isomerases and Synthetases,Adenosylcobalmin and Cynocobalmin (Vitamin -B12), Absorption, Transport and Metabolic Function of Vitamin B12, Nitrogen Cycle and its Fixation, Iron-Sulphur(Fe-S) Proteins. Photoredox and Nonprotein Metallobiomolecules: Chlorophyll (The Magnesium porpyrins), Photosynthesis, Light Reaction, Dark Reaction: The Calvin Cycle. Metals and its Complexes as Therapeutic Agents: General Remarks,Anticancer Drugs(Platinum Complexes) Antiarthritis Drugs (Gold, Copper and its Complexes).
preparation, physical of chemical properties.
arrow notation, Electrophile and Nucleophile. Reactions Intermediate: Carbonium ion, Carbanion, Free radical, Carbene, Nitrene, Benzene, Enamines. Organic Reactions like: Aldol, Baeyer-Villiger, Barbier-Wieland, Barton, Bechamp, Birch, Bouveault, Chi Chi Babin, Clemmensen, Dieckmann, Darzen, Dakein, Diels Alder, ENE, Elbs persulphate, Favorskii, Friedal-crafts, Grignard, Hofmann Loffler Freytag, Hydroboration Leuckart, Mannich, Meerwien-pondorf, Michaedl addition, Oppenauer, Perkin, Reimer-Tiemann, Reformatsky, Robinson-annulation, Rosenmund, Shapiro, Sharpless, asymmetric epoxidation, Stobbe, Storke enamine, Wittig, Wolff Kishner, Wilgerodt and other important reactions not listed above. Molecular rearrangements like: Pinacol-pinacolone, Wagner-Meerwein, Demjanov, Benzil-Benzilic acid,Favorskii, Arndt-eistert synthesis, Neber, Beckmann, Hoffman, Curtius, Schmidt, Baeyer-Villiger, Shapiro reaction. Important Reagents: Baker yeast, D.D.Q., Dicyclohexyl carbodimide, 1,3-Dithiane, Gillman's reagent, Lithium diisopropylamine, Lithium dimethyl cuprate, Osmium tetroxide, Selenium dioxide, Trimethyl silyliodide, Tri-n-butylene hydride, Woodward and Prevost hydroxyation, Wilkinson's catalyst, Phase transfer catalyst, Crown ethers and Merrifield resin, Peterson's synthesis and other reagents not listed above. Pericyclic Reactions: Introduction: Stereo
Bioinorganic chemistry: Introduction to bioinorganic chemistry. Classification and role of metal ions according to their action in Biological System. Essential trace elements and chemical toxicology: Introduction of trace elements. The essential ultratrace metals and non-metals. Iodine and thyroid hormones, toxic elements, toxicity and deficiency. Transport and storage of proteins: Metalloporphyrins, oxygen carriers-hemoglobin and myoglobin, Physiology of blood. Electron spin resonance: Introduction to Electron Spin Resonance, technique of electron spin resonance, interaction between nuclear spin and electron spin:- hyper fine splitting, calculation and energies of Zeeman levels, calculations of energies, frequency and the ESR spectrum when one electron influenced by a single proton and one electron delocalize over two equivalent protons. Ion-Exchangers and their applications: General introduction, classification of ion-exchangers and their applications in the separation of following: Zinc and Magnesium, Chloride and bromide, Cobalt and Nickel,KMnO4 and K2Cr2O7
IV. MCH 504 Organic Chemistry 1 Reaction path way: Homolytic and Heterolytic fission, Different types of
Physical And Materials Chemistry Chemistry Of Materials Thermal analysis of materials: Importance and applications of thermal analysis in various fields of chemistry. Effects of various operating parameters on thermal analysis. Derivation of general kinetic relationship. Single and multiple heating rate methods for DSC/DTA and TGA techniques.(For DSC/DTA: Kissinger, Ozawa, Borchardt and Daniels, Reich and FreemanCarroll methods. For TGA: Freeman-Anderson, Chatterjee, Friedman, Ozawa and Flynn and Wall methods). Determination of thermal stability indexes, softening temperature, flammability and glass transition temperature. ViscoV. MCH 511 Physical Chemistry 2 elastic behavior of polymers: Introduction, Linear visco-elastic behavior: Nuclear And Radio Chemistry Brief introduction of radioactivity, mass defect, binding energy, mean binding Maxwell and Kelvin-Voigt models and creep behavior. Stress relaxation and dynamic mechanical behavior. Mechanical spectra, Effect of molecular Energy of stable nuclei. Disintegration theory: Nuclear stability and group displacement law. Synthesis of radioisotopes: 14C, 3H, 35S, 36Cl, 82Br, 131I, weight, cross link density, crystallinity, tacticity, plasticizers, blending and copolymerization on mechanical properties. Mechanical tests: Stress-strain 32P. Contribution of the discovery of artificial radioactivity in the field of properties in tension. Fatigue test, impact test, tear resistance, abrasion heavy element chemistry. Detection and measurement of radioactivity: resistance, hardness. Optical properties: Transparent, opaque and translucent Ionization chamber, Geiger- Muller, proportional, scintillation counters, materials, color, gloss, haze and transparency. Electrical properties: Volume Wilson cloud chamber, Health physics instrumentation: Film badges, Pocket resistivity, dielectric constant and loss factor, dielectric strength, arc ion chambers, portable counters and survey meters, Accelerators: Van de chemistry, Theoretical basis of pericyclic reach M. O. theory and symmetry property reactant and product orbital, Cycloaddition reaction [2+2] and [4+2], Electrolytic reaction and sygmotropic rearrangement. Photochemistry: Introduction, Electronic transition, Job lenskii diagram, photosensitizations, photochemistry of carbonyl compound, unsaturated system, aromatic and Heterocyclic compounds Aromaticity: Nonbenzene aromatic compounds, azulenes, Tropolener (4n+2) Huckel rule and it's applications.
Graff and cyclotron. Nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactor: Characteristics of nuclear reactors and their applications. Nuclear reactors in India. The four factor formula:The reproduct ion factor, reactor power, life and critical size of reactor, and breeder Isotope effects and isotopic exchange reactions: Isotope effect: Definition, physical and chemical isotope effects. Generalities of isotope effects. Isotopic exchange: basic concept, characteristics of isotopic exchange, mechanism of isotopic exchange, kinetics of homogenous and heterogeneous isotopic exchange reactions, selfdiffusion, and surface measurements. Primary radiation – Chemical Process, Direct interaction of radiation with matter, ionization, excitation, neutron impact. Basic reactions involving active species produced in the primary act, and Radiation dosimetry. Tracer: selection of radioisotopes as tracer, Application of radioisotopes as tracersanalytical, physico- chemical, medical, agriculture and industrial applications. Neutron activation analysis. Radiometric titrations and isotope dilution techniques. Radiopharmaceutical, radioimmunoassay and radiation sterilization.
resistance and electronic properties. Electrical conductivities of solid polymers, Contact electrification and electrets, Frequency and temperature dependence of dielectric constant and loss, Factors affecting dielectric properties. Composite materials: Introduction, principles, properties and classification of fiber- reinforced composites. Particulate composites dispersion – hardened composites. Mechanism of strengthening. Polymer processing: Types of plastics, elastomers and fibers, Compounding and processing techniques: Calendaring, diecasting, rotational casting, film casting. VI. MCH 512 Analytical Chemistry 2 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis: Amperometric titrations, Adsorptive stripping voltametry, Square-wave voltametry, Electrode kinetics, Potentiometry electrode, reference electrodes, metallic indicators and ion selective electrodes, Biosensors. Chemical Instrumentation Elementary electronics, Microprocessor control, Computer languages and computer interfacing. Laboratory management Practicals: Electrochemistry, instrumentation, Classical methods, environmental analysis.
359
Analytical Spectroscopy Raman spectroscopy and lasers, NMR spectroscopy, Electron spin resonance, Mass spectrometry including electron impact, chemical ionization, field ionization, desorption mass spectroscopy, plasma- MS, fast atom bombardment-MS, quadropole-MS, spark source and time of flight. Photocoustic spectroscopy: Fourier Transform Methods: FT- IR, FT-NMT, FTMS, FT-Raman spectrometry. Practical: Spectroscopy, hyphenated techniques GC-MS, thermal analysis Radio Chemical Methods Of Analysis: Theory – counting statistics, Production for isotopes, Neutron activation analysis – gamma ray spectroscopy, Isotope dilution analysis, X-Ray Analysis, X-ray diffraction, X-ray fluorescence Practicals: Spectroscopy and separation
Ion Exclusion Chromatography: Mechanism, matrices used, theory and applications. VII. MCH 513 Inorganic Chemistry 2 Statistical data analysis: Classification and definitions of errors. Accuracy, precision, standard and pooled precision deviations. The t-test when an accepted value is known, paired t-test, t-test, with multiple samples. Rejection of data (Q-test), control charts and linear least squares. Statistical consideration in radio activity, Use of computer in chemistry and industry data mining patents, intellectual property rights and documentation aspects in various regulatory affairs, Unit processes and unit operations, Nitration, oxidation,reduction,sulphonation,
Surface Analysis Techniques: Auger emission spectroscopy, Secondary ionization mass spectroscopy, Ion scattering spectroscopy. Animation, and other unit processes. Size reduction, Mixing, crystallization, distillation, purification methods, chiral separation scale up operations from Thermal Methods of analysis: Thermogravimetric analysis, Differential lab to Kilo scale and pilot plant operations. Catalysis in industrial thermal analysis, applications: Phase Transfer catalyst, concept of Green Chemistry and atom economy isolation of natural product based drugs and aromatics and Selected Methods of Analysis neutraceuticals.
360
Automation in chemical analysis: Introduction, difference of automatic and automated instrument, merits and demerits of automation, unit operation in chemicals analysis, flow injection analysis-principle, instruments and applications, discrete automatic systems, elemental analyzer, centrifugal analyzer Atomic spectroscopy: Origins of atomic spectra, production of atoms and ions, atomic emission spectrometry, atom absorption spectrometry. Thermal methods of chemical analysis: Thermogravimetry, Differential thermal analysis, Thermometry titration and Differential scanning calorimetry: Principle, methodology, instrumentation and applications Raman spectroscopy: Raman effect, Mechanism of Raman effect, Advantages and differences of Raman spectroscopy over IR spectroscopy, Difference between fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy, Nature of Raman spectra, Theory spectroscopy, Raman effect and molecular structure, Advances and limitation of Raman spectroscopy Electro chromatography: Principle of electrophoresis, experimental assembly zone electrophoresis, Curtain electrophoresis, Applications of electro chromatography, Reverse osmosis, Electro dialysis, Capillary electrophoresis and applications.
Nano Technology: Introduction of nano materials and their size, the fundamental science behind nanotechnology, Nanotechnology references, M. Ratner and D. Ratner, Pearson Pro-drugs, drug delivery systems, polymorphism, Selected topics in natural and synthetic food colours, synthetic dyes in current use. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Catalysis: Homogeneous and Heterogeneous catalysis involving metal complexes and organometallic compounds. Oxidative addition reductive elimination, Insertion and desinsertion reactions, Hydroformylation, Hydrogenetion, Carboxilation and Polymerisation. Fischer-trosch process. Watergas shift reaction. Inorganic Polymers: Silicon Polymers, Organo Silicon Polymers, Synthesis and their uses. Coordination Polymers: Nature and reaction yielding coordination polymers. Synthesis of coordination polymer, Use of polymeric ligands in synthesis of coordination polymers. Boron Polymers: Different Boron polymers having B-H, B-N, B-P, B-B, B-O and B-C bonds,Various uses of Inorganic polymers. Organometallic Compounds: ç4cyclobutadyne Complexes, ç5-cyclpentadynyl d-block metal Complexes,
fluxional Organometallic Compounds, Preparative methods, typical reactions and applications. Cordination Chemistry: Reaction Mechanism,Substitution Reaction of Octahedral Complexes, nature of substitution, Reaction, Theoretical approach to substitution mechanism, nucleophilic reactivity, Nature of central atom, Kinetic application of crystal field theory, Substitution reaction of Co(III) complexes, Replacement of coordinated water, Acid catalysis. Stereochemical changes in octahedral complexes: Molecular rearrangement complexes, Reaction of geometrical and optical isomers, Isomerisation and racemisation of octahedral complex, Ligand stereospecificity. Substitution Reaction of Square-Planer Complexes: Transeffect and its theories, Mechanism of substitution reaction of Platinum (II) complexes. Oxidation-Reduction Reaction: Outer sphere mechanism, Inner sphere mechanism, two electron transfer, Application to synthesis of coordination compounds. Complex Equilibria: Introduction, Computation of stability constant from equilibrium data, Basic principle, Mathematical functions and their interrelationships. Method of computing stability constant: Method based on Half integral n values, Correction method, Graphical methods, Numerical methods, Experimental determination of composition and stability . Spectroscopic Methods: Methods of continuous variations, pH-metricIrving-Rossotti method. Bonding in Complexes Theoretical Principles of Crystal Field Theory: Brief introduction to Spherical harmonics. The shape of d-orbitals, Derivation of crystal field potential for the tetragonal cubic and square plannar arrangement of ligands around metal ion. Transformation of these potential from Cartesian to spherical harmonics. Effect of V (Oct) and d1 system: Evaluation of the various integral Involved, Solution of the secular determinant to obtain energies and Corresponding wave functions. Crystal field splitting diagram for Oh,Td, square plannar systems. Simple application of CFSE. Many electron system: R.S.Coupling. Hund's and ground level, Determination of the function (L, Ml , S, Ms).Corresponding to the terms 3F, 3P, 1G, 1P and 1S obtained from d2 system by R.S.coupling. Application of group theory to vibrational spectroscopy: Symmetry and Shapes of AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, and AB6, mode of bonding of ambidentate Ligands, ethylene dimine and diketonato complexes, application of resonance Raman spectroscopy.
Electronic Spectra and Magnetic Properties of Transition Metal Complexes: Spectroscopic ground states, correlation, Orgel and TanabeSugano diagrams for transition metal complexes (d1-d9 states), Calculations of Dq, B and â parameters, charge transfer spectra, spectroscopic method of Assignment of absolute configuration in optically active metal chelates and Their stereo chemical information, anomalous magnetic moments, magnetic Exchange coupling and spin crossover. VIII. MCH 514 Organic Chemistry 2 Advanced Medicinal Chemistry Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry: Important terminology, Drug Design: Development of new drugs, procedures followed in drug design, concepts of lead identification and lead modification, structure-activity relationship (SAR), factor affecting bioactivity, resonance, inductive effect, Isosterism, Bio-isosterism and Spatial considerations, History and Development of QSAR. Physicochemical parameters: Lipophilicity, electronic parameters, steric parameters, Shelton and surface activity parameters and redox potentials. Free Wilson analysis, Hansch analysis, Relationship between FreeWilson and Hansch analysis. Other Statistical methods. Pharmacokinetics: Introduction to drug absorption, disposition, drug Metabolism, elimination. Important pharmacokinetics parameters in defining Drug disposition and in therapeutics. Mention of uses of pharmacokinetics in Drug development process. Concept of prodrug and soft drug. Pharmacodynamics: Introduction, concept of drug receptors interactions. Theories of drug activity relationship, treatment of diseases by enzyme Stimulation and enzyme inhibition, elementary treatment of drug receptor Interaction, LD50, ED50, MIC and MEC etc. (Mathematical derivations of Equation excluded).Membrane active drugs (Sulphonamides), xenobiotics and Significance of drug metabolism in medicinal chemistry. Introductory exposure of topics related to physiology, biochemistry and molecular biology. Pharmacognocy: Natural products as pharmaceuticals, important techniques In isolation of natural products, Case study of total synthesis of natural drug Substances. Chirality: Chiral synthesis, racemic drugs, separation and strategies for Enantiomeric pure drugs. Stereochemistry: Fundamental of Stereochemistry, Important terminology of stereochemistry, nomenclature etc., resolution, asymmetric synthesis, R and S configuration, E and Z isomer, optical activity due to molecule dissymmetry (allenes, spirans, diphenyl system). Conformational Analysis: Chirality,
361
mono-, di- and polysubstituted cyclohexane, decaline derivatives, for the Degrees of Master of Science by Coursework and the Faculty of cholesterol. Stereo chemistry of fused ring and bridge ring and spirans, Stereo Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degrees. selective and stereo regulator polymerization and other related topics, Stereochemistry of N, S, P, As, S and B compounds, Advanced topics in 2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS stereochemistry. 2.1 A good honours degree, at 2.1 or better in Geography or Environmental Science. Candidates with good honours degree in a related discipline such as Agricultural, Biological and Physical IX. Course MCH515 sciences may be admitted with the approval Senate. ResearchMethods 2.2. A candidate with a 2.2 and at least three years of relevant work Definition of research & Outline of Scientific Research Process: Definition of experience shall be admitted after passing a qualifier examination. research, Defining a research problem, Literature review, Research objectives, 3. Duration of Programme Hypotheses, Methods, Results , Discussion & Conclusions , Generating ideas: 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on a full-time basis or Brainstorming, Use of systematic questions as prompts, Use of social and six semesters, on a part time basis ethical considerations to explore audience impacts, Finding information in 3.2 Part I of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two libraries or databases, Forming potential thesis or point of view, Writing a semesters and on a part time basis for four semesters research proposal, Steps in the development of a research proposal, Research 3.3 Part II of the programme shall be offered on a full-time for a period problem, Literature review, Objectives, Hypotheses, Methods, Work plan, of one semester and part-time for a period of two semesters. Budget Writing of a Dissertation: Introduction, Pertinent review of relevant 3.4 The programme shall normally commence in February. literature, Problem statement and justification, Objectives and hypotheses,
362
Materials and Methods, Sampling and data Collection, Data analysis methods, Dissertation/Article Results section, Role of results section, Discussion, Implications of the results, Presentation of discussion, Abstract, Role of the abstract, References. Use of libraries and reference managers, Various Spreadsheets, Statistical and Reference Management Softwares used for research.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Regulations for the Masters of Science degree in Environmental Policy and Planning (MEPPS) 1. PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations
4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The study programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 shall be the coursework component and Part II shall be the Dissertation and Research Seminar. 4.2 Part 1: Coursework lasting two semesters in the first year for fulltime students and at most four semesters within two years for part-time students. Part II: A Dissertation and Research Seminar lasting one semester full-time and two semesters part-time. 4.3 Part 1 shall normally commence in February. Each semester shall normally involve 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations . 4.4 Each student register for twelve (12) courses for Part 1, ten of which are core and two optional courses shall necessarily be available for any one year. All twelve courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Seven (7) of the twelve courses are double-weighted (MEPP506, MEPP511, MEPP507, MEPP515, MEPP533, MEPP514 and MEPP508) while five (5) are single-weighted. Each double-weighted course consists of 96 hours of teaching, that is, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practicals. Each single-weighted course consists of 48 hours of teaching; 24 hours of lectures, and 24 hours of practicals.
4.5 The Dissertation and Research Seminar shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the third semester in case of part-time students. 4.6 The Dissertation shall be at least 10000 words and at most 20000 words in length on an approved topic. In the case of a Dissertation with predominantly calculated solutions, pages that are less than 10000 words may be allowed. The Dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of six months from commencement in the case of full-time students at or before the end of the 12 months, in the case of part-time students.
6.
PARTI: CORECOURSES
Code
Description
MEPP531
Introductionto Environmental Science
MEPP506 MEPP 507 MEPP 508 MEPP 509
ResearchMethods Geographical Information Systems Ecosystems Population and the Environment
5. EXAMINATIONS MEPP 511 Environmental Impact Assessment 5.1 Part 1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Courses shall be examined at the MEPP 514 Environmental Planning end of each semester in which they are taught, each course MEPP 515 Remote Sensing comprising one two-hour paper, in the case of single-weighted MEPP 527 Climate Change courses and one three-hour paper in the case of a double-weighted MEPP 533 Environmental Policy and course. Legislation 5.2 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 30:70 for all courses except MEPP507, MEPP506, MEPP515 and MEPP511 which PART I:OPTIONAL COURSES shall have the ratio of 50: 50. 5.3 Continuous assessment shall include written and practical Code Description assignments and tests. The minimum number of assignments shall be two. MEPP517 RangelandManagement 5.4 A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. Those MEPP52 1 ProjectPlanningandAppraisal failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a MEPP 523 Aquatic Ecology course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. MEPP 524 WaterResourcesManagement 5.5 Part II which includes a Dissertation and a Research Seminar consists of 50 course units, 40 course units for the Dissertation MEPP 528 AgricultureandtheEnvironment and 10 Course units for the Research Seminar. The Research MEPP 529 Health and the Environment seminar shall consist of an oral presentation for a period prescribed by the Department and shall be on the research proposal and findings of the dissertation.
ExamDuration
Weighting
hours 2
1
3hours
2
hours 3
20 2
hours 3
Courseunits 10
20
2
20
hours 2
1
10
hours 3
2
20
hours 3
2
20
hours 3
2
20
hours 2
1
10
hours 3
2
20
ExamDuration 2hours 2hours
Weighting 1
Course units 10
1
10
hours 2
1
2hours
1
10 10
2hours
1
10
hours 2
1
10
363
Not all Optional Courses shall necessarily be available each year.
3.2 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for one academic year or for two academic years on a part-time basis. 3.3 Part II will be offered for a period of six months on a full-time basi and for a period of one year on a part-time basis.
PART II Code
Description
MEPP570
Dissertationand Research Seminar
ExamDuration
Weighting 5
Courseunits 50
4.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN EXPLORATION GEOLOGY (MXGL)
364
1.
Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
Entry Qualifications 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Exploration Geology an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Geology of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 An applicant with a BSc Honours Degree in Geology with a degree class of 2.2 of this University or an equivalent degree may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a mark of 2.1 or better. 2.3 An applicant with a BSc degree with a major in Geology with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours degree in Geology.
3.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for a period of 18 months on a full-time basis and for a period of 36 months on a part-time basis.
StructureofPr ogramme 4.1 The Programme will consist of two parts; Part I will be the coursework component, and Part II will be the research component. 4.2 Part I will normally be taught in one academic year on a full-time basis and in two academic years on a part-time basis. 4.3 At Part I, each student shall register for courses worth at least 120 course units in the first year of the programme. Students will be required to take all the courses on offer during the year. In order to pass Part I, a student shall have to pass all the courses. Each course has a weighting of 15 course units, and consists of at least 60 hours of teaching (at least 48 hours of lectures and at least 12 hours of practicals and seminars). 4.4 Part II of the programme shall normally start after the end of the theory coursework. 4.5 Part II shall consist of a research project which will be based on a dissertation on an approved topic. The length of the dissertation shall normally be 12000-20000 words. The research project shall be undertaken over a period of six months on full time basis, or one year on part time basis. The dissertation must normally be submitted one month before the end of project period. 4.6 A mining related industry research project will be encouraged where it is possible to arrange adequate supervision by the Department. In making, such arrangements the Department will take into account the extent of assistance available to the student from the organization or institute.
5.
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2 Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught, or at the end of the academic year. The end of course examination for each course will comprise of one three-hour paper.
6.
Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the end of course examination in the ratio 30:70 and 50:50 for practical courses, but in order to proceed to Part II, a student must have obtained at least 50% pass mark in the formal examination of the respective taught course. 6.2 Courses MXGL551 and MXGL553 will be examined by continuous assessment only. 6.3 Part 2 Dissertation will be assessed as 50:10 for written and research seminar Continuous assessments will be in accordance with Faculty Regulations, and will include assignments, tests, practical and seminar presentations, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. 6.4 A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. A student who fails a course will be allowed to supplement or repeat that course in accordance with General Regulations.
8.
COURSES 8.1 Part I Code
Description
Core/Optional
MXGL505
Metallogeny
Core
MXGL506
Ore Deposits
MXGL519
Gold Deposits and hydrocarbon deposits
MXGL508
Applied Structural Geology
MXGL551
Field Trip (10 1days)
MXGL520
Exploration Geochemistry and Geophysics
MXGL553
Field Trip (10 days)
MXGL521
Remote Sensing and GIS Applied to Mineral Resources
Optional
MXGL522
Geostatistics, orebody evaluation and reserve estimation
Optional
hrs 3
1
15
MXGL523
Project Management and Evaluation
Optional
Hrs3
1
15
MXGL524
Mineral Economics, Legal and Fiscal Framework
Optional
hrs 3
1
15
MXGL525
Environmental Impact Assessment
Optional
hrs 3
1
15
MXGL518
Mining Exploration Design and Management
Core
hrs 3
1
15
6.5 The taught and research components will each contribute to the final mark in the ratio of 60:40. 7.
AwardofDegree 7.1
7.2
The degree shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for the Master's Degree by Coursework. The degree shall be classified in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Science Regulations for a Master of Science Degree by Coursework.
Examination Duration
Core
15
1
15
1
Core
Core
15
1
hrs3
*
15
1
hrs3
Core
15
hrs3
*
Course units
1
hrs 3
Core
Core
Weighting Units
hrs 3
1
15
1
15
hrs 3
1
15
365
7.2 Part II MXGL570
Research Dissertation
6
80
MXGL505 Metallogeny Metallogenic Concepts in Exploration and the Discovery of Giant Ore Deposts Introduction to metallogeny, Carlin trend , The standard-target technique of ore prediction and metallogenic models; empirical versus conceptual models, Global models and premises on what they are based; modern techniques; experts systems, GIS applications , Introduction to giant ore deposits, Giants, geology and politics; case history of giant gold discoveries as a by-product of uranium exploration in the former USSR, The Archaean-Proterozoic transition west of Harare:, Harare-Bindura Greenstone Belt, Great Dyke, Copper deposits I the Magondi Mobile Belt.
deposits in relation to time and plate tectonics, Orogenic gold deposits with emphasis on the Archaean of Western Australia, Canada and Zimbabwe, The crustal continuum of orogenic gold deposits including specimen sets for examination, Geological concepts in the exploration for large to giant orogenic gold deposits, Stress mapping and prospectivity analysis, Delineation of exploration targets on geological maps, Visit to the Eureca gold deposit, VHMS deposits – a review, Geochemical exploration for VHMS deposits, Komatiite-hosted nickel deposits with emphasis on the Kambalda deposits, Australia, Genetic model for komatiite-hosted nickel deposits and their significance eo exploration specimen set for examination.
MXGL508 AppliedStructuralGeology1 MXGL506 Ore Deposits Principles of Structural Geology and Mapping Techniques and the Role of Hydrothermal and Sedimentary Ore Deposits Shear Zones in Mineralization Ore mineral textures and mineral paragenesis, Porphyry gold deposits, PNG, The geometry of Ore Bodies: Their description and classification, Alteration patterns of hydrothermal mineral deposits, Drill cores and hand Deformation zones and deformation zone rocks, Vein textures and specimens examples from the world class deposits and Zimbabwe, Field trip microstructures, Displaced ore bodies, Kinematic analysis and multiple fault Visit to Shamva gold deposit, The geology of the Cooperbelt in the Panand shear sets, Dynamic analysis, Regional Tectonics, The big picture, Finding African tectonic framework Base metal exploration of the Zambian the principal strains and stresses, Rocks and fluids in the crust, Deformation,
366
Copperbelt-type: target searching Copper deposits in northwestern Botswana – Geology and exploration techniques.
Fluid flow and mineralization, Case studies, Visit to Mazowe gold mine, Lineaments, Structural controls on non-gold mineralization, Fractals.
Magmatic Ore Deposits II The exploration potential of ultramafic-mafic igneous complexes. The Bushveld Complex Chromite deposits and implications for exploration. The geology of the Great Dyke and its related ore deposits, Cu-Ni deposits in Archaean komatiite/peridotite and Phanerozoic flood-basalt provinces. Study of drill cores through the MSZ of the Great Dyke. The geology of carbonatites and alkali ring complexes. Exploration in carbonatites. Exploration for. Pegmatite-hosted ore deposits. Samples of various carbonatite deposits in Zimbabwe and the Palabora mine. Visit to the Trojan Ni-deposits. The geology of kimberlites, Diamond exploration in Southern Africa , Exploration exercise for kimberlites and diamonds.
MXGL551
MXGL519 Gold Deposits and hydrocarbons Gold Deposits in Relation to Time and Plate Tectonics Recent developments on the tectonics of the Zimbabwe Craton and implications for gold exploration, Gold exploration and data bases, Gold
10 days (field trip)
MXGL520 Exploration Geochemistry and Ge ophysics Regolith Geology and Practical Exploration Geochemistry Importance of regolith in modern exploration, Mineral stability and weathering reactions; Deep weathering; distribution, characteristics, material, regolith and landform, evolution/relationships, Regolith terminology; identifying bedrock, Use of regolith-landform maps in exploration, Regolith material regolith mapping, Ore deposits as geochemical targets; Primary dispersion, Gold dispersion during regolith evolution, Saprolite geochemistry: multi-element dispersion, Regolith material, Regolith mapping, Landforms, regolith and exploration, Geochemistry of ferruginous materials (gossans, laterites, lags etc), Nickel laterites, Soil geochemistry, Calcrete geochemistry, Transported over burden: recognition and use, Data analysis, interpretation and presentation; Lectures and practicals, Stream sediments geochemistry, Sampling, sample,
preparation, analysis and analytical control, Partial extraction analyses in exploration Geochemical models: application of Australian experience in other regions (Africa; S. America). Exploration Geochemistry and Analytical Techniques th Gold exploration in Zimbabwe during the 20 Century; Case study – the Maligreen deposit: a discovery attributed to high resolution exploration geochemistry. Visit to an exploration site, field sampling, Quality Control procedures, AAS Multi-element analysis on the AAS, Data compilation and reduction; statistical treatment of data; interpretation of data, Presentation and group discussion. Exploration Geophysics Radiometrics, Resistivity, Gravity, Magnetics, Seismics MXGL553
10 days (field trip)
MXGL521 Remote Sensing and GIS applied to mineral resources remote sensing and electromagnetic radiation, Aerial photo interpretation, How remotely sensed data is collected – An overview of sensors, Remotely sensed data relevant to geological studies, Introduction to image processing software (IDRIS, ERMAPPER), Mini project, Examples of geological remote sensing projects from industry, Introduction to Geographic Thinking, Principles of Geographic Information Systems, ARCVIEW and MAPINFO software, Database design – Data models Geostatistics for GIS, Pre-processing of information layers for the integration of GIS. MXGL522 Geostatistics and Ore Reserve Calculations Geostatistics, orebody evaluation and reserve estimation Purposes of reserve estimation, estimation and techniques, Concept of regionalised variables, Random variables and distribution, Classical statistics versus geostatistics Concept of variance Laws of statistical distribution, Linear regression, Regionalised variables and variograms, Basics of the semivariograms, Estimation of value and variograms, Interpretation of semivariograms Structural analysis of variograms, common and combined models, Systematic variogram interpretation – value of the geology, Case studies of variography, The support effect and dispersion patterns, Estimation and extension variance, Introduction to kriging, Point kriging, Block kriging, Kriging without a mean, Kriging with a known mean, Interpretation of kriging results, Kriging in reserve estimates, Estimation of variance on global reserves, Kriging problems, Grade control and why the geology is important,
Block estimation, The variogram as a tool in estimation, Extrapolation with geostatistical parameters. Ore Reserve Calculation and Bankable Expertises Basics of Mineral Deposit Statistics Mean, Variance and Standard Deviation, Coefficent of Variation, Standard Deviation and Variance of the mean, Estimation of error, Collection and Treatment of Samples support-quality, character, Spcial Case of Gold, Analysis and Results (Statistical Problems), Check-Analyses, Comparison of Two Series of Analyses by Regression Analysis, Assessing Isolated high values Statistical Outlier Tests, Comparison of Sample Series with different Support, Derivation of an Upgrading Factor by comparing, Bulk-Samples and Drilling, Comaprison of Sample Series with difference Sample Character (Core Drilling – Percussion Drill), Lab session (exercises, practical calculations), Treatment of Sample Series with Different Sample Qualities, Assessment of Core Loss, Determination of parameters (thickness, grade, density, volume, square, tonnage). Weighting (grade, tonnage), Methods of Reserve Calculations (sections, polygonal blocks), plan, maps, ore coefficient), Reserve/Resource Calculation, Lab session (exercises, practical calculation), Demonstration of Reserve Calculation, Example: Disseminated and structure-controlled Gold, deposit of Las Huaquillas (Peru), Bias in Reserve Calculation, Application of Cut Off-Levels, Operating Cost Cut-Off, Problems related to Cut-Off Levels, Reserves/Resource Classification, National Systems, International Systems, (CMMI/United Nations International Framework Classification for Reserve/Resources), Geostatical Aspects of Reserve/Resource Classification, requirements to Bankable Expertises, Lab session (exercises, practical calculation). Ore body Evaluation and Reserve Estimation The composition and structure of data required to estimate a resource, 3-D Orebody: How to create a 3-d model of the ore body using both geological interpretation and grade information, all stored in the database, Compositing of data and basic statistics, Variogram Modelling, using assay data from within the orebody, Block Modelling – the creation of a block model, discussion on block sizes and orientations, Various ways of filling a block model, including Kriging and inverse distance squares, Block modelling and elementary mine design, based on the viable orebody, Discussion. MXGL524 MineralEc onomic Mining and the Process of Economic Development, Mining and the Local/Regional Economy Mining and Sustainable Development – Sustainability, Mineral Policy and Mining and Value Adding, Introductory
367
Applied Mine Finance – Valuation Concepts; Commodity and Reserve Mining and Pollution Exposure, Fundamental Value, Dividend Valuation Model, Mergers and Mining, Minerals Processing, Pollution and Drainage, Assessment of Pollution Acquisitions, Investment Decision Process, Costs and Revenues, Methods of Potential, Field and Laboratory Techniques, Pollution Control and Mine Investment Analysis; Tine Value Concepts, Cash Flow Concepts, Management, Monitoring the Mine Site, Mine Pollution Case Study: Pyrite Sensitivity and Risk Analysis; Market Risk, Project Risk, Geological Risk, Mine. Discovery Risk, Inflation Effects, Taxation, Depreciation and Exploration Expensing; Economic Analysis Methods, DFC Methods; Exploration Components of Environmental Impact Assessment Economics – The Exploration Decision; Raising Capital for Exploration/Mine Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Impact Development – Source of Finance, Africa/Zimbabwe; Debt and Equity Considerations, Debt/Equity Swaps, Hedging, International/Local sources, Assessment policy in Zimbabwe, Tools and Techniques, Socio-economic Cost of Capital, Determining the appropriate Discount Rate, PreSurveys, Biophysical Surveys, Assessing Impact Significance, Monitoring and feasibility/Feasibility Studies/Final Feasibility – When things can Go Wrong, Auditing, Impact Mitigation and Management, Environmental Impact forecasting, best-guessing?, Reading Company Statements – Do ratios mean Assessment Report Writing and Reviewing, Managing the Environmental anything? Creative Accounting – the real story, Mineral Market Elements; Impact Assessment process, Mining in southern Africa, Case Studies, Gold Market Structures – Mineral Pricing Systems, The market vs Controlled Mine Case Study, Base Metal Mine Case Study, PGE Mine Case Study. Marketing – MMCZ, Producer prices, Competitive prices, Markets of Selected Mineral Commodities, The LME System; Hedging commodities and exchange MXGL518 Mining Exploration Design and Management rates; The Demand for Mineral Commodities, The Supply of Minerals; Primary, Overview of Mine Design and Planning Secondary; Commodity Price Forecasting, Commodity Price Forecasting The Iterative Mine Design and Planning Cycle, Objectives of Mine Design and Sources of Price information, International Exploration and Mining Planning, Design and Planning of Feasibility, Underground Mine Design and Investment Competitiveness; Role of Government, Zimbabwean Mineral
368
Policy Issues, Mineral Project Evaluation Case Studies. Legal and Fiscal Aspects of Exploration, Risk and Exploration Management, Due Diligence Legal and fiscal aspects Social position of the mining industry, How does the mining industry fit in a country, decline of status, multinationals, Mineral rights; security of tenure, state/individual, different licences, Financial aspects: Royalties, participation joint ventures, corruption, Country rankings: Worldmarketsonline as an example. Risk and Exploration Management JORC/SAMREC codes, Risk management, Financial aspects: What is an acceptable exploration budget. What drives it?, Geological elements: Practical, geological aspects, how to do the job, Budgeting/programming: Realistic, achievable targets/goals. MXGL525 Environmental Impact Assessment Contamination and Pollution, Environmental Health, Chemical Speciation of Pollutants, pH, redox processes and EH-pH diagrams, Acid Mine Drainage.
Planning, Planning Mining Methods and Classification Criteria, ofMining Selection, Development, Sizing the Production a Mine,Method Break Even Cut-off, Estimating Consumables, Labour and Equipment Requirements, Rules of Thumb. Open Pit Design and Planning The Block Model, Selection of Block Dimensions, Open Pit Mining Method Classification, Geometric Considerations, Stripping Ratios, Computerised Methods, Mine Reclamation. Equipment Selection Selection of Drilling Equipment, Selection of Loading Equipment, Selection of Hauling Equipment, Availability and Utilisation, Effective Operational Time, Job Efficiency, Planning Equipment Replacement. Mineral Processing Types of Mineral Extraction Processes, Stages in Difference Extraction Processes, Flowsheets and Metallurgical Accounting, Mineral Recoveries and Product Grades, General Siting and Layout of Processing Plants.
MXGL523 Project Management and Evaluation 3.0 Regional targeting and project generation, Exploration program initiation and full project management to best industry standards, Establishment of health, safety, environment, and community systems and procedures, Exploration program targeting, design, budgeting and implementation, Periodic audits and reviews of exploration and evaluation projects, integrated modelling, interpretation and target prioritization, Project evaluation, valuations, due diligence, Independent Geologist's Reports. 4.0 MXGL570 Research work weight 4 Research dissertation
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS REGULATIONS FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICS (MXPH) 1.0
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic referred Regulations Masters Regulations, Degrees byand Coursework, hereinafter to as for the General the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.0
EntryQ ualifications 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Exploration Geophysics an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Physics of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in Physics or equivalent degree with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree in Physics. 2.3 An applicant with a BSc Honours Degree in Physics or an equivalent degree with a degree class of 2.2 of this University may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for 1½ years (18 months) on a full time basis or 3 years (36 months) on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full tim e basis for 1 year and on a part-time basis for 2 years. 3.3 Part 2 will be offered on a full-time basis for a period of six months and for a period of 1 year on a part-time basis. Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the coursework component and Part 2, the research component. 4.2 Part 1 will normally last for the first year for full-time students and for the first two years for part-time students. 4.3 At Part 1, each full-time student shall register for courses worth at least 120 course units in the first year while a parttime student will normally register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each year of the first two years. 4.4 If there are core courses in the specialty that a student registers for, these courses should normally be taken in the first six months for full-time students and in the first year for part-time students. 4.5 In order to pass Part 1 a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 120 course units including all core courses for the chosen specialty. 4.6 Each course is worth 15 course units and shall be taught over 72 contact hours, i.e. 48 hours of lectures and 24 hours of practicals and/or field surveys (fieldwork), tutorials and seminars. 4.7 The research component shall normally start after the end of the first year in the case of full-time students and after the end of the second year in the case of part-time students. It will last six months for full-time students and 1 year for part-time students. A full-time student may opt to do the research component on a part-time basis. 4.8 The research component shall consist of a research project which will be assessed based on a dissertation of 12000 to 20000 words (60 – 100 pages) on an approved topic and seminar presentations given according to a timetable determined by the Departmental Board at the start of the
369
component. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of 1 ½ years for a full-time student and on or the end of the third year in the case of part-time students. 5.0
Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2 Courses will be exa mined at the end of the sem ester in which they are taught, and the end of course examination will comprise of one three-hour paper for each course.
6.0
Assessment of courses 6.1 A taught course shall be asse ssed through continuous assessment and end of course examination, in the ratio 30:70, respectively. 6.2 Each taught course shall have a practical component and a fieldwork component. 6.3 Continuous assessment will include the marks from practical
370 6.4
6.5
6.6 6.7
reports, assignments, tests and/or a small scale project and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments and tests shall be 3. A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Regulations. The Research Project of Part 2 shall be examined by a Research Seminar and a Dissertation. The Research Seminar shall constitute 10% and the Dissertation 90% of the overall course mark. To be awarded the degree, a student must pass each of the two Parts of the programme. The degree shall be class ified in accordance with the General Academic Regulations and the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degree by Coursework.
7.0
COURSES 7.1 Part1
Course Code
Title
MXPH511
Introduction to h Exploration Geophysics
Examination Duration 2½
rs
MXPH512
Fundamental Mathematics
2½
rs
MXPH513
PotentialFields
MXPH514
Electrical Methods
2½ hrs
MXPH515
Time Signal Analysis and Inverse Theory
2½ hrs
MXPH516
Seismic Methods
2½ hrs
MXPH517
Processing and Imaging
2½ hrs
MXPH518
Rock Physics and Reconnaissance Techniques
2½ hrs
h
2 h½
Designation Pre/Corequisite
Course units 15 15
rs
MXPH512
15 15
MXPH512
15 15 15
MXPH512
15
7.2 PART 2: Research Dissertation A student shall register for the research dissertation, which should be carried out for a period of six months for full time study and 1 year for part time study. The research work may commence at any time after the final coursework examination. The research work may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic or non-academic institution approved by the Department. The Dissertation will normally be submitted on or before a given deadline. Code
Description
MXPH570
Research Dissertation
Examination Duration Written Report and seminar presentation
Core/Prereq Core
Course Units 80
8.
COURSE CONTENT MXPH 511 Introduction to Exploration Geophysics This course introduces the concepts and applications of modern geophysical exploration. It begins an overview of a typical survey sequence in a new exploration area covering the common exploration methods including: satellite data, gravity, electromagnetics, ground-penetrating radar, resistivity, seismics, side-scan sonar, well logs, and drilling. The course aims to provide a basic understanding of the underlying physics, the resolution and spatial range of each technique, and the costs associated with acquisition and processing. The focused is then on the three main exploration methods: gravity, electromagnetics, and surface seismics, and gives a deeper understanding of the constraints on subsurface rock and fluid parameters constrained by each of the main techniques. The course ends up with a detailed summary of the main practical issues associated with acquisition and processing for the three main geophysical exploration methods, and their relative advantages and disadvantages.
MXPH 515 Time Signal Analysis and Inverse Theory The Fourier series; Continuous and discrete Fourier transforms; Sampling theorems; The convolution theorem; Auto-correlation and cross correlation; filtering and deconvolution; Forward modeling; parameter estimation and inversion; Least squares solution; overand under-determined problems; The co-variance matrix; Linearisation of non-linear problems.
MXPH 512 Fundamental Mathematics Differentiation and integration; Ordinary Differential Equations; Vectors and Geometry; Matrices and Determinants; Solving Linear Equation Systems; Coordinate Transformations; Partial Derivatives; Fields and Differential Operators; Partial Differential Equations; Inverseproblem.
MXPH518 Rock Physics and Reconnaissance Techniques Brittle and ductile; Experimental Rock deformation; Laboratory methods and demonstration; Coulomb friction; Failure criteria for ideal elastic materials; Fracture nucleation; Static fatigue; Fluid flow in porous, fractured media; Geophysical properties of porous, fractured media; include anisotropy, what determines velocity resistivity; etc., damage mechanics, effective medium theory, poroelasticity, seismic wave propagation, Gamma Ray spectrometry, Hydrogeology and ground water survey.
MXPH 513 Potential Fields Vectors and Potential Theory; Gravity; Magnetics; Potential Field Processing and Transforms; instrumentation; field work and data reduction. MXPH 514 Electrical Methods Self potential; Apparent resistivity; induced polarization; Time Domain EM (air borne & ground); Frequency Domain EM; wireline and downhole EM logging; instrumentation; field work and data reduction.
MXPH 516 Seismic Methods Seismic Theory; Seismic Reflection; Seismic Refraction; field work and data processing on the computer. MXPH 517 Processing and Imaging Airborne Magnetic data process and interpretation; Airborne Electromagnetic data processing and interpretation; Advanced Seismic data process and imaging; Time Domain Data processing and imaging; Potential Field Imaging; Geophysical modelling and data inversion, integration of geophysical survey methods.
MXPH570 Research Project The Research project will normally be a field project, but may include an equipment design and construction component. A report on the project must be handed in. (The project will carry at least 40% weighting in the overall assessment).
371
4.3 Part 1 shall normally commence at the beginning of a semester. Each semester shall normally involve 13 weeks of teaching and, followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.4 Each student registers for courses worth at least 120 course units for Part 1, courses worth 100 course units are core and courses worth 20 course units are optional. The programme is organised into three areas of specialization namely Applied Biogeosciences, The Human Environment and Applied Environmental Science. A student shall select one specialization area and take one (1) core course and at least one (1) optional course from the selected area of specialization. Not all optional courses shall necessarily be available for any one year. All courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. All courses are doubleweighted. Each double-weighted course consists of 96 hours of teaching, that is, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practicals. The Dissertation and Research Seminar shall normally start towards the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the third semester in case of parttime students. 4.5 The Dissertation shall be at least 1 0000 words and at most
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (MSGE) 1.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations for the Degrees of Master of Science by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 A good honours degree, at 2.1 or better in Geography or Environmental Science. Candidates with good honours degree in a related discipline such as Agricultural, and Physical sciences may be admitted with the approval of the Senate. 2.2 A candidate with a 2.2 and at least three years of relevant work experience shall be admitted after passing a qualifier
3.
DurationofProgramme 3.1 The programme shall run for four semesters on a full-time basis or eight semesters, on a part t ime basis. 3.2 Part I of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters and on a part time basis for four semesters. 3.3 Part II of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of one semester 6 months and on part-time for a period of 12 months.
examination.
372
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The study programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 shall be the coursework component and Part II shall be the Dissertation and Research Seminar. 4.2 Part 1: Coursework lasting two semesters in the first year for fulltime students and at most four semesters within two years for part-time students. Part II: A Dissertation and Research Seminar lasting 6 months for full-time students and twelve months for part-time students.
20000 words in length on an approved topic. In the case of a Dissertation with predominantly calculated solutions, pages that are less than 10000 words may be allowed. The Dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of six months from commencement in the case of full-time students at or before the end of the 12 months, in the case of part-time students. 5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Part 1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.2 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 30:70 for all courses except MSGE02, MSGE03 and MSGE04 which shall have the ratio of 50: 50. 5.3 Continuous assessment shall include practical fieldwork or laboratory practicals and written assignments and tests. The minimum number of assignments shall be three.
Not all Optional Courses shall necessarily be available each year. A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. PART 2 5.5 Part II which includes a Dissertation and a Research Seminar Code Description ExamDuration Weighting CourseUnits consists of 80 course units, 70 course units for the Dissertation and Research 4 80 Dissertation and 10 Course units for the Research Seminar. MSGE570 Seminar The Research seminar shall consist of an oral presentation for a period prescribed by the Department and shall be on the research proposal and findings of the dissertation. The AWARD OF THE DEGREE dissertation and research seminar topic shall be selected The Master of Science degree in Geography and Environmental within the selected area of specialization. Science stating the specialization area shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations PART1:COMMONCORECOURSES for Masters Degree by Coursework.
5.4
6. Code
Description
MSGE501
Philosophy of Geography & Environmental Science
ExamDuration
MSGE502
Research Methods
MSGE503
Geographical Information Science
hours 3
2
20
MSGE504
Remote Sensing
hours 3
2
20
hours 3
hours 3
Weighting 2
2
CourseUnits 20
DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN STATISTICS (MSTC)
20
1.
Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
Entry Qualifications 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Statistics an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Statistics of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc Degree with a major in Statistics with a 2.1 division pass or better of this University or an equivalent degree will be required to register to upgrade that degree to a BSc Honours Degree in Statistics. 2.3 An applicant with a BSc Honours Degree in Statistics with a degree class of 2.2 of this University or an equivalent degree may be considered if she/he has a minimum of two years of relevant experience, writes a qualifying examination and passes with a grade of 2.1 or better.
PART 1: APPLIED ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Code
Description
ExamDuration
Weighting
CourseUnits
MSGE515
Key Topics in Environmental Science (Core)
hours 3
2
20
MSGE516
Hazards and Vulnerability Analysis
hours 3
2
20
MSGE517
Biodiversity Assessment and Monitoring
hours 3
2
20
MSGE518
Global Environmental Change
hours 3
2
20
MSGE519
Environmental Polluti on
hours 3
2
20
MSGE520
Environmental Impact Assessment
hours 3
2
20
373
3.
Duration of the Programme 3.1 The programme will run for three semesters on a full time basis or six semesters on a part-time basis. Part 1 of the programme will be offered on a full time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for four semesters. 3.2 Part 2 will be offered on a full-time basis for a period of six months and part-time for a period of 12 months. 5.
4. Structure of the Programme 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts; Part 1 will be th e coursework component and Part 2, the research component. 4.2 Part 1 will normally last for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and for four semesters in the first two years for part-time students. 4.3 At Part 1, each full-time student shall register for courses worth at least 60 course units in each semester of the first year while a part-time student will normally register for courses worth at least 30 course units in each semester of the first two years. If there are core courses in the specialty that a student registers
374
4.4
4.5
for, these courses should normally be taken in the first semester. In a given semester, certain optional courses may not be available depending on the availability of staff and/or the number of students wishing to register for those courses. In order to pass Part 1 a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 120 course units including all core courses for the chosen specialty. Each double course has a weighting of 20 course units and consists of 96 hours of teaching, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practical classes or seminars. Each single course has a weighting of 10 course units and consists of 24 hours of teaching and 24 hours of practical or seminars. The research component shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the fourth semester in the case of part-time students. It will last one semester of twenty weeks for full-time students and two semesters of twenty weeks each for part-time students. A full-time student may opt to do the research component on a part-time basis. The research component shall consist of a research project
which will be assessed based on a dissertation on an approved topic and three seminar presentations given according to a timetable determined by the Departmental Board at the start of the component. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of the third semester for a full-time student and on or the end of the sixth semester in the case of part-time students. Examinations Part 1 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2
6.
Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught, and the end of course examination for will comprise of one three-hour paper.
Assessmentofcourses 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the end of course examination 6.2
6.3
6.4
in the ratio 25: 75. Continuous assessment will include assignments, tests and /or a small scale project and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments and tests shall be 3. A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat in accordance with t he General Regulations. The research component will be assessed by continuous assessment based on the three seminar presentations and the dissertation in the ratio 10:90.
7.
COURSES
MSTC513
Topicsin Probability Theory
MSTC514
Furthertopic sin Dynamic Regression Modeling
Code
Description
Pre -requisite
ExamDuration
MSTC50 1
Multivariate Methods
HSTS215
3hours
CourseUnits 20
MSTC515 Topics
Topics in Reliability Theory
MSTC502
Further Time Series
HSTS203
3 hours
20
MSTC516
FurtherTopics
7.2 Part 2 MSTC570
Optional Course: Select at least 80units Code
Description
Pre -requisite
ExamDuration
MSTC503
Generalized Linear Models
HSTS401/HSTS411
2 hours
MSTC504
Further Stochastic Processes
HSTS416/HSTS417
3hours
MSTC505
Non Parametric and Robust Statistics
HSTS402
MSTC506
SurvivalAnalysis
MSTC507
Mathematical Programming
MSTC508
Further Operations Research
HSTC406 HSTS425
3 hours
2 hours
10
20
10 10
2 hours
10
HSTS425/MSTC507
Further Econometrics
HSTS423
3 hours
20
MSTC510
ActuarialTopics
HSTS407
3 hours
20
MSTC511
Quantitative Genetics Environmental Impact Assessment
10
HSTS405/HSTS406 HSTS406
3 hours
20
2 hourrs
10
HSTS414
hours 2
10
HMTH201
2hours
10
Dissertation
80
COURSE CONTENT MSTC501 Multivariate Methods (double course and core course) Review of matrix algebra: Partitioned matrices, differentiation with vectors and matrices. Multivariate normal distribution: Samples from multivariate normal populations, correlation and regression, simultaneous inference about regression coefficients, Inference
20
MSTC509
MSTC512/MEPP511
3 hours
CourseUnits
2 hours
2 hours
HMTH201
about correlation matrix. Hypotheses on means: MANOVA (Multivariate Analysis of variance and covariance), Profile analysis, curve fitting for repeated measurements. Discriminant analysis: classification by l inear discriminant function. Canonical Correlation: Inference from covariance matrices. Principal components: geometrical meaning, computation and interpretation, sampling properties. Factor analysis: mathematical model for factor structure, estimation of factor loadings, testing of goodness of fit for the factor model, factorrotation. The analysis of categorical data: contingency tables, the general loglinear model, goodness of fit statistics, hierarchical models. Selection of a model. Introduction to cluster and correspondence analysis.
20
MSTC502 Further Time Series (double course and core) Review of time series analysis in the Time Domain: Stationary time series, ARMA processes, linear processes, ergodicity, Kolmogorov's theorem, characterization of the autocovariance function. Spectral analysis of time series: spectral representation of the
375
376
autocovariance function, spectral representation of a stationary time series, Herglotz' theorem, the spectrum, aliasing, discrete and continuous spectra, spectra of white noise of ARMA processes. Filtering: Linear filters, Impulse Response Function(IRF), transfer function, gain function and phase function, Filter design, high and low pass filters. Estimation of spectra: The discrete Fourier transform, the periodogram, asymptotic properties of the periodogram, smoothing the periodogram leakage, tapering, calculation of the autocovariance using the discrete Fourier transform, application to discriminant analysis of time series, searching for periodicities, Fisher's test, separation of signal from noise, complex demodulation. Introduction to evolutionary Spectral analysis: oscillatory processes, evolutionary spectra, uniformly modulated series, estimation of evolutionary spectra, test for stationarity. Long memory time series: fractionally differenced time series, estimation of the long memory parameter “d”. Modeling long memory time series. MSTC503 Generalized Linear Models (single course) Generalization of the classical l inear model, link function, Algorithms for fitting a generalized linear model. Models for binary and binomial
MSTC505 Nonparametric and Robust Statistics (double course) Review Order Statistics, their joint and marginal distributions. Distribution free (over class), counting and ranking statistics. Ustatistics. Asymptotically nonparametric distribution –free test statistics, Power functions. Asymptotic relative efficiency. Testing for randomness against different types of alternatives. testing for symmetry, association and independence, paired samples and random blocks in the nonparametric case. Robustness qualitative, quantitative, optimal. Basic types of estimates. Asymptotic minimax theory for estimating a location parameter. Idea about joint estimation of location and scale. Robust regression.
data. log linear models. Model diagnostic checking, residual analysis.
variance.Model of lifetime or failure rate from age x s a random variable. Consistency condition, distribution and density functions of random future lifetime,survival function andforce of mortality for the function, or hazard rate and derive relationships between them. Gompertz and Makeham laws of mortality, the curtate lifetime from age x and its probability function, expected value and variance of the complete and curtate future lifetimes deriving expressions for them. Two state model of single decrement and assumptions, comparison with random lifetime model MLE for transition intensities in Markov models, Poisson approximations, Binomial mortality model, MLE estimator for probability of death. Transition intensities of age exactly and using census approximation, the principle if correspondence, exposed to risk(waiting time) depending on age and sex, transition probabilities including single decrement model the actuarial estimate, rate interval,definitions of age at birthday, at specified calendar date, at a specific policy.
MSTC504 Further Stochastic processes (double course) Diffusion processes: Continuous space processes, Markov processes, forward and Backward Kolmogorov equations for transition densities. Diffusionapproximations. Brownian motion: review Brownian motion including Brownian Bridge, Brownian motion with drift, Geometric Brownian Motion. Continuity of paths and maximum variables hitting times. Brownian motion as a diffusion approximation of a random walk. The Ornstien Uhlenbeck processes the telegraphic signal process. Review Martingales and look at the martingale properties of the Brownian motion. Option pricing: Options, arbitrage theorem, ensuring a win or no win, Black-Scholes option pricing formula and application. Developments in option pricing and the stock market. Stochastic differential equations: review some differential equations, stochastic differential equations or look at Renewal processes, Branching processes, Point processes or Stationary processes.
MSTC506 Survival Analysis (single course) Survival Analysis: Survivor function and hazard function, KaplanMeier type estimators, comparison of two groups of survival data, Cox regression model, Cox Proportional hazards, derivation of the partial likelihood estimate, asymptotic distribution, censored data, testing of hazard rates testing. Nelson-Aalen estimate of cumulative hazard rate in presence of censoring, mle of estimate and actual estimate as well as
MSTC507 Mathematical Programming (single course) Advanced Linear Programming: Review of revised simplex method, bounded variables, decomposition algorithms, and parametric programming. and other procedures Integer programming: Simple problems cutting plane techniques, branch and bound algorithms. Nonlinear programming: Separate, quadratic, geometric and stochastic programming, linear combinations method, sequential unconstrained, maximization techniques (SUMT)algorithm. Dynamic programming: Further dynamic programming, problems of dimensionality, solution of linear programming problems by dynamicprogrammingmethods. MSTC508 Further Operations Research (single course) Inventory Models: Deterministic models, multiple item station models, single item n-period dynamic models. Probabilistic models, continuous review model single period and multiperiod. Decision theory: Review decisions under uncertainty, Decision theory and games, sequential games, complete classes of decision functions and strategies. Markovian decision processes, Markovian decision problems. Application of finite and infinite stage dynamic programming to solve stochastic decision processes. Queuing Theory: Further queuing theory, priority queues of service M/G/1, tandem queues and analysis of queues by impeded Markov chains. MSTC509 Further Econometrics (double course) Review of classical econometric/regression methods: Least squares and Maximum likelihood estimation, restricted estimation and tests of hypotheses, regression with autocorrelated errors, heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, Principal components analysis. Simultaneous equations systems: Identification, Structural and reduced forms, Indirect Least squares method, Method of Instrumental variables, Two-stage least squares, Limited Information Maximum likelihood, Mixed Estimation Methods, Three stage Least Squares and Full information Maximum Likelihood.
Integrated Processes: Spurious regressions, Features of Integrated processes. Unit Root tests: Dickey-Fuller test, Augmented Dickey-Fuller test, Phillips-Perron test etc Co-integration Analysis: single equation, system of equations, Estimation of co-integration vectors, Testing for co-integration: Engle-Granger Two-step procedure, Johansen maximum likelihood approach, Asymptotic distributions of estimators of co-integration vectors, Error correction representation (ECR). Forecasting cointegrated variables, restricted and unrestricted VAR models. Further topics. MSTC510 Actuarial Science Topics (double course) Introduction to Actuarial Science: definition, scope and role of actuarial science in Zimbabwe. Techniques of life and Health insurance, risk and security, insurance and assurance, pensions. Review of basic probability theory: Event space, probability, random variable, distribution function, expectation, stochastic processes, Markov chains, transition matrix, martingale, Poisson processes, law of averages, central limit theorem. Common Business calculations and terminology: simple and compound interest, present value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization,financialderivatives,futuresetc. ........................................ Life Models and Statistical Inference: Loss distributions, calculation of premiums, introduction to risk theory, utility functions and survival functions , life tables, actuarial estimate of survival function, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, Poisson, Gamma, lognormal and Pareto distributions, Aggregate claim processes, NCD systems, Simulation of Insurance probability models, Markov models for claim sizes, MCMC applications. Further topics. MSTC511 Quantitative Genetics (single course) Review of Mathematical Modeling and Statistical Technique, inheritance of discrete and continuous characteristics, design and analysis of breeding programmes. Human applications, including genetic counseling, Interpretation of data.
377
MSTC512/MEPP511 Environmental Impact Assessment Ecological impact assessment, summarizing and evaluating impacts, quantitatively and economically. Predicting impact on the physical environment and biota. Landscape ecology .
378
Bounds on the reliability function: bridge system, method of inclusion and exclusion, obtaining bounds on r (p). System life: lifetime probabilities. Useful distribution: Wiebull distribution, the gamma distribution, uniform, etc. expected system lifetime and further topics.
MSTC513 Topics in Probability Theory (double course) Sets and measures: sigma algebras, generating classes, minimal MSTC516 Further Topics generating classes, principles of appropriate sets, measures, Visiting lecturers and resident lecturers will have the opportunity to measurable sets, Borel sets, measurable spaces, Lebesgue measures, offer specialized courses in their areas of research and or areas that Probability spaces, methods of introducing probability measures on are growing in popularity but are not covered in the courses on offer. measurable spaces. Independence and conditional probabilities. Also students may with permission be allowed to take Mathematics Random variables: Borel functions, simple functions, random walks, courses which are deemed useful in their progression in Statistics. Lebesgue integral. Expectation and its properties. the monotone convergence theorem , applications of basic convergence theorem in probability. Probability inequalities: Markov's inequality, the Cauchy Schwartz DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES inequality, Jensen's inequality, Holders inequality, Minkowaski's REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE inequality, Applications. DEGREE IN TROPICAL ENTOMOLOGY (MTE) Characteristic functions: Definition properties, inversion formula, Convergence of sequences of random variables: Convergence in th distribution, in probability, with probability one, almost surely, in p 1. INTRODUCTION mean. Kronecker's lemma. These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Laws of large numbers: Kolmogorov's three series theorem. Zero-one Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter laws. Law of the iterated logarithm. Infinitely divisible laws and stable referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science laws. Continous Mapping theorem, Functional Central Limit Regulations for Master of Science Degrees. theorem(invarianceprinciple).. MSTC514
Further topics in Dynamic Regression Modeling (single course) This course deals with nonlinear regression models, modeling data that does not conform to the usual expectations, incorporating intervention analysis, change point analysis and other special models which are excluded in linear models courses. MSTC515 Topics in Reliability Theory (single course) Structure of systems: series structure systems, parallel structure systems. Functioning or failure of components. Minimal Path and Minimal Cut sets in reliability, reliability of systems of independent components.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Tropical Entomology, an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSc Honours Degree in Biological Sciences of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree where entomology was taken as a course. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc (Honours) degree in Biological Sciences or equivalent degree of this University with a 2.2 division and at least three years relevant post qualification experience will be required to write and pass a qualifying examination with a mark representing a 2.1 division or better.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme will run for three semesters on a full-time basis or six semesters on part-time basis. 3.2 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters or part-time basis for four semesters. 3.3 Part II will be offered on a full-time basis for a period of one semester or part-time for two semesters, although the length of the semester will be twenty (20) weeks instead of the normal fifteen weeks.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The Programme will consist of two parts. Part I will be the coursework component, and Part II will be the research component. 4.2 Part I will normally last for two semesters on full-time basis or four semesters on part-time basis. 4.3 At Part I, each student shall register for courses worth at least 80 course units in the first semester of the first year. The remaining course units, including two specialization courses, will be offered in the second semester. Students are required to take all seven nonoptional courses and one specialization course. In order to pass Part I, a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 160 course units, including all non-optional courses. Each course has a weighting of 20 course units, and consists of 96 hours of teaching, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practical classes and seminars. 4.4 The research component shall normally start after the end of the second semester. It will last one semester of twenty weeks. 4.5 The research component shall consist of a research project which will be based on a dissertation on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before the end of the third semester.
5.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 Examination shall be conducted in accordance with General Academic Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2 Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught, and the end of course examinations for each course will comprise one three-hour paper.
6.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 40:60. 6.2 Continuous assessment will be in accordance with Faculty Regulations, and will include assignments, tests, practicals and seminar presentations, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. 6.3 A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. A student who fails a course will be allowed to supplement or repeat the course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 6.4 The research component will be assessed based on the dissertation.
7.
COURSES 7.1 Part I: Courses in Master of Science in Tropical Entomology (MTE5) Non-optional courses
Code
Description
MTE501
ResearchMethods
3 hours
ExamDuration
CourseUnits 20
MTE502
Insect Functional Morphology and Systematics
hours 3
20
MTE503
InsectPhysiology and Biochemistry
hours 3
20
MTE504
InsectEcologyandBehaviour
3hours
20
MTE505
Pest Management
hours 3
20
MEPP507
Geographic Information Systems
hours 3
20
MEPP515
Remotesensing
3hours
20
Specialisation options Code
Description
Exam Duration
MTE507
Agricultural and Stored Product Entomology
3 hours
MTE508
MedicalandVeterinaryEntomology
3hours
CourseUnits
20 20
379
7.2 Part II Course: MasterofS cienceinTropicalEntomology (M TE5) Code MTE570
Description ResearchDissertation
Weighting 4
Units 80
MTE501 Research methods 1. What is research: Why do research, The scientific method, Ethics in science. The research process: Problem definition and selection, Problem analysis, Study plan.The research proposal: Guidelines for writing a proposal, Planning the research, Site selection, Sampling units, Replication. Data collection: Primary and secondary data, Sources of data. Statistical and data management software: Overview of software, Choice of appropriate package, Data entry and data management. Sampling: Random number tables, Simple random sampling, Stratified random sampling, Systematic sampling, Quadrat sampling. Surveys: Planning a survey, Types of surveys, Phases of a survey, How to sample, Questionnaire design, Implementing a survey, Data management, Tabulation and further data analysis, Reporting.Modelling: Multiple linear regression, Model checking and dealing with deviations from model
380
assumptions, General linear models, Model checking and dealing with deviations from model assumptions, comparison of means, Introduction to REML, Introduction to generalised linear models. Simple time series models : Time series plots, Components of a time series, Smoothing. Analysis of distribution of free data (nonparametrics) : Ranked data, Scores, Alternative methods of data analysis. Multivariate methods : Cluster methods, Principle component analysis, Discriminant analysis, Factor analysis. Presentation of research: Logging of data entry, Validation and analysis, Data presentation, Graphs and diagrams, Report writing. MTE502 Insect FunctionalMorphology and Sys tematics Form and structure of the insect head and its appendages; Modifications of mouthparts, Neck and Thorax; Leg adaptations and articulations; Origin and development of wings (wing modifications and articulations); Appendages and processes of the abdomen (Stridulation, Musculature, Spiracles, Trachea); Modifications of the respiratory system; Modifications of alimentary, reproductive and nervous systems; Embryonic and postembryonic development; Taxonomy and nomenclature; International Code of Zoological Nomenclature; Species concept and speciation; Evolution;
Collection and curatorial techniques; Organization of insect genomes; Genetic manipulation of insect populations; insect identification using cytology and genetics. Practical work will be on general insect classification to Order and family levels: Construction of dichotomous keys; Modifications of female and male genitalia; Spiracular systems of some terrestrial and aquatic insects. MTE503 Insect Physiology and Biochemistry Gross structure and functions of the insect integument parts; Ecdysis and sclerotinization; Physiology of insect locomotion; Energetics of flight and flight metabolism; Physiology of insect respiration; Generalised anatomy of the insect digestive system; Extra-intestinal digestion (carbohydrates, proteins, lipids); Enzyme activity and effects of pH and temperature; Absorption (carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, water, inorganic ions); Nutrition and intermediary metabolism; Water balance and osmoregulation; Excretion; Circulatory system; Nervous and neuroendocrine systems; Hormone analogues as insecticides; Physiology of aging, diapause and hibernation; Chemical defence mechanisms; Thermoregulation; Bochemical basis of insecticideresistance. MTE504 InsectEc ologya ndBehaviour Population ecology (measurement and factors regulating insect populations); Predator-prey and host-parasitoid relationships; Competitive interactions and consequences; Pest migrations; Construction and analysis of life tables and their use in applied entomology; Mating and feeding behaviour, response to host stimuli; Communication and activity patterns in insect populations; Ecology and behaviour of insects as foundations for effective pest management. Life table analysis; mortality and survivorship. MTE505 Pest Management Principles and practices of pest management; Economics of crop loss; Pest management techniques (cultural, biological, chemical control, biological control, quarantine and legislative control, host-plant resistance, biotechnological methods); Biological control; Chemical control; Development and detection of insecticide resistance; Toxicology of insecticides; Insecticide formulations and application technologies; Sterile insect techniques; Integrated pest management.
MTE507 Agricultural and Stored Product Entomology Biology, ecology, economic importance and control of general pests (locusts, African armyworm, cotton bollworm); Biology, ecology and economic importance of specific insect and mite pests of particular crops; Stored grain ecosystem; Primary infestation of grain; Assessment of stored grain weight losses; Biology, ecology and control of some primary and secondary insects pests of stored grain and pulses; Biology and ecology of crop pollinators. MTE508 MedicalandVeterinary Entomology Pests of medical and veterinary importance (including epidemiology, diagnostic, parasitology and immunology). Biology and ecology of mosquito vectors of malaria, tsetse and fleas. Epidemiology of plague; Houseflies, blowflies and myiasis; Ticks as vectors of animal diseases; Integrated vector control; Vector insecticide resistance; Screening of insecticides and acaricides; Insect defence mechanisms against parasites; Genetics of vectorial capacity; Analysis of insect age structure with reference to mosquitoes; Insectary design, construction and controls. MEPP507
and geometric distortion: Sources and correction of radiometric distortion, Sources and correction of geometric distortion. Spatial image enhancement: Image filtering. Supervised Image Classification Techniques: Steps in supervised classification, Parallel Piped classification, Minimum distance to mean classification, Maximum likelihood classification.Unsupervised Image Classification Techniques: Steps in unsupervised classification, Bbasic clustering algorithm. Multispectral transformations of image data: Band ratios, Vegetation indices. Applications of remote sensing: Applications in vegetation monitoring, Applications in water resources and environmental management, Other applications.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN TROPICAL HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES (MTFH)
Geographic Information systems
Introduction to GIS: Geographical data; Definition of GIS, Components and purpose of GIS. Conceptual models of geographical phenomena: Conceptual models of real world geographical phenomena, Entities and Fields; Models for representing spatial data; Raster spatial data model; Vector spatial data model.Coordinate Systems and Projections: Coordinate systems & Map projections, Coordinate transformation. Spatial data sources, georeferencing & spatial data capture: Primary and secondary data sources; Georeferencing; Spatial data input; digitizing and data manipulation.Global Positioning Systems (GPS): Theory of GPS, Applications of GPS. Database Management Systems (DBMS): Database design, Query design. Spatial data analysis: Operators; Spatial data query; Neighborhood analysis; Overlay analysis.GIS project: Designing and implementing a GIS project. MEPP515 Remote Sensing Introduction to remote sensing: Definition of Remote sensing; The Remote sensing system. The electromagnetic spectrum (EM): EM interaction with Earth Surface Materials; EM interaction with vegetation, EM interaction with Soil, EM interaction with Water.Image acquisition and image structure: Image structure, Image visualization. Sources and correction of radiometric
1.
INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Tropical Hydrobiology and Fisheries, an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a good BSc Honours Degree in Biological Sciences of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc (Honours) degree in Biological Sciences or equivalent degree of this University with a 2.2 division and at least three years relevant post qualification experience will be required to write and pass a qualifying examination with a mark representing a 2.1 division or better.
381
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme will run for a minimum period of 18 months up to a maximum period of 24 months on a full-time basis and for a minimum period of 36 months up to a maximum period of 48 months on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for one academic year or for two academic years on a part-time basis. 3.3 Part II will be offered for a minimum period of six months up to a maximum period of 12 months on a full-time basis and for a minimum period of 12 months up to a maximum period of 24 months on a part-time basis.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The Programme will consist of two Parts. Part I will be the coursework component, and Part II will be the research component. 4.2 Part I will normally be taught in one academic year on a full-time basis and in two academic years on a part-time basis. 4.3 At Part I, each student shall register for courses worth at least 160
382
4.4 4.5
course units in the first year of the programme. Students will be required to take all the courses on offer during the year. In order to pass Part I, a student shall have to pass all the courses. Each course has a weighting of 20 course units, and consists of 96 hours of teaching, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practical classes and seminars. Part II of the programme shall normally start after the end of the theory coursework. Part II shall consist of a research project which will be based on a dissertation on an approved topic. The length of the dissertation shall be between 60 and 100 pages. The dissertation shall normally be submitted three months before the end of the project year.
5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2 Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught or at the end of the academic year. End of course examinations for each course will comprise one three-hour paper
6. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio of 40:60. 6.2 Continuous assessments will be in accordance with Faculty Regulations, and will include assignments, tests, practicals and seminar presentations, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. 6.3 A student musts pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. A student who fails a course, may be allowed to supplement or repeat the course in accordance with the General Regulations. 6.4 Part II will be assessed based on the dissertation. 7. COURSES Course: 7.1
Master of Science in Tropical Hydrobiology and Fisheries (MTFH5)
PartI
Code
Description
ExamD uration
Weighting
Course Units
MTFH502 MTFH503
Research Methods Tropical Limnology
hours 3 hours 3
1 1
20 20
MTFH504
Fish Biology
hours 3
1
20
MTFH505
Applied Aquatic Ecology
hours 3
1
20
MTFH506
Conservation of Aquatic Resources
hours 3
1
20
MTFH5**
Fisheries biology and management
hours 3
1
20
MEPP507
Geographic Information Systems
hours 3
1
20
MEPP515
Remote Sensing
hours 3
1
20
7.2 Part II Course: Master of Sc ience in Tropical Hydrobiology and Fi sheries (MTFH5) Code
Description
Weighting
MTFH570
Research Dissertation
4
MTFH590
Oral Examination
(see note 4)
Course Units 80
Notes: 1. The final mark for each course in Part I will comprise the marks for Continuous Assessment and the formal examination in that course in the ratio 40:60. 2. Students are required to take and pass all of the eight courses prescribed in Part I. All courses carry equal weighting, and the overall mark for Part I will be the average of the final marks awarded for each course. Students who fail to pass a course at first attempt may be permitted to write a supplementary examination or to repeat the failed course. Students must pass Part II. 3. Whereas the final mark for each course in Part I will comprise marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in that course in the ratio 40:60, each student will be required to pass on aggregate but with no less than 45% in the formal examination. The final mark for a student who attains less than 45% in t he formal examination, but over 50% overall, will be reduced to 48%, and that student will fail the course. 4. The oral examination will normally be conducted within one month of the date of submission of the research dissertation. No separate mark shall be given for the oral examination. Instead, the oral examination shall be used to confirm or adjust the mark awarded for the research dissertation.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN APPLIED GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING (MGIRS) 1.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations for the Degrees of Master of Science by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Master of Science Degrees.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 A good honours degree, at 2.1 or better in Geographical Science, Geographical Information Systems, Remote Sensing, Environmental Science, Geology or Spatial Statistics. Candidates with good honours degree in a related discipline such as Physics, Biology, Computer Science, and Agriculture may be admitted with the approval of the Senate.
2.2 A candidate with a 2.2 and at least three years of relevant work experience shall be admitted after passing a qualifying examination. 3.
DURATIONOFPROGRAMME 3.1 The programme shall run for one and a half years a full-time basis or three years, on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for one year and on a part time basis for 2 years. 3.3 Part 2 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of 6 months and on part-time for a period of 12 months.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The study programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 shall be the Coursework component and Part 2 shall be the Dissertation and Research Seminar. 4.2 Part 1: Coursework lasting two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters to be completed within two years for part-time students. 4.3 Part 2: A Dissertation and Research Seminar lasting 6 months for full-time students and twelve months for part-time students. 4.4 Part 1 shall normally commence at the beginning of a semester. 4.5 Each student registers for courses worth at least 120 course units for Part 1; courses worth 60 course units are core and the other courses worth 60 course units are optional. Not all optional courses shall necessarily be available for any one year. All courses must be passed for a student to be all owed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. All courses are double-weighted. A doubleweighted course consists of 96 hours of teaching, that is, 48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practicals. The Dissertation and Research Seminar (worth 80 course units) shall normally start towards the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the third semester in case of parttime students. 4.6 The Dissertation shall be at least 12,000 words and at most 20,000 words in length on an approved topic. In the case of a Dissertation with predominantly calculated solutions, pages that are less than 10,000 words may be allowed. The Dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of 6 months from commencement in the case of full-time students - at or before the end of the 12 months, in the case of part-time students.
383
5.
EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Part 1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.2 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 50:50 for all courses. 5.3 Continuous assessment shall include practical fieldwork or laboratory practicals and written assignments and tests. The minimum number of assignments shall be three. 5.4 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. 5.5 Part 2 which includes a Dissertation and a Research Seminar consists of 80 course units, 70 course units for the Dissertation and 10 Course units for the Research Seminar. The Research seminar shall consist of an oral presentation delivered to an academic audience at a time prescribed by the Department and shall be on the research proposal and findings of the dissertation. The Dissertation and Research Seminar topic shall be from the selected area of specialization.
384 6.
Description
MGIRS01
Geographic Information Science Theory and Practice
Course Code
Description
MGIRS04
SpatialStatisticsandModelling
MGIRS05 Advanced GIS Analysis
hrs 3
Weighting
2
Course Units 20
MGIRS02
Remote Sensing and Digital Image Processing
3 hrs
2
20
MGIRS03
Research Methods for Spatial Scientists
3 hrs
2
20
Weighting Course Units
3 hrs
2 2
20 20
2
20
MGIRS07 Applied GIS and Remote Sensing for hrs 3 Biodiversity and Wildlife Management
2
20
MGIRS08 GIS and Remote Sensing for Disaster Management
hrs 3
2
20
MGIRS09 Applied GIS and Remote Sensing for Agriculture and Water Management
hrs 3
2
20
MGIRS10 Societal Applications of GIS andRemotehrs 3 Sensing
2
20
MGIRS11 Applied GIS and Remote Sensing for Terrestrial CarbonEstimation and Monitoring
2
20
hrs 3
3hrs
2
20
hrs 3
2
20
MGIRS14
3 Remote Sensing of Global Environmentalhrs
2
20
MGIRS15
ChangeHyperspectralRemoteSensing
MGIRS13 Spatial Database Design and Implementation
Examination Duration
Examination Duration 3hrs
MGIRS06 Advanced Digital Image Processing andhrs 3 Analysis
MGIRS12 GISAlgorithmsandProgramming
PART1: CORECOURSES
Course Code
PART 1:OPTIONS
3hrs
2
20
MGIRS16 GIS for Environmental Impact Assessment
hrs 3
2
20
MGIRS17 Web and Mobile GIS
hrs 3
2
20
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN TROPICAL RESOURCE ECOLOGY (MTRE) 1. INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees. 2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Tropical Resource Ecology, an applicant will normally be required to have obtained a BSC Honours Degree in Biological Sciences of this University with a degree class of 2.1 or better or an equivalent degree. 2.2 Normally an applicant with a BSc (Honours) degree in Biological Sciences or equivalent degree of this University with a 2.2 division and at least three years relevant post qualification experience will be required to write and pass a qualifying examination with a mark representing a 2.1 division or better.
5.
3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The Programme will run for a minimum period of 18 months up to a maximum period of 24 months on a full-time basis and for a minimum period of 36 months up to a maximum period of 48 months on a part-time basis 3.2 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for one academic year or for two academic years on a part time basis. 3.3 Part II will be offered for a minimum period of six months up to a maximum period of 12 months on a full-time basis and for a minimum period of 12 months up to a maximum period of 24 months on a part-time basis. 4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The Programme will consist of two Parts. Part I will be the coursework component, and Part II the research component. 4.2
Part I will normally be taught in one academic year on a full-time basis and in two academic years on a part-time basis.
4.3
At part I, each student shall register for courses worth at least 120 course units in the first year of the programme. Students will be required to take all seven core courses and one specialisation course selected from those on offer each year. In order to pass Part 1, a student shall have to pass courses worth at least 160 course units, including all core courses. Each course has a weighting of 20 course units, and consists of 96 hours of teaching (48 hours of lectures and 48 hours of practical classes and seminars).
4.4
Part II of the programme shall normally start after the end of the coursework component, and will last for a minimum period of six months and a maximum period of 12 months on full-time basis, and a minimum period of 12 months and a maximum period of 24 months on part-time basis.
4.5
Part II shall con sist of a research project which will be based on a dissertation on an approved topic. The length of the dissertation shall normally be between 60 and 100 pages. The dissertation shall normally be submitted not later than three months before the end of the project year.
SCHEMEOFEXAMINATION Part I 5.1 Examinations shall be con ducted in accordance with General Regulations and Faculty of Science Regulations. 5.2
6.
Courses will be exa mined at the end of th e semester in which they are taught, or at the end of the academic year in which they are taught. End of course examinations for each course will comprise of one three-hour paper.
ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 40:60, but in order to proceed to Part II, a student must have obtained at least 50% pass mark in the formal examination of the respective taught course. 6.2 Continuous assessment will be in a ccordance with Faculty Regulations, and will include assignments, tests, practicals and seminar presentations, and students will be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course.
385
6.3
Students must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Regulations.
6.4 The research component will be assessed based on the dissertation. 6.5 7.
Students must pass Part II.
COURSES 7.1 PartI: Courses Masters in Tropical Resource Ecology (MTRE 5) Core Courses
Code
Description
MTRE501
Introduction to Tropical Resource Ecology Research Methods
MTRE502
386
ExamDuration
CourseUnits
hours 3
20
hours 3
20
MTRE503
Plant Ecology
MTRE504
Wildlife Ecology
hours 3 hours 3
20 20
MTRE511
Social Ecology
hours 3
20
MEPP507
GeographicalInformationSystems
3hours
20
MEPP515
Remote Sensi ng
hours 3
20
Specialisation options Code
Description
MTRE506
ConservationofTropicalResources
MTRE 512
ExamDuration
CourseUnits
3hours
20
Community-based Natural Resource Management
hours 3
20
MTRE513
ResourceEconomics
3hours
20
MTRE51 4
Resource Systems Management
hours 3
20
MTRE516
ConservationSystemsPolicy
3hours
20
MTRE517
AdvancedResearchMethods
3hours
20
MTRE518
Biodiversity and Ecosystems
hours 3
20
MTRE515
Aquatic Ecology
hours 3
20
Part II Course Masters in Tropical Resource Ecology (MTRE 5) Code MTRE570
Description ResearchDissertation
Weighting 4
Units 80
MTRE501 Introduction to Tropical Resource Ecology Current status of international agreements on global warming : The Kyoto protocol; The Copenhagen Accord, Agenda 21, Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), Life in the Universe, Water and Mars, Conditions of l ife as we know it. The Earth atmosphere: Structure and composition. Drivers of the earth's climate: The green house effect, Comparison between Earth and Martian climates, Relative importance of green house gases, anthropogenic emissions (Sources and sinks). Historic changes in the earth's climate: Sources of evidence (Ice core evidence, Sediments, Tree rings, Paleontological). Reconstructing past atmospheres: long-term past CO2, Ice cores, Palaeontology, Distribution of ancient biomes. Impacts of climate change on: Water resources, Biodiversity, Forest resources, Energy, Wetlands (Ecosystem function, Agriculture, Health, Settlement, Infrastructure). Mitigation : Emission scenarios and projecting future climate, International protocols (UNFCC, Kyoto, Biodiversity, Ramsar, Desertification).Vulnerability and adaptive capacity. Adapting to future climate (Health, Food security, Energy). Autonomous adaptation and residual vulnerability: Planned adaptation, Millennium development goals, Institutions and policies for climate change, Copenhagen and Durban climate change meetings. MTRE502 ResearchMethods What is research and why do research? The scientific method, Ethics in science. Research process: Problem definition and selection, Problem analysis, Study plan. Research proposal:Guidelines for writing proposal, Site selection, sampling units, replication.Data collection: Primary and secondary data, Sources of data. Statistical and data management software: Overview of software, choice of appropriate package, Data entry and data management. Sampling: Simple random sampling, Stratified random sampling, Systematic sampling, Quadrat sampling.Surveys: Survey planning, Types of survey, Phases of a survey, Design of questionnaire, Implementing survey, Data management.Modelling: Multiple linear regression, General linear models, Introduction to REML. Simple time series models: Time series plots, Components of a time series, Smoothing. Analysis of distribution of free data (nonparametrics): Ranked data, Scores, Alternative methods of data analysis.Multivariate methods: Cluster methods, Principle components, Discriminant analysis, Factor analysis. Presentation of research: Validation and analysis, Data presentation, Report writing.
MTRE503 PlantEcology Methods in plant ecology: Key questions in plant ecology, Vegetation description and measurement, Vegetation mapping, plant ecology modelling. Plant population ecology: populations and population structure, Natality and mortality, Life tables, Population growth, Density – dependence and density independence, Population dynamics (fluctuations, cycles and chaos), Projection matrices. Plant community ecology: nature of communities, Community composition (diversity and abundance ), Spatial patterns, Gradient analysis, Ordination and classification, Problem of boundaries, Temporal patterns, Succession, Primary productivity, Nutrient cycling, Processes influencing community structure (competition, facilitation, models of coexistence, disturbance and community structure, non-equilibrium and equilibrium theories, herbivory, fire, interactive effects).
MTRE511 SocialEcology Rural Economy, rural livelihoods and natural resources utilization : Rural Economy, Livelihoods and natural resource exploitation, Role of technology in natural resource exploitation and management, Natural resource use and changing economic environment, Principles and rationale of natural Resource valuation, Resource valuation techniques, Project appraisal and evaluation in natural resources management, Resource mapping and GIS applications in natural resource use and management. Social Sciences Research Methodology: Overview of social science research methodology. Principles and role of institutions in Natural Resource Management, and Natural Resource Policy:Role of institutions in natural resource use and management, Theories and principles in natural resource management, Common property theory from an economic perspective, Compliance theory, Community based natural resource management (CBNRM), Indigenous MTRE 504 WildlifeEcology technical knowledge and intellectual property rights, Models of institutional Population and community ecology (numbers & distribution): External analysis, Allocation of natural resources and exchange institutions, Natural drivers and seasonality, Reproduction, Behaviour, Predators and parasites, resource and environmental policy. Structure of large mammal communities in relation to soil moisture and nutrients, Competition and facilitation in multispecies systems. Large MTRE512 Community Based Natural Resource Management mammal communities and community structure: Comparative studies and Basics of wildlife and savanna ecology; Rural economy; Property rights, land analysis as a research tool, Allometry and scaling in mammalian physiology use incentives; Innovation and biodiversity conservation; Governance, and ecology, Body size and ecological traits, Large herbivore body size and digestive anatomy, Evolutionary aspects, Ecological implications of body size. Assembly and management of large mammal communities: Stocking rates and carrying capacity in multispecies systems, Population growth rates and harvesting, Pastoral systems and adaptive management strategies, Wildlife production systems, Economics of wildlife as a land use, Adaptive management of complex systems. Conserving biodiversity: Issues and problems in southern Africa, Management paradigms and issues of scale, Conservation of endangered species, Protected areas, Land use issues and large scale conservation approaches, Linking social and ecological systems. Methods in wildlife management: Census techniques for large mammals, Sampling of invertebrate populations, Ageing criteria and indices of condition, Feeding ecology, Diet and dung and scat analysis, Radio tracking and telemetry, Capture and translocation. MTRE506 ConservationofTropicalResources Characteristics of terrestrial ecosystems in tropical climates: Biophysical aspects of tropical environments (climate, location, landforms, soil, vegetation). Tropical resource systems (woodland-, grassland- and agroecosystems) within the framework of conventional and sustainable resource use. Current and relevant conservation issues within the framework of global change.
institutions, common property management. Performance and scale; Localglobal relationships; Performance and corruption; Capacity-building in communities; Participatory research; Project management and performance monitoring. MTRE513 ResourceEconomics Introduction to natural resource economics; Fundamentals of dynamic optimisation; Economic efficiency and market failure; Tragedy of the commons reassessed; Exploitation of resources in the market economy; Optimal utilisation of resources over time; Influence of economic and institutional factors on resource use. MTRE514 Resource Systems Management System components; Planning and management: Planning, design and management objectives; Modelling of resource systems; Constrained and unconstrained optimisation; Uncertainty and reliability analysis; Simulation – reliability, resilience and vulnerability of resource systems; Risk and uncertainty analysis.
387
MTRE516 ConservationS ystemsPolicy Definitions; Conservation concepts and values; Overview of principles and
(MSC CT)
1.
PREAMBLE These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations and with the Faculty of Science Regulations for the Masters Degrees by Coursework.
2.
SPECIAL ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Normally, applicants must hold either: 2.1 a good BSc Honours Degree in Computer Science or in a relevant discipline, or 2.2 a good BSc General degree in Computer Science or in a relevant discipline together with at least two years appropriate experience, in which case the applicant may be required to sit for a qualifying examination, if the department deems it necessary.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme will run for 18 months on a full-time basis or 3 years on a part-time basis. 3.1 Part I of the programme will be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for at most four semesters. 3.2 Part II will be offered full-time for a period of 6 calendar months and part-time for a period of 12 calendar months.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 4.1 The programme will consist of two parts:
388
Part I:
Coursework lasting for 2 semesters in the first year for Full-time candidates and at most 4 semesters within the first two years for part-time candidates.
Part II:
A research project lasting 6 calendar months full-time or 12 calendar months part-time.
4.2
Part I will commence in March and will occupy two teaching semesters on a full-time basis and at most 4 semesters within
4.3 4.4
4.5
4.6
the first 2 years on a part-time basis. Each semester will normally involve 12 weeks of teaching and one week of private study followed by two weeks in which formal examinations will be conducted. Full-time students may be expected to remain on campus during the vacation. Each student will register for at least 6 courses for Part I. A course will be examined at the end of the semester in which it is taught. At least 6 courses must be passed for a candidate to be allowed to proceed to Part II of the programme. A course may have pre-requisites which a student must pass before registering for the course. Students will be allowed to register for existing courses in other departments in any faculty if, in the opinion of the Departmental Board, the syllabi for such courses are appropriate to the programme and if those departments allow such registration. (Such courses will form part of the courses mentioned in 4.4) The research project will normally commence after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time candidates and after the end of the semester in which Part I is completed in the case of part-time candidates. The dissertation will normally be submitted on or before 31 July of the second year, in the case of full-time candidates, and on or before 20 November of the third year, in the case of part-time candidates. The research project may be undertaken either in the university, at a firm to which the student is assigned or at any other academic institution approved by the Departmental Board.
5.
389
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION COURSE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE CODE (MCT)
Code
Description
MCT501
ProgrammingLanguages
ExamDuration
CourseUnits
MCT502
DesignandAnalysisofAlgorithms
MCT503
SoftwareEngineering
2hours
1
MCT504
Operating Systems
hours 2
1
MCT505
ComputerArchitecture
MCT506
TheoryofComputation
MCT507
Computer Graphics
2hours 2hours
1 1
2hours 2hours hours 2
1 1 1
MCT508
Parallel P rocessing
2 hours
1
MCT509
ArtificialIntelligence
2hours
1
MCT510
Distributed Systems
2 hours
1
MCT511
DatabaseManagementSystems
2hours
1
MCT512
AdvancedTopicsinComputerScience
2hours
1
2.2
3.
DURATION AND DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROGRAMME The Programme runs for 2 years for full-time students and 4 years for part-time students. The Programme normally commences in August.
4.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME Full-time students 4.1 The Programme shall consist of two parts: Part I and Part II. Part I shall be the Coursework component and Part II the Research Component. 4.2 In Part I a student shall take a minimum of 8 Courses and a maximum of 10 Courses. 4.3 A student will normally submit his/her dissertation by 31 May of the year after that in which he/she commenced Part II. Part-TimeStudents 4.4 The Programme consists of three parts: Part Ia, Part Ib and Part II. Parts Ia and Ib comprise the Coursework component and Part II the Research Component. 4.5 In each of Parts Ia and Ib a student shall take a minimum of 4 Courses and a maximum of 5 courses. 4.6 A student will normally submit his/her dissertation by the 31 May of the second year after the year in which he/she began Part II. Both Full-time and Part-time Students 4.7 Parts I, Ia and Ib will normally commence in August and end in September of the next year. The Part will be divided into two semesters but students will normally be required to remain on campus for the duration of the Part. 4.8 The formal examination for a Course in Parts I, Ia and Ib will normally be held two to three weeks after the end of lectures in that Course or at the end of the semester in which the Course is taught. Normally the timing of examinations for all courses will be determined before the start of the Part. The duration of formal examinations are as in Section 5.
Part II: MCT570
Research Dissertation
Weighting Part I 50%:
Part II 50%
Note: The student should pass at least 6 courses in Part I. The overall mark for Part I for each student will be the average of the 6 courses which gives the highest aggregate. The student should pass the dissertation in Part II.
390 REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
1.
PREAMBLE These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degree by Coursework and the Faculty of Science Regulations for Master of Science Degrees.
2.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To beadmitted to the programme an applicant must normally have: EITHER 2.1 a good Honours Degree in Mathematics or its equivalent; OR
a good General Degree in Mathematics and suitable relevant experience. Such an applicant may be required to attend an Interview, undertake preliminary courses and/or pass a qualifying examination as directed by the Mathematics Departmental Board.
Code
Description
MTS501
CommutativeAlgebra1
ExamDuration
CourseUnits
MTS502
Group Theory 1
MTS503
Category Theory 1
MTS504
TopologicalGroups1
MTS506 MTS526 MTS527
Group Theory 2
MTS528
Category Theory 2
MTS529
TopologicalGroups2
3hours
1
MTS530
FunctionalAnalysis2
3hours
1
MTS531
FurtherTopicinPureMathematics
3hours
1
MTS532
FurtherTopicinPureMathematics
3hours
1
3hours
1
hours 3
MTS543
Packings and Coverings 2
hours 3
1
MTS544
Graph Theory and Linear Optimization 1
hours 3
1
MTS545
Graph Theory and Linear Optimization 2
hours 3
1
1
hours 3
1
3hours
1
FunctionalAnalysis1
3hours
1
CommutativeAlgebra2
3hours
1
hours 3
5.1.1
Certain courses are labelled as Core Courses within their Speciality (Mod for Mathematical Modelling and GT for Graph Theory). These Courses must be taken and passed before the end of the Programme by each student choosing that Speciality. 5.1.2 The assessment of each Course in Parts I, Ia and Ib will be by continuous assessment and formal examination in the ratio 25 : 75. 5.1.3 To pass Part I a full-time student must pass 8 Courses including all Core Courses in the chosen Speciality. 5.1.4 Normally a full-time student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. However, a student may
1
hours 3
1
Speciality: Graph Theory Code
Description
MTS534
AdvancedGeneralGraphTheory1
GT
MTS535
AdvancedGeneralGraphTheory2
GT
MTS536
AlgebraicGraphTheory1
MTS537
MatroidTheorywithApplications1
MTS538
AdvancedGeneralGraphTheory3
MTS539
Advanced General Graph Theory 4
MTS540
Core
Exam Duration
Course Units
3hours 3hours 3hours
GT GT
5.1.5
1 1
5.1.6
1
3hours
1
3hours
1
5.1.7
hours 3
1
Algebraic Graph Theory 2
hours 3
1
MTS541
Matroid Theory with Applications 2
hours 3
1
MTS542
Packings and Coverings 1
hours 3
1
commence Part II pending the completion of Supplementary Examinations and will normally be allowed to carry up to two Courses into Part II. To pass each of Parts Ia and Ib a part-time student must pass 4 Courses. The 8 Courses passed in the Coursework Component must include all Core courses in the chosen Speciality. A part-time student must pass at least 2 Courses in Part Ia before proceeding to Part Ib. Normally, part-time students must pass both Parts Ia and Ib before proceeding to Part II. However a student may commence Part II pending the completion of Supplementary Examinations and will normally be allowed to carry up to two Part Ib Courses into Part II.
391
5.2
Part II (Full Time and Part Time) Code Title MTS570 ResearchDissertation
Core Yes
Weighting 100%
A research seminar will have a weighting of 10% 5.3
Passing the Degree and Classification of the Degree 5.3.1 In order to be eligible for the award of a Degree a student must pass all Core Courses and each Part of the Programme. 5.3.2
5.3.3
392
For a full-time student Parts I and II are weighted equally in the final assessment. For a part-time student parts Ia, Ib and II are weighted in the proportion 25:25:50. The Master of Science in Mathem atics D egree Certificate shall record the fact that the student has been awarded the Master of Science in Mathematics with the area of Specialization included in parentheses.
FACULTY OF SOCIAL STUDIES REGULATIONS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN ADMINISTRATION DEGREE (HAD) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN ECONOMICS DEGREE (HEC) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE DEGREE (HPOS) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY DEGREE (HPS) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN RURAL AND URBAN PLANNING DEGREE (HRUP) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT DEGREE (HREM) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN SOCIOLOGY HONOURS DEGREE (HSO) BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK HONOURS DEGREE (HSW)
2.
DEFINITION OF TERMS In these regulations terms used are as described in the General Regulations.
3.
PROGRAMMES The Faculty of Social Studies offers the following undergraduate degrees: Bachelor of Science Honours in Administration Degree (HAD) Bachelor of Science Honours in Economics Degree (HEC) Bachelor of Science Honours in Political Science Degree (HPOS) Bachelor of Science Honours in Psychology Degree (HPS) Bachelor of Science Honours in Rural and Urban Planning Degree (HRUP) Bachelor of Science Honours in Real Estate Management Degree (HREM) Bachelor of Science Honours in Sociology Degree (HSO) Bachelor of Social Work Honours Degree (HSW) Courses in the Faculty of Social Studies are taught in the following Departments: ? Centre for Population Studies ? Centre for Applied Social Sciences ? Department of Economics ? Department of Political and Administrative Studies ? Department of Psychology ? Department of Rural and Urban Planning ? Department of Sociology ? School of Social Work
4. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 4.1 To be admitted to any of the Degree Programmes offered in the Faculty of Social Studies, a candidate must have satisfied the minimum condition for entrance to degree studies at this University, as prescribed in the General Regulations. GENERAL REGULATIONS 4.2 Additional requirements for specific programmes: 4.2.1 In the case of the BSc Administration Honours Degree, a pass 1. APPLICATION OF THESE REGULATIONS in Mathematics at Ordinary Level; 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General 4.2.2 In the case of the BSc Economics Honours Degree, a pass at Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees, hereinafter grade B or better at ordinary Level, or equivalent, in referred to as the general regulations. Mathematics; 1.2 The General Academic Regulations take precedence over these 4.2.3 In the case of the BSc Psychology Honours Degree, passes at regulations. Ordinary Level, or equivalent, in Mathematics and an approved Science subject;
393
4.3
394
4.2.4 In the case of the BSc RUP Honours Degree and BSc REM Honours Degree, a Grade B or better at Ordinary Level pass in Mathematics and two Advanced Level passes including Geography. A student may apply for special entry into programmes offered by the Faculty of Social Studies in accordance with provisions as prescribed in the General Academic Regulations.
5.12 A student must not register for courses worth more than 72 course units, per semester. 5.13 A level I student registered for a degree programme in the Faculty of Social Studies may apply to transfer to a different degree programme in the Faculty. In all cases, the transfer shall be subject to the agreement of the Departmental Board responsible for the Degree to which the student wishes to transfer and the Dean of Social Studies.
6. EXAMINATIONS 5. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES 6.1 The end of course examination shall normally take place at the end 5.1 The minimum duration of a degree is three or four years of the semester in which teaching is completed. depending on the number of levels at which the courses are taught. 6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a candidate must have 5.2 Courses are taught at 3 or 4 l evels of study. satisfactorily attended the approved course of study at the 5.3 A course weighted 12 course units shall be taught in a semester University of Zimbabwe. Satisfactory attendance means and a course weighted 24 course units shall be taught in two submission of all required written work and participation in all semesters of the same academic year. Each course consists of at prescribed seminars, tutorials, practical classes and fieldwork. least three hours of lectures and one hour of tutorials per week. 6.3 The end of course examination for a course of twelve units shall be 5.4 A course may be designated core or optional for each degree of three hours duration and that of a course of twenty four units programme. shall be of three or four hours duration, as specified in the subject 5.5 Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given regulations. academic year. 5.6 All Social Studies students shall take a non credit computer 6.4 The examiners may require a student to attend an oral examination in a given course. appreciation course totaling 40 hours in the course of the degree programme. 7. ASSESSMENT OF COURSES 5.7 All first year students shall do a Communication Skills course and 7.1 Normally, a course, other than a project course or a dissertation awarding of a degree shall depend on passing this course. course, shall be assessed by continuous assessment and an end of 5.8 All final year students shall do a dissertation or project normally course examination. researched over two semesters. 7.2 A fieldwork course or a practical course shall be assessed as 5.9 Subject to the approval of the Departmental Board and the Dean, a prescribed in the Departmental Regulations. student may take optional courses taught in other departments. 7.3 The assessment of a project OR dissertation course shall be based 5.10 A student wishing to take optional cou rses from other on a written report submitted on a date prescribed in the departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, Departmental Regulations. The submission date will normally be contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. at the end of t he semester in which the course is completed. 5.11 To be awarded a three level degree a student must take and pass 7.4 Unless stipulated otherwise in the Departmental Regulations, courses worth 144 course units at level 1, 120 course units at each continuous assessment shall contribute between 25% and 30% of of levels 2 and 3. To be awarded an HSW Degree a student must the overall mark for a course. take and pass courses worth 144 course units at level 1, 132 at level 2 and 120 course units each at levels 3 and 4. To be awarded the HRUP Degree a student must take and pass courses worth 144 8. PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS The processing of the examination results shall be as prescribed in the course units at each level from level 1 to level 4. To be awarded an General Regulations. HREM Degree a student must take and pass courses worth 144 course units at level 1, 120 course units at levels 2,3 and 4.
9.
DETERMINATION OF EXAMINATION RESULTS The degree shall be classified in accordance with General Regulations.
10. AWARD OF THE DEGREE The degree shall be awarded in accordance with General.
4.2.
4.3.
11. SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations detailed syllabuses for Subjects/Courses do not form part of the General and Faculty Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference. 4.4.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN ADMINISTRATION DEGREE (HAD)
4.5.
4.6. 1. Introduction These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred 5. to as 'General Regulations', and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as 'FacultyRegulations'. 2. Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply. 3.
4.
Entry Requirements To be admitted to the Degree Programme a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entrance to Degree Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will not guarantee entry to the programme. Degree Programme Structure 4.1. Courses in this Degree are taken in three levels of study.
The duration of the Degree programme is for a period of not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years. Failed courses may be repeated in the next semester in which the courses concerned are taught. To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and / or course combinations that enable him / her to obtain a total of three hundred and eighty-four (384) course units as follows: one hundred and forty-four (144) course units in Level I; one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level II; and one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level III. A student may take a maximum of seventy-two (72) course units per semester. All core courses are compulsory. At least one hundred and sixty-eight (168) of the course units in Levels II and III must be derived from courses offered by the department. Courses weighted as twenty-four (24) course units are double courses. Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses. A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least two hours of lectures and a one hour tutorial per week over a semester.
Courses and Course Combinations 5.1. Level I Core Courses Semester 1 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description PA109 Introduction to PoliticalScience PA108 Introduction to Political Theory PA107 Theories and Institutional Framework of Public Administration AD105 Qualitative Social Science Research Methods CSSO101 Academic Communication SkillsforSocialSciences
395 Weight
Course Units
1
12
1
12
1 1 1
12 12 12
Semester 2 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description PA113 Political Science and Governance PA112 PoliticalTheoryII PA111 Structures and Functions ofPublicAdministration AD106 Quantitative Social Science Research Methods CSSO102 Professional Communication SkillsforSocialStudies
Weight
Course Units
1 1
12 12
1
12
1
12
1
12
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to forty-eight (48) course units to be chosen from list A in 5.5 and from any level 1 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related Faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
396
5.2.
Semester 1 Core Courses
AD203
Course Description PublicPolicy Human Resources Management Local Government Management
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Code Description AD205 Politics and Local Governance AD202 Policy Formulation and Analysis AD206 Public Personnel Administration
5.3. LevelIII Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description AD305 ProjectPlanning AD202 AD302 PublicS ectorD evelopment AD202 AD303 DevelopmentManagementAD205 AD370 Dissertation 5.4
Weight 1 1 1 2
Course Units 12 12 12 24
The dissertation is a double course normally researched over two semesters. It must be submitted two weeks before the start of examinations in the second semester. The length of the dissertation shall be 8000 to 10000 words.
Level II
Course Code AD201 AD204
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to forty-eight (48) course units to be chosen from list B in 5.6 and from any level II or III courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. At least twelve (12) of the course units chosen must be from list B. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
Prerequisite PA107&PA111
Weight 1
Cour se Units 12
PA107&PA111
1
12
PA107&PA111
1
12
Prerequisite
Weight
AD203 AD201 AD204
1 1
Course Units 12 12
1
12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description AD304 Change and Development AD302 AD301 PublicSectorFinance AD305 AD306 ProjectManagement AD305
Weight
1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to twenty-four (24) course units to be chosen from list C in 5.7 and from any level II or III courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. At least twelve (12) of the course units chosen must be from list C. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in anygiven academic year.
5.5. List A: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level I Semester 1 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description PA110 Introduction to Constitutional Law and Politics AD110 PublicSectorAccounting Semester 2 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description PA114 ConstitutionalRights AD111 PublicSectorAuditing
Weight
1 1
Course Units 12 12
Weight 1 1
Course Units 12 12
5.6. List B: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level II Semester 1 Course Course Code AD221 POS220 AD223 POS201
Description AdministrativeLaw Democracy and HumanRights Public Sector Management Governance in Zimbabwe
Prerequisite
Weight 1
PA109&PA113 PA107&PA111 PA109&PA113
1 1 1
Course Units 12
Semester 1 Course Course Description Prerequisite Code AD322 IndustrialRelations AD204 POS301 Politics and GovernanceinAfricaP OS202 POS303 ModernPoliticalTheory Semester 2 Course Course Description Prerequisite Code AD331 StateLegalLiability AD221 POS331 Diplomacy POS211
6.3.
6.4.
12 6.5.
Semester 2 Course Course Code Description Ad222 HealthS ervice Administration POS222 Principles of International Law 5.7.
Prerequisite
Weight
Course Units
PA107&PA111
1
12
PA110 & PA114
1
12
List C: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level III
1 1
12 12
Weight Course Units 1 12 1 12
6. Scheme of Examination 6.1. Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one two-hour paper. 6.2. To be admitted to the examinations, a student must have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required
12 12
Weight Course Units 1 12
assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory. All examinations will be conducted by continuous assessment and end of course examinations, provided that the examiners may, in addition, test any candidate orally. Supplementary examinations may only be permitted if authorised by the General Regulations. Continuous assessment shall count for 25% of the overall assessment of a course, while end of course examinations shall count for 75%. The Degree classification shall be based on the two hundred and forty (240) course units taken in Levels II and III.
397
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN ECONOMICS DEGREE (HEC) 1. INTRODUCTION These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations, and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as Faculty Regulations. 2. Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply.
398
3. Entry Requirements 3.1. To be admitted to the Bachelor of Science (Hons) degree programme in Economics, a candidate must: 3.1.1. Have satisfied the minimum conditions for entrance to degree Studies as prescribed inthe General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will not guarantee entry to the Programme. 3.1.2. Have, additionally a pass at Advanced level or equivalent, in Mathematics. 4. DegreeProgrammeStruc ture 4.1. The degree is to be taken in three levels of study for a period of not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years. 4.2. The degree programme consists of one hundred and forty four (144) course units in level 1, one hundred and twenty (120) course units in level II and one hundred and twenty (120) course units in level III. A student may take a maximum of seventy two (72) course units per semester.
4.3.
To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and / or course combinations that enable him/her to obtain a total of three hundred and eight four (384) course units. At least one hundred and sixty eight (168) of the course units in levels II and III must be derived from courses offered by the department. 4.4. Courses weighted as twenty f our (24) course units are double courses. Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses. 4.5. A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least two (2) hours of lectures and a one (1) hour tutorial per week over a semester. A course weighted as twenty four (24) course units will normally include at least two (2) hours of lectures and a one (1) hour tutorial per week over two (2) consecutive semesters. 5. Courses andcou rsecom binations 5.1. Level1 5.1.1. Students must take the equivalent of one hundred and forty four (144) course units, seventy two (72) in each semeste r. Semester 1 Core courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description ECON104 PrinciplesofMicroeconomics ECON 105 Descriptive Statistics and Probability Models in Economics ECON106 MathematicsforEconomics CSSO 101 Academic Communication SkillsforSocialSciences
Weight 1
1 1 1
Course Units 12
12 12 12
Semester 2 Course Code ECON109 ECON 110
ECON 111 CSSO 102
Semester 2 Course Prerequisite Description PrinciplesofMacroeconomics Sampling theory and Statistical Inference in Economics Mathematics for Economic Analysis Academic Communication SkillsforSocialStudies
Weight 1
Course Units 12
1
12
1
12
1
Courses equivalent to forty-eight (48) course units to be chosen from list A and from any level 1 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer n any given academic year. 5.2 Level II Students must take the equivalent of one hundred and twenty (120) course units, sixty (60) in each semester. All level II courses offered by the Department of Economics other than History of Economic Thought, Political Economy and Social Economics require that students have successfully completed Introduction to Economic Principles. Semester 1 Core courses
ECON 205 Mathematics for Economists ECON 201 Applied Statistics
Prerequisite
Weight
ECON104, ECON106, ECON 111 1 ECON104, ECON106, ECON109,ECON111 ECON104, ECON106, ECON109ECON111
Prerequisite
WeightCo urse Units
ECON109, ECON105, ECON111
ECON203 International Trade Theory and Policy ECON104, ECON109 ECON202 Econometrics 1 ECON104, ECON105, ECON109,ECON110
1 1 1
12 12 12
Optional Courses The equivalent of twenty four (24) course units in each semester, to be chosen from either List B or List D below.
12
Optional Courses
Course Course Code Description ECON 206 Microeconomics 1
Course Course Code Description ECON 204 Macroeconomics
Course Units 12
1
12
1
12
5.3.
Level III Students must take the equivalent of one hundred and twenty (120) course units, sixty (60) in each semester.
Semester 1 Course Code ECON303 ECON301
Course Description Microeconomics II Development Economics
Prerequisite ECON205, ECON206 ECON206
Weight 1 1
Course Units 12 12
Semester 2 Course Course Code Description ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy ECON370 Dissertation
Prerequisite
ECON204, ECON205 ECON202,ECON206
Weight
1 1
Course Units 12 12
Optional Courses The equivalent of thirty six (36) course units in the first semester and forty eight (48) in the second semester, chosen from List B, C or D below. (from 3rd year courses only must be chosen).
399
5.4. List A: Options, which may be taken in the First Year Course Course Prerequisite Code Description AC 108 Business Law I AC 118 Business Law II AC103 FinancialAccountingforBusiness1 AC113 FinancialAccountingforBusinessII BS101 BusinessAdministration1 BS105 BusinessAdministrationII EH102 EconomicHistoryofAfricato1900 GG 1010 Fundamentals of Physical Geography 1 GG 1020 Fundamentals of Physical Geography II AD110 PublicSectorAccounting AD111 PublicSectorAuditing PSY105 GeneralPsychology PSY102 IntroductiontoSocialPsychology PSY103 SelectedIssuesinPsychology PSY104 IssuesinSocialPsychology SOC103 SociologicalFoundations SOC104 IntroductiontoSocial Anthropology
400
SOC105 SOC106
SocialInstitutions IssuesinSocialAnthropology
5.5
Weight 1 1
5.6. List C: Departmental optional courses which may be taken in Level III Course Units
10 10 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 10 10 10 24 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
1 1
12 12
List B: Departmental optional courses which may be taken in Level I.
Semester 1 Course Code ECON 211 ECON213
Course Prerequisite Description Agricultural Economic Development EnvironmentalEconomics
Weight 1 1
Course Units 12 12
Semester 2 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description ECON212 Agricultural Production ECON206 ECON215 IndustrialEconomics ECON217 SocialEconomics
Weight
1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12
Semester 1 Course Code ECON311 ECON317 ECON313 ECON314 ECON319 ECON320
Course Prerequisite Description AgriculturalMarketing NaturalResources EconometricsII ECON202 InternationalEconomics IntroductiontoLabourEconomics PublicFinanceTheory
Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1
Course U nits 12 12 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Course Code ECON312 ECON316 ECON 321
Course Prerequisite Weight Description AgriculturalEconomicPolicy 1 MonetaryEconomics ECON204,ECON206 1 Labour Economics 1
ECON322 PublicFinancePolicyandPractice
1
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Candidates who have performed well in Level II of the degree may, with the approval of the Departmental Board, submit a dissertation based on supervised work on an approved topic. The dissertation will count as the equivalent of twenty four (24) course units. It must be submitted two weeks before the start of the examinations in the second semester. 5.7.
List D: Non-Economics Options, which can be taken in either Level II or Level III.
Course Course Prerequisite Code Description AC202 ManagementAccountingForBusiness BS 204 Corporate Finance 1 BS208 ManagementofFinancialInstitutions EH301 EconomicHistoryofSouthernAfrica GG2020 AspectsofEconomicGeography PL 3010 MarxistPhilosophy PS311 OrganisationalPsychology
Weight
Course Units 24
2 1
12 1 2 2 2 2
12 24 24 24 24
SO030 SO032 SO031 SO033
IntroductiontoDemography SubstantiveDemography FundamentalsofDemographicTechniques DemographicTechniques
1 1 1 1
12 12 12 12
The Departmental Board of Economics must approve combinations of courses selected. 6.
Scheme of Examinations 6.1 Examinations will normally be held at the end of each semester in the case of single courses or in the case of double courses, at the end of the academic year concerned. 6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a student must have registered for and satisfactorily attended the approved courses of study. Such attendanceincludes submission of required written assignments/tests, attendance of tutorial classes and participation in prescribed tutorials. 6.3 Evaluation will be based on continuous assessment and end of course examinations. 6.4 Continuous assessment shall count for 25% of the final mark and the end of course examination shall count for 75% of the final mark. 6.5 Examinations for single courses (12 course units) shall be for two (2) hours duration and examinations for double courses (24 course units) shall be for three (3) hours duration. 6.6 A student will be required to pass the equivalent of three hundred and sixty (360) course units in order to qualify for the award of the degree. 6.7 The classification of the final degree will be based on the results of the two hundred and forty (240) course units taken in levels II and III in accordance with the scheme laid out in the General AcademicRegulations.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE DEGREE (HPOS) 1.
Introduction These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as 'General Regulations', and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as 'Faculty Regulations'.
2. Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply. 3. Entry Requirements To be admitted to the Degree Programme a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entrance to Degree Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will not guarantee entry to the programme. 4. Degree Programme Structure 4.1 Courses in this Degree are taken in three levels of study. 4.2 The duration of the Degree programme is for a period of not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years. Failed courses may be repeated in the next semester in which the courses concerned are taught. 4.3 To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and / or course combinations that enable him / her to obtain a total of three hundred and eighty-four (384) course units as follows: one hundred and forty-four (144) course units in Level 1; one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level II; and one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level III. A student may take a maximum of seventy-two (72) course units per semester. All core courses are compulsory. 4.4 At least one hundred and sixty-eight (168) of the course units in Levels II and III must be derived from courses offered by the department. 4.5 Courses weighted as twenty-four (24) course units are double courses. Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses.
401
4.6
A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least two hours of lectures and a one hour tutorial per week over a semester.
5. Courses and Course Combinations 5.1. LevelI Semester 1 Core Courses Course Code PA109 PA108 PA107
Course Prerequisite Weight Description IntroductiontoPoliticalScience 1 IntroductiontoPoliticalTheory 1 Theories and Institutional Framework ofPublicAdministration 1 AD105 QualitativeSocialScienceResearchMethods 1 CSSO101Academic Communication Skills for Social Sciences 1
402
Course Units 12 12 12 12 12
5.2. LevelII Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description POS201 Governance in Zimbabwe PA109&PA113 POS220 Democracy and HumanRights PA109&PA113 POS211 International Relations PA109 & PA113
Weight
Course U nits
1
12
1
12 1
12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Code Description POS203 International Organisations POS202 State Politics and SocietyinZimbabwe
Prerequisite
Weight
P0S211 POS201
1
Course Units 12
1
12
1
12
Semester 2 Core Courses
POS204 AfricanPoliticalIdeas
Course Code PA113 PA112 PA111
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to forty-eight (48) course units to be chosen from list B in 5.6 and from any level II or III courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. At least twelve (12) of the course units chosen must be from list B. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
Course Prerequisite Weight Course Description Units PoliticalScienceandGovernance 1 12 Political Theory II 1 12 Structures and Functions of Public Administration 1 12 AD106 QuantitativeSocial ScienceResearch Methods 1 12 CSSO102Professional CommunicationSkills for Social Studies 1 12 Optional Courses Courses equivalent to forty-eight (48) course units to be chosen from list A in 5.5 and from any level 1 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
5.3. LevelIII Semester 1 Core Courses
5.5. List A: Departmental OptionalCourses which may be taken in Level I Semester 1
Course Course Prerequisite Code Description POS301 Politicsand GovernanceinAfrica POS202 POS303 ModernPoliticalTheory POS306 InternationalPeace andSecurityStudies POS211 POS370 Dissertation 2 24 5.4
Weight
Course Units
1 1
12 12
1
12
Course Code PA110 AD110
Course Code PA114 AD111
5.6.
Prerequisite
Code Description POS304 Contemporary PoliticalTheory POS303 POS302 Politicsin De veloping Societies POS202 POS307 ContemporaryConf lict ManagementStudies POS211
Course Units 12 12
Semester 2
The dissertation is a double course normally researched over two semesters. It must be submitted two weeks before the start of examinations in the second semester. The length of the dissertation shall be 8000 to 10000 words.
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course
Course Prerequisite Weight Description IntroductiontoConstitutionalLawandPolitics 1 PublicSectorAccounting 1
Weight
1
Course Description ConstitutionalRights PublicSectorAuditing
Course
Course
Units
Code AD221 AD223
Description Administrative Law Public Sector Management
1
12
1
12
Weight 1 1
Course Units 12 12
List B: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level II Semester 1
Course
12
Prerequisite
Prerequisite
Weight
Course
1
Units 12
1
12
PA107 & PA111
Semester 2
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to twenty-four (24) course units to be chosen from list C in 5.7 and from any level II or III courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Chairperson. At least twelve (12) of the course units chosen must be from list C. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in anygiven academic year.
Course Course Code Description POS222 Principlesof InternationalLaw AD205 Politics and Local Governance AD222 Health Service Administration
Prerequisite
PA110&PA114 PA107&PA111 PA107&PA111
Weight
1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12
403
5.7. List C: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level III
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY DEGREE (HPS)
Semester 1 Course Code AD322 AD303
Course Description IndustrialRelations Development M anagement AD305 ProjectPlanning
Prerequisite AD204 AD205 AD202
Weight 1 1 1
1.
Introduction These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as 'General Regulations', and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as 'Faculty Regulations'.
2.
Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply.
3.
EntryRequirements To be admitted to the Degree Programme a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entry to Degree Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will not guarantee entry to the programme.
4.
DegreeProgrammeStructure 4.1 Courses in this Degree are taken in three levels of study. 4.2 The duration of the Degree programme is for a period of not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years. Failed courses may be repeated in the next semester in which the courses concerned are taught. 4.3 To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and / or course combinations that enable him / her to obtain a total of three hundred and eighty-four (384) course units as follows: one hundred and forty-four (144) course units in Level 1; one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level II; and one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level III. A st udent may take a maximum of seventy-two (72) course units per semester. All core courses are compulsory. 4.4 At least one hundred and twenty (120) of the course units in Levels II and III must be derived from courses offered by the department. 4.5 Courses weighted as twenty-four (24) course units are double courses. Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses. The minimum contact hours for each course shall be at least 60 hours.
Course Units 12 12 12
Semester 2 Course Code AD306 AD304
404
AD331
Course Prerequisite Description ProjectManagement AD305 Change and Development AD302 StateLegalLiability AD221
POS331
Diplomacy
POS211
Weight 1
Course Units 12
1 1
12 12
1
12
6. Scheme of Examination 6.1 Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one two-hour paper. 6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a student must have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory. 6.3 All examinations will be conducted by continuous assessment and end of course examinations, provided that the examiners may, in addition, test any candidate orally. Supplementary examinations may only be permitted if authorised by the General Regulations. 6.4 Continuous assessment shall cou nt for 25% of the ov erall assessment of a course, while end of course examinations shall count for 75%. 6.5 The Degree classification shall be based on the two hundred and forty (240) course units taken in Levels II and III.
5.2 Level2 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses
5. Courses and Course Combinations 5.1. Level 1 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Weight Course Code Description Units PSY105 GeneralPsychology 1 12 PSY102 IntroductiontoSocialPsychology 1 12 CSSO101 Academic Communication SkillsforSocialStudies 1 12 2 Sociology Level 1 courses and 1 other course in the Faculty of Social Studies Semester 2 Course Course Prerequisite Code Description PSY 103 Selected Issues in Psychology PSY100 PSY 104 Issues in Social Psychology PSY101 CSSO102 Professional Communication
Weight
Course Units
1
12
1
12
SkillsforSocialStudies 1 12 2 Sociology Level 1 courses and 1 other course in the Faculty of Social Studies Optional Courses Courses equivalent to thirty -six (36) course units t o be chosen from any level 1 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related Faculties, subject to the approval of the Departmental Board. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
Course Course Prerequisite Weight Code Description PSY209 Quantitative Research Methods in Psychology PS Y102/103/104/105 1 PSY210 Introduction to Statistics and ComputingScience PSY102/103/104/105 1 PSY202 Psychobiology PSY102/103/104/105 1 PSY204 ChildDevelopment PSY102/103/104/105 1 PSY208 Sensation and Perception PSY102/103/104/105 1
Course Units 12
12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Code Description
Prerequisite
Weight
PSY203 Learning Principles PSY102/103/104/105 1 PSY205 Comparative Psychology PSY102/103/104/105 1 PSY207 Adolescence and Adulthood PSY204 1 PSY212 Qualitative Research Methods in Psychology PS Y102/103/104/105 1 PSY211 Applied Computing and StatisticalAnalysis PSY210 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12 12
Optional Courses Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
405
5.3 Level 3 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Weight Code Description PSY301 Psychometrics PSY209/210/211/212 1 PSY302 Psychopathology PSY209/210/211/212 1 PSY307 Cognition PSY208/209/210/211/212 1 PSY309 Organisational Psychology PSY209/210/211/212 1 PSY370*D issertation PSY209/210/211/212 1
5.5
Course Units 12 12 12 12 24
One optional course available Semester 2 Core Courses Course Code PSY304 PSY308
406
Course Description Personality Principles of Psychotherapy
Prerequisite
Weight
PSY209/210/211/212 PSY302
PSY370* Dissertation
PSY209/210/211/212
1
Course Units 12
1
12
1
24
One optional course available 5.4
* The dissertation is a double course normally researched over two semesters. It must be submitted two weeks before the start of examinations in the second semester. The length of the dissertation should be between 8 000 and 10000 words.
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to twenty-four (24) course units to be chosen from list C and from any level II or III courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Departmental Board. At least twelve (12) of the course units chosen must be from list C. Students wishing to take optional courses from other departments must satisfy the prerequisite requirements, if any, contained in the regulations specific to the department concerned. Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year.
List C: Departmental Optional Courses which may be taken in Level III
Semester 1 Course Course Code Description PSY 303 Applied Principles of learning
Prerequisite
Weight
PSY203/209/ 210/211/212 PSY305 Systems and Theories PSY 209/210/211/212 PSY306 Psychologya ndL aw PSY209/210/211/212
1 1 1
Semester 2 Course Course Prerequisite Weight Code Description PSY310 ForensicPsychology PSY306 1 PSY 311 Contemporary Issues inPsychology PSY209/210/211/212 1 PSY312 Personnel Psychology PSY 209/210/211/212 1 PSY313 Consumer Psychology PSY209/210/211/212 1 6.
Course Units
12 12 12
Course Units 12 12 12 12
SchemeofExamination 6.1 Examinations will normally be held at the end of each semester in the case of single courses or, in the case of double courses, at the end of the academic year. 6.2 To be admitted to the examinations, a student must have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory. 6.3 All examinations will be conducted by continuous assessment and end of course examinations, provided that the examiners may, in addition, test any candidate orally. Supplementary examinations may only be permitted if authorised by the General Regulations. 6.4 Continuous assessment shall count for 30% of the overall assessment of a course, while end of course examinations shall count for 70%. 6.5 The Degree classification shall be based on the two hundred and forty (240) course units taken in Levels II and III.
4.4. Level III will consist of the equivalent of eight compulsory courses and two optional courses chosen from among the optional courses on offer during the year plus compulsory Design Studio. The courses will be taken at the rate of six courses per semester. 4.5 Level IV will consi st of the equivalent of six compulsory courses and two optional courses, four in each semester, plus compulsory Regional Design Studio. In addition, students will also do either a compulsory Design Project or Dissertation to be assessed through both a written report and oral presentation. 4.6. Courses weighted as twenty-four (24) course units are double courses. Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses. 4.7. A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least three hours of lectures and a one hour tutorial per week over a semester. The Dissertation or Design Project course weighted at twenty-four (24) course units will normally proceed through working with the help of a supervisor. Design Studios are based on practical work worth twelve (12) units each semester for 8 semesters.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN RURAL AND URBAN PLANNING DEGREE (HRUP) 1. Introduction These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as 'General Regulations', and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as 'Faculty Regulations'. 2. Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply. 3. Entry Requirements 3.1. To be admitted to the Degree Programme a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entrance to Degree Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations,
5.
Courses and Course Combinations
provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will 5.1. LevelI not guarantee entry to the programme. Semester 1 3.2 Maths 'O' level B or bet ter, A level pass in Geography and any one of Core Courses the following: Biology, Physics, Sociology, Accounts, Economics, Chemistry, Mathematics Course Course Prerequisite Code Description 4. Degree Programme Structure RUP101 IntroductiontoPlanning 4.1. Courses in this Degree are taken in four levels of study. RUP109 EnvironmentalSystems 4.2. The duration of the Degree programme is for a period of not less RUP114 Statistics than four academic years and not more than eight academic years. RUP115 Introduction to Spatial Planning Failed courses may be repeated in the next semester in which the ECON104 PrinciplesofMicro-Economics courses concerned are taught. CSSO101 AcademicCommunicationSkills 4.3. To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and/or course combinations that enable him/her to obtain a total of five hundred and seventy-six (576) course units as follows: one hundred and forty-four (144) course units in each Level from Level I up to Level IV. A student may take a maximum of seventy-two (72) course units per semester. All core courses are compulsory.
407 Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description RUP112 EnvironmentalPlanning RUP113 The City in History & Settlement Analysis RUP117 Introduction to Planning Mathematics RUP118 Designoflanduseplans ECON109 PrinciplesofMacro-Economics CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills
RUP217
Weight 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12
5.3 Level III Courses Semester 1 Core Courses
12 12
Course Code RUP314 RUP319
12 1 1
5.2 Level II Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Code RUP202
408
RUP208 RUP211 RUP213 RUP214 RUP218
Course Prerequisite Description Planning Techniques andMethods RUP117 Introduction to WaterSupplyandSewerage Rural Planning,Societyand Ecology AspectsofEnvironmentalDesign Residential Layouts Designs RUP115 Fundamentals of PlanningTheory RUP101
Weight
Designing for Social and Economic Infrastructure RUP115
Course Units
Course Prerequisite Description RegionalEconomicTheory Introduction to Law and Legal Method RUP320 Urban Morphology andDesign RUP213 RUP326 RealEstateEnvironment RUP327 Design of Facilities RUP214 &RUP217
1
Weight 1 1
12
Course Units 12 12
1 1 1
12 12 12
1
12
Optional Courses Students shall select one optional course at Level III from the following
1 1 1
12 12 12
options:
1
12
1
12
Course Code RUP321 RUP322 RUP324 RUP325
Course Prerequisite Weight Description Transport Economics and Logistics 1 RuralResourcesandPlanning 1 Principles of Project Planning and Management 1 ElementsofConstructionIndustry 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description RUP209 Geographic Information System and Planning RUP210 Introduction to Road and BuildingInfrastructure RUP212 Rural Planning, the Economy and the State RUP215 Planning Theory and Practice RUP101 RUP216 DesigningUrbanSettlements
Weight
1
Course Units 12
1 1 1 1
12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Code RUP317 RUP328
Course Prerequisite Weight Description Regional Planning Methods & Techniques 1 PlanningLawandPractice 1 Architectural Aspects of Environmental Design RUP213 1 RUP334 Property Valuation Management 1 RUP335 Design Models and t he Environment
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Optional Courses Students shall select one optional course related to first semester optional course at Level III from the following: Course Code RUP330 RUP331 RUP332 RUP333
Course Prerequisite Description FoundationsofPublicTransport Rural LandandDevelopment Policy ProjectPlanningandDesign ConstructionEconomics
Weight 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year. 5.4 Level IV Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description RUP410 UrbanDevelopment&Management RUP411 RUP417 RUP421 RUP470
PlanningThoughtandPractice IntroductiontoRegionalPlanning RegionalDesignStudio Dissertation
Weight 1 1 1 1 2
Course Units 12 12 12 12 24
Optional Courses Students shall select one optional course related to first semester optional course at Level III from the following: Course Code RUP418 RUP419 RUP420 RUP422
Course Prerequisite Description AspectsofTrafficEngineering PrinciplesofProjectManagement PrinciplesofConstructionPractice Rural Development and Agrarian Transformation
Weight 1 1 1 1
Course U nits 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description RUP401 ProfessionalPlanningPractice RUP416 UrbanPolicyandPlanning RUP423 RegionalPlanningPolicyandStrategies RUP427D esign and Plans RUP470 Dissertation/DesignProject
Weight 1 1 1 1 2
Course Units 12 12 12 12 24
Optional Courses Students shall select one optional course related to first semester optional course at Level III from the following: Course Code RUP424 RUP425 RUP426
Course Prerequisite Description TransportandItsEnvironment ProjectManagementTechniques ConstructionPlanningandManagement
RUP428 IssuesinSustainableRuralDevelopment
Weight 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Not all optional courses will necessarily be on offer in any given academic year. 6.
Scheme of Examination 6.1. Examinations will normally be held at the end of each semester in the case of single courses or, in the case of double courses, at the end of the academic year. 6.2. To be admitted to the examinations, a student must have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory. 6.3. All examinations will be conducted by continuous assessment and end of course examinations, provided that the examiners may, in addition, test any candidate orally. 6.4. Continuous assessment shall count for 33% of the overall assessment of a course, while end of course examinations shall count for 67%.
409
6.5. The Degree classification shall be based on the four hundred and thirty two (432) course units taken in Levels II, III and IV.
4.4
A candidate who has the equivalent of Real Estate Council Certificate, Diploma in Architectural Technology, Diploma in Quantity Surveying, or Diploma in Town Planning and experience in real estate or related fields is eligible to apply for admission under special entry or mature entry.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT DEGREE (HREM)
5. Structure of Programme 5.1 The duration of the degree programme is for a period of not less than four academic years full-time. 5.2 The Degree Programme comprises five hundred and sixteen (516) course units consisting of one hundred and forty-four units at 1. Application of These Regulations Level I, one hundred and twenty for both Levels II and III and one 1.1 These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General hundred and thirty two or f Level IV. A student may take a Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, maximum of seventy two (72) course units per semester at Level I, hereinafter referred to as General Regulations and the Faculty of sixty at Level II, and seventy two at Level IV. Each course shall Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes, consist of at least 30 hours of lectures and tutorials except the hereinafter referred to as Faculty Regulations. dissertation and the industrial attachment. 1.2 The General Regulations take precedence over these regulations. 5.3 Practical work shall form part of the programme, and in order to acquire experience in this area, a student shall be attached to work, 2. Definition of Terms which can expose him/her to practical real estate management In these regulations, the definitions used in the General Regulations and skills. This should be a place approved by the Chairman and the Faculty Regulations shall apply.
410
3.
PROGRAMMES The programme is of four years duration. Generally, all the candidates shall take all the thirty four (34) courses and participate in the attachment of students normally for 36 weeks. Registration will follow the University of Zimbabwe academic calendar year for undergraduate studies.
5.4
Board. Normally, a student should complete at least 36 weeks of professional attachment before proceeding to Level IV. Supervision of industrial attachment will normally be done by a member of staff designated by the Departmental Board. The criteria for assessing the student shall be drawn and agreed by the Departmental Board, giving a total of 120 Units. The criteria shall be made available to each student before the start of industrial attachment. A failed course shall be repeated or carried when it is next offered.
5.5 4. Entry Requirements 4.1 To be admitted to the Degree Programme, a candidate must have 6. Examinations satisfied the minimum requirements for entrance to Degree 6.1 The courses shall be examined at the end of the semester in which Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty teaching is done and completed in line with the UZ academic year. Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum 6.2 A minimum of two (2) assignments shall be submitted per each requirements will not guarantee entry to the programme. semesterised course and three (3) for a double semester course. 4.2 One must have passed both Mathematics and Geography at 'O' 6.3 Every Level IV candidate shall submit a dissertation before the Level. beginning of the final examinations. The written report shall 4.3 To be admitted a candidate must have passed any two (2) of the normally be between 8000 and 10000 words excluding following A Level subjects Geography, Management of Business, diagrammatic illustrations. Furthermore, the dissertation shall be Mathematics, Accounting, Economics, Law, Statistics and orally presented in front of a panel of examiners. The oral Technical Drawing. examination shall constitute 10% of the dissertation mark.
7.
8.
9.
Assessment of Courses 7.1 Each course shall be assessed using end of course examinations marks and continuous assessment marks, in the ratio 70:30. 7.2 A candidates should pass both components separately. In the event a student fails course examinations the score shall be 48% or the actual mark which ever is lesser. 7.3 Attachment is normally assessed through visits by supervisors and work reports and a written report by the student at the end of the attachment. The score shall be a stand alone 120 Units. The assessment criteria will be drawn up by the Department. Processing of Results The results shall be processed in accordance with the General Academic Regulations. Determination of Results 9.1 These shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 9.2 A student can carry a maximum of two (2) courses in any particular semester. Courses carried from level II are done at Level IV. 9.3 9.4
A student cannot proceed to Level III carrying Level I courses. The degree classification shall be based on the three hundred and seventy two (372) course units taken in Levels II, III and IV. Level II shall contribute 30%, Level III 30% and Level IV 40% in weight.
10. Award of the Degree 10.1 The degree shall be awarded in line with General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 10.2 To be awarded a degree, a student must have taken and passed a total of five hundred and sixteen (516) course units including a satisfactoryattachment report. 11. Academic Offences and Penalties These shall be determined in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 12. Posthumous and Aegrotat Provisions The provisions shall be applied in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes.
13. Publication of Examination Results Results shall be published in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 14. Student Appeals Against Published Results Appeals shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 15. AcademicTranscript Issuance of academic transcript shall be in accordance with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 16. Award of A Degree Certificate of The University of Zimbabwe The degree will be awarded in accordance with General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Programmes. 17.
Courses 17.1 Core courses Course
Level I Courses
Course
Prerequisite
Code Description REM 101 Urban Planning I REM102 UrbanEconomicsI REM 103S tatistics ECON104 PrinciplesofMicro-Economics CSSO101 AcademicCommunicationSkills REM104 BuildingTechnology REM105 FinancialAccountingI REM106 Building Studies ECON109 PrinciplesofMacro-Economics REM 107 Valuation I REM108 InformationProcessing CSSO102 Professional CommunicationSkills
Weight
Course Units
1 1
12 12
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
411
17.2 Level II Courses Core courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description REM201 UrbanPlanningII REM101 REM202 UrbanEconomicsII REM102 REM 203 Real Estate Development I REM 204 Law I REM205 BuildingServices REM 206 Financial AccountingII REM105 REM 207 Research and QuantitativeMethods REM208 ValuationII REM107 REM 209 Property and Facility Management I REM 210 Real Estate Finance and Investments I
17.4 Level IV Courses Level IV starts on sat isfactory completion of level three in line with set out criteria by DRUP. Weight 1 1
12 12
1 1
Course Units
12 12
1
12
1
12 1
1
12 12
1 1
12 12
412 17.3 Level III Courses Core course Course Code REM 380
Course Prerequisite Description Industrial Attachment and Professional Experience (student attachment)
Weight
Course Units
120
Core courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description REM401 UrbanManagement REM402 ProfessionalPractice REM 403 Real Estate DevelopmentII REM203 REM 404 Law II REM 204 REM 405 Negotiation, Arbitration and Mediation REM406 AdvancedValuation REM407V aluationIII REM208 REM 408 Property and Facility Management IIREM 209 REM 409 Real Estate Finance and Investments II REM 210 REM 470 Dissertation
Weight
Course Units 12 12
1 1 1
12
1
12 1
1
12 12 12
1
12
1
2
24
18. Course Syllabuses In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations detailed syllabi for courses do not form part of the General and Faculty Regulations, but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Detailed syllabi shall be maintained in the faculty office for reference.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN SOCIOLOGY DEGREE (HSO) 1. Introduction These regulations must be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as 'General Regulations', and the Faculty of Social Studies Regulations for Undergraduate Degree Programmes, hereinafter referred to as 'Faculty Regulations'.
2. Definitions In these regulations the definitions used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply. 3. Entry Requirements To be admitted to the Degree Programme a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entry to Degree Studies as prescribed in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations, provided that the mere satisfaction of the minimum conditions will not guarantee entry to the programme. 4. DegreeProgrammeStructure 4.1 Courses in this Degree are taken in three levels of study. 4.2 The duration of the Degree programme is for a period of not less than three academic years and not more than six academic years. Failed courses may be repeated in the next semester in which the courses concerned are taught. 4.3 To be awarded the Degree a student must have taken and passed courses and/or course combinations that enable him/or her to obtain a total of three hundred and eighty-four (384) course units as follows: one hundred and forty-four (144) course units in Level 1; one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level II; and one hundred and twenty (120) course units in Level III. A student may take a maximum of seventy-two (72) course units per semester. All core courses are compulsory. 4.4 At least one hundred and sixty-eight (168) of the course units in Levels II and III must be derived from courses offered by the Department. 4.5 Courses weighted as twelve (12) course units are single courses. 4.6 A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least three hours of lecturer and a one hour tutorial per week over a fifteen week semester.
5.
Courses and Course Combinations
5.1 Level1 Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description SOC103 SociologicalFoundations SOC104 IntroductiontoSocialAnthropology CSSO101 Academic Communication Skills for Social Studies SOC107 Philosophical Foundations
Weight
Course U nits 12 12
1 1 1
12 1
12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description SOC105S ocialInstitutions SOC106 IssuesinSocialAnthropology CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills for Social Studies History of Enlightenment Thinking
Weight 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12
413
12 1
12
Optional Courses Courses equal to forty-eight (48) course units chosen from any Level I courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies, or in related Faculties, subject to the approval of the Departmental Board. 5.2 Level 2 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Weight Code Description SOC201 Qualitative Research Methods SOC102/103/104 1 SOC204 Sociology of Organizations SOC103 1 SOC205 Sociology of Development SOC103/104/105/106 1 SOC217 GenderStudies SOC103 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Weight Code Description SOC202 Quantitative Research Methods SOC102/103/104/105 1 SOC203 History of Sociological and Anthropological Thought SOC103/104 1
Course Units 12
12
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to forty eight (48) course units to be chosen from list A and from any Level 2 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Departmental Board. At least twenty four (24) of the course units chosen must be from courses taught in the Department of Sociology in list A.
5.3 Level3Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description SOC301 ClassicalSocialTheory SOC203 SOC370 Dissertation SOC201/202
List A: Departmental options which may be taken in level 2 Course Course Prerequisite Weight Course Code SOC208 SOC209 SOC210 SOC211 SOC212 SOC213 SOC214
SOC215 SOC216 SO030 SO032
Description Political Sociology eitherSOC103or104 CrimeandDeviance eitherSOC103or104 Race and Ethnic Relations eitherSOC103or104 Economy, Society & Governance eitherSOC103or104 SociologyofMedicine eitherSOC103or104 SociologyofEducation eitherSOC103or104 Sociology and Anthropology of Tourism eitherSOC103or104 Sociology of Mass Communications eitherSOC103or104 Sociology of the Familyei therSOC103 or104 Introductionto Demography eitherSOC103or104 Substantive Demography eitherSOC103or104
1 1
Units 12 12
1
12
1 1 1
12 12 12
1 2
Course Units 12 24
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Weight Course Code Description Un its SOC302 Contemporary Social Theory SOC203 1 12 One of SOC303,304 or 305 Special Issues Paper 1 12 5.4
414
Weight
The dissertation is a double course normally researched over two semesters. It must be submitted two weeks before the start of examinations in the second semester. The length of the dissertation shall be 8 000 to 10 000 words.
Optional Courses Courses equivalent to eighty-four (84) course units to be chosen from list B and from any Level 3 courses offered in the Faculty of Social Studies or in related faculties, subject to the approval of the Dean and the Departmental Board. At least sixty (60) of the course units chosen must be from courses taught in the Department of Sociology in list B. List B: Departmental options which may be taken in Level 3
1
12 1 1
12 12
1
12
1
12
Course Course Code Description SOC302 Advanced Statistical Methods SOC303 Special Issues in Organisations SOC304 Special Issues in Development
Prerequisite
Weight
Course Units
SOC201/202
1
SOC204
1
12 12
SOC205
1
12
SOC305 Special Issues in Stratification SOC206 SOC306 RuralDevelopment SOC205 SOC308 Sociology of Work and IndustrialOrganizationS OC204 SOC309 LabourStudies SOC204 SOC310 Sociologyof Occupations and Professions SOC204 SOC311 Ritual, Religion and Symbolism SOC103 SOC312 Social Policy and Social Administration SOC205 SOC314 Sociology of the Environment SOC205 SOC313 Alternative Health Care either SOC204or205 SOC315 SpecialAreaStudy SOC103/104 SOC316 UrbanSociology SOC205 SOC317 Special Issues in Gender Studies SOC217 SO031 SO033
FundamentalsofDemographicTechniques DemographicTechniques
6.5 1 1
12 12
1 1
12 12
1
12
1
12
1
12
1
12
1 1 1
12 12 12 1
1 1
12 12 12
6. Scheme of Examination 6.1 Examinations will normally be held at th e end of each semester. 6.2
To be admitted to the examin ations, a student mus t have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory.
6.3
All examinations will be con ducted by continuous assessment and end of course examinations, provided that the examiners may, in addition, test any candidate orally.
6.4
Continuous assessment shall count for 25% of the overall assessment of a course, while end of course examinations shall count for 75%
The Degree classification shall be based on the two hundred and forty (240) course units taken in Levels II and III.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK HONOURS DEGREE (HSW) 1. Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduates hereinafter referred to as 'GeneralRegulations'. 2. Definitions In these regulations the definition used in the General Regulations and the Faculty Regulations shall apply. 3. Entry qualifications 3.1 To be admitted to the Bachelor of Social Work (Honours) degree, a candidate must have satisfied the minimum conditions for entrance to undergraduate degree studies at the University of Zimbabwe as prescribed by the General Regulations. 3.2 Candidates who possess the three (3) year Graduate Diploma in Social Work of the University of Zimbabwe or an equivalent qualification from other institutions may, subject to the production of evidence of approved experience and, if required, by satisfactory performance in a preliminary examination, be admitted into Part IV of the BSW (Honours) Degree programme over one (1) year fulltime, under special entry programme. 4. Duration of the programme 4.1 The duration of the study is not less than four academic years and not more than eight academic years. 4.2 The duration for the special entry programme shall be one academic year and not more than two academic years.
415
416
5. Structure of the programme 5.1 Courses for this programme shall be taken at four (4) levels of study 5.2 To be awarded a Degree a student must have taken and passed courses that enable him/her to obtain a total of 516 course units as follows; one hundred and forty four (144) course units at level I; One hundred and thirty-two (132) course units at level II; one hundred and twenty (120) course units are level III and one hundred and twenty (120) course units at el vel IV. 5.3 The Degree shall consist of four (4) parts with Part I consisting of eight (8) taught courses and Part II consisting of ten (10) taught courses. Part III shall consist of five taught courses. Part IV shall consist of nine (9) taught courses plus a dissertation. In addition, students shall be required to do practical learning in Parts II and III (equivalent to one course unit in each part). 5.4 Courses weighted as twenty-four (24) course units are double courses. 5.5 A course weighted as twelve (12) course units will normally include at least three hours of lectures and a one hour tutorial per week over a fifteen week semester.
Semester 2 Core Courses
6.
Development HSW203 Introduction to Social Research Methods HSW205 Introduction toSocial Work with Individuals HSW207 Introduction to Social Work with Groups HSW209 Introduction to Community Work
Courses and Course Combinations
6.1 Level 1 Courses Semester I Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description HSW115 IntroductiontoSocialWork SOC103 SociologicalFoundations SOC104 IntroductiontoSocialAnthropology PSY102 IntroductiontoSocialPsychology PSY105 GeneralPsychology CSSO101 AcademicCommunication SkillsforSocialStudies
Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12 12 12
Course Course Prerequisite Code Description HSW116 Introduction to Social WelfareServices HSW115 SOC105S ocialInstitutions SOC106 IssuesinSocialAnthropology PSY103 SelectedIssuesinPsychology PSY104 IssuesinSocialPsychology CSSO102 Professional Communication Skills forSocialStudies
Weight
Course Units
1 1 1 1 1
12 12 12 12 12
1
12
6.2 Level II Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description HSW201 Introduction to Socio-Economic
Weight
Course Units
1
12
1
12 12 12 12
1 1 1
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Code HSW202
HSW204
HSW206
Course Prerequisite Description Applied Socio-Economic Development HSW201 BasicStatisticsand Social Research Methods HSW203 AppliedSocialWork withIndividuals HSW205
Weight
1
Course Units
12
1
12
1
12
HSW208 HSW210 HSW280
AppliedSocialWork withGroups HSW207 AppliedSocialWork withCommunities HSW209 Introduction to Practical Learning
1
12
1
12
Note: Introduction to Practical Learning entails 12 weeks of full-time practical work under professional supervision. 6.3 Level 3 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Code HSW307 HSW312 HSW310 HSW311 HSW314
Course Prerequisite Description IntegratedSocialWorkMethods Social Policy and Administration Individual and Social Pathology Principlesa ndPracticeofRehabilitation Community Health
Weight 1 1 1 1 1
Course Units 12 12 12 12 12
Semester 2 Course Code HSW380
6.4 Level 4 Courses Semester 1 Core Courses Course Code HSW401
Course Prerequisite Description Introduction to Management of Social WelfareOrganisations HSW403 ChildWelfarePolicy HSW404 Project Planning and Management Social in Work HSW411 CounsellingTheory
Prerequisite
Weight 5
Course Units 60
Note. Practical Learning entails 15 weeks of full-time practical work under professional supervision. Introduction to Practical Learning and practical learning assessment will be on the basis of a combination of practical performance (40%), practical learning report (40%) and seminar presentation (20%).
1 1 1
Course Units 12 12
12 1
12
Semester 2 Core Courses Course Code HSW406
HSW409 Course Description PracticalLearning
Weight
HSW410
HSW412 HSW470
Course Description Management of Social Welfare
Prerequisite
Organisations HSW401 Child Welfare Policy andPractice HSW403 Design and Practice Project Planning andManagement HSW404 CounsellingPracticeH SW411 Dissertation
Optional Courses Course Course Prerequisite Code Description HSW407 Introduction to Rural Development HSW407 HSW408 RuralDevelopment 7.
Weight
1 1
12 12
1 1 1
Weight
1 1
Course Units
12 12 12
Course Units 12 12
Scheme of Examinations 7.1 Taught courses will be examined at the end of each semester. The dissertation will be examined at the end of the Part IV academic year.
417
7.2
7.3 7.4
7.5 7.6 7.7
In order to be admitted to the examin ation, a student mu st have registered for and satisfactorily completed the prescribed scheme of the study. Such scheme of study shall include attendance of lectures, seminars, tutorials and submission of required assignments. Attendance of tutorials is compulsory. Evaluation of taught courses shall be based on bo th coursework assessment and formal examinations. Coursework shall contri bute 25% towards overall assessment of a course while the end of course examination shall contribute 75% towards final mark. The Degree classification shall be calc ulated on the basis 372 course units taken in the levels II, III and IV. In the case of practical learning, examinations will be by assessment of the performance of the student during placement. Introduction to Practical Learning and Practica l Learning are assessed on the basis of a combination of practical performance (40%), field report (40%) and seminar presentation (20%).
3. PROGRAMMES Postgraduate programmes offered by the Faculty are listed below: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9
Master of Public Administration Degree (MPA) Master of Science Degree in International Relations (MIR) Master of Science Degree in Clinical Psychology (MCPS) Master of Science Degree in Occupational Psychology (MOPS) Master of Science Degree in Economics (MEC) Master of Science Degree in Population Studies (MPOS) Master of Science Degree in Rural and Urban Pl anning (MRUP) Master of Science Degree in Social Ecology (MSEC) Master of Science Degree in Sociology and Social Anthropology (MSO) 3.10 Master of Social Work Degree (MSW) 4. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME 4.1
REGULATIONS FOR THE POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED BY FACULTY OF SOCIAL STUDIES
418
1. INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course Work, hereinafter referred to as the Regulations. 2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Normally applicants must have obtained an appropriate Honours Degree from the University of Zimbabwe or a recognized University, at 2.1 degree class or better. 2.2
Applicants with a Bachelor's or approved equivalent shall be considered in accordance with the General Academic regulations.
The duration of the MSc programme shall be three se mesters for a full-time programme and six semesters for a part-time programme.
4.2
The Programme shall normally commence in August.
4.3
The MSc programme is divided into two parts. Part 1 will be the continuous assessment component for two semesters and Part 2, the dissertation for one semester.
4.4
The minimum course units for the MSc programme shall be in accordance with item 5.2 of the General Academic Regulations.
4.5
Each course shall consist of a minimum of 60 contact hours, including seminars and practicals.
4.6
The combination of courses shall be as specified in the individual programme regulations.
4.7
The minimum length of a dissertation shall be 15000 to 25 000 words. The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. The dissertations normally start after the end of the second semester in
the case of full time students and after the end of the semester in which Part I is completed in the case of part-time students. 4.8
5.2
Courses will be examined at the end of each semester and each course comprises one paper examinable for at least three hours.
5.3
External examining and moderation of formal examinations shall be in accordance with items 6.2 of the General Academic Regulations.
5.4
To be admitted to a formal examination, a student should attend lectures, seminars, or practicals and submit the required continuousassessment. A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. A student who fails a course will be allowed to supplement or repeat the course.
6. ASSESSMENT 6.1 The mark for each course will comprise the marks for continuous assessment and for the formal examination. 6.2
The ratio of continuous assessment to formal examination shall be in accordance with item 7.6 of the General Academic Regulatio ns
6.3
Each Dep artment shall man age cont inuous asses sment in accordance with item 7.3of the General Academic Regulations. A student who fails continuous assessment shall be barred from sitting for the formal examination in accordance with item 6.5 of the General Academic Regulations.
6.4
PROCESSING OF EXAMINATION RESULTS 7.1 Examination results shall be processed in accordance with item 8 of the General Academic Regulations.
The dissertation shall be written in English.
5. EXAMINATIONS 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
5.5
7.
8. DETERMINATION OF RESULTS 8.1 Results shall be determined in accordance with item 9 of the General AcademicRegulations.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEGREE (MPA) 1. Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. 2. Entry Qualifications To be eligibleprogramme, to apply for admission tonormally the Master of Public Administration a candidate must have attained at least one of the following qualifications: 2.1. a high standard of achievement in the BSc (Administration) Honours Degree or BSc (Political Science) Honours Degree with a 2.1 or better. 2.2. a high standard of achievement in an approved Honours Degree in a related discipline. 3. Duration of Programme 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on a full time bases or six semesters on a part-time basis. 3.2 Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full time basis for two semesters, and on a part-time basis for four semesters. 3.3 Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester and part-time for a period of two semesters. 4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2 the dissertation.
419
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6 4.7
420
Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. Part 1 shall normally commence in August. Each semester shall normally have 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. Each student will register for ten courses for Part 1, all of which are compulsory. All ten courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of seminars. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. The dissertation shall about 15 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester in the case of full-time students and at the end of the second semester after registering for Part 2 in the case of part-time students.
5. Examinations 5.1. Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2. Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.3. A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4. Supplementary examinations may be permitted only if authorised by the General Regulations. 5.5. Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6. A candidate must pass all taught courses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7. Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation.
6. Assessment of Courses 6.1. The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination. Examinations shall count for 75% and continuous assessment shall count for 25% of the overall mark for each course. 6.2. Continuous assessment shall include written assignments, tests and seminars. 6.3. A candidate must pass all taught courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree. 7.
Courses 7.1. Part 1 – Taught Courses Semester One
Code
Description Exam duration MPA509 Organisation Theory andManagement 3hours MPA510 Human Resources Management 3hours MPA517 Management of Public Finance hours 3 MPA511
Qualitative Research Methods hours 3 MPA512 Strategic Planning and Management 3 hours Semester Two Code Description
Exam duration MPA513 E-Governance and Management Information Systems hours 3 MPA514 Public Policy Formulation Analysis 3hours MPA515 Quantitative Research Methods 3hours MPA516 Programme Management andEvaluation 3hours MPA517 Public Sector Reforms andManagement 3hours
Weight
1
Units
15
1
15
1
15
1
15
1
Weight
15
Units
1
15
1
15
1
15
1
15
1
15
7.2 Part 2 - Dissertation Semester Three Code Description MPA570D issertation
Weight 4
Units 60
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (MCPS) 1. INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION 2.1 Applicants must have obtained an Honours Degree in Psychology from this University, or the equivalent, as evaluated by the Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee. A good standard of achievement in that degree will normally be required, but consideration will also be given to relevant pre-clinical experience and to personal suitability for clinical work, as evaluated by the Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee. 2.2 To be admitted to the examinations for the degree, a candidate must, over a period of two-calendar years:2.2.1 have satisfactorily undertaken such practical work as directed by Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee; 2.2.2 have presented satisfactory reports of institutional visits, patient assessments and therapeutic procedures as are required by the Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee; 2.2.3 have maintained up-to-date files, available for inspection by the examiners, on all assessment, therapeutic and research procedures carried out; 2.2.4 have submitted suchwritten assignments as are equired r by course lecturers, at a satisfactory standard overall; 2.2.5 have attended such lectures, visits, practical demonstrations and seminars as required by the Clinical Psychology Teaching committee, and have actively participated in these as required;
2.2.6 have demonstrated competence in dealing with patients from the various cultural groups in the country presenting themselves for psychological guidance including elementary communication skills in a local language other than English. 3. PROGRAMME DURATION The Programme is of two years full-time duration. Registration normally takes place in February. 4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 4.1 Candidates will be required to pass three three-hour papers at the end of the first year; and to pass one three-hour written paper and to submit a satisfactory dissertation at the end of the second year. Marks for each paper will consist of 75% for the written examination and 25% for continuous assessment. Practical work for each course will be assessed separately. This assessment will be undertaken either by University or non-University staff, the latter having supervised the students in their practical work settings and having been appointed as Associate Supervisors by the Academic Committee. 4.1.1 First Year: In the first year all three courses and the Practical Work Assessment will each contribute 25% t owards the final assessment for the year. Paper I: Psychopathology: MCPS501Conceptual models of psychology: signs, symptoms and syndromes of child, adolescent and adult disorders. Paper II: Applied Psychophysiology: MCPS502 General neuroanatomy and neurophysiology structure and functions. Basic biochemistry and psychopharmacology. Paper III: Introduction to Clinical Psychiatry: MCPS503 Phenomenology of psychiatric disorders; nosology of psychiatric disorders. Introduction to psychiatric treatment. Practical Work Assessment MCPS581 4.1.2 Second Year: The course and the practical work assessment will each contribute 25% and the Dissertation will contribute 50% towards the final assessment for the year. Paper I: Clinical Practice: MCPS504 a detailed examination of models and techniques of assessment and intervention, and their application in clinical practice. Legal and ethical, administrative and practical aspects of psychiatric care. Dissertation: MCPS570 The Dissertation will be empirically based, of an applied clinical nature, preferably with a
421
community emphasis. It will demonstrate the student's ability to carry out independent research/investigatory work in the Clinical Psychology area. Three typed copies (in double-spacing) must be submitted. The length will normally be of the order of 25000 to 35000 words. The Dissertation will normally be submitted in November. Practical Work Assessment MCPS582 Continuous Assessment: Part I MCPS551 Continuous Assessment: Part II MCPS552. 4.2 Examinations will normally, but not necessarily, be held in November, as determined by the Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee. 4.3 Supplementary Examinations will not be conducted, but on the recommendation of the Clinical Psychology 4.4 Teaching Committee, the Examiners mayrequire a candidate to repeat any Part of the course or to take any examination for a second time or to re-submit the dissertation after amendment. 5. PUBLICATION OFRESULTS ANDAWARD OFDEGREES Results shall be published and Degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
422
6. AEGROTAT PROVISIONS The Degree may not be awarded on an Aegrotat basis. 7.
SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations, detailed syllabuses for subjects/courses do not form part of the General and the Faculty Regulations but shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
8. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY TEACHING COMMITTEE 8.1 A Committee will be set up, comprising the Chairmen of the Departments of Psychology and Psychiatry, and other full-time members of these Departments involved in teaching on the MSc Degree in Psychology. 8.2 The Chairman of the Department of Psychology shall be the Chairman of the Clinical Psychology Teaching Committee and shall appoint a Course Coordinator from among the members of the Committee. 8.3 The Committee will be responsible to Senate, through the Board of the Faculty of Social Studies, for the teaching and conduct of the
Degree as laid down in these Regulations. It will liaise with the Ministry of Health, the Ministry of Labour, Manpower Planning and Social Welfare and other outside bodies regarding the implementation of the practical work requirements of the Degree. Additionally, the Committee will submit to the Academic Committee annually a list of associate Supervisors who shall be appointed by Academic Committee for the purpose of assessing students in their practical work.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS DEGREE (MEC) (FULL TIME AND PART-TIME-PARALLEL PROGRAMME) 1. Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 2. Entry Qualifications To be eligible to apply for admission to the Master of Science in Economics, both full-time and part-time programme, a candidate must: Possess a good honours degree with a 2.1 or better in the Bachelor of Science Economics Honours Degree of the University of Zimbabwe or any equivalent degree from another University approved by Senate. Relevant working experience may also be considered to applicants from other universities wishing to be enrolled for the part-time programme. 3. Duration of Programme 3.1. The programme shall run for 3 semesters on a full time basis and 6 semesters on Part-time (parallel) programme. 3.2. Full-time students will go to Nairobi, Kenya for a Regional Collaborative Masters in Economics Programme for Anglophone Africa (except Nigeria) to do elective courses during vacation from
June to October, (semester 4). Students may do more than two electives but the Departmental Board will select the best two elective courses which contribute towards the degree programme. Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full time b asis for two semesters, and on a part-time basis for four semesters. Part 2 shall be off ered full-time for a period of one sem ester and part-time for a period of two semesters.
5.5. Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6. A candidate must pass all taught courses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7. Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation.
4. Structure of Programme 4.1. The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2, the dissertation. 4.2. Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. 4.3. Part 1 shall normally commence in August. Each semester shall normally have 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.4. The degree constitutes 10 taught courses and a dissertation. A
6. Assessment of Courses 6.1. The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination in the ratio 30:70. (A 3 hour paper in all courses, which will account for 70% and a continuous assessment to account for 30% of the examination marks). 6.2. Continuous assessment shall include assign ments, tests and seminars. 6.3. A student must pass all taught courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General
dissertation is done in the second year in the case of full-time students and in the third year in the case of part-time students. All core courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 and 3 of the programme. All courses are single weighted. 4.5. The dissertation shall normally start at the en d of the secon d semester. The dissertation should be about 15 000 to 25 000 words in length on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted two weeks before the start of examinations of the subsequentsemester. 4.6. The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single cour ses.
7. Courses 7.1 Part 1 – Taught Courses The examination duration of all the following courses is 3 hours. All the courses are single weighted, (15 units). Students must take 6 core courses and 4 optional courses. Students on the collaborative programme must select 2 courses from Section A and 2 courses from Section B.
3.3. 3.4.
AcademicRegulations.
423
st
1 Semester courses (August toDecember)
5. Examinations 5.1. Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2. Courses shall be ex amined at the end of each sem ester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three hour paper. 5.3. A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4. Supplementary examinations may be permitted only if authorised by the General Regulations.
Students will take 3 core courses and 2 optionals from Section A.
Code Description MEC521 Microeconomics1 MEC523M acroeconomicsTheory MEC525Q uantitativeMethods1
Examd uration 3hours 3hours 3hours
Weighting Units 1 15 1 15 1 15
nd
2 Semester courses (February to June) Students will take 3 core courses and 2 optionalsrom f Section A.
Code Description Examduration MEC522M icroeconomicsII 3hours MEC 524 Macroeconomics Theory 3 hours and Policy MEC526Q uantitativeMethodsII 3hours
Weighting Units 1 15 1 15 1
15
7.2 OptionalCourses Section A (Courses offered by the University of Zimbabwe) Code Description Examduration Weighting Units MEC 527 Advanced Development 3hours 1 15 Economics 1 MEC528A dvancedDevelopment 3hours 1 15 Economics II MEC529L abourEconomicsTheory 3hours 1 15 MEC530L abourEconomicsTheory 3hours 1 15 And Policy MEC531M onetaryTheoryandPolicy 3hours 1 15
424
MEC532M onetaryandFinancial Economics MEC533 EconomicModelling MEC534E conomicPlanningand Policy MEC535InternationalEconomicsI MEC536InternationalEconomicsII
3hours
1
15
3hours 3hours
1 1
15 15
3hours 3hours
1 1
15 15
Labour Economics Economics of Human Resources (Education and Manpower Planning) History of Economic Thought Monetary Theory and Practice Research Methods and Computer Applications Corporate Finance and Investment Health Economics Managerial Economics Game Theory and Information Economics Transport Economics Economics of Natural Resources and Environment PopulationEconomics Economics of Public Enterprises AdvancedEconometrics Rural Development Urban and Regional Economics Operations Research African Economic History [Not all courses may be available in any one year] 7.3 PART2 Code MEC 570
Description Dissertation
Weighting 4
Units 60
7.4 A Dissertation (MEC 570) on a research topic must be submitted.
Not all options may be available in any one year. Section B (These courses are offered only for students on the Regional Collaborative Masters in Economics Programme for Anglophone Africa (except Nigeria)). Public Finance Monetary Economics International Economics Industrial Economics Agricultural Economics Economic Policy Analysis and Planning
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS DEGREE (MSCIR) 1. Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
2. Entry Qualifications To be eligible to apply for admission to the Master of Science in International Relations programme, a candidate must normally have attained at least one of the following qualifications: 2.1. a high standard of achievement in the BSc (Political Science) Honours Degree or BSc (Administration) Honours Degree. 2.2. a high standard of achievement in an approved Honours Degree in a related discipline.
5. Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be condu cted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.3 A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4 Supplementary examinations may be permitted only if authorised by the General Regulations. 5.5 Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the 3. Duration of Programme courses concerned in accordance with General Academic 3.1 The programme shall runfor threesemesters on a full timebases or Regulations. six semesters on a part-time basis. 5.6 A candidate must pass all taught cou rses before submitting the 3.2 Part 1 of the programme shall be offeredon a full time basis for two dissertation. semesters, and on a part-time basis for four semesters. 5.7 Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of 3.3 Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester and the dissertation. part-time for a period of two semesters. 4. Structure of Programme 6. Assessment of Courses 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 will be the course 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous work component and Part 2 the dissertation. assessment and the formal examination. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for full-
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6 4.7
time students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester fulltime or two semesters part-time. Part 1 shall normally commence in August. Each semester shall normally have 12 weeks of teaching and 1 week of private study followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. Each student will register for ten courses for Part 1, all of which are compulsory. All ten courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of seminars. All courses are single weighted. The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students must pass the dissertation. The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. The dissertation shall be about 15 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted at the end of the third semester in the case of full-time students and at the end of the second semester after registering for Part 2 in the case of part-time students.
6.2 Examinations count for mark 75% and continuous count for 25%shall of the overall for each course.assessment shall 6.3 Continuous assessment shall include written assignments, tests and seminars. 6.4 A candidate must pass all taught courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree. 7.
Courses 7.1. Part 1 – Taught Courses
Semester One Code Description Examduration MIR506 Theories of International Relations 3hours MIR507 International Conflict Management 3hours MIR508 Foundations of International EconomicRelations 3hours MIR509 Fundamentals of Intern ational Law hours 3
Weighting Units 1 1 1 1
15 15 15 15
425
MIR510 Qualitative Research Methods 3 hours Semester Two Code Description Examduration MIR511 Foreign Policy, Regional and International Organisations 3hours MIR512 Contemporary Strategic Studies hours 3 MIR513 Contemporary International EconomicRelations 3hours MIR514 InternationalLegalJustice 3hours MIR515 Quantitative Research Methods 3 hours Part 2 - Dissertation Semester Three Code Description MIR570D issertation
426
Weighting 4
1
15
Weighting Units
1
15
1
15
1 1 1
15 15 15
Units 60
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN OCCUPATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY DEGREE (MOPS) 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2 The MSc Occupational Psychology degree is offered yb the Department of Psychology and leads to a professional Qualification in Psychology. 1.3 The MSc Occupational Psychology is a two year full-time or three and half years part-time programme. Students are required to complete practical work during the vacations of the full-time programme or to be in suitable employment for the part-time programme. Students on the part-time programme will not be exempted from the practical courses. 1.4 The Degree may be awarded with Distinction, Merit or without classification.
1.5 The Degree is administered by a degree panel comprising all fulltime lecturers on the Programme and the Chairman of the Department of Psychology, who is also the Chairman of the panel. 1.6 A course Co-ordinator is elected by the full-time lecturers from among themselves. 2. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION 2.1 Applicants admitted to the degree programme will:a) normally be in possession of good BSc Honours Degree in Psychology; OR b) have qualifications deemed to be equivalent to (a) above. Preference will be given to applicants with relevant work experience. 2.2 Applicants whose Honours Degree in Psychology does not satisfy 2.1 above but who offer post-graduate experience considered compensatory by the degree panel may be admitted to the programme. 3. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND CONTENT 3.1 Registration normally takes placein January. 3.2 Structure The programme consists of seven compulsory courses and a dissertation which has the weight of three courses. The Courses are: Course Code Industrial Psychology Theory Industrial Psychology Practice Personnel Psychology Theory Personnel Psychology Practice Advanced Statistics and Computing Methods, Statistics and Computing for Occupational Psychology Dissertation Process Skills AdvancedPsychometrics Organizational Psychology Theory Organizational Psychology Practice
MOPS 501 MOPS 551 MOPS 502 MOPS 552 MOPS 503 MOPS 505 MOPS 570 MOPS 506 MOPS507 MOPS 504 MOPS 554
3.3
Syllabuses In terms of the General Academic Regulations syllabuses do not form part of the Faculty Regulations but shall be submitted to the Faculty Board for approval and shall be maintained in the Faculty Office for reference.
2. Entry qualification 2.1 To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science degree in Population Studies programme, a candidate must normally have attained at least one of the following qualifications: 2.1.1 A good first degree with at least a 2. 1 in a discipline related to Populations Studies such as: Sociology, Political Science and 4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Administration, Psychology, Social Work, Economics, 4.1 Each theoretical Course is examined by one three-hour written Geography, Agriculture, Rural and Urban Planning, Public paper in November of the year in which the course is taught and by Health, Business Studies. continuous assessment which counts for 40% of the final mark. 2.1.2 Applicants must have a pass in O-Lev el Mathematics. 4.2 The three practical courses are examined by a written report in November of the year in which the course is taught and by 3. Duration of Programme continuous assessment which counts for 40% of the final mark. 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on a full-time basis. 4.3 The Methods, Statistics and Computing for Occupational 3.2 Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two Psychology course is examined by the presentation in November of semesters. the reports of all laboratory practicals conducted during the 3.3 Part 2 shall be offered on a full-time basis for a period of one academic year and by continuous assessment which counts for 40% semester. of the final mark. 4.4 The dissertation must be submitted by 30 June following the last 4. Structure of Programme November examinations on the part-time programme and in 4.1 The Programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the course November of the last examination on the full-time programme. component and Part 2, the dissertation. 5. PUBLICATION OFRESULTS ANDAWARD OFDEGREE 5.1 Results shall be published and Degrees awarded in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations. 5.2 The Degree may be awarded with Distinction, Merit or without classification in accordance with the General Regulations. 5.3 Aegrotat degrees may not be awarded. Candidates who would normally have qualified for an aegrotat degree may be permitted to write special examinations, at the discretion of the Board of Examiners and Senate.
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN POPULATION STUDIES DEGREE (MPOS) 1. Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for the Masters Degree by Coursework hereinafter referred to as General Regulations.
4.2 Part 1: Coursework lasting for two semesters Part 2: A dissertation lasting for one semester. 4.3 Each semester shall normally involve 15 weeks of teach ing. 4.4 Each student will register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, four courses per semester. All eight courses must be passed for students to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of teaching. All taught courses are single weighted. 4.5 The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the sec ond semester. All students must pass the dissertation. 4.6 The dissertation shall be between 15 000 and 25000 wo rds on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted two weeks before the examinations of the subsequent semester. 4.7 The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. 5. Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be condu cted in accordance with Gen eral AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising of one paper written for 3 hours.
427
5.3 A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4 Supplementary examinations may be permit ted only if authori sed by the General Regulations. 5.5 Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6 A candidate must pass all taught courses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7 Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation. 6. Assessment of Courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise of the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination. Examinations shall count for 75% and continuous assessment shall count for 25% of overall mark of each course. 6.2 Continuous assessment shall include assi gnments, tests and seminars. 6.3 A student must pass Part 1 before proceeding to Part 2. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with General Academic Regulations.
428
7.
MPOS501 MPOS502 MPOS503 MPOS504
Description IntroductiontoDemography DemographicTechniquesI PopulationandDevelopment ResearchMethods
Description
MPOS506 DemographicTechniquesII MPOS507 ReproductiveHealth
1 1
15 15
N.B. not all courses will be offered every year. 7.2 Part2 MPOS 570
Dissertation
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN RURAL AND URBAN PLANNING DEGREE (MRUP) 1. Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Master Degree by coursework. 2. Entry qualifications To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science in Rural and Urban Planning programme, a candidate must normally have attained at least
3. Duration of Programme The programme shall run for three semesters on a full-time basis. Examination Duration 3hours 3hours 3hours 3hours
Weight Units 1 1 1 1
15 15 15 15
Second Semester Compulsory Courses Code
3 hours 3 hours
one of Rural the following qualifications: A BSc and Urban Planning Honours Degree with a 2.1 or better. A relevant Planning Degree (2.1 or better) approved by Senate.
Courses 7.1 Part 1 Compulsory Courses First Semester
Code
MPOS508M ortality MPOS509M igration
Examination Duration 3hours 3hours
WeightU nits 1 1
15 15
Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two semesters. Part 2 shall be offered full-time for a period of one semester. 4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts; Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2, the dissertation. 4.2 The programme shall normally commence in August. 4.3 Part 1: coursework lasting for two semesters in the first year for fulltime students. Part II: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time.
4.4 Each student will register ten (10) courses for Part 1 six (6) of which shall be core and four optional. Optional courses shall be chosen from a range of options available, but not all options shall necessarily be available in any one year. All ten courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course shall consist of 60 contact hours.
7.
4.5 The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the secon d semester in the case of full-time students. All students must pass the dissertation.
MRUP501 Integrated Development Planning MRUP521 Development and ManagementIssues MRUP502 Research Methodology andUrbanDesign MRUP523 Research Methods andTechniques MRUP503 PublicPolicyAnalysis MRUP525 Public Policy Appraisal andTechniques
4.6 The dissertation shall be 20 000 to 25 000 wor ds on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted on or before 30 November of the second year for full-time students. 4.7 A student shall attend a viva voce examination for the dissertation. 5. Examinations Part 1 5.1 Examinations shall be condu cted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be exa mined at the end of each se mester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 6. Assessment of courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the Formal examinations in the ratio 40:60.
COURSES
7.1 Part 1 Core Courses Code
Description
6.3 A student must pass Part I before proceeding to Part II. Those failing to do so may be allowed to supplement or repeat a course in accordance with the General Academic Regulations.
Weighting Units
3hours
1
3hours 3hours
15
1
15
1
15
3hours 3hours
1 1
15 15
3hours
1
15
Optional Courses MRUP516 Local Institutional Development MRUP543 Local Economic Development 7.2
hours 3
1
15
hours 3
1
15
Part2
MRUP570 Dissertation 6.2 Continuous assessment shall include assignments, tests and or a small scale project and students shall be notified of their relative weightings at the commencement of the course. The minimum number of assignments shall be two (2) per course.
Exam Duration
------
4
60
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SOCIAL ECOLOOGY DEGREE (MSEC) 1. Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
429
2. Entry Requirements To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science in Social Ecology programme, a candidate must normally have attained at least one of the followingqualifications: Graduates, who have obtained a 2.1 or better degree in Social Sciences at the University of Zimbabwe or equivalent approved by Senate, may apply for admission to the programme. A high standard of achievement in the first degree as determined by the Department will normally be required. 3. Duration of the programme 3.1 The programme shall run for three semesters on full-time and six semesters on part- time basis. 3.2 Registration for the degree will normally be at the beginning of August.
430
4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts: P art 1 will be the course work component and Part 2 the dissertation. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for fulltime students Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally have 12 weeks of teaching followed by 2 weeks of formal examinations. 4.4 Each student will register for eight courses in part one. 4.5 All courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 hours of seminars. All courses are single weighted. 4.6 The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the seco nd semester. All students must pass the dissertation. 4.7 The dissertation shall be between 15 000 and 25 000 wor ds on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted two weeks before the examinations of the subsequent semester in the case of full-time students and at the end of the second semester after registering for Part 2 in the case of part-time students. 4.8 The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. 5. Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.3 A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations.
5.4 Supplementary examinations may be permit ted only if authori sed by the General Regulations. 5.5 Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6 A candidate must pass all taught co urses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7 Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation. 6. AssessmentofCou rses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination. The examination will account for 70% and a continuous assessment to account for 30% of the examination mark. 6.2 A continuous assessment shall includ e written assignment tests and seminars. 6.3 A candidate must pass all tau ght courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree. 7.
Courses (SemestersI) 7.1. Core courses
Code
Description
MSEC501 HumanEcology MSEC 505 Institutional Aspect of Natural Resource Management MSEC 507 Qualitative Research Methods and Tools for EcologicalAnalysis Semester II Core Courses MSEC504 NaturalResourcePolicy MSEC 506 Conflict Prevention, Management Resolution in Natural Managementuse
Examination duration 3hours
Weighting Units 1
15
3 hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
MSEC 508 Quantitative Research Methods and Tools for EcologicalAnaly
3hours
1
Optional Courses MSEC 510 Ecology Economics MSEC 511 Environmental Communication Skills 3hours MSEC 512 Environmental Management andProtection 3hours MPOS 503 Population and Development 3 hours
1
15
1 1
15 15
PART 2 (one semester) MSEC 570 Dissertation
15
4
60
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY DEGREE (MSO) 1. Introduction These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 2. Entry Qualifications To be eligible for admission to the Master of Science Degree in Sociology and Social Anthropology programme, a candidate must normally have attained at least one of the following qualifications: 2.1 A BSc Sociology Honours Degree with a 2.1 or better. 2.2 An appropriate Honours degree (2.1 or better) of this University or a recognised equivalent approved by Senate. 3. Duration of the programme The programme shall run for three semesters on full-time and six semesters on part- time basis. 4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts: P art 1 will be the cours e work component and Part 2 the dissertation.
4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for fulltime students Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester full-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally have 15 weeks of teaching. 4.4 Each student will register for eight courses for part one. Two compulsory and two optional courses in each semester. 4.5 All courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. Each course consists of 60 contact hours. All courses are single weighted. 4.6 The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the seco nd semester. All students must pass the dissertation. 4.7 The dissertation shall be between 15 000 and 25 000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted two weeks before the examinations of the subsequent semester in the case of full-time students and at the end of the second semester after registering for Part 2 in the case of part-time students. The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single courses. 5. Examinations 5.1 Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2 Courses shall be ex amined at the end of eac h semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hour paper. 5.3 A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4 Supplementary examinations may be permitted only if authorised by the General Regulations. 5.5 Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6 A candidate must pass all taugh t courses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7 Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation. 6. Assessment of Courses 6.1 The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination. Examinations shall count for 70% and continuous assessment shall count for 30% of the overall mark for each course. 6.2 A continuous assessment shall include written assignment tests and seminars.
431
6.3 A candidate must pass all taught courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree. 7.
Code
Courses 7.1 Part 1 (Two Semesters) Core courses Description
MSO 501
Examination Weighting Units duration 3 hours 1 15 3 hours 1 15 3 hours 1 15
Issues in Anthropological and Sociological Theory MSO 513 Advanced Social Theory MSO 502 Issues in Qualitative Research Methodology MSO 514 Issues in Quantitative ResearchMethodology Optional Courses MSO 508 Industrial Relations MSO 509 Industrial Sociology MSO 504 Social Policy and Social Administration
432
MSO 510 MSO 511 MSO 515 MSO 516
Urbanization and Development The Sociology of Rural Development Project planning and management Issues in Quantitative Research Methodology
PART 2 (one semester) Dissertation
3 hours
1
3hours
1
3 hours 3 hours
1 1
15 15 15 15
3 hours
1
15
3 hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
3hours
1
15
3 hours
1
4
15
60
REGULATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE (MSW) 1. Introduction These regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework and the Regulations for the Masters in Social Work. 2. Entry Qualifications To be eligible for admission to the Master of Social Work programme, a candidate must have attained at l east one of the following qualifications: A good honours degree in Social Work with a 2.1 or better or its equivalent approved by senate. A minimum of2 year approved practice as a qualified Social Worker. 3. Duration of Programme 3.1. The programme shall run for three semesters on a full time basis or six semesters on a part-time basis. 3.2. Part 1 of the programme shall be offered on a full time basis for two semesters and on a part-time basis for four semesters. 3.3. part-time Part 2 shall offered for a period of one semester and forbe a period of full-time two semesters. 4. Structure of Programme 4.1 The programme shall consist of two parts: Part 1 will be the course work component and Part 2, the dissertation. 4.2 Part 1: Course work lasting for two semesters in the first year for fulltime students and at most four semesters within the two years for part-time students. Part 2: A dissertation lasting one semester fulltime or two semesters part-time. 4.3 Each semester shall normally be 15 week s of teaching. 4.4 Each student will register for eight (8) courses for Part 1, six of which shall be core courses and two optional. Optional courses shall be chosen from a range of options available, but not all options shall necessarily be available in any one year. All eight courses must be passed for a student to be allowed to proceed to Part 2 of the programme. The minmum contact hours for each course shall be at least 60 hours. All courses are single weighted. 4.5 Fieldwork coded Advanced Practical Learning shall normally start at the end of semester for full-time students and not to be undertaken in their full-time place of employment.
4.6 The dissertation shall normally start after the end of the second semester in the case of full-time students and after the end of the semester in which Part 1 is completed in the case of part-time students. All students after passing all t aught courses will proceed to the dissertation. 4.7 The dissertation has a weighting of 4 single cour ses. 4.8 The dissertation shall be between 15000 and 25000 words on an approved topic. The dissertation shall normally be submitted two weeks before the examinations of the subsequent semester. 5. Examinations 5.1. Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with General AcademicRegulations. 5.2. Courses shall be examined at the end of each semester in which they are taught, each course comprising one three-hou r paper. 5.3. A student who fails to submit required course work may be denied entry to the examinations. 5.4. Supplementary examinations may be permitted only if authorised by the General Regulations. 5.5. Students who fail examinations may be allowed to repeat the courses concerned in accordance with General Academic Regulations. 5.6. A candidate must pass all taught courses before submitting the dissertation. 5.7. Candidates may be permitted one occasion for the re-submission of the dissertation. 6. Assessment of Courses 6.1. The mark for each course shall comprise the marks for continuous assessment and the formal examination. Examinations shall count for 75% and continuous assessment shall count for 25% of the overall mark for each course. 6.2. Continuous assessment shall include assignments, tests and seminars. 6.3. A candidate must pass all taught courses and the dissertation in order to be awarded the degree.
7.
Courses 7.1. Part 1 Semester 1 Core Courses Code Description MSW501 MSW505
MSW511 MSW512
Planning Social Services forDevelopment Planning Social Welfare Services and Social Security Management of Social Services Qualitative Research Methods
Exam Weighting Duration 3hours
1
Units
15
hours 3
1
15
hours 3
1
15
3hours
1
15
Core Semester 2 Code
Description
MSW580
Advanced Practical
MSW513
Learning Quantitative Research Methods
Optional Code
Exam Weighting duration
Units
hours 3
1
15
3hours
1
15
Description Exam Duration MSW506 Clinical Social Work Theories 3hours AppliedClinical Social Work 3hours MSW510 SocialDevelopmentIssues 3hours MSW508 Introduction to Issues in Gerontology1 3hours
Weighting
1 1 1 1
Units
15 15 15 15
7.2. Part 2 - Dissertation Semester Three Code MSW570
Description Dissertation
Weighting 4
Units 60
433
2.2 For normal entry, a student must satisfy the general requirements of Scheme B normally with passes in Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics and Physics. Chemistry and Biology are compulsory plus one of the other subjects must have been passed at Advanced Level. 2.3 For special entry a student must satisfy one of the criteria which is prescribed in the General Regulations and is approved by the Faculty Board.
FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE REGULATIONS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES BACHELOR OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREES
3.
BACHELOR OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE (BVSC) 1.
434
2.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These Regulations apply only to students who are registered for the Bachelor of Veterinary Science Degree at the University of Zimbabwe and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Undergraduate Degrees, hereinafter referred to as The General Regulations. 1.2 The Bachelor of Veterinary Science Degree will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed approved courses and examinations in accordance with the regulations set out below. 1.3 The Bachelor of Veterinary Science degree programme will be of at least 5 years duration on a full-time study basis. 1.4 In addition to the r equired courses f or specific degr ee programmes, all Part I students will be required to register for and to attend the Communication Skills Course in the 1st Semester. The Communication Skills Course for Veterinary Science (CSVE101) examination is compulsory. ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS 2.1 To qualify for entry a prospective student must satisfy the Entry Requirements for undergraduate degrees as prescribed in the GeneralRegulations.
DATE OF EXAMINATIONS Formal examinations will take place in each part of the programme. Part I, which comprises three terms, will have formal (first professional) examination in mid-year 2. Part II, which comprises three terms, will have formal (second professional) examination at end of year 3. Part III will have formal (third professional) examination at the end of year 4. Part IV will have formal (final professional) examination at end of year 5. Examination will take place at end of the term in which each of the following courses is presented: Behaviour and Handling of Animals (year 1, term 2); Veterinary Jurisprudence and Regulatory Control of Veterinary Medicinal Products (each component of combined course will be examined separately (year 5, term 1); Applied Business Management (year5, term 1). Communication Skills for Veterinary Science, which is presented in Part I of the BVSc degree programme will be examined by continuous assessment and a formal examination (2 hours) to proceed the first professional examination (year 2, term 1).
4.
ADMISSIONTOEXAMINATIONS To be admitted to any of the examinations for the above degree a candidate must:4.1 be registered as a student of the University of Zimbabwe in accordance with the General Regulations; 4.2 have completed approved courses at the University to the satisfaction of the Chairman (men) of Department(s) concerned; 4.3 Additionally, to be admitted to the examination in the fifth year of the programme a candidate must:4.3.1 during the Parts III and IV of the programme have completed to thesatisfaction of the Dean of the Faculty a minimum of 13 weeks of certified extra-mural/vocational work attached to an approved veterinary surgeon or institution;
4.3.2 have submitted records of diseases/clinical cases seen during the aforesaid periods and produce casebooks attested to by the extra-mural teacher(s)/ supervisor. If also required, these documents will be presented to the Board of Examiners. 5.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 The programme is divided into four parts. The courses within each part are defined in Section 9 of these Regulations. The components of examination for each course are defined in Section 5.4 of these regulations. 5.2 Candidates must pass every course in a Part before proceeding to the subsequent part. 5.3 Where formal examination includes written papers and/or an oral examination, a candidate shall be deemed to have passed a course when he/she has scored not less than 40% in the written and practical components. 5.3.1 where deemed necessary by the examiners, a candidate will present case records drafted during his/her extramural training described in section 4.3 above. 5.4 Examination Papers/Components
5.4.2 Part II Course
ComponentsofExamination
Animal Husbandry (AHV2)
Animal Husbadry Theory I Animal Husbadry Theory II ContinuousAssessment Viva
ComputerCode AHV201 AHV202 AHV250 C AHV290
Duration 3 hrs 3 hrs 10 min
Veterinary Parasitology (VP2)
Veterinary Parasitology Theory Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
VP201 VP280 VP250 C VP290
3 hrs 2 hrs 10 min
Veterinary Pathology (PG2V)
Veterinary Pathology Theory I Veterinary Pathology Theory II Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
PG2V01 PG2V02 PG2V80 PG2V50 C PG2V90
3 hrs 3 hrs 2 hrs 10 min
Veterinary Pharmacology Toxicology (CP2V)
Pharmacology/Toxicology Theory Pharmacology/Toxicology Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
CP2V01 CP2V80 CP2V50 C CP2V90
3 hrs 2 hrs 10 min
Veterinary Microbiology (VM2V)
Veterinary Microbiology Theory I Veterinary Microbiology Theory II Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
VM2V01 VM2V02 VM2V80 VM2V50 VM2V90
3 hrs 3 hrs 2 hrs 10 min
5.4.3. Part III
5.4.1 Part I Course
ComponentsofExamination
ComputerCode
Duration
Veterinary Anatomy (AT1V)
Anatomy Theory I Anatomy Theory II Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
ATV101 ATV102 ATV180 ATV150 C ATV190
3 hrs 3 hrs 2 hrs -
Veterinary Physiology (PY1V)
Physiology Theory I Physiology Theory II Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
PYV101 PYV102 PYV180 PYV150 C PYV190
3 hrs 3 hrs 1 hr ¼ hr
Veterinary Biochemistry (BC1V)
Biochemistry Theory I Biochemistry Theory II Practical ContinuousAssessment Viva
BCV101 BCV102 BCV180 BCV150 C BCV190
3 hrs 2 hrs 2 hrs 10 min
Animal Nutrition (NT1V)
Animal Nutrition Theory ContinuousAssessment Viva
NTV101 NTV150 C NTV190
3 hrs 10 min
CSVE101
1hr
¼hr
Communication Skills (CSVE101) Communication Skills
435
Course
ComponentsofE xamination
Clinical Medicine, General Surgery, Anaesthesiology & Radiology (CM3V)
Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
CM3V01 CM3V80 CM3V50 CM3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Epidemiology/Herd Health Wildlife & Exotic Medicine (EH3V)
Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
EH3V01 EH3V80 EH3V50 C EH3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Equine Medicine & Surgery (EM3V)
Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
EM3V01 EM3V80 EM3V50 C EM3V90 PP3V01 PP3V80 PP3V50 C PP3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr 3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Public Health & Clinical Pathology (PH3V)
Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
PH3V01 PH3V80 PH3V50 C PH3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Ruminant Medicine & Surgery (RM3V)
Theory Practical Continuous Assessment Viva
RM3V01 RM3V80 RM3V50 RM3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Porcine & Poultry Medicine (PP3V)
ComputerCode
Duration
Small Animal Medicine & Surgery (SM3V)
Theory Practical ContinuousAss essment Viva
SM3V01 SM3V80 SM3V50 C SM3V90
3 hrs 1 hr 1/4 hr
Theriogenology( TG3V)
Theory Continuous Assessment Viva
TG3V01 TG3V50 C TG3V90
3 hrs 1/4 hr
6.2
5.4.4 Part IV Course
ComponentsofExamination
ComputerCode
Duration
Clinical Veterinary Stu dies (CVS4V)
436
SmallAnimalMedicine
SmallAnimalMedicine Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical
CVS4V01 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
LargeAnimalMedicine
LargeAnimalMedicine Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical
CVS4V02 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
Surgery/Anaesth./Radiology
Surgery/Anaesth./Radiology Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical
CVS4V04 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
Herd Health & Reproduction
Herd Health & Reproduction Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical
CVS4V05 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
LaboratoryDia gn./Pathology
LaboratoryDia gn./Pathology Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical
CVS4V06 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
CVS4V07 CVS4V50 C CVS4V80
1 hr
PublicHealth
Research Project CommunicationSkills(CSVE301)
PublicHealth Continuous Assessment Oral/Practical CommunicationSkills
VTCL560 CSVE301
A student who has failed to satisfy the examiners in the written and/or practical component(s) of a formal examination but who has obtained a pass mark in aggregate of the course shall be required to sit all components of the course. The examination shall be marked as Pass or fail; the mark awarded for the component shall be 50% and the official transcript shall record that the course was passed or failed as a supplementary examination.
-
7.
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS The results of each examination shall be published in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations.
8.
AWARD OF DIPLOMA A diploma for the Bachelor of Veterinary Science Degree (BVSc) under the Seal of the University of Zimbabwe will be delivered to all candidates who have successfully completed the requirements for the award of the degree.
9.
CURRICULUM AND FORMAL CONTACT HOURS
Course
Vet. Anatomy
6.
SUPPLEMENTARYEXAMINATIONS Subject to the provisions concerning supplementary examinations in the General Regulations: 6.1 A student who fails to obtain a pass mark in aggregate in any course may be permitted a supplementary examination in all components of the formal examination.
Practical (3 hr)
103
47
Vet. Physiology
60
7
Vet. Biochemistry
57
7
Communication skills
18
Total contact time
5.5 Repeat Students A candidate who has failed a Part and is allowed to repeat it shall normally not be exempted from re-attendance or re-examination in any course in that Part unless he/she has gained a grade of 2.1 in the course or courses concerned.
Lecture/ Tutorial (1 hr)
Yr 1, Te rm 1
-
238
61
Vet. Anatomy
73
23
Vet. Physiology
110
11
Yr 1, Term 2
Vet. Biochemistry Behaviour & handling of animals
35 18
4 14
Communication skills
16
-
Total contact time
252
52
Examination: Behaviour & handling of animals (Practical cum Oral)
Yr 2, Term 1
VeterinaryPharmacologyandToxicology
Veterinary Anatomy
39
15
Veterinary Physiology
44
5
VeterinaryBiochemistry
40
Animal Nutrition Communication skills
42
Total contact hours
6
280
18
14
-
187
Veterinary Microbi ology and Immunology
38
FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS Course
Mark allocation Theory
10
33
9
44
Examination: Communication skills (Continuous assessment plus 2-hr paper
Continuous Assessment
8 56
Year 3, Term 2
50
Veterinary Parasitology Total contact time
4 42
Animal Husbandry (Production and Management)
Practical
Veterinary Pathology
34
11
Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology
30
3
Animal Husbandry (Production and Management)
40
6
Epidemiology, Herd Health and Production Management, Diseases of Wildlife
25
Nil
GeneralSurgery,Anaesthesia,Radiology
Oral
20
Total contact hours
Veterinary Anatomy
30
40 (2 papers)
20
10
Veterinary Physiology
30
50 (2 papers)
10
10
Veterinary Biochemistry
30
40 (2 papers)
20
10
Animal Nutrition
20
50 (2 Papers)
15
15
Continuous assessment
220
5 44
1. Epidemiology, Herd Health and Production Management, Diseases of Wildlife 2. General Surgery, Anaesthesia, Radiology
437 SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION
Part II Course
COURSE
Lecture/ Tutorial (1 hr)
Practical (3 hr)
Year 2, Term 2
Animal Husbandry (Genetics)
Mark allocation Continuous Assessment
VeterinaryMicrobiologyandImmunology
56
14
20
Theory Papers (2)50
Practical 20
Oral 10
VeterinaryParasitology
20
(1)40
20
20
Animal Husbandry (Biometric sand Computer Applications)
56
6
Veterinary Pathology
20
(2)50
20
10
Principles of Veterinary Microbiology, Immunology and Parasitology
70
14
Veterinary Pharmacology and Toxicology
30
(1)50
10
10
Animal Husbandry
20
(2)50
15
15
Veterinary Pathology VeterinaryPharmacologyandToxicology Total contact hours
70
14
28 280
8 56
Year 3, Term 1
VeterinaryMicrobiologyandImmunology
84
16
Veterinary Parasitology
56
14
Veterinary Pathology
56
14
Porcineand Poultry Medicine
Part III COURSE
Lecture/ Tutorial (1 hr)
Practical
30
40
20
Epidemiology , Herd Health and Production 30 Management, Diseases of Wild life, Exotic Animal Medicine
40
10 20
10
(3 hr) PublicHealthandClinicalPathology
30
40
15
15
Year 4, Term 1 Theriogenology GeneralSurgery,Anaesthesia,Radiology
62
SmallAnimalMedicineandSurgery
64
8
Equine Medicine and Surgery
18
3
RuminantMedicineand Surgery
64
Porcine and Poultry Medicine
60
3 28
4
40
16
46
30
15 Contacthoursperweek
Total contact hours
14
10 Total contact hours
Theriogenology
10
Lecture/ Tutorial (1 hr)
Year 5, Term 1 Veterinary Jurisprudence, Regulatory Control of Veterinary Medicinal Products AppliedBusinessManagement
PublicHealthandClinicalPathology
-
Part IV COURSE
6
30
Epidemiology, Herd Health and Production Management, Diseases of Wildlife
30
15
352
64
56
12
Teaching weeks
3 10
Year 4, Term 2 Examination
SmallAnimalMedicineandSurgery
438
Equine Medicine and Surgery
28
RuminantMedicineandSurgery
7
65
Porcine and Poultry Medicine
Yr 5, Terms 1 and 2 ClinicalCasePresentations
30
Veterinary Jurisprudence, Regulatory Control of Veterinary Medicinal Products 2hrperweek
15
SmallAnimalMedicine Clerkship
3
Large Animal Medicine Clerkship
6 wks
6wksin each on a rotationalbasis
Epidemiology, Herd Health and Production Management, Exotic Animal Medicine
70
7
Surgery, Anaesthesia and Radiology Clerkship
6 wks
Public Health and Clinical Pathology
42
3
Herd Health, Theriogenology and AmbulatoryClinic Clerkship
6 wks
Theriogenology
39
13
Total contact hours
330
60
Laboratory Diagnostics and Pathology Clerkship
6 wks
Public Health and Practice Management Clerkship
6 wks
THIRD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Research Project
Course
Mark allocation
Continuous Assessment GeneralSurgery,Anaesthesia,Radiology
30
Practical
Theory Paper 40
SmallAnimalMedicineandSurgery
30
40
15
Equine Medicine and Surgery
30
40
20
Ruminant Medicine and Surgery
30
Oral
20
40
10 15 10
20
10
6 wks
Continuous Assessment
During and upon completion of each clerkship rotation
Research Project
Dissertation and Oral Presentation of the project
FOURTH (FINAL) PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION Courses
12.
Continuous Ass
SmallAnimalMedicine
50%
Practical
Oral
35%
15%
Surgery/Anaesth/Radiology
50%
35%
15%
Large Animal Medicine
50%
35%
15%
Laboratory Diagn / Pathology
50%
35%
15%
Public Health
50%
35%
15%
Herd Health and Reproduction
50%
35%
15%
SUMMARY OF TEACHING (INCLUDING EXAMINATIONS) WEEKS Yr/Term
10.
11.
CONTACT WEEKS
Term 1 1,Yr
15
Term 2 1,Yr
15
Yr 2, Term 1
15
Yr 2, Term 2
15
Yr 3, Term 1
15
Yr 3, Term 2
15
Yr 4, Term 1
18
Yr 4, Term 2
18
Yr 5, Term 1
21
Yr 5, Term 2
21
EXTRA-MURAL PRACTICAL WORK All students will be required to undertake a certified total of three months of extra-mural practical work after the end of the second year. This practical work will be undertaken in private practices, state veterinary services, laboratories, abattoirs, dairies for periods which will be acceptable to the Dean. SYLLABUSES In accordance with the provisions of the Genera Regulations detailed syllabuses for subjects/ courses will not form part of the General or the Faculty Regulations but shall be prepared by the relevant Departmental Boards and submitted to the Faculty Board for approval. Copies of the detailed syllabuses shall be maintained in the Faculty Office and shall be available, through the Faculty Office, forreference.
AWARD OF HONOURS AND DISTINCTIONS A candidate registered in any Part of the BVSc degree programme may be awarded Honours or Distinction in any one course or subject provided that:12.1 The candidate's examination performance in a course or subject is assessed on the following marking system:Marking System 75% = Distinction 65 – 74% = Honours 50 – 64% = Pass 0 – 49% = Fail 12.2 The candidate obtains a pass in every course or subject examined for each Part at the first attempt.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE (BSC HONS) 1.
INTRODUCTION These Regulations should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for undergraduate degrees, herein after referred to as the General Regulations which shall have precedence over the Faculty Regulations. The BSc Honours degree will be awarded to a candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and examinations set out below. The degree is available in each of the following subjects: Veterinary Anatomy, Veterinary Biochemistry and Veterinary Physiology and will normally be available to approved students on the BVSc Degree programme. The degree will be intercalated within the BVSc programme.
2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion of BVSc Part I in the case of Veterinary Biochemistry and BVSc Part II in the case of Veterinary Anatomy and Veterinary Physiology. 2.2 To be eligible to apply for admission to the intercalated Bsc Honours programme an applicant must normally have obtained a 2.2 grade or better in the subject in which he/she wishes to specialise.
439
2.3 The aggregate referred to in regulation 2.2 must have been achieved at first sitting. 3.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES 3.1 Application for registration must be made through the Chairman of the Department of Preclinical Veterinary Studies and the Dean of Veterinary Science to the Deputy Registrar (Academic). 3.2 Registration will normally take place in March.
4.
PROGRAMME The programme will extend over not less than one academic year on a full-time basis at the University of Zimbabwe. It will comprise coursework, practical work, written and oral examinations, seminars and a research project as prescribed in the detailed regulations below.
5.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION 5.1 Each candidate shall take six three-hour written papers and a half-hour oral examination, normally in November. 5.2 Practical work, coursework and seminars will be assessed continuously through the year and will together constitute 33.3% of the overall mark. 5.3
440
5.4 5.5
6.
7.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY BIOCHEMISTRY 1.
SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY BIOCHEMISTRY The Honours programme in Veterinary Biochemistry will be based on the intensive post-Part I and II courses. Honours training will provide the student with better preparation for postgraduate study. The main features of the BSc Honours Degree programme in Veterinary Biochemistry are: (a) The Honours programme provides for teaching of Biochemistry in greater depth than in a general programme. (b) The course on readings in Biochemistry gives the student training in critically reading the srcinal literature in Biochemistry. c) The Honours Research Project gives the student some training in pursuing a research project and writing up the results in a thesis.
2.
STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY 2.1 AdmissionBIOCHEMISTRY to BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Biochemistry To be eligible for admission to the BSc Honours Degree Programme in Veterinary Biochemistry, a candidate must have achieved a grade of 2.2 or better in Veterinary Biochemistry I and passed in all other BVSc Part I subjects at the first sitting. 2.2 Courses for Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Biochemistry
Each candidate will be required to complete a dissertation which may be examined orally. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in the examination as a whole. Supplementary examinations may be permitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Regulations and will normally be held in February.
NOTIFICATION OF RESULTS Each candidate will be notified of the results of the examination by the Deputy Registrar (Academic). AWARD OF DEGREE A Diploma under the seal of the University will be delivered to each candidate who has successfully completed the approved courses and examinations in accordance with the above regulations. The degree will be classified in accordance with the General Regulations.
Course
ComputerCode
CourseDescription
Protein Structure and Function
HBC3V01
Advanced treatment of protein structure in relation to regulatory modification and hormonal interactions. Enzyme kinetics, membrane and muscle proteins, visual pigments and immunochemistry.
Nucleic Acid Biochemistry
HBC3V02
Advanced treatment of structure and function of nucleic acids and chromosomes. DNA damage and repair. Virology recombinant DNA technology, and drug analogues
Clinical Chemistry
HBC3V03
Sampling and handling of specimens, r eporting of results, quality control. Tests for liver, intestinal, gastric, pancreatic, renal, endocrine and thyroid function. Practicals will include measurement of vitamins, enzymes, sugars, amino acids and proteins, lipids, blood gases and electrolytes.
Metabolic Regulation
HBC3V04
A study of regulation of various metabolic pathways. Control mechanisms like hormones, promoters, repressors are highlighted.
Carcinogenesis Toxicology and Drug Metabolism
HBC3V05
A study of chemistry of a wide variety of xenobiotics and genotoxic substances, their chemical synthesis, their metabolism and mode of action; cell detoxification mechanisms. Environmental toxicology.
Biochemistry of Parasites
HBC3V06
A study of biochemical mechanisms involved in parasitism. Strate gies for drug design, host -parasite interaction, and impact on animal health care systems.
Advanced Techniques in Biochemistry
HBC3V50
Laboratory purification and characterisation of selected biomolecules. Techniques to include ultracentrifugation, enzyme assays, use of radioisotopes, all models of chromatography and electrophoresis.
Readings in Biochemistry
HBC3V51
Critical reading of srcinal literature and data interpretation (two papers; 1 200 words each)
Honours Research Project
HBC3V60
Laboratory research culminating in the presentation of a seminar and a 20 page type written thesis (6 000– 8 000 words) during the third term
Viva/Oral
HBC3V90
2.3 Examinations a) Cours es HBC3V 01, HBC3V 02, HBC3 V03, HB C3V04 , HBC3V05 and HBC3V06 by a three-hour written paper for each course b) Courses HBC3V50, HBC3V51 and HBC3V60 by continuous assessment. c) OralExam ination(HBC3V90).
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY 1.
SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY The honours programme will provide the candidate with a more comprehensive understanding of Veterinary Physiology following Part II of the BVSc programme. The candidate will have the opportunity to study Physiology in more breadth and depth than in the BVSc programme, to gain experience in the critical reading of srcinal literature, to present a seminar, and to conceive, carry out, and report on an srcinal research project.
2.
STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY 2.1 Admission to the BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Physiology 2.1.1 Candidates will be admitted into the programme after successful completion of BVSc Part I. 2.1.2 To be eligible to apply, an applicant must normally have achieved an aggregate Grade of 2.2 or better in Veterinary Physiology (Parts I and II) at first sitting and satisfactory passes in all part II subjects at first sitting.
2.2
Courses for the Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Physiology
Course
ComputerCode
Advanced Systematic Veterinary Physiology
PY3V01
CourseDescription
Advanced physiological principles of the following systems: nervous, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive, respiratory and renal.
Advanced Cell Physiology
PY3V 02
Advanced concepts of the structure and function of the cell membrane and cytoplasmic organelles. The genetic control of protein synthesis, cell function, and cell reproduction will also be included
Advanced Comparative Gastrointestinal Physiology
PY3V03
A detailed study on the consequence of an adopted feed preference and sequenceof digestion and fermentation of grazing and browsing herbivores (domestic and game) for the functioning of the GIT and the acquirement of energy and essential nutrients
Advanced Reproductive Physiology
PY3V04
Advanced principles of male and female reproductive physiology with an emphasis on the domestic ruminant.
Clinical Pathophysiology
PY3V05
Selected topics in clinical veterinary pathophysiology with the help of academic staff inthe Departments of Clinical and Paraclinical Veterinary Studies
Advanced techniques in Physiology Research
PY3V06
Research techniques in physiology will be studied with an emphasis on techniques currently in use in the Departmentf Preclinical o Veterinary Studies.Readings in Veterinary Physiology
Coursework Assessment
PY3V50
This will include term tests, practicals and assignments
Readings in Veterinary Physiology
PY3V52
Critical Reading; The candidate must read and discuss critically with a member of the academic staff at least five srcinal research papers on two physiological subjects. The candidate must present seminars on each of the two subjects
Honours Research Project
PY3V60
The candidate must conceive, carry out and report an original re search project with the guidance of a member of the Department's academic staff. This will consist of a two term laboratory research project culminating in the presentation of a seminar and a 20age p type written thesis (6 000-8 000 words) during the thirdterm
441
2.3
Examinations 2.3.1 Courses PY3V01, PY3V02, PY3V03, PY3V04, PY3V05 and PY3V06 will each have a three hour written examination paper in November 2.3.2 Courses PY3V52 and PY3V50 will be examined by Continuous Assessment. Together they will constitute 33% of the overall mark. 2.3.3 The Research project (PY3V60) will be examined in November. The examination will include the report, a seminar and may also be judged by oral examination. 2.3.4 Each candidate will have a half-hour oral examination, normally in November covering relevant aspects of Physiology (PY3V90)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY 1.
442
2.
SUMMARY STATEMENT ON THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY The honours programme is to be based on an intensive training in veterinary anatomy after BVSc Part II. This provides an opportunity to the candidate for critical search and survey of the published literature in selected areas of the discipline. Also the student is exposed to limited independent research and incorporating the results thereof into a thesis. STRUCTURE OF THE INTERCALATED BSC HONOURS DEGREE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY 2.1 Admission to the BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Anatomy 2.1.1 To be eligible for admission to this programme, an applicant should normally have achieved a 2.2 grade (60-69%) or better aggregate in the Veterinary Anatomy I at the first sitting and satisfactory passes in all other Part II subjects. 2.1.2 Courses for the Intercalated BSc Honours Degree in Veterinary Anatomy:
Course
ComputerCode
CourseDescription
Advanced systematic bovine anatomy
AT3V01
Detailed study of a selected bovine organ system by dissection and demonstration (10 lectures & 10 labs)
Advanced comparative anatomy
AT3V02
Detailed study of selected organ systems human, porcine, reptilian, piscine or other selected (relevant species) by dissection and demonstration (10 lectures & 10 labs)
Avian anatomy
AT3V03
Detailed study of anatomy of the domestic fowl; preparation of specimens of anatomical interest (20 lectures &10 labs)
Neurosciences
AT3V04
The neuroanatomy and nuerophysiology of selected aspect of the nervous system of domestic animals (20 lectures)
Advanced systmetic histology
AT3V05
A detailed study of the microscopic anatomy of selected organ system of domestic animal species of veterinary significance. Emphasis will be laid on correlating the structural basis for physiological functioning (20 lectures & 10 labs)
Advanced developmental anatomy
AT3V06
A comprehensive study of developmental aspects including teratogenesis of selected organ systems of domestic animal species of veterinary siginificance; Preparation of specimens of embryological interest (20 lectures)
Readings in veterinary anatomy
AT3V52
A critical survey of published literature on an assigned topic; Presentation of paper based on proper appraisal of the material available and candidate’s interpretations
Honours research project
AT3V60
A two-term laboratory research leading to the presentation of a seminar and 20-page typewritten thesis during the term. This will be examined in term III
Coursework assessment
AT3V50
This will include term tests, practicals and assignments
Note: Each laboratory session is of 3 hours duration 2.2
Examinations 2.3.1 AT3V01, AT3V02, AT3V03, AT3V04, AT3V05, AT3V06, will have a 3-hour examination paper for each course. 2.3.2 The courses AT3V500 and AT3V52 will be examined by continuous assessment. Together they will contribute 33% of the overall mark. 2.3.3 The research project (AT3V60) will be examined in November. The examination will include the report, a seminar and may also be judged by oral examination. 2.3.4 Each candidate will have an oral examination of _ hour duration.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE IN RUMINANT MEDICINE [MVSC (RUMINANT MEDICINE)]
are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals. Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University. The candidate, in liaison with the supervisor shall make the choice of one elective course.
1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc in Ruminant Medicine and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
5.3. The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examinations will be held at the end of the secondsemester.
1.2 The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation. 2. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in Ruminant Medicine 2.2. Candidates with a third class in Ruminant Medicine but who have acquired field at least fivealso years good practicing experience in the relevant may be ofconsidered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying examination. 3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1. The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year. 4. REGISTRATION 4.1. Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form. 5. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1. The programme shall comprise of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation. 5.2. The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory and a selected elective course. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60%
5.4. The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the Universit y. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Clinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required. 6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 6.1. Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 3-hour practical paper, 15-minute oral and coursework. The coursework shall be assessed through written assignments, clinical/laboratory reports and fieldwork/laboratory reports. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 30%, theory paper 40%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below. Description
% Weight
Examination
Bacterial, viral & fungal diseases of ruminants
30
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Parasitic diseases of ruminants
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Non-infectious diseases of ruminants
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
443
Diagnostic approaches to ruminant medicine, communication & extension Research Methods & Biostatics
Elective course
15
14
11
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva 1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva hr theory paper, 1/2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva ½
6.2. A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation. 6.3. A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations. 6.4. Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners. The written dissertation shall contribute 80% and oral presentation 20% of the final mark in Part II.
444
6.5. The deadline for submission of the dissertation shall normally be the 30th of May of the second year. 6.6. On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination. 6.7. A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to re-submit on such conditions and within such period of time as specified by the Board of Examiners, which shall normally be within three months after notification of results. 6.8. After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work. 6.9. A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc degree. 6.10. The MVSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations.
7.
PROGRAMME COURSES 7.1. Part I Compulsory courses Coursedescription
Lecture hours
Bacterial,viral&fungaldiseasesofruminants
110
Practical/Tutorial hours 50
Parasiticdiseasesofruminants
60
16
Non-infectiousdiseasesofruminant s
60
16
Diagnostic approaches to ruminant medicine, communication & extension ResearchMethods&Biostatistics
60
50
Total hours 160 76 76
16
22
76
72
Elective courses Coursedescription
Lecture
Practical/Tutorial hours
hours
Total hours
Pharmacology
48
12
60
Ruminant surgery & anaesthesia
48
12
60
Pathology
48
12
60
Ruminant theriogenology & herd health
48
12
60
7.2. Part II CourseCode
CourseDescription Dissertation
8. Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be kept in the Department of Clinical Veterinary Studies for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE IN SMALL ANIMAL MEDICINE [MVSC (SMALL ANIMAL MEDICINE)] 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc in Small Animal Medicine and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2 The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation.
2.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in Small Animal Medicine 2.2 Candidates with a third class in Small Animal Medicine but who have acquired at least five years of good practicing experience in the relevant field may also be considered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying 6. examination.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year.
4.
REGISTRATION 4.1 Application for admission with the neces sary supporting documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form.
5.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1 The programme shall comprise of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation and clinical case reports.
5.2
The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory and a selected elective course. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60% are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals. Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University. The candidate, in liaison with the supervisor shall make the choice of one elective course.
5.3
The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examinations will be held at the end of the second semester.
5.4
The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. Clinical case reports will commence at the start of the programme but will be examinable in the second year. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the University. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Clinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 3-hour practical paper, 15minute oral and coursework. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 30%, theory paper 40%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below.
445
Code
Description
MVSAM 501
Small Animal Internal Medicine
MVSAM 502
Small Animal Surgery, Anaesthesiology & Radiology
18
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVSAM 503
Small Animal Theriogenology & Clinical Pathology
18
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVSAM 504
Research Methods & Biostatistics
18
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Elective Course
16
1x2hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
6.2
% Weight 30
Examination
A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation.
6.3
A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations.
6.4
Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners, and five submitted clinical case reports. The cases reports shall be assessed by internal examiners and shall be equally weighted. The written dissertation shall contribute 60%, oral presentation 20% and clinical case reports 20% of the final mark in Part II.
446
6.5
The deadline for submission of the dissertation and clinical case reports shall normally be the 30th of May of the second year.
6.6
On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination and also three copies each of the case reports.
6.7
6.8
After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
6.9
A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc degree.
1x3hr theorypaper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to re-submit on such conditions and within such period of time as specified by the Board of Examiners, which shall normally be within three months after notification of results.
6.10 The MVSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations.
7.
PROGRAMME COURSES
7.1 Part I Compulsory courses Course Code
Course description
Lecture hours 110
Practical hours
MVSAM501
Smal Animal l InternalMedicine
MVSAM502
SmallAnimalSurgery,Anaesthesiology&Radiology
60
16
MVSAM 503
SmallAnimalTheriogenology&ClinicalPathology
60
16
MVSAM 504
ResearchMethods&Biostatistics
50
50
Total Hours 160 76 76
22
72
Elective courses Course Code
MVSAM 505
Coursed escription
Pharmacology
Lecture hours
48
Practicalhours
12
Total Hours
60
MVSAM 506
Parasitology
48
12
60
MVSAM 507
Pathology
48
12
60
MVSAM 508
Microbiology
48
12
60
7.2 Part II Course code
Course description
MVSAM570
Dissertation and Clinical case reports
8. Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be kept in the Department of Clinical Veterinary Studies for reference.
4.
REGISTRATION 4.1. Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form.
5.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1. The programme shall comprise of TWO Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation. 5.2. The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory courses. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60% are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals. Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE (MVSC) OR MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE (MSC) IN VETERINARY EPIDEMIOLOGY 1.
5.3. The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examinations will be held at the end of the second semester.
INTRODUCTION 1.1. These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc or MSc in Veterinary Epidemiology and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations.
5.4. The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the University. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Clinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required.
1.2. The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation. 2.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 2.1. To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc or BSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in an Epidemiology course. 2.2. Candidates with a third class in an Epidemiology course but who have acquired at l east five years of good practicing experience in the relevant field may also be considered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying examination.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1. The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year.
6.
SCHEMEOFEXAMINATIONS 6.1. Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 2-hour practical paper, 15-minute oral and coursework. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 30%, theory paper 40%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below.
447
Code
Description
MVVE 501
Principles of epidemiology, disease control & evaluation of diagnostic tests
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVVE 502
Epidemiologic study designs
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVVE 503
Data collection methods, sampling strategies & descriptive statistics/epidemiology
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVVE 504
Analytical statistics/epidemiology & application of computers in epidemiology
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
MVVE 505
Research reports, animal health economics & disease modeling
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
6.2
% Weight
Examination
A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation.
6.8
After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
6.9
A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc or MSc degree.
6.10 The MVSc or MSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations. 7.
PROGRAMMECOURSES a.
PartI
Course Code MVVE 501
MVVE502
448
6.3
6.4
A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations. Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners. The written dissertation shall contribute 80% and oral presentation 20% of the final mark in Part II.
6.5
The deadline for submission of the dissertation will be the 30th of May of the second year.
6.6
On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination.
6.7
A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to re-submit on such conditions and within such period of time as specified by the Board of Examiners, which shall normally be within three months after notification of results.
Course description
Lecture hours
Principles of epidemiology, disease control & evaluation of diagnostic tests Epidemiologicstudydesigns
Practical hours
Total hours
24
104
80
80
22
102
MVVE 503
Data collection methods, sampling strategies & descriptive statistics/epidemiology
80
22
102
MVVE 504
Analytical statistics/epidemiology & application of computers in epidemiology
80
22
102
MVVE 505
Research reports, animal health economics & disease modeling
80
22
102
b. Part II Coursecode
Coursedescription
MVVE570
Dissertation
8. Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be kept in the Department of Clinical Veterinary Studies for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE IN VETERINARY MICROBIOLOGY [MVSC (VETERINARY MICROBIOLOGY)] 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1 These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc in Veterinary Microbiology and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2
2.
The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in Veterinary Microbiology 2.2
Candidates with a third class in Veterinary Microbiology but who have acquired at least five years of good practicing experience in the relevant field may also be considered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying examination.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1 The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year.
4.
REGISTRATION 4.1 Application for admission with the necessary supporting documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form.
5.
STRUCTUREOFTHEPROGRAMME 5.1 The programme shall comprise of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation.
6.
5.2
The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory and a selected elective course. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60% are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals. Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University. The candidate, in liaison with the supervisor shall make the choice of one elective course.
5.3
The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examination will be held at the end of the second semester.
5.4
The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the University. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Paraclinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 6.1 Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 2-hour practical paper, 15minute oral and coursework. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 20%, theory paper 50%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below.
449
Description Bacteriology, Rickettsiology &
%Weight
candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
Examination
23
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Mycology & Food Microbiology
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Immunology & Molecular Biology
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Virology
23
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Research Methods & Biostatistics
14
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Elective course
10
1x2hr theory paper, 1x2h r practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Mycoplasmology
6.9
A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc degree.
6.10 The MVSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations. 7.
PROGRAMMECOURSES 7.1 Part I Compulsory courses
6.2
6.3
450
6.4
A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation.
Course description
Lecture hours
Bacteriology,Rickettsiology&Mycoplasmology
90
26
Total hours
116
A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations.
Mycology & Food Microbiology
60
18
78
Virology
90
26
116
Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners. The written dissertation shall contribute 80% and oral presentation 20% of the final mark in Part II.
Immunology & Molecular Biology
60
18
78
Research Methods & Biostatistics
50
22
72
Elective courses Lecture hours
Practical/Tutorial hours
Total hours
Veterinary Public Health
48
12
60
Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases
48
12
60
Course description
6.5
Practical/Tutorial hours
The deadline for submission of the dissertation and clinical case th reports shall normally be the 30 of May of the second year.
6.6
On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination.
6.7
A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to re-submit on such conditions and within such period of time as specified by the Board of Examiners, which shall normally be within three months after notification of results.
7.2 Part II
6.8
After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the
Coursecode
Coursedescription Dissertation
8. Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be kept in the Department of Paraclinical Veterinary Studies for reference.
are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals. Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University. The candidate, in liaison with the supervisor shall make the choice of one elective course. 5.3. The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examinations will be held at the end of the secondsemester. 5.4. The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the Universit y. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Paraclinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE IN VETERINARY PARASITOLOGY [MVSC (VETERINARY PARASITOLOGY)] 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc in Veterinary Parasitology and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2. The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation. 2.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in Veterinary Parasitolo gy. 2.2. Candidates with a third class in Veterinary Parasitology but who have acquired at least five years of good practicing experience in the relevant field may also be considered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying examination.
3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1. The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year. 4. REGISTRATION 4.1. Applic ation for admission with the necessary supportin g documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form. 5. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1. The programme shall comprise of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation. 5.2. The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory and a selected elective course. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60%
6.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 6.1. Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 2-hour practical paper, 15-minute oral and coursework. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 20%, theory paper 50%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below. Description
% Weight
Examination
Helminthology
23
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Protozoology
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Entomology
15
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Tick-borne diseases & Immunology
23
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Research Methods & Biostatistics
14
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Elective course
10
1x2hr theory paper, 1x2hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
451
6.2 A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation.
7.
6.3 A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations.
Compulsory courses Coursedescription
6.4 Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners. The written dissertation shall contribute 80% and oral presentation 20% of the final mark in Part II. 6.5 The deadline for submission of the dissertation and clinical case reports shall normally be the 30th of May of the second year. 6.6 On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination.
Practical/Tutorial hours
He lminthology
90
26
116
Protozoology
60
18
78
Entomology
60
18
78
Tick-borne diseases & Immunology
90
26
116
Research Methods & Biostatistics
50
22
72
Course description
re-submitbyon such conditions and within such normally period ofbe time as specified the Board of Examiners, which shall within three months after notification of results.
Molecular Biology
6.8 After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
Total hours
Lecture
Practical/Tutorial
Total
hours
hours
hours
48
12
60
Epidemiology of Parasitic diseases
48
12
60
Histology and ultra structure of parasites
48
12
60
7.2 Part II
6.9 A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc degree. 6.10The MVSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations.
Lecture hours
Elective courses
6.7 A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to
452
PROGRAMME COURSES 7.1 Part I
CourseCode
Coursedescription Dissertation
8.
Detailed syllabuses ofthe coursesdo notform part of these regulations butshall be kept in the Department of ParaclinicalVeterinary Studies for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE DEGREE IN VETERINARY PATHOLOGY [MVSC (VETERINARY PATHOLOGY)] 1.
INTRODUCTION 1.1. These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc in Veterinary Pathology and should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework, hereinafter referred to as the General Regulations. 1.2. The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation.
2.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS 2.1. To be admitted into the programme, applicants should have a recognized BVSc degree or equivalent, with a classification of lower second class or better in Veterinary Pathology 2.2. Candidates with a third class in Veterinary Pathology but who have acquired at least five years of good practicing experience in the relevant field may also be considered for admission into the programme and may be required to sit for a qualifying examination.
3.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME 3.1. The programme shall be offered on a full-time basis for two academic years and shall normally commence at the start of the academic year.
4. REGISTRATION 4.1. Application for admissi on with the necessa ry supportin g documents should be made to the Deputy Registrar (Academic) on the appropriate form. 5. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME 5.1. The programme shall comprise of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II shall consist of a research dissertation. 5.2. The taught part shall comprise of five compulsory and a selected elective courses. There will be a total of 512 contact hours and each course shall consist of at least 60 contact hours of which about 60% are formal lectures and the remainder shall comprise practicals.
Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University. The candidate, in liaison with the supervisor shall make the choice of one elective course. 5.3. The taught component of the programme shall be spread over two semesters. Professional examinations will be held at the end of the secondsemester. 5.4. The dissertation will commence after successful completion of Part I. The dissertation may be undertaken either at the University of Zimbabwe or, at some other place approved by the Universi ty. Where a candidate is permitted to undertake research work in another place, an Associate Supervisor in that place will normally be required. Before conducting the research, approval of the research by the candidate's supervisor and by the Board of Paraclinical Veterinary Studies Department shall be required. 6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS 6.1. Each candidate shall be required to pass all courses as listed below. All courses will be assessed on the basis of one 3-hour examination theory paper, one 2-hour practical paper, 15-minute oral and coursework. A candidate must satisfy the examiners in both the final examination and the coursework in each course. Coursework shall contribute 20%, theory paper 50%, practical paper 20% and oral 10% of the final mark in any course. Each course will contribute towards the final examination mark for Part I as indicated below. Description
% Weight
Examination
GeneralPathology
16
1x3hrtheorypaper,1x3hrpractical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Systematic Pathology
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Immunopathology & Immuno-histochemistry
20
1x3hr theory paper, 1x3hr practical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Pathology of common animal diseases
20
1x3hrth eorypaper,1x2hrpr actical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Research Methods & Biostatistics
14
1x3hrth eorypaper,1x2hrpr actical paper, 1/4hr Viva
Elective course
10
1x2hrth eorypaper,1x2hrpr actical paper, 1/4hr Viva
453
6.2 A pass mark as prescribed in the General Regulations is the minimal acceptable mark in all courses of the programme and the dissertation.
7.
7.1 Part I
6.3 A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General Regulations.
Compulsory courses
6.4 Examination of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation, an oral presentation of research findings, which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners. The written dissertation shall contribute 80% and oral presentation 20% of the final mark in Part II.
Course description
Lecture hours
General Pathology
60
Practical/Tutorial hours 22
Total hours 82
Systematic Pathology
80
22
102
Immunopathology & Immunohistochemistry
80
22
102
Pathology of common animal diseases
80
22
102
6.6 On completion of the dissertation the candidate will be required to submit three copies for examination.
Research Methods & Biostatistics
50
22
72
6.7 A candidate whose dissertation is unsatisfactory may be allowed to
Elective courses
6.5 The deadline for submission of the dissertation and clinical case reports shall normally be the 30th of May of the second year.
454
PROGRAMME COURSES
re-submitbyon such conditions and within such normally period ofbe time as specified the Board of Examiners, which shall within three months after notification of results. 6.8 After the dissertation has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall submit three bound copies in accordance with the General Regulations for Masters Degrees by Course work.
Lecture hours
Molecular Biology
48
Ep idemiology
Practical/Tutorial hours 12
48
Veterinary Public Health
60
12 48
Total hours
60 12
60
7.2 Part II
6.9 A student must pass all courses examined in Part I and Part II to qualify for the award of the MVSc degree. 6.10 The MVSc degree will be awarded with a Pass, a Credit, a Merit or a Distinction according to the General Regulations.
Coursedescription
Co u r se c od e
Cou r se de sc ri pti on Dissertation
8.
Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of these regulations but shall be kept in the Department of Paraclinical Veterinary Studies for reference.
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE/MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANATOMY 1.
2.
3.5
The programme may be taken part-time in which case Part I shall be taken over the first year and first term of the second year; total course hours for each of the courses shall remain the same but shall be extended over a period of 24 weeks. Part II shall take place over the second and third terms of the second year and all of the third year.
3.6
With approval of the Departmental Board, a candidate may on application be permitted to change from a full-time programme to a part-time programme. The programme assumed shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to account for coursework which has been taken under the previous programme.
3.7
Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University of Zimbabwe.
3.8
A student shall normally conduct a research project in the
APPLICATIONOFTHESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc/MSc degree in Anatomy. 1.2
The regulation should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees Programmes by Coursework.
1.3
The MVSc/MSc programme in Anatomy will be offered on a full time basis (two year) and part time (three years). The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation.
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS A Candidates should have one of the following degrees, with honours in Anatomy, from recognized a Universities: 2.1 2.2 2.3
3.
BVSc degree or equivalent, MBChB degree or equivalent, BSc degree in a relevant discipline.
STRUCTUREOFTHEPROGRAMME 3.1 The programme shall normally commence at the start of the academic year and will run for two years (Full-time) or three years(Part-time). 3.2
3.3 3.4
The programme shall consist of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II consists of a research dissertation. Part II shall normally commence immediately after Part I. The dissertation should normally be submitted not later than 30 September of the second year (Full-time) or third year (Part-time) of the programme.
field of Anatomy under the aegis of the University of Zimbabwe, in the area of interest to the student and approved by the student's supervisor and by the Board of Preclinical Veterinary Studies Department. 3.9
After approval by the Bard of Preclinical Veterinary Studies Department, students may carry out part of their research work at other Institutions in or outside Zimbabwe. Where a student is permitted to work in another Institution or Country, an Associate Supervisor in that Institution or Country will normally be required.
455
REGULATIONS FOR THE MASTER OF VETERINARY SCIENCE/MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANATOMY 1.
2.
APPLICATIONOFTHESE REGULATIONS 1.1 These regulations shall apply to candidates who register for the MVSc/MSc degree in Anatomy. 1.2
The regulation should be read in conjunction with the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees Programmes by Coursework.
1.3
The MVSc/MSc programme in Anatomy will be offered on a full time basis (two year) and part time (three years). The programme shall consist of two parts, Part I shall consist of taught coursework and Part II a research dissertation.
3.5
The programme may be taken part-time in which case Part I shall be taken over the first year and first term of the second year; total course hours for each of the courses shall remain the same but shall be extended over a period of 24 weeks. Part II shall take place over the second and third terms of the second year and all of the third year.
3.6
With approval of the Departmental Board, a candidate may on application be permitted to change from a full-time programme to a part-time programme. The programme assumed shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to account for coursework which has been taken under the previous programme.
3.7
Lectures and practicals shall normally be conducted under the aegis of the University of Zimbabwe.
3.8
A student shall normally conduct a research project in the field of Anatomy under the aegis of the University of
ENTRYREQUIREMENTS A Candidates should have one of the following degrees, with honours in Anatomy, from recognized a Universities:
456
2.1 2.2 2.3 3.
Zimbabwe, in the area of interest to the student and approved by the student's supervisor and by the Board of Preclinical Veterinary Studies Department.
BVSc degree or equivalent, MBChB degree or equivalent, BSc degree in a relevant discipline.
3.9
STRUCTUREOFTHEPROGRAMME 3.1 The programme shall normally commence at the start of the academic year and will run for two years (Full-time) or three years(Part-time). 4. 3.2
3.3 3.4
The programme shall consist of two Parts, Part I shall consist of taught courses and Part II consists of a research dissertation. Part II shall normally commence immediately after Part I. The dissertation should normally be submitted not later than 30 September of the second year (Full-time) or third year (Part-time) of the programme.
After approval by the Board of Preclinical Veterinary Studies Department, students may carry out part of their research work at other Institutions in or outside Zimbabwe. Where a student is permitted to work in another Institution or Country, an Associate Supervisor in that Institution or Country will normally be required.
EXAMINATIONS 4.1 Examinations of the taught component of the programme shall be by end of course examination and continuous assessment.
4.2
Part I is e xamined in four (4) separate papers, comprising the following courses: Paper 1: ? Paper 2: ? Paper 3: ? Paper 4:
AT5V01and AT5V02 AT5V03 and AT5V04 AT5V05 Any two of the optional courses chosen
?
5.2 Paper 2 Component
Duration
End of course examination Practical examination
20 hours 4
Examinations of Part II shall be in the form of a submitted dissertation which shall be examined by a Panel of Examiners, and an oral presentation of research findings. The length of the Dissertation shall be between 10 000 and 15 000 words.
50
hours 3
Oral/viva
4.3
% Weighting
Continuous assessment
20
30mins
10
5.3 Paper 3 Co m p o nent
Dur at io n
%Weig hting
Continuous assessment End of course examination
4.4
A student may write a supplementary examination for a failed course in accordance with the General AcademicRegulations.
4.5
A candidate shall submit, for examination, four copies of the
C o m p o nen t
unbound dissertation.
Continuous assessment
Oral/viva
30 hours 3
60 mins 30
10
5.4 Paper 4
4.6
5.
After the thesis has been examined and amended in accordance with the discretion of the Board of Examiners, the candidate shall have at least three copies bound and submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework.
ASSESSMENT OF EXAMINATION PAPERS The assessment of the examination papers will be assessed as follows: 5.1
Paper1 D u rat i on
Continuous assessment
Practical examination Oral/viva
Practical examination Oral/viva
4hours hours 3 30mins
Written dissertation
20
Oral presentation of research findings
20 10
457
20 hours 4
50
hours 3
20
30mins
10
The assessment of the dissertation shall be as follows:
% We i g h t i n g
50
%Weighting
5.5 Dissertation
C o m p o nen t
C o mpo n e n t
Endofcourseexamination
End of course examination
D ur a t i o n
D ur a t i o n
%Weighting 80 20
6.
DETERMINATION OF RESULTS 6.1 To be awarded the degree a student must pass each of the four (4) Part 1 papers and the Part II dissertation. 6.2
7.
The degree will b e classified according to the following mark scheme
80– 100% Distinction 70–79% Merit 50–69% Pass 0–49% Fail AWARDOFTHEDEGREE 7.1 To be awarded the degree, a student must lodge with the University three bound copies of the corrected dissertation, in accordance with the provisions of the General Academic Regulations for Masters Degrees by Coursework. 7.2 A candidate holding the BVSc or equivalent degree shall be awarded the MVSc degree. 7.3
458
8.
Optional courses CourseCode
CourseDescription
AT5V06
Avian Anatomy
Lecture hours
AT5V07
Neuroanatomy
15
30
AT5V08
Endocrine Anatomy
15
30
AT5V09
HemopoieticandImmuneSystems
AT5V10
Integumentary Systems
30
15
45
AT5V11
Reproductive Anatomy
25
30
55
15
Practical/Tutorial hours
30
30
Total hours
45
15
45 45 45
And any other appropriate course(s) approved by the Department of Preclinical Veterinary Studies Board. 8.2
PartII
Core course
A candidate holding the BSc, MBChB or equivalent degree shall be awarded the MSc degree.
Course Code
Course description
AT5V60
Dissertation
PROGRAMMECOURSES 9. 8.1
Part I
Core courses CourseCode
CourseDescription
Lecture hours
AT5V01
Advanced Gross Anatomy
AT5V02
Evolutionary Anatomy
35
30
65
AT5V03
Advanced Histology and Development Biology
55
60
115
AT5V04
Anatomy of Laboratory Animals and Wildlife
30
35
65
AT5V05
Research Methodology
40
20
60
55
Practical/Tutorial hours
60
Total hours
115
Detailed syllabuses of the courses do not form part of t hese regulations but shall be kept in the Faculty office for reference.
